Table of Contents

 

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

 

 

FORM 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)    

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended 31 December 2017

OR

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

OR

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Date of event requiring this shell company report                     

For the transition period from                  to                 

Commission file number 001-38159

 

 

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

    

(Translation of Registrant’s name into English)

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom

(Address of principal executive offices)

Paul McCrory, Company Secretary

Tel: +44 (0)20 7845 1000

Fax: +44 (0)20 7240 0555

Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom

(Name, Telephone, E-mail and/or Facsimile number and Address of Company Contact Person)

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act.

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares (evidenced by American Depositary Receipts) each representing one Ordinary Share   New York Stock Exchange
Ordinary Shares, nominal value 25 pence per share  

New York Stock Exchange*

 

* Application made for registration purposes only, not for trading, and only in connection with the registration of the American Depositary Shares pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act.

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act.

None

 

 

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report.

2,456,278,414 Ordinary Shares

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

Note – Checking the box above will not relieve any registrant required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 from their obligations under those Sections.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    ☒  Yes    ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    ☒  Yes      ☐  No

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” accelerated filer,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer       

Accelerated filer

 

Non-accelerated filer

       Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards† provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

† The term “new or revised financial accounting standard” refers to any update issued by the Financial Accounting Standards Board to its Accounting Standards Codification after April 5, 2012.

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

U.S. GAAP  ☐   

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board  ☒

                 Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.    ☐  Item 17    ☐  Item  18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    ☐  Yes    ☒  No

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

Tran sfo rming

Tob acco

Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017

 

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

 

  Contents 

 

    

 

Strategic Report

 

Overview     
Transforming Tobacco    01
Chairman’s introduction    07
Our strategic framework for transforming tobacco    08
Our year in numbers    10
Strategic management     
Chief Executive’s review    12
Finance Director’s overview    14
Global market overview    15
Our global business    16
Our business model    18
Delivering our strategy    20
Stakeholder engagement    30
Financial Review     
Financial performance summary    33
Income statement    34
Treasury and cash flow    38
Other    41
Regional review    42
Business environment     
Principal Group risk factors    48
Governance   
Directors’ Report     
Chairman’s introduction    55
Board of Directors    56
Management Board    58
Leadership and effectiveness    59
Board activities in 2017    60
Board effectiveness    62
Audit Committee    65
Nominations Committee    71
Remuneration Report    73
  
Financial Statements   
Group Financial Statements    100
Independent auditor’s report    100
Group companies and undertakings    199
  
Other Information   
Additional disclosures    215
Shareholder information    240

 

 

LOGO

British American Tobacco p.l.c. (No. 3407696) Annual Report 2017

This document constitutes the Annual Report and Accounts of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the Company) and the British American Tobacco Group prepared in accordance with UK requirements and the Annual Report on Form 20-F prepared in accordance with the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the Exchange Act) for the year ended 31 December 2017. Moreover, the information in this document may be updated or supplemented only for purposes of the Annual Report on Form 20-F at the time of filing with the SEC or later amended if necessary. Any such updates, supplements or amendments will also be denoted with a ‘»’ symbol. Insofar as this document constitutes the Annual Report and Accounts, it has been drawn up and is presented in accordance with, and reliance upon, applicable English company law and the liabilities of the Directors in connection with this report shall be subject to the limitations and restrictions provided by such law.

This document is made up of the Strategic Report, the Governance Report, the Financial Statements and Notes, and certain additional information. Our Strategic Report, pages 1 to 54, includes our vision and strategy, global market overview, business model, global performance, as well as our financial performance and principal group risk factors. The Strategic Report has been approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by Paul McCrory, Company Secretary. Our Governance Report, pages 55 to 99 contains detailed corporate governance information, our Committee reports and responsibility of Directors. The Directors’ Report on pages 55 to 72 (the Governance pages) and 215 to 262 (the Additional Disclosure and Shareholder Information pages) has been approved by the Board of Directors and signed on its behalf by Paul McCrory, Company Secretary. Our Financial Statements and Notes are on pages 100 to 198. The Other Information section commences on page 215.

This document provides alternative performance measures (APMs) which are not defined or specified under the requirements of International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). We believe these APMs provide readers with important additional information on our business. This year, we have included a Non-GAAP measures section on pages 218 to 222 which provides a comprehensive list of the APMs that we use, an explanation of how they are calculated, why we use them and a reconciliation to the most directly comparable IFRS measure where relevant.

BAT has shares listed on the London Stock Exchange (BATS) and the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (BTI), and, as American Depositary Shares (ADSs), on the New York Stock Exchange (BTI).

The Annual Report is published on www.bat.com. A printed copy is mailed to shareholders on the UK main register who have elected to receive it. Otherwise, shareholders are notified that the Annual Report is available on the website and will, at the time of that notification, receive a short Performance Summary (which sets out an overview of the Group’s performance, headline facts and figures and key dates in the Company’s financial calendar) and Proxy Form.

Specific local mailing and/or notification requirements will apply to shareholders on the South Africa branch register.

References in this publication to ‘British American Tobacco’, ‘BAT’, ‘Group’, ‘we’, ‘us’ and ‘our’ when denoting opinion refer to British American Tobacco p.l.c. and when denoting tobacco business activity refer to British American Tobacco Group operating companies, collectively or individually as the case may be.

The material in this Annual Report is provided for the purpose of giving information about the Company to investors only and is not intended for general consumers. The Company, its directors, employees, agents or advisers do not accept or assume responsibility to any other person to whom this material is shown or into whose hands it may come and any such responsibility or liability is expressly disclaimed. The material in this Annual Report is not provided for product advertising, promotional or marketing purposes. This material does not constitute and should not be construed as constituting an offer to sell, or a solicitation of an offer to buy, any of our products. Our products are sold only in compliance with the laws of the particular jurisdictions in which they are sold.

References in this document to information on websites, including the web addresses of BAT and Reynolds American Inc. (Reynolds American or RAI), have been included as inactive textual references only. These websites and the information contained therein or connected thereto are not intended to be incorporated into or to form part of the Annual Report and Form 20-F.

Cautionary statement

This document contains forward-looking statements. For our full cautionary statement, please see page 239.

 

 

 
www.bat.com/reporting      www.bat.com/investors      BAT IR app

 


Table of Contents
                       
 Overview         

Strategic Report

 

       

Governance

 

       

Financial Statements    

 

       

Other Information

 

 

  British American Tobacco (BAT) is one of the world’s leading consumer goods companies, with brands sold around the globe. We employ over 55,000 people globally, partner with over 90,000 farmers and have factories in 42 countries, with offices in even more.

 

 

Trans form ing

Tob acco

 

LOGO  

At BAT, we have been satisfying consumers, delivering shareholder value and creating valued employment for over a century.

 

However, we are entering the most dynamic period of change our industry has ever encountered.

 

An unprecedented confluence of technology, societal change and public health awareness has created a unique opportunity: the opportunity to make a substantial leap forward in our long-held ambition to provide our consumers with lower risk tobacco and nicotine choices.

 

 

 

Our acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (Reynolds American or RAI), which has transformed both the scale and geographic reach of our business and our portfolio of potentially reduced-risk products, now positions us perfectly to capitalise on this ambition.

 

We call this ambition ‘transforming tobacco’ and we are fully committed to leading this transformation.

 

BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   01


Table of Contents

 

 Overview 

 

                                  

 

 

The advent of new and better consumer technologies meant that, in 2012, we articulated a new vision – to be the best at satisfying consumer moments in “tobacco and beyond” – with consumers right at the centre of our strategy.

 

We were clear then, as we are now, that we would build our business based on outstanding products, informed consumer choice and a drive towards a reduced-risk portfolio. More choice, more innovation, less risk.

 

Lea ding change

to   sha pe   the future

LOGO  

 

It is widely accepted that most of the harm associated with tobacco is caused by inhaling the smoke produced by the combustion of tobacco. That is why we are dedicated to the development and sale of a range of potentially reduced-risk products that provide the enjoyment of smoking without burning tobacco.

 

These potentially reduced-risk products include Next Generation Products (NGPs), comprising vapour and tobacco heating products (THPs), as well as oral tobacco and nicotine products such as snus and moist snuff.

  

 

Since 2012, together with Reynolds American, we have invested approximately US$2.5 billion in the growth of our range of NGPs. We have also significantly increased the size of our existing oral tobacco business with the addition of more snus and moist snuff brands in the US.

 

Our commitment to leading and accelerating this transformation is also demonstrated by the changes we are making in how we run our business – including our NGP activities being integrated into the heart of the Company across all functions and across all geographies.

 

02   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

         

While we cannot be certain whether all smokers will switch to potentially reduced-risk products, we are committed to making a range of high-quality, innovative products as widely available as practicable to address the varied preferences of our consumers.

 

We believe that by doing this, and working with regulators to establish supportive regulatory regimes, many millions of smokers will increasingly make the choice to switch.

...sup port ed by

proa ctive   external

en gag ement

 

                                                                                          This transformation is larger than just BAT. Lasting change will only be achieved by a combination of the commitment and product investment from companies like BAT and the support of regulators through the establishment of sensible regulation promoting a spectrum of potentially reduced-risk products.   

We also need the objective and balanced support of public health bodies, politicians, media and academics in driving informed choice and consumer trust.

 

If we can all work successfully together we can drive a triple win. Our consumers will have a range of potentially safer choices; society could benefit from real progress in tobacco harm reduction; and our shareholders will own an even more sustainable and profitable business.

LOGO

 

BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   03


Table of Contents

 

 Overview 

 

                                  

 

 

LOGO    The investments that we have made are now delivering real, tangible results. Thanks to our commitment, we are now able to provide an unrivalled suite of potentially less harmful products that can address the many and varied preferences of today’s more demanding consumers.

Inspiri ng

produc ts

 

LOGO

  

 

 

 

Today, we have industry-leading products in vapour; in tobacco heating products; in oral tobacco (including snus and moist snuff); and in our tobacco-free nicotine pouches. This is just a beginning. We aim for far more.

 

These smokeless products offer genuine choices to consumers searching for alternatives to traditional cigarettes.

 

LOGO

  

LOGO

 

This investment has been driven by our firmly held belief that our consumers are not all the same and so will need a range of different products to meet their varied and constantly evolving preferences.

 

However, this is just the start. To lead this transformation we must win the technology race, so our R&D investment, led by hundreds of scientists across the world, is predominantly focused on developing our pipeline of potentially reduced-risk products.

 

04   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   05


Table of Contents

 

 Overview 

 

                                  

 

 

      

All of the progress we have made to date gives us confidence to set clear ambitions for our future.

 

By the end of 2018 our objective is to generate over £1 billion revenue from NGPs and by 2022 to have increased that figure fivefold to £5 billion.

 

Taken together with the growing revenue from our oral tobacco business, we fully expect that by 2030 a very significant percentage of Group revenue will be generated by our suite of potentially reduced-risk products.

This is only

the be ginn ing

 

£1bn

In 2018, our aim is to double our NGP revenue to £1 billion.

£5bn

By 2022, our aim is to deliver £5 billion in NGP revenue.

These aims will not be easy to reach, but, with a combination of commitment and investment, we believe they are achievable.

However, even with these ambitious objectives, it is clear that conventional cigarettes will remain a key part of our business for many years to come and will continue to provide a vital source of investment for our NGPs.

We often get asked why we don’t just stop selling cigarettes? In short, we don’t believe this would be commercially sensible or practical: the ongoing consumer demand for these products would either transfer straight to our competitors or, more worryingly, the black market and in many markets there are still real regulatory obstacles to launching NGPs.

That is why alongside our commitment to the transformation of our business, we also remain fully committed to our combustible tobacco business during this transformation.

 

LOGO

 

06   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Chairman’s introd uction

 

 

LOGO   

“During what has been a

landmark year in the history

of the Group, we have continued

to deliver for share holders”

 

Richard Burrows

Chairman

 

A strong set of results

Welcome to our combined Annual Report and Form 20-F for 2017. During what has been a landmark year in the history of the Group, we have continued to deliver for shareholders and I am very pleased to report a strong set of results, with market share, revenue and profit all growing.

In a year when the Group became truly global following the acquisition of Reynolds American, we are now in an even better position to shape the future of our industry during a period of profound change which can deliver benefits for consumers, society and investors alike.

Acquisition of Reynolds American

The deal to acquire Reynolds American not only creates a stronger, global tobacco and Next Generation Products business, committed to delivering sustained long-term profit growth and returns, it also enables us to leverage the complementary skills from our new, enlarged workforce. The Group now has a balanced presence across emerging markets and developed markets, including the attractive US market.

We are committed to transforming tobacco by using our enhanced resources following the acquisition to deliver even greater choice for our adult consumers – across the combustible portfolio as well as those potentially reduced-risk products like vapour, heated and oral tobacco.

Additionally, increased access to a significant proportion of Group cash flows provides further support to the Company’s continued commitment to a dividend payout ratio of at least 65%. We will also retain a strong financial profile, with the Group targeting a solid investment grade credit rating through progressive deleveraging.

Quarterly dividends

The dividend in respect of 2017 is 195.2p, being an increase over 2016 of 15.2% (2016: 169.4p).

As announced in April 2017, the Group has moved to quarterly dividends with effect from 1 January 2018. In order to effect the transition to quarterly dividends, we committed to ensuring shareholders would receive an equivalent cash amount in 2018 under the quarterly dividend approach as they would have done under the previous methodology.

As part of this process, a second interim dividend of 43.6p (equivalent to 25% of the cash dividend paid in 2017) was declared in December 2017 and paid in February 2018. The Board has declared an interim dividend of 195.2p per ordinary share, payable in four equal dividend payments of 48.8p per ordinary share, to shareholders registered on the UK main register or the South Africa branch register and to ADS holders, each on the applicable record dates. The dividends receivable by ADS holders in US dollars will be calculated based on the exchange rate on the applicable payment dates.

Further information on dividends can be found on page 37 of the Financial Review and page 241 in the Shareholder information section.

Board changes

We were very pleased to welcome Lionel Nowell, III, Holly Keller Koeppel and Luc Jobin who joined our Board as Non-Executive Directors from Reynolds American and I look forward to the insights that they will provide to the Board.

I would like to thank Ann Godbehere and Dr Pedro Malan, who will be retiring from the Board at the conclusion of the forthcoming AGM on 25 April 2018. Ms Godbehere has served as a Non-Executive Director since October 2011 and Dr Malan has served as a Non-Executive Director since February 2015.

Our approach to governance

Good governance has long been a key priority for the Group. Continuing to meet all our obligations under the various frameworks with which we are bound by is not only about compliance with the law, but also about ensuring that the Group is delivering results with integrity.

With the Reynolds American acquisition now complete, not only are we a stronger business, but we are also subject to further requirements under US law. Whether through increased reporting transparency under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, or through the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, we have new legislation with which we have to comply.

As a result of these new requirements, our Annual Report encompasses our obligations under the UK (as required by the Companies Act, the FCA Handbook, the Financial Reporting Council and London Stock Exchange Rules), South Africa (as required by the Johannesburg Stock Exchange) and US (as required by US securities laws, the Securities and Exchange Commission rules and the New York Stock Exchange) regulations. All of these requirements have been brought into this consolidated Annual Report and Form 20-F.

Outlook

This is a very exciting time for the tobacco and nicotine industry, and for the Group in particular. The advent of new, potentially reduced-risk products that can satisfy consumers means there are new growth opportunities for the business.

While challenging conditions persist, the Group’s approach of placing the consumer at the centre of its strategy, along with a multi-category portfolio of products designed to address their varying preferences, ensures that our business is in an even stronger position to deliver long-term, sustainable growth.

Richard Burrows

Chairman

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   07


Table of Contents

 

 Overview 

 

                                  

 

Our strategic frame work

for transforming toba cco

 

Our strategy remains as relevant today to drive our transforming tobacco ambition as it was when it was first rolled out in 2012. It enables us to deliver growth today while driving the investment required to deliver our transformational agenda.

 

Our vision remains clear: while combustible tobacco products will remain at the core of our business for some time to come, we understand that long-term sustainability will be delivered by our transforming tobacco ambition.

  

 

 

LOGO

 

   
08   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Our vision

World’s best at satisfying

consumer moments in

tobacco and beyond.

Our consumers are at the core of everything we do and our success depends on addressing their preferences, concerns and behaviours.

We know that these are fragmenting and evolving at an unprecedented pace, and consequently, we are focusing on providing a range of tobacco and nicotine products across the risk spectrum. In addition, we are clear that to win in this space we need to understand our consumers’ preferences and further invest in a pipeline of ever evolving innovations.

 

Our mission

Delivering our commitments

to society, while championing

informed consumer choice.

We have long known that, as a major international business, we have a responsibility to address societal issues with our tobacco products, and that, as our business continues to grow, so does our influence and the responsibility that comes with it.

We are also clear that we have a duty to our shareholders to ensure we continue to deliver today and invest for a sustainable future and to our consumers to provide, in addition to our combustible products, a range of potentially reduced-risk products such as NGPs and oral tobacco products.

Our transforming tobacco ambition, with its core objective of providing consumers with more choice, more innovation and less risk will allow us to: satisfy these consumers; address societal concerns at large through the growth of multiple categories of potentially reduced-risk tobacco and nicotine products; and provide a sustainable, profitable future for our shareholders.

 

Strategic focus areas

Our four key focus areas remain fundamental to our strategy as we focus on our transforming tobacco ambition.

 

LOGO     Growth   page 20

Constantly developing our portfolio of potentially reduced-risk products and new technologies while continuing to drive revenue growth from our traditional combustible products.

 

 
LOGO     Productivity   page 23

Effectively deploying resources between product categories and managing our cost base to release funds for investment.

 

 
LOGO     Winning organisation   page 25

Ensuring we have great people with the right skill sets in the right teams to drive the transformation of our business.

 

 
LOGO     Sustainability   page 27

Ensuring a sustainable business that meets the expectations of all our various stakeholders.

 

 
LOGO     Read about our industry   page 15
 

 

 

Guiding Principles

Our Guiding Principles provide clarity about what we stand for.

They form the core of our culture and guide how we deliver our strategy.

 

Enterprising

spirit

We value enterprise from all of our employees across the world, giving us a great breadth of ideas and viewpoints to enhance the way we do business. We have the confidence to passionately pursue growth and new opportunities while accepting the considered entrepreneurial risk that comes with it. We are bold and strive to overcome challenges. This is the cornerstone of our success.

Freedom through

responsibility

We give our people the freedom to operate in their local environment, providing them with the benefits of our scale but also the ability to succeed locally. We always strive to do the right thing, exercising our responsibility to society and other stakeholders. We use our freedom to take decisions and act in the best interest of consumers.

Open

minded

Our corporate culture is a great strength of the business and one of the reasons we have been, and will continue to be, successful. We are forward-looking and anticipate consumer preferences, winning with innovative, high-quality products. We listen to, and genuinely consider, other perspectives and changing social expectations. We are open to new ways of doing things.

Strength from

diversity

Our management population comprises people from over 140 nations, giving us unique insights into local markets and enhancing our ability to compete across the world. We respect and celebrate each other’s differences and enjoy working together. We harness diversity – of our people, cultures, viewpoints, brands, markets and ideas – to strengthen our business. We value what makes each of us unique.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   09


Table of Contents

 

 Overview 

 

                                  

 

Our year in num bers

 

Our progress: The Group delivered another

year of growth across our key metrics.

  LOGO
 
 

 

 

Group cigarette (and tobacco heating

products – THP) volume

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Group market share of key markets

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Global Drive Brands (GDBs)
cigarette and THP volume

 

LOGO

 

 

GDB overall market share (ex US) growth

 

LOGO

 

 

Global Drive and Key Strategic Brands
(GDSBs) total cigarettes and THP volume

 

LOGO

  

 

Revenue

(£m)

 

LOGO

 

 

Change in adjusted 2 revenue
at constant rates 1 (%)

 

LOGO

 

 

Total dividends per share
(p)

 

 

LOGO

  

 

Profit from operations

(£m)

 

LOGO

 

 

Change in adjusted 2 profit from
operations at constant rates 1 (%)

 

LOGO

 

 

Total shareholder return (TSR) of the
FMCG group – 1 January 2015
to 31 December 2017 (%)

The FMCG group comparison is based on three months’ average values

 

LOGO

 

   
10   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Notes: To supplement our results of operations presented in accordance with IFRS, the information presented also includes several non-GAAP measures used by management to monitor the Group’s performance. See the section Non-GAAP Measures beginning on page 218 for information on these non-GAAP measures, including their definitions and reconciliations to the most directly comparable IFRS measure, where applicable. Certain of our measures are presented based on constant rates of exchange, on an adjusted basis and on an organic basis.

 

1. Where measures are presented ‘at constant rates’, the measures are calculated based on a retranslation, at the prior year’s exchange rates, of the current year results of the Group and, where applicable, its segments. See pages 41 and 224 for the major foreign exchange rates used for Group reporting.  

 

2. Where measures are presented as ‘adjusted’, they are presented before the impact of adjusting items. Adjusting items represent certain items of income and expense which the Group considers distinctive based on their size, nature or incidence.  

 

3. Where measures are presented as ‘organic’ or ‘org’, they are presented before the impact of the contribution of businesses acquired during 2017, including Reynolds American, Bulgartabac, Winnington and Fabrika Duhana Sarajevo.  

 

 

Diluted earnings per share (EPS)
(p)

 

LOGO

  

 

Net cash generated from operating
activities (£m)

 

LOGO

  

 

Operating margin
(%)

 

LOGO

 

Change in adjusted 2 diluted EPS
(%)

 

LOGO

     

 

Adjusted 2 operating margin
(%)

 

LOGO

 

Change in adjusted 2 diluted EPS
at constant rates 1 (%)

 

LOGO

  

 

Cash conversion
(%)

 

LOGO

  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   11


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

 

Chief Executive’s re view

 

 

LOGO

 

                        “Following our acqui sition
of RAI, and the pr ogress
we are making 
with NGPs,
we can now acceler ate
our ambiti on to
transform tob acco

 

   Nicandro Durante
   Chief Executive

 

 

   
12   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Leading the industry

The Group delivered another set of strong financial results in 2017, despite a challenging trading environment. Following the transformational deal in July 2017, these results benefit from the acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (RAI) while also demonstrating the strength of the organic business.

The Group has delivered outstanding returns to shareholders for many years. We recognise that the tobacco and nicotine industry has entered a dynamic period of change. Increased public health awareness, new societal attitudes and rapid developments in new technologies have all combined to create a unique opportunity to accelerate the delivery of our long-held ambition to provide our consumers with less risky tobacco and nicotine choices.

Since 2012, together with RAI, we have invested approximately US$2.5 billion in the growth of our Next Generation Product (NGP) business – comprising vapour and tobacco heating products (THPs). Following the acquisition of RAI, not only have we become the world’s leading vapour company, we have also significantly increased the size of our existing oral tobacco and nicotine business with the addition of leading snus and moist snuff brands in the US. Collectively, we refer to these products as our potentially reduced-risk products.

Our investments are now coming to fruition and, recognising that not all consumers are the same, we now have an unrivalled range of exciting and innovative products across the potentially reduced-risk categories – including, vapour, THPs, oral tobacco, tobacco-free nicotine pouches and moist snuff. With the increased size and scale coming from RAI, we are clear leaders in the potentially reduced-risk product space and we are confident of leading the NGP category. This year we generated NGP revenue of £397 million. On a full year basis, including the contribution from RAI, this would have been approximately £500 million and we expect this to double in 2018 to £1 billion, rising to more than £5 billion in 2022.

New Strategic Portfolio of brands

In light of the evolution of the business, with the addition of leading brands in the US, as well as the growing importance and progress of our potentially reduced-risk products, we have taken the opportunity to establish a new portfolio of priority brands – which we will in future refer to as our Strategic Portfolio.

This Strategic Portfolio comprises our existing GDBs, combined with RAI’s Strategic Brands (Camel, Newport and Natural American Spirit). Also included is our portfolio of potentially reduced-risk products, including our key oral tobacco brands and NGP brands in vapour and THP. Further details can be found on pages 16 and 17.

 

From 2018, the Group will introduce a new metric called Revenue Growth of our Strategic Portfolio, replacing the Global Drive Brand (GDB) & Key Strategic Brand (KSB) volume growth metric. To provide the comparator against which 2018 will be measured, Revenue of our Strategic Portfolio in 2017 would have been £16,711 million assuming we had consolidated RAI for a full 12 months and after recognising the impact of implementing the new accounting requirements of IFRS 15.

Strong results across our portfolio of products

Notwithstanding the good progress we are making with our potentially reduced-risk products, combustible cigarette products remain at the core of our business – delivering growth today and providing the funds required for investing in the future. I am therefore pleased that 2017 saw the Group yet again deliver another good performance.

The Group’s cigarette market share in its Key Markets continued to grow strongly (up 40 bps). This was powered by another excellent performance by our GDBs, which grew 110 bps (ex US) and now account for more than 50% of Group cigarette and THP volume outside the US. Over the year, market share in the US also grew strongly and was up 20 bps, with the RAI Strategic Brands growing 40 bps.

Total Group cigarette and THP volume grew 3.2% to 686 billion, or on an organic basis fell 2.6%, outperforming the industry, which was estimated to have declined by around 3.5%.

In 2017, we also made excellent progress with our NGP business. Our flagship THP, glo, first launched in Japan in December 2016, reached 3.6% market share by the end of 2017 – having been rolled out nationally from October 2017. Since then, 50% of the overall category growth in Japan has been from glo – demonstrating its strong consumer appeal in a very short period. Good initial progress is also being made in our other launch markets of South Korea, Russia, Canada, Romania and Switzerland.

In the vapour category, Vype is now present in nine markets and we remain the market leader in the UK, with Vype and Ten Motives combined delivering around 40% share of measured retail in December 2017. We also lead the vapour category in Poland. In the US, the Vuse range of products continues to have a significant presence in the market. We see the rapidly developing vapour category, as a whole, contributing significantly to our long-term growth ambitions in NGPs.

The Group’s financial performance was positively impacted by the accounting for the acquisition of RAI and the subsequent US tax reforms. These drove diluted earnings per share up by over 600% to 1,830.0p.

 

However, while trading conditions remain challenging in a number of markets, including ad hoc excise increases and increasing illicit consumption, 2017 again saw the Group deliver on its high single-digit earnings growth commitment on an adjusted basis, increasing adjusted diluted earnings per share by 14.9% to 284.4p, or 9.9% at constant rates of exchange.

Group structural changes

Having the right organisational structure will set us up for continued long-term success as a truly global multi-category business, with NGPs embedded at the core.

With the NGP business set for significant expansion and growth, we decided to integrate it into our existing geographic structure. This has enabled us to begin fully leveraging the scale and expertise of the whole Group to drive growth in an area that is fast becoming a key part of our core business.

In order to address the key opportunities and challenges we face going forward, we recognised the need to ensure the combustible business operates even more efficiently than ever before. To achieve this, we created three new regions – Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa; Europe and North Africa; and Asia-Pacific and Middle East – in place of the previous four. The creation of these three new regions has simplified the existing structure by rationalising the complexity and scale of existing direct reporting business units (DRBUs) and has pushed decision making further down the organisation by creating fewer, larger DRBUs. These changes took effect from 1 January 2018 and the revised regional structure will therefore form the basis of our reporting going forward.

To facilitate these changes, we created the new role of Chief Operating Officer for the International business – reporting directly to me and managing our global business outside the US. The President and CEO of RAI also reports directly to me and leads our business in the US – reflecting its scale and the importance of ensuring a smooth integration that does not impact ongoing business delivery.

Confidence in future growth

The Group’s results in 2017 are testament to our commitment to delivering strong results for shareholders whilst at the same time investing substantially in the long-term future of the business. Following our acquisition of RAI, and the progress we are making with NGPs, we can now accelerate our ambition to transform tobacco. With the right people, products and strategy we are ideally positioned to deliver greater choice for our consumers, potential benefits for society as a whole and long-term sustainable value for shareholders.

Nicandro Durante

Chief Executive

 

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   13


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

 

Finance Director’s ove rview

 

“These financial results illust rate the
ongoing  strength  of the Group – 
delivering
against the financial objectives whilst
Investing for the changing envi ronment”

 

Ben Stevens

Finance Director

  

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Another set of good financial results

The Group delivered another set of good financial results in 2017. Whilst the results are dominated by the inclusion of RAI as a wholly owned subsidiary since the acquisition date of 25 July 2017, the Group continued to perform well on an organic basis.

The Group’s results continued to benefit from the weakness in sterling which, due to the Group’s operating results being predominantly delivered in local currency and converted to sterling for reporting purposes, acted as a tailwind of 4%.

Increased revenue and profit from operations

Revenue grew by 37.6%, or by 2.9% excluding the impact of acquisitions and excise on bought-in goods, and on a constant currency basis. This was driven by pricing and the growth of NGPs, notably in Asia Pacific, more than offsetting a decline in organic volume.

Profit from operations was up 39.1%, as the inclusion of RAI and growth in revenue more than offset the marketing investment in NGPs, the amortisation of acquired brands and costs incurred as part of the Group’s restructuring programme.

Adjusted profit from operations on a constant currency, organic basis was up 3.7%.

A full reconciliation of our results under IFRS to adjusted revenue and adjusted profit from operations is provided on pages 218 and 219.

All regions performed well (as described on pages 42 to 47) on a constant rate basis, in challenging conditions. Asia Pacific delivered an increase in adjusted profit from operations whilst supporting the roll-out of NGPs in Japan and South Korea.

In Americas, adjusted profit from operations was up as growth in Canada, Chile and Mexico more than offset the continued economic challenges in Brazil. Transactional foreign exchange headwinds and difficult trading in Russia, GCC and South Africa led to adjusted profit from operations in EEMEA being marginally lower than prior year. In Western Europe, adjusted profit from operations was up driven by Romania and Germany.

Operating margin increasing,

with net finance costs and tax

impacted by the RAI transaction

Our operating margin increased by 270 bps, driven by the performance of the organic business and by RAI, which had a positive mix effect on margin, and partly due to the US$70 million synergies achieved by the year end. Organic adjusted operating margin increased by 40 bps.

Net finance costs grew as the Group incurred an increase in borrowings to support the acquisition of RAI. Our banking facilities require a gross interest cover of at least 4.5 times. In 2017 this was 7.8 times (2016: 12.2 times).

Due to the change in reporting of RAI as a wholly owned subsidiary following the acquisition, the Group recognised a deemed gain of £23,288 million on the deemed disposal of RAI as an associate. Our other material associate, ITC, continued to perform well.

Due to the impact of the deferred tax credit (£9.6 billion) arising from the US tax reforms, our tax charge was a net credit of £8,113 million, being a tax rate of 27.4% (credit) compared to 22.5% (charge) in 2016. This is also affected the inclusion of associates post-tax income, in our pre-tax profits. On an underlying basis, excluding such impacts and the affect of adjusting items, the tax rate was a charge of 29.7%, a marginal decrease on 2016 (29.8%).

Continuing strength

of cash flow generation

Net cash generated from operating activities grew by 16.0% to £5,347 million, largely due to the cash generated by RAI subsequent to the acquisition, the profit from operations earned in the period from the rest of the Group and a reduction in inventories. This more than offset an increase in receivables, reduction in trade and other payables, the payment of the 2017 liability related to the Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) in the United States and the final quarterly payments in relation to the Quebec Class Action.

    

    

    

Based upon net cash generated from operating activities, the Group’s cash conversion ratio decreased from 99% in 2016 to 83% in 2017.

Delivering in a period of change

These financial results illustrate the ongoing strength of the Group – delivering against the financial objectives whilst investing for the changing environment and managing the various challenges that working in a global business bring.

Ben Stevens

Finance Director

 

 

    

    

 

 

 

   
14   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Global market over view*

 

The advent and growth of potentially reduced-risk products, including Next Generation Products (NGPs) like vapour and tobacco heating products (THPs), combined with a mix of regulation and changing societal attitudes, has seen a gradual fall in the number of combustible cigarettes consumed over many years.

 

While more than one-fifth of the world’s adult population smokes, and most of them smoke traditional cigarettes, the global NGP market is set to more than double between 2016 and 2021, with different products set to lead this growth in different markets.

 

 

The global NGP market is predicted to more than double between 2016 and 2021, with growth coming from a diverse array of products.

 

The US remains one of the biggest NGP markets. However, the NGP market in Asia-Pacific is now growing at a rate of 65% thanks, in part, to the launch of a number of dynamic new products, with THPs emerging strongly in the region. For example, Japan has become the world’s most important THP market, and the Group estimates that, in 2018, THPs will already account for more than 20% of tobacco consumption there.

 

Vapour products are predicted to dominate in two regions: Western Europe and the US. These markets have already seen a strong and growing appetite for e-cigarettes, despite a fall in popularity for ‘cig-a-like’ style products.

 

Oral tobacco sales are growing in both Scandinavia (snus) and the US (snus and moist snuff).

 

NGP regulation – The NGP market (comprising vapour and THPs) is relatively nascent, and therefore regulation is also in its early stages. Globally, there is a mix of attitudes between regulators who aim to encourage NGPs as products that are potentially lower risk for smokers and those who view them with greater scepticism – including some countries where they are banned.

 

The UK is an example of what can happen with the support of regulators and public health bodies. Public Health England’s and the Royal College of Physicians’ major reports on the reduced risk of e-cigarettes – combined with a more liberal approach to regulation – are potential contributing factors to an increase in product uptake.

 

In the US, the Food and Drug Administration (FDA) Commissioner Scott Gottlieb made clear, in July 2017, that he wanted the FDA to strike an appropriate balance between regulation and encouraging the development of innovative products that may be less dangerous than cigarettes – potentially paving the way for greater acceptance of vapour products and THPs in the US and beyond.

 

As the income from traditional cigarette taxation falls over the longer term, there is a clear risk of increased taxation on NGPs that does not take into account their relative risks when compared with traditional cigarettes.

 

LOGO   see pages 48 to 54 to learn more about the Principal Group risk factors

Global combustible market

 

The most recent estimates for the global tobacco market (2016) indicate it is worth approximately US$760 billion (excluding China). More than US$680 billion of this comes from the sale of conventional cigarettes, with some 5,505 billion cigarettes consumed per year.

 

However, the Group estimates there has been a 3.5% fall in industry overall volume between 2017 and 2016. This is a trend which is predicted to continue as attitudes change; the sale of illicit cigarettes continues to rise; regulation increases further; and alternative, potentially reduced-risk tobacco and nicotine products continue to develop and become more consumer-acceptable.

 

Illicit tobacco – Cigarettes are a reliable source of tax revenue for governments worldwide. However, the increase in their price and broader macroeconomic pressures are leading to a growth in the illicit cigarette trade. The World Health Organization (WHO) estimates that 1 in every 10 cigarettes and tobacco products consumed globally is illicit, with the market supported by various players, ranging from individuals to organised criminal networks involved in arms and human trafficking.

 

It is generally accepted that there is a direct correlation between steep and ad hoc increases in tax and an increase in illicit sales. For example, the Australasia region is expected to see legal volumes decline substantially, following successive excise increases and illicit volumes increase.

 

However, the current relative punishments versus the profits for illegally selling tobacco products make them an appealing prospect for criminals.

 

Combustible regulation – Tobacco is one of the world’s most regulated and most taxed industries. Manufacturers are expected to comply with a swathe of regulations that are highly varied across markets.

 

Over the past decades, legislation and subsequent regulation has focused on the introduction of plain packaging, product specific regulation, graphic health warnings on packs, tougher restrictions on smoking in enclosed public places and bans on shops displaying tobacco products at the point of sale.

 

Litigation – Legal and regulatory court proceedings continue in a number of forms against the tobacco industry, with the most common being third-party reimbursement cases, class actions and individual lawsuits.

 

Special factors that led to product liability litigation in the US and Canada are not typically replicated in other countries, which is why large volume and high-value litigation has not generally spread to other parts of the globe.

 

The industry has a proven track record of defending its rights and managing risks such as these.

 

Global potentially reduced-risk products market

 

The global tobacco and nicotine market is increasingly diversifying beyond traditional combustible tobacco with the growth of NGPs as well as the oral tobacco and nicotine market (e.g., snus and moist snuff).

 

The latest global figures (2016) suggest the NGP market is worth an estimated US$12.3 billion, a 34% increase on the previous year, while the oral tobacco and nicotine market is worth an estimated US$12.5 billion – demonstrating how quickly the nascent NGP category has progressed against a more mature category.

 
   

*  All data sources on this page are from Euromonitor International unless otherwise stated.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   15


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

 

Our global busi ness

British American Tobacco is a leading, multi-category consumer goods company that provides tobacco and nicotine products to millions of consumers around the world.

With market leadership in over 55 countries and cigarette factories in 42 we have genuine global reach. Our world-class portfolio of cigarette brands is complemented by our increasing range of potentially reduced-risk products. This includes our Next Generation Products, comprising our vapour and tobacco heating products, and our oral tobacco and nicotine products such as moist snuff and snus.

Following the acquisition of leading brands in the US, as well as the growing importance and progress of our potentially reduced-risk products, we have established a portfolio of priority brands – our Strategic Portfolio – to replace the Global Drive Brands (Dunhill, Kent, Lucky Strike, Pall Mall and Rothmans).

 

Our geographic diversity   

55 +

 

  

45

 

  

BAT is a truly global consumer goods company with brands sold in over 200 markets. In 2017, we had strong market positions in each of our five regions*, outlined here.

 

        
   countries where we are market leader   

cigarette factories in 42 countries

  
        
We have one principal associate company – ITC Ltd in India – and we also have a joint operation, CTBAT, with China National Tobacco Corporation.         

 

LOGO

 

* As of 1 January 2018, the Group’s International regional structure (ex US) was reduced to three regions comprising: Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa; Europe and North Africa; and Asia-Pacific and Middle East.  

 

   
16   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Our Strategic Portfolio, as set out below, reflects our priority to provide consumers with a range of potentially reduced-risk products while recognising the important role that our combustible brands play in delivering ongoing value for shareholders and the funds required to invest further in our Next Generation Products.

We also have many international and local cigarette brands which, although not part of our Strategic Portfolio, play an important role in delivering the Group’s strategy in a number of Key Markets.

 

LOGO

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   17


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

 

Our business model

 

At the centre of our global business, operating in over 200 markets, is the manufacture and marketing of superior combustible tobacco products and potentially reduced-risk products – this includes our Next Generation Products (NGPs), comprising vapour and tobacco heating products (THPs), alongside oral tobacco and nicotine products such as moist snuff and snus.

 

Our sustainable approach to sourcing, production, distribution and marketing helps us to create value for a wide group of stakeholders, from farmers to consumers.

 

We use our unique strengths and employ our resources and relationships to deliver sustainable growth in earnings for our shareholders.

 

LOGO    For more information on the structure of the Group, see page 216.

 

  LOGO

 

   
18   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

LOGO

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   19


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

 


 

Delivering our stra tegy

 

LOGO

 

  

 

Growth

 

Our multi-category portfolio of brands continued

to deliver in 2017, driven by our Global Drive Brands

and Next Generation Products.

 

Highlights during the year

 

–  Group revenue grew by 37.6% at current rates of exchange.

 

–  Group market share in Key Markets up by over 40 bps.

 

–  Global Drive Brands’ cigarette volume grew 10.0% (+7.6% organic).

 

–  The Group established itself as the world’s leading tobacco and Next Generation Products business by revenue and profit.

 

 

Business performance

Group revenue, at current rates of exchange, was 37.6% higher than 2016, driven by the acquisition and subsequent consolidation of Reynolds American, pricing, growth of the Next Generation Product (NGP) portfolio and the continued relative weakness of sterling. At constant rates of exchange, adjusted (excluding excise on goods bought-in from third parties), organic revenue was up 2.9%.

Group cigarette and THP volume from subsidiaries was 686 billion, an increase of 3.2% against the previous year and a decline of 2.6% on an organic basis as volume growth in Bangladesh, Bulgaria, Nigeria and GCC was offset by declines in Pakistan, Russia, Ukraine and Brazil.

The Group’s cigarette and THP market share in its Key Markets continued to grow, up 40 basis points (bps). This was driven by another excellent performance by our Global Drive Brand (GDB) portfolio with volume up 7.6% on an organic basis and market share, outside the US, increasing 110 bps, driven by growth in Brazil, Pakistan, Turkey and Mexico. Volume growth of our GDBs, including Key Strategic Brands (together known as GDSBs) was up 17.2% or 7.5% on an organic basis.

The Group’s NGP portfolio contributed £397 million of revenue, at current rates of exchange, which includes the contribution from RAI Companies’ brands since the acquisition date. Including a full year’s revenue from RAI, in 2017, revenue from NGPs was approximately £500 million.

In 2018, we expect to generate over £1 billion in revenue from our NGPs, rising to more than £5 billion in 2022.

We expect the NGP business to break even by end 2018 and to deliver substantial profit by 2022.

Global Drive Brands

Our five leading brands GDBs – are Dunhill, Kent, Lucky Strike, Pall Mall and Rothmans.

The Group’s market share has grown consistently over the last seven years, powered by our GDBs. They play a key role in our growth strategy and now account for over 50% of all the cigarettes and THPs we sell (ex US).

Dunhill: Overall market share was down 10 bps with volume lower by 5.9%, driven by the economic slowdown impacting consumers’ disposable income in Indonesia and continued down-trading in Malaysia and GCC, and industry contraction in South Korea.

Kent: Volume increased by 11.2%, with market share up 30 bps, driven by Japan, due to the success of glo, Turkey and Brazil, offsetting a decline in Iran.

Lucky Strike: Market share and volume grew by 20 bps and 12.2% respectively, with growth in Indonesia and Spain more than offsetting reductions in Argentina and Egypt.

Pall Mall: Market share grew 20 bps, with volume up 14.8%, or 6.4% on an organic basis, as growth in GCC, Nigeria and Poland more than offset Chile and Russia.

Rothmans: Volume increased 14.3%, with market share up 40 bps, driven by Russia, Poland, Nigeria and Colombia, offsetting lower volume in Kazakhstan and Egypt.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

(£m)

 

LOGO

 

 

Change in adjusted revenue

at constant rates (%)

 

LOGO

 

 

Global Drive Brands (GDBs)

cigarette volume and THP volume

 

LOGO

 

 

Global Drive and Key Strategic Brands

(GDSBs) total cigarettes and THP volume

 

LOGO

 

 

   
20   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 


 

Group market share of key markets

 

LOGO

 

 

Total shareholder return (TSR) of the

FMCG group – 1 January 2015

to 31 December 2017 (%)

The FMCG group comparison is based

on three months’ average values

 

LOGO

US cigarette brands

In the period since acquisition, RAI Companies’ cigarette volume in the US was 36 billion, outperforming the industry with total cigarette market share at 34.7%, up 20 bps on 2016.

Newport and Natural American Spirit continued to grow market share driven by the investment into the trade and, together, they are the fastest growing premium brands on the market. Camel market share increased due to the performance of the menthol range. Pall Mall market share was lower due to price competition in the value for money category.

Local and international

cigarette brands

We have many other international and local cigarette brands including Vogue, Viceroy, Kool, Peter Stuyvesant, Craven A, Benson & Hedges, John Player Gold Leaf, State Express 555 and Shuang Xi.

Although experiencing a slow overall decline, our local and international brands continue to play an important role in delivering the Group’s Strategy in several Key Markets, including Brazil, South Africa, Vietnam, Pakistan, Bangladesh and Japan.

Other international brands declined by 13.4%, as growth in State Express 555 and B&H was more than offset by lower volume from Craven A, Viceroy, Peter Stuyvesant, John Player Gold Leaf, and Vogue.

Combustible product

Innovations 1

In addition to innovations in our NGP portfolio, innovations in our combustible tobacco portfolio remain an important part of our strategy to provide consumers with a range of exciting and differentiated products from which to choose.

Innovations volume grew by 11.6%, driven by the continued growth of tube filters and capsules which now account for 37% of our cigarette volume.

Potentially reduced-risk products

Potentially reduced-risk products is the term we use to define our Next Generation Product (NGP) business, comprising vapour and THPs, and our oral tobacco and nicotine business, including products such as snus and moist snuff.

We are seeking leadership of the entire category and have a suite of products to cater for consumers’ many and varying preferences.

In 2017, we further enhanced our range of potentially reduced-risk products with the acquisition of the e-cigarette brand ViP in the UK and Winnington, the maker of Epok, the market leading white snus product in Sweden.

Vapour products

Following the acquisition of Reynolds American we are now the world’s leading vapour company.

Outside of the US, the Group has market leadership in Poland and the UK, with the latter driven by the two fastest growing vapour brands in the market, Vype and Ten Motives. Vype is now present in nine markets (and in duty free via our Global Travel Retail business) and, while still immaterial in the context of the Group, our European vapour business grew with revenue up strongly against the same period last year.

In the US, the R.J. Reynolds Vapor Company – a Reynolds American operating company – was formed in 2012 and started selling Vuse digital vapour products in Colorado in June 2013 before expanding nationally in 2014. The Vuse range of products continues to have a significant presence in the market.

The Group has a range of products covering open and closed vapour systems, all designed to meet the emerging preferences of consumers. We also have a strong product pipeline in place to cater for changing preferences in this category.

 

 

1. Defined as any Group-manufactured cigarette containing non-standard features such as slims, capsules, Reloc or tubes.

In addition to revenue and the other measures discussed in this Annual Report and Form 20-F, BAT management focuses on volume as a key measure to evaluate performance. Volume is an unaudited operating measure and is calculated as the total global cigarette and THP volume of the Group’s brands sold by its subsidiaries. The Group believes that volume is a measure commonly used by analysts and investors in the industry. Accordingly, this information has been disclosed to permit a more complete analysis of the Group’s operating performance.

The Group also uses market share to evaluate its performance. The Group evaluates changes in its retail market share, or market share, in its key markets for tobacco products, based on the latest available data from a number of internal and external sources. Key markets consist of approximately 40 territories across all geographical segments, and represent approximately 80% of the Group’s global volume. Growth in these markets is largely driven by the Global Drive Brands. The Group also highlights drivers for change in specific markets (e.g., volume or market share). For Next Generation Products, the Group monitors its performance in select countries (e.g., UK, Germany, Italy) based upon category retail market share, based on the latest available data from a number of internal and external sources. In addition, the Group’s performance is affected by global pricing, which is impacted by discounts, terms of credit with customers, excise taxes and other competitive, market-driven and regulatory factors. In certain markets, the Group has experienced increases or decreases in average prices resulting from changes in product mix, also referred to as price mix. The Group believes that pricing and market share are measures commonly used by analysts and investors in the industry.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   21


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

Delivering our strategy continued

 

 

Tobacco heating products

Our tobacco heating product (THP), glo, is present in six markets – Japan, South Korea, Russia, Romania, Canada and Switzerland – with additional launches planned for 2018.

Following the initial launch of glo in the Japanese city of Sendai in December 2016, we rolled the product out nationally in October 2017. We are already at 3.6% market share in Japan and our research shows that, in Tokyo, three out of four new consumers in the category are choosing glo over other products on the market.

We launched glo in the South Korean city of Seoul in August 2017 and subsequently expanded into three more cities – Busan, Daegu and Daejeon – with continuous market share growth being captured at national level. Encouraging progress is also being made in the other markets where glo is present and we have a number of market and new product launches planned for 2018 and beyond.

To support our on-going glo expansion plans, and to meet the increasing demand, investment in Neostik (our glo consumables) production capacity has taken place in South Korea and Russia.

Oral tobacco and nicotine products

In the US, American Snuff Company, LLC’s volume of moist snuff was 228 million cans in the period since the acquisition of Reynolds American. Total moist market share was up 100 bps on 2016 to 34.4%, primarily due to Grizzly, a leading US moist snuff brand, benefiting from its strength in the pouch and wintergreen categories, as well as the recent national expansion of its Dark Select style.

Change to performance measure

Revenue Growth from the Strategic Portfolio – effective 2018

The Group continuously assesses the performance metrics to ensure they remain relevant to reflect the Group’s short- and long-term delivery in line with the strategic vision. To that end, from 2018, the Group will introduce a new measure called Revenue Growth from the Strategic Portfolio, as part of the short-term incentive scheme. This will have a 30% weighting, with the Strategic Portfolio reflecting the focus of the Group’s investment activity, and defined as:

 

The GDBs (Kent, Dunhill, Lucky Strike, Pall Mall and Rothmans);

 

The three main brands from the US business (Camel, Newport and Natural American Spirit); and

 

Key brands within our potentially reduced-risk products portfolio.

The new metric will replace the Global Drive Brand (GDB) & Key Strategic Brand (KSB) volume growth metric. The volume share metric of key markets is retained with a weighting reduced from 20% to 10%.

In 2017, while not part of the Group’s KPIs, to provide the comparator against which 2018 will be measured, Revenue from the Strategic Portfolio was £16,711 million assuming we had owned RAI for the full 12 months and after the implementation of the new accounting requirements of IFRS 15.

    

 

LOGO

 

   
22   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

LOGO    Productivity

 

We have continued our drive towards a more effective and efficient globally integrated organisation by leveraging global systems and new ways of working. This global integration ensures the lowest possible overheads, the most cost-effective and responsive supply chain and that productivity opportunities are fully exploited.

 

Highlights during the year

 

–  Record productivity savings delivered.

 

–  Opening of the new Global Supply Chain Service centre in Southampton, UK and further expanded shared services for Human Resources and Finance in Romania.

 

–  Continued optimisation of leaf growing and manufacturing locations.

 

 

Globalising operations and improving efficiency

Global systems and ways of working across the Group are exploited to minimise our cost base and maximise expertise. Furthermore, by ensuring back-office activities are carried out most efficiently and effectively, the end markets are free to focus their efforts on sales activities. This drive to a globally integrated enterprise is most apparent in our Supply Chain, Human Resources, Finance, Procurement and Information Technology functions.

In line with this strategy, during 2017 the Group opened a new Global Supply Chain Service centre in Southampton, UK and further expanded shared services for Human Resources and Finance in Romania. In all cases, these opportunities have been enabled by the Group’s single global SAP system.

The successful completion of the migration of Croatia, Greece, Serbia and Indonesia to our single system at the start of the year has meant that during 2017 the Group has been able to focus on embedding expertise and rolling out initiatives to leverage the Group’s global integration.

The drive towards above-market aggregation is not only reducing cost through less duplication, but also ensuring the best expertise is exploited throughout the Group. Doing so helps ensure resources are made available to establish more global activities across our combustible and Next Generation Product (NGP) businesses and that those activities are implemented efficiently and effectively.

In Supply Chain, the Group is integrated globally such that the single view of future demand ensures resources and investments can be most effectively prioritised.

This includes machinery investment so that capital expenditure is targeted to the areas of the business with the greatest return on the investment. This global view also enhances our ability to react quickly in situations when speed to market gives us a competitive advantage.

Continued strategic investments in new machinery in 2017, supported by our global planning systems and integrated business model, have ensured we deliver ‘on time and in full’ in all our Key Markets at optimal cost, with speed and scale.

 
Profit from operations
(£m)

LOGO

 

Change in adjusted profit from
operations at constant rates (%)

LOGO

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   23


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

Delivering our strategy continued

 

Net cash generated from operating

activities (£m)

LOGO

Operating margin

(%)

LOGO

 

Adjusted operating margin

(%)

LOGO

Continued optimisation of manufacturing locations and leaf growing

In 2017, we continued to optimise our manufacturing footprint and at the end of the year had 45 cigarette factories in 42 countries. In addition, the acquisition of Reynolds American added a further six manufacturing facilities to the Group.

The Malaysia factory was closed this year and the German factory was refocused on OTP, Dry Ice Expanded Tobacco (DIET) and Casing/ Flavours Manufacture – with the ending of cigarette manufacture planned for early 2018. This factory reduction is balanced against continued strategic acquisitions to support the Growth Agenda.

Factory expansions in Romania and South Korea to accommodate new opportunities in NGPs, specifically consumables production for glo, show how our sourcing is responsive to innovative growth demands while remaining cost effective. This complements substantial investment in device capacity, which is also taking place in response to increased consumer demand for glo.

We are continually looking to improve the efficiency of our entire supply chain with the opportunities to improve our manufacturing operations being a focus in 2017, continuing into 2018. We are realising the benefits of our Integrated Work Systems, a programme that is designed to maximise equipment efficiency while ensuring we maintain high standards of product quality.

The improved equipment efficiency is delivering real benefits through improved productivity and lower maintenance costs together with reduced waste. An additional positive by-product is the release of capital expenditure which can be used to invest in further innovation.

While the Group does not own tobacco farms or directly employ farmers, it sources over 400,000 tons of tobacco leaf each year directly from over 90,000 contracted farmers and through third-party suppliers mainly in developing countries and emerging markets in Africa, Asia and Latin America. The Group also purchases tobacco leaf from India where the tobacco is bought over an auction floor. The price of tobacco in US dollars varies from year-to-year driven by domestic inflationary pressures, supply, demand and quality. The Group believes there is an adequate supply of tobacco leaf in the world markets to satisfy its current and anticipated production requirements.

Record productivity savings

By operating globally, exploiting our systems and driving for results, the Group delivered record productivity savings in 2017. This has been reinforced by the acquisition of Reynolds American which will provide further opportunities for productivity savings.

These savings are returned to the business for re-investment and to increase shareholder return. The following examples show how the Group considers all opportunities in the supply chain, including Procurement, International logistics and Leaf operations:

Procurement – Global visibility of forward demand and product specifications in one system has delivered significant benefit with the tender at a global level of print materials and tow being notable examples. In addition to the benefits of lower product cost, the development of long-term supplier relationships with key suppliers has improved security of supply and enabled higher flexibility in the supply chain.

International logistics – Whether by road, air or sea, this is now organised and controlled centrally. This facilitates opportunities to negotiate globally with third-party providers for us to benefit from our scale. Furthermore, this maximises the use of return shipments and economic order quantities to ensure maximum efficiency while maintaining the flexibility for fast response to market opportunities.

Leaf operations – These are similarly managed globally to ensure that the Group works with reliable, efficient and responsible farmers in our source countries. Our Global Leaf Pool operation aggregates demand to meet supply across all internationally traded tobacco. This approach balances the lowest possible working capital investment while reducing any exposure to climatic impacts on our crops and guaranteeing the best quality leaf to meet consumer demands.

While transactional foreign exchange rates again negatively impacted on our cost base in 2017, by continuing to improve our productivity in all areas of our supply chain and elsewhere in the Group, we can increase our profitability and continue to deliver returns to our shareholders today and invest in the future.

 

 

 

 

   
24   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

LOGO

 

  Winning organisation     

 

Group diversity

 

            

 

Total

 

 

 

   

 

Male

 

 

 

   

 

Female

 

 

 

 

 

We enable growth by having a winning organisation: by investing in our people, by attracting the best, and by enhancing the high performing leaders who inspire diverse teams of committed and engaged people in a fulfilling, rewarding and responsible work environment.

 

Highlights during the year

 

–  Accelerated talent development and attraction in growth markets and growth categories including the Next Generation Products business.

 

–  Doubled our intake to the global graduate programme focused on developing the commercial acumen of our junior talent.

 

–  Certified as a Top Employer in Europe, Africa and Asia-Pacific by the Top Employer Institute.

 

–  Exceptionally strong employee engagement and culture of passion and commitment shown through the most recent employee opinion survey in 2017.

     Main Board     13       9       4    
     Senior management     740       584       156    
     Total Group employees     55,761       42,452       13,309    
    

 

LOGO

 

 

Investing in leaders

The quality of our people is a major reason why the Group continues to perform well. In return, we commit to investing in our people as we do in our brands.

The long-term culture of the Group has been about developing talent from within, stretching and supporting the high-performing managers who will lead the delivery of our strategy. This year, over 92% of our senior appointments were drawn from people already within the business – moves that have helped to deliver stronger and more diverse leadership teams and succession plans.

2017 saw the introduction of our new Global Graduate Academy: an intensive two-week programme focusing on accelerating the development of commercial leadership in our next generation of leaders. Over two cohorts during the year, 108 global graduates from 37 countries came together in London for a challenging and interactive learning experience supported by senior leaders from across the business.

We continually update our capability frameworks and learning portfolio to enable development of new capabilities to drive business performance. In 2017, we launched new programmes across Leadership, Marketing, Legal and External Affairs and R&D. These included a new leadership programme for junior managers integrated with leading edge digital content and programmes focusing on brand-building and Next Generation Products.

 

LOGO   

You can learn more about our

Global Graduate Programme at

www.bat-careers.com/graduates

Attracting the best talent

When we do recruit externally, we actively seek those who will provide additional knowledge and skills that will strengthen our teams and ultimately make us a stronger business. In 2017, we continued to enhance our internal capabilities to engage and recruit those people who will help us win in growth markets and growth categories including Next Generation Products.

We continued the digital growth of our employer brand – ‘Bring your Difference’ – across core social media channels. We have more than doubled our followership on Facebook and increased followership by 20% on LinkedIn. We are leading the industry in social media engagement and have moved ahead of several top FMCG companies.

As competition for talented employees intensifies, people increasingly want to work for businesses with a good corporate reputation, so we are proud to have been ranked among the top employers around the world and have been named as a Top Employer for Europe, Africa and Asia-Pacific by the Top Employer Institute, an independent global certification company. We also received similar accolades in many of the countries in which we operate.

Growth through diversity

Diversity matters to the Group because it makes good commercial sense – having a diverse workforce means we are better able to understand and meet the varied preferences of our global consumers. Our efforts to drive diversity are built on three pillars of driving ownership and accountability, building diverse talent pools and creating enablers; all of which are underpinned by an inclusive culture.

Nationalities represented*

 

 

       Total  
Main Board      7  
Global headquarters      77  
Management level globally      143  
  

Employee engagement index

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Senior managers: Companies Act 2006  
For the purposes of disclosure under section 414C(8) of the Companies Act 2006, the Group had 203 male and 26 female senior managers. Senior managers are defined here as the members of the Management Board (excluding the Executive Directors) and the directors of the Group’s principal subsidiary undertakings. The principal subsidiary undertakings, as set out in the Financial Statements, represented approximately 70% of the Group’s employees and contributed around 76% of Group revenue and profit from operations in 2017.  

*  Excluding data for RAI Companies as this was not tracked before the acquisition in July 2017.

   

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   25


Table of Contents

 

  Strategic Management  

 

                                  

Delivering our strategy continued

 

We are a diverse employer. There are 143 nationalities represented at management level within our Group, and 35 within our executive cadre*. We are pleased with the continuous progress we are making and the sustainable pipeline we are building in terms of nationality diversity.

We are also proud of the notable progress and achievements we made in 2017 in gender diversity. We achieved 31% female representation on our Board and increased the female representation in senior management to 21% in 2017, which was largely driven by internal promotions. We also have female executives on all our senior functional and geographical leadership teams. Over 50% of our graduate intake were females, ensuring a sustainable pipeline of women for senior management roles.

Several initiatives have been instrumental in the progress we have made. Our ‘Women in Leadership’ programme is designed to support and accelerate the development and career progression of female talent. In 2017, we trained 145 women across the Group – a number equal to those trained in the previous three years combined. Furthermore, two new diversity training modules, Inclusive Leadership and Cross-Cultural Awareness, have been developed and are being rolled-out to all management employees.

Providing women and other diverse groups an opportunity to connect, engage and share experiences is one of our key enablers; we have more than ten different affinity groups globally to support this. The newest of these affinity groups, Women in BAT UK, was launched in June 2017 and has already amassed more than 350 members.

Our regions and end markets also work to progress the global diversity strategy through on-the-ground initiatives relevant to local cultures and contexts.

In March 2018, we will be publishing data relating to UK Gender Pay in line with statutory requirements. We are confident that men and women are rewarded equally for similar roles, however, we do have a “gender pay gap” as defined by the UK legislation. This is largely a reflection of having more men than women in senior roles and is something we are committed to addressing through initiatives like those outlined above.

 

LOGO  

 

You can learn more about our published data relating to UK Gender Pay in line with statutory requirements at www.bat.com/genderpayreport

Safe place to work

We are committed to providing a safe working environment for all our employees and contractors, and have a Group-wide goal of zero accidents. Our approach is based on risk management and assessments, employee training and awareness, and specific initiatives for high-risk areas of our business.

The vast majority of all Group accidents are in Trade Marketing & Distribution (TM&D), where we have over 29,800 vehicles and motorcycles out on the road every day. Many of these are in challenging parts of the world with high levels of road traffic accidents and armed robberies.

Our driver safety and security programme continues to focus on addressing these risks, such as through the use of in-vehicle ‘telematics’ monitoring systems to analyse driver behaviour data, insights from which are used to tailor our training programmes to improve driving skills and hazard perception. Since 2014, all our vehicles are required to meet strict safety specifications, and we also continually assess threat levels to enhance security protocols and escorts in high-risk locations.

In 2017, accidents across the Group increased significantly, from 182 in 2016**, up to 217. Sadly, this included an increase in fatalities, with the death of a contracting electrician in our factory in Bangladesh from contact with electricity; two TM&D contractors who died in road traffic accidents in Brazil; and one TM&D employee and eight TM&D security contractors who died in violent attacks in Brazil and South Africa. Eleven members of the public also lost their lives in road traffic accidents involving BAT vehicles in eight countries.

We deeply regret this loss of life and the suffering caused to friends, family and colleagues. We liaise closely with the relevant authorities and conduct our own detailed investigations to determine the root cause of each accident, identify any lessons that can be learned and implement action plans, the outcomes of which are reviewed at Board-level.

Overall, our driver and vehicle safety programmes have led to a decline in road traffic accidents in 2017 involving cars or vans, but this was offset by a rise in accidents involving motorcycles, which we have increased the use of in markets where the high density of traffic means they are a more practical option. To address the increased risks, we have put in place motorcycle training programmes in all markets, where motorcycles have been recently introduced, to provide practical techniques for different road conditions and types of traffic, safe speeds and distances, and how to spot a potential problem and take action to deal with it safely.

Equal opportunities for all

We are committed to providing equal opportunities to all employees. We do not discriminate when making decisions on hiring, promotion or retirement on the grounds of race, colour, gender, age, social class, religion, smoking habits, sexual orientation, politics or disability, subject to the inherent requirements of the role to be performed. We are committed to providing training and development for employees with disabilities.

Leadership for change

The world is changing fast. The accelerated pace of transformation both in our industry and the organisation demands that our people are ambitious, courageous and resilient; that they learn quickly and are responsive to opportunities; and that they continue to drive and own results. As our organisation evolves, we continue to focus on these traits and on what has served the Group well through its history – having a culture of passionate owners and having people who lead and inspire each other for the journey ahead.

In 2017, we ran the Group’s global employee survey. We received extraordinary results. The survey had a response rate of 95% – 10 percentage points higher than the average response rate for this type of survey – with the Engagement Index score of 83% being 12 percentage points higher than the FMCG comparator norm of 71% (see chart on page 25). This survey conveys the pride which many employees have in working for us and is demonstrable as we have continued to see employee turnover stay below comparator benchmarks.

Rewarding people

Reward is a key pillar in ensuring that we have the right people to drive the business forward. Reward is necessarily local and we strongly support this through global frameworks to ensure leading edge policies, processes and technology are available to all markets. Base pay rewards core competence relative to skills, experience and contribution to the Group, while annual bonuses, recognition schemes and ad hoc incentives provide the right mix to ensure that high performance is recognised and rewarded. The Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP) has been established to make annual awards of free shares to senior managers provided certain challenging long-term performance conditions are met. The LTIP is one element of senior executives’ reward package aiming to align the interests of the Group’s senior managers with those of shareholders. Further information on the Group’s Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors can be found on pages 73 to 98.

We also offer our UK employees the chance to share in our success via our Sharesave Scheme, Partnership Share Scheme and Share Reward Scheme, and operate several similar schemes for senior management in our Group companies.

 

* Excluding data for RAI Companies as this was not tracked before the acquisition in July 2017.

 

** The 2016 figure has been updated to include reportable injuries from 2016 acquisitions. The previously reported figure was 175. Excluding data for RAI Companies as we continue the integration.
 

 

   
26   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Sustainability

 

Sustainability is a key pillar of our Group strategy and plays a fundamental role in all aspects of our business.

 

Our sustainability agenda was developed through a detailed assessment process, which we refreshed in 2017, that identified the three key areas that have the greatest significance to our business and our stakeholders.

 

–  Harm reduction: We are committed to working to reduce the public health impact of smoking, through offering adult consumers a range of potentially reduced-risk products.

 

–  Sustainable agriculture and farmer livelihoods: We are committed to working to enable prosperous livelihoods for all farmers who supply our tobacco leaf.

 

–  Corporate behaviour: We are committed to operating to the highest standards of corporate conduct and transparency.

 

Highlights during the year

 

–  Implementation of our new operational standard on child labour prevention, which complements our long-standing Child Labour Policy

 

–  Launch of the Group’s new global compliance programme, known as ‘Delivery with Integrity’

 

–  46% reduction in carbon dioxide equivalent (CO 2 e) emissions from our 2000 baseline

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Read more about how we identified these issues and detailed information on our performance in each area at www.bat.com/sustainabilityreport

 

 

Harm reduction

Tobacco harm reduction is about encouraging adult smokers, who wish to continue using tobacco or nicotine products, to switch to potentially lower risk sources of nicotine as compared to conventional cigarettes. Our focus on Next Generation Products (NGPs), comprising vapour and tobacco heating products (THPs), and oral tobacco products provides an opportunity to dramatically reduce the public health impact of smoking.

 

LOGO  

 

Read about our progress in potentially reduced-risk products on pages 21 and 22

Cutting-edge science

BAT and Reynolds American share a tradition of world-leading scientific research and, following the acquisition, we are at the forefront of developing a new generation of alternatives to cigarettes, as well as pioneering new scientific methods to evaluate their harm reduction potential.

We have developed a framework of scientific tests to assess the reduced-risk potential of NGPs relative to smoking cigarettes and, in 2017, published the results of a series of studies for both our Vype ePen and our glo THP.

In 2018, we are embarking on one of our most ambitious and large-scale clinical studies, following hundreds of consumers in the UK for a full year, to look at whether switching to a NGP is as good as quitting smoking, in terms of reducing toxicant exposure and the potential impact on health.

High standards and enabling responsible growth

Following high standards to ensure quality and consumer safety is at the heart of everything we do in the design, development and manufacturing of our products. We would like to see the same approach across the whole industry, so, in 2017, we continued to advocate for, and collaboratively contribute to the development of, consistent national and international standards and proportionate regulation for NGPs.

This is essential for giving consumers the assurances they need to support take-up by more smokers which can ultimately help to realise the potential benefits for public health.

Sustainable agriculture and farmer livelihoods

Tobacco leaf remains at the core of our products, even with the growth of NGPs, so the farmers who grow it are crucial to the continued success of our business.

We have traceability down to the farm level and centralised management of our tobacco leaf supply chain. This enables an agile, efficient and reliable supply of high-quality tobacco leaf to meet consumer demand, while also enhancing the sustainability of rural communities and agriculture.

 

 

Carbon dioxide equivalent (CO 2 e)*

(tonnes CO 2 e per million cigarettes equivalent produced)

 

LOGO

 

 

Group energy use*

(gigajoules per million cigarettes equivalent produced)

 

LOGO

 

 

Water use*

(cubic metres per million cigarettes

equivalent produced)

 

LOGO

 

 

Recycling

(percentage of waste recycled)

 

LOGO

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   27


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  
                    
Delivering our strategy continued

 


 

In 2017, the BAT Group purchased more than 400,000 tonnes of tobacco leaf:

 

66% from 17 BAT leaf operations, which source from over 90,000 farmers; and

 

34% from 20+ third-party suppliers, which source from over 260,000 farmers.

Find our more in our Sustainable Agriculture and Farmer Livelihoods Focus Report at www.bat.com/sustainabilityfocus

Supporting our farmers

Through our global leaf research and development, we develop new and innovative farming technologies and techniques, which are rolled out to farmers as part of comprehensive agri-support packages.

We have a network of expert field technicians who provide on-the-ground support, technical assistance and capacity building for all our 90,000+ directly contracted farmers, helping them to run successful and profitable farms. Our third-party suppliers provide their own support for all the 260,000+ farmers they source from.

By supporting farmers in this way, we can help them maximise the potential of their farms and enhance the livelihoods and resilience of rural communities. They and future generations are then more likely to feel motivated to remain in agriculture, look after the environment and see the value of growing tobacco as part of a diverse range of crops.

Setting standards and driving change

We use the industry-wide Sustainable Tobacco Programme (STP) to conduct assessments and independent on-site reviews for 100% of our tier one tobacco leaf suppliers, including our own leaf operations, to ensure alignment with international standards, such as for human rights and environmental protection.

STP was introduced in June 2016, replacing our previous Social Responsibility in Tobacco Production programme, which from 2000 until 2015 set the standard for all our leaf suppliers worldwide.

Since implementation, two rounds of self-assessment have been completed, and a total of 26 independent on-site reviews have been conducted in 19 countries, covering 50% of our total supply base. By the end of 2018, 100% will have been reviewed by AB Sustain, an independent supply chain management company.

Our ‘Thrive’ sustainable agriculture and farmer livelihoods programme takes a more holistic and collaborative approach to identifying and addressing root causes and long-term risks, such as rural poverty.

Thrive assessments have been completed in 2016 and 2017 for approximately 250,000+ farmers who supply all our own 17 leaf operations and six strategic third-party leaf

suppliers (covering nearly 80% of our total tobacco leaf purchases). We are now using the results to inform our approach to selecting and developing new partnerships and community-based projects that will have a demonstrably positive impact for farmers and their communities.

Human rights in tobacco growing

Agricultural supply chains are particularly susceptible to the risks of child labour and, in 2000, as part of our long running commitment to end the practice within tobacco farming, we became a founding board member of the Eliminating Child Labour in Tobacco Growing (ECLT) Foundation. We remain active members today, alongside other major tobacco companies and leaf suppliers. ECLT helps to strengthen communities and bring together key stakeholders to develop and implement local and national approaches to tackle child labour.

We provide training and communications to farmers and rural community members to raise awareness of human rights issues, which reached over 67,000 beneficiaries in 2017. We also run on-the-ground projects in farming communities to address root causes, such as rural poverty, in collaboration with local partners.

In 2017, we developed a new operational standard on child labour prevention, with inputs from the ECLT and the International Labour Organization. This complements our long-standing Child Labour Policy and includes detailed standards, guidance and processes for our leaf operations to ensure it is effectively applied in a robust and globally consistent way.

Corporate behaviour

Our actions and behaviour impact all areas of our business – which is why corporate behaviour is such an important focus for our long-term sustainability strategy.

Our commitment to good corporate behaviour is underpinned by our Group Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC), or localised equivalent, which require all our staff worldwide to act with a high degree of business integrity, comply with applicable laws and regulations, and ensure that our standards are not compromised for the sake of results.

Delivery with integrity

In 2017, we introduced the Group’s updated compliance programme, ‘Delivery with Integrity’, focused on strengthening and driving a globally consistent approach to compliance across the Group. The programme is led by our Business Conduct & Compliance department, reporting directly to the Group Legal and External Affairs Director.

 

Sustainability reporting

 

LOGO

‘Delivery with Integrity’ is about re-emphasising our commitment to transforming tobacco in line with the highest ethical values. This is an area in which we already have strong foundations, so while this is not new for us, we are further enhancing our compliance procedures.

The importance of sustaining a culture of integrity across the Group was a key theme for our annual Group Leadership Meeting. The ‘Delivery with Integrity’ programme was launched in a two-day workshop held in London with 120 leaders from our Legal and External Affairs Function worldwide, opened by our Chief Executive. This was followed by a global ‘Delivery with Integrity’ communications campaign to all employees worldwide.

A key focus area of the programme in 2017 has been to enhance the Group’s long-standing procedures for the annual SoBC employee sign-off, with the introduction of a new online SoBC portal. The new portal is available to employees in multiple languages and provides tracking and performance reporting capabilities. Over 18,000 management-grade and office-based employees across the Group completed an online SoBC training course and assessment in the new portal in addition to their annual sign-off, and our remaining employees, who may not have easy online access, received face-to-face training.

Speak Up channels

To increase the accessibility of, and strengthen, our long-standing whistleblowing policy and procedures, in early 2018 we launched a new third-party managed Speak Up system, following a review of the Group’s existing whistleblowing procedures undertaken in 2017.

 

 

   
28   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 


 

 

The system includes a website available in multiple languages, and local language hotlines for our markets, and enables improved global oversight of all reported issues in real time.

Please refer to pages 69 and 70 for more information about the application of the SoBC in 2017, the Audit Committee’s responsibility for oversight and monitoring of compliance with the SoBC and our reported compliance metrics.

Safeguarding human rights

With operations and supply chains in many different diverse and challenging environments around the world, human rights are particularly important for our business and an area we have long focused on addressing.

In recent years, we have been strengthening our approach to further align to the United Nations Guiding Principles on Business and Human Rights (UNGPs). This began with a review of our existing policies and approach to human rights management, informed by an independently-facilitated stakeholder dialogue.

As a result, in 2014, we incorporated our Human Rights Policy into our SoBC. In early 2016, we complemented this with the introduction of our Supplier Code of Conduct, which defines the minimum standards expected of all our suppliers worldwide, including the respect of human rights.

Having established a strong policy base, we have continued to focus in 2017 on enhancing due diligence across our business and supply chains. Arguably, the area of greatest risk is in our tobacco leaf agricultural supply chain, so we have extensive due diligence processes in place, as detailed on pages 27 and 28.

For our non-agricultural supply chain, we have long had due diligence processes in place for strategic direct product materials suppliers.

However, to more closely align with the UNGPs and to better manage supply chain risks and opportunities, we expanded the scope in 2016 to include all our direct materials suppliers, as well as strategic indirect suppliers.

All these suppliers are now assessed according to independent human rights indices and those with the highest risk exposure are prioritised for enhanced due diligence.

In 2017, independent on-site audits were conducted on 65 direct suppliers in 29 countries, representing 20% of our total direct procurement spend. For our indirect suppliers, 102 suppliers in 16 countries were identified as high risk and required to undergo a self-assessment in 2017.

With the majority of our employees working in business areas where we have robust oversight and control, human rights risks in our own operations are substantially avoided. The risks that do exist are also mitigated as a result of the suite of robust policies, practices, compliance and governance procedures that we have in place across all Group companies.

However, we recognise that we need to continually work to ensure these are effectively applied and that we carefully monitor the situation in high-risk countries. So, in 2017, we further strengthened our approach with enhanced monitoring for our operations in countries identified by independent indices as high-risk.

 

LOGO  

 

Further details of our approach to human rights and our Modern Slavery Act statement can be found at www.bat.com/humanrights

Marketing responsibly

We are committed to ensuring all our product marketing complies with local legislation and we have voluntary Marketing Principles in place for our different product categories to govern our approach to responsible marketing to adult consumers only.

In light of our shift to being a multi-category business, we are now developing, as part of NGP integration, a new set of consolidated Marketing Principles to cover all our product categories, including combustible cigarettes, smokeless oral tobacco and NGPs.

In 2017, we revised and strengthened our long-standing approach to youth smoking prevention with the launch of our new Youth Access Prevention (YAP) guidelines. This now covers all our different product categories – from conventional cigarettes to NGPs. We have also broadened the scope to include markets where our products are distributed through third parties, and strengthened the governance process for ensuring compliance.

Reducing our environmental impacts

Our approach to reducing the environmental impacts of our operations is long established. We have a comprehensive Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) management system that is based on international standards, including ISO 14001, and we monitor our Group-wide environmental performance for all BAT sites worldwide.

In 2017, we continued to work towards our long-term target of reducing CO 2 e emissions by 80% by 2050 against our 2000 baseline and so far have achieved a 46% reduction. See the business measures on page 27 for more details. We use the Greenhouse Gas Protocol Corporate Standard to guide our CO 2 e reporting methodology (see table below) for defining, consolidating and reporting our Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 CO 2 e emissions.

 

LOGO  

 

Further details of our approach to our reporting methodology can be found at www.bat.com/corporatebehaviour/scope

Our focus in 2017 has been on continuing to reduce CO 2 e emissions and energy use in our factories and in our fleet and logistics, including investing in energy-efficient technologies and switching to low-carbon or renewable energy sources. Our manufacturing processes do not use as much water as many other industries but, with the realities of water scarcity increasingly being felt in some parts of the world, in 2017 we expanded the scope of our water risk assessments to include all our factories and green leaf threshing sites worldwide.

For our tobacco leaf supply chain, environmental criteria form a central part of supplier assessments, as part of the Sustainable Tobacco Programme, and our expert field technicians provide farmers with technical assistance on areas such as sustainable soil, water, biodiversity, and forest and pest management. Our long-running efforts to address deforestation, by eliminating the use of unsustainable sources of wood as a fuel for tobacco curing, has also helped ensure that, in 2017, 99% of farmers’ wood fuel came from sustainable sources.

 

 

 

 

        *  

The 2015 and 2016 data for CO 2 e emissions and energy use, and 2016 data for water use have been updated. This is broadly due to expanding the scope of recent and historical data to include three sites in one country for completeness and correction of reported volume of MCEs in another site. Additionally, following the implementation of our new reporting system, we have taken steps to improve our calculation methodology, which has resulted in slight adjustments to overall historical data. For details of previously reported figures, see page 35 of our 2017 Sustainability Report, which can be found at www.bat.com/sustainabilityreport

 

Emissions*

 

                   
     

 

2017

 

    

 

2016

 

       

Scope 1 CO 2 e emissions (tonnes)

     326,242        311,561      

Scope 2 CO 2 e emissions (tonnes)

     357,645        376,348      

Scope 3 CO 2 e emissions (tonnes)

     230,017        208,013      

Total (tonnes)

     913,904        895,922     Note: Data from RAI Companies is excluded from this section unless stated otherwise, as we continue the integration.

Intensity (per million cigarettes equivalent)

     0.82        0.84    

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   29


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

 

Stakeholder engag ement

 

 

 

We work with, take into account and respond to the views and concerns of both internal and external stakeholders, adapting to emerging risks and striving to meet the expectations placed upon us as a multinational business.

 

Listening to our stakeholders helps us better understand their views and concerns, and enables us to respond to them appropriately. It gives us valuable inputs to, and feedback on, our strategic approach, as well as our policies, procedures and ways of working. This helps us to continually improve and strengthen them and ensure we are meeting the expectations of our stakeholders.

 

This section provides greater insight into our policies and procedures underpinning the Winning Organisation and Sustainability aspects of our strategy. It also outlines progress against our policy objectives, with a focus on our people and culture, environmental matters, community and social initiatives, respect for human rights, and anti-bribery and corruption, which we know are important considerations for our shareholders and wider stakeholders.

 

We have a number of Group policies and principles in place, including our Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC), that set out our commitments in these areas. These policies and procedures are endorsed by our Board and support the effective identification, management and mitigation of key risks and issues for our business in these and other areas. A summary of our SoBC and other policies in these areas is set out on page 31.

 

All Group companies have adopted the SoBC or localised equivalent. All staff working across the Group are required to complete training, and an annual sign-off, confirming their adherence to the SoBC.

 

 

 
   LOGO    Details of our Group Policies and Principles are available at www.bat.com/principles   LOGO   

Our Speak Up channels, available at www.bat.com/speakup, enable anyone working for, or with, our Group to raise concerns in their local language, in confidence and without fear of reprisal.

 

 

Our ongoing dialogue and engagement with stakeholders – including employees, suppliers, farmers, regulators, local communities and wider society – support our compliance with international standards and evolving regulations, and helps us to understand the issues and challenges our stakeholders face. This enables us to be better placed to co-develop solutions to address issues and challenges.

We engage with regulators around the world to support regulation that is based on robust evidence and thorough research, that respects legal rights and livelihoods, and delivers on intended policy aims, while recognising unintended consequences.

Transparency is crucial to our approach. We are open about what we think, and whether we are in favour of new proposals for regulation or not. Where we may not agree, we always try to be constructive and propose practical alternatives that can still support the achievement of regulatory aims and public health objectives.

We have long recognised the OECD Principles for Transparency and Integrity in Lobbying, and the views and positions that we advocate on key issues are available on our website at bat.com/regulation

We know that, as a responsible company, all engagement activities we undertake must be guided by high standards. These standards are set out in our Principles for Engagement. All Group companies and employees are required to act in accordance with our Principles for Engagement. We support third parties on policy issues of mutual interest, but we will never ask a third party to conduct itself in any way that contravenes these principles.

Our people and culture

We are committed to protecting the safety and wellbeing of our employees, and building a culture where they can develop and thrive. The principal risks for our business in this area relate to the risks of injury, illness or death in the workplace, discussed further as part of our principal Group risk factors on page 53. We also recognise that we must continue to attract and retain the best people, as competition for talented employees intensifies.

Overall responsibility for health and safety is held by the Director, Operations, and the Director, Group Human Resources has overall responsibility for all employee and human resources (HR) matters. Our Management Board oversees the development and management of talent within the Group’s Regions and Functions, and monitors progress against our key objectives and performance indicators.

 

 

 

Our Employment Principles set out a common approach for our Group companies’ policies and procedures, recognising that each Group company must take account of local labour law and practice, and the local political, economic and cultural context. In developing our Employment Principles, we have sought the views of a cross-section of internal and external stakeholders, and have consulted with employee representatives and (where relevant) with our works councils.

All Group companies have committed to our Employment Principles and, through our internal audit processes, are required to demonstrate how these are embedded into the workplace.

Health and safety

Our Health and Safety Policy recognises the importance of the health, safety and welfare of all employees and third party personnel in the conduct of our business operations. We are committed to the prevention of injury and ill-health, and strive for continual improvement in health and safety management and performance. This policy is supported by our Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) management system, outlined on page 31.

We have a Group-wide goal of zero accidents and our approach to health and safety is based on risk management and assessments, staff training and awareness, and specific initiatives focused on higher risk areas of our business.

Our key performance indicators* in this area include:

 

Lost Workday Case Incident Rate (LWCIR): In 2017, there was an increase in our LWCIR from 0.24 in 2016 to 0.28 in 2017.

 

Lost workday cases (LWC): The number of work-related accidents (including assaults) resulting in injury to employees and to contractors under our direct supervision, causing absence of one shift or more, increased from 155 in 2016, to 181 in 2017.

 

Serious injuries (SI) and fatalities: The total number of serious injuries and fatalities to employees and contractors increased from 56 in 2016 to 74 in 2017.

 

* The 2016 figures related to LWC and SI have been updated to include reportable injuries from 2016 acquisitions. For details of previously reported figures, see page 35 of our 2017 Sustainability Report, which can be found at www.bat.com/sustainabilityreport

Employee development

and engagement

We have a comprehensive Group Talent Strategy in place, focused on attracting, retaining and developing the best talent. This is discussed further on pages 25 and 26.

We undertake a biennial global employee opinion survey (‘Your Voice’) across the Group, which increases employee engagement across the business and helps us continue to improve and update our work environment.

 

 

   
30   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 


 

 

 

Policies / Principles**

 

  

Summary of areas covered

 

  

Key stakeholder groups

 

Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC)   

Anti-bribery and corruption, conflicts of interest, and entertainment and gifts.

Respect in the workplace, including promoting equality and diversity, preventing harassment and bullying, and safeguarding employee wellbeing.

Respect for human rights, including prevention of child labour and exploitation of labour, and respect for freedom of association.

Political contributions and charitable contributions.

Financial integrity, accurate accounting and record-keeping, and information security.

Anti-illicit trade, competition and anti-trust, and sanctions compliance.

Whistleblowing.

  

Employees and contractors

Governments and regulators

Local communities and society

Health and Safety Policy    Health, safety and welfare of all employees, other members of our workforce and third party personnel.   

Employees and contractors

Suppliers, business partners, farmers

Local communities and society

Environment Policy    Our commitments to carrying out our business in an environmentally responsible and sustainable way, including agricultural, manufacturing and distribution operations.   

Employees and contractors

Suppliers, business partners, farmers

Local communities and society

Employment Principles    Employment practices, including commitments to diversity, reasonable working hours, family friendly policies, employee wellbeing, talent, performance and equal opportunities, and fair, clear and competitive remuneration and benefits.    Group employees
Principles for Engagement    Our internal standards guiding all engagement activities, underpinning our commitment to corporate transparency.    Employees and contractors Governments and regulators Local communities and society
Supplier Code of Conduct    Standards required of our suppliers worldwide, including business integrity, anti-bribery and corruption, environmental sustainability and respect for human rights (covering equal opportunities and fair treatment, health and safety, prevention of harassment and bullying, child labour, and exploitation of labour, and freedom of association).   

Suppliers and business partners

Employees and contractors

Local communities and society

Strategic Framework for Corporate Social Investment    Sets out our Group corporate social investment strategy and a framework for our local operating companies to implement that strategy.   

Local communities and society

NGOs and development agencies

 

** Further details of our Group policies and principles can be found at www.bat.com/principles further details of our Strategic Framework for Corporate Social Investment can be found at www.bat.com/csi

 

Our key performance indicators in this area include:

 

Employee retention: In 2017, total turnover of management-grade employees was 1,610, representing 14% of the total management population.

 

Employee engagement: In our 2017 ‘Your Voice’ employee opinion survey, our key Engagement Index score was 83%, 12 percentage points higher than the FMCG comparator norm of 71%.

 

Diversity: Representation of women in senior management roles increased from 16% in 2016, up to 21% in 2017 (2017 data includes RAI Companies).

In addition to our long-standing Employment Principles, we have also adopted a Board Diversity Policy, discussed on page 62, which is specifically applicable to our Board and Management Board.

Environment

We are committed to reducing our environmental impact across our supply chain and operations and our Director, Operations, has overall responsibility for environmental management.

Our Environment Policy applies across all our activities including our supply chain.

The Policy is supported by our comprehensive Environmental, Health and Safety (EHS) management system, which has been in place

for many years and is based on international standards, including ISO 14001.

Each of our Group companies has an EHS Steering Committee, with overall environmental responsibility held by the applicable General Manager or site manager. EHS is also a standing agenda item for management meetings and governance committees at area, regional and global levels. Our governance structures raise awareness of environmental risks across our business and our aim is to create a consistent approach across our Group to manage them.

The primary environmental focus areas for our business include energy use and carbon dioxide (CO 2 ) emissions, water use and availability, and waste and recycling. In our supply chain, the primary focus areas relate to the environmental impacts of tobacco farming.

Our approach to reducing the environmental impacts of our operations is long established and we have an internal reporting system in place for monitoring Group-wide environmental performance. Please refer to pages 27 to 29 for details of our approach to environmental management and progress against key performance indicators.

Community and social initiatives

As an international business, we play an important role in countries around the world and have built close ties with local communities. We encourage our employees

to play an active role both in their local and business communities.

Our Charitable Contributions Policy in our SoBC is supported by the Group Strategic Framework for corporate and social initiatives (CSI), which sets out our Group CSI strategy and how we expect our local operating companies to develop, deliver and monitor community investment programmes within three themes:

 

Sustainable Agriculture and Environment;

 

Empowerment; and

 

Civic Life.

Our Group Head of Sustainability has oversight of the Group CSI Strategy, and Board-level governance is managed through our Audit Committee, which reviews the strategy and an analysis of activities (including investment and alignment to the Group’s priorities) at least once a year.

Our key performance indicator in this area relates to the total amount of money invested in charitable giving and CSI projects. Together with RAI Companies, in 2017 the Group invested a total of £18.7 million in cash, and a further £14.3 million in-kind charitable contributions and CSI projects, including £1.09 million given for charitable purposes in the UK. Much of this investment is delivered through partnerships with external stakeholders including communities, NGOs, governments, development agencies, academic institutions, industry associations and peer companies.

 

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   31


Table of Contents

 

 Strategic Management 

 

                                  

Stakeholder engage ment continued

 


 

Respect for human rights

The Group has a long-standing commitment to respect fundamental human rights, as affirmed by the Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

The greatest risks for human rights abuses are in our tobacco leaf supply chain which, as with the wider agricultural sector, is recognised by the International Labour Organization to be particularly vulnerable to these risks due to the sheer scale and characteristics such as large numbers of casual and temporary workers, family labour in small-scale farming, and high levels of rural poverty. Human rights challenges in our non-agricultural supply chain depend on the nature of the sector, the type of goods and services supplied, and the country of operation.

With the majority of our employees working in business areas where we have robust oversight and control, human rights risks in our own operations are substantially avoided. The challenges that do exist are mitigated by the suite of robust policies, practices, and compliance and governance procedures that we have in place across all Group companies. However, we recognise that we need to continually work to ensure these are effectively applied and that we carefully monitor the situation, particularly in higher risk countries, such as where regulation or enforcement are weak, or there are high levels of corruption, criminality or unrest.

Our due diligence processes for our business operations and supply chains enable us to monitor the effectiveness of, and compliance with, our Human Rights Policy commitments and our Supplier Code of Conduct, and to identify, prevent and mitigate human rights risks, impacts and abuses. You can read more about these on pages 28 and 29.

In addition to our due diligence work, we developed a new human rights e-learning training package in 2017, targeted at our Procurement and Legal and External Affairs functions, which was completed by over 1,000 managers worldwide. In addition, we delivered training and communications on human rights issues for over 67,000 beneficiaries in rural communities.

Our key performance indicators in this area focus on the number, and results, of reviews and audits conducted as part of our due diligence processes for our suppliers and business operations. In 2017:

 

Independent on-site reviews were conducted on 16 of our tobacco leaf suppliers in 14 countries.

 

Independent audits were conducted on 65 direct materials suppliers in 29 countries.

 

102 indirect suppliers in 16 countries underwent a self-assessment in 2017.

 

BAT business operations in 19 higher risk countries underwent enhanced due diligence to confirm compliance with applicable Group policies, standards and controls, and to provide details of any additional local measures in place to enhance human rights management.

Anti-bribery and corruption

Corrupt practices are illegal, cause distortion in markets and harm economic, social and political development, particularly in developing countries.

Our SoBC makes it clear that it is wholly unacceptable for Group companies, our employees or our business partners to be involved or implicated, in any way, in corrupt practices. Our SoBC is fully aligned with the provisions of the UK Bribery Act and is designed to meet the standards of the OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions.

Our policies are continually kept under review and, on the acquisition of RAI in 2017, we updated our SoBC to reflect the requirements of the US Foreign and Corrupt Practices Act, and other relevant US law and regulation. In 2017, we also updated our SoBC to take account of the requirements of the UK Criminal Finances Act.

We also developed a new e-learning course on anti-bribery and corruption in 2017, targeted specifically at employees who conduct external engagement with key stakeholders, governments and regulators. This will be completed by over 3,000 employees in 2018. Alongside this, a new mobile app will be launched in 2018 to provide employees with ‘on-the-go’ guidance on how to act in specific situations.

Our Speak Up channels, discussed on pages 28 and 29, enable anyone working for, or with, our Group to raise any concerns in their local language, in confidence and without fear of reprisal.

Our ‘Delivery with Integrity’ programme discussed on page 28 focused in 2017 on ensuring our policies and training, particularly in relation to anti-bribery and corruption, remain at the forefront of best business practice, on increasing the accessibility of our whistleblowing procedures, and enhancing global oversight of reported issues.

The design of the programme was informed by extensive due diligence on current best practice, including in managing bribery and corruption risks. As part of the programme, we refreshed the Group’s approach to managing potential issues for our business in this area, including:

 

Regulatory engagement activities, guided by the Group’s Principles for Engagement and supported by targeted training to highlight associated risks; and

 

Engagement of third parties as suppliers and consultants to the Group, supported by the deployment of a revised third party due diligence procedure during 2018.

Please refer to pages 69 and 70 for more information about the application of the SoBC in 2017, the Audit Committee’s responsibility for oversight and monitoring of compliance with the SoBC, and our reported compliance metrics.

Note: Data from RAI Companies is excluded from this section unless stated otherwise, as we continue the integration.

 

 

 

   
32   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
                       
 Financial Review         

Strategic Report

 

       

Governance

 

       

Financial Statements    

 

       

Other Information        

 

 

Financial performance summary

 

“The Group  continues

to deliver across all

key financial metrics”

 

Ben Stevens

Finance Director

  LOGO   

Highlights

 

–  Group revenue was up 37.6% or 2.9% on an adjusted, organic basis at constant rates of exchange.

 

–  Profit from operations increased by 39.1%, or 3.7% on an adjusted, organic basis at constant rates of exchange.

 

–  Diluted earnings per share up 634%. Adjusted diluted earnings per share up 14.9% or 9.9% at constant rates.

 

–  Dividend per share up 15.2% at 195.2p.

 

–  Net cash generated from operating activities up 16.0%.

 

–  Cash conversion at 83%.

 

 

Non-GAAP measures

In the reporting of financial information, the Group uses certain measures that are not defined by IFRS, the generally accepted accounting principles (‘GAAP’) under which the Group reports. The Group believes that these additional measures, which are used internally, are useful to users of the financial information in helping them understand the underlying business performance.

The principal non-GAAP measures which the Group uses are adjusted revenue, adjusted profit from operations, and adjusted diluted earnings per share. Adjusting items are significant items in revenue, profit from operations, net finance costs, taxation and the Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures which individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance.

As an additional measure to indicate the results of the Group before the impact of exchange rate movements on the Group’s results the movement in adjusted revenue, adjusted profit from operations and adjusted diluted earnings per share are shown at constant rates of exchange.

The Group also includes organic measures of volume, revenue, profit from operations and operating margin to ensure a full understanding of the underlying performance of the Group, before the impact of acquisitions.

These non-GAAP measures are explained on pages 218 to 222.

Revenue

  Revenue

  (£m)

 

LOGO

In 2017, revenue was 37.6% higher at £20,292 million. This was driven by the inclusion of RAI since the acquisition date, pricing, the growth of the NGP portfolio and the translational foreign exchange tailwind on the reported results, partially offset by negative geographic and portfolio mix of 1%. Revenue also grew due to the sale of products bought-in on short-term contract manufacturing arrangements inclusive of excise. After adjusting for the revenue from acquisitions, including RAI, the short-term uplift to revenue due to the treatment of excise on bought-in goods and the effect of exchange on the reported result, on an organic, adjusted constant currency basis, revenue was up by 2.9%.

 

  Change in adjusted revenue

  at constant rates (%)

 

LOGO

Revenue from our NGP portfolio was £397 million, which includes the contribution from RAI brands since the acquisition date. On a 12-month basis, including the full year’s revenue from RAI, revenue from NGPs was approximately £500 million.

In 2016, revenue increased by 12.6%, to £14,751 million driven by price mix of over 6%, and reflecting the positive currency effects resulting from the relative weakness of pound sterling. At constant rates of exchange, revenue would have increased by 6.9% or by 5.3% on an organic basis.

 
 

Reconciliation of revenue to adjusted organic revenue at constant rates

     

 

  

      

2017

£m

    Change
%
    

2016

£m

   

Change

%

    

2015

£m

 
 

 

 
  Revenue      20,292       +38%        14,751       +13%        13,104  
  Adjusting items      (258                  
 

 

 
  Adjusted revenue      20,034       +36%        14,751       +13%        13,104  
  Impact of exchange      (750        (743     
 

 

    
  2016 adjusted revenue at 2015 exchange rates           14,008       +7%     
  2017 adjusted revenue at 2016 exchange rates      19,284       +31%          
 

 

    
  Impact of acquisitions      (4,111        (207     
 

 

    
  Adjusted organic revenue at constant rates      15,173       +3%        13,801       +5%     
 

 

 

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   33


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Review 

 

                                  

 

Income s tate ment

 

Profit from operations

(£m)

 

LOGO

Profit from operations grew by 39.1% to £6,476 million and by 2.2% to £4,655 million in 2016. This was driven by the inclusion of RAI during 2017, the improved organic revenue in 2017 and 2016 as described earlier, and the favourable foreign exchange movements, partly offset by the following:

Raw materials and other consumables increased by 19.7% to £4,520 million in 2017, and by 17.4% to £3,777 million in 2016, mainly due to the higher volume and the continued transactional foreign exchange headwinds in both years. This negatively impacted the cost of hard currency denominated items such as leaf and wrapping materials in the operating currencies of our local companies.

Employee benefit costs increased by £405 million to £2,679 million in 2017 and by £235 million to £2,274 million in 2016. The movement was mainly due to the acquisition of RAI in 2017 and the translational foreign exchange movements in 2017 and 2016.

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs increased by £295 million to £902 million in 2017 and by £179 million in 2016. This was due to the amortisation and impairment charges of £393 million (2016: £166 million, 2015: £72 million) largely related to the trademarks and similar intangibles capitalised following the acquisitions (including RAI, Ten Motives, CHIC Group, TDR, Bentoel, Tekel and Skandinavisk Tobakskompagni A/S (ST)). The increase in 2017 was also driven by higher depreciation charges due to the consolidation of RAI, with depreciation higher in 2016 due to the investment in the Group’s manufacturing infrastructure.

Other operating expenses increased by £1,688 million to £5,346 million in 2017 (2016 up by £386 million) due to the impact of higher overhead costs, foreign exchange in 2017 and 2016 and the acquisition of RAI in 2017.

Expenditure on research and development was approximately £191 million in 2017 (2016: £144 million, 2015: £148 million) with a focus on products that could potentially reduce the risk associated with smoking conventional cigarettes.

Included in profit from operations are a number of adjusting items related to restructuring and integration costs and one-off charges, provisions and income. Adjusted items are defined in note 1 in the Notes on the Accounts.

Total adjusting items were £1,517 million in 2017 (2016: £825 million, 2015: £435 million), including the charges related to trademark amortisation and impairment (discussed above), and £600 million (2016: £603 million,

 

 

Change in adjusted profit from

operations at constant rates (%)

 

LOGO

2015: £367 million) of restructuring and integration costs being mainly in respect of the implementation of the new operating model, integration costs associated with the acquisition of RAI and factory rationalisations. The release of fair value adjustment to inventory (£465 million) and the impairment of certain assets related to Agrokor in Croatia have also been treated as adjusting items.

We call the underlying profit before these items ‘adjusted profit from operations’.

In 2017, adjusted profit from operations at constant rates grew by 39.9% to £7,665 million, driven by the acquisition of RAI. On an organic basis, adjusted profit from operations at constant rates increased by 3.7% (2016: 4.1%). The increase was due to the movement in profit from operations before the impact of adjusting items discussed earlier.

 

 

Analysis of profit from operations, net finance costs and results from associates and joint ventures

 

                                                2017                        2016  
      Reported
£m
   

Adjusting
items

£m

    Adjusted
£m
    Impact of
exchange
£m
    Adjusted
at CC
£m
    Impact of
acquisitions
£m
    Adjusted
organic
at CC
£m
         Reported
£m
   

Adjusting
items

£m

    Adjusted
£m
 

Profit from operations

                      

United States

     1,318       763       2,081       (101     1,980       (1,980                          

Asia-Pacific

     1,638       117       1,755       (81     1,674             1,674         1,432       198       1,630  

Americas

     1,147       109       1,256       32       1,288             1,288         1,017       155       1,172  

Western Europe

     1,127       435       1,562       (104     1,458       (2     1,456         1,044       345       1,389  

EEMEA

     1,246       93       1,339       (74     1,265             1,265           1,182       107       1,289  

Total region

     6,476       1,517       7,993       (328     7,665       (1,982     5,683           4,675       805       5,480  

Non-tobacco litigation:

                      

Fox River

                                                       (20     20        

Profit from operations

     6,476       1,517       7,993       (328     7,665                           4,655       825       5,480  

Net finance (costs)

     (1,094     205       (899     56       (833           (637     108       (529

Associates and joint ventures

     24,209       (23,197     1,012       (61     951                           2,227       (900     1,327  

Profit before tax

     29,591       (21,475     8,116       (333     7,783                           6,245       33       6,278  

 

   
34   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
   

 

Strategic Report

 

      

 

Governance

 

      

 

Financial Statements

 

      

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Operating margin

 

(%)

 

LOGO

Operating margin in 2017 was ahead of 2016 by 30 bps at 31.9%, as the organic performance and inclusion of RAI more than offset the impact of the RAI purchase accounting (mainly on inventory), increased spend related to the NGP portfolio and restructuring and integration costs incurred. The decrease in 2016 was driven by higher restructuring and impairment charges, and transactional foreign exchange headwinds, impacting the Group’s cost of sales.

In 2017, adjusted operating margin increased by 270 bps as the inclusion of RAI, the growth in adjusted organic revenue, driven in part by pricing, and ongoing cost savings (including the US$70 million of synergies achieved), more than offset the impact of inflation and transactional foreign exchange. Adjusted organic operating margin increased by 40 bps. At constant rates, adjusted organic operating margin increased by 30 bps.

In 2016, adjusted operating margin fell by 90 bps as the impact of transactional foreign exchange on cost of sales more than offset the impact of pricing and cost savings across the Group.

 

 

 

 

Adjusted operating margin

(%)

LOGO

Net finance costs

In 2017, net finance costs increased by £457 million to £1,094 million, largely due to the additional finance, including pre-financing charges of £153 million, required to acquire RAI and the finance costs associated with the RAI debt now consolidated within the Group. In 2016, net finance costs were £637 million compared to net finance income of £62 million in 2015. This was principally due to the impact of adjusting items in net finance costs, including one-off costs of £101 million related to the early settlement of a bond (described on page 39), while 2015 included a deemed gain (£601 million) related to the investment in that year in RAI associated with RAI’s acquisition of Lorillard. In 2017 and 2016 the Group recognised interest of £25 million and £25 million respectively in related to FII GLO. 2016 also benefited from an £18 million hedge ineffectiveness gain, which partially reversed in 2017 (£9 million charge), following the market volatility due to Brexit, which is not in the normal course of business.

 

 

Net finance costs before the impact of the adjusting items described above, and at constant rates of exchange, were £833 million an increase of 57.5% on 2016, which were 15.7% higher than 2015 at £427 million. The Group’s average cost of debt in 2017 was 3.3%, ahead of 3.1% achieved in both 2016 and 2015.

Associates and joint ventures

Associates in 2017 principally comprised RAI (for the period prior to the acquisition in July 2017 of the shares in RAI not already owned by the Group) and ITC. The Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures, included at the pre-tax profit level under IFRS, increased by £21,982 million to £24,209 million, due to a gain of £23,288 million arising on the deemed disposal of RAI as an associate as, following the acquisition, RAI is consolidated as a wholly owned subsidiary.

In 2016, the Group’s share of post-tax results from associates and joint ventures increased by £991 million, to £2,227 million, largely due to a gain of £900 million recognised in 2016 which mainly related to the sale by RAI of the international rights to Natural American Spirit.

Excluding the effect of the gain noted above and other adjusting items, the Group’s share of associates and joint ventures on an adjusted, constant currency basis fell in 2017 by £951 million or 28.3% due to RAI’s contribution as an associate for only part of the year, while the Group’s share of ITC’s post-tax results grew by 16.7%. In 2016, the Group’s share of results of associates and joint ventures on an adjusted constant currency basis increased by 26.2%, driven by RAI, up 35% partly due to a full year’s contribution from Lorillard and ITC, higher by 7%.

 

 

Analysis of profit from operations, net finance costs and results from associates and joint ventures

 

                                                2016                        2015  
      Reported
£m
   

Adjusting
items

£m

    Adjusted
£m
    Impact of
exchange
£m
    Adjusted
at CC
£m
    Impact of
acquisitions
£m
    Adjusted
organic
at CC
£m
         Reported
£m
   

Adjusting
items

£m

    Adjusted
£m
 

Profit from operations

                      

Asia-Pacific

     1,432       198       1,630       (142     1,488             1,488         1,361       108       1,469  

Americas

     1,017       155       1,172       30       1,202             1,202         1,082       87       1,169  

Western Europe

     1,044       345       1,389       (153     1,236       (11     1,225         990       156       1,146  

EEMEA

     1,182       107       1,289       (18     1,271       (12     1,259           1,127       81       1,208  

Total region

     4,675       805       5,480       (283     5,197       (23     5,174           4,560       432       4,992  

Non-tobacco litigation:

                      

Fox River / Flintkote

     (20     20                                             (3     3        

Profit from operations

     4,655       825       5,480       (283     5,197                           4,557       435       4,992  

Net finance (costs) / income

     (637     108       (529     35       (494           62       (489     (427

Associates and joint ventures

     2,227       (900     1,327       (137     1,190                           1,236       (293     943  

Profit before tax

     6,245       33       6,278       (385     5,893                           5,855       (347     5,508  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   35


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Review 

 

 

    
     

Income state ment continued

 

 

Tax

In 2017, the tax charge in the Income Statement was a credit of £8,113 million, against a charge of £1,406 million in 2016 and £1,333 million in 2015. The 2017 credit was largely due to the impact of the change in tax rates in the United States which led to a credit of £9.6 billion related to the revaluation of deferred tax liabilities arising on the acquired net assets of RAI, and described below. The tax rates in the Income Statement are therefore a credit of 27.4% in 2017, against a charge of 22.5% in 2016 and 22.8% in 2015. These are also affected by the inclusion of adjusting items described earlier and the associates and joint ventures’ post-tax profit in the Group’s pre-tax results. Excluding these items and the deferred tax credit in 2017, the underlying tax rate for subsidiaries was 29.7% in 2017 (2016: 29.8% and 2015: 30.5%). See the section Non-GAAP measures on page 220 for the computation of underlying tax rate for the periods presented.

Tax strategy

The Group’s global tax strategy is reviewed regularly by the Board. The operation of the strategy is managed by the Finance Director and Group Head of Corporate Tax with the Group’s tax position reported to the Audit Committee on a regular basis. The Board considers tax risks that may arise as a result of our business operations. In summary, the strategy includes:

 

complying with all applicable laws and regulations in countries in which we operate;

 

being open and transparent with tax authorities and operate to build mature professional relationships;

 

supporting the business strategy of the Group by undertaking efficient management of our tax affairs in line with the Group’s commercial activity;

 

transacting on an arm’s length basis for exchanges of goods and services between companies within the Group; and

 

engaging in proactive discussions with tax authorities on occasions of differing legal interpretation.

The publication of this strategy is considered to constitute compliance with the duty under paragraph 16(c) Schedule 19 Part 2 of the UK Finance Act 2016.

The taxation on ordinary activities for 2017 was a credit of £8.1 billion against a charge of £1.4 billion in 2016 and £1.3 billion in 2015, with tax paid (due to the timing of corporation tax instalment payments which straddle different financial years) of £1.7 billion (2016: £1.2 billion, 2015: £1.3 billion).

Our tax footprint extends beyond corporation tax, including significant payment of employment taxes and other indirect taxes including customs and import duties. The Group also collects taxes on behalf of governments (including tobacco excise, employee taxes, VAT and other sales taxes). The total tax contribution in 2017 of £37.4 billion (2016: £33.2 billion, 2015: £29.6 billion) therefore consists of both taxes borne and taxes collected as shown in the table provided.

In addition to the major taxes, there are a host of other taxes the Group bears and collects such as transport taxes, energy and environmental taxes, and banking and insurance taxes.

As part of the acquisition of RAI, the Group acquired the assets and liabilities of the RAI Companies. These are required to be fair valued at the date of acquisition, as disclosed in note 24 on the accounts, on page 165. The value of the net assets acquired created a deferred tax liability, valued within the purchase price allocation process at the prevailing rate of corporation tax at the date of acquisition, being 25 July 2017. Subsequently, on 22 December 2017, the US federal corporate tax rate was changed to 21%, effective from 1 January 2018. This revised rate has been used to value the deferred tax liability at the balance sheet date, reducing the liability and providing a credit to the income statement in 2017 of £9.6 billion. Due to the scale of the impact, this credit has been treated as an adjusting item.

Major taxes paid 2017
(£bn)

 

LOGO

Major taxes paid

 

           2017      2016  
         £bn      £bn  

 

 
    Tobacco excise (collected)      29.0        25.9  
    Net VAT and other sales      
    taxes (collected)      5.9        5.2  
    Corporation tax (borne)      1.7        1.2  
    Customs and import duties      
  (borne)      0.2        0.4  
    Taxes paid by employee      
  (collected)      0.4        0.3  
    Employment taxes (borne)      0.2        0.2  
                       
           37.4      33.2  

 

The movements in deferred tax, taken through other comprehensive income, mainly relate to the change in the valuation of pensions in the year, as disclosed in note 13 in the Notes on the Accounts.

 

Where resolution is not possible, tax disputes may proceed to litigation. The Group seeks to establish strong tax technical positions. Where legislative uncertainty exists, resulting in differing interpretations, the Group seeks to establish that its position would be more likely than not to prevail. Transactions between Group subsidiaries are conducted on arm’s length terms in accordance with appropriate transfer pricing rules and OECD principles.

 

The tax strategy outlined above is applicable to all Group companies, including the UK Group; referene to tax authorities includes HMRC.

 

Deferred tax asset / (liability)

 

 

       

2017

£m

    2016
£m
    2015
£m
 
  Opening balance      (216     (237     (184
  Difference on exchange      852       (39     (4
  Recognised on acquisition of RAI      (27,065            
  Impact of US tax reforms      9,620              
  Other (charges) / credits to the income statement      136       (4     (4
  Other (charges) / credits to other comprehensive income      (133     70       (9
  Other movements      (6     (6     (36
  Closing balance        (16,812         (216         (237
        
        
        

 

   
36   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 


Diluted earnings per share (EPS)

(p)

 

LOGO

 

Change in adjusted diluted EPS

(%)

 

LOGO

 

Change in adjusted diluted EPS at constant rates (%)

 

LOGO

Earnings per share

Basic earnings per share were 634% higher at 1,836.3p (2016: 250.2p, up 8.4%, 2015: 230.9p) with the growth in 2017 benefiting from the movements related to the acquisition of RAI in the year and the impact of the US tax reform. 2016 was higher than 2015 due to growth in profit from operations and an increased contribution from RAI following the acquisition of Lorillard. After accounting for the dilutive effect of employee share schemes, diluted earnings per share were 634% higher than 2016 at 1,830.0p (2016: 249.2p, 2015: 230.3p).

Earnings per share are impacted by the adjusting items discussed earlier. Adjusted diluted EPS, as calculated in note 7 in the Notes on the Accounts, was up against the prior year by 14.9%, with 2016 ahead of 2015 by 18.8% at 247.5p. Adjusted diluted EPS at constant rates would have been 9.9% ahead of 2016 at 272.1p, with 2016 up 10.4% against 2015.

Dividends

On 26 April 2017, the Group announced its move to quarterly dividends with effect from 1 January 2018. Quarterly dividends will provide shareholders with a more regular flow of dividend income and will allow the Company to spread its substantial dividend payments more evenly over the year. The dividends will align better with the cash flow generation of the Group and so enable the Company to fund the payments more efficiently.

The Board has declared an interim dividend of 195.2p per ordinary share of 25p, payable in four equal quarterly instalments of 48.8p per ordinary share in May 2018, August 2018, November 2018 and February 2019. This represents an increase of 15.2% on 2016, (2016: 169.4p per share), and a payout ratio, on 2017 adjusted diluted earnings per share, of 69%.

As part of the transition to quarterly dividend payments, the Group committed that shareholders would receive the equivalent amount of total cash payment in 2018 as they would have under the previous payment policy.

Based upon 65% of 2017 earnings, under the previous calculation methodology, shareholders would have expected to receive a final dividend of 128.4p in May 2018 and an interim dividend of 61.6p in September 2018, being equivalent to one third of the dividend in respect of 2017, with total dividend expected to be received in 2018 of 190.0p.

A second interim dividend of 43.6p (equivalent to 25% of the cash dividend paid in 2017) was announced on 5 December 2017 and was paid on 8 February 2018. This second interim dividend and the three quarterly dividend amounts payable in the calendar year 2018 (May, August and November), ensure that shareholders receive the equivalent cash amount during the year as they would have under the previous payment policy.

The quarterly dividends will be paid to shareholders registered on either the UK main register or the South Africa branch register and to ADS holders, each on the applicable record dates.

Under IFRS, the dividend is recognised in the year that it is declared or, if required, approved by shareholders. Therefore, the 2017 accounts reflect the 2016 final dividend (approved in April 2017), the 2017 interim dividend (approved in July 2017) and the second 2017 interim dividend (approved in December 2017), in total amounting to 218.2p (£4,465 million), against 155.9p (£2,910 million) in 2016. Further details of the total amounts of dividends paid in 2017 (with 2016 comparatives) are given in note 8 in the Notes on the Accounts.

Dividends are declared and payable in sterling except for those shareholders on the branch register in South Africa, where dividends are payable in rand. The equivalent dividends receivable by holders of ADSs in US dollars are calculated based on the exchange rate on the applicable payment date.

Further details of the quarterly dividends and key dates are set out under ‘Shareholder information’ on page 242.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   37


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Review 

 

                                  

 

Treasury and cash flow

 

Treasury, liquidity and capital structure

The Treasury function is responsible for raising finance for the Group, managing the Group’s cash resources and managing the financial risks arising from underlying operations. Clear parameters have been established, including levels of authority, on the type and use of financial instruments to manage the financial risks facing the Group. Such instruments are only used if they relate to an underlying exposure; speculative transactions are expressly forbidden under the Group’s treasury policy. All these activities are carried out under defined policies, procedures and limits, reviewed and approved by the Board, delegating oversight to the Finance Director and Treasury function. See note 23 in the Notes on the Accounts for further detail.

It is the policy of the Group to maximise financial flexibility and minimise refinancing risk by issuing debt with a range of maturities, generally matching the projected cash flows of the Group and obtaining this financing from a wide range of providers. The Group targets an average centrally managed debt maturity of at least five years with no more than 20% of centrally managed debt maturing in a single rolling year. As at 31 December 2017, the average centrally managed debt maturity was 9.2 years (2016: 8.2 years, 2015: 7.9 years) and the highest proportion of centrally managed debt maturing in a single rolling 12-month period was 13.2% (2016: 18.1%, 2015: 15.0%).

The only externally imposed capital requirement the Group has is in respect of its centrally managed banking facilities, which require a gross interest cover of 4.5 times. The Group targets a gross interest cover, as calculated under its key central banking facilities, of greater than 5 times. For 2017, it is 7.8 times (2016: 12.2 times, 2015: 11.6 times).

The Group continues to maintain investment-grade credit ratings, with ratings from Moody’s/S&P at Baa2 (stable outlook)/BBB+ (stable outlook), respectively. The strength of the ratings has underpinned debt issuance and the Group is confident of its ability to successfully access the debt capital markets. All contractual borrowing covenants have been met and none are expected to inhibit the Group’s operations or funding plans.

The Group replaced the existing £3 billion revolving credit facility maturing in 2021 with a new two-tranche £6 billion revolving credit facility. This consists of a 364-day revolving credit facility of £3 billion (with a one-year extension and a one-year term out option), and a £3 billion revolving credit facility maturing in 2021. The Group also increased the EMTN programme from £15 billion to £25 billion and increased its US and European commercial paper programmes from US$3 billion to US$4 billion and from £1 billion to £3 billion, respectively, to accommodate the liquidity needs of the enlarged Group. At 31 December 2017, £600 million was drawn within the revolving credit facility (2016: undrawn) with £1.2 billion of commercial paper outstanding (2016: £254 million, 2015: £505 million), due to short term funding of the payment of the 2017 MSA liability.

Management believes that the Group has sufficient working capital for present requirements, taking into account the amounts of undrawn borrowing facilities and levels of cash and cash equivalents, and the ongoing ability to generate cash.

On 25 July 2017, British American Tobacco p.l.c. acceded as guarantor under the indentures of its indirect wholly owned subsidiaries RAI and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company. The securities issued under these indentures include approximately US$12.2 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured RAI debt securities and approximately US$231 million aggregate principal amount of unsecured R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company securities.

Cash flow

Net cash generated from operating activities

Net cash generated from operating activities increased in 2017 by £737 million (or 16.0%) largely due to the cash generated by RAI from 25 July 2017, the profit from operations earned in the period from the rest of the Group (as discussed on pages 44 to 47) and a reduction in inventories. This more than offset an increase in receivables, reduction in trade and other payables, the payment of the 2017 liability related to the MSA in the US and the final quarterly payments in relation to the Quebec Class Action.

In 2016, net cash generated from operating activities decreased by £110 million to £4,610 million, principally due to the Franked Investment Income Group Litigation Order receipts (FII GLO) of £963 million in 2015 that did not recur in 2016 and the continued payments on the Quebec Class Action.

Net cash used in investing activities

In 2017, net cash used in investing activities increased by £17,904 million to £18,544 million (2016: £640 million, 2015: £3,991 million) principally due to the acquisition of the shares in RAI not already owned by the Group. In 2016, cash outflows from investing activities mainly related to the acquisition of Ten Motives, and were lower than 2015, during which year the Group invested to maintain its shareholding in RAI during RAI’s acquisition of Lorillard and completed a number of other acquisitions including TDR.

Included within investing activities is gross capital expenditure which includes purchases of property, plant and equipment and purchases of intangibles. This includes the investment in the Group’s global operational infrastructure (including, but not limited to, the manufacturing network, trade marketing and IT systems). In 2017, the Group invested £862 million, an increase of 32.2% on the prior year (2016: £652 million, 2015: £591 million). The Group expects gross capital expenditure in 2018 of £1,075 million, mainly related to the ongoing investment in the Group’s operational infrastructure including the expansion of NGP.

 

 

   
38   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Summary cash flow

 

     

 

2017

    2016     2015  
     

£m

 

   

£m

 

   

£m

 

 

 

Cash generated from operations

 

    

 

6,119

 

 

 

   

 

4,893

 

 

 

   

 

5,400

 

 

 

Dividends received from associates

 

    

 

903

 

 

 

   

 

962

 

 

 

   

 

593

 

 

 

Tax paid

 

    

 

(1,675

 

 

   

 

(1,245

 

 

   

 

(1,273

 

 

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

 

    

 

5,347

 

 

 

   

 

4,610

 

 

 

   

 

4,720

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

    

 

(18,544

 

 

   

 

(640

 

 

   

 

(3,991

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

 

    

 

14,759

 

 

 

   

 

(4,229

 

 

   

 

(219

 

 

Differences on exchange

 

    

 

(391

 

 

   

 

180

 

 

 

   

 

(272

 

 

 

Increase / (Decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents

 

    

 

1,171

 

 

 

   

 

(79

 

 

   

 

238

 

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

In 2017, net cash used in financing activities was an inflow of £14,759 million, against an outflow of £4,229 million in 2016 and £219 million in 2015. The increase in cash flows in 2017 were mainly due to the debt movements below, largely the result of the financing undertaken in respect of the acquisition of RAI, partly offset by the payment of the dividend. The increase in outflows in 2016 was largely attributable to a reduction in cash inflows from borrowings of £3,445 million in 2016.

Dividends paid in 2017 increased to £3,465 million compared to £2,910 million in 2016 and £2,770 million in 2015. The increase in 2017 was due to the increased dividend per share and the higher number of shares in issue following the acquisition of RAI.

In March 2016, a US$300 million bond was repaid on maturity. In July 2016, the Group issued a £500 million bond maturing in 2021, and issued two bonds in September 2016 (a US$650 million bond maturing in 2019 and a £650 million bond maturing in 2052). The Group repaid on maturity a CHF 350 million bond in August 2016 and a £325 million bond in September 2016. On 19 July 2016, the Group exercised the make-whole provision for its US$700 million bond originally issued in 2008 pursuant to Rule 144A. The bond was redeemed on 18 August 2016, prior to its original maturity date of 15 November 2018.

In March and April 2017, the Group arranged short term bilateral facilities with some of its core banks for a total of approximately £1.6 billion equivalent. In June 2017, a 1,250 million bond and a US$600 million bond were repaid at maturity. In August 2017, the Group paid on maturity a US$500 million bond.

In July 2017, following the shareholder approvals of the acquisition of RAI, the Group used its US$25 billion acquisition facility provided by a syndicate of relationship banks comprising US$15 billion and US$5 billion bridge facilities with one-and two-year maturities, respectively. In addition, the acquisition facility included two $2.5 billion term loans with maturity in 2020 and 2022. In August 2017, the bridge facilities were refinanced in the US and European capital markets.

Eight US dollar denominated bonds were issued pursuant to Rule 144A with registration rights totalling US$17.25 billion. The issue comprised two bonds totalling US$3.25 billion maturing in August 2020, two bonds totalling US$3 billion maturing in August 2022, one US$2.5 billion bond maturing in August 2024, one US$3.5 billion bond maturing in August 2027, one US$2.5 billion bond maturing in August 2037 and one US$2.5 billion bond maturing in August 2047.

 

During 2017, four series of bonds were issued pursuant to the EMTN programme and comprised a £450 million bond maturing in August 2025 and three euro denominated bonds totalling 3.1 billion comprising a 1.1 billion bond maturing in August 2021, a 750 million bond maturing in November 2023 and a 1.25 billion bond maturing in January 2030.

Cash flow conversion

The conversion of profit from operations to net cash generated from operating activities may indicate the Group’s ability to generate cash from the profits earned. Based upon net cash generated from operating activities, the Group’s conversion rate decreased from 99% to 83% in 2017. This was largely due to the timing of the payment in relation to the 2017 liability for the MSA in December 2017, the costs associated with the acquisition of RAI and other adjusting items.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   39


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Review 

 

                                  

Cash flow continued

 

 

Borrowings and net debt

Total borrowings increased to £49,450 million in 2017 (2016: £19,495 million; 2015: £17,001 million), largely due to the US$25 billion debt raised in connection with the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of shares in RAI not previously owned by the Group and the consolidation of RAI’s debt on acquisition (US$13 billion). Borrowings increased in 2016 partly due to the issuance of GBP and US dollar bonds and the impact of devaluation of sterling on the year end balances.

Net debt is a non-GAAP measure and is defined as total borrowings, including related derivatives, less cash and cash equivalents and current available-for-sale investments. Net debt at 31 December 2017 was £45,571 million (2016: £16,767 million; 2015: £14,794 million), with the movement in net debt in 2017 and 2016 largely due to the movement in borrowings, described above.

 

Retirement benefit schemes

The Group’s subsidiaries operate around 190 retirement benefit arrangements worldwide. The majority of the scheme members belong to defined benefit schemes, most of which are funded externally and many of which are closed to new entrants.

The Group also operates a number of defined contribution schemes. The present total value of funded scheme liabilities as at 31 December 2017 was £11,868 million (2016: £7,155 million; 2015: £5,956 million), while unfunded scheme liabilities amounted to £1,157 million (2016: £476 million; 2015: £364 million). The schemes’ assets increased from £6,086 million in 2015 to £7,278 million in 2016 and to £12,350 million in 2017. After excluding unrecognised scheme surpluses of £23 million (2016: £18 million; 2015: £11 million), the overall net liability for all pension and health care schemes in Group subsidiaries amounted to £698 million at the end of 2017, compared to £371 million at the end of 2016 (2015: £245 million). Contributions to the defined benefit schemes are determined after consultation with the respective trustees and actuaries of the individual externally funded schemes, taking into account regulatory environments.

 

Accounting policies

The application of the accounting standards and the accounting policies adopted by the Group are set out in the Group Manual of Accounting Policies and Procedures (GMAPP).

GMAPP includes the Group instructions in respect of the accounting and reporting of business activities, such as revenue recognition, asset valuations and impairment testing, adjusting items, the accrual of obligations and the appraisal of contingent liabilities, which include taxes and litigation. Formal processes are in place whereby central management and end-market management confirm adherence to the principles and the procedures and to the completeness of reporting. Central analyses and revision of information are also performed to ensure and confirm adherence.

In order to prepare the Group’s consolidated financial information in accordance with IFRS, management has used estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenue, expenses, assets and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements.

The critical accounting estimates are described in note 1 in the Notes on the Accounts and include:

 

review of asset values, including goodwill and impairment testing;

 

estimation and accounting for retirement benefit costs;

 

estimation of provisions, including as related to taxation and legal matters; and

 

estimation of the fair values of acquired net assets arising in a business combination.

The critical accounting judgements are described in note 1 on the financial statements and include;

 

identification and quantification of adjusting items; and

 

review of applicable exchange rates for transactions with and translation of entities in territories where there are restrictions on the free access to foreign currency or multiple exchange rates.
 
Reconciliation of total borrowings to net debt       
     

 

2017

    2016     2015  
     

£m

 

   

£m

 

   

£m

 

 

 

Total borrowings*

     49,450       19,495       17,001  

 

Derivatives in respect of net debt:

      

 

– assets

     (640     (809     (373

 

– liabilities

     117       300       164  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     (3,291     (2,204     (1,963

 

Current available for sale investments

     (65     (15     (35

 

Net debt

     45,571       16,767       14,794  

 

* borrowings as at 31 December 2017 include £947 million in respect of the purchase price adjustments relating to the acquisition of Reynolds.

 

 

   
40   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Oth er

 

Accounting developments

The Group has prepared its annual consolidated financial statements in accordance with IFRS. There were no material changes to the accounting standards applied in 2017 from those applied in 2016.

Future changes applicable on the accounting standards that will be applied by the Group are set out in the Notes on the Accounts (note 1 – Accounting Policies).

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments and IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers will apply to the Group Financial Statements with effect from 1 January 2018, and the expected impact of these changes is also disclosed in note 1.

Under IFRS 9, the recognition of potential impairment of receivables under the expected loss model, and changes in the carrying value of debt modified in historic liability management exercises, are expected to reduce reserves by £37 million at 1 January 2018.

Under IFRS 15, certain trade related expenditure is reclassified from operating costs, reducing reported revenue in 2017 by £664 million (2016: £618 million). In addition, in 2017, an adjustment for the timing of payments to indirect customers would have reduced revenue and profit from operations by £64 million.

 

Foreign exchange rates

The principal exchange rates used to convert the results of the Group’s foreign operations to sterling, for the purposes of inclusion and consolidation within the Group’s financial statements, are indicated in the table below.

Where the Group has provided results at constant rates of exchange this refers to the translation of the results from the foreign operations at rates of exchange prevailing in the prior period – thereby eliminating the potentially distorting impact of the movement in foreign exchange on the reported results.

Litigation and settlements

As discussed in note 28 in the Notes on the Accounts, various legal proceedings or claims are pending or may be instituted against the Group.

Government activity

The marketing, sale, taxation and use of tobacco products have been subject to substantial regulation by government and health officials for many years. For information about the risks related to regulation, see page 49 and pages 226 to 231.

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual obligations

Except for operating leases, the Group has no significant off-balance sheet arrangements. The Group has contractual obligations to make future payments on debt guarantees. In the normal course of business, it enters into contractual arrangements where the Group commits to future purchases of services from unaffiliated and related parties. See page 224 for a summary of the contractual obligations as at 31 December 2017.

Going concern

A description of the Group’s business activities, its financial position, cash flows, liquidity position, facilities and borrowings position, together with the factors likely to affect its future development, performance and position, are set out in this Annual Report and Form 20-F.

The key Group risk factors include analyses of financial risk and the Group’s approach to financial risk management. Notes 20 and 23 in the Notes on the Accounts provide further detail on the Group’s borrowings and management of financial risks.

The Group has, at the date of this report, sufficient existing financing available for its estimated requirements for at least the next 12 months. This, together with the proven ability to generate cash from trading activities, the performance of the Group’s Global Drive Brands, its leading market positions in a number of countries and its broad geographical spread, as well as numerous contracts with established customers and suppliers across different geographical areas and industries, provides the Directors with the confidence that the Group is well placed to manage its business risks successfully in the context of current financial conditions and the general outlook in the global economy.

After reviewing the Group’s annual budget, plans and financing arrangements for the next three years, the Directors consider that the Group has adequate resources to continue operating and that it is therefore appropriate to continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Annual Report and Form 20-F.

 

 

 

Foreign exchange rates

 

                     

 

Average

 

                           

Closing

 

 
      2017      2016      2015             2017      2016      2015  

Australian dollar

     1.681        1.824        2.036          1.730        1.707        2.026  

Brazilian real

     4.116        4.740        5.101          4.487        4.022        5.831  

Canadian dollar

     1.672        1.795        1.954          1.695        1.657        2.047  

Euro

     1.142        1.224        1.378          1.127        1.172        1.357  

Indian rupee

     83.895        91.022        98.070          86.343        83.864        97.508  

Japanese yen

     144.521        147.466        185.012          152.387        144.120        177.303  

Russian rouble

     75.170        91.026        93.591          77.880        75.429        107.646  

South African rand

     17.150        19.962        19.522          16.747        16.898        22.839  

US dollar

     1.289        1.355        1.528                1.353        1.236        1.474  

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   41


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Review 

 

                                  

 

Regional re view   

LOGO

United States   

 

“These are exciting times as Reynolds American Inc. is integrated with BAT – the integration is going well, with the business continuing to deliver”

 

  
Ricardo Oberlander   
President and CEO (RAI)   

 

 

 

Our US business (Reynolds American) includes:

 

the second largest tobacco company in the United States, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company;

 

Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, Inc. (manufacturing Natural American Spirit);

 

American Snuff Company LLC, the second largest smokeless tobacco company in the United States; and

 

Other business units of R.J. Reynolds Vapor, Niconovum USA, Inc. and Niconovum AB, principally managing the development and commercialisation of NGP.

RAI’s largest operating unit is R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company with a brand portfolio which includes three of the top four best-selling cigarettes in the United States: Newport, Camel and Pall Mall. These, and other brands including Doral, Misty and Capri, are manufactured in a variety of styles and marketed throughout the United States.

R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company owns a manufacturing facility near Winston-Salem, North Carolina – a facility capable of producing approximately 115 billion cigarettes a year. Cigarettes are distributed primarily through a combination of direct wholesale deliveries from two distribution centres and public warehouses located throughout the United States.

R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company also offers a smokeless tobacco product called Camel Snus – a heat-treated tobacco product sold in individual pouches.

The second largest operating unit is Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, Inc. – which manufactures and markets premium cigarettes and other tobacco products under the Natural American Spirit brand in the United States. Natural American Spirit is one of the top ten brands in the United States.

Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, Inc. owns a manufacturing facility in Oxford, North Carolina.

The RAI Companies also include the United States’ second largest smokeless tobacco manufacturer, American Snuff Company, LLC, which offers consumers a range of differentiated smokeless tobacco products, primarily moist snuff. The main brands are Grizzly and Kodiak.

American Snuff Company, LLC owns manufacturing facilities in Memphis, Tennessee; Clarksville, Tennessee and Winston-Salem, North Carolina.

Also included within the US business are a number of other products including:

 

Vuse “Digital” vapour cigarette products, one of the top-selling vapour products in convenience/gas stores, and available in more than 110,000 retail outlets across the United States; and

 

Zonnic, a nicotine replacement therapy gum, available in approximately 40,000 retail outlets across the United States.
 

 

All financial statements and financial information provided by the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group) are prepared on the basis of US GAAP and constitute the primary financial statements or financial records of the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group). For the purpose of consolidation within the results of BAT p.l.c. and the BAT Group, this financial information is then converted to IFRS. To the extent any such financial information provided in this Annual Report and Form 20-F relates to the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group) it is provided as an explanation of the US business’s or RAI’s (and/or the RAI Group’s) primary US GAAP based financial statements and information.  

 

 

LOGO

 

   
42   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

 


 

 

 

Volume and Market Share

 

In the period since acquisition, cigarette volume was 36 billion, outperforming the industry with total cigarette market share at 34.7%, up 20 bps on 2016. Newport and Natural American Spirit continued to grow market share driven by the investment into the trade and, together, they are the fastest growing premium brands on the market. Camel market share increased due to the performance of the menthol range. Pall Mall market share was lower due to the price competition in the value for money category. Combined, the US drive brands grew market share by 40 bps in 2017.

 

Volume of moist snuff was equivalent to 3.2 billion sticks in the period since acquisition. Total moist market share was up 100 bps on 2016 to 34.4%, primarily due to the performance of Grizzly in the moist snuff category, benefiting from its strength in the pouch and wintergreen categories, as well as the recent national expansion of its Dark Select style and the limited edition packs.

 

Revenue

 

Revenue was £4,211 million in the period since acquisition.

 

Profit from operations

 

Profit from operations was £1,318 million in the period since acquisition. Profit from operations was impacted by the FDA user fees of £62 million and product liability defence costs of £59 million. Additionally, £865 million was incurred as part of the State Settlement Agreements, with £109 million credits recognised as part of the non-participating manufacturers (NPM) adjustment claims.

 

The United States business also incurred other costs that relate to adjusting items, including the Engle progeny cases, tobacco related or other litigation and other costs associated with the integration with the rest of the Group. Adjusted profit from operations at constant rates was £1,980 million for the period since acquisition.

 

 

LOGO

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   43


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Review 

 

                                  

Regional re view continued

 

Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa (EEMEA)

 

“Growing market share driven by the GDBs, underpins a resolute performance in challenging circumstances”

 

Johan Vandermeulen

Regional Director

 

Key markets

 

Algeria, Egypt, GCC, Iran, Iraq, Kazakhstan, Morocco, Nigeria, Russia,

South Africa, Turkey, Ukraine

 

  

LOGO

 

Volumes and market share

Volume in 2017 was 228 billion, a decline of 3.4% on the prior year, as higher volume in Nigeria, GCC, Turkey and Algeria was more than offset by reductions in Ukraine, South Africa, Russia and Iran. Market share was up 30 bps as growth in Russia and Turkey, driven by Rothmans and Kent, and GCC, more than offset a lower market share in South Africa.

In 2016, volume was 236 billion, up 3.0% (2015: 229 billion) as growth in a number of markets including Ukraine, Russia, Turkey and Algeria were partly offset by lower volume in South Africa and GCC. Market share grew in Russia and Turkey, which was driven by Kent and Rothmans, and in Ukraine.

 

Revenue

Revenue was up 4.4% at £3,915 million as pricing in a number of markets, including Ukraine, Turkey and Iran, and the impact of the devaluation in sterling, more than offset the decline in volume in the region and down-trading in both Russia (due to competitive pricing in the low segment) and GCC (following the increase in excise). On a constant currency basis, adjusted revenue was up 0.6% at £3,773 million.

In 2016, revenue was up 10.0% at £3,750 million (2015: £3,408 million). This growth was driven by the higher regional volume and pricing, notably in Russia, GCC, Nigeria, Turkey and Egypt, more than offsetting the down-trading in South Africa and GCC. On a constant currency basis, adjusted revenue was up 10.1% at £3,753 million.

Profit from operations

Profit from operations was 5.4% higher in 2017, at £1,246 million, driven by the growth in revenue and the foreign exchange tail wind due to the devaluation of sterling. Before adjusting items and the impact of exchange on the regional performance, adjusted profit from operations at constant rates of exchange fell by 1.9%, to £1,265 million, as the impact of the excise change in GCC, down-trading in Russia and continued transactional foreign exchange headwinds on cost of sales more than offset the growth in Ukraine, Iran and Algeria.

In 2016, profit from operations grew by 4.9% to £1,182 million (2015: £1,127 million) as growth in Russia, Turkey and Algeria, more than offset a decline in Ukraine (impacted by geopolitical volatility and competitive pricing), Iran (largely due to the retrospective application of an increase in excise) and South Africa, driven by down-trading and higher illicit trade. Excluding adjusting items and the impact of exchange on the regional results, adjusted profit from operations was up 5.3% at constant rates at £1,271 million (2015: £1,208 million).

 

LOGO

 

 

   
44   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 


 

Asia-Pacific

 

“glo provides a platform for further success as the business continues to perform well”

 

Johan Vandermeulen

Regional Director

 

Key markets

 

Australia, Bangladesh, Indonesia, Japan, Malaysia,

New Zealand, Pakistan, South Korea, Taiwan, Vietnam

 

  

LOGO

 

Volumes and market share

Volume was lower in 2017 (down 1.3% at 193 billion). glo was launched nationally in Japan and South Korea, performing well with national market share in Japan reaching 3.6% in December 2017. Volume from glo and cigarette volume growth in Bangladesh was more than offset by the lower combustible volume in Japan and industry volume decline in Malaysia, Pakistan and South Korea. Market share was higher, up 60 bps, with growth in Bangladesh, Japan, Pakistan and Australia, driven by Lucky Strike, Pall Mall and Rothmans, more than offsetting lower market share in Malaysia and Indonesia, which was due to down-trading.

In 2016, volume was 196 billion, 0.9% down on 2015, as higher volume in Bangladesh, Vietnam, South Korea and Indonesia, was more than offset by industry declines in Pakistan and Malaysia. Market share was down as down-trading in Malaysia and South Korea more than offset increases in Australia, Japan and Indonesia.

Revenue

In 2017, revenue was up by 5.7% at £4,509 million due to the combination of volume and pricing, notably in Bangladesh, Australia and New Zealand, revenue from glo following the roll-out and subsequent growth in Japan and South Korea, and the positive impact of the devaluation in sterling on the reported results. This more than offset the impact of down-trading in Malaysia, and the industry contraction combined with growth in illicit trade in Pakistan.

Excluding the positive currency effect, on a constant exchange rate basis, adjusted revenue increased by 1.3% to £4,320 million.

In 2016, revenue grew 13.1% to £4,266 million, as volume movements and pricing led to higher revenue in Bangladesh, Pakistan, Indonesia and Sri Lanka, combined with the currency tailwind following the devaluation of sterling. On a constant currency basis, adjusted revenue fell by 0.1%.

Profit from operations

Profit from operations was 14.4% higher in 2017 at £1,638 million, as the growth in revenue, and transactional foreign exchange tailwinds notably due to the relative movements in the US dollar and euro against the Japanese yen, were partly offset by the investment behind glo in Japan and South Korea and negative mix effects from down-trading in Malaysia.

Before adjusting items, which mainly related to the Malaysian factory closure and the amortisation of trademarks, and the impact of exchange rate movements on the reported results, adjusted profit from operations on a constant currency basis was up 2.7% at £1,674 million.

In 2016, profit from operations was up 5.2% at £1,432 million (2015: £1,361 million), driven by revenue growth noted above and productivity initiatives in South Korea. Before the impact of the South Korea sales tax, restructuring in Japan and Australia and the factory closure in Malaysia, adjusted profit from operations, at constant rates increased by 1.3% to £1,488 million (2015: £1,469 million).

 

LOGO

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   45


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Review 

 

                                  
                    
Regional re view continued

 

Americas

 

“Pricing more than offset volume declines in a difficult environment, with profit from operations increasing”

  

LOGO

 

 

Kingsley Wheaton

  
Regional Director   

 

Key markets

  

Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Colombia, Mexico

 

  

 

Volume and market share

Volume was 5.0% lower in 2017 at 107 billion, as growth in Mexico was more than offset by the difficult economic conditions which led to continued down-trading and industry contraction in Brazil and Argentina, and the growth of illicit trade in Chile. Market share was flat as the combined growth in Mexico, Argentina, Colombia and Chile offset Brazil, which was lower despite the continued success of Minister and Kent (following the migration from Free).

 

In 2016, volume was down 8.8% at 113 billion (2015: 124 billion) as higher volume in Mexico and Colombia was more than offset by declines in Brazil (due to the VAT and excise-led price increase) and Venezuela, where price increases impacted consumer affordability and disposable income.

 

 

LOGO

 
 

 

Revenue

 
Revenue grew by 9.0% in 2017, to £3,125 million. This was driven by pricing across the region, with revenue higher in Canada, Mexico, Chile and Colombia, more than offsetting a decline in Brazil and in Venezuela, where the deterioration in the exchange rate more than offset higher pricing due to local inflation. On a constant rate basis adjusted revenue was up 10.8% at £3,178 million.  

 

In 2016, revenue was up by 5.4% at £2,868 million (2015: £2,720 million), driven by pricing in Canada, Chile, Venezuela, and Colombia more than offsetting the volume decline and delay in pricing in Mexico. The reported results were also impacted by the volatility on the currency markets. On a constant rate basis, adjusted revenue increased by 10.8%.

 

 

Profit from operations

 
In 2017, profit from operations increased by 12.8%, to £1,147 million. This was mainly due to the growth in revenue noted above.  

Excluding adjusting items, that largely relate to the amortisation of acquired trademarks, and the impact of currency, adjusted profit from operations at constant rates increased by 9.9% to £1,288 million.

 

Profit from operations fell by 6.0% in 2016 to £1,017 million (2015: £1,082 million). Growth in profit from operations in Canada, Chile and Colombia, driven by the increase in revenue and the positive impact of the weakness of sterling, was more than offset by lower profit in Brazil, which was due to the lower revenue and costs associated with the factory down-sizing. After adjusting for such restructuring costs, the amortisation of acquired trademarks and the impact of exchange rate movements, adjusted profit from operations at constant rates increased by 2.8% to £1,202 million (2015: £1,169 million).

 

 

 

   
46   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Western Europe

  

LOGO

 

 

“Growth driven by strong fundamentals, acquisitions and the increasing contribution from Vype”

  

 

Tadeu Marroco

  
Regional Director   

 

Key markets

  

 

Belgium, Czech Republic, Denmark, France, Germany, Italy, Netherlands, Poland, Romania, Spain, Switzerland, United Kingdom

 

  

 

Volume and market share  

 

 

LOGO

 

In 2017, volume was 122 billion, an increase on 2016 of 1.7%. This was driven by the contribution from the tobacco assets of Bulgartac and FDS acquired in the year, and higher volume in Spain, Romania, Portugal, Poland and Hungary, which more than offset lower volume in Italy and Greece. On an organic basis, volume fell 0.8%.

 

Market share was up 30 bps, driven by Germany, Spain, Romania and Poland largely due to the performance of Rothmans, Pall Mall and Lucky Strike.

 

 

Volume was up in 2016 by 6.7%, benefiting from the acquisition of TDR (in Croatia) and higher volume in Poland and Romania, more than offsetting declines in the UK, Denmark and Germany. Excluding the acquisition of TDR, on an organic basis volume was up 2.4% on 2015 (2015: 112 billion). Market share was lower despite growth in Romania through Pall Mall and Dunhill, which was more than offset by lower market share in Switzerland, Italy and Denmark.

 

 

Revenue

 

 

Revenue, in 2017, grew by 17.2% to £4,532 million, as the positive effect of acquisitions in the year and higher revenue in Germany, Romania, and Spain, offset a decline in the UK due to aggressive pricing in the market and lower revenue in Italy and France. Excluding excise on goods acquired under short-term contract manufacturing arrangements, on an adjusted, constant rate basis, revenue was up 3.6%, or 0.9% excluding acquisitions.

 

 

In 2016, revenue grew by 20.7% to £3,867 million (2015: £3,203 million). This was due to the contribution from TDR, and pricing, notably in Germany, Romania, Italy and Poland, and the weakness of sterling in the period. Excluding the impact of currency and the contribution from TDR in the period, on an adjusted organic constant rate basis revenue increased by 3.6% to £3,317 million.

 

 

Profit from operations

 

 

Profit from operations grew 8.0% in 2017 to £1,127 million, due to improved revenue and devaluation in sterling, with profit from operations up in Germany, Romania, Denmark and Spain. This was partly offset by the costs of the ongoing closure of the factory in Germany and impairment of certain assets related to a third-party distributor (Agrokor) in Croatia, the partial absorption of excise in France, investment behind NGP in the UK and lower profit from operations in Belgium and Netherlands. Excluding the acquisitions, adjusting items (including Agrokor, factory closure costs and trademark amortisation) and the impact of foreign exchange, adjusted organic profit from operations at constant rates of exchange increased by 4.9% to £1,456 million.

 

 

In 2016, profit from operations increased by 5.5% to £1,044 million, driven by increases in Germany, Romania, Italy and France and the devaluation in sterling. Excluding adjusting items, largely related to the factory closure in Germany and the amortisation of acquired trademarks, and the impact of foreign exchange, adjusted profit from operations at constant rates of exchange grew by 7.8% to £1,236 million.

  LOGO

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   47


Table of Contents

 

 Business Environment 

 

                                  

 

Principal Group risk fa ct ors

 

Overview

The principal risk factors that may affect the Group are set out on the following pages.

Each risk is considered in the context of the Group’s strategy, as set out in this Strategic Report on pages 8 and 9. Following a description of each risk, its potential impact and management by the Group is summarised. Clear accountability is attached to each risk through the risk owner.

The Group has identified risks and is actively monitoring and taking action to manage the risks. This section focuses on those risks that the Directors believe to be the most important after assessment of the likelihood and potential impact on the business. Not all of these risks are within the control of the Group and other factors besides those listed may affect the Group’s performance. Some risks may be unknown at present. Other risks, currently regarded as less material, could become material in the future.

The risk factors listed in this section and the activities being undertaken to manage them should be considered in the context of the Group’s internal control framework. This is described in the section on risk management and internal control in the corporate governance statement on page 68. This section should also be read in the context of the cautionary statement on page 239.

Time frame    
Short term   LOGO  
Medium term   LOGO  

Long term

 

 

LOGO

 

 
Strategic impact    
Growth  

LOGO

 

 
Productivity  

LOGO

 

 
Winning organisation  

LOGO

 

 

Sustainability

 

 

LOGO

 

 
   
   
   
 

 

 

   
48   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Risks

 

 

Competition from illicit trade

 

 

Increased competition from illicit trade – either local duty evaded, smuggled illicit white cigarettes or counterfeits.

 

 

 

Time frame

 

  

 

Strategic impact

 

      

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Long term

 

  

Growth

 

      

 

Impact

    

Erosion of brand value, with lower volumes and reduced profits.

 

Reduced ability to take price increases.

 

Investment in trade marketing and distribution is undermined.

 

    
    
    
    
    

 

Tobacco and nicotine regulation inhibits growth strategy

 

 

The enactment of regulation that significantly impairs the Group’s ability to communicate, differentiate, market or launch its products.

 

 

Time frame

 

  

Strategic impact

 

    

LOGO

 

  

LOGO   LOGO

 

    

Medium term

 

  

Growth and Sustainability

 

      

 

Impact

    

Erosion of brand value through commoditisation, the inability to launch innovations, differentiate products, maintain or build brand equity and leverage price.

 

Adverse impact on ability to compete within the legitimate tobacco or nicotine industry and also with increased illicit trade.

 

Reduced consumer acceptability of new product specifications, leading to consumers seeking alternatives in illicit trade.

 

Shocks to share price on enactment of restrictive regulation.

 

Reduced ability to compete in future product categories and make new market entries.

 

Increased scope and severity of compliance regimes in new regulation leading to higher costs, greater complexity and potential reputational damage or fines for inadvertent breach.

 

      

 

Please refer to pages 228 to 231 for details of tobacco and nicotine regulatory regimes under which the Group’s businesses operate.

 

    

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   49


Table of Contents

 

 Business Environment 

 

                                  
                    
Principal Group risk fa ctors continued

Risks continued

 

 

Significant excise increases or structure changes

 

 

The Group is exposed to unexpected and/or significant excise increases or structure changes in key markets.

 

 

 

Time frame

 

  

 

Strategic impact

 

      

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Long term

 

  

Growth

 

      

 

Impact

    

Consumers reject the Group’s legitimate tax-paid products for products from illicit sources or cheaper alternatives.

 

Reduced legal industry volumes.

 

Reduced sales volume and/or portfolio erosion.

 

Partial absorption of excise increases.

 

    
    
    
    
    

 

Litigation

 

 

Product liability, regulatory or other significant cases may be lost or compromised resulting in a material loss or other consequence.

 

 

Time frame

 

  

Strategic impact

 

    

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Long term

 

  

Growth

 

      

 

Impact

    

Damages and fines, negative impact on reputation, disruption and loss of focus on the business.

 

Consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial position could be materially affected, in a particular fiscal quarter or fiscal year, by region or country, by an unfavourable outcome or settlement of pending or future litigation.

 

      

 

Please refer to note 28 in the Notes on the Accounts for details of contingent liabilities applicable to the Group.

 

    

 

   
50   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Geopolitical tensions

 

 

Geopolitical tensions, social unrest, terrorism and organised crime have the potential to disrupt the Group’s business in multiple markets.

 

 

 

Time frame

 

  

 

Strategic impact

 

      

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Medium term

 

  

Growth

 

      

 

Impact

    

Potential loss of life, loss of assets and disruption to normal business processes.

 

Increased costs due to more complex supply chain arrangements and/or the cost of building new facilities or maintaining inefficient facilities.

 

Lower volumes as a result of not being able to trade in a country.

    
    
    
    
    

 

Inability to obtain price increases and impact of increases on consumer affordability thresholds

 

 

Annual price increases are among the key drivers in increasing the Group’s profitability. The Group faces a risk that such price increases will not materialise.

 

 

Time frame

 

  

Strategic impact

 

    

LOGO

 

  

LOGO  

 

    

Short/Medium term

 

  

Growth

 

      

 

Impact

    

Inability to achieve strategic growth metrics.

 

Funds to invest in growth opportunities are reduced.

 

Volumes may reduce faster than anticipated due to accelerated market decline leading to growth of illicit trade.

    
    

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   51


Table of Contents

 

 Business Environment 

 

                                  
                    
Principal Group risk fa ctors continued

Risks continued

 

 

Disputed taxes, interest and penalties

 

 

The Group may face significant financial penalties, including the payment of interest in the event of an unfavourable ruling by a tax authority in a disputed area.

 

 

 

Time frame

 

  

 

Strategic impact

 

      

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Short/Medium term

 

  

Productivity

 

      

 

Impact

    

Significant fines and potential legal penalties.

 

Disruption and loss of focus on the business due to diversion of management time.

 

Impact on profit and dividend.

 

    
    
    
    

Please refer to note 28 in the Notes on the Accounts for details of contingent liabilities applicable to the Group.

 

 

 

Market size reduction and consumer down-trading

 

 

The Group is faced with steep excise-led price increases and, due in part to the continuing difficult economic and regulatory environment in many countries, market contraction and consumer down-trading is a risk.

 

 

Time frame

 

  

Strategic impact

 

    

LOGO

 

  

LOGO  

 

    

Short/Medium term

 

  

Growth

 

      

 

Impact

    

Volume decline and portfolio mix erosion.

 

Funds to invest in growth opportunities are reduced.

 

    

 

 

Foreign exchange rate exposures

 

 

The Group faces translational and transactional foreign exchange (FX) rate exposure for earnings/cash flows from its global business.

 

 

Time frame

 

  

Strategic impact

 

    

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Short/Medium term

 

  

Productivity

 

      

 

Impact

    

Fluctuations in FX rates of key currencies against sterling introduce volatility in reported EPS, cash flow and the balance sheet driven by translation into sterling of our financial results and these exposures are not normally hedged.

 

The dividend may be impacted if the payout ratio is not adjusted.

 

Differences in translation between earnings and net debt may affect key ratios used by credit rating agencies.

 

Volatility and/or increased costs in our business, due to transactional FX, may adversely impact financial performance.

    
    

 

   
52   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Injury, illness or death in the workplace

 

 

The risk of injury, death or ill health to employees and those who work with the business is a fundamental concern of the Group and can have a significant effect on its operations.

 

 

 

Time frame

 

  

 

Strategic impact

 

      

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Short term

 

  

Sustainability

 

      

 

Impact

    

Serious injuries, ill health, disability or loss of life suffered by employees and the people who work with the Group.

 

Exposure to civil and criminal liability and the risk of prosecution from enforcement bodies and the cost of associated fines and/or penalties.

 

Interruption of Group operations if issues are not addressed immediately.

 

High staff turnover or difficulty recruiting employees if perceived to have a poor Environment, Health and Safety (EHS) record.

 

Reputational damage to the Group.

    
    
    
    
    

 

Solvency and liquidity

 

 

Liquidity (access to cash and sources of finance) is essential to maintaining the Group as a going concern in the short term (liquidity) and medium term (solvency).

 

 

Time frame

 

  

Strategic impact

 

    

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

    

Short/Medium term

 

  

Productivity

 

      

 

Impact

    

Inability to fund the business under our current capital structure resulting in missed strategic opportunities or inability to respond to threats.

 

Decline in our creditworthiness and increased funding costs for the Group.

 

Requirement to issue equity or seek new sources of capital.

 

Reputational risk of failure to manage the financial risk profile of the business, resulting in an erosion of shareholder value reflected in an underperforming share price.

    
    

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   53


Table of Contents

 

 Business Environment 

 

                                  
                    
Principal Group risk fa ctors continued

Risks continued

 

 

 Failure to successfully develop and commercialise Next Generation Products

 

 

Risk of not capitalising on the opportunities in developing and commercialising successful and consumer-appealing Next Generation Products.

 

 

Time frame

 

  

Strategic impact

 

  

LOGO

 

  

LOGO

 

  

Long term

 

  

Growth

 

    

 

Impact

  

Failure to deliver Group strategic imperative and 2020 growth ambition.

 

Inability to achieve strategic growth metrics.

    

 

 

The Strategic Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 21 February 2018

and signed on its behalf by Paul McCrory, Company Secretary.

 

 

 

     

 

   
54   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents

 

 

  Directors’ Report  

      

 

Strategic Report

 

     

 

Governance

 

     

 

Financial Statements  

 

     

 

Other Information

 

Chairman’s introduc tion

on Governance

 

  Introduction 

  & Board

 

 

   

 

Audit

Committee

 

   

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

   

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

   

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

 

LOGO   Index to key elements
  Directors’ Report   
 

 

  Chairman’s introduction    55
 

 

  Board of Directors    56
 

 

  Management Board    58
 

 

  Leadership and effectiveness    59
 

 

  Board activities in 2017    60
 

 

  Board effectiveness    62
 

 

  Audit Committee    65
 

 

  Nominations Committee    71
 

 

  Remuneration Report   
 

 

  Annual Statement on Remuneration    73
 

 

  Annual Report on Remuneration    75
 

 

        

 

 

Dear Shareholder

A key focus of the Board during 2017 was the oversight of the acquisition of RAI. In addition to our scheduled Board programme, during the months leading up to the acquisition, the Board convened several additional meetings during which it received detailed briefings from senior management and external advisers on the RAI business and the legal and governance implications of the acquisition.

As a result of the acquisition, we are subject to additional US compliance obligations as a ‘foreign private issuer’, including certain requirements of the NYSE Rules and US Securities laws including the Exchange Act and SOx. We carried out a full review of our key policies and governance frameworks to ensure that they would meet all required governance requirements post acquisition.

Our Audit Committee was instrumental in reviewing our internal control processes to ensure alignment with US and SOx requirements, particularly in the areas of Audit Committee responsibilities, financial disclosures, and conflicts of interest. The review resulted in changes to our Audit Committee Terms of Reference and our Auditor Independence Policy; the creation of a SOx Steering Committee and Disclosure Committee composed of senior management to provide day to day oversight of SOx issues; and the approval of a Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers. Please see our Audit Committee report on pages 65 to 70 for further details.

Our Nominations Committee carried out an externally facilitated review of the composition, independence, diversity and skills set of our Board, and following the acquisition of RAI we made three new appointments to the Board. A full report on the activities of our Nominations Committee can be found on pages 71 and 72.

We continue to pay close attention to business conduct issues. As previously reported, we are investigating, through external legal advisers, allegations of misconduct and have been liaising with the UK’s Serious Fraud Office (SFO) and other relevant authorities. It was announced in August 2017 that the SFO had opened an investigation in relation to the Company, its subsidiaries and associated persons. We are cooperating with the SFO’s investigation and a sub-Committee of the Board continues to have oversight of these matters.

We have improved our global business conduct governance framework, implementing the Group’s new global compliance programme, known as ‘Delivery with Integrity’. Driven by our Business Conduct & Compliance (BC&C) department, the programme focuses on driving a globally consistent approach to compliance, and strengthening our existing processes, across the Group. Further information on the work of the BC&C department can be found on page 28.

It is important that the Board is equipped with the right balance of skills and expertise and has a deep understanding of the business. I led the internal evaluation of the Board’s performance during the year, which found that the Board continues to perform effectively. Market visits and engagement with our senior management remain key to the Board’s understanding of our business, and our meetings held in the US provided an excellent insight into the US business, its strategy and future challenges. Further details on the Board performance evaluation can be found on pages 63 and 64.

Corporate governance requirements continue to evolve, with the possibility of significant UK corporate governance reforms during 2018. I look forward to continuing the Board’s engagement with our shareholders and corporate governance stakeholders on governance issues.

On behalf of the Board, I confirm that we believe that this Annual Report presents a fair, balanced and understandable assessment of the Company’s position, its performance and prospects, as well as its business model and strategy.

Richard Burrows

Chairman

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   55


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report  

 

                                  

 

Board of Direc t ors

 

LOGO

 

Nationality: Irish

 

Position: Chairman since November 2009; Non-Executive Director since September 2009; Chairman of the Nominations Committee.

 

Other appointments: Chairman of the Board and Chair of the Nomination, Remuneration and Compliance Committees of Craven House Capital plc; Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee of Rentokil Initial plc; Supervisory Board member and Chairman of the Remuneration Committee at Carlsberg A/S.

 

Skills and experience: Richard brings considerable consumer goods and international business experience to the Board, having been Chief Executive of Irish Distillers and Co-Chief Executive of Pernod Ricard. Prior to joining the Board, Richard was Governor of the Bank of Ireland. Richard is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants of Ireland.

LOGO

 

Nationality: British

 

Position: Senior Independent Director since October 2016; Non-Executive Director since 2010; Chairman of the Audit Committee since October 2016 and member of the Nominations Committee.

 

Other appointments: NED and Chair of the Audit and Compliance Committee of International Consolidated Airlines Group S.A.; Chairman and Chair of the Nominations, Audit and Compliance and Risk and Remuneration Committees of F&C Asset Management plc.

 

Skills and experience: Kieran brings a wealth of financial and international experience to the Board. He was Chairman and Senior Partner of PricewaterhouseCoopers from 2000 to his retirement in 2008, having started as a graduate trainee in 1971; and is a former Chairman of Nomura International PLC. Kieran served on the President’s Committee of the Confederation of British Industry and as member of an advisory committee for the Chancellor of the Exchequer. Kieran is a Chartered Accountant.

LOGO

 

Nationality: Brazilian/Italian

 

Position: Chief Executive since 2011.

 

Other appointments: Non-Executive Director of Reckitt Benckiser Group plc.

 

Skills and experience: Nicandro has extensive leadership skills developed in various senior international roles within the Group. He joined Souza Cruz in Brazil in 1981, rising to become President of that company. Nicandro joined the Management Board in 2006 as Regional Director for the Africa and Middle East region. He joined the Board in 2008 as Chief Operating Officer, before being appointed as Chief Executive in 2011.

 

LOGO

 

Nationality: British

 

Position: Finance Director since 2008.

 

Other appointments: Non-Executive Director of ISS A/S.

 

Skills and experience: Ben joined the Group in 1990 and has broad international experience spanning both senior finance and general management roles. He was Head of Merger Integration following the merger with Rothmans and Chairman and Managing Director of both Pakistan Tobacco Company and British American Tobacco Russia. Ben was appointed to the Management Board in 2001 as Development Director and became Director, Europe, in 2004. He joined the Board in 2008 as Finance Director.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

Nationality: British

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 2015; member of the Nominations and Remuneration Committees.

 

Other appointments: Special Adviser, Chime Group; NED and Chair of the Corporate Responsibility Committee of Dairy Crest Group plc; NED and Chair of the Remuneration Committee of Millennium & Copthorne Hotels plc; NED and Chair of the Nominations & Remuneration Committee of Accsys Technologies PLC.

 

Skills and experience: Sue brings considerable expertise in marketing, branding and consumer issues to the Board. Sue is a former Chairwoman of both the Marketing Society and the Marketing Group of Great Britain. Prior to joining the Chime Group in 2003, where she was Director, Strategic and Business Development until 2015, Sue’s career in corporate communications included roles with the BBC and Vauxhall Motors.

LOGO

 

Nationality: Canadian/British

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 2011; member of the Nominations and Remuneration Committees. Ann will retire at the conclusion of the AGM on 25 April 2018.

 

Other appointments: Senior Independent Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of Rio Tinto plc and Rio Tinto Limited; NED and Chair of the Compensation Committee of UBS Group AG and UBS AG.

 

Skills and experience: Ann has more than 25 years’ experience in the financial services industry. She spent 10 years at Swiss Re Group, latterly as Chief Financial Officer from 2003 to 2007. From 2008 until 2009 she was CFO of Northern Rock during the initial phase of its public ownership. Ann was a NED and Chair of the Audit Committee of Prudential plc until May 2017. Ann is a Fellow of the Certified General Accountants Association of Canada and a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Professional Accountants.

LOGO

 

Nationality: German

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since August 2016; member of the Audit and Nominations Committees.

 

Other appointments: Supervisory Board member and Chair of Audit Committee of Bilfinger SE; NED of NXP Semiconductors N.V.; Vice Chairwoman of the Supervisory Board of ProSiebenSat.1 Media SE; Supervisory Board member of Uniper SE.

 

Skills and experience: Marion brings significant financial expertise and operational experience gained at an international level having spent her working life managing businesses across Europe, the Americas and Asia. Her extensive career includes Chief Financial Officer positions at Celesio, Q-Cells and ThyssenKrupp Elevator Technology.

LOGO

 

Nationality: Canadian

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 25 July 2017; member of the Nominations and Remuneration Committees.

 

Other appointments: President and Chief Executive Officer of Canadian National Railway Company.

 

Skills and experience: Luc brings with him extensive financial and strategic experience, including in the US tobacco sector as an independent director of RAI from 2008 until the acquisition in 2017. Before being appointed to his current role at the Canadian National Railway Company, Luc had served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since 2009. He was Executive Vice President of Power Corporation of Canada from 2005 to 2009 and was Chief Executive Officer of Imperial Tobacco Canada, a subsidiary of the Company from 2003 to 2005 and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from 1998 to 2003.

 

 

 

   
56   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

  Introduction 

  & Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

   

LOGO

 

Nationality: American

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 25 July 2017; member of the Audit and Nominations Committees.

     

 

Other appointments: NED of Vesuvius and AES Corporation; Senior Adviser to Corsair Capital LLC.

 

 

Skills and experience: Holly has extensive operational and financial management experience in the US business environment and served as an independent director on the Board of RAI from 2008 until the acquisition in 2017. Prior to her role as Senior Adviser to Corsair Capital LLC, she served as Managing Partner and Co-Head of Corsair Infrastructure Management L.P. from 2015 until her retirement in 2017. From 2010 to 2015, she served as Co-Head of Citi Infrastructure Investors and prior to 2010 she held financial and executive management roles with American Electric Power Company, Inc. and Consolidated Natural Gas Company.

 

   

Nationality: British

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 2014; member of the Nominations and Remuneration Committees.

 

Other appointments: Co-Founder and CEO of A&K Consulting Co Ltd, advising entrepreneurs and their start-up businesses in China; Visiting Professor at Henley Business School; Non-Executive Director of the Alibaba Hong Kong Entrepreneur Fund.

 

Skills and experience: Savio brings significant business leadership experience of Greater China and Asia to the Board. During his extensive career he has worked broadly in technology for General Electric, BTR plc and Alibaba Group, China’s largest internet business, where he was both Chief Operating Officer and, later, a Non-Executive Director.

   
   
   
Attendance at Board meetings in 2017     
         Attended/Eligible to attend 

Name

 

  

 

Director since

 

 

 

Scheduled

 

  

 

Ad hoc 

 

Richard Burrows

   2009   6/6    6/6 

Nicandro Durante

   2008   6/6    6/6 

Ben Stevens

   2008   6/6    6/6 

Sue Farr 2(a), 2(c), 2(e)

   2015   6/6    3/6 

Ann Godbehere 4(d)

   2011   6/6    6/6 

Dr Marion Helmes 2(b), 2(e)

   2016   5/6    6/6 

Luc Jobin 4(c)

   2017   3/3    1/1 

Holly Keller Koeppel 4(c)

   2017   3/3    1/1 

Savio Kwan

   2014   6/6    6/6 

Dr Pedro Malan 2(e), 4(d)

   2015   6/6    5/6 

Dr Gerry Murphy 2(a), 2(d), 4(b)

   2009–2017   2/2    1/2 

Lionel Nowell, III 4(c)

   2017   3/3    1/1 

Dimitri Panayotopoulos 2(e)

   2015   6/6    6/6 

Kieran Poynter

   2010   6/6    6/6 

Notes:

1. Number of meetings in 2017: (a) the Board held 12 meetings in 2017, six of which were held at short notice, five to discuss the proposed acquisition of RAI and one to discuss proposed Management Board changes. One meeting was held off-site, in the United States, to review the Group’s strategy and the Group’s US business.

 

2. (a) Sue Farr and Dr Gerry Murphy did not attend the January ad hoc Board meeting due to prior commitments; (b) Dr Marion Helmes did not attend the February Board meeting due to prior commitments; (c) Sue Farr did not attend the March and May ad hoc Board meetings due to prior commitments; (d) Dr Gerry Murphy did not attend the 2017 AGM due to prior commitments; and (e) Sue Farr, Dr Marion Helmes, Dr Pedro Malan and Dimitri Panayotopoulos did not attend the July general meeting, arranged to approve the RAI acquisition, due to prior commitments.

 

3. Number of meetings in 2018: six Board meetings are scheduled for 2018.

 

4. Composition: (a) the Board of Directors is shown as at the date of this Annual Report and Form 20-F; (b) Dr Gerry Murphy retired as NED at the AGM on 26 April 2017; (c) Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III were appointed as Non-Executive Directors with effect from 25 July 2017; and (d) Ann Godbehere and Pedro Malan will retire as NEDs at the AGM on 25 April 2018.
 

 

LOGO

    

LOGO

 

Nationality: Brazilian

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 2015; member of the Audit and Nominations Committees. Pedro will retire at the conclusion of the AGM on 25 April 2018.

 

Other appointments: Chairman of the International Advisory Board of Itaú Unibanco; member of the Board of EDP – Energias do Brasil SA; Trustee of the Thomson Reuters Trust Principles; member of the Temasek International Panel.

 

Skills and experience: Pedro has extensive experience of Brazilian trade and industry and an in-depth knowledge of the international economy. Pedro was Minister of Finance for Brazil from 1995 to 2002, having been President of the Central Bank of Brazil from 1993 to 1994, and before that Chief External Debt Negotiator for Brazil from mid-1991 to 1993. He is a former Chairman of Unibanco and was a NED of Souza Cruz S.A. from 2010 to 2015.

    

Nationality: American

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 25 July 2017; member of the Audit and Nominations Committees.

 

Other appointments: NED of Bank of America Corporation and NED and Chair of the Audit Committee of American Electric Power Company, Inc.

 

Skills and experience: Lionel brings a wealth of operational and financial management experience in the consumer products industry having served as Lead Independent Director of the Board of RAI from January 2017 until the acquisition in 2017 and as a director since 2007. Lionel retired as Senior Vice President and Treasurer of PepsiCo in 2009, where he held senior financial executive roles since 1999. Prior to PepsiCo, Lionel was Senior Vice President, Strategy and Business Development at RJR Nabisco, Inc. from 1998 to 1999 and held a variety of senior financial roles at the Pillsbury division of Diageo PLC from 1991 to 1998.

LOGO

 

   

Nationality: Greek/Tanzanian

 

Position: Non-Executive Director since 2015; Chairman of the Remuneration Committee since October 2016 and member of the Nominations Committee.

 

Other appointments: Senior Adviser at The Boston Consulting Group; NED of Logitech International S.A.; Advisory Board member of JBS USA; Chairman of Coveris Holdings S.A.

 

Skills and experience: Dimitri has extensive general management and international sales and brand building expertise. He was Vice Chairman and Adviser to the Chairman and CEO of Procter & Gamble (P&G), where he started his career in 1977. During his time at P&G, Dimitri led on significant breakthrough innovations and continued to focus on this, speed to market and scale across all of P&G’s businesses while Vice Chairman of all the Global Business Units.

 

   

LOGO   Audit Committee

LOGO   Nomination Committee

LOGO   Remuneration Committee

LOGO   Committee Chairman

LOGO    Executive Director

LOGO    Non-Executive Director

           
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   57


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

 

                                  

 

Management Bo ard

 

LOGO

 

   

LOGO

 

    

LOGO

 

    

LOGO

 

Nationality: American

   

Nationality: French

    

Nationality: British

    

Nationality: Italian/American

Jerry was appointed Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel in May 2015, having joined the Management Board as Group Corporate & Regulatory Affairs Director in January 2015. Jerry was Regional General Counsel, Asia-Pacific from 2010 to 2014, before becoming Assistant General Counsel – Corporate & Commercial. He was a member of the Board of RAI from February 2016 until the RAI acquisition in July 2017.

   

Jack became Chief Operating Officer for the International Business in October 2017. Joining the Group in 2004, he was Chairman of British American Tobacco France in 2005, before becoming Managing Director of British American Tobacco Malaysia in 2007. He joined the Management Board as Regional Director for Western Europe in October 2009 and then Regional Director for the Americas in October 2011. He was Regional Director for Asia-Pacific from January 2013 to the end of 2017.

 

     Alan was appointed to the Management Board as Group Operations Director in March 2013. He joined the Group in 1988 and has held various roles in manufacturing, supply chain and general management. Alan previously held the position of Group Head of Supply Chain.      Giovanni joined the Management Board of British American Tobacco in June 2011. He is an international human resources executive with wide experience from senior roles at Procter & Gamble and Ferrero, where he was Chief Corporate Officer.
             

LOGO

   

LOGO

 

     LOGO      LOGO

Nationality: Brazilian/British

   

Nationality: Brazilian

    

Nationality: British

    

Nationality: Brazilian

Andrew was appointed Chief Marketing Officer in October 2017. He joined the Management Board as Regional Director for Africa and the Middle East in January 2008 before being appointed Regional Director for Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa (EEMEA) in January 2011 and Marketing Director in September 2014. Joining Souza Cruz in 1986, he held a number of senior management positions in South America and the Caribbean (including President of Souza Cruz) and also in Malaysia.

 

    Tadeu was appointed Regional Director, Europe and North Africa in January 2018. He joined the Management Board as Director, Business Development in September 2014 and was appointed Regional Director, Western Europe in December 2016. Tadeu joined British American Tobacco in Brazil over 20 years ago. He has held various senior finance positions, including Regional Finance Controller, EEMEA, and Group Finance Controller.      David was appointed Group Scientific Director in January 2012. He has been with British American Tobacco for over 20 years and has held various positions in Group Research and Development. He has led the Group’s R&D efforts to develop reduced toxicant products and has also been Head of International Public Health & Scientific Affairs, responsible for engagement with the scientific, medical and public health communities.     

Ricardo was appointed President and CEO of Reynolds American Inc. in January 2018. Appointed to the Management Board as Regional Director for the Americas in 2013, previous roles include Marketing Director of the Malaysian business, Regional Marketing Manager for the Americas, General Manager in France and Global Consumer Director. He was an RAI Board member from 2014 until the acquisition and is a member of the Chief Marketing Officer Council North America Advisory Board.

 

    

             

LOGO

 

   

LOGO

 

    

LOGO

 

    

Nationality: Australian/Indian

   

Nationality: Belgian

    

Nationality: British

    

Naresh was appointed Director, Business Development in December 2016. He has over 20 years of experience in the tobacco industry, holding various marketing roles in India, Indonesia, West Africa and Australasia. He was Marketing Director in Japan and then the Group’s General Manager. He became Group Head of Strategy and Planning, and was appointed to the Management Board as Director, Group Business Development in 2012 before being appointed Regional Director for Western Europe in January 2013.

    Johan was appointed Regional Director, Asia-Pacific and Middle East in January 2018. He joined the Management Board as Regional Director for Eastern Europe, Middle East and Africa in September 2014. He has been with British American Tobacco for more than 25 years and was previously General Manager in Russia, General Manager in Turkey and in the marketing function he was Global Brand Director for the Kent brand.     

Kingsley was appointed Regional Director, Americas and Sub Saharan Africa in January 2018. He was Marketing Director in Nigeria and Russia, prior to being General Manager in Russia and then the Global Brand Director for the Kent and Vogue brands. He joined the Management Board in January 2012 as Deputy Corporate and Regulatory Affairs Director and appointed Director, Corporate and Regulatory Affairs in June 2012. In 2015 he was appointed Managing Director, Next Generation Products.

 

    

 

   
58   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

Leadership and effective ness

 

  Introduction

  & Board

 

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

     

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

Governance framework

The Board

The Board is collectively responsible to shareholders of the Company for its performance and for the Group’s strategic direction, its values and its governance. It provides the leadership necessary for the Group to meet its performance objectives within a robust framework of internal controls.

 

 

Board responsibilities:

    

 

Board programme

 

– Group strategy.

 

– Significant corporate activities.

 

– Group policies.

 

– Corporate governance.

 

– Board succession plans.

  

– Group budget.

 

– Risk management and

   internal control.

 

– Annual Report approval.

 

– Periodic financial reporting.              

 

– Dividend policy.

    

 

The Board has a comprehensive annual programme of meetings to monitor and review the Group’s strategy across all the elements of the Group’s business model. The key activities of the Board in 2017, grouped under the Group’s four strategy pillars of Growth, Productivity, Sustainability and Winning Organisation, are detailed on pages 60 and 61. The Board’s strategic priorities for 2017 are identified within the key performance indicators set out in our Strategic Report on pages 10 and 11.

 

Board Committees

 

The Board has three principal Board Committees to which it has delegated certain responsibilities. The roles, memberships and activities of these Committees are described in their individual reports in this section. Each Committee has its own terms of reference, available at www.bat.com/governance, which are reviewed and updated regularly, most recently with effect from July 2017 to reflect US governance requirements following the acquisition of RAI, which resulted in a number of changes to the terms of reference of the Audit Committee.

    

 

The Board devotes considerable attention to Group Corporate Governance, including internal control and compliance issues. It receives verbal updates from the Chairmen of all Committees following each Committee meeting. Copies of the minutes of all Committees are circulated to all members of the Board.

 

    

Audit

Committee

     

   

Nominations

Committee

     

   

Remuneration

Committee

     

 
     LOGO  

 

page 65

   

LOGO

 

 

page 71

   

LOGO

 

 

page 73

 
                       

 

 

Management Board

 

The Management Board, chaired by the Chief Executive, is responsible for overseeing the implementation of the Group’s strategy and policies set by the Board, and for creating the framework for the day-to-day operation of the Group’s operating subsidiaries. Its other members comprise the Finance Director and 11 senior Group executives whose names and roles are described on page 58.

 

An organisational restructuring, from four to three regions, has resulted in the following changes to the Management Board:

 

Jack Bowles, Regional Director, ASPAC, was appointed to the newly created role of Chief Operating Officer for the International Business (excluding the United States) with effect from 1 October 2017.

 

Andrew Gray, Director, Marketing, was appointed to the newly created role of Chief Marketing Officer with effect from 1 October 2017.

 

Ricardo Oberlander, Regional Director, Americas, was appointed to the role of President and CEO, RAI, with effect from 1 January 2018, following the departure of Debra Crew, the previous incumbent.

 

All of the above roles report directly to the Chief Executive.

 

Regional Director responsibilities were reorganised as follows, with effect from 1 January 2018:

 

Kingsley Wheaton, Managing Director, Next Generation Products, was appointed Regional Director, Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa.

 

Tadeu Marroco, Regional Director, Western Europe, was appointed Regional Director, Europe and North Africa.

 

Johan Vandermeulen, Regional Director, EEMEA, was appointed Regional Director, Asia-Pacific and Middle East.

 

All of the above roles report directly to the Chief Operating Officer.

 

The new structure enables more integrated resource allocation and decision making across geographies and categories.

 

 

Leadership roles and responsibilities

 

 Leadership   

 

 Chairman

  

 

Chief Executive

 – Leadership of the Board.

 

 – Ensures Board effectiveness.

 

 – Sets Board agenda.

 

 – Interfaces with shareholders.

 

 – Ensures effective shareholder engagement.

  

– Overall responsibility for Group performance.

 

– Leadership of the Group.

 

– Enables planning and execution of objectives and strategies.

 

– Stewardship of Group assets.

  
 Oversight   

 

 Non-Executive Directors (NEDs)

  

 

Senior Independent Director (SID)

 – Oversee Group strategy.

 

 – Review management proposals.

 

 – Monitor Group performance.

 

 – Bring an external perspective and effective challenge to the Board.

  

– Leads review of Chairman’s performance.

 

– Presides at Board in Chairman’s absence.

 

– Intermediary for other Directors.

 

– Available to meet with major shareholders.

  
 Management Board   

 

 – Develops Group strategy for Tobacco Products and NGPs for approval by the Board.

 

 – Monitors Group operating performance.

  

 

– Ensures Group, regional and functional strategies and resources are effective and aligned.

 

– Manages the central functions.

 

– Oversees the management and development of talent.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   59


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

                                  

 

 

Board activities in 2017

 

 

  LOGO   Growth

   

 

LOGO   Productivity

 

Growth remains our key strategic focus. Continued investment in, and development of, our strategic focus areas is central to the Board’s annual agenda.

   

 

The Board pays close attention to the Group’s operational efficiency and our programmes are aimed at delivering a globally integrated enterprise with cost and capital effectiveness.

 

 

Activities in 2017

   

 

Activities in 2017

Reviewing:     Reviewing:

 

–  NGP strategy and updates on the Group’s NGP performance, including the acquisition of ViP e-cigarette company in the UK; the launch of glo in Japan; and the Group’s approach to, and future plans in respect of, the NGP portfolio;

 

–  the Group’s acquisition of RAI;

 

–  the RAI business strategy and performance following its acquisition by the Group;

 

–  acquisition opportunities, including the acquisition of Winnington, the maker of the market leading white snus product, Epok, in Sweden;

 

–  the acquisition of certain tobacco assets from Bulgartabac Holding AD;

 

–  operating performance and the continued significant impact of foreign exchange rates on the Group’s financial performance, including measures taken by management to mitigate foreign exchange risks;

 

–  the quarterly financial performance of the associates of the Group; and

 

–  the Group’s results and current outlook throughout the year.

   

 

–  organisational design changes following the successful completion of the acquisition of RAI, including proposals to simplify the Group’s regional structure to fully integrate the NGP business into the core operations of the Group;

 

–  business transformation programmes to implement operational efficiencies;

 

–  proposed changes to the Group’s delegated authorities framework to reflect organisational changes;

 

–  the operating performance of the Group;

 

–  proposals to issue multiple series of guaranteed bonds in the US; and

 

–  Group liquidity, confirming that the Company was conforming with its financing principles and noting planned refinancing activities for the year ahead.

 

 

Strategy review highlights: Growth

NGPs: The Board received regular updates on the Group’s approach to its NGP business during 2017 from senior management, covering the evolution of the Group’s NGP business, current NGP performance highlights, NGP strategy and objectives in the short and long term, and challenges, together with an overview of the competitor landscape in the sector.

Acquisition of RAI: The Board convened five additional Board meetings to oversee all material matters relating to the acquisition of RAI, which constituted a Class I transaction for the Company for the purposes of the UK Listing Rules. The key conditions to completing the transaction were obtaining the approval of the shareholders of the Company and RAI; obtaining anti-trust approvals in the US and Japan; registration of the Company’s shares with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) in the US; approval of the Company’s shares for listing on the UK London Stock Exchange; and approval of the Company’s American Depository Shares for listing on the New York Stock Exchange. The Board also approved the creation of a subcommittee of the Board to ensure ongoing oversight of all matters relating to the transaction between full meetings of the Board.

 

 

Strategy review highlights: Productivity

Oversight of operating model changes: During 2017, the Group established a Global Business Services (GBS) organisation which will deliver all transactional activities, efficiently manage non-core transactional activity, and deliver value-adding analytics services to the Group. The establishment of GBS is a natural next step to maximise the benefits from the Group’s TaO programme.

Organisational design changes: Following the successful completion of the acquisition of RAI, the Board approved organisational design changes to simplify the Group’s regional structure and to fully integrate the NGPs business into the core operations of the Group, reflecting the outstanding growth of this part of the business to date and its long-term importance to the Group’s future. Three new regions have been created, effective 1 January 2018: Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa, Europe and North Africa and Asia-Pacific and Middle East. These replace the previous four-region structure.

 

 

 

   
60   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

  Introduction

  & Board

 

     

Audit

Committee

     

Nominations 

Committee

     

Remuneration 

Committee

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

 


 

 

  LOGO   Sustainability

   

 

LOGO   Winning organisation

 

The Board places considerable emphasis on the need for our business to be sustainable for the long term, to meet the expectations of our stakeholders and inform our commitments to society.

 

   

 

Setting the ‘tone from the top’ is an important part of the Board’s role, helping to foster a culture centred on our Guiding Principles and which harnesses diversity.

 

 

Activities in 2017

   

 

Activities in 2017

Reviewing:     Reviewing:

–  the Group’s Global Product Stewardship Policy Framework in light of the new product stewardship challenges for the Group arising from its NGP activities;

 

–  the status of the Group’s litigation proceedings, including updates on the class actions in Quebec, Canada, against the Group’s subsidiary Imperial Tobacco Canada and two other Canadian manufacturers; the Sequana dividend trial; the trial in Georgia brought by Tiblisi Tobacco; and key RAI litigation matters;

 

–  updates on compliance matters including allegations of misconduct and the activities of the newly created Business Conduct and Compliance department;

 

–  approving changes to the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct to reflect US legislative and regulatory requirements following the acquisition of RAI;

 

–  Environment, Health and Safety performance and long-term targets;

 

–  the Group’s Risk Register, considering the Group’s risk appetite and determining the Group’s viability for Financial Reporting Council reporting purposes, taking account of the Company’s current position and principal risks; and

 

–  the Group’s director and officer insurance cover and agreeing revised provisions to take into account the change in requirements in this area following the acquisition of RAI.

   

–  succession planning at Board level, including Executive Director and Management Board succession planning and monitoring the progress of Management Board development plans;

 

–  the performance of Executive Directors and Management Board members;

 

–  Non-Executive Director appointments in light of requirements following the acquisition of RAI, including approving the appointment of three new Non-Executive Directors from the RAI board of directors as proposed by the Nominations Committee;

 

–  the composition of Board Committees and approving changes to the Committees;

 

–  proposed changes to the roles and responsibilities of the Management Board and approving changes including the creation of the roles of Chief Operating Officer and Chief Marketing Officer; and

 

–  RAI integration plans, including proposals for ensuring integration and retention of talent in the enlarged Group.

 

 

Strategy review highlights: Sustainability

During its strategy meeting in the US, the Board received a comprehensive briefing on the FDA regulation of Tobacco Products and the strategies which have been adopted to minimise the impact on RAI’s operating performance. The evolution of the FDA’s role and the key regulatory risks and challenges, including the numerous types of submissions and time frames, were explained in some detail. RAI’s mitigation strategies were also discussed, together with recent developments from the FDA and their likely impact on the US market.

In 2017, the Group launched a new compliance programme, known as ‘Delivery with Integrity’. See page 28 for details of this programme.

 

 

Strategy review highlights: Winning organisation

Talent development: The approach to talent development and attraction was comprehensively reviewed to ensure it remains fit for purpose, particularly in the areas of brand-building and NGPs. A number of new initiatives were implemented, including the introduction of a new Global Graduate Academy, together with revised functional leadership programmes. See page 25 for further details.

Your Voice survey: The Group’s global employee survey ‘Your Voice’ achieved exceptional results with a key Engagement Index score of 83%. See pages 25 and 26 for more details.

Diversity: Initiatives during 2017 included the development of two new diversity training modules, Inclusive Leadership and Cross-Cultural Awareness, the continued roll-out of the Group’s ‘Women in Leadership’ programme, and the confirmation of the diversity principles applicable to the Board and Management Board in a Board Diversity Policy. See pages 25, 26 and 62 for further details.

 

 

Directors: information and advice

 

Information: Board   and Committees

 

– Directors receive papers for review in good time ahead of each meeting;

 

– the Company Secretary ensures good information flow within the Board and its Committees, and between the Non-Executive Directors and senior management; and

 

– the Company Secretary, in conjunction with external advisers where appropriate, advises the Board on all governance matters.

Advice

 

– all Directors have access to the advice and services of the Company Secretary;

 

– a procedure is in place for all Directors to take independent professional advice at the Company’s expense if required; and

 

– each of the three principal Committees of the Board may obtain independent legal or other professional advice, at the Company’s expense, and secure attendance at meetings of outsiders if needed.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   61


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

                                  

 

Board effective ness

 

Balance of Non-Executive Directors

and Executive Directors

 

 

LOGO

Length of tenure of

Non-Executive Directors

 

 

LOGO

Gender split of Directors

 

 

LOGO

Ethnicity split of Directors

 

 

LOGO

* applying the Parker Report guidance.

Nationality of Directors

 

 

LOGO

Balance and diversity

Our Non-Executive Directors come from broad industry and professional backgrounds, with varied experience and expertise aligned to the needs of our business. Short biographies of the Directors are set out in this section on pages 56 and 57. In 2017, as at 31 December, 31% of our Board was female.

The Parker Review Committee published its final report on ethnic diversity in UK boards on 12 October 2017 (the ‘Parker Report’). The Parker Report recommends that there be at least one Director from a Black, Asian and Minority Ethnic (BAME) background on each FTSE 100 board by 2021, and more generally that UK companies increase ethnic diversity on boards, develop BAME employees to ensure a pipeline of capable candidates, and enhance transparency and disclosure regarding diversity. As at 31 December 2017, applying the assessment guidance set out in the Parker Report, 15% of our Board (two directors) are from a BAME background.

The Board appreciates the benefit of diversity in all its forms, within its own membership and at all levels of the Group. Our Strategic Report contains details of our Group diversity initiatives, including the proportion of women in our total workforce and in senior management, on pages 25 and 26.

Board Diversity Policy

We believe that great talent and an engaging culture are key to our success, and diversity is a critical component of both.

‘Strength from Diversity’ is one of our Group’s long-standing four Guiding Principles. This principle is applicable to all Group employees, as reflected in our Group Employment Principles discussed further on pages 30 and 31, and applies to the composition of our Board and Management Board.

We think of diversity in its widest sense, as those attributes that make each of us unique. These include our race, ethnicity, cultural background, geographical origin, gender, age, any disability, sexual orientation, religion, skills, experience, education and professional background, perspectives and thinking styles.

The Nominations Committee is responsible for regularly reviewing the composition of the Board and Management Board to ensure both boards have an appropriate balance of skills, expertise, and knowledge, and ensuring that all appointments are made on merit against objective criteria and with due regard for the benefits of diversity. These principles were rigorously applied by the Nominations Committee in identifying and recommending Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III for appointment to the Board.

With effect from 1 March 2018, the diversity principles applied in relation to our Board and Management Board are now confirmed in our Board Diversity Policy, which sets out the Board’s commitment to the following objectives:

 

considering all aspects of diversity when reviewing the composition of, and succession planning for, the Board and Management Board;

 

considering a wide pool of candidates of both genders for appointment to the Board;

 

maintaining at least 30% representation of females on our Board, with the ambition of progressing towards further gender balance;

 

giving preference, where appropriate, to engagement of executive search firms that are accredited under the Standard and Enhanced Codes of Conduct for Executive Search Firms, which include gender diversity; and

 

supporting the oversight of the development of internal senior managers to create a diverse pipeline of high-performing potential Executive Directors and Management Board members, supported by the activities of the Nominations Committee.

Please refer to pages 71 and 72 for further discussion of the Nomination Committee’s activities in support of these objectives.

 

 

 

Training and development:

NGPs

The Board attended a training session on the NGP business and long-term strategic objectives.

US governance requirements

The Directors completed a comprehensive training programme, facilitated by external advisers, to ensure that they understood the significant changes to the Group’s procedures and policies as well as their own individual obligations resulting from the acquisition of RAI.

RAI business and strategy

At its Board meeting held in Washington, D.C. following the acquisition of RAI, the Board received detailed briefings from senior RAI management on the US business, its strategy and future challenges and participated in a market visit.

 

 

 

   
62   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

  Introduction 

  & Board

 

     

Audit

Committee

     

Nominations 

Committee

     

Remuneration 

Committee

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

Independence and

conflicts of interest

Independence

The Board considers all Non-Executive Directors to be independent, as they are free from any business or other relationships that could interfere materially with, or appear to affect, their judgement.

The Board has also considered the independence requirements outlined in the NYSE’s listing standards and has determined that these are met by all of its Non-Executive Directors.

Conflicts of interest

The Board has formal procedures for managing conflicts of interest. Directors are required to give advance notice of any conflict issues to the Company Secretary. These are considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the timing requires it, at a meeting of the Board’s Conflicts Committee. Each year, the Board also considers afresh all previously authorised situational conflicts. Directors are excluded from the quorum and vote in respect of any matters in which they have an interest.

During 2017, the Board convened a Conflicts Committee at which the interests of Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III were noted. In relation to Mr Jobin and Ms Koeppel’s interests, no reasonable likelihood of conflict was identified. The same applied to Mr Nowell, other than in relation to his Non-Executive Directorship of, and shareholding interest in, Bank of America Corporation. In this case a situational conflict was authorised by the Conflicts Committee. Mr Nowell will be regarded as having an interest in any transactional agreement between the Company and Bank of America Corporation without any requirement to give further disclosure.

The Board also convened a Conflicts Committee to consider the appointment of Mr Panayotopoulos as a member of the Advisory Board of JBS USA Food Company and Chairman and interim CEO of Coveris Holdings SA. The appointment of Mr Panayotopoulos as a member of the Advisory Board of JBS USA Food Company was deemed to be a situational conflict, as its parent company JBS SA is a supplier to the Group’s businesses in Brazil and Poland. In this case, a situational conflict was authorised by the Conflicts Committee. It was agreed, in relation to Coveris Holdings SA, that there was no reasonable likelihood of a conflict arising in relation to this interest. The Board, in accordance with the Company’s procedures confirmed the Conflicts Committee’s decisions in these matters.

The Board also noted the appointment of Mr Burrows as Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and as the new Senior Independent Director of Rentokil Initial PLC with effect from 21 September 2017.

The Board does not consider the change in the Chairman’s commitments to have any impact on his responsibilities to the Company.

Information and

professional development

Board induction

On joining the Board, all Directors receive a full induction. Non-Executive Directors also receive a full programme of briefings on all areas of the Company’s business from the Executive Directors, members of the Management Board, the Company Secretary and other senior executives.

Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III attended our Director induction programme in 2017, which included briefings covering the Group’s Strategy, its functions (including Marketing and NGPs), the statutory reporting cycle, Group Treasury, IT strategy, and legal and regulatory issues. They, along with the rest of the Board, also had the opportunity to conduct a market visit at the off-site Board meeting held in Washington, D.C. in October to review the Group’s strategy following the acquisition of RAI and engage with RAI senior management.

Non-Executive Directors are encouraged to attend meetings of the Group’s regional Audit and Corporate and Social Responsibility Committees to gain a better understanding of issues in the Group’s regions.

The Chairman meets with each Non-Executive Director individually, in the latter part of each year, to discuss their individual training and development plans.

Shareholder engagement

The Chairman and the Executive Directors are committed to open and transparent dialogue with shareholders.

The Senior Independent Director and other Non-Executive Directors are also available to meet with major shareholders on request.

The AGM is an opportunity for further shareholder engagement and for the Chairman to explain the Company’s progress and, along with other members of the Board, to answer any questions. All Directors attend, unless illness or pressing commitments prevent them. All Directors, except for Dr Gerry Murphy, attended the AGM in 2017.

An additional shareholder meeting was held on 19 July 2017, to consider the acquisition of RAI.

Details of our 2018 AGM are set out in the Other information section.

Annual investor relations programme

A full programme of engagement with shareholders, potential investors and analysts, in the UK and overseas, is undertaken each year by the Head of Investor Relations, often accompanied by one or both Executive Directors.

Every two years, combined investor meetings are held over two days with the Management Board also in attendance. This year’s investor event took place in London and members of the Management Board gave detailed presentations that included our NGP objectives and strategy, our new US subsidiary RAI, regulation, marketing and an update on the performance of our International business. In 2017, as part of the annual investors relations programme, meetings were held with institutional shareholders in 24 countries, engaging with the owners of the majority of the Group’s shares. Regular investor presentations were also given and these together with the results presentations are published on www.bat.com. All results presentations are also available to shareholders by webcast.

In addition, there is a microsite on www.bat.com for debt investors, with comprehensive bondholder information on credit ratings, debt facilities, outstanding bonds and maturity profiles.

Board reporting on shareholder views

In 2017, the Head of Investor Relations updated the Board on key issues raised by institutional shareholders as well as providing a commentary on share price performance. The Chairman also regularly reports on any meetings he has had with shareholders in between Board meetings and the Board discusses the key points investors may have raised.

Board evaluation

Evaluation outcomes

The results of the annual Board evaluation show that the Board and each of its Committees continues to function efficiently and the Directors work well together and contribute effectively to the Board and their designated Committees.

The Board scored highly in the areas of leadership and oversight of the Group’s activities, particularly with regard to the work of the Board on the RAI acquisition.

The Board’s regular opportunities for interaction with senior management and opportunities to further understand the business are highly valued by the Non-Executive Directors, with examples cited including regular management briefings on strategy matters such as the RAI acquisition and the NGP business; the market visit to the US; and the opportunity to participate in the Audit Committee framework.

The Board continues to have a good mix of broad and diverse skills, gender balance, nationalities, experience and talent, which is used effectively and promotes debate. These have been further enhanced with the appointment of the three new Non-Executive Directors from the RAI board.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   63


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

                                  

Board effective ness continued

 

The Executive Directors are highly regarded and add significant value and insight to the Board.

The Chairman ensures that sufficient time is allocated to Board meetings, as evidenced by the additional Board meetings convened during 2017 to ensure that matters such as the acquisition of RAI could be fully discussed.

As a result of the conclusions of the Board evaluation, there are a number of areas of focus for the Board during 2018. These include continuing to provide opportunities for the Board to engage with senior management and understand the business, particularly following the restructuring of the Group’s regional operating structure; overseeing a review of the Group’s remuneration policies and their alignment to Group strategy in consultation with shareholders; ensuring that sufficient time is allocated to risk monitoring and oversight of compliance issues; and reviewing Board size and composition to ensure that the Board continues to operate effectively.

Evaluation process

The performance and effectiveness of the Board, its Committees, the Executive and Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman were evaluated internally during 2017, following an externally facilitated evaluation in 2016.

The Chairman is responsible for the overall evaluation process and each Committee Chair is responsible for Committee effectiveness evaluation.

The evaluation was carried out by the Company Secretarial team using detailed bespoke, objective, written questionnaires.

All Non-Executive Directors and Executive Directors participated in the evaluation process. They were requested to rank the Board, its Committees and each other against several outcomes. They also had the opportunity to elaborate their replies by providing specific comments.

Anonymised reports were prepared by the Company Secretary for the Board and each Board Committee on the results of the evaluation. In addition, the Chairman received reports on the performance of each of the Executive and Non-Executive Directors. A report on the Chairman’s own performance was prepared for the Senior Independent Director. Individual feedback was given by the Chairman to all Board members, and by the Senior Independent Director to the Chairman.

Collective Board effectiveness

Collective decision-making

The Chairman seeks a consensus at Board meetings but, if necessary, decisions are taken by majority. If any Director has concerns on any issues that cannot be resolved, such concerns are noted in the Board minutes. No such concerns arose in 2017.

When required, the Non-Executive Directors, led by the Chairman, meet prior to Board meetings and regular meetings are scheduled in the Board calendar without the Executive Directors present. The Executive and the Non-Executive Directors also meet annually, led by the Senior Independent Director and without the Chairman present, to discuss the Chairman’s performance.

 

LOGO   For disclosures required by paragraph 7.2.6 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules and the Companies Act 2006 see the Other Information section
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Compliance statement

Throughout the year ended 31 December 2017 and to the date of this document, we applied the Main Principles of the April 2016 version of the UK Corporate Governance Code (the ‘Code’) as it applies to the year ended 31 December 2017. The Company was compliant with all provisions.

The Board considers that this Annual Report, and notably this section, provides the information shareholders need to evaluate how we have complied with our current obligations under the Code.

For ease of reference, we prepare a separate voluntary annual compliance report by reference to each provision of the Code. This report is available at www.bat.com/governance.

We comply with the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules requirements for corporate governance statements by virtue of the information included in this section, together with the information contained in the Other information section. As a result of the listing of the Company’s American Depositary Shares (ADSs) on the NYSE, the Company is required to meet certain NYSE requirements relating to corporate governance matters. Certain exceptions to these requirements apply to the Company as a foreign private issuer. For a discussion of the significant differences between the NYSE requirements and the Company’s practices, please see page 236.

 

 

   
64   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Audit Comm ittee

 

 

 Introduction

 & Board

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

    

 

Nominations

Committee

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

LOGO  

Kieran Poynter

Chairman of the

Audit Committee

 

 

Audit Committee current members

Kieran Poynter (Chairman)

    

Dr Marion Helmes

    

Holly Keller Koeppel

    

Dr Pedro Malan

    

Lionel Nowell, III

    

 

 Attendance at meetings in 2017  
            Attended/Eligible to attend  
     

 

 

 
  Name    Member since      Scheduled      Ad hoc  

Dr Marion Helmes

     2016        5/5            2/2  

Holly Keller Koeppel 3(b)

     2017        2/2            0/0  

Dr Pedro Malan

     2016        5/5            2/2  

Dr Gerry Murphy 3(c)

     2015–2017        2/2            1/1  

Lionel Nowell, III 1,2(b),3(d)

     2017        1/2            0/0  

Kieran Poynter 1

     2012        5/5            2/2  

Notes:

1.

  Kieran Poynter, Marion Helmes and Lionel Nowell, III have recent and relevant financial experience, and Lionel Nowell, III has been designated as the audit committee financial expert, in accordance with applicable US federal securities laws and NYSE listing standards. The members of the Committee as a whole have competence relevant to the sectors in which the Group operates.

2.

  Number of meetings in 2017: (a) The Committee held seven meetings in 2017, two of which were convened at short notice in connection with the acquisition of RAI; and (b) Lionel Nowell, III did not attend the meeting held in December due to commitments already in place prior to his appointment to the Committee.

3.

  Membership: (a) all members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code Provision C.3.1., applicable US federal securities laws and NYSE listing standards; (b) Holly Keller Koeppel became a member of the Committee on 2 October 2017 following her appointment as a Non-Executive Director; (c) Dr Gerry Murphy ceased to be a member of the Committee upon his retirement as a Non-Executive Director on 26 April 2017; and (d) Lionel Nowell, III became a member of the Committee on 2 October 2017 following his appointment as a Non-Executive Director.

4.

  The Finance Director attends all meetings of the Committee but is not a member. Other Directors may attend by invitation. The Director, Legal & External Affairs, the Group Head of Audit, and the external auditors also attend meetings on a regular basis.

5.

 

The Committee meets alone with the external auditors and, separately, with the Group Head of Audit, at the end of every meeting.

 

LOGO   For the Committee’s terms of reference see
  www.bat.com/governance

Role

The Audit Committee monitors and reviews the:

 

integrity of the Group’s financial statements and any formal announcements relating to the Company’s performance, considering any significant issues and judgements reflected in them, before their submission to the Board;

 

consistency of the Group’s accounting policies;

 

effectiveness of, and makes recommendations to the Board on, the Group’s accounting, internal accounting controls, auditing matters and business risk systems;

 

effectiveness of the Company’s internal audit function; and

 

performance, independence and objectivity of the Company’s external auditors, making recommendations as to their reappointment (or for a tender of audit services where appropriate), and approving their terms of engagement and the level of audit fees.

 

 

Audit Committee Terms of Reference

Revised Audit Committee Terms of Reference were adopted by the Board with effect from 25 July 2017, to incorporate provisions required by US securities laws and the NYSE listing standards. These revisions include:

 

 –  enhancements to the specific criteria that Committee members must meet to be considered independent under US securities laws, which must be assessed and confirmed by the Board;

 

 –  details of the procedures established for receipt, retention and treatment of complaints relating to the Group’s accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters, on a confidential and anonymous basis;

 

 –  confirmation of the Committee’s authorisation to incur ordinary and administrative expenses, at the Company’s expense, as necessary for the Committee to carry out its duties;

 

 –  reference to the new requirement in the Group Auditor Independence Policy (discussed below) for the concurring external audit partner to rotate off the Group audit engagement at least every five years, and not to recommence provision of audit or audit-related services to the Group for a further five years; and

 

 –  the requirement for the Board to consider designating one or more Committee members as an audit committee financial expert, in accordance with US securities laws.

Key activities in 2017

Regular work programme – reviewing:

 

the application of accounting standards, the Group’s 2016 results, 2017 half-year results and the external auditors’ reports where results are audited;

 

the Basis of Preparation and Accounting Judgements;

 

the internal processes that have been followed for the preparation of the 2017 Annual Report and Form 20-F, and confirming that the processes appropriately facilitated the preparation of an Annual Report and Form 20-F that is ‘fair, balanced and understandable’;

 

the review on the year-end audit from the Group’s external auditors, including the key audit risks, the Group’s control environment and the final materiality assessment, and confirming the independence of the external Group auditors;

 

the Group’s liquidity position, current facilities and financing needs through 2017;

 

the steps taken to validate the Group’s ‘going concern’ assessment at half-year and year-end and agreeing the process steps taken to determine the Group’s viability statement at year-end;
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   65


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

                                  

Audit Comm ittee continued

 

the 2018 Internal Audit Plan;

 

the Group’s sustainability performance, including the Group’s corporate social investment in empowerment, sustainable agriculture and environment initiatives in countries and communities in which the Group operates;

 

periodic reports from the Group’s Regional Audit and CSR Committees and Corporate Audit Committee;

 

the Group’s Risk Register, including the categorisation of, and mitigating factors in respect of, Group risks;

 

regular reports from the Group Head of Audit on international and global process audits and the management responses and action plans being put in place to address any concerns raised;

 

the annual assessment of goodwill impairment;

 

the annual report from the Group Head of Security on security risks, losses and fraud arising during the preceding year;

 

quarterly and annual reports on compliance with the Group’s SoBC and biannual reports on political contributions; and

 

the Committee’s effectiveness following the Board evaluation process, discussed further on pages 63 and 64.

Further specific matters considered by the Committee: Acquisition of RAI

 

a key focus of the Committee during 2017 was the oversight of financial, accounting and compliance matters associated with the acquisition of RAI (together with the Board), including review of documentation to be submitted to the SEC and UKLA in connection with the acquisition, the Company’s obligations as a foreign private issuer under US securities laws and the NYSE listing standards, progress of implementation of the associated compliance programme, and steps required to establish, maintain and demonstrate the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting; and

 

amendments to the Audit Committee Terms of Reference and the Group’s Global Policy on Auditor Independence to incorporate provisions required by US securities laws and the NYSE listing standards, and recommending them for adoption by the Board with effect from 25 July 2017.

Other specific matters

 

application of IFRS 9 (relating to financial instruments) and IFRS 15 (relating to revenue recognition), and the Group’s approach to the implementation of these standards, discussed further on page 116;

 

progress on the implementation of the Group’s ‘Delivery with Integrity’ compliance programme (discussed further on page 28), reviewing appropriate materiality thresholds for reporting, and approving an enhanced format for the future reporting of instances of suspected and established non-compliance with the SoBC, drawing on more detailed reporting capabilities enabled by the analytical functionality of the new online SoBC portal;

 

following successful implementation of the core TaO programme over the past five years, latest status on the progress of implementation of the template in additional markets; and

 

enhancements to the Group’s approach to assessing and monitoring key countries of concern to the Group from a human rights perspective, to take into account changes to the United Nation’s Guiding Principles on business and human rights, and the introduction of the UK Modern Slavery Act.

Risk topics considered by the Committee included:

 

the impact of FDA tobacco regulation on the US business, and risks associated with non-compliance with tobacco and related legislation applicable to the Group’s business;

 

risks associated with increased exposure to interest rate changes on net finance costs, arising from existing and future refinanced debt;

 

an update on risks to the Group posed by cyber-attacks and on the Group’s priorities for ensuring continuing protection;

 

an update on the risks associated with the UK’s decision to exit the EU (Brexit), including potential risks relating to supply chain continuity, taxation, changes in customs duty, foreign exchange rate exposures and talent acquisition;

 

revisions to the Group’s risk appetite framework as it relates to the Group’s strategic objectives; and

 

the report on the effectiveness of the Company’s risk management system.

Please refer to pages 48 to 54 for information about the principal Group risk factors.

Significant accounting judgements considered by the Committee in relation to the 2017 accounts:

 

the Group’s significant corporate tax exposures: the Committee was updated periodically on corporate tax matters and considered reports from the Group Head of Tax on the current status of the FII GLO matter and the status of issues in various markets. These included significant tax disputes in Brazil, South Africa and The Netherlands, and Bangladesh (in respect of VAT). The Committee agreed with management’s positions and extended disclosures in respect of them (see note 28 in the Notes on the Accounts);

 

contingent liabilities, provisions and deposits in connection with ongoing litigation: the Committee reassessed the provision in respect of the Fox River clean-up costs and related legal expenses subsequent to a funding agreement in relation to the sharing of the costs. As a result, the provision was retained at the prior year level (see note 3 in the Notes on the Accounts). However, inherent uncertainties remain (see note 28 in the Notes on the Accounts). The Committee agreed that no provision should be recognised at this point in respect of the Kalamazoo River claim. The Committee also agreed that the quarterly deposits in relation to security for costs in relation to the Quebec Class Action, made by the Group’s subsidiary Imperial Tobacco Canada, would continue to be treated as an asset to be recovered upon a successful appeal of the original judgment (see note 14 in the Notes on the Accounts);

 

foreign exchange: as the Group has operations in certain territories with severe currency restrictions, where foreign currency is not readily available, the Committee satisfied itself that the methodologies used to determine relevant exchange rates for accounting purposes remained appropriate; and

 

changes in the Group: the Committee reviewed and approved the accounting treatment in relation to the acquisitions undertaken in the year, including the acquisition of the remaining shares in RAI not already owned. This included the recognition of a gain of £23,288 million related to the deemed disposal of the Group’s investment in RAI as an associate. The Committee also reviewed the purchase price allocation of all the acquisitions in the year and the related assessment of the carrying value of the intangibles, including goodwill.
 

 

   
66   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

  Introduction

  & Board 

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

     

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

External auditors

KPMG LLP (KPMG) were appointed as the Company’s auditors on 27 March 2015, following a formal tender process carried out in 2015. The Committee considers the relationship with the auditors to be working well and is satisfied with their effectiveness.

Group Auditor Independence Policy (AIP)

The Group has an established AIP to safeguard the independence and objectivity of the Group’s external auditors, and to specify the approval processes for the engagement of the Group’s external auditors to provide audit and non-audit services.

The key principle of the AIP is that the Group’s external auditors may be engaged to provide services only in cases where those services do not impair their independence and objectivity. The Committee recognises that using the external auditors to provide such services is often of benefit where they have detailed knowledge of our business, although the external auditors may not be engaged to provide services if the provision of such services would result in the external auditors:

 

having a mutual or conflicting interest with any Group company;

 

being placed in the position of auditing their own work;

 

acting as a manager or employee of any Group company; or

 

being placed in the position of being an advocate for any Group company.

Audit services are approved in advance by the Committee on the basis of the annual engagement letter and the scope of audit services is agreed by the Committee with the external auditors.

Subject to the above requirements, the external auditors may also provide certain non-audit services with the prior approval of the Committee. The requirement for the Committee’s pre-approval of non-audit services may be waived only if the aggregate amount of all non-audit services provided is less than five per cent. of the total amount paid to the external auditors during the reporting year, where those services were not recognised to be non-audit services at the time of engagement, and provided those services are promptly brought to the attention of the Committee and their provision is approved prior to completion of the audit in the relevant reporting year.

The provision of permitted non-audit services must be put to tender if expected spend exceeds limits specified in the AIP, unless a waiver of this requirement is agreed by the Finance Director and notified to the Committee.

The Group’s AIP was revised with effect from 25 July 2017 to support compliance with US and EU securities laws, and includes:

 

enhanced limitations on the provision of non-audit services, such as express prohibitions on the provision of services with contingent fee arrangements, expert services unrelated to audit and other services prohibited by US securities laws;

 

clarifications in respect of requirements for the Committee to pre-approve all audit and non-audit services, except in respect of non-audit services falling within the exceptions described above;

 

additional requirements in respect of audit partner rotation, including for the concurring external audit partner to rotate off the Group audit engagement at least every five years, and not to recommence provision of audit or audit-related services to the Group for a further five years;

 

express prohibition on the Chief Executive, Finance Director, Group Financial Controller and Group Chief Accountant having been employed by the external auditors in any capacity in connection with the Group audit for two years before initiation of an audit; and
authority for the Committee to oversee any allegations of improper influence, coercion, manipulation or purposeful misleading in connection with any external audit, and to review any issues arising in the course of engagement with the external auditors.

The Committee also reviews a schedule identifying the total fees for all audit-related services, tax services and other non-audit services expected to be undertaken by the external auditors in the following year. Tax services and other non-audit services in excess of the tender thresholds referred to above must be itemised. Updated schedules are also submitted to the Committee at the mid-year and year-end, so that it has full visibility of the Group spend on non-audit services.

A breakdown of audit, audit-related, tax and non-audit fees paid to KPMG firms and associates in 2017 is provided in Note 3(c) on the Accounts and is summarised as follows:

Services provided by KPMG firms and associates 2017

     
     

        2017
£m

 

    

        2016
£m

 

 

 

Audit services

  

 

 

 

17.6

 

 

  

 

 

 

9.2

 

 

 

Audit-related assurance services

  

 

 

 

8.0

 

 

  

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

Total audit and audit-related services

  

 

 

 

25.6

 

 

  

 

 

 

9.4

 

 

 

Other assurance services

  

 

 

 

4.1

 

 

  

 

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

Tax advisory services

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

Tax compliance

  

 

 

 

0.2

 

 

  

 

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

Other non-audit services

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

Total non-audit services

 

  

 

 

 

 

4.3

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

 

Notes:

In 2017, non-audit fees paid to KPMG amounted to 16.8% of the audit and audit-related assurance fees paid to them (2016: 21.3%).

All audit and non-audit services provided by the external auditors in 2017 were pre-approved by the Committee, except for £3,500 of tax fees (2% of tax fees) approved subsequently.

Annual assessment

The Committee carries out an annual assessment of the Group’s external auditors, covering qualification, expertise and resources, and objectivity and independence, as well as the effectiveness of the audit process. This assessment is informed by an external audit satisfaction survey completed by members of senior management. No material issues were identified during 2017. The Committee is satisfied with the qualification, expertise and resources of its external auditors and that the objectivity and independence of its external auditors is not in any way impaired by the non-audit services which they provide.

The Finance Director, Director, Legal & External Affairs, Group Head of Audit, Company Secretary and the Committee Chairman all meet with the external auditors throughout the year to discuss relevant issues as well as the progress of the audit. Any significant issues are included on the Committee’s agenda.

 

Competition and Markets Authority Audit Order

 

The Company has complied with the Statutory Audit Services Order issued by the Competition and Markets Authority for the financial year ended 31 December 2017.

 

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   67


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

                                  

Audit Comm ittee continued

 

Risk management and internal control

Overview

The Company maintains its system of risk management and internal control with a view to safeguarding shareholders’ investment and the Company’s assets. It is designed to identify, evaluate and manage risks that may impede the Company’s objectives. It cannot, and is not designed to, eliminate them entirely. The system therefore provides a reasonable, not absolute, assurance against material misstatement or loss. A description of the principal risk factors that may affect the Group’s business is provided in our Strategic Report on pages 48 to 54.

The main features of the risk management processes and system of internal control operated within the Group are described below, and have been in place throughout the year under review and remain in place to date. They do not cover associates of the Group.

Board oversight

During the year, the Board considered the nature and extent of the principal risks that the Group is willing to take to achieve its strategic objectives (its ‘risk appetite’) and for maintaining sound risk management and internal control systems. It keeps its risk appetite under review to ensure that it is appropriate and consistent with internal policies.

With the support of the Committee, the Board conducts a review of the effectiveness of the Group’s risk management and internal control systems annually. This review covers all material controls including financial, operational and compliance controls and risk management systems.

Audit and CSR Committee framework

The Group’s Regional Audit and CSR Committee framework underpins the Board’s Audit Committee. It provides a flexible channel for the structured flow of information through the Group, with committees covering locally listed Group entities or complex markets where considered appropriate in certain markets, and each of the Group’s regions. In the EEMEA region, given the size of the region and the number of countries it includes, the regional Audit and CSR Committee is supported by an area Audit and CSR Committee. Local Audit and CSR Committees also operate in several markets in EEMEA.

Following the acquisition of RAI, the RAI Regional Audit and CSR Committee was appointed by the Committee to extend the Group’s Regional Audit and CSR Committee framework to cover the US business.

The Group’s Regional Audit and CSR Committees are all chaired by a member of the Management Board and attended by one or more Non-Executive Directors. The Corporate Audit Committee focuses on the Group’s risks and control environment that fall outside the regional committees’ remit, for example head office central functions, global programmes and projects. It comprises members of the Management Board, is chaired by a Regional Director and is also attended by one or more of the Non-Executive Directors.

External and internal auditors attend meetings of these committees and regularly have private audiences with members of the committees after meetings. Additionally, central, regional and individual market management, along with internal audit, support the Board in its role of ensuring a sound control environment.

This framework ensures that significant financial, social, environmental and reputational risks faced by the Group are appropriately managed and that any failings or weaknesses are identified so that remedial action may be taken.

The Group’s Regional Audit and CSR Committee framework structure will be revised in 2018 to reflect the Group’s new international business model, and to establish a Regional Audit and CSR Committee for each of the three Group regions, in addition to the RAI Regional Audit and CSR Committee.

Risk management

Risk registers, based on a standardised methodology, are used at Group, regional, area and individual market level to identify, assess and monitor the principal risks (both financial and non-financial) faced by the business at each level. Information on prevailing trends, for example whether a risk is considered to be increasing or decreasing over time, is provided in relation to each risk and all identified risks are assessed at three levels (high/medium/low) by reference to their impact and likelihood. Mitigation plans are required to be in place to manage the risks identified and their progress is also monitored. The risk registers and mitigation plans are reviewed on a regular basis. Regional and above-market risk registers are reviewed regularly by the relevant regional Audit and CSR Committee or the Corporate Audit Committee, as appropriate.

At Group level, specific responsibility for managing each identified risk is allocated to a member of the Management Board. The Group Risk Register is reviewed regularly by a committee of senior managers, chaired by the Finance Director. In addition, it is reviewed annually by the Board and twice yearly by the Committee. The Board and the Committee review changes in the status of identified risks, assessing the changes in impact and likelihood. The Committee also conducts deep dives into selected risks, meeting senior managers responsible for managing and mitigating them, so that it can consider those risks in detail.

The Board noted that the Group’s risk profile remained stable during 2017.

 

LOGO    For more information on risk factors see the Principal Group risk
factors section in our Strategic Report on pages 48 to 54.

Internal control

Group companies and other business units are annually required to complete a checklist, called Control Navigator, of the key controls that they are expected to have in place. Its purpose is to enable them to self-assess their internal control environment, assist them in identifying any controls that may need strengthening and support them in implementing and monitoring action plans to address control weaknesses. The Control Navigator checklist is reviewed annually to ensure that it remains relevant to the business and covers all applicable key controls. In addition, at each year-end, Group companies and other business units are required to:

 

review their system of internal control, confirm whether it remains effective and report on any material weaknesses and the action being taken to address them; and

 

review and confirm policies and procedures to promote compliance with the SoBC are fully embedded within the Group company or business unit and identify any material instances of non-compliance.

The results of these reviews are reported to the relevant Regional Audit and CSR Committees or to the Corporate Audit Committee and, where appropriate, to the Committee to ensure that appropriate remedial action has been, or will be, taken where necessary.

SOx compliance oversight

Following the registration of Company securities under the US Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), the Company is subject to certain rules and regulations of US securities laws, including the Exchange Act and SOx. The Committee reviewed existing internal control processes to ensure compliance with the requirements of US securities laws which were immediately applicable upon completion of the acquisition of RAI. Outcomes following this review included amendments to the Audit Committee Terms of Reference and the Group AIP as detailed on page 67.

 

 

   
68   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

  Introduction 

  & Board

 

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

     

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 


 

The Committee also has oversight of processes which are being put in place to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable US securities laws. SOx places specific responsibility on the Chief Executive and the Finance Director to certify or disclose information applicable to the financial statements, disclosure controls and procedures (DCP) and the internal control over financial reporting (ICFR).

Two committees have been established during 2017 to provide assurance with regard to applicable SOx certifications. A Disclosure Committee has been established for the purposes of reviewing the Company’s financial statements for appropriate disclosure and designing and maintaining DCP. A sub-committee of the Disclosure Committee, the SOx Steering Committee, has also been established to provide assurance that ICFR has been designed, and is being implemented, evaluated and disclosed appropriately in accordance with applicable requirements. The activities of this sub-committee are directly reported to the Disclosure Committee. The output from the Disclosure Committee and SOx Steering Committee are presented to and reviewed by the Committee.

Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers

In addition to the SoBC described further below, which applies to all staff of the Group, including senior management and the Board, the Company has adopted a Code of Ethics applicable to the Chief Executive, the Finance Director, and other senior financial officers performing similar functions, with effect from 25 July 2017, as required by US securities laws. The Code of Ethics includes obligations for those senior financial officers to act with honesty and integrity in the performance of their duties and to promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosures in all reports and other documents submitted to the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the UK Financial Conduct Authority, and any other regulatory agency.

No waivers or exceptions to the Code of Ethics were granted in 2017.

Internal audit function

The Group’s internal audit function provides advice and guidance to the Group’s businesses on best practices in risk management and control systems. It is also responsible for carrying out audit checks on Group companies, other business units, and in relation to key global processes and does so against an audit plan presented annually to the Committee, which focuses on higher risk areas or processes in relation to the Group’s business. Following the acquisition of RAI, the internal audit function of RAI was integrated into the Group’s internal audit function and its existing ways of working with effect from 1 January 2018, reporting directly into the Group Head of Audit.

Financial reporting controls

The Group has in place a series of policies, practices and controls in relation to the financial reporting and consolidation process, which are designed to address key financial reporting risks, including risks arising from changes in the business or accounting standards and to provide assurance of the completeness and accuracy of the content of the Annual Report and Form 20-F.

A key area of focus is to assess whether the Annual Report and Form 20-F and financial statements are ‘fair, balanced and understandable’ in accordance with regulatory requirements, with particular regard to:

 

Fair: Consistency of reporting between the financial statements and narrative reporting of Group performance and coverage of an overall picture of the Group’s performance;

 

Balanced: Consistency of narrative reporting of significant accounting judgements and key matters considered by the Committee with disclosures of material judgements and uncertainties noted in the financial statements; appropriate prominence and explanation of primary and adjusted measures; and
Understandable: Clarity and structure of the Annual Report and Form 20-F and financial statements, appropriate emphasis of key messages, and use of succinct and focused narrative with strong linkage throughout the report, to provide shareholders with the information needed to assess the Group’s business, performance, strategy and financial position.

The Group Manual of Accounting Policies and Procedures sets out the Group accounting policies, its treatment of transactions and its internal reporting requirements. The internal reporting of financial information to prepare the Group’s half-yearly and year-end financial statements is signed off by the heads of finance responsible for the Group’s markets and business units. The heads of finance responsible for the Group’s markets and all senior managers must also confirm annually that all information relevant to the Group audit has been provided to the Directors and that reasonable steps have been taken to ensure full disclosure in response to requests for information from the external auditors.

The Chairman of the Committee participated in several internal Annual Report and Form 20-F drafting and review meetings, and engaged separately with the Finance Director during the drafting process.

The effectiveness of the Group’s financial reporting controls are assessed as part of the Control Navigator exercise described on page 68 and evaluated by internal audit in the context of the annual audit plan.

Group Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC)

The Committee is responsible for monitoring compliance with the SoBC, which underpins the Group’s commitment to good corporate behaviour. The SoBC requires all staff to act with a high degree of business integrity, comply with applicable laws and regulations, and ensure that standards are never compromised for the sake of results. Every Group company and all staff worldwide, including senior management and the Board, are expected to live up to the SoBC. Guidance on the SoBC is provided across the Group, including through training and awareness programmes, described further on pages 28 and 32.

Information on compliance with the SoBC is gathered at a regional and global level and reported to the Regional Audit and CSR Committees, Corporate Audit Committee, and to the Committee.

All Group companies have adopted the SoBC or local equivalent, with the exception of RAI Companies until 31 December 2017. The RAI Code of Conduct, adopted prior to acquisition and substantially in alignment with the SoBC, applied to RAI Companies for the full year 2017.

In the year to 31 December 2017, 183 instances of suspected improper conduct contrary to the SoBC were reported to the Committee (2016: 174) (excluding RAI Companies).

Of the instances reported (excluding RAI Companies), 78 were established as breaches and appropriate action taken (2016: 77). In 75 cases, an investigation found no wrongdoing (2016: 65). In 30 cases, the investigation continued at the year-end (2016: 32), including investigation, through external legal advisers, of allegations of misconduct.

The SoBC and information on the total number of incidents reported under it in 2017 (including established breaches), is available at www.bat.com/sobc.

In respect of RAI Companies, in the year to 31 December 2017, 123 instances of suspected improper conduct contrary to the RAI Code of Conduct were reported (2016: 157). Of the instances reported, 65 were established as breaches and appropriate action taken (2016: 73). In 57 cases, an investigation found no wrongdoing (2016: 84). In one case, the investigation continued at the year-end (2016: none).

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   69


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

                                  

Audit Comm ittee continued

 

SoBC

    

RAI Code of Conduct

BAT Group (excl. RAI Companies)      RAI Companies

Year to 31 December 2017

     

    

Year to 31 December 2017

     

 

LOGO

    

 

LOGO

The RAI Code of Conduct (applicable to RAI Companies until 31 December 2017), and information on the total number of incidents reported under it in 2017 (including established breaches), is available at http://www.reynoldsamerican.com/transforming -tobacco/ethics-and-compliance-resources.

RAI Companies adopted their localised version of the SoBC with effect from 1 January 2018, and any instances of suspected improper conduct contrary to their localised SoBC, and established breaches, will be reported on an aggregated Group basis from 2018 onwards.

Whistleblowing

The SoBC also sets out the Group’s whistleblowing policy, enabling staff, in confidence (and anonymously where they wish), to raise concerns without fear of reprisal, including concerns regarding accounting or auditing matters. The Group’s whistleblowing policy is supplemented by local procedures throughout the Group (including RAI Companies) and at the Group’s London headquarters, providing staff with further guidance on reporting matters and raising concerns, and the channels through which they can do so.

Following establishment of the Business Conduct & Compliance Department (discussed further at page 28), an extensive review of the Group’s whistleblowing procedures was conducted and a new global whistleblowing hotline was deployed across the Group from January 2018, to offer staff additional channels through which any concerns can be raised or matters reported, in a language with which they are comfortable and anonymously where they wish.

Of the total number of business conduct incidents reported in 2017 set out above (excluding RAI Companies), 131 were brought to management’s attention through whistleblowing reports from employees, ex-employees, third parties or unknown individuals reporting anonymously (2016: 115).

In respect of RAI Companies, of the total number of incidents reported under the RAI Code of Conduct in 2017 set out above, six were brought to the RAI board’s attention under the RAI whistleblowing policy from employees, ex-employees, third parties or unknown individuals reporting anonymously (2016: 5).

The Committee is satisfied that the Group’s policy and procedures enable proportionate and independent investigation of matters raised, and ensure that appropriate follow-up action is taken.

Political contributions

The Group does not make contributions to European Union (EU) political organisations or incur EU political expenditure. The total amount of political contributions made to non-EU political parties in 2017 was £4,832,321 (2016: £20,208) as follows:

RAI Companies reported political contributions totalling £4,826,416 (US$6,221,250) for the full year 2017 to US political organisations, non-federal-level political party committees and to campaign committees of various non-federal candidates, in accordance with their contributions programme established prior to the acquisition of RAI by the Group. No corporate contributions were made to federal candidates or political party committees and all contributions were made in accordance with applicable laws.

All political contributions made by RAI Companies are assessed and approved in accordance with RAI’s policies and procedures to ensure appropriate oversight and compliance with applicable laws.

In accordance with the US Federal Election Campaign Act, RAI Companies continue to support an employee-operated Political Action Committee (PAC), a non-partisan committee registered with the US Federal Election Commission that facilitates voluntary political donations by eligible employees of RAI Companies. According to US federal finance laws, the PAC is a separate segregated fund and is controlled by a governing board of individual employee-members of the PAC. In 2017, RAI Companies incurred expenses, as authorised by US law, in providing administrative support to the PAC.

Carreras Limited reported a contribution to the Jamaica Labour Party of £5,905 in 2017.

No other political contributions were reported.

Annual review

The Financial Reporting Council’s ‘Guidance on Risk Management and Internal Control and Related Business Reporting’ reflects the requirements of the Code regarding the applicability of, and compliance with, the Code’s provisions with regard to issues of risk and internal control management and related financial and business reporting.

The processes described above, and the reports that they give rise to, enable the Board and the Committee to monitor the issue of risk and internal control management on a continuing basis throughout the year and to review its effectiveness at the year-end. The Board, with advice from the Committee, has completed its annual review of the effectiveness of that system for 2017.

No significant failings or weaknesses were identified and the Board is satisfied that, where areas for improvement were identified, processes are in place to ensure that remedial action is taken and progress is monitored. The Board is satisfied that the system of risk and internal control management accords with the Code.

 

 

   
70   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Nominations Comm ittee

 

LOGO  

Richard Burrows

Chairman of

the Nominations

Committee

 
 
 

 

 

Nominations Committee current members

Richard Burrows (Chairman)

   Savio Kwan

Sue Farr

   Dr Pedro Malan

Ann Godbehere

   Lionel Nowell, III

Dr Marion Helmes

   Dimitri Panayotopoulos

Luc Jobin

   Kieran Poynter

Holly Keller Koeppel

    

 

  Attendance at meetings in 2017  
           

 

Attended/Eligible to attend

 
     

 

 

 
   Name    Member since      Scheduled      Ad hoc  

Richard Burrows

     2009        2/2        5/5  

Sue Farr 1(b)

     2015        2/2        4/5  

Ann Godbehere

     2011        2/2        5/5  

Dr Marion Helmes

     2016        2/2        5/5  

Luc Jobin 2(b)

     2017        0/0        2/2  

Holly Keller Koeppel 2(b)

     2017        0/0        2/2  

Savio Kwan

     2014        2/2        5/5  

Dr Pedro Malan 1(c)

     2015        2/2        3/5  

Dr Gerry Murphy 2(c)

     2009–2017        1/1        2/2  

Lionel Nowell, III 2(b)

     2017        0/0        2/2  

Dimitri Panayotopoulos

     2015        2/2        5/5  

Kieran Poynter

     2010        2/2        5/5  

Notes:

1.

  Number of meetings in 2017: (a) the Committee held seven meetings, five of which were convened at short notice; (b) Sue Farr did not attend the November ad hoc meeting, convened at short notice, due to other commitments; and (c) Dr Pedro Malan did not attend the ad hoc meetings in July and November, convened at short notice, due to other commitments.

2.

  Membership: (a) all members of the Committee are independent in accordance with Code Provision B.2.1.; (b) Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III became members of the Committee on 2 October 2017 following their appointment as Non-Executive Directors; and (c) Dr Gerry Murphy ceased to be a member of the Committee upon his retirement as a Non-Executive Director on 26 April 2017.

3.

 

Other attendees: the Chief Executive, Group Human Resources Director and Group Head of Talent & Organisation Effectiveness regularly attend meetings by invitation but are not members.

 

LOGO

  For the Committee’s terms of reference see
  www.bat.com/governance

 

 Introduction

 & Board

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

    

 

Nominations

Committee

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

Role

The Nominations Committee is responsible for:

 

reviewing the structure, size and composition of the Board and Management Board to ensure both have an appropriate balance of skills, expertise, knowledge and (for the Board) independence;

 

reviewing the succession plans for appointments to the Board and the Management Board, to maintain an appropriate balance of skills and experience;

 

ensuring that the procedure for appointing Directors is rigorous, transparent, objective and merit-based, and has regard for diversity;

 

making recommendations to the Board on suitable candidates for appointments to the Board and Management Board; and

 

assessing the time needed to fulfil the roles of Chairman, Senior Independent Director and Non-Executive Director, and ensuring Non-Executive Directors have sufficient time to fulfil their duties.

Key activities in 2017 – reviewing:

 

Executive Directors’ 2017 performance assessment;

 

Non-Executive Director appointments of Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III, discussed further below;

 

Board Committee appointments, including recommending to the Board the appointment of Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III to the Audit Committee, the appointment of Luc Jobin to the Remuneration Committee, and the appointment of each of them to the Nominations Committee, with effect from 2 October 2017 following their appointment as Non-Executive Directors;

 

Directors’ annual appointment and re-election at the AGM, discussed below;

 

organisational changes to deliver the Group’s strategic agenda, and making recommendations to the Board to:

 

  appoint a new Chief Operating Officer for the Group’s international business (excluding the United States), a new Chief Marketing Officer, and to make the other Management Board appointments discussed on page 59; and

 

  reduce the number of Group Regions from four to three, and for each new Regional Director for the Group’s international business to report to the Chief Operating Officer, with effect from 1 January 2018;

 

the Nominations Committee effectiveness following the Board evaluation process, discussed further on pages 63 and 64;

 

the Group Talent Strategy, talent development priorities and the key programmes underpinning the Group’s commitment to investment in engaging, developing and retaining talent, including graduate recruitment initiatives;

 

diversity initiatives to further develop a diverse and gender-balanced workplace, progress made in engaging, developing and retaining a diverse talent pool, and consideration of the findings and recommendations of the Parker Review Committee’s Report into Ethnic Diversity of UK Boards;

 

the results of the 2017 global ‘Your Voice’ survey of employee opinion across the Group;

 

succession planning for the Board and for the Management Board, including to take account of the integration of RAI Companies and the Group’s commitment to investing in the NGP portfolio; and

 

the progress of bespoke development plans for candidates for Executive Director and Management Board roles (covering the key experience required for further progression, mentoring and education opportunities).
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   71


Table of Contents

 

 Directors’ Report 

 

                                  

Nominations Comm ittee continued

 

Board appointments

The Committee is responsible for identifying candidates for positions on the Board. This process includes an evaluation of the skills and experience to be looked for in candidates to ensure continuing Board balance and relevant experience. The selection process generally involves interviews with several candidates, using the services of independent, specialist external search firms to identify and shortlist appropriate candidates. The Committee is also responsible for implementing the Board Diversity Policy and monitoring progress towards achievement of its objectives, discussed further on page 62.

Following the acquisition of RAI, and pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Merger with RAI, the Board appointed three new Non-Executive Directors, selected from a pool of Directors on the Board of RAI prior to acquisition.

The Committee identified Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III for appointment as Non-Executive Directors following a rigorous assessment of the potential candidates’ skills, expertise, experience, independence and consumer focus. The Committee also considered the candidates’ diversity of ethnicity, nationality, gender and thinking styles, taking into account the principles now reflected in the Board Diversity Policy, and undertook an assessment of the Board’s composition against peer company boards to identify areas for specific focus. The Committee considered each of the candidates in detail, and the Committee then proposed the recommended appointments to the Board.

This selection process was supported by Egon Zehnder, an independent executive search firm accredited under the Enhanced Code of Conduct for Executive Search Firms, including on gender diversity.

Board retirements in 2017

Dr Gerry Murphy retired as a Non-Executive Director of the Company with effect from the conclusion of the Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017.

Terms of appointment to the Board

Details of the Directors’ terms of appointment to the Board are contained in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which is set out in full in the Remuneration Report 2015, contained in the Annual Report for the year ended 2015 available at www.bat.com.

The Executive Directors have rolling contracts of one year. The Non-Executive Directors do not have service contracts with the Company but instead have letters of appointment for one year. Their expected time commitment is 25–30 days per year.

The Board considers the need for it to refresh its membership progressively over time. Non-Executive Directors are normally expected to serve for up to six years, and any additional service beyond six years would be subject to rigorous review. Further details of Director appointments and the Company’s policy on payments for loss of office are outlined in the Summary of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy in the Remuneration Report.

Annual General Meeting 2018

Ann Godbehere and Dr Pedro Malan will be retiring from the Board at the conclusion of this year’s AGM on 25 April 2018. Ms Godbehere has served as a Non-Executive Director since October 2011, and Dr Malan has served as a Non-Executive Director since February 2015.

The Company will be submitting all other eligible Directors for re-election and, in the case of Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III, election for the first time.

Prior to making recommendations to the Board in respect of Directors’ submission for election or re-election (as applicable), the Committee carried out an assessment of each Non-Executive Director, including their continued independence.

In respect of the reappointment of Kieran Poynter, who will have served as a Non-Executive Director for just over seven years at the time of the 2018 AGM, the Committee conducted a particularly rigorous review, taking into account his performance as the Senior Independent Director and Chairman of the Audit Committee, his annual performance review, and his record of full attendance at meetings of the Board and Committees to which he is appointed. The performance review conducted as part of the Board evaluation process is discussed on page 64.

The Committee concluded that Mr Poynter contributed strongly to Board and Board Committee debate, offered valuable insight and constructive challenge, and continued to demonstrate his independence of thought and approach. Accordingly, the Committee considered it appropriate to recommend Mr Poynter’s submission for re-election to the Board.

The Chairman’s letter accompanying the AGM Notice confirms that all Directors being proposed for election or re-election (as applicable) are effective and that they continue to demonstrate commitment to their roles as Non-Executive Directors.

 

 

   
72   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Annual State ment

on Remune ration

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

 

    

 

Nominations

Committee

 

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

 

     

Responsibility   

of Directors  

 

 

 
LOGO  

Dimitri

Panayotopoulos

Chairman of the

Remuneration

Committee

 

  Index to our Remuneration Report
   

 

    1.   Overview of what our Executive Directors earned in 2017 and why    75
   

 

    2.   Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017    76
   

 

    3.   Executive Directors’ remuneration for the upcoming year    82
   

 

    4.   Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017    85
   

 

    5.   Directors’ share interests    86
   

 

    6.   Other disclosures    89
   

 

    7.   The Remuneration Committee and shareholder engagement    91
   

 

    8.   Summary of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy    94
   

 

The following Annual Report on Remuneration has been prepared in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Companies Act 2006 and as prescribed in The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Group (Accounts and Reports) (Amendment) Regulations 2013 (the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations). Where required and for the purpose of the audit conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (ISA) data has been audited by KPMG LLP and this is indicated appropriately.

 

 

Dear Shareholder

Business context

2017 was a significant year for BAT with the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of Reynolds American Inc. (RAI) the Group did not already own.

The acquisition creates a stronger, global tobacco and Next Generation Products company committed to delivering sustained long-term profit growth and returns. Work on integration is underway and the Remuneration Committee is provided with regular updates on remuneration related matters for the enlarged group.

How remuneration aligns with Strategy

The Remuneration Committee believes that the Remuneration Policy adopted by our shareholders in April 2016 has continued to work effectively, as evidenced by a clear link between the performance of the Company and the reward outcomes generated.

The acquisition has however led the Remuneration Committee to determine to exercise its judgement, provided under our Policy, in respect of the impact of the RAI acquisition on incentives and the choice of performance metrics going forward. Both are articulated in full in the body of the Remuneration Report and are summarised below:

 

The acquisition of the remaining shares in RAI on 25 July 2017 has an impact on the operation of the Company’s in-progress short-term and long-term incentive schemes. As the transaction occurred in the second part of the year the Remuneration Committee has determined that:

 

  RAI results will be stripped out entirely from the BAT 2017 short-term incentive (STI) performance scheme metrics. Consequently, the 2017 STI result will be based on BAT performance only.

 

  RAI results will be stripped out entirely from the calculation of the adjusted revenue growth metric relating to the 2017 performance year within the 2015, 2016 and 2017 long-term incentive plan (LTIP) awards, and from the operating cash flow conversion metric relating to the 2017 performance year within the 2016 and 2017 LTIP awards. The 2017 performance of these two metrics will be based solely on BAT performance. No adjustments will be made in respect of the two EPS metrics or to the TSR metric for 2017 since the Remuneration Committee has concluded that they are neither necessary nor possible.

 

  RAI results will be wholly reflected within the 2018 short-term incentive scheme and also within the 2018 performance year attaching to the 2016, 2017 and 2018 LTIP awards. In order to ensure that 2018 performance is compared on an appropriate like-for-like basis, the 2017 base period will be restated, where required, to include RAI results for the full year.
The Remuneration Committee seeks to ensure that the performance metrics within the short and long-term incentive schemes continue to be aligned to objectives integral to the Company’s long-term strategic vision. To that end it has decided to make some important changes to performance metrics for the 2018 short-term incentive scheme:

 

  The introduction of a new value-creation metric measuring adjusted revenue growth of our Strategic Portfolio, with a 30% weighting attached to it. The Strategic Portfolio comprises our existing Global Drive Brands, combined with RAI’s Strategic Brands – Camel, Natural American Spirit and Newport. Importantly, our Strategic Portfolio also includes our potentially reduced-risk products, including our key oral tobacco brands and NGP brands in vapour and THP, which are the focus of significant investment activity and therefore merit inclusion.

 

  The new metric will replace the Global Drive Brand (GDB) & Key Strategic Brand (KSB) volume growth metric. The Group share of Key Markets metric is retained with a weighting reduced from 20% to 10%.

 

  The adjusted profit from operations (APFO) and adjusted cash generated from operations (Adjusted CGFO) metrics retain their combined 60% weighting. However, the weight of Adjusted CGFO has increased to 30% (from 20%), with a compensatory reduction in APFO (weighting reduced from 40% to 30%), reflecting the importance attaching to cash generation in light of the RAI acquisition.

The external environment

The Remuneration Committee is very aware of the continued debate on executive remuneration and corporate governance. This is placing increased focus on long-term alignment with shareholders and is emphasising the importance of taking account of executive compensation within a broader context, particularly in relation to a business’ employees. The Board takes its corporate responsibilities very seriously. We are pleased to note that BAT has ranked in the upper quartile of the Institute of Directors’ Good Governance Report. Our Sustainability Report provides further information on how we engage with stakeholders and on our corporate behaviour. Our People section highlights some of the actions we are taking to improve diversity in our business.

Our long-term incentive arrangements already provide for a five-year time horizon and our Executive Directors’ shareholding requirements rank amongst the highest in the FTSE 100 with the Chief Executive required to hold five times his base salary in shares and our Finance Director three and a half times. Actual shareholdings far exceed these requirements with the Chief Executive owning over 13 times his base salary in BAT shares and the Finance Director over seven times.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   73


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report  

 

                                  

Annual Statement on Re mune ration continued

 

The Remuneration Committee has followed and discussed the various contributions to the debate on executive pay and will continue to do so. As a broad principle we remain supportive of those initiatives that add transparency and focus on simplicity and internal consistency.

Taking these themes on board, we have taken the opportunity to review our Remuneration Report and have shortened it where possible and restructured the report which we hope readers will find helpful.

In March 2018, we will be publishing data relating to UK Gender Pay in line with statutory requirements. Upon reviewing the data prior to publication, the Committee noted that men and women are rewarded equally for similar roles, the Group does have a “gender pay gap” as defined by the UK legislation. This is largely a reflection of having more men than women in senior roles and the Group has a comprehensive set of diversity initiatives in place by way of which we will to continue to prioritise progress on this issue.

How pay outcomes align with Group results

As highlighted earlier, our incentive arrangements are closely linked to our strategy and our performance metrics align with the key performance indicators stated in the Strategic Report.

The Group has once again delivered a strong set of results in 2017, building on the long-term strategic growth agenda across all key business metrics. Group revenue was up by 37.6%, or 2.9% on an adjusted organic basis at constant rates of exchange, driven by excellent volume performance and good pricing. Profit from operations increased by 39.1%. On an organic basis at constant rates of exchange APFO grew by 4%. Please refer to page 218 to 219 for definitions of these measures and a reconciliation of these measures to the most appropriate IFRS measure where applicable.

These results are reflected positively in the outcomes of the respective measures for both the STI and the LTIP. The corporate result for the STI across the four measures (Group share of Key Markets; GDB and KSB volumes; APFO; and Adjusted CGFO) was 81%. The 2015 LTIP award with KPIs representing EPS, TSR and adjusted revenue growth will vest in March 2017 at 96.1%. This vesting result is an accurate reflection of the sustained outstanding performance of the Company and bears testimony to the importance the Remuneration Committee attaches to maintaining a strong link between underlying performance and the outcomes of managerial incentive schemes. More details of these STI and LTIP outcomes are given in the short-term incentives and long-term incentives sections of this report.

Individual performance adjustment factor

As part of the Remuneration Committee’s discussions on the STI outcomes, in accordance with our Remuneration Policy consideration was given to the appropriate individual performance adjustment factor to the STI outcome based on Group performance.

The Remuneration Committee has concluded that both the Chief Executive and the Finance Director have both shown exceptional leadership during 2017. In particular the Remuneration Committee identified the following key achievements against challenging personal objectives in the year:

 

The successful completion of the RAI acquisition, the biggest tobacco acquisition in history, and the major progress made integrating the RAI business into the BAT Group. This will deliver the benefits of this major strategic acquisition to shareholders over the medium to long term.
Delivering strong results on an organic basis while continuing to invest in NGP brands over and above what was forecast. The management team have therefore delivered short-term success while positioning BAT’s product offering to ensure long-term shareholder value growth.

Consequently, in the Committee’s judgement, these outstanding personal performances merited the application of an individual adjustment factor of 20%. The impact of the performance adjustment factors are as follows:

 

for the Chief Executive, an award of 202.6% of salary based on corporate performance is adjusted upwards by 20% based on our assessment of his individual performance, to 243.1% of base salary; and

 

for the Finance Director, an award of 154.0% of salary based on corporate performance is adjusted upwards by 20% based on our assessment of his individual performance, to 184.8% of base salary.

2018 salaries

The Remuneration Committee considered salary increases for Executive Directors in the context of the level of pay increases for UK employees. These ranged between 0% and 7.3% based on performance in the prior year, with an average increase of 3%.

The Remuneration Committee also recognised the fact that the Group is now a significantly more complex organisation as a result of both the acquisition and organic growth, with increased profit from operations (up 39.1%), revenue (up 37.6%) and volumes (up 3.2%) from 2016, and noted the exceptional individual performance shown during the year.

In this context, the Remuneration Committee decided that the Executive Directors should receive salary increases within the range of those for our high performing UK employees. With effect from 1 April 2018 the Chief Executive’s salary will be increased to £1,310,000 (+4.8%); and the Finance Director’s salary will be increased to £924,000 (+3.5%).

Our focus for 2018

During 2018 the Remuneration Committee will undertake a full review of our existing Remuneration Policy – taking into account the updated UK Corporate Governance Code and any further changes to regulations and guidance – in anticipation of presenting a new Policy for our shareholders to consider at our 2019 AGM.

Dimitri Panayotopoulos

Chairman, Remuneration Committee

21 February 2018

 

 

 

   
74   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Annual Re port

on Remun eration

 Introduction    

 & Board    

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

    

 

Nominations

Committee

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

Responsibility     

of Directors    

 

 

1: Overview of what our Executive Directors earned in 2017 and why

What our Executive Directors earned in 2017 – audited

 

                     
Single figure
for Executive
          Salary      Taxable benefits      Short-term incentives      Long-term incentives             Pension      Other emoluments             Total  
Directors            £’000              £’000              £’000              £’000              £’000              £’000              £’000  
      2017      2016          2017      2016      2017      2016      2017      2016 1          2017      2016      2017      2016      2017      2016  

Nicandro

     1,235        1,190        218        235        3,039        2,975        6,590        3,535        307        352        34        26        11,423        8,313  

Durante

                                         

Ben Stevens

     887        867        167        100        1,650        1,647        3,602        1,969        305        309        16        18        6,627        4,910  

Total

     2,122        2,057        385        335        4,689        4,622        10,192        5,504        612        661        50        44        18,050        13,223  

Note:

1. Long-term incentives shown for 2016: in accordance with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations, estimates for the values of the vesting 2014 LTIP awards were given in the Annual Report on Remuneration 2016; these amounts have been re-presented to show the actual market value on the date of vesting in 2017.  

Further information in respect of this remuneration can be found in Section 2 on page 76.

How this aligns to performance

 

Short-term incentives for the performance period ended in 2017
Vesting at:  
Chief Executive: corporate performance – 202.6% of salary; individual performance – 40.5% of salary; total – 243.1% of salary
Finance Director: corporate performance – 154.0% of salary; individual performance – 30.8% of salary; total – 184.8% of salary
Adjusted profit from operations (APFO)   Global Drive Brands (GDBs) and Key Strategic Brands (KSBs)

at constant rates of exchange

+4% organic growth 1

 

total volume

+7.5% organic growth

 

    

   
Group share of Key Markets   Adjusted cash generated from operations (Adjusted CGFO)
+40 bps  

at constant rates of exchange

Exceeded the maximum performance level set by the Remuneration Committee

 

    

 

   
Long-term incentives for the three year performance period ended in 2017
Vesting at 96.1%    
Total shareholder return (TSR)   100% achievement
3 out of 23 in FMCG comparator group 2015–2017   (25% of award vesting out of possible 25%)
     
Adjusted diluted earnings per share (EPS) growth   100% achievement
11.0% CAGR at current rates of exchange   (50% of award vesting out of possible 50%)
     
Adjusted revenue growth 2   84.4% achievement
4.4% CAGR at constant rates of exchange   (21.1% of award vesting out of possible 25%)
     

Notes:

1. Adjusted profit from operations: performance is rounded to the nearest 1%.

 

2. Adjusted revenue growth: this measure was referred to as growth in net turnover in previous annual reports and has been updated to align with Group reporting practices. This change to the name of the measure has no impact on the performance measured or the targets used.

Non-GAAP measures

Adjusted profit from operations (APFO), adjusted cash generated from operations (Adjusted CGFO), adjusted diluted EPS, adjusted revenue and operating cash flow conversion ratio are non-GAAP measures used by the Remuneration Committee to assess performance. Please refer to pages 218 to 222 for definitions of these measures and a reconciliation of these measures to the most directly comparable IFRS measure where applicable.

For the purposes of the Remuneration Report in relation to STI and LTIP performance measures, APFO, Adjusted CGFO, adjusted revenue and operating cash flow conversion ratio for 2017 are measured on an organic basis to exclude the impact of 2017 acquisitions and, in the case of APFO, Adjusted CGFO and operating cash flow conversion ratio, are further adjusted to exclude one-off payments related to the integration of RAI.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   75


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

2: Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017

Total remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017 – audited

 

    

Nicandro Durante

    Ben Stevens    

 

For further  
information  

 
    2017     2016         2017     2016        
    £’000     £’000         £’000     £’000        

Salary

              1,235                 1,190           887       867          

Taxable benefits 1

           

– car allowance

    16       16         14       14    

– health insurance

    6       8         9       8    

– tax advice

    6       28                  

– use of company driver

    64       68         80       73    

– home and personal security

    115       109         44       3    

– other expenses related to individual and/or accompanied attendance at company functions/events

    11       6           20       2          

Total taxable benefits

    218       235         167       100    

Short-term incentives

           

STI vesting percentage (% of maximum)

    97.2%       100%         97.2%       100%    

STI: cash – Group performance element

    1,266       1,487.5         687.5       823.5    

STI: cash – Individual performance adjustment factor

    507               275          

STI: DSBS – Group performance deferred element

    1,266       1,487.5           687.5       823.5          

Total short-term incentives

    3,039       2,975                   1,650                 1,647               Page 77  

Long-term incentives

           

LTIP vesting percentage (% of maximum)

    96.1%       46%         96.1%       46%    

LTIP value to vest

    6,018 2       3,242 3         3,289 2       1,806 3    

Dividend equivalent

    572       293 4           313       163 4          

Total long-term incentives

    6,590       3,535         3,602       1,969       Page 79  
           

Total pension-related benefits

    307       352 5           305       309       Page 80  

Other emoluments

           

Life insurance

    26       22         12       14    

Share Reward Scheme (value of ordinary shares awarded)

    4       4         4       4    

Sharesave Scheme (face value of discount on options granted)

    4 6                                

Total other emoluments

    34       26           16       18          

Total remuneration

    11,423       8,313           6,627       4,910          

Notes:

1. Taxable benefits: the figures shown are gross amounts as in line with the UK market; it is the normal practice of the Company to pay the tax which may be due on any benefits, with the exception of the car or car allowance. Ben Stevens’ home and personal security benefit in 2017 includes costs associated with installation of a new home security system.

 

2. LTIP award shown for 2017: the 2015 LTIP award is due to vest on 27 March 2018 based on performance to 31 December 2017. The value shown is based on the average share price for the three-month period ended 31 December 2017 of 4,913.85p.

 

3. LTIP award shown for 2016: the values disclosed in the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2016 were estimated values as the award had not vested by the date of that report; these amounts have been re-presented based on the actual market value on the date of vesting of 28 March 2017 of 5,219p.

 

4. LTIP dividend equivalent payments: in prior years the values disclosed have been the dividend equivalent amount paid during the year being reported on. However, to improve this disclosure we now report the dividend equivalent payment that will attach to the LTIP award that is included in the Single Figure Table. The values for the year ended 31 December 2016 have been restated on this basis.

 

5. Total pension-related benefits: Nicandro Durante’s pension-related benefits for the year ended 31 December 2016 have been re-presented in accordance with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations.

 

6. Sharesave Scheme: the value disclosed for the year ended 31 December 2017 represents the difference between the closing share price on the working day prior to the start of the invitation period (24 February 2017) of 5,070p, and the option price of 4,056p.

 

   
76   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

Short-term incentives for the year ended 31 December 2017

Timing of disclosures

The Remuneration Committee considers annually the question of commercial confidentiality and the sensitivity of bonus targets and results. This review is considered against a background of the Group operating in a highly consolidated industry and being the largest tobacco and potentially reduced-risk products business in the world outside China, with its two key competitors not subject to the same regulatory disclosures.

Specific performance measures, their weightings and actual performance/results achieved in 2017 are disclosed. The specific performance targets for each measure are considered to be commercially sensitive. The Remuneration Committee considers that its competitors would gain significant commercial insights into the Group’s specific objectives and key priorities for its brands and markets if actual targets were disclosed year-on-year; such disclosure would be prejudicial to the interests of the Company and its shareholders.

The specific performance targets for each measure will only be disclosed retrospectively, at the earliest, in the Annual Report on Remuneration which relates to the period of 12 months after the end of the relevant STI performance period. It is expected that the specific Threshold and Maximum targets for the STI performance period ended 31 December 2017 will be published in March 2019 in the Annual Report on Remuneration for 2018.

 

 

Disclosure of the specific targets for the STI in the year ended 31 December 2016, and the outcomes against those targets, are included on page 89.

 

 

STI performance measures, weightings and results for year ended 31 December 2017

 

 

STI: performance measure

 

  

 

Description of measure 2017

 

  

 

Actual performance 2017

 

 

Adjusted profit from operations (APFO) (growth over prior year) Weighting: 40%

 

Strategic target or objective The medium- to long-term target is to grow adjusted profit from operations on average by 5–7% per year.

 

  

 

APFO is the adjusted profit from operations at constant rates of exchange for the year ended 31 December 2017.

  

 

APFO growth over the prior year of 4% on an organic basis.*

 

Strategic Report: Delivering our strategy – Productivity

 

* Performance is rounded to the nearest 1%.

 

 

Group’s share of Key Markets (growth over prior year)

Weighting: 20%

 

Strategic target or objective

To continue to grow market share.

  

 

The Group’s retail market share in its Key Markets accounts for around 80% of the volumes of the Group’s subsidiaries. The Group’s share is calculated from data supplied by retail audit service providers and is rebased as and when the Group’s Key Markets change. When rebasing does occur, the Company will also restate history and provide fresh comparative data on the markets.

  

 

Global market share in key markets grew by 40bps.

 

Strategic Report: Delivering our strategy –   Growth

 

Global Drive Brands (GDB) and Key Strategic Brands (KSB) volumes (growth over prior year)

Weighting: 20%

 

Strategic target or objective

To increase our GDB and KSB volumes faster than the rest of the portfolio.

  

 

GDB volumes comprise the cigarette volumes of Dunhill, Kent, Lucky Strike, Pall Mall and Rothmans, and include volumes of the Fine Cut variants of those brands sold in Western Europe.

 

KSB volumes comprise the cigarette volumes of State Express 555 and Shuang Xi associated with the joint venture with China National Tobacco Corporation in China.

 

GDB and KSB volumes are assessed on an organic basis.

  

 

GDB and KSB volumes grew by 7.5% on an organic basis.

 

Strategic Report: Delivering our strategy – Growth

 

Adjusted cash generated from operations (Adjusted CGFO)

(as against adjusted budget) Weighting: 20%

 

Strategic target or objective

A specific target is set at each year for this measure with the aim to generate the optimal level cash flow while continuing to invest to support the short-, medium- and long-term requirements of the business.

 

  

 

Adjusted CGFO is defined as the net cash generated from operating activities, before the impact of adjusting items, dividends paid to non-controlling interests and received from associates, net interest paid and net capital expenditure.

 

Adjusted CGFO is measured at constant rates of exchange.

  

 

Adjusted CGFO exceeded the maximum performance level set by the Remuneration Committee.

 

Strategic Report: Delivering our strategy – Productivity

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   77


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

 

Impact of the RAI acquisition on short-term incentives in 2017

Following the acquisition of the remaining shares of RAI the Group did not already own on 25 July 2017 the Committee has taken time to consider how the impact of this major acquisition should be treated for the purposes of the 2017 short-term incentive scheme. As a result of this review, the following treatments have been applied in respect of the RAI acquisition.

For all measures 2017 performance is based on organic BAT performance, excluding share, profit, cash and volumes from RAI (and other acquisitions). Further to this, consistent application dictates that all non-adjusting acquisition-related costs (such as capital expenditure and net financing costs) are also removed.

The Remuneration Committee believe this is the correct, fair and appropriate way to treat the acquisition of RAI.

Consideration of individual performance adjustment factor

In addition to the Company-based STI corporate performance measures, the Remuneration Committee has also reviewed each Executive Director’s personal performance against a weighted set of operational and strategic measures. These were agreed as their specific individual objectives at the beginning of the year and depend on the priorities for each Director’s area of responsibility in the context of the delivery of Group strategy. Personal performance rated as ‘Outstanding’ can result in an adjustment factor of up to 20% to the corporate STI result but is subject to the applicable maximum award limit. Personal performance rated as ‘Requires Improvement’ results in any corporate STI result being reduced by 50%.

The Remuneration Committee exercised its discretion to rate the Executive Directors as follows: Chief Executive ‘Outstanding’ and Finance Director ‘Outstanding’. These ratings resulted in the STI outcomes for both Executive Directors being increased by 20% to give a total short-term incentive result of 243.1% and 184.8% respectively. The Remuneration Committee has concluded that both the Chief Executive and the Finance Director have shown exceptional leadership during 2017. In particular the Remuneration Committee identified the following key achievements against challenging personal objectives in the year:

 

The successful completion of the RAI acquisition, the biggest tobacco acquisition in history, and the major progress made integrating the RAI business into the BAT Group. This will deliver the benefits of this major strategic acquisition to shareholders over the medium to long-term.

 

Delivering strong results on an organic basis while continuing to invest in NGP brands over and above what was forecast. The management team have therefore delivered short term success while positioning BAT’s product offering to ensure long-term shareholder value growth.

STI outcome for year ended 31 December 2017

           
     

Available STI award as

% of base salary

     Group % result      Individual
performance
adjustment factor %
     STI award achieved
% of base salary
     STI award achieved
£’000
(Value shown in
Single Figure  Table)
 

Nicandro Durante

     250%        81%        20%        243.1%        3,039  

Ben Stevens

     190%        81%        20%        184.8%        1,650  

50% of the award in respect of the Group result will be paid in cash and 50% as an award of deferred ordinary shares under the DSBS. The award in respect of the individual performance adjustment factor will be paid in cash.

Note:

1. DSBS: awards made under the DSBS are in the form of free ordinary shares in the Company that normally vest after three years and no further performance conditions apply in that period. In certain circumstances, such as resigning before the end of the three-year period, participants may forfeit all of the shares. Malus-only provisions apply for DSBS share awards made from 2014 and clawback provisions operate from 2016 STI cash awards.

 

   
78   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 


 

Long-term incentives (LTIP) for the year ended 31 December 2017

LTIP performance measures, weightings and results for the year ended 31 December 2017 – audited

 

LTIP: performance measure

 

 

 

Description of measure and target for 2015 LTIP

Performance period 1 January 2015 – 31 December 2017

 

 

Result achieved

 

 

Vesting percentage

 

Relative TSR 1

Relative to a peer group of

  2015–2017 LTIP target    

Ranked 3 out of 23

(above upper

quartile)

 

25%

(out of maximum

of 25%)

 

 

   
international FMCG companies   Threshold   At median, 6% vests    
 

 

   

 

Weighting: 25%

  Maximum   At upper quartile, 25% vests        
EPS growth       11.0% CAGR  

50%

(out of maximum

of 50%)

Compound annual growth   2015–2017 LTIP target      
 

 

   
in adjusted diluted EPS   Threshold   At CAGR of 5%, 8% vests    
 

 

   
measured at current rates of exchange   Maximum   At CAGR of 10%, 50% vests    
Weighting: 50%                
Adjusted revenue growth 2       4.4% CAGR  

21.1%

(out of maximum

of 25%)

Compound annual growth measured at constant rates of exchange   2015–2017 LTIP target      
 

 

   
  Threshold   At CAGR of 2%, 6% vests    
 

 

   

 

Weighting: 25%

 

Maximum

 

 

At CAGR of 5%, 25% vests

 

       

Underpin for adjusted revenue growth measure 2

Measured at constant rates of exchange

  The adjusted revenue growth measure can only vest provided the corresponding three-year CAGR of APFO exceeds the CAGR of the threshold performance level for APFO as approved annually in the STI and approved by the Board.   The underpin was exceeded with reference to the APFO STI outcomes for 2015, 2016 and 2017.
Total vesting level               96.1% vesting

Notes:

1. Relative TSR: the constituents of the FMCG peer group are listed on page 84.

 

2. Adjusted revenue growth: this measure was referred to as growth in net turnover in previous annual reports and has been updated to align with Group reporting practices.
   This change to the name of the measure has no impact on the performance measured or the targets used.

Impact of the RAI acquisition on 2015 LTIP awards

Following the acquisition of the remaining shares of RAI the Group did not already own on 25 July 2017 the Committee has taken time to consider how the impact of this major acquisition should be treated for the purposes of the 2017 performance year within the 2015 LTIP award. As a result of this review, the following treatments have been applied in respect of the RAI acquisition.

 

Relative TSR and EPS growth – no further adjustments were needed as the incremental costs and benefits associated with the acquisition are already factored into performance.

 

Adjusted revenue growth and underpin – the 2017 performance year was measured based on organic BAT performance (excluding the impact of RAI and other 2017 acquisitions) to allow for a like-for-like comparison.

The Remuneration Committee believe this is the correct, fair and appropriate way to treat the acquisition of RAI.

LTIP outcome for year ended 31 December 2017

 

             
     Number of
ordinary shares
subject to award
    Vesting %
achieved
(based on
2015–2017
performance
period)
    Number of
ordinary shares
to vest
    Value of ordinary 
shares to vest 1
£’000 
   

Dividend  

equivalent  

payment on  

vesting 2

£’000  

   

Total value  
to vest  

£’000  

(Value shown in  

Single Figure  

Table)  

Nicandro Durante

    127,448       96.1%       122,477       6,018       572     6,590  

Ben Stevens

    69,641       96.1%       66,925       3,289       313     3,602  

These LTIP awards are due to vest on 27 March 2018, and will become exercisable on that same date.

Notes:

 

1. The value of ordinary shares to vest shown above is based on the average share price for the three-month period ended 31 December 2017 of 4,913.85p.

 

2. The dividend equivalent amount shown above that will become payable on vesting is the value of the dividend equivalents accrued on the proportion of the award that is due to vest.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   79


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

Executive Directors’ pension entitlements and accruals for the year ended 31 December 2017 – audited

Nicandro Durante

 

     
Pension values   

Accrued pension
at year end

31 Dec 2017
£’000

    Additional value
of pension on
early retirement
 

UURBS (UK)

     142       –   

Total

     142       –   

Nicandro Durante’s UURBS pension entitlements are derived as follows:

 

(1) Effective from 1 March 2006 (being the date of his appointment as a member of the Management Board), an accrual of 0.65% for each year of service on a basic sterling salary comparable to that of a General Manager of Souza Cruz S.A. At retirement the pension will be based on a 12 months’ average and will be provided through the UURBS.

 

(2) With effect from 1 January 2011 (being the date of his appointment as Chief Executive Designate), Nicandro Durante commenced an accrual of 2.5% for each year of service on a basic salary in excess of that stated in (1) above. At retirement the pension is based on a 12 months’ average and will be provided through the UURBS.

Total accrued pension is the amount of pension that would be paid annually on retirement based on service to the end of the year.

 

The pension-related benefits disclosed in the single figures for Executive Directors’ remuneration represent Nicandro Durante’s net accrual for the period, being the differential between his total pension entitlements as at 31 December 2016 (adjusted for inflation) and as at 31 December 2017, multiplied by 20 in accordance with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations.

Nicandro Durante receives a pension in payment from the Fundação Albino Souza Cruz (FASC) from Souza Cruz S.A., a Brazilian registered wholly owned subsidiary of the Group. This pension benefit has been in payment since April 2012 and currently amounts to approximately £420,280 per annum (after adjusting for currency exchange) reflecting his 31 years’ service at Souza Cruz.

Ben Stevens

 

     
Pension values   

Accrued pension
at year end

31 Dec 2017
£’000

    Additional value
of pension on
early retirement
 

British American Tobacco UK Pension Fund

     98       –   

UURBS (UK)

     311       –   

Total

     409       –   

Ben Stevens joined the UK Pension Fund after 1989 and before the closure of its non-contributory defined benefit section to new members in April 2005. As a result, prior to 6 April 2006, he was subject to the HM Revenue & Customs cap on pensionable earnings (notionally £154,800 for the tax year 2017/8). In addition, he has an unfunded pension promise from the Company in respect of earnings above the cap on an equivalent basis to the benefits provided by the UK Pension Fund. This is provided through the UURBS. Further to the changes to the applicable tax regulations, Ben Stevens has reached his lifetime allowance of £1.8 million and therefore has ceased accrual in the Pension Fund with all future benefits being provided through membership of the UURBS. During the year, there has been no change to the overall pension entitlement of Ben Stevens.

Total accrued pension is the amount of pension that would be paid annually on retirement based on service to the end of the year.

 

The pension-related benefits disclosed in the single figures for Executive Directors’ remuneration represent Ben Stevens’ net accrual for the period, being the differential between his total pension entitlements as at 31 December 2016 (adjusted for inflation) and as at 31 December 2017, multiplied by 20 in accordance with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations.

These commitments are included in note 12 on the Accounts. UK Pension Fund members are entitled to receive increases in their pensions once in payment, in line with price inflation (as measured by the Retail Prices Index) up to 6% per annum.

Note:

1. UK Pension Fund: this is non-contributory. Voluntary contributions paid by an Executive Director and resulting benefits are not shown. No excess retirement benefits have been paid to or are receivable by an Executive Director or past Executive Director.

 

   
80   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

  Introduction 

  & Board

 

 

     

Audit

Committee

 

     

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

Other information relating to our Chief Executive’s remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017

Chief Executive’s pay – comparative figures 2009 to 2017

 

Year      2009        2010        2011        2012        2013        2014        2015        2016      2017  
Chief Executive‘s ‘single figure’ of total remuneration (£’000)                                           

Paul Adams 1

(to 28 February 2011)

       7,713          8,858          5,961          n/a          n/a          n/a          n/a          n/a        n/a  

Nicandro Durante 2

(from 1 March 2011)

       n/a          n/a          5,589          6,340          6,674          3,617          4,543          8,313 3        11,423  
Annual bonus (STI) paid against maximum opportunity (%)                                           

Paul Adams 1

(to 28 February 2011)

       67.7          87.0          100          n/a          n/a          n/a          n/a          n/a        n/a  

Nicandro Durante 2

(from 1 March 2011)

       n/a          n/a          100          85.0          81.3          73.2          100          100        97.2  
Long-term incentive (LTIP) paid against maximum opportunity (%)                                           

Paul Adams 1

(to 28 February 2011)

       100          100          100          n/a          n/a          n/a          n/a          n/a        n/a  

Nicandro Durante 2

(from 1 March 2011)

       n/a          n/a          100          87.1          49.2          0.0          8.7          46.0        96.1  

Notes:

1. Paul Adams: (a) historic data is taken from the Remuneration Reports for the relevant years and is recast (as appropriate) on the basis of the ‘single figure’ calculation as prescribed in the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations; (b) he retired as Chief Executive on 28 February 2011 which affected his STI and LTIP as follows in accordance with the rules of those schemes: (i) his STI for the year ended 31 December 2010 was paid as a 100% cash bonus instead of 50% in cash and 50% in deferred ordinary shares; (ii) the outstanding LTIP awards of ordinary shares vested immediately on his retirement either in full (2008 Award) or on a time-apportioned basis (2009 Award and 2010 Award); and (iii) the LTIP dividend equivalent payments for the LTIP awards which vested at his retirement were also paid in full and/or on a pro-rated time and performance basis.

 

2. Nicandro Durante: (a) historic data is taken from the Remuneration Reports for the relevant years and is recast (as appropriate) on the basis of the ‘single figure’ calculation as prescribed in the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations; (b) he became Chief Executive on 1 March 2011 and his ‘single figure’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2011 has accordingly been time-apportioned.

 

3. Long-term incentives 2016: in accordance with the UK Directors’ Remuneration Report Regulations, estimates for the values of the vesting 2014 LTIP awards were given in the Annual Report on Remuneration 2016; these amounts have been re-presented to show the actual market value on the date of vesting in 2017.

Total shareholder return (TSR) performance: 1 January 2009 to 31 December 2017

 

LOGO

Note:

1. Performance and pay chart: this shows the performance of a hypothetical investment of £100 in ordinary shares (as measured by the TSR for the Company) against a broad equity market index (the FTSE 100 Index) over a period of nine financial years starting from 1 January 2009 through to 31 December 2017 based on 30-trading-day average values. A local currency basis is used for the purposes of the TSR calculation making it consistent with the approach to TSR measurement for the LTIP.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   81


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report  

 

                                  

Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

Percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration

The following table shows the percentage change in the Chief Executive’s remuneration measured against a comparator group comprising the UK employee population on UK employment contracts (2017: 2,202; 2016: 2,022 individuals 1 ). This comparator group is considered to be the most appropriate group as Executive Directors are employed on UK contracts. Using a more widely drawn group encompassing the worldwide nature of the Group’s business would also present practical difficulties in collation as well as presenting a less relevant comparator given the significant variations in employee pay across the Group and the differing economic conditions and wide variations in gross domestic product per capita.

 

                      Base salary                        Taxable benefits                      Short-term incentives  
                   Percentage                                 Percentage                               Percentage  
             2017              2016              change                       2017              2016      change                     2017              2016      change  
      £’000      £’000      %                £’000      £’000      %              £’000      £’000      %  

Nicandro Durante

     1,235        1,190        3.8             218        235        -7.2           3,039        2,975        2.2  

(Chief Executive)

                                  

UK-based employees

     70        70        1.0                   4        4        -5.2                 23        25        -7.9  

Notes:

UK-based employees:

1. The 1.0% increase to average base salary and the decrease in average taxable benefits and short-term incentive awards for UK-based employees is due to an increase in the proportion of more junior staff within the population. UK-based employees were awarded performance-based pay increases in 2017 in the range 0% to 8% with an average of around 3%.

 

2. The data for this comparator group is made up as follows as at 31 December 2017: (1) the weighted average base salaries; (2) the average taxable benefits per grade; and (3) an estimated weighted average target bonus based on that population as at that date.

3: Executive Directors’ Remuneration for the upcoming year

Base salary for 2018

The Remuneration Committee has determined the following salaries for the Executive Directors

 

      Base salary              Base salary  
     from      Percentage      from  
     1 Apr 2018      change      1 Apr 2017  
Executive Directors – salaries    £      %      £  

Nicandro Durante

     1,310,000        4.8        1,250,000  

Ben Stevens

     924,000        3.5        893,000  

The Remuneration Committee considered salary increases for Executive Directors in the context of the level of pay increases for UK employees. These ranged between 0% and 7.3% based on performance in the prior year, with an average increase of 3%.

The Remuneration Committee also recognised the fact that the Group is now a significantly more complex organisation as a result of both the RAI acquisition and organic growth, with increased profit from operations (up 39.1%), revenue (up 37.6%) and volumes (up 3.2%) from 2016, and noted the exceptional individual performance shown during the year.

Benefits and pension

No changes to the provision of benefits or pension are proposed for 2018.

Short-term incentives for 2018 onwards, including the impact of the RAI acquisition

Under the provisions of flexibility afforded to it in order to enable the practical implementation of our Remuneration Policy, the Remuneration Committee has undertaken a review of the current STI performance metrics in conjunction with management.

Following this exercise, it has decided to make a number of changes to the metrics and their weightings applicable for the forthcoming 2018 STI performance year. In so doing, the Remuneration Committee has concluded that such changes will improve incentivisation of business outcomes that are aligned to the Group’s immediate and longer-term strategic objectives.

In addition, the Committee has taken time to consider how the impact of the RAI acquisition should be treated for the purposes of the short-term incentive scheme for 2018 and beyond.

Further to the new metric design outlined on below, RAI will be an operationally fully integrated unit within the Group for the whole of 2018. Management will be fully accountable for RAI performance in 2018 and consequently we are of the view that the performance ranges for 2018 metrics will fully reflect that all-inclusive basis.

 

 

   
82   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

         

 

Introduction & Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

The table below sets out the current metric design and weightings alongside the design that will apply for 2018, together with the key reasons driving change:

 

From         To        
Current STI metrics & weightings         2018 STI metrics & weightings        

Group share of key markets

   20%   Group share of key markets      10

Global Drive Brands (GDB) & Key Strategic Brands (KSB) volumes

   20%   Adjusted revenue growth of Strategic Portfolio 1      30

Adjusted profit from operations (APFO)

   40%   APFO 2      30

Adjusted cash generated from operations (Adjusted CGFO)

   20%   Adjusted CGFO 2      30
Total    100%   Total      100

Notes:

1. The most significant change is in respect of the introduction of a new metric, adjusted revenue growth of our Strategic Portfolio. This Strategic Portfolio is comprised of the following core strategic categories – both cigarette brands and potentially reduced-risk brands – in our portfolio:

 

 

Strategic Portfolio Definition for STI from 2018

Cigarette brands:

 

 

Potentially reduced-risk product brands:

1. GDBs: Dunhill, Kent, Lucky Strike, Pall Mall, Rothmans   1. Vapour Brands
2. RAI Strategic Brands: Camel, Natural American Spirit, Newport   2. THP Brands
  3. Moist Snuff Brands (Grizzly and Kodiak)
   

4. Snus Brands (including Epok)

 

Adjusted revenue growth for this portfolio is a central value driver for the business from both current and longer-term strategic perspectives and its inclusion within the 2018 STI award, with what we consider to be a very significant weighting attached, acknowledges the need for this objective form part of our incentive design.

The GDB and KSB volume objective, which has served to concentrate focus on the key brands and drive value as well as volume growth in our brand portfolio, makes way for our new objective. Adjusted revenue growth in this Strategic Portfolio will enable a simultaneous focus on growth in both the core cigarette GDB categories (including new key strategic brands at RAI) and in our fast-growing potentially reduced-risk portfolio.

In order to attach what the Remuneration Committee considers to be the appropriate weight to this new metric, it has decided to reduce the weighting of the Group share of key markets metric, from 20% to 10% for 2018.

 

2. The overall weight attached to the financial metrics – adjusted profit from operations and cash generated from operations – within the STI remains constant at 60%. However, in light of the acquisition during the year of the remaining shares in RAI, the Remuneration Committee concluded that a marginal uplift in the weight attached to the Adjusted CGFO metric, from 20% to 30% was both appropriate and desirable.

Further detail is included in the description of the STI measures for the year ended 31 December 2017 on page 77.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   83


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                 
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

Long-term incentives for 2018 onwards, including the impact of the RAI acquisition on 2018 LTIP awards

The performance measures and weightings for the LTIP award to be granted in 2018 will remain unchanged from those for 2017 awards.

The Committee remains satisfied that the current EPS growth targets remain appropriately challenging given the increasing future investment in Next Generation Products.

The Committee has taken time to consider how the impact of the RAI acquisition should be treated for the purposes of the long-term incentive scheme for 2018 awards and beyond.

 

Relative TSR, EPS growth and operating cash flow conversion ratio – no adjustment to performance measurement of 2018 is required. Performance will include the impact of RAI (and other 2017 acquisitions).

 

Adjusted revenue growth – performance for 2018 will include the contribution of RAI (and other 2017 acquisitions) as management are wholly responsible for that performance. To allow for a like-for-like comparison with 2018, the 2017 base year will also include the full year of revenue from RAI (and other 2017 acquisitions).

The measures and targets for 2018 LTIP awards are set out below:

 

LTIP measures and performance ranges

 

                 

 

    % of award
vesting at
maximum

 

    

 

    % of award
vesting at
threshold

 

 

Relative TSR

             20        3  

Median performance vs. FMCG peer group to upper quartile.

     

The current constituents of the FMCG peer group as at the date of this report are:

     

Anheuser-Busch InBev

  Danone   Johnson & Johnson   Nestlé   Reckitt Benckiser      

Campbell Soup

  Diageo   Kellogg   PepsiCo   Unilever      

Carlsberg

  Heineken   Kimberly Clark   Pernod Ricard          

Coca-Cola

  Imperial Brands   LVMH   Philip Morris        
            International          

Colgate-Palmolive

  Japan Tobacco   Mondelēz   Procter & Gamble        
        International                          
EPS growth at current exchange rates          20        3  

5%–10% compound annual growth in adjusted diluted EPS over the performance period

                     
EPS growth at constant exchange rates            20        3  

5%–10% compound annual growth in adjusted diluted EPS over the performance period

                     
Adjusted revenue growth          20        3  

3%–5% compound annual growth over the performance period

                         
Operating cash flow conversion ratio            20        3  

Ratio of 85%–95% over the performance period at current exchange rates

                     
Total                      100        15  

 

   
84   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

      

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 


 

4: Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2017– audited

The following table shows a single figure of remuneration for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors in respect of qualifying services for the year ended 31 December 2017 together with comparative figures for 2016.

 

                          

 

Chair/Committee 

                                           
            Base fee 3          membership fees 3          Taxable benefits 1          Total remuneration  
            

£’000 

 

                

£’000 

 

                

£’000 

 

                

£’000

 

 
     

 

2017

 

    

2016 

 

         

2017

 

    

2016 

 

         

2017

 

    

2016 

 

         

2017

 

    

2016

 

 

Chairman

                             

Richard Burrows

     660        645                    –             129        106             789        751  

Non-Executive Directors

                             
Sue Farr      93        93           19        13           1                 113        107  
Ann Godbehere      93        93           19        18           1                 113        112  
Marion Helmes (from 1 August 2016)      93        39           19                 12                 124        49  
Luc Jobin (from 25 July 2017)      40        –           6        –           18        –           64         
Holly Keller Koeppel 2 (from 25 July 2017)      40        –           6        –           20        –           66         
Savio Kwan      93        93           19        13           51        37           163        143  
Pedro Malan      93        93           19        13           49        44           161        150  
Lionel Nowell, III 2 (from 25 July 2017)      40        –           6        –           5        –           51         
Dimitri Panayotopoulos      93        93           44        19           24                 161        116  
Kieran Poynter      93        93           79        48           14        –           186        141  
                       

Retired Non-Executive Directors

                             
Karen de Segundo (to 27 April 2016)             30                  10                  –                  40  
Christine Morin-Postel (to 6 December 2016)             86                  59                  11                  156  
Gerry Murphy (to 26 April 2017)      31        93           4        13                           35        107  
Richard Tubb (to 27 April 2016)             30                                      20                    54  
Total          1,462            1,481                    240               215                    324               230                 2,026            1,926  

Notes:

1. Benefits: the Chairman’s benefits in 2017 comprised: health insurance and ‘walk-in’ medical services £17,000 (2016: £14,000); the use of a company driver £63,000 (2016: £69,000); home and personal security in the UK and Ireland, including installation costs £13,000; (2016: £6,000); hotel accommodation and related expenses incurred in connection with individual and/or accompanied attendance at certain business functions and/or corporate events £29,000 (2016: £9,000); and commuting flights to London £7,000 (2016: £8,000). The benefits for the other Non-Executive Directors principally comprised travel-related expenses incurred in connection with individual and/or accompanied attendance at certain business functions and/or events and ‘walk-in’ medical services. The figures shown are grossed-up amounts (as appropriate) as, in line with the UK market, it is the normal practice of the Company to pay the tax that may be due on any benefits. Christine Morin-Postel’s benefits in 2016 have been restated to include £2,000 travel-related expenses that were incurred in 2016.

 

2. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of RAI (DCP): as former outside directors of RAI, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III each participated in the DCP under which they could elect to defer payment of a portion of their RAI retainers and meeting attendance fees to an RAI stock account, a cash account, or a combination of both. Following the acquisition of RAI by BAT, amounts deferred to a stock account (Deferred Stock Units or DSUs) mirror the performance of, and receive dividend equivalents based on, BAT ADSs. Amounts deferred to a cash account earn quarterly interest at the prime rate as set by JPMorgan Chase Bank. The respective DSUs of Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III are disclosed as a note to ‘Summary of Directors’ share interests’ below. The deferred cash account for Lionel Nowell, III showed a balance of US$119,824 at 31 December 2017 (25 July 2017: US$117,597). DSUs and cash deferred under the DCP will be paid to the two Directors in accordance with the terms of the DCP, section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 and each Director’s existing deferral elections.

 

3. Committee memberships: are shown, together with changes during the year, in the reports of the respective committees in the Governance sections of the Directors’ Report.

 

4. Non-Executive Directors’ fees structure 2017: are set out in the table below.

 

     

 

Fees from
1 May 2017
£

 

    

Fees to
                    30 April 2017
£

 

 

Base fee

     92,700        92,700  

Senior Independent Director – supplement

     36,000        32,000  

Audit Committee: Chairman

     36,000        32,000  

Audit Committee: Member

     11,000        7,000  

Nominations Committee: Chairman

             

Nominations Committee: Member

     11,000        7,000  

Remuneration Committee: Chairman

     36,000        32,000  

Remuneration Committee: Member

     11,000        7,000  

Chairman and Non-Executive Directors’ fees and remuneration for the upcoming year

As described in the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2016, the Chairman’s fee was increased from £645,000 to £665,000 from 1 April 2017. In keeping with the level of pay awards granted to UK employees based on a 3% increase in budget, the Remuneration Committee determined the Chairman’s fee will be £685,000 with effect from 1 April 2018 (+3%).

The fees for Non-Executive Directors’ fees are scheduled to be reviewed in April 2018 with any changes being effective from 1 May 2018.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   85


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  

Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

5: Directors’ share interests

Summary of Directors’ share interests – audited

 

           

 

Outstanding scheme interests 31 Dec 2017

 

        
                                  Total of all  
          Unvested awards subject to     Unvested awards           Total ordinary     interests in  
    Ordinary shares     performance measures and     subject to continued     Unvested     shares subject     ordinary  
    held at     continued employment     employment only     interests     to outstanding     shares at  
     31 Dec 2017 1     (LTIP)     (DSBS)     (Sharesave)     scheme interests     31 Dec 2017  
Executive Directors            
Nicandro Durante 1,3     255,982       382,158       77,654       912       460,724       716,706  
Ben Stevens 2,3     84,363       199,542       48,005       1,038       248,585       332,948  
Chairman            
Richard Burrows     15,000                                       15,000  
Non-Executive Directors            
Sue Farr                    
Ann Godbehere 4     3,100               3,100  
Marion Helmes     4,500               4,500  
Luc Jobin 4,6     45,236               45,236  
Holly Keller Koeppel 4,5,6     8,416               8,416  
Savio Kwan 3     6,292               6,292  
Pedro Malan                    
Lionel Nowell, III 4,5,6     17,436               17,436  
Dimitri Panayotopoulos     3,300               3,300  
Kieran Poynter     5,000                                       5,000  

    

                                               

Notes:

1. Nicandro Durante: ordinary shares held include 2,088 held by the trustees of the BAT Share Incentive Plan (SIP).

 

2. Ben Stevens: ordinary shares held include 547 held by the trustees of the SIP.

 

3. Changes from 31  December 2017: (a) Nicandro Durante – purchases of 3 ordinary shares on 3 January 2018 and 3 ordinary shares on 7 February 2018 under the SIP; acquisition of 995 ordinary shares on 8 February 2018 as a result of reinvestment of dividend income in the Vested Share Account; acquisition of 20 ordinary shares on 8 February 2018 as a result of reinvestment of dividend income under the SIP and acquisition of 1,410 ordinary shares on 13 February 2018 as a result of reinvestment of dividend income by Mrs Durante; (b) Ben Stevens – purchases of 3 ordinary shares on 3 January 2018 and 3 ordinary shares on 7 February 2018 under the SIP; acquisition of 5 shares on 8 February 2018 as a result of reinvestment of dividend income under the SIP; and (c) Savio Kwan – purchase of 60 ordinary shares as a result of the reinvestment of dividend income on 14 February 2018. There were no changes in the interests of the Chairman and the other Non-Executive Directors.

 

4. American Depositary Shares (ADSs): each of the interests in ordinary shares held by Ann Godbehere, Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III consist of an equivalent number of BAT ADSs each of which represents one ordinary share in the Company.

 

5. Deferred Stock Units (DSUs): at the date of this report the following Non-Executive Directors, each being a former director of RAI and a participant in the Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of RAI (DCP), hold DSUs which were granted prior to becoming a Director of the Company – (a) Holly Keller Koeppel 20,568.87 DSUs (31 December 2017: 20,392.01 DSUs); and (b) Lionel Nowell, III 37,330.63 DSUs (31 December 2017: 37,009.65 DSUs). Each DSU entitles the holder to receive a cash payment following ceasing to be a Director equal to the value of one BAT ADS. The number of DSUs will increase on each dividend date by reference to the value of dividends declared on the ADSs underlying the DSUs.

 

6. Director changes during 2017: Gerry Murphy retired on 26 April 2017; Luc Jobin, Holly Keller Koeppel and Lionel Nowell, III each appointed on 25 July 2017.

Executive Directors’ shareholding guidelines

Executive Directors are encouraged to build up a high level of personal shareholding to ensure a continuing alignment of interests with shareholders. The shareholding guidelines require Executive Directors to hold ordinary shares equal to the value of a percentage of salary as set out in the table below.

 

                     

 

Value of eligible

         
     Shareholding      No. of eligible      ordinary shares      Actual  
     requirements      ordinary shares      held at      percentage (%)  
     (% of base salary      held at      31 Dec 2017 1      of base salary at  
     

31 Dec 2017)

 

    

31 Dec 2017

 

    

£m

 

    

31 Dec 2017

 

 

Nicandro Durante

     500        331,548        16.6        1,331.0  

Ben Stevens

     350        131,821        6.6        740.7  

Eligibility of shares: (a) unvested ordinary shares under the DSBS, which represent deferral of earned bonus, are eligible and count towards the requirement; (b) unvested ordinary shares under the LTIP are not eligible and do not count towards the requirement during the performance period, but the estimated notional net number of ordinary shares held during the LTIP Extended Vesting Period are eligible and will count towards the requirement; and (c) ordinary shares held in trust under the all-employee share ownership plan (SIP) are not eligible and do not count towards the shareholding requirement.

Notes:

1. Value of ordinary shares shown above: this is based on the closing mid-market share price on 29 December 2017 (being the last trading day of the year) of 5,018p.

 

2. Meeting the guidelines: if an Executive Director does not, at any time, meet the requirements of the shareholding guidelines, the individual may, generally, only sell a maximum of up to 50% of any ordinary shares vesting (after tax) under the Company share plans until the threshold required under the shareholding guidelines has been met.

 

3. Waiver of compliance with guidelines: this is permitted with the approval of the Remuneration Committee in circumstances where a restriction on a requested share sale could cause undue hardship. No such applications were received from the Executive Directors during 2017.

 

   
86   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

      

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 


 

Non-Executive Directors are not subject to any formal shareholding requirements although they are encouraged to build a small interest in ordinary shares during the term of their appointment.

Executive Directors’ outstanding scheme interests – audited

 

                                

 

Exercised/

                 

 

End of

   

 

Date from which

 
                Awarded in     Lapsed in     released in     At 31 Dec     Exercise price     performance     exercisable or shares  
     Plan     At 1 Jan 2017     2017     2017     2017     2017     (p)     period     released  
Nicandro Durante  

 

 

 

LTIP

 

1  

 

 

 

 

135,052

 

 

   

 

 

 

72,929

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,123

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

31 Dec 16

 

 

 

 

 

 

28 Mar 17

 

 

    LTIP 2       127,448             127,448         31 Dec 17       27 Mar 18  
    LTIP 3       140,529             140,529         31 Dec 18       12 May 21  
    LTIP 3         114,181           114,181         31 Dec 19       27 Mar 22  
    DSBS       27,466           27,466                 28 Mar 17  
    DSBS       19,419             19,419           27 Mar 18  
    DSBS       29,690             29,690           29 Mar 19  
    DSBS         28,545           28,545           27 Mar 20  
    Sharesave       591           591             2,536         1 May 17  
    Sharesave       543             543       2,787         1 Oct 19  
      Sharesave               369                       369       4,056               1 May 22  
Ben Stevens     LTIP 1       75,230         40,625       34,605               31 Dec 16       28 Mar 17  
    LTIP 2       69,641             69,641         31 Dec 17       27 Mar 18  
    LTIP 3       71,669             71,669         31 Dec 18       12 May 21  
    LTIP 3         58,232           58,232         31 Dec 19       27 Mar 22  
    DSBS       18,356           18,356                 28 Mar 17  
    DSBS       12,732             12,732           27 Mar 18  
    DSBS       19,468             19,468           29 Mar 19  
    DSBS         15,805           15,805           27 Mar 20  
    Sharesave       543             543       2,787         1 Oct 19  
     

 

Sharesave

 

 

 

   

 

495

 

 

 

                           

 

495

 

 

 

   

 

3,026

 

 

 

            1 May 20  

Notes:

 

1. Details of the performance condition for the LTIP award granted in 2014 (which vested during 2017), and of achievement against that condition in the period to 31 December 2016, was set out in the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2016.

 

2. Details of the performance condition attached to 2015 LTIP awards, and of achievement against that condition in the period to 31 December 2017, are set out on page 79.

 

3. Details of the performance condition attached to 2016 and 2017 LTIP awards are set out on page 88.

Further details in relation to scheme interests granted during the year ended 31 December 2017

 

     Plan     Ordinary shares
awarded
    Price per
ordinary share
at award 1
   

Face value of
award

£’000

    Exercise price    

 

Proportion of
award vesting for
threshold
performance (%)

     Performance
period
     Date from which
exercisable or
shares released
 
Nicandro Durante     LTIP 2       114,181       5,211p       5,950       n/a       15        2017–2019        27 Mar 22  
      DSBS 3       28,545       5,211p       1,487.5       n/a       n/a        n/a        27 Mar 20  
Ben Stevens     LTIP 2       58,232       5,211p       3,034       n/a       15        2017–2019        27 Mar 22  
      DSBS 3       15,805       5,211p       823.5       n/a       n/a        n/a        27 Mar 20  

Notes:

1. The price per ordinary share is the price used to determine the number of ordinary shares subject to the awards, which is calculated as the average of the closing mid-market price of an ordinary share over the three dealing days preceding the date of grant.

 

2. Details of the performance condition attached to these LTIP awards are set out on page 88.

 

3. These DSBS awards were granted to deliver 50% of the annual bonus earned for the year ended 31 December 2016, details of which are set out on page 89.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   87


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

Further details in relation to performance conditions attaching to outstanding scheme interests

 

     

 

LTIP award granted in 2016

       

 

LTIP award granted in 2017  

    

 

1 January 2016–31 December 2018

       1 January 2017–31 December 2019  
     

 

            Weighting

     Threshold    Maximum         Weighting      Threshold    Maximum  

Relative TSR

Ranking against a peer group of international

FMCG companies

     20%     

At median,

3% of award

vests

  

At upper

quartile, 20%

of award vests

         20%     

At median,

3% of award

vests

  

At upper  

quartile, 20%  

of award  

vests  

EPS growth at current exchange rates

Compound annual growth in adjusted diluted

EPS measured at current rates of exchange

     20%     

At 5% CAGR,

3% of award

vests

  

At 10% CAGR,

20% of award

vests

         20%     

At 5% CAGR,

3% of award

vests

  

At 10%  

CAGR, 20%  

of award  

vests  

EPS growth at constant exchange rates

Compound annual growth in adjusted diluted

EPS measured at constant rates of exchange

     20%     

At 5% CAGR,

3% of award

vests

  

At 10% CAGR,

20% of award

vests

         20%     

At 5% CAGR,

3% of award

vests

  

At 10%  

CAGR, 20%  

of award  

vests  

Adjusted revenue growth

Compound annual growth measured at constant

rates of exchange

     20%     

At 3% CAGR,

3% of award

vests

  

At 5% CAGR,

20% of award

vests

         20%     

At 3% CAGR,

3% of award

vests

  

At 5% CAGR,  

20% of  

award vests  

Operating cash flow conversion ratio

Measured at current rates of exchange,

as a percentage of APFO

     20%     

At 85%, 3%

of award vests

  

At 95%, 20%

of award vests

         20%     

At 85%, 3%

of award

vests

  

At 95%, 20%  

of award  

vests  

References to growth in net turnover have been updated to adjusted revenue consistent with Group reporting practices. This change to the name of the measure has no impact on the performance measured or the targets used.

For LTIP awards granted from 2016 onwards, an additional vesting period of two years applies from the third anniversary of the date of grant.

Impact of the RAI acquisition on 2016 and 2017 LTIP awards

The Committee has taken time to consider how the impact of the RAI acquisition should be treated for the purposes of the 2017 performance year within the 2016 and 2017 long-term incentive awards. As a result of this review, the following treatments will apply.

 

Relative TSR and EPS growth – no further adjustments are needed as the incremental costs and benefits associated with the acquisition are already factored into performance.

 

Adjusted revenue growth – the 2017 performance year will be measured based on organic BAT performance versus the 2016 base year to allow for a like-for-like comparison. The contribution of RAI (and other 2017 acquisitions) will be included from the 2018 performance year onwards.

 

Operating cash flow conversation ratio – the 2017 performance year will be measured based on organic BAT performance, excluding RAI profit and cash, and any additional costs related to the acquisition. The contribution of RAI (and other 2017 acquisitions) will be included from the 2018 performance year onwards.

The Remuneration Committee believe this is the correct, fair and appropriate way to treat the acquisition of RAI.

 

   
88   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

6: Other disclosures

STI targets and outcome for the year ended 31 December 2016

As explained on page 77, the specific performance targets under the STI are considered to be commercially sensitive. Consequently, the specific performance targets for each measure will only be disclosed retrospectively, at the earliest, in the Annual Report on Remuneration which relates to the period of 12 months after the end of the relevant STI performance period. The following sets out the specific targets and the outcomes against those targets for the year ended 31 December 2016. For ease of reference we have also repeated the information disclosed last year, showing the total vesting outcome achieved and the resulting bonus achieved.

 

 

STI: performance measure

 

 

 

Description of measure and target 2016

 

  

 

Result achieved

 

  

 

Vesting percentage    

 

Adjusted profit from operations (APFO)

(growth over prior year)

 

  APFO is the adjusted profit from operations at constant rates of exchange for the year ended 31 December 2016.   

Growth over

2015 of 4%

  

40%

(out of maximum

of 40%)

  STI target 2016      
Weighting: 40%   Threshold    1% growth over 2015      
    Maximum    4% growth over 2015          

Group’s share of Key Markets (growth over prior year)

 

Weighting: 20%

  The Group’s retail market share in its Key Markets accounts for around 80% of the volumes of the Group’s subsidiaries. The Group’s share is calculated from data supplied by retail audit service providers and is rebased as and when the Group’s Key Markets change. When rebasing does occur, the Company will also restate history and provide fresh comparative data on the markets.   

Global market

share in key

markets grew

over 2015

by 52bps

  

20%

(out of maximum

of 20%)

  STI target 2016      
  Threshold    5bps growth over 2015      
    Maximum    15bps growth over 2015          

Global Drive Brands (GDB)

and Key Strategic Brands

(KSB) volumes (growth

over prior year)

 

Weighting: 20%

 

GDB volumes comprise the cigarette volumes of Dunhill, Kent, Lucky Strike, Pall Mall and Rothmans, and include volumes of the Fine Cut variants of those brands sold in Western Europe.

 

KSB volumes comprise the cigarette volumes of State Express 555 and Shuang Xi associated with the joint venture with China National Tobacco Corporation in China.

  

GDB and KSB

volumes grew

over 2015

by 7.2%

   20% (out of maximum of 20%)
  STI target 2016      
  Threshold    1% growth over 2015      
    Maximum    3% growth over 2015          
Adjusted cash generated from operations (Adjusted CGFO) (as against adjusted budget)   Adjusted CGFO is defined as net cash generated from operating activities, before the impact of adjusting items, dividends paid to non-controlling interests and received from associates, net interest paid and net capital expenditure. Adjusted CGFO is measured at constant rates of exchange.    Adjusted CGFO exceeded 2016 budget by 29.7%.    20% (out of maximum of 20%)
  STI target 2016      
Weighting: 20%   Threshold    5% less than 2016 budget      
    Maximum    5% above than 2016 budget          

 

             
     Available STI award as
% of base salary
 

Corporate result

%

 

Individual
performance
adjustment factor

%

 

STI award achieved

% of base salary

      

STI award achieved  

£’000  

(Value shown in  
Single Figure Table  

for 2016)  

Nicandro Durante

  250   100%     250%     2,975  

Ben Stevens

  190   100%     190%       1,647  

The STI awards shown above were paid as to 50% in cash and 50% as an award of deferred ordinary shares under the DSBS granted in March 2017, the details of which are set out on page 87 above.

Payments to former Directors and payments for loss of office The Company did not make: (1) any payments of money or other assets to former Directors; or (2) any payments to Directors for loss of office during the year ended 31 December 2017.

External directorships Nicandro Durante is a non-executive director of Reckitt Benckiser Group and he retains the fees for this appointment, 2017: £120,000 (2016: £110,000). Ben Stevens is a non-executive director of ISS A/S and he retains the fees for this appointment, 2017: DKK892,500 (£105,080) (2016: DKK525,000 (£58,833)).

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   89


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

Relative importance of spend on pay

To illustrate the relative importance of the remuneration of the Directors in the context of the Group’s finances overall, the Remuneration Committee makes the following disclosure:

 

Item

 

  

 

2017

£m

 

    

2016

£m

 

    

% change

 

 

 

Remuneration of Group employees 1

     2,679        2,274        17.8  

 

Remuneration of Executive Directors

     18        13        36.5  

 

Remuneration of Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

     2        2        5.2  

 

Total dividends 2

                          4,465                            2,910                                53.4  

Notes:

1. Total remuneration of Group employees: This represents the total employee benefit costs for the Group, set out on page 121 within note 3 in the Notes on the Accounts.

 

2. Total dividends: This represents the total dividends paid in 2017, set out on page 132 within note 8 in the Notes on the Accounts

 

3. Adjusted profit from operations: this was included as a comparator for the year ended 31 December 2016. It has been removed as a comparator for the year ended 31 December 2017 as it is a non-IFRS measure of performance.

Shareholder dilution – options and awards outstanding

 

 

Satisfaction of Company share plan awards in accordance with the
Investment Association’s Principles of Remuneration

 

  

 

New ordinary shares issued by the Company during the year ended
31 December 2017

 

–  by the issue of new ordinary shares; or

 

–  ordinary shares issued from treasury only up to a maximum of 10% of the Company’s issued share capital in a rolling 10-year period;

 

–  within this 10% limit, the Company can only issue (as newly issued ordinary shares or from treasury) 5% of its issued share capital to satisfy awards under discretionary or executive plans; and

 

–  the rules of the Company’s Deferred Share Bonus Scheme (DSBS) do not allow for the satisfaction of awards by the issue of new ordinary shares.

  

–  180,245 ordinary shares issued by the Company in relation to the Sharesave Scheme;

 

–  a total of 747,570 Sharesave Scheme options over ordinary shares in the Company were outstanding at 29 December 2017 (being the last trading day of the year), representing 0.03% of the Company’s issued share capital (excluding shares held in treasury); and

 

–  options outstanding under the Sharesave Scheme are exercisable until end October 2022 at option prices ranging from 2,536p to 4,056p.

 

 

 

 

 

   
90   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

      

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

7: The Remuneration Committee and shareholder engagement

 

 

Remuneration Committee current members

 

 

Dimitri Panayotopoulos (Chairman)

 

Sue Farr

 

Ann Godbehere

 

Luc Jobin

 

Savio Kwan

Role

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for:

 

agreeing and proposing the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (covering salary, benefits, performance-based variable rewards and pensions) for shareholder approval;

 

determining, within the terms of the agreed Directors’ Remuneration Policy, the specific remuneration packages for the Chairman and the Executive Directors, both on appointment and on review and, if appropriate, any compensation payment due on termination of appointment;

 

the setting of targets applicable for the Company’s performance-based variable reward scheme and determining achievement against those targets, exercising discretion where appropriate and as provided by the applicable scheme rules and the Directors’ Remuneration Policy; and

 

monitoring and advising the Board on any major changes to the policy on employee benefit structures for the Group.

Attendance at meetings in 2017

 

Name

 

  

    Member
since

 

    

 

Attendance/
    Eligible to attend
Scheduled

 

    

Attendance/
    Eligible to attend
Ad Hoc

 

 

Dimitri Panayotopoulos (Chairman)

     2015        4/4        2/2  

Sue Farr 1(a)

     2016        4/4        1/2  

Ann Godbehere

     2011        4/4        2/2  

Luc Jobin 1(b),2(b)

     2017        1/2        1/1  

Savio Kwan

     2016        4/4        2/2  

Notes:

1. Meetings in 2017: (a) Sue Farr did not attend the short notice meeting in November 2017 due to a prior commitment; and (b) Luc Jobin did not attend the scheduled meeting in October 2017 due to a commitment scheduled prior to his appointment as a Director.

 

2. Membership: (a) all members of the Committee are independent Non-Executive Directors in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code Provision D.2.1.; (b) Luc Jobin became a member of the Committee on 2 October 2017 following his appointment as a Non-Executive Director.

 

3. Other attendees: the Chairman, the Chief Executive, the Group Human Resources Director, the Group Head of Reward and other senior management, including the Company Secretary, may be consulted and provide advice, guidance and assistance to the Remuneration Committee. They may also attend Committee meetings (or parts thereof) by invitation; neither the Chairman nor any Executive Director plays any part in determining their own remuneration.

 

4. Deloitte LLP: as the Remuneration Committee’s remuneration consultants, they may attend meetings of the Remuneration Committee. As a member of the Remuneration Consultants Group (RCG), Deloitte agrees to the RCG Code of Conduct which seeks to clarify the scope and conduct of the role of executive remuneration consultants when advising UK-listed companies.

 

LOGO

 

 

For the Remuneration Committee’s terms of reference see:

www.bat.com/governance

 

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   91


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

 

Remuneration Committee advisers during 2017

 

 

Independent
external advisers

 

 

Services provided to the Remuneration Committee

 

 

Fees

 

 

 

Other services provided
to the Company

 

Deloitte LLP  

General advice on remuneration matters including: market trends and comparator group analysis; policy review and shareholder engagement perspectives; and independent measurement of the relative TSR performance conditions.

 

 

2017: £86,000

2016 £89,050

  Tax, corporate finance and consulting services to Group companies worldwide.
Herbert Smith Freehills LLP   Advice in respect of share plan regulations is provided to the Company and is available to the Remuneration Committee.   Fees relate to advice given to the Company  

General corporate legal and tax advice principally in the UK.

 

Ernst & Young LLP   Provision of personal tax advice regarding Executive Directors’ international pension planning.   Fees relate to advice given to the Company  

Tax, corporate finance and consulting services to Group companies worldwide.

 

KPMG LLP  

Specified procedures to assist in the assessment of the calculations of the STI bonus outcomes and future targets.

 

 

2017: £15,000

2016: £15,000

 

 

Audit and tax services and other non-audit services.

 

Regular work programme 2017

 

reviewed salaries for the Executive Directors from 1 April 2017 taking into account both the Pay Comparator Group positioning and the pay and employment conditions elsewhere in the Group, particularly in the UK;

 

reviewed the Chairman’s fee from 1 April 2017 with specific reference to the level of pay awards granted to UK employees;

 

assessed the achievement against the targets for the 2016 STI award and set the STI targets for 2017;

 

assessed and agreed that no award of an individual performance element for the Executive Directors was appropriate for 2016 as the STI payout was at the maximum level;

 

assessed the achievement against the performance conditions for the vesting of the LTIP 2014 award, determined the contingent level of LTIP awards for May 2017 and confirmed the associated performance conditions;

 

assessed the achievement against the targets for the 2016 Share Reward Scheme and set the targets for the 2017 award;

 

monitored the continued application of the Company’s shareholding guidelines for the Executive Directors;

 

reviewed the Annual Statement and the Annual Report on Remuneration for the year ended 31 December 2016 prior to its approval by the Board and subsequent shareholder submission to the 2017 AGM on 26 April;

 

analysed the 2017 AGM results on remuneration voting and reviewed market trends in the context of that annual general meeting season together with on-going corporate governance trends;

 

reviewed the achievement against the performance measures for the six months to 30 June 2017 for the STI 2017 and the outstanding LTIP awards;

 

previewed the positioning of the salaries for the Executive Directors for 2018 with particular reference to amending the Pay Comparator Group post the acquisition of RAI to increase the US peer proportion and industry split by the deletion of BT and Pernod Ricard and the addition of Altria, Estee Lauder and Pfizer. Following these changes the weighting of US peers has increased from 33% to 40% of the total Pay Comparator Group. The Pay Comparator Group now comprises: Altria, Anheuser-Busch InBev, AstraZeneca, Bayer, BP, Coca-Cola, Colgate Palmolive, Danone, Estee Lauder, GlaxoSmithKline, Heineken, Imperial Brands, Japan Tobacco International, Johnson & Johnson, Kellog, Kraft-Heinz, L’Oreal, Mondelēz International, Nestlé, PepsiCo, Pfizer, Philip Morris International, Procter & Gamble, Reckitt Benckiser, Royal Dutch Shell, Unilever and Vodafone; and

 

reviewing the Remuneration Committee’s effectiveness following the Board evaluation process.

Other incentive matters 2017

 

reviewed the key elements of the executive and senior management compensation at RAI focusing on the immediate and short-to-medium term considerations in the context of the proposed completion of the acquisition;

 

reviewed the impact of the acquisition of RAI on the treatment of the performance metrics for the STI for the year ended 31 December 2017 and the year ending 2018 and LTIP awards (2015 to 2018 awards inclusive);

 

approved changes to the constituents for the STI volume share metrics based on market changes and reporting capabilities;

 

reviewed and approved a proposal to revise the STI metrics for the year ending 31 December 2018 to better reflect the measures of the Group’s performance in the context of the NGP business and the impact of the acquisition of RAI;

 

reviewed the terms of appointment and remuneration and termination in connection with Management Board changes during the year; and

 

noted the preliminary insights on the UK gender pay gap reporting.

 

 

   
92   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

      

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

Voting on the Remuneration Report at the 2017 AGM and engagement with shareholders

At the 2017 AGM on 26 April, the shareholders considered and voted on the Directors’ Remuneration Report as set out on the table below. No other resolutions in respect of Directors’ remuneration and incentives were considered at the 2017 AGM. The Directors’ Remuneration Policy was approved by shareholders at the AGM on 27 April 2016. A summary of this Policy is on pages 94 to 98.

 

     

Approval of Directors’
Remuneration Policy

2016

    

Approval of Directors’
Remuneration Report

2017

 

Percentage for

     90.32        92.05  

Votes for (including discretionary)

     1,191,242,495        1,346,502,332  

Percentage against

     9.68        7.95  

Votes against

     127,646,481        116,220,156  

Total votes cast excluding votes withheld

     1,318,888,976        1,462,722,488  

Votes withheld 1

     103,597,686        13,100,905  

Total votes cast including votes withheld

     1,422,486,662        1,475,823,393  

Note:

1. Votes withheld: these are not included in the final proxy figures as they are not recognised as a vote in law.

The Company offered its regular programme of engagement with key investors in late March/early April before the Annual General Meeting on

26 April 2017. Shareholders’ comments and views were discussed in the context of performance and outcomes in the twelve months since the approval of the Remuneration Policy and the new LTIP at the AGM in 2016.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   93


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

 

8: Summary of our Directors’ Remuneration Policy

The Remuneration Policy for the Executive Directors and the Non-Executive Directors was approved by shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on 27 April 2016.

The full Directors’ Remuneration Policy is set out in the Remuneration Report 2015 contained in the Annual Report for the year ended 2015, which is available at www.bat.com.

To assist in reviewing our Annual Report on Remuneration, we have summarised the key elements of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy as it principally applies to remuneration paid during 2017.

Directors’ Remuneration Policy summary: our remuneration strategy

Our principles of remuneration – summary

The Remuneration Committee’s remuneration principles seek to reward the delivery of the Group’s strategy in a simple and straightforward manner which is aligned to shareholders’ long-term sustainable interests.

The remuneration structure comprises fixed and variable elements. These rewards are structured and designed to be both transparent and stretching while recognising the skills and experience of the Executive Directors and ensuring a market competitiveness for talent. The fixed elements comprise base salary, pension and other benefits; the variable elements are provided via two performance-based incentive schemes (a single cash and share incentive annual bonus plan (STI), and a single long-term incentive scheme (LTIP)).

In applying these principles, the Remuneration Committee maintains an appropriate balance between fixed pay and the opportunity to earn performance-related remuneration with the performance-based elements forming, at maximum opportunity, between 75% and 85% of the Executive Directors’ total remuneration. An annual review is conducted to ensure application and alignment of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy with the business needs to promote the long-term success of the Company.

 

How each key element of our remuneration supports the strategic priorities

 

Fixed remuneration:

base salary pension benefits

  

–  attract and retain high calibre individuals to deliver the Company’s strategic plans by offering market competitive levels of guaranteed cash to reflect an individual’s skills, experience and role within the Company;

 

–  provide competitive post-retirement benefit arrangements which recognise both the individual’s length of tenure with the Group and the external environment in the context of attracting and retaining senior high calibre individuals to deliver the Group’s strategy; and

 

–  provide market competitive benefits consistent with the role which: (1) help to facilitate the attraction and retention of high calibre, senior individuals to deliver the Company’s strategic plans; and (2) recognise that such talent is global in source and that the availability of certain benefits (e.g. relocation, repatriation, taxation compliance advice) will from time to time be necessary to avoid such factors being an inhibitor to accepting the role.

Variable remuneration:

short-term incentives

  

–  incentivise the attainment of corporate targets aligned to the strategic objectives of the Company on an annual basis;

 

–  performance-based award in the form of cash and deferred ordinary shares, so that the latter element ensures alignment with shareholders’ long-term interests;

 

–  strong alignment and linkage between individual and corporate annual objectives via the application of an individual performance adjustment factor to the corporate result; and

 

–  ensure, overall, a market-competitive package to attract and retain high calibre individuals to deliver the Group’s strategy.

Variable remuneration:

long-term incentives

  

–  incentivise long-term sustainable growth in total shareholder return (TSR), adjusted diluted earnings per share (EPS) and adjusted revenue growth, together with the achievement of a consistently high measure of operating profit conversion ratio over a three-year period; to facilitate the appointment of high calibre, senior individuals required to deliver the Company’s strategic plans; and to promote the long-term success of the Company.

 

–  to put in place a combination of measures with appropriately stretching targets around the long-term plan that provides a balance relevant to the Group’s business and market conditions, as well as providing alignment between Executive Directors and shareholders. In setting performance criteria and thresholds/targets, the Remuneration Committee takes account of the Group’s long-term plans and market expectations.

 

 

 

   
94   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy summary: elements of pay for the current Executive Directors

 

Base salary

 

Normally paid in 12 equal monthly instalments during the year and is pensionable.

Normally reviewed annually in February (with salary changes effective from April) or subject to an ad hoc review on a significant change of responsibilities.

Salaries are reviewed against appropriate market data, including general UK pay trends and a company size and complexity model based on UK companies, as well as a Pay Comparator Group.

Increases in salary will generally be in the range of the increases in the base pay of other UK-based employees in the Group.

Year-on-year increases for Executive Directors, currently in role, will not exceed 10% per annum during the policy period.

A significant change in responsibilities may be reflected in an above-average increase (which may exceed 10%) of salary.

 

Pensions

 

Pension Fund: non contributory defined benefit section

Accrual rates differ according to individual circumstances but do not exceed 1/40th of pensionable salary for each year of pensionable service.

Retains a scheme-specific salary cap (currently £154,800 effective 1 April 2017).

Benefits in excess of the cap are accrued in the UURBS.

 

Pension Fund: defined contribution section

In place since April 2005.

Annual contribution up to the equivalent of 35% of base salary would be made.

Actual level of contribution paid to the Pension Fund is restricted to take account of the annual allowance and lifetime allowance.

Balance of contribution payable as a gross cash allowance or accumulated in the UURBS.

 

UURBS

Accrued defined benefits in the UURBS may be received on retirement either as a single lump sum or as an ongoing pension payment.

Pension accrual in the UURBS is at the same rate as in the Pension Fund (1/40th per annum).

 

Benefits

 

The Company currently offers the following range of contractual benefits to Executive Directors (on an individually specific basis) with maximum annual values (subject to periodic inflation related increases where applicable):

 

car or car allowance: £20,000.

 

use of a company driver: variable maxima as the actual cost is dependent on the miles driven in any year.

 

variable maxima will apply to the cost of private medical insurance which is dependent on an individual’s circumstances and is provided on a family basis.

 

GP ‘walk-in’ medical services located close to the Group’s headquarters in London: £5,000 per annum.

 

personal life and accident insurance designed to pay out at a multiple of four and five times base salary respectively.

 

international tax advice as required, but not exceeding £30,000 per annum and tax equalisation payments as agreed by the Remuneration Committee from time to time.

 

relocation and shipment expenses at the beginning and end of service as an Executive Director up to £200,000 and, in addition, housing and education allowances or other similar arrangements, as appropriate to the individual’s family circumstances.

With the exception of the car or car allowance, in line with the UK market and the practice followed for all the Group’s other UK employees, it is also practice to pay the tax that may be due on these benefits.

 

Short-term incentives – STI                
   

Chief Executive

 

      

Finance Director

 

    

STI opportunity (Group outcome

  Maximum   On-target   Maximum   On-target
delivered 50% cash; 50%   250%   125%   190%   95%

deferred ordinary shares, individual

performance adjustment factor

delivered in cash)

       

Performance adjustment

and clawback and malus

  Individual performance adjustment factor: up to 20% uplift possible if individual performance is assessed as outstanding (up to the maximum opportunity) and paid in cash. Up to 50% reduction possible if individual performance is assessed as poor.
  Clawback and malus: provisions are in place.

Performance measures

and weightings

  The Remuneration Committee sets the performance targets each year at the beginning of the performance period and is able to vary the exact measures and the weighting of them from year to year.
    The performance measures are detailed for 2017 on page 77 and for 2018 and on page 83.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   95


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

 

Long-term incentives – LTIP                
    Chief Executive        Finance Director     

LTIP opportunity

  Maximum   500%   Maximum   350%

Performance measures

and weightings

 

The Remuneration Committee may make revisions to the performance measures, their weightings, thresholds and target levels as permitted under the LTIP rules.

The performance measures are detailed for the 2015 – 2017 performance period on page 79 and for the award to be granted in 2018 on page 84.

Dividend equivalent payment and

clawback and malus

  Dividend equivalent payment: on all vesting ordinary shares. Clawback and malus: provisions are in place.
LTIP extended vesting period  

For awards granted in 2016 and subsequently, an additional vesting period of two years applies from the third anniversary of the date of grant. Where this applies, LTIP awards vest only to the extent that:

(1) the performance conditions are satisfied at the end of the three-year performance period; and

(2) an additional vesting period of two years from the third anniversary of grant is completed.

Other elements of remuneration for the Executive Directors

 

All-employee share plans

Executive Directors are eligible to participate in the Company’s all-employee share schemes:

 

Sharesave Scheme – a UK tax-advantaged approved scheme where eligible employees are granted savings-related share options to subscribe for ordinary shares in the Company.

 

Share Incentive Plan (SIP) – a UK tax-advantaged plan incorporating: (1) Partnership Scheme and (2) Share Reward Scheme.

 

Shareholding requirements

 

Chief Executive

% of salary

 

Finance Director

% of salary

  

Ordinary shares awarded but not yet vested and for which performance conditions have already been met under the DSBS element of the STI are included in the calculation of the threshold for the

shareholding guidelines for the Executive Directors.

 

The estimated notional net number of ordinary shares held by an Executive Director in the LTIP Extended Vesting Period will also count towards the respective shareholding requirements.

500%  

350%

 

 

  

External Board appointments

Each Executive Director is limited to one external appointment, with the permission of the Board. Any fees from such appointments are retained by the individual in recognition of the increased level of personal commitment required.

 

 

   
96   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

         

 

Introduction

& Board

 

 

     

 

Audit

Committee

 

     

 

Nominations 

Committee

 

     

 

Remuneration 

Committee

 

     

 

Responsibility 

of Directors

 

 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy summary: other policy provisions in relation to Executive Directors

 

Service contracts

 

The current Executive Directors are employed on a one-year rolling contract, executed at the time of the original appointment.

The Remuneration Committee may exercise its discretion to award two- or three-year contracts in the event that the Executive Director is recruited externally or from overseas.

Contracts with an initial period of longer than one year will then reduce to a one-year rolling contract after the expiry of the initial period.

 

Policy on payment for loss of office

 

Principles

The principles on which the Remuneration Committee will approach the determination for payments on termination are as follows:

– compensation for loss of office in service contracts is limited to no more than 12 months’ salary and benefits excluding pension;

 

in the event that the contract is terminated for cause (such as gross misconduct), the Company may terminate the contract with immediate effect and no compensation would be payable; and

 

the service contracts of the Executive Directors are terminable on the expiry of 12 months’ notice from either the Director or the Company – which means that, where an internal successor has not been identified, the Company would have sufficient time to replace the Executive Director through an orderly external recruitment process and ideally have a period of handover.

 

Treatment of awards under the share incentive schemes: STI/DSBS and LTIP; All-employee scheme: SRS

Executive Directors do not have contractual rights to the value inherent in any awards held under the share incentive schemes. The release of awards is dependent on ‘leaver’ status and is at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

The Remuneration Committee retains discretion in deciding ‘good leaver’ status other than in cases of automatic ‘good leavers’ as set out in the applicable provisions of the DSBS and LTIP rules. The discretionary powers are intended to provide flexibility as Executive Directors may leave employment for a broad variety of reasons which may not necessarily fall within the prescribed category of ‘good leaver’. The Remuneration Committee exercises its discretion by reference to guidelines which set out its agreed relevant factors to assist in the determination of a leaver’s status.

In exercising its discretion, the Remuneration Committee will also take into account the individual’s overall performance as well as their contribution to the Company during their total period of employment.

Details of how leavers are assessed as ‘good leavers’ are set out in the Remuneration Policy.

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   97


Table of Contents

 

 Remuneration Report 

 

                                  
                    
Annual Report on Re muneration continued

 

Directors’ Remuneration Policy summary: elements of pay for the current Chairman and Non-Executive Directors

 

Fees – Chairman

 

Considered annually by the Remuneration Committee using data from the FTSE 30 companies and taking into account the breadth of that role, coupled with its associated levels of personal commitment and expertise in the overall context of international reach and the ‘ambassadorial’ aspect of the role. The Chairman does not participate in discussions on his level of remuneration.

It is anticipated that any future aggregate increase to any of the fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors will be within the salary range which governs the Company’s annual salary reviews for UK-based staff and will not exceed the equivalent of 10% per annum in aggregate.

 

Benefits, travel and related expenses – Chairman

 

Reimbursed for the cost of travel and related expenses incurred by him in respect of attendance at Board, Committee and General Meetings including the cost of return airline tickets to London from his home in Ireland in connection with his duties as Chairman.

Entitled to the use of a Company driver; private medical insurance and personal accident insurance benefits; the provision of home and personal security; and general practitioner ‘walk-in’ medical services based a short distance from the Company’s Group headquarters in London.

Richard Burrows’ spouse may, from time to time, accompany him to participate in a partners’ programme occasionally organised in conjunction with overseas or UK-based Board meetings and otherwise at hospitality functions during the year.

In instances where any reimbursements or expenses are classified by HM Revenue & Customs as a benefit to the Chairman, it is also the practice of the Company to pay any tax due on any such benefits.

 

Fees – Non-Executive Directors

 

Non-Executive Directors receive a base fee and an appropriate Board Committee Membership Fee.

The Chairs of the Audit and Remuneration Committees receive an additional supplement and an additional supplement is also paid to the Senior Independent Director.

The quantum and structure of Non-Executive Directors’ remuneration primarily assessed against the same Pay Comparator Group of companies used for setting the remuneration of Executive Directors. The Board may also make reference to and take account of relevant research and analysis on Non-Executive Directors’ fees in FTSE 100 companies published by remuneration consultants from time to time.

Fees for the Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually, usually in April. The review does not always result in an increase in the Board fees or Committee fees.

The Board as a whole considers the policy and structure for the Non-Executive Directors’ fees on the recommendation of the Chairman and the Chief Executive. Non-Executive Directors do not participate in discussions on their specific levels of remuneration.

It is anticipated that any future aggregate increase to any of the fees for the Chairman and Non-Executive Directors will be within the salary range which governs the Company’s annual salary reviews for UK-based staff and will not exceed the equivalent of 10% per annum in aggregate.

 

Benefits, travel and related expenses – Non-Executive Directors

 

Non-Executive Directors are generally reimbursed for the cost of travel and related expenses incurred by them in respect of attendance at Board, Committee and General Meetings.

It is Board policy that the partners of the Non-Executive Directors may, from time to time, accompany the Directors to participate in a partners’ programme occasionally organised in conjunction with overseas or UK-based Board meetings and otherwise at hospitality functions during the year.

Non-Executive Directors are also eligible for general practitioner ‘walk-in’ medical services based a short distance from the Company’s Group headquarters in London; Non-Executive Directors receive no other benefits.

In instances where any reimbursements or expenses are classified by HM Revenue & Customs as a benefit to the Director, it is also the practice of the Company to pay any tax due on any such benefits.

 

The Directors’ Remuneration Report has been approved by the Board on 21 February 2018 and signed on its behalf by:

Dimitri Panayotopoulos

Chairman, Remuneration Committee

21 February 2018

 

 

   
98   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   99


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
100   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   101


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
102   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   103


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
104   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Opinion on the Group’s consolidated financial statements

We have audited the accompanying Group Balance Sheet of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and its subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related Group Income Statement, Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Statement of Changes in Equity, and Group Cash Flow Statement for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the Group’s “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Basis for opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the US federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

We have served as the Group’s auditor since 2015.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

February 21, 2018

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   105


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

Group Income Statement

 

                   For the years ended 31 December  
                2017      2016      2015  
      Notes           £m      £m      £m  
Revenue (1)    2          20,292        14,751        13,104  
Raw materials and consumables used             (4,520      (3,777      (3,217
Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress    3(h)          (513      44        184  
Employee benefit costs    3(a),(e)          (2,679      (2,274      (2,039
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs    3(b),(e),(f)          (902      (607      (428
Other operating income    3(e)          144        176        225  
Other operating expenses    3(c),(d),(e),(g),(h),(i)            (5,346      (3,658      (3,272
Profit from operations    2            6,476        4,655        4,557  
Net finance (costs)/income    4            (1,094      (637      62  
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures    2, 5            24,209        2,227        1,236  
                                       
Profit before taxation             29,591        6,245        5,855  
Taxation on ordinary activities    6            8,113        (1,406      (1,333
Profit for the year                 37,704        4,839        4,522  
Attributable to:                
Owners of the parent             37,533        4,648        4,290  
Non-controlling interests                 171        191        232  
                  37,704        4,839        4,522  
Earnings per share                
Basic    7            1,836.3      250.2      230.9
Diluted    7                1,830.0          249.2          230.3

 

(1)  Revenue is net of duty, excise and other taxes of £37,780 million, £32,136 million and £27,896 million for the years ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

   
106   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Group Statement of Comprehensive Income

 

              For the years ended 31 December  
            2017     2016     2015  
      Notes      £m     £m     £m  
Profit for the year         37,704       4,839       4,522  
Other comprehensive (expense)/income          
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:               (3,812     1,760       (849
Differences on exchange            
– subsidiaries         (3,087     1,270       (1,006
– associates         (923     1,425       336  
Cash flow hedges            
– net fair value (losses)/gains         (264     29       (99
– reclassified and reported in profit for the year         109       38       15  
– reclassified and reported in net assets         (16     (12     (45
Available-for-sale investments            
– net fair value (losses)/gains in respect of subsidiaries         (27           14  
– reclassified and reported in profit for the year                     (10
– net fair value gains/(losses) in respect of associates net of tax         5       (10     1  
Net investment hedges            
– net fair value gains/(losses)         425       (837     (118
– differences on exchange on borrowings         (68     (124     42  
Tax on items that may be reclassified      6(f)        34       (19     21  
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:               681       (173     263  
Retirement benefit schemes            
– net actuarial gains/(losses) in respect of subsidiaries      12        833       (228     283  
– surplus recognition and minimum funding obligations in respect of subsidiaries      12        (6     (1      
– actuarial gains in respect of associates net of tax      5        25       20       3  
Tax on items that will not be reclassified      6(f)        (171     36       (23
                                   
Total other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year, net of tax               (3,131     1,587       (586
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax               34,573       6,426       3,936  
Attributable to:          
Owners of the parent         34,406       6,180       3,757  
Non-controlling interests               167       246       179  
                  34,573         6,426         3,936  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   107


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

Group Statement of Changes in Equity

 

             

 

Attributable to owners of the parent

               
                  

 

Share

                                
                   premium,                                 
                   capital                  Total              
                   redemption                  attributable     Non-        
            Share      and merger      Other     Retained     to owners     controlling     Total  
                capital      reserves      reserves     earnings     of parent     interests     equity  
      Notes      £m      £m      £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

 

Balance at 1 January 2017

        507        3,931        413       3,331       8,182       224       8,406  

 

Total comprehensive (expense)/income for the year comprising:

                            (3,808     38,214       34,406       167       34,573  

 

Profit for the year

                            37,533       37,533       171       37,704  

 

Other comprehensive (expense)/income for the year

                            (3,808     681       (3,127     (4     (3,131

 

Employee share options

                   

 

– value of employee services

     25                            105       105             105  

 

– proceeds from shares issued

               5                    5             5  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                   

 

– ordinary shares

     8                            (4,465     (4,465           (4,465

 

– to non-controlling interests

                                        (169     (169

 

Purchase of own shares

                   

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                            (205     (205           (205

 

Shares issued – RAI acquisition

     24(a)        107        22,666                    22,773             22,773  

 

Other movements

                                  3       3             3  

 

Balance at 31 December 2017

              614        26,602        (3,395     36,983       60,804       222       61,026  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

             

 

Attributable to owners of the parent

               
                  

 

Share

                                
                   premium,                                 
                   capital                  Total              
                   redemption                  attributable     Non-        
            Share      and merger      Other     Retained     to owners     controlling     Total  
            capital      reserves      reserves     earnings     of parent     interests     equity  
      Notes      £m      £m      £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

 

Balance at 1 January 2016

        507        3,927        (1,294     1,754       4,894       138       5,032  

 

Total comprehensive income for the year comprising:

                            1,707       4,473       6,180       246       6,426  

 

Profit for the year

                            4,648       4,648       191       4,839  

 

Other comprehensive income for the year

                            1,707       (175     1,532       55       1,587  

 

Employee share options

                   

 

– value of employee services

     25                            71       71             71  

 

– proceeds from shares issued

               4                    4             4  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                   

 

– ordinary shares

     8                            (2,910     (2,910           (2,910

 

– to non-controlling interests

                                        (156     (156

 

Purchase of own shares

                   

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                            (64     (64           (64

 

Non-controlling interests – acquisitions

     24(c)                            4       4       (4      

 

Other movements

                                  3       3             3  

 

Balance at 31 December 2016

              507        3,931        413       3,331       8,182       224       8,406  

 

   
108   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

             

 

Attributable to owners of the parent

               
                  

 

Share

                                
                   premium,                                 
                   capital                  Total              
                   redemption                  attributable     Non-        
            Share      and merger      Other     Retained     to owners     controlling     Total  
                capital      reserves      reserves     earnings     of parent     interests     equity  
      Notes      £m      £m      £m     £m     £m     £m     £m  

 

Balance at 1 January 2015

        507        3,923        (498     1,578       5,510       304       5,814  

 

Total comprehensive income for the year comprising:

                            (796     4,553       3,757       179       3,936  

 

Profit for the year

                            4,290       4,290       232       4,522  

 

Other comprehensive income for the year

                            (796     263       (533     (53     (586

 

Employee share options

                   

 

– value of employee services

     25                            50       50             50  

 

– proceeds from shares issued

               4                    4             4  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                   

 

– ordinary shares

     8                            (2,770     (2,770           (2,770

 

– to non-controlling interests

                                        (238     (238

 

Purchase of own shares

                   

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                            (46     (46           (46

 

Non-controlling interests – acquisitions

     24(c)                            (1,642     (1,642     (107     (1,749

 

Other movements

                                  31       31             31  

 

Balance at 31 December 2015

              507        3,927        (1,294     1,754       4,894       138       5,032  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   109


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

Group Balance Sheet

 

             31 December   
          

 

2017

    2016   
      Notes     £m     £m   

 

Assets

      

 

Intangible assets

     9         117,785           12,117  

 

Property, plant and equipment

     10       4,882       3,661  

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

     11       1,577       9,507  

 

Retirement benefit assets

     12       1,123       455  

 

Deferred tax assets

     13       317       436  

 

Trade and other receivables

     14       756       599  

 

Available-for-sale investments

     15       42       43  

 

Derivative financial instruments

     16       590       596  

 

Total non-current assets

             127,072       27,414  

 

Inventories

     17       5,864       5,793  

 

Income tax receivable

       460       69  

 

Trade and other receivables

     14       4,053       3,884  

 

Available-for-sale investments

     15       65       15  

 

Derivative financial instruments

     16       228       375  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     18       3,291       2,204  
    

 

 

 

13,961

 

 

    12,340  

 

Assets classified as held-for-sale

             5       19  

 

Total current assets

             13,966       12,359  

 

Total assets

             141,038       39,773  

 

Equity – Capital and reserves

      

 

Share capital

       614       507  

 

Share premium, capital redemption and merger reserves

       26,602       3,931  

 

Other reserves

       (3,395     413  

 

Retained earnings

             36,983       3,331  

 

Owners of the parent

             60,804       8,182  

 

Non-controlling interests

             222       224  

 

Total equity

     19       61,026       8,406  

 

Liabilities

      

 

Borrowings

     20       44,027       16,488  

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

     12       1,821       826  

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     13       17,129       652  

 

Other provisions for liabilities

     21       354       386  

 

Trade and other payables

     22       1,058       1,040  

 

Derivative financial instruments

     16       79       119  

 

Total non-current liabilities

             64,468       19,511  

 

Borrowings

     20       5,423       3,007  

 

Income tax payable

       720       558  

 

Other provisions for liabilities

     21       399       407  

 

Trade and other payables

     22       8,847       7,335  

 

Derivative financial instruments

     16       155       549  

 

Total current liabilities

             15,544       11,856  

 

Total equity and liabilities

             141,038       39,773  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

On behalf of the Board

Richard Burrows

Chairman

21 February 2018

 

   
110   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Group Cash Flow Statement

 

             

 

For the years ended 31 December

 

 
      Notes     

2017

£m

   

2016

£m

   

2015

£m

 
Profit from operations           6,476       4,655       4,557  

 

Adjustments for

           

 

– depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs

        902       607       428  

 

– decrease/(increase) in inventories

        1,409       (638     (520

 

– (increase)/decrease in trade and other receivables

        (732     87       (508

 

– increase in amounts recoverable in respect of Quebec class action

     14        (130     (242     (55

 

– decrease in provision for Master Settlement Agreement

        (934            

 

– (decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

        (749     428       732  

 

– FII GLO receipts

     6                    963  

 

– decrease in net retirement benefit liabilities

        (131     (145     (191

 

– (decrease)/increase in provisions for liabilities

        (78     141       48  

 

– other non-cash items

              86             (54
Cash generated from operations         6,119       4,893       5,400  

 

Dividends received from associates

        903       962       593  

 

Tax paid

              (1,675     (1,245     (1,273
Net cash generated from operating activities               5,347       4,610       4,720  
Cash flows from investing activities          

 

Interest received

        83       62       64  

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

        (791     (586     (483

 

Proceeds on disposal of property, plant and equipment

        95       93       108  

 

Purchases of intangibles

        (187     (88     (118

 

Purchases of investments

        (170     (109     (99

 

Proceeds on disposals of investments

        160       22       45  

 

Acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. net of cash acquired

        (17,657            

 

Investment in associates and acquisitions of other subsidiaries net of cash acquired

        (77     (57     (3,508

 

Proceeds from associates’ share buy-backs

     11              23        
Net cash used in investing activities               (18,544     (640     (3,991
Cash flows from financing activities          

 

Interest paid

        (1,114     (641     (596

 

Proceeds from increases in and new borrowings

        40,937       3,476       6,931  

 

(Outflows)/inflows relating to derivative financial instruments

        (406     (26     201  

 

Purchases of own shares held in employee share ownership trusts

        (205     (64     (46

 

Reductions in and repayments of borrowings

        (20,827     (3,840     (2,028

 

Dividends paid to owners of the parent

     8        (3,465     (2,910     (2,770

 

Purchases of non-controlling interests

              (70     (1,677

 

Dividends paid to non-controlling interests

        (167     (147     (235

 

Other

              6       (7     1  
Net cash from/(used in) financing activities               14,759       (4,229     (219
Net cash flows generated from/(used in) operating, investing and financing activities         1,562       (259     510  

 

Differences on exchange

              (391     180       (272
Increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents in the year         1,171       (79     238  

 

Net cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

              1,651       1,730       1,492  
Net cash and cash equivalents at 31 December      18        2,822           1,651           1,730  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   111


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements  

 

                                  

 

Notes on the Accounts

 

1 Accounting policies

Basis of preparation

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”) as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (“IASB”), IFRS as adopted by the European Union (EU), and in accordance with the provisions of the UK Companies Act 2006 applicable to companies reporting under IFRS. IFRS as adopted by the EU differs in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the IASB. The differences have no impact on the Group’s consolidated financial statements for the periods presented.

The consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis under the historical cost convention except as described in the accounting policy below on financial instruments.

The Group has adopted the Amendment to IAS 7 Statement of Cash Flows with effect from 1 January 2017. This amendment requires reporting entities to provide disclosures that enable users of financial statements to evaluate changes in liabilities arising from financing activities, by disclosing changes arising from cash flows as well as non-cash changes. These additional disclosures have been added to note 20.

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of revenues, expenses, assets and liabilities, and the disclosure of contingent liabilities at the date of the financial statements. The key estimates and assumptions are set out in the accounting policies below, together with the related notes to the accounts.

The critical accounting estimates include:

 

the review of asset values, especially goodwill and impairment testing. The key assumptions used in respect of goodwill and impairment testing are the determination of cash-generating units, the budgeted cash flows of these units, the long-term growth rate for cash flow projections and the rate used to discount the cash flow projections. These are described in note 9;

 

the estimation of and accounting for retirement benefit costs. The determination of the carrying value of assets and liabilities, as well as the charge for the year, and amounts recognised in other comprehensive income, involves judgements made in conjunction with independent actuaries. These involve estimates about uncertain future events based on the environment in different countries, including life expectancy of scheme members, salary and pension increases, inflation, as well as discount rates and asset values at the year end. The assumptions used by the Group and sensitivity analysis are described in note 12;

 

the estimation of amounts to be recognised in respect of taxation and legal matters, and the estimation of other provisions for liabilities and charges are subject to uncertain future events, may extend over several years and so the amount and/or timing may differ from current assumptions. The accounting policy for taxation is explained below. The recognised deferred tax assets and liabilities, together with a note of unrecognised amounts, are shown in note 13, and a contingent tax asset is explained in note 6(b). Other provisions for liabilities and charges are as set out in note 21. The accounting policy on contingent liabilities, which are not provided for, is set out below and the contingent liabilities of the Group are explained in note 28. The application of these accounting policies to the payments made and credits recognised under the Master Settlement Agreement by Reynolds American (“RAI”) is described in note 3(d); and

 

the estimation of the fair values of acquired net assets arising in a business combination and the allocation of the purchase consideration between the underlying net assets acquired, including intangible assets other than goodwill, on the basis of their fair values. These estimates are prepared in conjunction with the advice of independent valuation experts where appropriate. The relevant transactions for 2017, 2016 and 2015 are described in note 24.

The critical accounting judgements include:

 

the definition of adjusting items, which are separately disclosed as memorandum information, is explained below and the impact of these on the calculation of adjusted earnings is described in note 7;

 

the determination as to whether control (subsidiaries), joint control (joint arrangements), or significant influence (associates) exists in relation to the investments held by the Group. This is assessed after taking into account the Group’s ability to appoint directors to the entity’s board, its relative shareholding compared with other shareholders, any significant contracts or arrangements with the entity or its other shareholders and other relevant facts and circumstances; and

 

the review of applicable exchange rates for transactions with and translation of entities in territories where there are restrictions on the free access to foreign currency, or multiple exchange rates.

Such estimates and assumptions are based on historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable in the circumstances and constitute management’s best judgement at the date of the financial statements. In the future, actual experience may deviate from these estimates and assumptions, which could affect the financial statements as the original estimates and assumptions are modified, as appropriate, in the year in which the circumstances change.

These consolidated financial statements were authorised for issue by the Board of Directors on 21 February 2018.

Basis of consolidation

The consolidated financial information includes the financial statements of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and its subsidiary undertakings, collectively “the Group”, together with the Group’s share of the results of its associates and joint arrangements.

A subsidiary is an entity controlled by the Group. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable returns from its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through its power over the entity.

Associates comprise investments in undertakings, which are not subsidiary undertakings or joint arrangements, where the Group’s interest in the equity capital is long term and over whose operating and financial policies the Group exercises a significant influence. They are accounted for using the equity method.

Joint arrangements comprise contractual arrangements where two or more parties have joint control and where decisions regarding the relevant activities of the entity require unanimous consent. Joint operations are jointly-controlled arrangements where the parties to the arrangement have rights to the underlying assets and obligations for the underlying liabilities relating to the arrangement. The Group accounts for its share of the assets, liabilities, income and expenses of any such arrangement. Joint ventures comprise arrangements where the parties to the arrangement have rights to the net assets of the arrangement. They are accounted for using the equity method.

 

 

   
112   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

1 Accounting policies continued

Foreign currencies

The functional currency of the Parent Company is sterling and this is also the presentation currency of the Group. The income and cash flow statements of Group undertakings expressed in currencies other than sterling are translated to sterling using exchange rates applicable to the dates of the underlying transactions. Average rates of exchange in each year are used where the average rate approximates the relevant exchange rate at the date of the underlying transactions. Assets and liabilities of Group undertakings are translated at the applicable rates of exchange at the end of each year. In territories where there are restrictions on the free access to foreign currency or multiple exchange rates, the applicable rates of exchange are regularly reviewed.

For hyperinflationary countries, the financial statements in local currency are adjusted to reflect the impact of local inflation prior to translation into sterling.

The differences between retained profits translated at average and closing rates of exchange are taken to reserves, as are differences arising on the retranslation to sterling (using closing rates of exchange) of overseas net assets at the beginning of the year, and are presented as a separate component of equity. They are recognised in the income statement when the gain or loss on disposal of a Group undertaking is recognised.

Foreign currency transactions are initially recognised in the functional currency of each entity in the Group using the exchange rate ruling at the date of the transaction. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting from the settlement of such transactions and from the translation of foreign currency assets and liabilities at year end rates of exchange are recognised in the income statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges, on intercompany net investment loans and qualifying net investment hedges. Foreign exchange gains or losses recognised in the income statement are included in profit from operations or net finance costs depending on the underlying transactions that gave rise to these exchange differences.

Revenue

Revenue principally comprises sales of cigarettes and other tobacco products to external customers. Revenue excludes duty, excise and other taxes and is after deducting rebates, returns and other similar discounts. Revenue is recognised when the significant risks and rewards of ownership are transferred to a third party.

Retirement benefit costs

The Group operates both defined benefit and defined contribution schemes including post-retirement healthcare schemes. The net deficit or surplus for each defined benefit pension scheme is calculated in accordance with IAS 19 based on the present value of the defined benefit obligation at the balance sheet date less the fair value of the scheme assets adjusted, where appropriate, for any surplus restrictions or the effect of minimum funding requirements.

For defined benefit schemes, the actuarial cost charged to profit from operations consists of current service cost, net interest on the net defined benefit liability or asset, past service cost and the impact of any settlements.

Some benefits are provided through defined contribution schemes and payments to these are charged as an expense as they fall due.

Share-based payments

The Group has equity-settled and cash-settled share-based compensation plans.

Equity-settled share-based payments are measured at fair value at the date of grant. The fair value determined at the grant date of the equity-settled share-based payments is expensed over the vesting period, based on the Group’s estimate of awards that will eventually vest. For plans where vesting conditions are based on total shareholder returns, the fair value at date of grant reflects these conditions, whereas earnings per share vesting conditions are reflected in the calculation of awards that will eventually vest over the vesting period. For cash-settled share-based payments, a liability equal to the portion of the services received is recognised at its current fair value determined at each balance sheet date. Fair value is measured by the use of the Black-Scholes option pricing model, except where vesting is dependent on market conditions when the Monte-Carlo option pricing model is used. The expected life used in the models has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural considerations.

Research and development

Research expenditure is charged to income in the year in which it is incurred. Development expenditure is charged to income in the year it is incurred, unless it meets the recognition criteria of IAS 38.

Taxation

Taxation is that chargeable on the profits for the period, together with deferred taxation.

The current income tax charge is calculated on the basis of tax laws enacted or substantively enacted at the balance sheet date in the countries where the Group’s subsidiaries, associates and joint arrangements operate and generate taxable income.

Deferred taxation is provided in full using the liability method for temporary differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amount used for taxation purposes. A deferred tax asset is recognised only to the extent that it is probable that future taxable profits will be available against which the asset can be utilised.

Deferred tax is determined using the tax rates that have been enacted or substantively enacted by the balance sheet date and are expected to apply when the related deferred tax asset is realised or deferred tax liability is settled.

Tax is recognised in the income statement except to the extent that it relates to items recognised in other comprehensive income or directly in equity, in which case it is recognised in the statement of other comprehensive income or the statement of changes in equity.

The Group has exposures in respect of the payment or recovery of a number of taxes. Liabilities or assets for these payments or recoveries are recognised at such time as an outcome becomes probable and when the amount can reasonably be estimated.

Goodwill

Goodwill arising on acquisitions is capitalised and any impairment of goodwill is recognised immediately in the income statement and is not subsequently reversed.

Goodwill in respect of subsidiaries is included in intangible assets. In respect of associates and joint ventures, goodwill is included in the carrying value of the investment in the associated company or joint venture. On disposal of a subsidiary, associate or joint venture, the attributable amount of goodwill is included in the determination of the profit or loss on disposal.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   113


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  
                    
Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

1 Accounting policies continued

Intangible assets other than goodwill

The intangible assets shown on the Group balance sheet consist mainly of trademarks and similar intangibles, including certain intellectual property, acquired by the Group’s subsidiary undertakings and computer software.

Acquired trademarks and similar assets are carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment. Trademarks with indefinite lives are not amortised but are reviewed annually for impairment. Other trademarks and similar assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over their remaining useful lives, consistent with the pattern of economic benefits expected to be received, which do not exceed 20 years. Any impairments of trademarks are recognised in the income statement but increases in trademark values are not recognised.

Computer software is carried at cost less accumulated amortisation and impairment, and, with the exception of global software solutions, is amortised on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three years to five years. Global software solutions are software assets designed to be implemented on a global basis and used as a standard solution by all of the operating companies in the Group. These assets are amortised on a straight-line basis over periods not exceeding ten years.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and impairment. Depreciation is calculated on a straight-line basis to write off the assets over their useful economic life. No depreciation is provided on freehold land or assets classified as held-for-sale. Freehold and leasehold property are depreciated at rates between 2.5% and 4% per annum, and plant and equipment at rates between 3% and 25% per annum.

Capitalised interest

Borrowing costs which are directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or production of intangible assets or property, plant and equipment that takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its intended use or sale, are capitalised as part of the cost of the asset.

Leased assets

Assets where the Group has substantially all the risks and rewards of ownership of the leased asset are classified as finance leases and are included as part of property, plant and equipment. Finance lease assets are initially recognised at an amount equal to the lower of their fair value and the present value of the minimum lease payments at inception of the lease, then depreciated over the shorter of the lease term and their estimated useful lives. Leasing payments consist of capital and finance charge elements and the finance element is charged to the income statement.

Rental payments under operating leases are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events indicate that the carrying amount of a cash-generating unit may not be recoverable. In addition, assets that have indefinite useful lives are tested annually for impairment. An impairment loss is recognised to the extent that the carrying value exceeds the higher of the asset’s fair value less costs to sell and its value in use.

A cash-generating unit is the smallest identifiable group of assets that generates cash flows which are largely independent of the cash flows from other assets or groups of assets. At the acquisition date, any goodwill acquired is allocated to the relevant cash-generating unit or group of cash-generating units expected to benefit from the acquisition for the purpose of impairment testing of goodwill.

Impairment of financial assets

Financial assets are reviewed at each balance sheet date, or whenever events indicate that the carrying amount may not be recoverable. In the case of equity investments classified as available-for-sale, a significant or prolonged decline in the fair value of the investment below its cost is considered as an indicator that the investment is impaired.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is based on the weighted average cost incurred in acquiring inventories and bringing them to their existing location and condition, which will include raw materials, direct labour and overheads, where appropriate. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price less costs to completion and sale. Tobacco inventories which have an operating cycle that exceeds 12 months are classified as current assets, consistent with recognised industry practice.

Financial instruments

Financial assets and financial liabilities are recognised when the Group becomes a party to the contractual provisions of the relevant instrument and derecognised when it ceases to be a party to such provisions. Such assets and liabilities are classified as current if they are expected to be realised or settled within 12 months after the balance sheet date. If not, they are classified as non-current.

Financial assets and financial liabilities are initially recognised at fair value, plus directly attributable transaction costs where applicable, with subsequent measurement as set out below.

Non-derivative financial assets are classified on initial recognition as available-for-sale investments, loans and receivables or cash and cash equivalents as follows:

Available-for-sale investments:

Available-for-sale investments are those non-derivative financial assets that cannot be classified as loans and receivables or cash and cash equivalents.

Loans and receivables:

These are non-derivative financial assets with fixed or determinable payments that are not quoted in an active market.

Cash and cash equivalents:

Cash and cash equivalents include cash in hand and deposits held on call, together with other short-term highly liquid investments including investments in certain money market funds. Cash equivalents normally comprise instruments with maturities of three months or less at date of acquisition. In the cash flow statement, cash and cash equivalents are shown net of bank overdrafts, which are included as current borrowings in the liabilities section on the balance sheet.

Apart from available-for-sale investments, non-derivative financial assets are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method, subject to reduction for allowances for estimated irrecoverable amounts. These estimates for irrecoverable amounts are recognised when there is objective evidence that the full amount receivable will not be collected according to the original terms of the asset. Available-for-sale investments are stated at fair value, with changes in fair value being recognised directly in other comprehensive income. When such investments are derecognised (e.g. through disposal) or become impaired, the accumulated gains and losses, previously recognised in other comprehensive income, are reclassified to the income statement within ‘finance income’. Dividend and interest income on available-for-sale investments are included within ‘finance income’ when the Group’s right to receive payments is established.

 

 

   
114   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

1 Accounting policies continued

Fair values for quoted investments are based on observable market prices. If there is no active market for a financial asset, the fair value is established by using valuation techniques principally involving discounted cash flow analysis.

Non-derivative financial liabilities are stated at amortised cost using the effective interest method. For borrowings, their carrying value includes accrued interest payable, as well as unamortised issue costs.

Derivative financial assets and liabilities are initially recognised, and subsequently measured, at fair value, which includes accrued interest receivable and payable where relevant. Changes in their fair values are recognised as follows:

 

for derivatives that are designated as cash flow hedges, the changes in their fair values are recognised directly in other comprehensive income, to the extent that they are effective, with the ineffective portion being recognised in the income statement. Where the hedged item results in a non-financial asset, the accumulated gains and losses, previously recognised in other comprehensive income, are included in the initial carrying value of the asset (basis adjustment) and recognised in the income statement in the same periods as the hedged item. Where the underlying transaction does not result in such an asset, the accumulated gains and losses are reclassified to the income statement in the same periods as the hedged item;

 

for derivatives that are designated as fair value hedges, the carrying value of the hedged item is adjusted for the fair value changes attributable to the risk being hedged, with the corresponding entry being made in the income statement. The changes in fair value of these derivatives are also recognised in the income statement;

 

for derivatives that are designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations, the changes in their fair values are recognised directly in other comprehensive income, to the extent that they are effective, with the ineffective portion being recognised in the income statement. Where non-derivatives such as foreign currency borrowings are designated as net investment hedges, the relevant exchange differences are similarly recognised. The accumulated gains and losses are reclassified to the income statement when the foreign operation is disposed of; and

 

for derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting or are not designated as hedges, the changes in their fair values are recognised in the income statement in the period in which they arise.

In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the Group is required to document prospectively the relationship between the item being hedged and the hedging instrument. The Group is also required to demonstrate an assessment of the relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, which shows that the hedge will be highly effective on an ongoing basis. This effectiveness testing is reperformed periodically to ensure that the hedge has remained, and is expected to remain, highly effective.

Hedge accounting is discontinued when a hedging instrument is derecognised (e.g. through expiry or disposal), or no longer qualifies for hedge accounting. Where the hedged item is a highly probable forecast transaction, the related gains and losses remain in equity until the transaction takes place, when they are reclassified to the income statement in the same manner as for cash flow hedges as described above. When a hedged future transaction is no longer expected to occur, any related gains and losses, previously recognised in other comprehensive income, are immediately reclassified to the income statement.

Derivative fair value changes recognised in the income statement are either reflected in arriving at profit from operations (if the hedged item is similarly reflected) or in finance costs.

Dividends

Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in the Group’s financial statements in the period in which they are approved by shareholders (final dividends) or declared (interim dividends). With effect from 1 January 2018, the Company will move to four interim quarterly dividend payments, with the dividend amount announced as part of the Group’s Preliminary Announcement.

Segmental analysis

The Group is organised and managed on the basis of its geographic regions. These are the reportable segments for the Group as they form the focus of the Group’s internal reporting systems and are the basis used by the chief operating decision maker, identified as the Management Board, for assessing performance and allocating resources.

The Group is primarily a single product business providing cigarettes and other tobacco products. While the Group has clearly differentiated brands, global segmentation between a wide portfolio of brands is not part of the regular internally reported financial information. The results of Next Generation Products are not currently material to the Group.

The prices agreed between Group companies for intra-group sales of materials, manufactured goods, charges for royalties, commissions, services and fees, are based on normal commercial practices which would apply between independent businesses. Royalty income, less related expenditure, is included in the region in which the licensor is based.

Adjusting items

Adjusting items are significant items of income or expense in revenue, profit from operations, net finance costs, taxation and the Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures which individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance because of their size, nature or incidence. In identifying and quantifying adjusting items, the Group consistently applies a policy that defines criteria that are required to be met for an item to be classified as adjusting. These items are separately disclosed in the segmental analyses or in the notes to the accounts as appropriate.

The Group believes that these items are useful to users of the Group financial statements in helping them to understand the underlying business performance and are used to derive the Group’s principal non-GAAP measures of adjusted revenue, adjusted profit from operations, adjusted diluted earnings per share, operating cash flow conversion ratio and adjusted cash from operations, all of which are before the impact of adjusting items and which are reconciled from revenue, profit from operations, diluted earnings per share, cash conversion ratio and net cash generated from operating activities.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   115


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

1 Accounting policies continued

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when either a legal or constructive obligation as a result of a past event exists at the balance sheet date, it is probable that an outflow of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation and a reasonable estimate can be made of the amount of the obligation.

Contingent liabilities and contingent assets

Subsidiaries and associate companies are defendants in tobacco-related and other litigation. Provision for this litigation (including legal costs) is made at such time as an unfavourable outcome became probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated.

Contingent assets are possible assets whose existence will only be confirmed by future events not wholly within the control of the entity and are not recognised as assets until the realisation of income is virtually certain.

Where a provision has not been recognised, the Group records its external legal fees and other external defence costs for tobacco-related and other litigation as these costs are incurred.

Repurchase of share capital

When share capital is repurchased the amount of consideration paid, including directly attributable costs, is recognised as a deduction from equity. Repurchased shares which are not cancelled, or shares purchased for the employee share ownership trusts, are classified as treasury shares and presented as a deduction from total equity.

Future changes to accounting policies

Certain changes to IFRS will be applicable to the Group financial statements in future years. Set out below are those which are considered to be most relevant to the Group.

IFRS 9 Financial Instruments

This standard was finalised and published in July 2014 as the replacement for IAS 39. The Group shall apply IFRS 9 with effect from

1 January 2018 with no restatement of prior periods, as permitted by the Standard. The cumulative impact of adopting the Standard, including the effect of tax entries, will be recognised as a restatement of opening reserves in 2018, and is estimated to be £37 million, arising from:

 

A change in the classification and measurement of financial assets: The category of available-for-sale investments (where fair value changes are deferred in reserves until disposal of the investment) will be replaced with the category of financial assets at Fair Value through Profit and Loss, and the available-for-sale reserve will be reclassified into retained earnings. In addition, certain loans and receivables which do not meet the measurement tests for amortised cost under IFRS 9 will be reclassified as financial assets at Fair Value through Profit and Loss.

 

Impairment of financial assets under the expected loss model: The expected loss model under IFRS 9 accelerates recognition of potential impairment on loans and trade receivables when compared with the incurred loss model under IAS 39. A simplified “lifetime expected loss model” is available for balances arising as a result of revenue recognition, by applying a standard rate of provision on initial recognition of trade debtors based upon the Group’s historical experience of credit loss, and increasing this provision to take account of overdue receivables. Applying the requirements of IFRS 9 is expected to result in a decrease of trade and other debtors of £45 million as at 1 January 2018.

The Group will adopt the hedge accounting requirements of IFRS 9 prospectively from 1 January 2018.

IFRS 15 Revenue from Contracts with Customers

This standard was first published in May 2014, and subsequently amended in April 2016, as the replacement to IAS 18, and the mandatory effective date of implementation is 1 January 2018. The Group shall apply IFRS 15 with effect from 1 January 2018 with full restatement of prior periods, as permitted by the Standard, to ensure comparability of the income statement across prior periods.

This standard changes the way the Group accounts for rebates, discounts or other consideration payable to customers, and requires certain payments to indirect customers, currently shown as marketing expenses under IAS 18, to be shown as deductions from revenue. This would have reduced revenue by £664 million in 2017 (2016: £618 million), with a corresponding reduction in operating costs. In addition, due to the timing of the recognition of certain payments to indirect customers, revenue and operating profit for the year would have been reduced by a further £64 million had the Standard been applied to 2017’s results.

IFRS 16 Leases

This standard was finalised and published in January 2016 with a mandatory effective date of implementation of 1 January 2019. The distinction between operating leases and finance leases enshrined in current accounting requirements (IAS 17) is removed with the effect that virtually all leasing arrangements will be brought on to the balance sheet as financial obligations and ‘right-to-use’ assets. Further due diligence will be carried out before implementation, but the anticipated impact from restatement on the Group’s reported profit and net assets for 2017 and 2016 is not expected to be material, although assets and liabilities would have been grossed up by £370 million in 2017 and £282 million in 2016 based on current leasing commitments as disclosed in note 28.

IFRIC 23 Uncertainty over Income Tax treatments

This interpretation was finalised and published in June 2017 with a mandatory effective date of implementation, subject to EU endorsement, of 1 January 2019. The Interpretation clarifies how to apply the recognition and measurement requirements in IAS 12 when there is uncertainty over income tax treatments. In particular, the Interpretation addresses whether uncertain tax treatments should be considered separately or together with one or more other uncertain tax treatments, and addresses the assumptions an entity makes about how probable it is that a taxation authority will accept an uncertain tax treatment. An initial assessment has been carried out and the impact on the Group’s profit and equity is not expected to be material. Further due diligence will be carried out before implementation.

In addition, a number of other interpretations and revisions to existing standards have been issued which will be applicable to the Group’s financial statements in future years, but will not have a material effect on reported profit or equity or on the disclosures in the financial statements.

 

 

   
116   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

2 Segmental analyses

As the chief operating decision maker, the Management Board reviews external revenues and adjusted profit from operations to evaluate segment performance and allocate resources to the overall business. The results of Next Generation Products as a separate segment are currently not material to the Group and therefore it is not considered a reportable segment that requires separate disclosure under the requirements of IFRS 8 Operating segments. Interest income, interest expense and taxation are centrally managed and accordingly such items are not presented by segment as they are excluded from the measure of segment profitability.

The five geographic regions are the reportable segments for the Group as they form the focus of the Group’s internal reporting systems and are the basis used by the Management Board for assessing performance and allocating resources. The Management Board reviews current and prior year segmental revenue, adjusted profit from operations of subsidiaries and joint operations, and adjusted post-tax results of associates and joint ventures at constant rates of exchange. The constant rate comparison provided for reporting segment information is based on a retranslation, at prior year exchange rates, of the current year results of the Group, including intercompany royalties payable in foreign currency to UK entities. However, the Group does not adjust for the normal transactional gains and losses in operations which are generated by movements in exchange rates.

In respect of the United States region, all financial statements and financial information provided by or with respect to the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group) are prepared on the basis of US GAAP and constitute the primary financial statements or financial information of the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group). Solely, for the purpose of consolidation within the results of BAT p.l.c. and the BAT Group, this financial information is then converted to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB and adopted by the European Union (IFRS). To the extent any such financial information provided in these financial statements relate to the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group) it is provided as an explanation of the US business’ or RAI’s (and/or the RAI Group’s) primary US GAAP based financial statements and information.

The following table shows 2017 revenue and adjusted revenue at current rates, and 2017 adjusted revenue translated using 2016 rates of exchange. The 2016 figures are stated at the 2016 rates of exchange and are, therefore, unadjusted from those published for 2016.

 

      2017           2016  
                      Adjusted          Adjusting                   
     Revenue            Revenue      items     Revenue             
         Constant          Translation     Current      Current     Current             
     rates      exchange     rates      rates     rates              Revenue  
      £m      £m     £m      £m     £m           £m  

United States

     4,006        205       4,211              4,211           

Asia-Pacific

     4,320        189       4,509              4,509          4,266  

Americas

     3,178        (53     3,125              3,125          2,868  

Western Europe

     4,007        267       4,274        258       4,532          3,867  

EEMEA

     3,773        142       3,915              3,915            3,750  

Revenue

     19,284        750       20,034        258       20,292            14,751  

 

Note: adjusting items in revenue are in respect of excise included in goods acquired from a third party under short term arrangements and then passed on to customers. This is deemed as adjusting due to the distorting nature to revenue and operating margin.

 

The following table shows 2016 revenue at current rates, and 2016 revenue translated using 2015 rates of exchange. The 2015 figures are stated at the 2015 rates of exchange and are, therefore, unadjusted from those published for 2015.

 

 

 

                     2016           2015  
                  Revenue            Revenue             
                  Constant      Translation     Current             
                  rates      exchange     rates          Revenue  
                     £m      £m     £m           £m  

Asia-Pacific

          3,770        496       4,266          3,773  

Americas

          3,014        (146     2,868          2,720  

Western Europe

          3,471        396       3,867          3,203  

EEMEA

                      3,753        (3     3,750            3,408  

Revenue

                      14,008        743       14,751            13,104  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   117


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

2 Segmental analyses continued

The following table shows 2017 profit from operations and adjusted profit from operations at current rates, and as translated using 2016 rates of exchange. The 2016 figures are stated at the 2016 rates of exchange and are, therefore, unadjusted from those published for 2016.

 

       
    

 

2017

 

        

2016

 

 
     Adjusted*           Adjusted*                                     
     segment           segment           Segment                         
     result           result           result          Adjusted*              
     Constant     Translation     Current     Adjusting*     Current          segment     Adjusting*     Segment  
     rates     exchange     rates     items     rates          result     items     result  
      £m     £m     £m     £m     £m           £m     £m     £m  
United States   

 

 

 

1,980

 

 

    101       2,081       (763     1,318                       
Asia-Pacific      1,674       81       1,755       (117     1,638          1,630       (198     1,432  
Americas      1,288       (32     1,256       (109     1,147          1,172       (155     1,017  
Western Europe      1,458       104       1,562       (435     1,127          1,389       (345     1,044  
EEMEA      1,265       74       1,339       (93     1,246            1,289       (107     1,182  
  

 

 

 

7,665

 

 

    328       7,993       (1,517     6,476          5,480       (805     4,675  
                   
Fox River**                                                       (20     (20
Profit from operations      7,665       328       7,993       (1,517     6,476          5,480       (825     4,655  
Net finance costs      (833     (56     (889     (205     (1,094        (529     (108     (637
                                                                       
United States***   

 

 

 

593

 

 

    31       624       23,195       23,819          991       889       1,880  
   
Asia-Pacific      352       30       382       29       411          331       11       342  
   
Western Europe      4             4       (27     (23        3             3  
   
EEMEA      2             2             2            2             2  
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures      951       61       1,012       23,197       24,209            1,327       900       2,227  

 

Profit/(loss) before taxation

     7,783       333       8,116       21,475       29,591            6,278       (33     6,245  

 

Taxation (charge)/credit on ordinary activities

     (2,033     (74     (2,107     10,220       8,113                            (1,406

 

Profit for the year

                                     37,704                            4,839  

 

* The adjustments to profit from operations, net finance (costs) / income and the Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures are explained in notes 3(e) to 3(i), note 4(b), note 5(a) and note 6(d) to (e) respectively.

 

** The Fox River charge in 2016 (see note 3(g) and note 28) has not been allocated to any segment as it neither relates to current operations nor the tobacco business. It is presented separately from the segmental reporting which is used to evaluate segment performance and to allocate resources, and is reported to the chief operating decision maker on this basis.

 

*** The prior year comparison has been restated to reclassify the share of post-tax results in RAI from the Americas region to the new United States region.

 

   
118   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

2 Segmental analyses continued

The following table shows 2016 profit from operations and adjusted profit from operations at current rates, and as translated using 2015 rates of exchange. The 2015 figures are stated at the 2015 rates of exchange and are, therefore, unadjusted from those published for 2015.

 

     

 

2016

          2015  
     Adjusted*           Adjusted*                                     
     segment           segment           Segment                         
     result           result           result          Adjusted*              
     Constant     Translation     Current     Adjusting*     Current          segment     Adjusting*     Segment  
     rates     exchange     rates     items     rates          result     items     result  
      £m     £m     £m     £m     £m           £m     £m     £m  
Asia-Pacific      1,488       142       1,630       (198     1,432          1,469       (108     1,361  
Americas      1,202       (30     1,172       (155     1,017          1,169       (87     1,082  
Western Europe      1,236       153       1,389       (345     1,044          1,146       (156     990  
EEMEA      1,271       18       1,289       (107     1,182            1,208       (81     1,127  
     5,197       283       5,480       (805     4,675          4,992       (432     4,560  
Fox River**            (20     (20                 
Flintkote**                                                       (3     (3
Profit from operations      5,197       283       5,480       (825     4,655          4,992       (435     4,557  
Net finance (costs)/income      (494     (35     (529     (108     (637        (427     489       62  
                                                                       
United States***      877       114       991       889       1,880          652       277       929  
Asia-Pacific      307       24       331       11       342          286       16       302  
Americas***                                       4             4  
Western Europe      4       (1     3             3                       
EEMEA      2             2             2            1             1  
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures      1,190       137       1,327       900       2,227            943       293       1,236  
Profit/(loss) before taxation      5,893       385       6,278       (33     6,245            5,508       347       5,855  
Taxation on ordinary activities                                      (1,406                          (1,333
Profit for the year                                      4,839                            4,522  

 

* The adjustments to profit from operations, net finance (costs) / income and the Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures are explained in notes 3(e) to 3(i), note 4(b), note 5(a) and note 6(d) to (e) respectively.

 

** The Fox River charge in 2016 and 2015 (see note 3(g) and note 28) and the Flintkote charge in 2015 (see note 3(i) and note 28) have not been allocated to any segment as they neither relate to current operations nor the tobacco business. They are presented separately from the segmental reporting which is used to evaluate segment performance and to allocate resources, and is reported to the chief operating decision maker on this basis.

 

*** The prior year comparison has been restated to reclassify the share of post-tax results in RAI from the Americas region to the new United States region.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   119


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

2 Segmental analyses continued

Adjusted profit from operations at constant rates of £7,665 million (2016: £5,197 million; 2015: £5,620 million) excludes certain depreciation, amortisation and impairment charges as explained in notes 3(e) and 3(f). These are excluded from segmental profit from operations at constant rates as follows:

 

    

 

2017

          

2016

 
    Adjusted         Adjusted                                      
    depreciation,             depreciation,               Depreciation,           Adjusted              
    amortisation         amortisation           amortisation           depreciation,               Depreciation,  
    and         and           and           amortisation           amortisation  
    impairment         Translation     impairment           Adjusting     impairment           and           Adjusting     and  
      Constant rates   exchange     Current rates     items     Current rates           impairment     items     impairment  
     £m   £m     £m     £m     £m            £m     £m     £m  
United States   57     2       59       120       179          
Asia-Pacific   101     3       104       22       126         105       51       156  
Americas   60     3       63       39       102         86       44       130  
Western Europe   105     5       110       263       373         109       103       212  
EEMEA   95     3       98       24       122               95       14       109  
    418     16       434       468       902               395       212       607  
                                                                     
   

 

2016

         

2015

 
    Adjusted         Adjusted                                      
    depreciation,         depreciation,           Depreciation,           Adjusted              
    amortisation         amortisation           amortisation           depreciation,           Depreciation,  
    and         and           and           amortisation           amortisation  
    impairment   Translation     impairment     Adjusting     impairment           and     Adjusting     and  
    Constant rates   exchange     Current rates     items     Current rates           impairment     items     impairment  
     £m   £m     £m     £m     £m            £m     £m     £m  
Asia-Pacific   96     9       105       51       156         95       33       128  
Americas   83     3       86       44       130         84       9       93  
Western Europe   100     9       109       103       212         75       39       114  
EEMEA   96     (1     95       14       109               83       10       93  
    375     20       395       212       607               337       91       428  

External revenue and non-current assets other than financial instruments, deferred tax assets and retirement benefit assets are analysed between the UK and all foreign countries at current rates of exchange as follows:

 

     

United Kingdom

            

 

All foreign countries

          

Group

 
Revenue is based on location            2017              2016              2015                     2017              2016              2015                   2017              2016                2015  
of sale    £m      £m      £m              £m      £m      £m            £m      £m        £m  
External revenue      211        272        190                 20,081        14,479      12,914               20,292        14,751          13,104  

 

     

 

United Kingdom

          All foreign countries          

Group

 
             2017              2016                  2017              2016                  2017                2016  
      £m      £m           £m      £m           £m        £m  

Intangible assets

     514        551          117,271        11,566          117,785          12,117  

Property, plant and equipment

     406        371          4,476        3,290          4,882          3,661  
Investments in associates and joint ventures                        1,577        9,507            1,577          9,507  

In 2017, the consolidated results of RAI companies operating in the United States met the criteria for separate disclosure under the requirements of IFRS 8 Operating Segments. Revenue (since the date of acquisition) and non-current assets for the operations in the United States in 2017 amounted to £4,211 million and £107,139 million, respectively.

The main acquisitions comprising the goodwill balance of £44,147 million (2016: £11,023 million; 2015: £9,324 million), included in intangible assets, are provided in note 9. Due to the purchase of the remaining shares in RAI, investments in associates and joint ventures have decreased. In 2016, the investment in RAI was £8,051 million and in 2015 it was £5,749 million. Included in investments in associates and joint ventures are amounts of £1,527 million (2016: £1,394 million; 2015: £1,136 million) attributable to the investment in ITC Ltd. Further information is provided in note 5 and note 11.

Regional structure change applicable from 1 January 2018

Due to the acquisition of RAI, a new organisational structure has been announced applicable from 1 January 2018. RAI will be reported as a separate region (United States). The markets which currently comprise EEMEA will be merged into Americas, Western Europe and Asia-Pacific to form three new regions. The markets in the Middle East will merge with Asia-Pacific to form the new Asia-Pacific and Middle East region (APME). The markets in East and Central Africa, West Africa and Southern Africa will merge with the Americas region to form the new Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa region (AmSSA). The markets in Russia, Ukraine, Caucasus, Central Asia, Belarus, Turkey and North Africa will merge with the Western Europe region to form the new Europe and North Africa region (ENA).

 

   
120   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

3 Profit from operations

Enumerated below are movements in costs that have impacted profit from operations in 2017, 2016 and 2015. These include changes in our underlying business performance, as well as the impact of adjusting items, as defined in note 1, in profit from operations (note 3(c), 3(d), 3(e), 3(f), 3(g), 3(h) and 3(i)).

(a) Employee benefit costs

 

          

 

        2017

£m

 

   

 

        2016

£m

 

   

 

        2015

£m

 

 
Wages and salaries      2,131       1,882       1,667  
Social security costs      216       207       174  
Other pension and retirement benefit costs (note 12)      215       101       138  
Share-based payments – equity and cash-settled (note 25)      117       84       60  
          

 

2,679

 

 

 

   

 

2,274

 

 

 

   

 

2,039

 

 

 

 

(b) Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs

 

                        
     

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

   

 

2015

£m

 

 
Intangibles  

–  amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles (note 3(f))

     383       149       65  
 

–  amortisation and impairment of other intangibles

     140       81       89  
Property, plant and equipment  

–  depreciation and impairment

     379       377       274  
          

 

902

 

 

 

   

 

607

 

 

 

   

 

428

 

 

 

 

Included within depreciation are gains and losses recognised on the sale of property, plant and equipment.

 

 

(c) Other operating expenses include:

 

                        
     

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

   

 

2015

£m

 

 
Research and development expenses (excluding employee benefit costs and depreciation)      80       53       60  
Exchange differences      (6     (2     10  
Rent of plant and equipment (operating leases)       
– minimum lease payments      41       20       20  
Rent of property (operating leases)       
– minimum lease payments      85       51       52  
Fees payable for audit services pursuant to legislation:       
– fees payable to KPMG LLP for Parent Company and Group audit      6.3       2.0       2.0  
– fees payable to other KPMG LLP firms and associates for local statutory and Group reporting audits      11.3       7.2       6.7  
Audit fees payable to KPMG LLP firms and associates      17.6       9.2       8.7  
Audit fees payable to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP firms and associates                  0.6  
Audit fees payable to other firms      0.2              
Total audit fees payable      17.8       9.2       9.3  
Fees payable to KPMG LLP firms and associates for other services:       
– audit-related assurance services      8.0       0.2       0.2  

– other assurance services

– tax advisory services

     4.1       0.1       0.1  
           0.2       0.6  
– tax compliance      0.2       0.3       0.4  
– other non-audit services            1.4       2.0  
             12.3         2.2         3.3  

The total fees payable to KPMG LLP firms and associates included above are £29.9 million (2016: £11.4 million; 2015: £12.0 million).

During 2017, the Group incurred additional expenditure with the Group’s auditor, as part of the acquisition of the remaining shares in RAI not previously owned. This was due to the SEC listing requirements to re-audit 2015 and 2016 under Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”), to audit the purchase price allocation, to provide assurance services on the registration documents and to provide, amongst other things, assurance services with regards to the planned 2018 implementation of Sarbanes-Oxley. Accordingly, the following costs, related to the acquisition of RAI and treated as an adjusting item, were incurred within the respective categories: audit-related assurance service £7.7 million and within other assurance services £3.5 million.

Under SEC regulations, the remuneration of our auditors of £30.1 million in 2017 (2016: £11.4 million; 2015: £12.6 million) is required to be presented as follows: audit fees £29.2 million (2016: £9.2 million; 2015: £9.3 million), audit-related fees £0.5 million (2016: £0.2 million; 2015: £0.2 million), tax fees £0.2 million (2016: £0.5 million; 2015: £1.0 million) and all other fees £0.2 million (2016: £1.5 million; 2015: £2.1 million).

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   121


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

3 Profit from operations continued

(c) Other operating expenses include: continued

Total research and development costs including employee benefit costs and depreciation are £191 million (2016: £144 million; 2015: £148 million).

(d) Master Settlement Agreement

In 1998, the major US cigarette manufacturers (Group subsidiaries including R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company (RJRT), Lorillard and Brown

& Williamson, businesses which are part of RAI) entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) with attorney generals representing most US states and territories. The MSA imposes a perpetual stream of future payment obligations on the major US cigarette manufacturers. The amounts of money that the participating manufacturers are required to annually contribute are based upon, amongst other things, the US volume of cigarettes sold and US market share (based on cigarette shipments in that year). Given these facts, the Group’s accounting for the MSA payments is to accrue for them in the cost of products sold as the products are shipped and no provision is made in respect of potential payments relating to future years. The event which gives rise to the obligation is the actual sales of products shipped and the MSA payments are therefore recognised as part of the costs of those business operations.

During 2012, RJRT, Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company (SFNTC), various other tobacco manufacturers, 17 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico reached an agreement related to the Non-Participating Manufacturer (NPM) adjustment under MSA. Under this agreement RJRT and SFNTC will receive credits, in respect of its NPM Adjustment claims for the period 2003 to 2014. These credits are applied against the company’s MSA payments subject to, and dependent upon, meeting the various ongoing performance obligations.

In 2013 and 2014, five additional states joined NPM, including two states that were found to not have diligently enforced their qualifying statutes in 2003. An additional two states joined the agreement in 2017 and, as a result, expenses for the MSA were reduced by US$17 million for the year ended 31 December 2017. As a result of meeting the performance requirements in the agreement, RJRT and SFNTC, collectively, recognised additional credits of US$130 million and US$295 million for the years ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016, respectively. Credits recognised in both these years include the benefit of the additional credits received as a result of the acquisition of Lorillard, Inc. in 2015. RJRT expects to recognise additional credits through 2020.

In October 2015, RJRT, SFNTC and certain other tobacco manufacturers entered into a settlement agreement, referred to as the NY Settlement Agreement, with the State of New York to settle certain claims related to the NPM Adjustment. The NY Settlement Agreement resolves NPM Adjustment claims related to payment years from 2004 through 2014, providing RJRT and SFNTC, collectively, with credits, of approximately US$290 million, plus interest, subject to meeting various performance obligations. These credits will be applied against annual payments under the MSA over a four-year period, which commenced with the April 2016 MSA payment. RJRT and SFNTC, collectively, recognised credits of US$99 million and US$95 million as a reduction to cost of products sold for the years ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016, respectively.

Credits in respect of future years’ payments and the NPM adjustment would be accounted for in the applicable year and will not be treated as adjusting items. Only credits in respect of prior year payments are included in adjusting items.

(e) Restructuring and integration costs

Restructuring costs reflect the costs incurred as a result of initiatives to improve the effectiveness and the efficiency of the Group as a globally integrated enterprise, including the relevant operating costs of implementing the new operating model. These costs represent additional expenses incurred, which are not related to the normal business and day-to-day activities.

The new operating model is underpinned by a global single instance of SAP with full deployment occurring during 2016 with benefits already realised within the business and future savings expected in the years to come. The initiatives also include a review of the Group’s trade marketing and manufacturing operations, supply chain, overheads and indirect costs, organisational structure and systems and software used.

The costs of the Group’s initiatives together with the costs of integrating acquired businesses into existing operations, including acquisition costs, are included in profit from operations under the following headings:

 

     

 

       2017
£m

 

   

 

      2016
£m

 

   

 

      2015
£m

 

 
Employee benefit costs      193       240       159  
Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs      85       64       26  
Other operating expenses      330       325       228  
Other operating income      (8     (26     (46
       600       603       367  

Restructuring and integration costs in 2017 include advisor fees and costs incurred related to the acquisition of the remaining shares in RAI not already owned by the Group, that completed on 25 July 2017. Further information is provided in note 24. It also includes the implementation of a new operating model and the cost of redundancy packages in respect of permanent headcount reductions and permanent employee benefit reductions in the Group. The costs also cover integration costs incurred as a result of the RAI acquisition, factory closure and downsizing activities in Germany and Malaysia, certain exit costs and asset write-offs related to the withdrawal from the Philippines. Since the acquisition of RAI, adjusting items also includes cost related to the Engle progeny cases as well as tobacco-related and other litigation costs.

 

   
122   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

3 Profit from operations continued

(e) Restructuring and integration costs continued

Restructuring and integration costs in 2016 principally related to the restructuring initiatives directly related to implementation of a new operating model and the cost of initiatives in respect of permanent headcount reductions and permanent employee benefit reductions in the Group. The costs also covered factory closures and downsizing activities in Germany, Malaysia and Brazil, certain exit costs and asset write-offs related to the change in approach to the commercialisation of Voke, uncertainties surrounding regulatory changes and restructurings in Japan and Australia.

Restructuring and integration costs in 2015 principally related to the restructuring initiatives directly related to implementation of a new operating model and the cost of initiatives in respect of permanent headcount reductions and permanent employee benefit reductions in the Group. The costs also cover factory closure and downsizing activities in Australia, certain costs related to the acquisitions undertaken (including TDR in Croatia) and restructurings in Indonesia, Canada, Switzerland and Germany.

In 2017, other operating income includes gains from the sale of land and buildings in Brazil and in 2016 this included gains from the sale of land and buildings in Malaysia. In 2015, other operating income included gains from the sale of land and buildings in Australia.

(f) Amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles

Business combinations in 2017 of RAI, Winnington AB and Must Have Limited, along with the acquisition of tobacco assets in Bulgartabac and Fabrika Duhana Sarajevo (see note 24), as well as business combinations of Ten Motives, CHIC, TDR, Bentoel and ST in previous years, have resulted in the capitalisation of trademarks and similar intangibles which are amortised over their expected useful lives, which do not exceed 20 years. The amortisation and impairment charge of £383 million (2016: £149 million; 2015: £65 million) is included in depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs in profit from operations.

(g) Fox River

As explained in note 28, a Group subsidiary has certain liabilities in respect of indemnities given on the purchase and disposal of former businesses in the United States and in 2011, the subsidiary provided £274 million in respect of claims in relation to environmental clean-up costs of the Fox River.

On 30 September 2014, a Group subsidiary, NCR, Appvion and Windward Prospects entered into a Funding Agreement with regard to the costs for the clean-up of Fox River.

In January 2017, NCR and Appvion entered into a consent decree with the US Government to resolve how the remaining clean-up will be funded and to resolve further outstanding claims between them. The Consent Decree was approved by a US District Judge in August 2017 but is currently subject to appeal in the US Seventh Circuit Court of Appeals, see note 28 for further details.

In July 2016, the High Court ruled in a Group subsidiary’s favour that a dividend of 135 million paid by Windward to Sequana in May 2009 was a transaction made with the intention of putting assets beyond the reach of the Group subsidiary and of negatively impacting its interests. On 10 February 2017, further to a hearing in January 2017 to determine the relief due, the Court found in the Group subsidiary’s favour, ordering that Sequana must pay an amount up to the full value of the dividend plus interest which equates to around US$185 million, related to past and future clean-up costs. The Court granted all parties leave to appeal and Sequana a stay in respect of the above payments. The appeal hearing is expected to take place in June 2018. Due to the uncertain outcome of the case no asset has been recognised in relation to this ruling. In February 2017, Sequana entered into a process in France seeking court protection (the “Sauvegarde”), exiting the Sauvegarde in June 2017. No payments have been received.

The provision is £138 million at 31 December 2017 (2016: £163 million). Based on this Funding Agreement, £25 million has been paid in 2017, which includes legal costs of £7 million (2016: £17 million, including legal costs of £11 million; 2015: £17 million, including legal costs of £8 million). In addition, in 2016 the devaluation of sterling against the US dollar lead to a charge of £20 million.

(h) Other adjusting items

In 2017, the release of the fair value acquisition accounting adjustments to finished goods inventories of £465 million on the RAI acquisition has been adjusted within “Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress”. Also included in 2017 is the impairment of certain assets of £69 million related to a third-party distributor (Agrokor) in Croatia, that has been adjusted within ‘other operating expenses’.

In 2016, the Board of Audit and Inspection of Korea (“BAI”) concluded its tax assessment in relation to the 2014 year-end tobacco inventory, and imposed additional sales tax (excise and VAT) and penalties. This resulted in the recognition of a £53 million charge by a Group subsidiary. Management deems the tax and penalties to be unfounded and has appealed to the tax tribunal against the assessment. Based on the legal opinion from a local law firm, management believes that this appeal will be successful, and that the findings of the BAI will be reversed. On grounds of materiality and the high likelihood of the tax and penalties being reversed in future, the Group has classified the tax and penalties charge as an adjusting item in 2016.

(i) Flintkote

In December 2014, a Group subsidiary entered into a settlement agreement in connection with various legal cases related to a former non-tobacco business in Canada. Under the terms of the settlement, the subsidiary will obtain protection from current and potential future Flintkote related asbestos liability claims in the US. The settlement was finalised in 2015 when approvals of certain courts in the US were obtained. This agreement has led to a charge of £nil million in 2017 (2016: £nil million; 2015: £3 million).

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   123


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

4 Net finance costs/(income)

(a) Net finance costs/(income)

 

     

 

        2017
£m

 

   

 

        2016
£m

 

   

 

        2015
£m

 

 
Interest expense      1,081       645       573  

 

Option costs and fees (see note 4(b)(v))

                 104  

 

Facility fees

     13       5       9  

 

Interest related to adjusting tax payables (see note 4(b)(ii))

     43       25       8  

 

Loss on bond redemption (see note 4(b)(iv))

           101        

 

Acquisition of RAI (see note 4(b)(i))

     153              

 

Fair value changes on derivative financial instruments and hedged items

     (149     (458     (245

 

Hedge ineffectiveness (see note 4(b)(iii))

     9              

 

Exchange differences on financial liabilities

     47       363       135  

 

Finance costs

     1,197       681       584  

 

Interest and dividend income

 

     (84     (68     (79

Hedge ineffectiveness (see note 4(b)(iii))

 

           (18      

Deemed gain related to the investment in Reynolds (see note 4(b)(vi))

 

                 (601

Exchange differences on financial assets

 

     (19     42       34  

Finance income

 

     (103     (44     (646
Net finance costs/(income)      1,094       637       (62

The Group manages foreign exchange gains and losses and fair value changes on a net basis excluding adjusting items, which are explained in note 4(b) and the derivatives that generate the fair value changes are as in note 16.

Facility fees principally relate to the Group’s central banking facilities.

(b) Adjusting items included in net finance costs/(income)

Adjusting items are significant items in net finance costs/(income) which individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance.

The following adjusting items have been recognised:

 

(i) the Group incurred £153 million of financing costs related to the acquisition of the shares not already owned by the Group in RAI;

 

(ii) the Group incurred interest on adjusting tax payables of £43 million, including interest of £25 million (2016: £25 million; 2015: £8 million) in relation to the Franked Investment Income Group Litigation Order (FII GLO) (see note 6(b)); and

 

(iii) the Group experienced significant hedge ineffectiveness, driven by market volatility following the “Brexit” referendum. The gain in 2016 of £18 million was deemed to be adjusting as it is not representative of the underlying performance of the business and so the partial reversal of £9 million in 2017 has also been deemed as an adjusting item.

In 2016, the following adjusting items have been recognised:

 

(iv) the Group redeemed a US$700 million bond, prior to its original maturity date of 15 November 2018. This led to a loss of US$130 million (£101 million), which has been treated as an adjusting item.

In 2015, the following adjusting items have been recognised:

 

(v) costs of £104 million in relation to financing activities, which includes costs on the acquisition of the non-controlling interests in the Group’s Brazilian subsidiary, Souza Cruz S.A. and the Group’s activities to maintain the then current ownership in RAI following its acquisition of Lorillard, Inc.; and

 

(vi) the Group’s investment of US$4.7 billion in cash of RAI has realised a deemed gain of US$931 million (£601 million). The deemed gain reflects the difference between the fixed price paid by the Group to RAI and the market value of RAI shares on the day of the transaction (see note 24(d)).

 

   
124   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

5 Associates and joint ventures

            

 

2017

                

 

2016

                 2015  
     

Total

£m

 

   

Group’s
share

£m

 

         

Total

£m

 

   

Group’s
share

£m

 

         

Total

£m

 

   

Group’s
share

£m

 

 
Revenue          14,085       4,794              16,491       5,997              11,186       4,215  
Profit from operations*      4,342           24,854          9,379       3,740          6,117       2,391  
Net finance costs      (279     (116        (477     (200        (335     (139
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation      4,063       24,738          8,902       3,540          5,782       2,252  
Taxation on ordinary activities      (1,441     (522        (3,280     (1,308        (2,545     (1,013
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation      2,622       24,216          5,622       2,232          3,237       1,239  
Non-controlling interests      (22     (7        (17     (5        (12     (3

Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures

    

     2,600       24,209          5,605       2,227          3,225       1,236  
Comprised of:                                                           

– adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint

   ventures

     2,785       1,012          3,461             1,327          2,501       943  
– issue of shares and change in shareholding      98       29          36       11          74       22  
– gain on deemed divestment of RAI            23,288                                
– gain on disposal of assets                     2,231       941          879       371  
– other      (283     (120          (123     (52          (229     (100
       2,600       24,209            5,605       2,227            3,225             1,236  

 

* The gain on deemed divestment of RAI is recognised in the Group’s share of associates profit from operations.

Enumerated below are movements that have impacted the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures in 2017, 2016 and 2015.

(a) Adjusting items

In 2017, the Group’s interest in ITC Ltd. (ITC) decreased from 29.89% to 29.71% (2016: 30.06% to 29.89%; 2015: 30.26% to 30.06%) as a result of ITC issuing ordinary shares under the ITC Employee Share Option Scheme. The issue of these shares and change in the Group’s share of ITC resulted in a gain of £29 million (2016: £11 million; 2015: £22 million), which is treated as a deemed partial disposal and included in the income statement.

On 25 July 2017, the Group announced the completion of the acquisition of the 57.8% of RAI the Group did not already own. As at this date RAI ceased to be reported as an associate and has become a fully owned subsidiary. Accordingly, as at that date, the Group was deemed to divest its investment in Reynolds as an associate and consolidated RAI in accordance with IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. This resulted in a gain of £23,288 million that has been reported in the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures.

In 2017, due to a deterioration in the financial performance of Tisak d.d. (Tisak), linked to the financial difficulties associated with a third-party distributor (Agrokor) in Croatia, the Group impaired the carrying value of this investment. This resulted in a charge of £27 million to the income statement that has been reported as an “other” adjusting item.

In 2016, RAI recognised a gain in relation to the sale of the international rights to Natural American Spirit to the Japan Tobacco Group of companies (JT) of US$4,861 million. The Group’s share of this net gain amounted to £941 million (net of tax). In 2015, RAI recognised a gain on the related divestiture of assets, following the Lorillard, Inc. (Lorillard) acquisition, of US$3,288 million. The Group’s share of this net gain amounted to £371 million (net of tax).

RAI has also recognised amounts in the Group’s consolidated statements of income as “other”. In 2017, this includes transaction costs associated with the acquisition by the Group of US$125 million, the Group’s share of which is £33 million (net of tax) (2016: £nil million; 2015: £nil million), deferred tax charges in respect of temporary differences on trademarks of US$51 million, the Group’s share of which is £18 million (2016: £nil million; 2015: £nil million), restructuring charges of US$79 million, the Group’s share of which is £14 million (net of tax) (2016: US$36 million, the Group’s share of which is £7 million; 2015: US$223 million and £39 million, respectively) and costs in respect of a number of Engle progeny lawsuits and other tobacco litigation charges that amounted to US$162 million, the Group’s share of which is £32 million (net of tax) (2016: US$86 million, the Group’s share of which is £17 million (net of tax); 2015: US$152 million, the Group’s share of which is £26 million (net of tax)). Additionally, there is income of US$17 million (2016: US$6 million; 2015: US$108 million) related to the Non-Participating Manufacturer (NPM) Adjustment claims of the states no longer challenging the findings of non-diligence entered against them by an Arbitration Panel, the Group’s share of which is £4 million (net of tax) (2016: £2 million; 2015: £18 million). The remaining costs in 2016 includes income relating to the early termination of the Manufacturing Agreement between BATUS Japan Inc. and RJRT (see note 27) of US$90 million, the Group’s share of which is £18 million (net of tax) (2015: US$ nil million and £nil million, respectively) and transaction costs of US$5 million (2015: US$54 million) and financing costs of US$243 million (2015: US$60 million), connected with the acquisition of Lorillard, the Group’s share is £1 million (net of tax) (2015: £12 million) and £47 million of financing costs (2015: £10 million). The remaining costs in 2015 of US$99 million are primarily in respect of asset impairment and exit charges, the Group’s share of which is £25 million (net of tax).

(b) Master Settlement Agreement

For information on the Master Settlement Agreement applicable to RAI as an associate for the period up to and including 24 July 2017, see note 3(d).

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   125


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

5 Associates and joint ventures continued

(c) Other financial information

The Group’s share of the results of associates and joint ventures is shown in the table below.

 

            2017     2016    

 

2015

 
              Group’s         Group’s         Group’s  
          share     share     share  
            £m     £m     £m  
Profit on ordinary activities after taxation        
– attributable to owners of the Parent       24,209       2,227       1,236  
Other comprehensive income:        
Differences on exchange       (923     1,425       336  
Net fair value gains/(losses) on available-for-sale investments       5       (10     1  
Actuarial gains relating to pensions and other post-retirement benefits (note 19)             25       20       3  
Total comprehensive income (note 11)             23,316       3,662       1,576  

 

Summarised financial information of the Group’s associates and joint ventures is shown below.

 

 

                         

 

2017

 
            RAI*             ITC             Others             Total  
     £m      £m     £m     £m  
Revenue     5,525       6,607       1,953       14,085  
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation     2,017       2,054       (8     4,063  
Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures     1,261       1,362       (23     2,600  
Other comprehensive income     (595     (135     (8     (738
Total comprehensive income     666       1,227       (31     1,862  

*    The information presented above for RAI is for the period from 1 January 2017 up to and including 24 July 2017. Further information is presented in note 24(a).

 

   

                         

 

2016

 
            RAI             ITC             Others             Total  
     £m     £m     £m     £m  
Revenue     9,224       5,350       1,917       16,491  
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation     7,111       1,743       48       8,902  
Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures     4,457       1,114       34       5,605  
Other comprehensive income     3,125       712       (178     3,659  
Total comprehensive income     7,582       1,826       (144     9,264  
                                 
                        

 

2015

 
            RAI             ITC             Others             Total  
     £m     £m     £m     £m  
Revenue     6,986       3,839       361       11,186  
Profit on ordinary activities before taxation     4,250       1,505       27       5,782  
Post-tax results of associates and joint ventures     2,203       1,005       17       3,225  
Other comprehensive income     684       43       (24     703  
Total comprehensive income     2,887       1,048       (7     3,928  

 

   
126   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

6 Taxation on ordinary activities

(a) Summary of taxation on ordinary activities

 

     

        2017

£m

            2016
£m
             2015
£m
 
UK corporation tax      26       7        5  
Overseas tax      1,617       1,395        1,324  
Comprising:          
– current year tax expense      1,615       1,382        1,317  
– adjustments in respect of prior periods      2       13        7  
Total current tax      1,643       1,402        1,329  
Deferred tax      (9,756     4        4  
Comprising:          
– deferred tax relating to origination and reversal of temporary differences      (136     4        (11
– deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates      (9,620            15  
       (8,113     1,406        1,333  

(b) Franked Investment Income Group Litigation Order

The Group is the principal test claimant in an action in the United Kingdom against HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC) in the Franked Investment Income Group Litigation Order (FII GLO). There are 25 corporate groups in the FII GLO. The case concerns the treatment for UK corporate tax purposes of profits earned overseas and distributed to the UK.

The original claim was filed in 2003. The trial of the claim was split broadly into issues of liability and quantification. The main liability issues were heard by the High Court, Court of Appeal and Supreme Court in the UK and the European Court of Justice in the period to November 2012. The detailed technical issues of the quantification mechanics of the claim were heard by the High Court during May and June 2014 and the judgment handed down on 18 December 2014. The High Court determined that in respect of issues concerning the calculation of unlawfully charged corporation tax and advance corporation tax, the law of restitution including the defence on change of position and questions concerning the calculation of overpaid interest, the approach of the Group was broadly preferred. The conclusion reached by the High Court would, if upheld, produce an estimated receivable of £1.2 billion for the Group. Appeals on a majority of the issues were made to the Court of Appeal, which heard the arguments in June 2016. The Court of Appeal determined in November 2016 on the majority of issues that the conclusion reached by the High Court should be upheld. The outcome of the Court of Appeal has not reduced the estimated receivable. HMRC have sought permission to appeal to the Supreme Court on all issues. The Supreme Court has deferred a decision on whether or not to grant permission pending other litigation. A decision on whether permission will be granted is anticipated in mid-2018. If permission is granted the hearing of the appeal will likely be in 2019.

During 2015, HMRC paid to the Group a gross amount of £1,224 million in two separate payments. The payments made by HMRC have been made without any admission of liability and are subject to refund were HMRC to succeed on appeal. The second payment in November 2015 followed the introduction of a new 45% tax on the interest component of restitution claims against HMRC. HMRC held back £261 million from the second payment contending that it represents the new 45% tax on that payment, leading to total cash received by the Group of £963 million. Actions challenging the legality of the withholding of the 45% tax have been lodged by the Group. The First Tier Tribunal found in favour of HMRC in July 2017 and the Group’s appeal to the Upper Tribunal is scheduled to be heard in 2018.

Due to the uncertainty of the amounts and eventual outcome the Group has not recognised any impact in the Income Statement in the current or prior period. The receipt, net of the deduction by HMRC, is held as deferred income as disclosed in note 22. Any future recognition as income will be treated as an adjusting item, due to the size of the amount, with interest of £25 million for the 12 months to 31 December 2017 (2016: £25 million; 2015: £8 million) accruing on the balance, which was also treated as an adjusting item.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   127


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

6 Taxation on ordinary activities continued

(c) Factors affecting the taxation charge

The taxation charge differs from the standard 19% (2016: 20%; 2015: 20%) rate of corporation tax in the UK. The major causes of this difference are listed below:

 

      2017           2016           2015  
      £m     %           £m     %           £m     %  
Profit before tax      29,591            6,245            5,855    

Less: share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures

(see note 5)

     (24,209                  (2,227                  (1,236        
       5,382                    4,018                    4,619          
                  
Tax at 19% (2016: 20%; 2015: 20%) on the above      1,023       19.0          804       20.0          924       20.0  
Factors affecting the tax rate:                   
Tax at standard rates other than UK corporation tax rate      392       7.3          93       2.3          231       5.0  
Other national tax charges      119       2.2          74       1.9          77       1.7  
Permanent differences      40       0.7          143       3.6          (147     (3.2
Overseas tax on distributions      25       0.5          41       1.0          28       0.6  
Overseas withholding taxes      191       3.5          200       5.0          145       3.1  
Double taxation relief on UK profits      (29     (0.5        (8     (0.2        (6     (0.1
(Utilised)/unutilised tax losses      (38     (0.7        32       0.8          32       0.7  
Adjustments in respect of prior periods      2                13       0.3          7       0.2  
Deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates      (9,620     (178.7                       15       0.3  
Deemed US repatriation tax                34                 0.6                                
Release of deferred tax on unremitted earnings of associates      (180     (3.3                              
Additional net deferred tax (credits)/charges      (72     (1.3          14       0.3            27       0.6  
       (8,113     (150.7            1,406           35.0              1,333             28.9  

 

In 2016, permanent differences include non-tax deductible expenses for a number of items including expenditure relating to restructuring and integration costs such as factory rationalisation and the implementation of a new operating model and also included the net charge in respect of Fox River, South Korea sales tax assessment and uncertain items connected with the Group’s trading business. In 2015, permanent differences includes the deemed gain as explained in note 6(e).

 

(d) Adjusting items included in taxation

 

On 22 December 2017, the United States Government enacted comprehensive tax legislation which, among other things, changed the Federal tax rate to 21% from 1 January 2018. This revised rate has been used to revalue net deferred tax liabilities in the United States, leading to a credit to the income statement of £9,620 million. The net deferred tax liabilities largely relate to the difference in tax value versus the fair market value of trademarks accounted for under IFRS as part of the RAI acquisition. The legislation also imposed a one-time deemed repatriation tax on accumulated foreign earnings, the impact less foreign tax credits is £34 million.

 

IFRS also requires entities to provide deferred taxation on the undistributed earnings of associates and joint ventures. From the date of the acquisition of the remaining shares in RAI not already owned by the Group, the Group consolidates the results of RAI as a wholly owned subsidiary and as such the deferred tax liability of £180 million on unremitted earnings of RAI as an associate has been released to the income statement. In 2016, the Group’s share of the gain on the divestiture of intangibles and other assets by RAI to Japan Tobacco International is £941 million. Given that the profit on this item is recognised as an adjusting item by the Group, the additional deferred tax charge of £61 million on the potential distribution of these undistributed earnings has also been treated as adjusting. In 2015, the Group’s share of the gain on the divestiture of intangibles and other assets by RAI to ITG Brands LLC, a subsidiary of Imperial Tobacco Group PLC, is £371 million. Given that the profit on this item was recognised as an adjusting item by the Group, the additional deferred tax charge of £22 million on the potential distribution of these undistributed earnings has also being treated as adjusting.

 

(e) Tax on adjusting items

 

In addition, the tax on adjusting items, separated between the different categories, as per note 7, amounted to £454 million (2016: £128 million; 2015: £80 million). As described in note 4(b), in 2015, the Group’s investment of US$4.7 billion in cash in RAI realised a deemed gain of US$931 million (£601 million). The adjustment to the adjusted earnings per share (see note 7) also includes £4 million (2016: £1 million; 2015: £3 million) in respect of the non-controlling interests’ share of the adjusting items net of tax.

 

(f) Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

                                              2017
£m
                      2016
£m
                2015
£m
 
Current tax               (4        (53     7  
Deferred tax                                   (133          70       (9

(Charged)/credited to other comprehensive income

                                  (137          17       (2

The tax relating to each component of other comprehensive income is disclosed in note 19.

 

   
128   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

7 Earnings per share

 

     2017          2016          2015  
          Weighted                     Weighted                               Weighted        
          average                     average                               average        
          number of     Earnings               number of         Earnings                     number of     Earnings  
    Earnings     shares     per share         Earnings     shares         per share         Earnings           shares     per share  
     £m     m     pence          £m     m          pence          £m            m     pence  
Basic earnings per share                          
(ordinary shares of 25p each)     37,533       2,044       1,836.3         4,648       1,858         250.2         4,290         1,858       230.9  

 

Share options

          7       (6.3               7           (1.0                       5       (0.6
Diluted earnings per share     37,533       2,051       1,830.0           4,648       1,865           249.2           4,290               1,863       230.3  

 

Adjusted earnings per share calculation

 

Earnings have been affected by a number of adjusting items, which are described in notes 3 to 6. Adjusting items are significant items in the profit from operations, net finance costs, taxation and the Group’s share of the post-tax results of associates and joint ventures which individually or, if of a similar type, in aggregate, are relevant to an understanding of the Group’s underlying financial performance. The Group believes that these items are useful to users of the Group financial statements in helping them to understand the underlying business performance. To illustrate the impact of these items, an adjusted earnings per share calculation is shown below.

 

 

 

                               Diluted  
                          2017         2016           2015  
                                Earnings                   Earnings                 Earnings  
                          Earnings     per share         Earnings         per share           Earnings     per share  
                   Notes          £m     pence          £m          pence            £m     pence  
Diluted earnings per share           37,533       1,830.0         4,648         249.2         4,290       230.3  

 

Effect of restructuring and integration costs

 

    3(e)         600       29.3         603         32.3         367       19.7  

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on restructuring and integration costs

 

        (133     (6.5       (90       (4.8       (74     (4.0

Effect of amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles

 

    3(f)         383       18.7         149         8.0         65       3.5  

 

Tax on amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles

 

        (90     (4.4       (32       (1.7       (9     (0.5

Effect of associates’ adjusting items net of tax

 

    5(a)         (23,197     (1,131.0       (900       (48.3       (293     (15.7

Other adjusting items

 

    3(h)         534       26.0         53         2.9                

 

Tax effect on other adjusting items

 

        (184     (9.0       (5       (0.3              

 

Deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates

 

    6(c)         (9,586     (467.4                              

 

Release of deferred tax on unremitted earnings from associates

 

    6(c)         (180     (8.8                              

 

Effect of Fox River

 

    3(g)                       20         1.1                

 

Effect of Flintkote

 

    3(i)                                       3       0.2  

 

Effect of deemed gain related to investment in RAI

 

    4(b)                                       (601     (32.3

Effect of additional deferred tax charge from gain on divestiture of assets by associate (RAI)

 

    6(d)                       61         3.3         22       1.2  

 

Effect of interest on FII GLO settlement and other

 

    4(b)         43       2.1         25         1.3         8       0.4  

 

Effect of adjusting finance costs in relation to acquisition of RAI

 

    4(b)         153       7.5                                

 

Tax Effect of adjusting finance costs in relation to acquisition of RAI

 

        (49     (2.4                              

 

Effect of certain costs and fees related to the acquisition of NCI in Souza Cruz and investment in RAI

 

    4(b)                                       104       5.6  

 

Effect of hedge ineffectiveness

 

    4(b)         9       0.4         (18       (1.0              

 

Tax effect on hedge ineffectiveness

 

        (2     (0.1                              

 

Effect of US bond buy back

 

    4(b)                           101           5.5                      
Adjusted earnings per share (diluted)                   5,834       284.4           4,615           247.5               3,882       208.4  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   129


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 


 

7 Earnings per share continued

 

                   Basic  
                2017          2016          2015  
      Notes           Earnings
£m
     Earnings
per
share
pence
          Earnings
£m
     Earnings
per share
pence
          Earnings
£m
     Earnings
per share
pence
 
Basic earnings per share           37,533        1,836.3          4,648        250.2          4,290        230.9  

 

Effect of restructuring and integration costs

     3(e)          600        29.4          603        32.4          367        19.7  

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on restructuring and integration costs

          (133      (6.5        (90      (4.9        (74      (4.0

 

Effect of amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles

     3(f)          383        18.7          149        8.0          65        3.5  

 

Tax on amortisation and impairment of trademarks and similar intangibles

          (90      (4.4        (32      (1.7        (9      (0.5

 

Effect of associates’ adjusting items net of tax

     5(a)          (23,197      (1,134.9        (900      (48.4        (293      (15.8

 

Other adjusting items

     3(h)          534        26.1          53        2.9                  

 

Tax effect on other adjusting items

          (184      (9.0        (5      (0.3                

 

Deferred tax relating to changes in tax rates

     6(c)          (9,586      (469.0                                

 

Release of deferred tax on unremitted earnings from associates

     6(c)          (180      (8.8                                

 

Effect of Fox River

     3(g)                          20        1.1                  

 

Effect of Flintkote

     3(i)                                          3        0.2  

 

Effect of deemed gain related to investment in RAI

     4(b)                                          (601      (32.3

 

Effect of additional deferred tax charge from gain on divestiture of assets by associate (RAI)

     6(d)                          61        3.3          22        1.2  

 

Effect of interest on FII GLO settlement and other

     4(b)          43        2.1          25        1.3          8        0.4  

 

Effect of adjusting finance costs in relation to acquisition of RAI

     4(b)          153        7.5                                  

 

Tax Effect of adjusting finance costs in relation to acquisition of RAI

          (49      (2.4                                

 

Effect of certain costs and fees related to the acquisition of NCI in Souza Cruz and investment in RAI

     4(b)                                          104        5.6  

 

Effect of hedge ineffectiveness

     4(b)          9        0.4          (18      (1.0                

 

Tax effect on hedge ineffectiveness

          (2      (0.1                                

 

Effect of US bond buy back

     4(b)                              101        5.5                    
Adjusted earnings per share (basic)                   5,834        285.4            4,615        248.4            3,882        208.9  

 

   
130   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

7 Earnings per share continued

Headline earnings per share as required by the JSE Limited

The presentation of headline earnings per share, as an alternative measure of earnings per share, is mandated under the JSE Listing Requirements. It is calculated in accordance with Circular 2/2015 ‘Headline Earnings’, as issued by the South African Institute of Chartered Accountants.

 

     

 

Diluted

 
    

2017

            

2016

            

2015

 
     

Earnings

£m

    Earnings
per share
pence
              

Earnings

£m

    Earnings
per share
pence
              

Earnings

£m

    Earnings
per share
pence
 

 

Diluted earnings per share

     37,533       1,830.0            4,648       249.2            4,290       230.3  

 

Effect of impairment of intangibles, property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale

     179       8.6            126       6.8            27       1.4  

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on impairment of intangibles and property, plant and equipment

     (35     (1.7          (35     (1.9          (6     (0.3

 

Effect of gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment and held-for-sale assets

     (48     (2.3          (59     (3.2          (60     (3.2

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on disposal of property, plant and equipment and held-for-sale assets

     13       0.6            30       1.6            19       1.0  

 

Gain on deemed disposal of RAI associate

     (23,288     (1,135.4                                  

 

Write off of investment in associate

     27       1.3                                    

 

Effect of gains reclassified from the available-for-sale reserve

                                       (10     (0.6

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on gains reclassified from the available-for-sale reserve

                                       3       0.2  

 

Share of associates’ impairment losses and non-current investments

                                       17       0.9  

 

Share of associates’ gains on disposal of assets

                      (941     (50.4          (371     (19.9
Tax effect of associates’ disposal of assets                       61       3.3            22       1.2  

 

Issue of shares and change in shareholding in associate

     (29     (1.4              (11     (0.6              (22     (1.2
Headline earnings per share (diluted)      14,352       699.7                3,819       204.8                3,909       209.8  
                      
     

 

Basic

 
    

2017

            

2016

            

2015

 
      Earnings
£m
    Earnings
per share
pence
               Earnings
£m
    Earnings
per share
pence
               Earnings
£m
    Earnings
per share
pence
 

 

Basic earnings per share

     37,533       1,836.3            4,648       250.2            4,290       230.9  

 

Effect of impairment of intangibles, property, plant and equipment and assets held for sale

     179       8.7            126       6.8            27       1.4  

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on impairment of intangibles and property, plant and equipment

     (35     (1.7          (35     (1.9          (6     (0.3

 

Effect of gains on disposal of property, plant and equipment and held-for-sale assets

     (48     (2.3          (59     (3.2          (60     (3.2

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on disposal of property, plant and equipment and held-for-sale assets

     13       0.6            30       1.6            19       1.0  

 

Gain on deemed disposal of RAI associate

     (23,288     (1,139.3                                  

 

Write off of investment in associate

     27       1.3                                    

 

Effect of gains reclassified from the available-for-sale reserve

                                       (10     (0.6

 

Tax and non-controlling interests on gains reclassified from the available-for-sale reserve

                                       3       0.2  

 

Share of associates’ impairment losses and non-current investments

                                       17       0.9  

 

Share of associates’ gains on disposal of assets

                      (941     (50.6          (371     (19.9

 

Tax effect of associates’ disposal of assets

                      61       3.3            22       1.2  

 

Issue of shares and change in shareholding in associate

     (29     (1.4              (11     (0.6              (22     (1.2
Headline earnings per share (basic)      14,352       702.2                3,819       205.6                3,909       210.4  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   131


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

8 Dividends and other appropriations

 

             

 

2017

                

 

2016

                

 

2015

 
     

 

Pence per
share

 

    

£m

 

        

 

Pence per
share

 

    

£m

 

        

 

Pence per
share

 

    

£m

 

 
Ordinary shares                    
Interim                    
2017 paid 8 February 2018      43.6        1,004                
2017 paid 28 September 2017      56.5        1,284                
2016 paid 28 September 2016             51.3        961         
2015 paid 30 September 2015                    49.4        908  
Final                    
2016 paid 4 May 2017      118.1        2,181                
2015 paid 5 May 2016             104.6        1,949         
2014 paid 7 May 2015                                                100.6        1,862  
    

 

 

 

 

218.2

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

4,469

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

155.9

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,910

 

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

 

150.0

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

2,770

 

 

 

 

As announced on 26 April 2017, from 1 January 2018, the Group will move to four interim quarterly dividend payments. As part of the transition, and to ensure shareholders receive the equivalent amount of total cash payments in 2018 as they would have under the previous payment policy, an additional interim dividend of 43.6 pence per share was announced on 5 December 2017 which was paid on 8 February 2018.

The dividend declared in 2017 for payment on 8 February 2018 was £1,000 million and is estimated based on the number of shares and the proportion of dividends to be paid in foreign currency using the exchange rate at year end. This second interim dividend takes the total dividends declared in respect of 2017 to £4,465 million (2016: £3,155 million; 2015: £2,851 million) representing 218.2 pence per share (2016: 169.4 pence per share; 2015: 154.0 pence per share).

9 Intangible assets

 

                                

 

2017

 

 
    

Goodwill
£m

 

   

Computer
software
£m

 

   

 

Trademarks
and similar
intangibles
£m

 

   

 

Assets in the
course of

development

£m

 

   

Total

£m

 

 
1 January          
Cost     11,023       1,054       1,255       60       13,392  
Accumulated amortisation and impairment             (616)       (659)               (1,275)  
Net book value at 1 January     11,023       438       596       60       12,117  
Differences on exchange     (1,189)       (3)       (2,669)             (3,861)  
Additions          
– internal development                       87       87  
– acquisitions (note 24)     34,313       33       75,488       4       109,838  
– separately acquired           29       98             127  
Reallocations           80             (80)        
Amortisation charge           (88)       (268)             (356)  
Impairment           (42)       (125)             (167)  
31 December          
Cost     44,147       1,119       74,136       71       119,473  
Accumulated amortisation and impairment             (672)       (1,016)               (1,688)  

 

Net book value at 31 December

 

 

 

 

 

 

44,147

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

447

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

73,120

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

71

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117,785

 

 

 

 

 

   
132   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

9 Intangible assets continued

 

                                  

 

2016

 

 
     

Goodwill
£m

 

    

Computer
software
£m

 

   

 

Trademarks
and similar
intangibles
£m

 

   

 

Assets in the
course of

development

£m

 

   

Total

£m

 

 
1 January            
Cost      9,324        918       1,015       180       11,437  
Accumulated amortisation and impairment               (569     (432             (1,001
Net book value at 1 January      9,324        349       583       180       10,436  
Differences on exchange      1,690        2       96       7       1,795  
Additions            
– internal development             11             49       60  
– acquisitions (note 24)      9              33             42  
– separately acquired             1       21             22  
Reallocations             147       29       (176      
Amortisation charge             (72     (133           (205
Impairment                   (33           (33
31 December            
Cost      11,023        1,054       1,255       60       13,392  
Accumulated amortisation and impairment               (616     (659             (1,275
Net book value at 31 December   

 

 

 

11,023

 

 

  

 

 

 

438

 

 

 

 

 

 

596

 

 

 

 

 

 

60

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,117

 

 

Included in computer software and assets in the course of development are internally developed assets with a carrying value of £459 million (2016: £484 million). The costs of internally developed assets include capitalised expenses of employees working full time on software development projects, third party consultants, as well as software licence fees from third party suppliers.

The Group has £16 million future contractual commitments (2016: £nil million) related to intangible assets.

Trademarks and similar intangibles with definite lives

Included in the net book value of trademarks and similar intangibles are trademarks relating to the acquisition of RAI £3,097 million (2016: £nil million), TDR d.o.o. £61 million (2016: £105 million), Sudan £29 million (2016: £37 million), CHIC Group £29 million (2016: £40 million), Skandinavisk Tobakskompagni (ST) £230 million (2016: £244 million), Tekel £11 million (2016: £16 million), Bentoel £8 million (2016: £15 million) and Protabaco £nil million (2016: £30 million).

Trademarks and similar intangibles with indefinite lives

Included in the net book value of trademarks and similar intangibles are trademarks relating to the acquisition of RAI with indefinite lives amounting to £69,562 million.

The trademarks and similar intangibles have been tested for impairment in line with the methodology outlined below.

Impairment testing for intangible assets with indefinite lives including goodwill

Goodwill of £44,147 million (2016: £11,023 million) is included in intangible assets in the balance sheet of which the following are the significant acquisitions: RAI £33,062 million (2016: £nil million); Rothmans Group £4,834 million (2016: £4,809 million); Imperial Tobacco Canada £2,367 million (2016: £2,420 million); ETI (Italy) £1,462 million (2016: £1,406 million) and ST (principally Scandinavia) £1,102 million (2016: £1,061 million). The principal allocations of goodwill in the Rothmans’ acquisition are to the cash-generating units of Eastern Europe, Western Europe and South Africa, with the remainder mainly relating to operations in the domestic and export markets in the United Kingdom and operations in Asia-Pacific.

Due to the integrated nature of the activities, the goodwill arising from the TDR acquisition (principally Croatia) has been transferred to the Western Europe cash-generating unit with effect from 1 January 2017.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   133


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements  

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

9 Intangible assets continued

In 2017, goodwill was allocated for impairment testing purposes to 19 (2016: 18) individual cash-generating units – one in the United States (2016: nil), five in Asia-Pacific (2016: five), five in the Americas (2016: five), three in Western Europe (2016: three), three in EEMEA (2016: three) and two related to Next Generation Products (2016: two).

 

             

 

2017

 

                 

2016

 

 
     

 

Carrying
amount
£m

 

    

Pre-tax

discount rate

%

 

         

Carrying
amount
£m

 

    

Pre-tax
discount rate
%

 

 

 

Cash Generating Unit

             

 

RAI

     33,062        7.7                  

 

Canada

     2,367        7.5          2,420        8.2  

 

Western Europe

     4,033        7.3          3,891        8.6  

 

Eastern Europe

     980        8.1          967        8.8  

 

South Africa

     661        9.6          656        10.1  

 

Australia

     775        7.9          785        8.6  

 

Singapore

     591        6.6          598        7.2  

 

Malaysia

     431        8.3          425        8.6  

 

Other

     1,247                     1,281           

 

Total

     44,147                     11,023           

The recoverable amounts of all cash-generating units have been determined on a value-in-use basis. The key assumptions for the recoverable amounts of all units are the budgeted volumes, operating margins and long-term growth rates, which directly impact the cash flows, and the discount rates used in the calculation. The long-term growth rate used is purely for the impairment testing of goodwill under IAS 36 and does not reflect long-term planning assumptions used by the Group for investment proposals or for any other assessments.

Pre-tax discount rates of between 6.6% and 19.2% (2016: 7.2% and 20.0%) were used, based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital, taking into account the cost of capital and borrowings, to which specific market-related premium adjustments are made. These adjustments are derived from external sources and are based on the spread between bonds (or credit default swaps, or similar indicators) issued by the US or comparable governments and by the local government, adjusted for the Group’s own credit market risk. For ease of use and consistency in application, these results are periodically calibrated into bands based on internationally recognised credit ratings. The long-term growth rates and discount rates have been applied to the budgeted cash flows of each cash-generating unit. These cash flows have been determined by local management based on experience, specific market and brand trends, pricing expectations and costs, and have been endorsed by Group management as part of the consolidated Group budget.

The value-in-use calculations use cash flows based on detailed financial budgets prepared by management covering a one-year period extrapolated over a 10-year horizon with growth of 5% in year two. Cash flows for years three to 10 are extrapolated from year two cash flows for each relevant operating unit at 4% (2016: 4%) per annum, including 1% inflation (2016: 1% inflation), where after a total growth rate of 2% (2016: 2%) has been assumed. A 10-year horizon is considered appropriate based on the Group’s history of profit and cash growth, its well balanced portfolio of brands and the industry in which it operates.

In some instances, such as recent acquisitions, start-up ventures or in other specific cases, the valuation is expanded to reflect the medium-term plan of the country or market management, spanning five years or beyond. If discounted cash flows for cash-generating units should fall by 10%, or the discount rate was increased at a post-tax rate of 1%, there would be no impairment.

 

   
134   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

10 Property, plant and equipment

 

                                 

 

2017

 

 
     

 

Freehold
property

£m

 

   

Leasehold
property

£m

 

   

Plant and

equipment
£m

 

   

 

Assets in the
course of

construction
£m

 

   

Total

£m

 

 

 

1 January

          

 

Cost

     1,163       239       5,022       725       7,149  

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

     (360     (116     (2,991     (21     (3,488

 

Net book value at 1 January

     803       123       2,031       704       3,661  
Differences on exchange      (33     (11     (117     (49     (210

 

Additions

          

 

– acquisitions (note 24)

     349       4       626       62       1,041  

 

– separately acquired

     23             47       753       823  

 

Reallocations

     (5     35       523       (553      

 

Depreciation

     (29     (7     (352           (388

 

Impairment

     (1     (1     (10           (12

 

Disposals

     (4           (12           (16

 

Net reclassifications as held-for-sale

     (17                       (17

 

31 December

          

 

Cost

     1,455       267       5,552       917       8,191  

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

     (369     (124     (2,816           (3,309

 

Net book value at 31 December

     1,086       143       2,736       917       4,882  
          
                                 

 

2016

 

 
     

Freehold
property
£m

 

   

Leasehold
property
£m

 

   

Plant and
equipment
£m

 

   

 

Assets in the
course of

construction
£m

 

   

Total

£m

 

 

 

1 January

          

 

Cost

     944       256       3,976       617       5,793  

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

     (288     (126     (2,343     (15     (2,772

 

Net book value at 1 January

     656       130       1,633       602       3,021  
Differences on exchange      79       6       263       77       425  

 

Additions

          

 

– separately acquired

     13       4       168       470       655  

 

Reallocations

     76       6       358       (440      

 

Depreciation

     (20     (9     (308           (337

 

Impairment

           (5     (71     (4     (80

 

Disposals

     3       (4     (11     (1     (13

 

Net reclassifications as held-for-sale

     (4     (5     (1           (10

 

31 December

          

 

Cost

     1,163       239       5,022       725       7,149  

 

Accumulated depreciation and impairment

     (360     (116     (2,991     (21     (3,488

 

Net book value at 31 December

     803       123       2,031       704       3,661  

Net book value of assets held under finance leases for 2017 was £29 million (2016: £27 million).

In 2017, the Group’s finance lease arrangements relate principally to lease of tobacco vending machines and building by the Group’s subsidiary in Japan and Peru respectively. For 2016, the Group’s finance lease arrangements related principally to the lease of vehicles and tobacco vending machines by the Group’s subsidiaries in Canada and Japan respectively. Assets held under finance leases are secured under finance lease obligations included in note 20.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   135


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

10 Property, plant and equipment continued

As explained in note 12, contributions to the British American Tobacco UK Pension Fund are secured by a charge over the Group’s Head Office (Globe House). Globe House is included in freehold property above with a carrying value of £187 million (2016: £188 million).

 

     

 

2017

£m

 

   

2016

£m

 

 

 

Cost of freehold land within freehold property on which no depreciation is provided

     253       202  

 

Leasehold property comprises

    

 

– net book value of long leasehold

     104       80  

 

– net book value of short leasehold

     39       43  
       143       123  

 

Contracts placed for future expenditure

     85       29  

 

11 Investments in associates and joint ventures

 

    
     

2017

£m

   

2016

£m

 
1 January      9,507       6,938  

 

Total comprehensive income (note 5)

         23,316       3,662  

 

Dividends

     (688     (1,024

 

Share buy-backs

           (24

 

Additions

     13        

 

Reclassification of Reynolds American Inc. (RAI)

     (30,521      

 

Other equity movements

     (50     (45

 

31 December

     1,577       9,507  

 

Non-current assets

     1,127           17,831  

 

Current assets

     1,019       2,439  

 

Non-current liabilities

     (67     (8,552

 

Current liabilities

     (502     (2,211
       1,577       9,507  

 

Reynolds American Inc. (In 2016, the Group’s share of the market value was £27,275 million)

           8,051  

 

ITC Ltd. (Group’s share of the market value is £11,036 million (2016: £10,430 million))

     1,527       1,394  

 

Other listed associates (Group’s share of the market value is £184 million (2016: £142 million))

     18       17  

 

Unlisted associates

     32       45  
       1,577       9,507  

On 25 July 2017, the Group announced the completion of the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of RAI the Group did not already own. As at this date RAI ceased to be reported as an associate and has become a fully owned subsidiary. Accordingly, as at that date, RAI has been consolidated in accordance with IFRS 10 Consolidated Financial Statements. Included in the £30,521 million is the gain arising on the deemed disposal of RAI of £23,288 million. This gain includes amounts restated in accordance with IAS 21 The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates (see note 19).

Prior to 25 July 2017, the Group accounted for RAI as an associate, having concluded that it did not have de facto control of RAI because of the operation of the governance agreement between the Group and RAI which ensured that the Group did not have the practical ability to direct relevant activities of RAI.

During 2016, the Group entered into an agreement with Tisak’s parent Agrokor d.d. (Agrokor) to convert certain outstanding trading balances into long term loans and an additional shareholding in Tisak. As part of the agreement, Agrokor has the right to reacquire the additional shareholding in Tisak. As a consequence of this, while the Group has legal ownership of the additional shareholding, it does not consider the shares to provide any additional equity interest and continues to account for 26% of the equity of Tisak. In 2017, due to the financial difficulties of Agrokor and Tisak, the Group has recognised the legal ownership of Tisak and subsequently impaired this investment. This resulted in a charge of £27 million to the income statement that has been reported as an adjusting item in note 5.

Included within the dividends amount of £688 million (2016: £1,024 million) are £477 million (2016: £773 million) attributable to dividends declared by RAI and £204 million (2016: £245 million) attributable to dividends declared by ITC.

The principal associate undertaking of the Group is ITC Ltd. (ITC) as shown under associates undertakings and joint ventures.

 

   
136   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

11 Investments in associates and joint ventures continued

ITC Ltd.

ITC is an Indian conglomerate based in Kolkata and maintains a presence in cigarettes, hotels, paper and packaging, agri-business and other fast-moving goods (e.g. confectionery, IT, branded apparel, personal care, greetings cards and safety matches). BAT’s interest in ITC is 29.71%.

ITC prepares accounts on a quarterly basis with a 31 March year end. As permitted by IAS 28, results up to 30 September 2017 have been used in applying the equity method. This is driven by the availability of information at the half year, to be consistent with the treatment in the Group’s interim accounts. Any further information available after the date used for reporting purposes is reviewed and any material items adjusted for in the final results. The latest published information available is at 31 December 2017.

 

     

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

 

 

Non-current assets

     3,738       3,730  

 

Current assets

         3,089       2,834  

 

Non-current liabilities

     (240     (258

 

Current liabilities

     (1,446     (1,643
       5,141       4,663  
                  

 

Group’s share of ITC Ltd. (2017: 29.71%; 2016: 29.89%)

     1,527       1,394  
Reynolds American Inc.                 
            

 

2016

£m

 

 

 

Non-current assets

           34,046  

 

Current assets

       3,480  

 

Non-current liabilities

       (20,089
Current liabilities              (3,845
               13,592  
Group’s share of Reynolds American Inc. (42.2%)        5,733  

 

Goodwill

             2,318  
Total Group’s share of Reynolds American Inc.              8,051  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   137


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

12 Retirement benefit schemes

The Group’s subsidiary undertakings operate around 190 retirement benefit arrangements worldwide. The majority of scheme members belong to defined benefit schemes, most of which are funded externally and many of which are closed to new entrants. The Group also operates a number of defined contribution schemes.

The liabilities arising in the defined benefit schemes are determined in accordance with the advice of independent, professionally qualified actuaries, using the projected unit credit method. All schemes are formally valued at least every three years.

The principal schemes are in the USA, UK, Germany, Canada, The Netherlands and Switzerland. Together schemes in these territories account for over 85% of the total obligations of the Group’s defined benefit schemes. These obligations consist mainly of final salary pension schemes which provide benefits to members in the form of a guaranteed level of pension payable for life. The level of benefits provided depends on members’ length of service and their salary in the final years leading up to retirement.

In addition, the Group operates several healthcare benefit schemes, of which the most significant are in the USA and Canada. The liabilities in respect of healthcare benefits are also assessed by qualified independent actuaries, applying the projected unit credit method.

All of these arrangements, including funded schemes where formal trusts or equivalents are required, have been developed and are operated in accordance with local practices and regulations where applicable in the countries concerned. For example, in the USA, the main funded pension schemes are the Reynolds American Retirement Plan and the Retirement Income Plan for Certain Affiliates, and the main funded healthcare scheme is the B&W Tobacco Corporate Welfare and Fringe Benefit Plan, all of which are established with corporate trustees that are required to run the scheme in accordance with the Scheme’s rules and to comply with all relevant legislation, including the Employee Retirement Income Security Act 1974 and US trust law. Similarly, in the UK, the main pension scheme is the British American Tobacco UK Pension Fund, which is established under trust law and has a corporate trustee that is required to run the scheme in accordance with the Scheme’s Trust Deed and Rules and to comply with the Pension Scheme Act 1993, Pensions Act 1995, Pension Act 2004 and all the relevant legislation.

Responsibility for the governance of the schemes across the Group, including investment decisions and contribution schedules, generally lies with the trustees. The trustees for each arrangement will usually consist of representatives appointed by both the sponsoring company and the beneficiaries. In the USA, the corporate trustees act as custodians with local management acting in a fiduciary capacity with regard to investment decisions, risk mitigation and administration of the arrangements.

The majority of schemes are subject to local regulations regarding funding requirements. Contributions to defined benefit schemes are determined after consultation with the respective trustees and actuaries of the individual externally funded schemes and after taking into account regulatory requirements in each territory.

Group’s contributions to pension schemes in 2018 are expected to be £241 million in total compared to £254 million in 2017.

Contributions to the various funded schemes in the USA are agreed with the relevant corporate Trustee after taking account of statutory requirements including the Pensions Protection Act 2006 which requires company pension plans in the US to become fully funded by a methodology similar to the accounting requirements under US GAAP. Through its subsidiaries in the USA, the Group intends to make significant regular contributions with the aim of achieving a long-term funding status of at least 90%. The Group contributed £83 million to its funded pension plans and £20 million to its funded post-retirement plans since the acquisition of Reynolds American in July 2017. During 2018, the Group expects to contribute £86 million to its funded pension plans and £54 million to its funded post-retirement plans.

Contributions to the British American Tobacco UK Pension Fund for 2017 and 2016 were agreed with the Trustee as part of a recovery plan to include £30 million a year to cover ongoing service costs, with additional contributions to eliminate a funding shortfall. Additional contributions were £78 million in both 2017 and 2016. These contributions were to be used to achieve the statutory funding objective and thereafter to support attaining a lower risk investment strategy (noted below). With effect from July 2018, the Group will pay £18 million a year to meet the cost of future benefit accruals. Additional annual contributions are payable until the Fund is valued to 110% on a Technical Provisions basis, and are expected to be £11 million in 2018.

Total contributions payable to the UK Pension Fund are secured by a charge over the Group’s Head Office (Globe House) up to a maximum of £150 million. The charge would be triggered in the event that the Group defaults on agreed contributions due to the Fund or if an insolvency event occurs with respect to the UK entity responsible for making the payments. The charge is due to be released in 2039 but may be released earlier by negotiation or if the assets of the Fund are sufficient to achieve certain funding levels. Under the rules of the scheme, any future surplus would be returnable to the Group by refund at the end of the life of the scheme. The funding commitment is therefore not considered onerous and in accordance with IFRIC 14 no additional liabilities or surplus restriction have been recognised in respect of this commitment.

Payments made to pensioners by the operating companies in Germany, net of income on scheme assets, are deemed to be company contributions to the Contractual Trust Arrangements and are anticipated to be around £30 million in 2018 and £38 million per annum for the four years after that. Contributions to pension schemes in Canada, The Netherlands and Switzerland in total are anticipated to be around £18 million in 2018 and then £11 million per annum for the four years after that.

The majority of benefit payments are from trustee administered funds, however, there are also a number of unfunded schemes where the sponsoring company meets the benefit payment obligation as it falls due. For unfunded schemes in the USA, UK and Canada, 39% of the liabilities reported at year end are expected to be settled by the Group within ten years, 29% between ten and twenty years, 19% between twenty and thirty years, and 13% thereafter.

 

   
138   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

12 Retirement benefit schemes continued

The funded arrangements in the Group have policies on investment management, including strategies over a preferred long term investment profile, and schemes in certain territories including Canada and The Netherlands manage their bond portfolios to match the weighted average duration of scheme liabilities. For funded schemes in the USA, the Group employs a risk mitigation strategy which seeks to balance pension plan returns with a reasonable level of funded status volatility. Based on this framework, the asset allocation has two primary components. The first component is the hedging portfolio, which uses extended duration fixed income holdings (typically US government and investment grade corporate bonds) and derivatives to match a portion of the interest rate risk associated with the benefit obligations, thereby reducing expected funded status volatility. The second component is the return seeking portfolio, which is designed to enhance portfolio returns. The return seeking portfolio is broadly diversified across asset classes. In addition, the main scheme in the UK has a target investment strategy such that, by 31 December 2018, the scheme will have moved to 20% return-seeking assets and 80% risk-reducing assets. Investments are diversified by type of investment, by investment sector, and where appropriate by country.

Through its defined benefit pension schemes and healthcare schemes, the Group is exposed to a number of risks, including:

Asset volatility:

The plan liabilities are calculated using discount rates set by reference to bond yields. If plan assets underperform this yield, e.g. due to stock market volatility, this will create a deficit. However, most schemes hold a proportion of assets which are expected to outperform bonds in the long term, and the majority of schemes by value are subject to local regulation regarding funding deficits.

Changes in bond yields:

A decrease in corporate bond yields will increase scheme liabilities, although this will be partially offset by an increase in the value of the schemes’ bond holdings or other hedging instruments.

Inflation risk:

Some of the Group’s pension obligations are linked to inflation and higher inflation will lead to higher liabilities. Although, in most cases caps on the level of inflationary increases are in place in the scheme rules, while some assets and derivatives provide specific inflation protection.

Life expectancy:

The majority of the schemes’ obligations are to provide benefits for the life of the member, so increases in life expectancy will result in an increase in the plans’ liabilities. Assumptions regarding mortality and mortality improvements are regularly reviewed in line with actuarial tables and scheme specific experience.

The amounts recognised in the balance sheet are determined as follows:

 

       

 

Pension schemes

 

           

 

Healthcare schemes

 

           

 

Total

 

 
       

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

           

 

2017
£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

           

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

 
Present value of funded scheme liabilities        (11,542      (7,139          (326      (16          (11,868      (7,155
Fair value of funded scheme assets        12,157        7,264              193        14              12,350        7,278  
       615        125            (133      (2          482        123  
Unrecognised funded scheme surpluses        (23      (18                                (23      (18
       592        107            (133      (2          459        105  
Present value of unfunded scheme liabilities        (535      (371            (622      (105            (1,157      (476
         57        (264            (755      (107            (698      (371

The above net liability is recognised in the balance sheet as follows:

 

 

– retirement benefit scheme liabilities        (1,065      (719          (756      (107          (1,821      (826
– retirement benefit scheme assets        1,122        455              1                     1,123        455  
         57        (264            (755      (107            (698      (371

The net liabilities of funded pension schemes by territory are as follows:

 

 

       

 

Liabilities

           

 

Assets

           

 

Total

 
       

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016
£m

 

           

 

2017
£m

 

    

 

2016
£m

 

           

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016
£m

 

 
– US        (5,022                 4,640                   (382       
– UK        (3,133      (3,529          4,119        3,853            986        324  
– Germany        (998      (1,020          945        872            (53      (148
– Canada        (782      (796          779        806            (3      10  
– The Netherlands        (769      (737          819        777            50        40  
– Switzerland        (330      (370          285        293            (45      (77
– Rest of the Group        (508      (687            570        663              62        (24
Funded schemes        (11,542      (7,139            12,157        7,264              615        125  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   139


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  
                    
Notes on the Accounts continued

 

12 Retirement benefit schemes continued

Of the Group’s unfunded pension schemes 47% (2016: 64%) relate to arrangements in the UK and 33% (2016: n/a) relate to arrangements in the US, while 86% (2016: n/a) of the Group’s unfunded healthcare arrangements relate to arrangements in the US.

The amounts recognised in the income statement are as follows:

 

    

 

Pension schemes

 

        

 

Healthcare schemes

 

        

 

Total

 

 
    

 

           2017
£m

 

   

 

           2016
£m

 

        

 

           2017

£m

 

   

 

           2016

£m

 

        

 

           2017
£m

 

   

 

           2016
£m

 

 
Defined benefit schemes                
Service cost                
– current service cost     104       85               1         104       86  
– past service cost/(credit)     11       (43             (1       11       (44
Net interest on the net defined benefit liability                
– interest on scheme liabilities     291       229         19       6         310       235  
– interest on scheme assets     (276     (230       (4     (1       (280     (231
– interest on unrecognised funded scheme surpluses     2       2                           2       2  
    132       43         15       5         147       48  
Defined contribution schemes     68       53                           68       53  
Total amount recognised in the income statement (note 3(a))     200       96           15       5           215       101  

 

The above charges are recognised within employee benefit costs in note 3(a) and include a charge of £12 million in 2017 (2016: £17 million credit; 2015: £16 million charge) in respect of settlements, past service costs and defined contribution costs reported as part of the restructuring costs charged in arriving at profit from operations (see note 3(e)). Included in current service costs in 2017 is around £16 million (2016: £4 million) of administration costs.

 

The movements in scheme liabilities are as follows:

 

 

 

    

 

Pension schemes

 

        

 

Healthcare schemes

 

        

 

Total

 

 
    

 

        2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

        

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

        

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

 
Present value at 1 January     7,510       6,220         120       100         7,630       6,320  
Differences on exchange     (199     574         (35     22         (234     597  
Current service cost     105       88         2       1         107       89  
Past service cost/(credit)     4       (44                     4       (44
Settlements     7       (33             (1       7       (34
Interest on scheme liabilities     292       238         19       6         311       244  
Contributions by scheme members     3       4                       3       4  
Benefits paid     (523     (381       (31     (8       (554     (389
Acquisition of subsidiaries     5,211               882               6,093        
Actuarial (gains)/losses                
– arising from changes in demographic assumptions     (418     (7       (8             (426     (7
– arising from changes in financial assumptions     92       911         9       1         101       912  
Experience gains     (7     (61         (10     (1         (17     (62
Present value at 31 December     12,077       7,510           948       120           13,025       7,630  

 

Changes in financial assumptions principally relate to discount rate movements in both years.

 

Scheme liabilities by scheme membership:

 

 

 

    

 

Pension schemes

 

        

 

Healthcare schemes

 

        

 

Total

 

 
    

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

        

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

        

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

 
Active members     1,928       1,358         69       22         1,997       1,380  
Deferred members     1,394       1,306         3       2         1,397       1,308  
Retired members     8,755       4,846           876       96           9,631       4,942  
Present value at 31 December     12,077       7,510           948       120           13,025       7,630  

Approximately 95% of scheme liabilities in both years relate to guaranteed benefits.

 

   
140   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

12 Retirement benefit schemes continued

The movements in funded scheme assets are as follows:

 

       

 

Pension schemes

 

           

 

Healthcare schemes

 

           

 

Total

 

 
       

 

        2017

£m

 

    

 

            2016

£m

 

           

 

            2017

£m

 

    

 

            2016

£m

 

           

 

            2017

£m

 

    

 

            2016

£m

 

 
Fair value of scheme assets at 1 January        7,264        6,076            14        10            7,278        6,086  
Differences on exchange        (170      541            (7      5            (177      546  
Settlements        (1      (33                            (1      (33
Interest on scheme assets        277        238            4        1            281        239  
Company contributions        232        181            22                   254        181  
Contributions by scheme members        4        5                              4        5  
Benefits paid        (509      (360          (25      (1          (534      (361
Acquisition of subsidiaries        4,574                   180                   4,754         
Actuarial gains/(losses)        486        616              5        (1            491        615  
Fair value of scheme assets at 31 December        12,157        7,264              193        14              12,350        7,278  
                                                                     
      

 

Pension schemes

 

          

 

Healthcare schemes

 

          

 

Total

 

 
       

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

           

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

           

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

 
Equities – listed        2,444        1,697            6        5            2,450        1,702  
Equities – unlisted        1,337        630            71                   1,408        630  
Bonds – listed        5,272        3,948            14        4            5,286        3,952  
Bonds – unlisted        1,346        109            84                   1,430        109  
Other assets – listed        682        403            9                   691        403  
Other assets – unlisted        1,076        477              9        5              1,085        482  
Fair value of scheme assets at 31 December        12,157        7,264              193        14              12,350        7,278  

Scheme assets have been diversified into equities, bonds and other assets and are typically invested via fund investment managers into both pooled and segregated mandates of listed and unlisted equities and bonds.

In the US pension plans, plan assets are invested using active investment strategies and multiple investment management firms. Managers within each asset class cover a range of investment styles and approaches. Allowable investment types include domestic equity, international equity, global equity, emerging market equity, fixed income, real assets, private equity and absolute return. The range of allowable investment types utilised for pension assets provides enhanced returns and more widely diversifies the plan.

In addition, certain scheme assets, including a portion of the assets held in the main UK pension scheme, are further diversified by investing in equities listed on non-UK stock exchanges via investment funds.

In the above analysis investments via equity-based investment funds are shown under listed equities, and investments via bond-based investment funds are shown under listed bonds. Other assets include cash and other deposits, derivatives and other hedges (including liability driven investments funds and inflation opportunity funds), recoverable taxes, reinsurance contracts, infrastructure investments and investment property.

The actuarial gains and losses in both years principally relate to movements in the fair values of scheme assets and actual returns are stated net of applicable taxes and fund management fees. The fair values of listed scheme assets were derived from observable data including quoted market prices and other market data, including market values of individual segregated investments and of pooled investment funds where quoted. The fair values of unlisted assets were derived from cash flow projections of estimated future income after taking into account the estimated recoverable value of these assets.

The movements in the unrecognised scheme surpluses, recognised in other comprehensive income, are as follows:

 

       

 

Pension schemes

 

           

 

Healthcare schemes

 

           

 

Total

 

 
       

 

          2017
£m

 

    

 

          2016
£m

 

    

 

          2015
£m

 

           

 

          2017
£m

 

      

 

          2016
£m

 

      

 

          2015
£m

 

           

 

          2017
£m

 

    

 

          2016
£m

 

    

 

          2015
£m

 

 
Unrecognised funded scheme surpluses at 1 January        (18      (11      (13                                       (18      (11      (13
Differences on exchange        3        (4      3                                         3        (4      3  
Interest on unrecognised funded scheme surpluses        (2      (2      (1                                       (2      (2      (1
Movement in year (note 19)        (6      (1                                                  (6      (1       
Unrecognised funded scheme surpluses at 31 December        (23      (18      (11                                           (23      (18      (11

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   141


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

12 Retirement benefit schemes continued

The principal actuarial assumptions (weighted to reflect individual scheme differences) used in the following principal countries are shown below. In both years, discount rates are determined by reference to normal yields on high quality corporate bonds at the balance sheet date. For countries where there is not a deep market in such corporate bonds, the yield on government bonds is used.

 

     

 

2017

 

    

 

2016

 

 
     

 

USA

 

    

 

UK

 

    

 

Germany

 

    

 

Canada

 

    

 

Netherlands

 

    

 

Switzerland

 

    

 

USA

 

    

 

UK

 

    

 

Germany

 

    

 

Canada

 

    

 

Netherlands

 

    

 

Switzerland

 

 
Rate of increase in salaries (%)      3.9        3.2        2.5        3.0        2.0        1.3               3.3        2.5        3.0        2.0        1.3  
Rate of increase in pensions in payment (%)      2.5        3.2        1.8        Nil        1.2        Nil               3.3        1.8        Nil        1.1        Nil  
Rate of increase in deferred pensions (%)             2.2        1.8        Nil        1.2                      2.5        Nil        Nil        1.1         
Discount rate (%)      3.7        2.5        1.9        3.3        2.0        0.6               2.6        1.7        3.7        1.9        0.6  
General inflation (%)      2.5        3.2        1.8        2.0        2.0        1.0               3.3        1.8        2.0        2.0        1.0  
                                                                                                             
     

 

2017

 

    

 

2016

 
     

 

USA

 

    

 

UK

 

    

 

Germany

 

    

 

Canada

 

    

 

Netherlands

 

    

 

Switzerland

 

    

 

USA

 

    

 

UK

 

    

 

Germany

 

    

 

Canada

 

    

 

Netherlands

 

    

 

Switzerland

 

 
Weighted average duration of liabilities (years)      11.3        16.9        13.7        11.0        17.8        13.5               18.2        14.0        11.2        18.3        13.4  

For healthcare inflation in the US, the assumption is 7.0% (2016: n/a) and in Canada, the assumption is 5.0% (2016: 4.8%). For the remaining pension schemes, typical assumptions are that real salary increases will be from 0.5% to 4.0% (2016: 0% to 5.2%) per annum and discount rates will be from 0.5% to 10.0% (2016: 0% to 7.7%) above inflation. Pension increases, where allowed for, are generally assumed to be in line with inflation.

Mortality assumptions are subject to regular review. The principal schemes used the following tables:

 

US    2017:    RP-2017 mortality tables without collar or amounts adjusted projected with MP-2017 generational projection
  

 

2016:

  

 

Not applicable

UK   

 

2017:

  

 

S2PA (YOB) with the CMI (2016) improvement model with a 1.25% long-term improvement rate

  

 

2016:

  

 

91.5% S1NA (year of birth) table with the Continuous Mortality Investigation (2013) model with a 1.75% long-term improvement rate

Germany      

 

Heubeck tables 2005G (both years)

Canada      

 

CPM-2014 Private Table (both years)

 

The Netherlands

     

 

AG Prognosetafel 2016 (both years)

 

Switzerland

  

 

2017:

  

 

LPP/BVG 2015 base table with CMI projection factors for mortality improvements with a 1.5% long-term improvement rate

 

   2016:    LPP/BVG 2015 Generational

Based on the above, the weighted average life expectancy, in years, for mortality tables used to determine benefit obligations is as follows:

 

           

 

US

 

          

 

UK

 

          

 

Germany

 

          

 

Canada

 

   

 

Netherlands

 

   

 

Switzerland

 

 
    

 

      Male

 

   

 

  Female

 

   

 

      Male

 

   

 

  Female

 

   

 

      Male

 

   

 

Female

 

   

 

      Male

 

   

 

  Female

 

   

 

      Male

 

   

 

  Female

 

   

 

      Male

 

   

 

  Female

 

 
31 December 2016                        
Member age 65 (current life expectancy)                 23.8       26.4       19.1       23.2       21.3       23.7       20.6       24.7       22.3       24.4  
Member age 45 (life expectancy at age 65)                 26.5       29.2       21.8       25.7       22.4       24.7       23.1       26.9       24.2       26.3  
31 December 2017                        
Member age 65 (current life expectancy)     20.7       22.7       22.7       24.2       19.3       23.3       21.4       23.8       20.8       24.8       21.7       23.7  
Member age 45 (life expectancy at age 65)     22.3       24.2       24.3       25.5       21.9       25.8       22.5       24.8       23.3       27.0       23.5       25.5  

 

   
142   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

12 Retirement benefit schemes continued

Valuation of retirement benefit schemes involves judgements about uncertain future events. Sensitivities in respect of the key assumptions used to measure the principal pension schemes as at 31 December 2017 are set out below. These sensitivities show the hypothetical impact of a change in each of the listed assumptions in isolation, with the exception of the sensitivity to inflation which incorporates the impact of certain correlating assumptions such as salary increases. While each of these sensitivities holds all other assumptions constant, in practice such assumptions rarely change in isolation, while asset values also change, and the impacts may offset to some extent.

 

    

1 year
increase
£m

 

   

1 year
decrease
£m

 

   

 

0.25
percentage
point
increase
£m

 

   

 

0.25
percentage
point
decrease
£m

 

 

Average life expectancy – increase/(decrease) of scheme liabilities

 

   

 

373

 

 

 

   

 

(373

 

 

   

Rate of inflation – increase/(decrease) of scheme liabilities

 

       

 

191

 

 

 

   

 

(179

 

 

Discount rate – (decrease)/increase of scheme liabilities

 

                   

 

(363

 

 

   

 

384

 

 

 

A one percentage point increase in healthcare inflation would increase healthcare scheme liabilities by £53 million, and a one percentage point decrease would decrease liabilities by £45 million. The income statement effect of this change in assumption is not material.

13 Deferred tax

Net deferred tax assets/(liabilities) comprise:

 

     

        Stock

relief

£m

   

 

Excess of
capital
allowances
over

depreciation

£m

   

 

Tax
        losses

£m

   

 

Undistributed
earnings of
associates and
subsidiaries
£m

    Retirement
benefits
£m
    Trademarks
£m
   

Other
temporary

differences
£m

   

Total

£m

 

At 1 January 2017

 

    

 

31

 

 

 

   

 

(58

 

 

   

 

89

 

 

 

   

 

(392

 

 

   

 

117

 

 

 

   

 

(95

 

 

   

 

92

 

 

 

   

 

(216

 

 

Differences on exchange

 

    

 

2

 

 

 

   

 

15

 

 

 

   

 

(6

 

 

   

 

13

 

 

 

   

 

(12

 

 

   

 

862

 

 

 

   

 

(22

 

 

   

 

852

 

 

 

Subsidiaries acquired (note 24)

 

    

 

(375

 

 

   

 

(234

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

514

 

 

 

   

 

(28,091

 

 

   

 

1,115

 

 

 

   

 

(27,071

 

 

Credited/(charged) to the income statement

 

    

 

180

 

 

 

   

 

19

 

 

 

   

 

30

 

 

 

   

 

138

 

 

 

   

 

10

 

 

 

   

 

66

 

 

 

   

 

(307

 

 

   

 

136

 

 

 

Credited/(charged) relating to changes in tax rates

 

    

 

71

 

 

 

   

 

84

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

(194

 

 

   

 

9,935

 

 

 

   

 

(276

 

 

   

 

9,620

 

 

 

(Charged)/credited to other comprehensive income                              (171           38       (133

 

At 31 December 2017

 

  

 

 

 

 

(91

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(174

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(241

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(17,323

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

640

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(16,812

 

 

 

At 1 January 2016

 

    

 

30

 

 

 

   

 

(132

 

 

   

 

53

 

 

 

   

 

(255

 

 

   

 

48

 

 

 

   

 

(108

 

 

   

 

127

 

 

 

   

 

(237

 

 

Differences on exchange

 

    

 

6

 

 

 

   

 

(18

 

 

   

 

13

 

 

 

   

 

(41

 

 

   

 

4

 

 

 

   

 

(20

 

 

   

 

17

 

 

 

   

 

(39

 

 

Subsidiaries acquired (note 24)

 

    

 

 

 

 

   

 

(6

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

   

 

(6

 

 

(Charged)/credited to the income statement

 

    

 

(5

 

 

   

 

98

 

 

 

   

 

23

 

 

 

   

 

(96

 

 

   

 

1

 

 

 

   

 

33

 

 

 

   

 

(58

 

 

   

 

(4

 

 

Credited to other comprehensive income                              64             6       70  

 

At 31 December 2016

 

  

 

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(392

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(216

 

 

 

As part of the acquisition of RAI, the Group has to account for the assets and liabilities of the Reynolds American Group of companies at fair market value at the acquisition date of 25 July 2017, as disclosed in note 24. The increase in the net asset value versus the tax bases created net deferred tax liabilities, valued within the purchase price allocation process at the prevailing Federal and State corporation tax rate at the date of the acquisition. Subsequently on 22 December 2017, the Federal corporation tax rate was changed to 21% from 1 January 2018. This revised rate has been used to revalue the net deferred tax liabilities in the United States, reducing the liability leading to a credit in the income statement of £9,620 million.

The prior year analysis table has been restated to reflect deferred tax relating to trademarks in a separate column and deferred tax on fair value losses/(gains) has been combined with other temporary differences.

The net deferred tax liabilities are reflected in the Group balance sheet as follows: deferred tax asset of £317 million and deferred tax liability of £17,129 million (2016: deferred tax asset of £436 million and deferred tax liability of £652 million), after offsetting assets and liabilities where there is a legally enforceable right to offset current tax assets and liabilities and where the deferred income taxes relate to the same fiscal authority.

Deferred tax expected to be recovered within 12 months includes deferred tax assets of £244 million (2016: £119 million) and deferred tax liabilities of £369 million (2016: £372 million).

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   143


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

13 Deferred tax continued

At the balance sheet date, the Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset in respect of unused tax losses of £301 million (2016: £542 million) which have no expiry date and unused tax losses of £616 million (2016: £761 million) which will expire within the next 10 years.

At the balance sheet date, the Group has not recognised a deferred tax asset in respect of deductible temporary differences of £nil million (2016: £534 million), which have no expiry date and £140 million (2016: £191 million), which will expire within the next 10 years.

At the balance sheet date, the Group has unused tax credits of £80 million (2016: £80 million) which have no expiry date. No amount of deferred tax has been recognised in respect of these unused tax credits.

At the balance sheet date, the aggregate amount of undistributed earnings of subsidiaries which would be subject to dividend withholding tax was £0.7 billion (2016: £0.7 billion). No liability has been recognised in respect of this withholding tax because the Group is in a position to control the timing of these distributions and it is probable that these distributions will not be made in the foreseeable future.

14 Trade and other receivables

 

     

 

        2017
£m

 

   

 

        2016
£m

 

 

Trade receivables

 

    

 

3,306

 

 

 

   

 

2,696

 

 

 

Loans and other receivables

 

    

 

1,214

 

 

 

   

 

1,619

 

 

 

Prepayments and accrued income      289       168  
       4,809       4,483  

Current

 

    

 

4,053

 

 

 

   

 

3,884

 

 

 

Non-current      756       599  
       4,809       4,483  

 

Included in loans and other receivables are £603 million of legal deposits. The Group has determined that these payments are recoverable on conclusion of ongoing appeals and the deposits have not been discounted. Legal deposits include £449 million (2016: £326 million) in respect of payments made by a Group subsidiary in relation to the Quebec Class Action, as detailed in note 28. While there is uncertainty over the timeframe of the appeal process, it is estimated that had discounting been applied the carrying value of the asset would have been reduced by approximately £21 million (2016: £20 million).

 

Amounts receivable from related parties including associated undertakings are shown in note 27.

 

Trade and other receivables have been reported in the balance sheet net of allowances as follows:

 

 

 

 

     

 

     2017

£m

 

   

 

    2016

£m

 

 

Gross trade and other receivables

 

    

 

4,894

 

 

 

   

 

4,570

 

 

 

Allowance account      (85     (87
Net trade and other receivables per balance sheet      4,809       4,483  

 

The movements in the allowance account are as follows:

 

    
     

 

    2017

£m

 

   

 

    2016

£m

 

 

1 January

 

    

 

87

 

 

 

   

 

51

 

 

 

Differences on exchange

 

    

 

4

 

 

 

   

 

11

 

 

 

Provided in the year

 

    

 

16

 

 

 

   

 

26

 

 

 

Amounts reversed during the year      (22     (1
31 December      85       87  

 

As at 31 December 2017, trade and other receivables of £189 million (2016: £60 million) were past their contractual payment date but not impaired. These relate to a number of external parties where there is no expectation of default. The aged analysis of these trade receivables is as follows:

 

 

     

 

    2017

£m

 

   

 

    2016

£m

 

 

Less than three months

 

    

 

147

 

 

 

   

 

39

 

 

 

Between three and six months

 

    

 

12

 

 

 

   

 

11

 

 

 

Between six months and one year

 

    

 

20

 

 

 

   

 

7

 

 

 

Greater than one year      10       3  

The Group holds bank guarantees, other guarantees and credit insurance in respect of some of the past due debtor balances.

 

   
144   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

14 Trade and other receivables continued

Trade and other receivables are predominantly denominated in the functional currencies of subsidiary undertakings apart from the following: US dollar: 1.4% (2016: 3.8%), UK sterling: 4.3% (2016: 5.4%), Euro: 1.5% (2016: 2.8%) and other currencies: 9.6% (2016: 3.8%).

There is no material difference between the above amounts for trade and other receivables and their fair value due to the short-term duration of the majority of trade and other receivables as determined using discounted cash flow analysis. There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables as the Group has a large number of internationally dispersed customers.

15 Available-for-sale investments

 

     

 

    2017
£m

 

   

 

    2016
£m

 

 

1 January

 

    

 

58

 

 

 

   

 

72

 

 

 

Differences on exchange

 

    

 

 

 

 

   

 

10

 

 

 

Additions

 

    

 

90

 

 

 

   

 

4

 

 

 

Revaluations

 

    

 

(27

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

Disposals      (14     (28
31 December      107       58  

Current

 

    

 

65

 

 

 

   

 

15

 

 

 

Non-current      42       43  
       107       58  

The classification of these investments under the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy is given in note 23.

There is no material difference between the maturity profile of investments in the table above and the maturity profile on a gross contractual basis where the values in each year include the investments maturing in that year together with forecast interest receipts on all investments which are due for all or part of that year.

Investments are all denominated in the functional currency of the subsidiary undertaking holding the investments.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   145


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

16 Derivative financial instruments

The fair values of derivatives are determined based on market data (primarily yield curves, implied volatilities and exchange rates) to calculate the present value of all estimated flows associated with each derivative at the balance sheet date. In the absence of sufficient market data, fair values would be based on the quoted market price of similar derivatives. The classification of these derivative assets and liabilities under the IFRS 13 fair value hierarchy is given in note 23.

 

             

 

2017

            

 

2016

 
    

 

    Assets

     Liabilities          Assets      Liabilities  
      £m      £m      £m      £m  
Fair value hedges            
– interest rate swaps      97        14        179        14  
– cross-currency swaps      263               261         
Cash flow hedges            
– interest rate swaps      1               2         
– cross-currency swaps      187               106         
– forward foreign currency contracts      82        73        120        118  
Net investment hedges            
– forward foreign currency contracts      85        39        23        233  
Held-for-trading*            
– interest rate swaps      68        77        71        90  
– cross-currency swaps                    173        174  
– forward foreign currency contracts      35        31        36        39  
Total      818        234        971        668  
Current      228        155        375        549  
Non-current      590        79        596        119  
       818        234        971        668  
Derivatives            
– in respect of net debt      640        117        809        300  
– other      178        117        162        368  
       818        234        971        668  

 

* IFRS requires derivatives which do not meet the tests for hedge accounting under IAS 39 to be classified as instruments held-for-trading with fair value change included in the income statement. These derivatives principally consist of forward foreign currency contracts which have not been designated as hedges due to their value changes offsetting with other components of net finance costs relating to financial assets and financial liabilities. The Group do not use derivatives for speculative purposes. All derivatives are undertaken for risk management purposes.

For cash flow hedges, the timing of expected cash flows is as follows: assets of £270 million (2016: £228 million) of which £73 million (2016: £99 million) is expected within one year and £165 million (2016: £106 million) beyond 5 years and liabilities of £73 million (2016: £118 million) of which £69 million (2016: £105 million) is expected within one year.

The Group’s cash flow hedges are principally in respect of sales or purchases of inventory and certain debt instruments. A certain number of forward foreign currency contracts were used to manage the currency profile of external borrowings and are reflected in the currency table in note 20. Interest rate swaps have been used to manage the interest rate profile of external borrowings and are reflected in the re-pricing table in note 20.

 

   
146   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

16 Derivative financial instruments continued

The tables below set out the maturities of the Group’s derivative financial instruments on an undiscounted contractual basis, based on spot rates.

The maturity dates of all gross-settled derivative financial instruments are as follows:

 

                                    

 

2017

                                              

 

2016

 
             Assets                    Liabilities                      Assets                     

 

Liabilities

 
           Inflow            Outflow                  Inflow            Outflow                  Inflow          Outflow                  Inflow     

 

    Outflow

 
      £m      £m             £m      £m               £m      £m               £m      £m  
Within one year                                  
– forward foreign currency contracts      8,874        (8,702        5,929        (6,059          7,168        (6,943          11,419        (12,024
– cross-currency swaps      56        (97                          391        (534          499        (354
Between one and two years                                  
– forward foreign currency contracts      339        (328        229        (230          1,152        (1,104          571        (630
– cross-currency swaps      89        (135                          37        (36                  
Between two and three years                                  
– forward foreign currency contracts                                        24        (22          13        (12
– cross-currency swaps      60        (108                          66        (69                  
Between three and four years                                  
– cross-currency swaps      1,812        (1,782                          35        (40                  
Between four and five years                                  
– cross-currency swaps      32        (62                          802        (770                  
Beyond five years                                  
– cross-currency swaps      2,623        (2,366                                      1,429        (1,244                        
       13,885        (13,580              6,158        (6,289                11,104        (10,762                12,502        (13,020

The maturity dates of net-settled derivative financial instruments, which primarily relate to interest rate swaps, are as follows:    

 

             

 

2017

          

 

2016

 
      Assets
Inflow
£m
     Liabilities
Outflow
£m
   

    Assets
Inflow

£m

   

 

    Liabilities
Outflow

£m

 

Within one year

 

    

 

44

 

 

 

    

 

18

 

 

 

   

 

102

 

 

 

   

 

29

 

 

 

Between one and two years

 

    

 

34

 

 

 

    

 

5

 

 

 

   

 

71

 

 

 

   

 

15

 

 

 

Between two and three years

 

    

 

28

 

 

 

    

 

6

 

 

 

   

 

64

 

 

 

   

 

14

 

 

 

Between three and four years

 

    

 

26

 

 

 

    

 

6

 

 

 

   

 

46

 

 

 

   

 

13

 

 

 

Between four and five years

 

    

 

12

 

 

 

    

 

7

 

 

 

   

 

26

 

 

 

   

 

11

 

 

 

Beyond five years      28       

 

51

 

 

 

    40       22  
       172        93       349       104  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   147


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 


 

17 Inventories      
      2017
£m
     2016
£m
 
Raw materials and consumables      3,027        2,230  
Finished goods and work in progress      2,692        3,312  
Goods purchased for resale      145        251  
       5,864        5,793  

Inventories pledged as security for liabilities amount to £7 million (2016: £nil million). Write-offs taken to other operating expenses in the Group income statement comprise £114 million (2016: £127 million; 2015: £73 million), including amounts relating to restructuring costs. Goods purchased for resale includes Group brands produced under third party contract manufacturing arrangements.

 

18 Cash and cash equivalents      
      2017
£m
     2016
£m
 
Cash and bank balances      1,967        1,628  
Cash equivalents      1,324        576  
       3,291        2,204  

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates their fair value.

Cash and cash equivalents are denominated in the functional currency of the subsidiary undertaking or other currencies as shown below:

 

      2017
£m
     2016
£m
 
Functional currency      2,842        1,748  
US dollar      161        195  
Euro      159        159  
Other currency      129        102  
       3,291        2,204  

In the Group cash flow statement, net cash and cash equivalents are shown after deducting bank overdrafts and accrued interest where applicable, as follows:

 

      2017
£m
     2016
£m
 
Cash and cash equivalents as above      3,291        2,204  
Less overdrafts and accrued interest      (469      (553
Net cash and cash equivalents      2,822        1,651  

Cash and cash equivalents include restricted amounts of £160 million (2016: £157 million), principally due to exchange control regulations in certain countries.

 

   
148   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity

 

    

 

Attributable to owners of the parent

               
    

Share capital

£m

    

 

Share

premium,

capital

redemption

and merger

reserves

£m

    

Other

reserves

£m

   

Retained

earnings

£m

   

Total

attributable

to owners of

the parent

£m

   

Non-

controlling

interests

£m

   

Total

equity

£m

 
1 January 2017     507        3,931        413       3,331       8,182       224       8,406  

 

Comprehensive income and expense

               

 

Profit for the year

                        37,533       37,533       171       37,704  

 

Differences on exchange

               

 

– subsidiaries

                  (3,085           (3,085     (2     (3,087

 

– associates

                  (923           (923           (923

 

Cash flow hedges

               

 

– net fair value losses

                  (263           (263     (1     (264

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

                  109             109             109  

 

– reclassified and reported in net assets

                  (16           (16           (16

 

Available-for-sale investments

               

 

– net fair value losses in respect of subsidiaries

                  (27           (27           (27

 

– net fair value gains in respect of associates net of tax

                  5             5             5  

 

Net investment hedges

               

 

– net fair value gains

                  425             425             425  

 

– differences on exchange on borrowings

                  (67           (67     (1     (68

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                  34             34             34  

 

Retirement benefit schemes

                       

 

– net actuarial gains in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                        832       832       1       833  

 

– surplus recognition and minimum funding obligations in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                        (5     (5     (1     (6

 

– actuarial gains in respect of associates net of tax (note 5)

                        25       25             25  

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                        (171     (171           (171

 

Other changes in equity

               

 

Employee share options

               

 

– value of employee services

                        105       105             105  

 

– proceeds from shares issued

           5                    5             5  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

               

 

– ordinary shares (note 8)

                        (4,465     (4,465           (4,465

 

– to non-controlling interests

                                    (169     (169

 

Purchase of own shares

               

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                        (205     (205           (205

 

Shares issued – RAI acquisition (note 24(a))

    107        22,666                    22,773             22,773  

 

Other movements

                        3       3             3  
31 December 2017     614        26,602        (3,395     36,983       60,804       222       61,026  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   149


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity continued

 

 

     

 

Attributable to owners of the parent

               
     

Share capital

£m

    

 

Share

premium,

capital

redemption

and merger

reserves

£m

    

Other

reserves

£m

   

Retained

earnings

£m

   

Total

attributable

to owners of

the parent

£m

   

Non-

controlling

interests

£m

   

Total

equity

£m

 
1 January 2016      507        3,927        (1,294     1,754       4,894       138       5,032  

 

Comprehensive income and expense

                

 

Profit for the year

                         4,648       4,648       191       4,839  

 

Differences on exchange

                

 

– subsidiaries

                   1,218             1,218       52       1,270  

 

– associates

                   1,425             1,425             1,425  

 

Cash flow hedges

                

 

– net fair value gains

                   28             28       1       29  

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

                   38             38             38  

 

– reclassified and reported in net assets

                   (12           (12           (12

 

Available-for-sale investments

                

 

– net fair value losses in respect of associates net of tax

                   (10           (10           (10

 

Net investment hedges

                

 

– net fair value losses

                   (837           (837           (837

 

– differences on exchange on borrowings

                   (124           (124           (124

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                   (19           (19           (19

 

Retirement benefit schemes

                

 

– net actuarial losses in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                         (231     (231     3       (228

 

– surplus recognition and minimum funding obligations in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                                     (1     (1

 

– actuarial gains in respect of associates net of tax (note 5)

                         20       20             20  

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                         36       36             36  

 

Other changes in equity

                

 

Employee share options

                

 

– value of employee services

                         71       71             71  

 

– proceeds from shares issued

            4                    4             4  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                

 

– ordinary shares (note 8)

                         (2,910     (2,910           (2,910

 

– to non-controlling interests

                                     (156     (156

 

Purchase of own shares

                

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                         (64     (64           (64

 

Non-controlling interests – acquisitions (note 24(c))

                         4       4       (4      

 

Other movements

                         3       3             3  
31 December 2016      507        3,931        413       3,331       8,182       224       8,406  

 

 

   
150   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity continued

 

 

     

 

Attributable to owners of the parent

               
     

Share capital

£m

    

 

Share

premium,

capital

redemption

and merger

reserves

£m

    

Other

reserves

£m

   

Retained

earnings

£m

   

Total

attributable

to owners of

the parent

£m

   

Non-

controlling

interests

£m

   

Total

equity

£m

 
1 January 2015      507        3,923        (498     1,578       5,510       304       5,814  

 

Comprehensive income and expense

                

 

Profit for the year

                         4,290       4,290       232       4,522  

 

Differences on exchange

                

 

– subsidiaries

                   (953           (953     (53     (1,006

 

– associates

                   336             336             336  

 

Cash flow hedges

                

 

– net fair value losses

                   (98           (98     (1     (99

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

                   14             14       1       15  

 

– reclassified and reported in net assets

                   (45           (45           (45

 

Available-for-sale investments

                

 

– net fair value gains in respect of subsidiaries

                   14             14             14  

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

                   (10           (10           (10

 

– net fair value gains in respect of associates net of tax

                   1             1             1  

 

Net investment hedges

                

 

– net fair value losses

                   (118           (118           (118

 

– differences on exchange on borrowings

                   42             42             42  

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                   21             21             21  

 

Retirement benefit schemes

                

 

– net actuarial gains in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                         283       283             283  

 

– actuarial gains in respect of associates net of tax (note 5)

                         3       3             3  

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                         (23     (23           (23

 

Other changes in equity

                

 

Employee share options

                

 

– value of employee services

                         50       50             50  

 

– proceeds from shares issued

            4                    4             4  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                

 

– ordinary shares (note 8)

                         (2,770     (2,770           (2,770

 

– to non-controlling interests

                                     (238     (238

 

Purchase of own shares

                

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                         (46     (46           (46

 

Non-controlling interests – acquisitions (note 24(c))

                         (1,642     (1,642     (107     (1,749

 

Other movements

                         31       31             31  
31 December 2015      507        3,927        (1,294     1,754       4,894       138       5,032  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   151


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity continued

 

(a) Share premium account, capital redemption reserves and merger reserves comprise:

 

     

 

Share
premium
account
£m

     Capital
redemption
reserves
£m
     Merger
reserves
£m
    

Total

£m

 
31 December 2017      87        101        26,414        26,602  

31 December 2016

 

    

 

82

 

 

 

    

 

101

 

 

 

    

 

3,748

 

 

 

    

 

3,931

 

 

 

31 December 2015      78        101        3,748        3,927  
1 January 2015      74        101        3,748        3,923  

The share premium account includes the difference between the value of shares issued and their nominal value. The increase of £5 million (2016: £4 million; 2015: £4 million) relates solely to ordinary shares issued under the Company’s share option schemes.

On the purchase of own shares as part of the share buy-back programme for shares which are cancelled, a transfer is made from retained earnings to the capital redemption reserve equivalent to the nominal value of shares purchased. Purchased shares which are not cancelled are classified as treasury shares and presented as a deduction from total equity.

In 1999, shares were issued for the acquisition of the Rothmans International B.V. Group, and the difference between the fair value of shares issued and their nominal value of £3,748 million was credited to merger reserves.

On 25 July 2017, the Group announced the completion of the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of RAI not already owned by the Group. Shares were issued for the acquisition and the difference between the fair value of shares issued and their nominal value of £22,666 million was credited to merger reserves.

Total equity attributable to owners of the parent is stated after deducting the cost of treasury shares which include £4,845 million (2016: £4,845 million; 2015: £4,845 million) for shares repurchased and not cancelled and £350 million (2016: £208 million; 2015 £204 million) in respect of the cost of own shares held in employee share ownership trusts.

During 2014, 23 million shares were bought back at a cost of £795 million, excluding transaction costs of £5 million. The share buy-back programme was suspended from 30 July 2014. As at 31 December 2017, treasury shares include 6,750,597 (2016: 5,137,602; 2015: 5,356,084) of shares held in trust and 162,645,590 (2016: 162,645,590; 2015: 162,645,590) of shares repurchased and not cancelled as part of the Company’s share buy-back programme.

Other movements in shareholders’ funds principally relate to the release of treasury shares as a result of the exercise of share options.

 

Called up share capital

 

  

 

Ordinary

shares of 25p each
Number of shares

 

    

£m

 

 

Allotted and fully paid

 

     

1 January 2017

 

    

 

2,027,019,508

 

 

 

    

 

            506.75

 

 

 

Changes during the year

 

     

– share option schemes

 

    

 

213,144

 

 

 

    

 

0.05

 

 

 

– Issue of shares RAI acquisition      429,045,762        107.26  
                   
31 December 2017      2,456,278,414        614.06  

Allotted and fully paid

 

     

1 January 2016

 

    

 

2,026,866,724

 

 

 

     506.71  

Changes during the year

 

     
– share option schemes     

 

152,784

 

 

 

     0.04  
31 December 2016      2,027,019,508        506.75  

Allotted and fully paid

 

     

1 January 2015

 

    

 

2,026,693,029

 

 

 

    

 

506.67

 

 

 

Changes during the year

 

     
– share option schemes      173,695        0.04  
31 December 2015      2,026,866,724        506.71  

(b) Information on the principal components of non-controlling interests is provided in note 29.

 

   
152   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity continued

 

Movements in other reserves and retained earnings (which are after deducting treasury shares) shown above comprise:

 

                                               

 

Retained earnings

 
    

Translation

reserve

£m

   

  Hedging

reserve

£m

   

 

Available-

for-sale

reserve

£m

   

Revaluation

reserve

£m

    

     Other

£m

   

Total other

reserves

£m

   

    Treasury

shares

£m

   

    Other

£m

 
1 January 2017     (382     4       39       179        573       413       (5,053     8,384  

 

Comprehensive income and expense

                

 

Profit for the year

                                               37,533  

 

Differences on exchange

                

 

– subsidiaries

    (3,085                              (3,085            

 

– associates

    (923                              (923            

 

Cash flow hedges

                

 

– net fair value losses

          (263                        (263            

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

          109                          109              

 

– reclassified and reported in net assets

          (16                        (16            

 

Available-for-sale investments

                

 

– net fair value losses in respect of subsidiaries

                (27                  (27            

 

– net fair value gains in respect of associates net of tax

                5                    5              

 

Net investment hedges

                

 

– net fair value gains

    425                                425              

 

– differences on exchange on borrowings

    (67                              (67            

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

          34                          34              

 

Retirement benefit schemes

                

 

– net actuarial gains in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                                               832  

 

– surplus recognition and minimum funding obligations respect of subsidiaries (note 5)

                                               (5

 

– actuarial gains in respect of associates net of tax (note 5)

                                               25  

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other

                

 

comprehensive income that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                                               (171

 

Other changes in equity

                

 

Employee share options

                

 

–  value of employee services

                                               105  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                

 

–  ordinary shares (note 8)

                                               (4,465

 

Purchase of own shares

                

 

–  held in employee share ownership trusts

                                         (205      

 

Other movements

                                         63       (60
31 December 2017     (4,032     (132     17       179        573       (3,395     (5,195     42,178  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   153


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity continued

 

                                                 

 

Retained earnings

 
     

Translation

reserve

£m

   

   Hedging

reserve

£m

   

 

Available-

for-sale

reserve

£m

   

Revaluation

reserve

£m

    

      Other

£m

    

Total other

reserves

£m

   

    Treasury

shares

£m

   

      Other

£m

 
1 January 2016      (2,062     (33     49       179        573        (1,294     (5,049     6,803  

 

Comprehensive income and expense

                  

 

Profit for the year

                                                 4,648  

 

Differences on exchange

                  

 

– subsidiaries

     1,218                                 1,218              

 

– associates

     1,425                                 1,425              

 

Cash flow hedges

                  

 

– net fair value gains

           28                           28              

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

           38                           38              

 

– reclassified and reported in net assets

           (12                         (12            

 

Available-for-sale investments

                  

 

– net fair value losses in respect of associates net of tax

                 (10                   (10            

 

Net investment hedges

                  

 

– net fair value losses

     (837                               (837            

 

– differences on exchange on borrowings

     (124                               (124            

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

     (2     (17                         (19            

 

Retirement benefit schemes

                  

 

– net actuarial losses in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                                                 (231

 

– actuarial gains in respect of associates net of tax (note 5)

                                                 20  

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss (note 6(f))

                                                 36  

 

Other changes in equity

                  

 

Employee share options

                  

 

– value of employee services

                                                 71  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                  

 

– ordinary shares (note 8)

                                                 (2,910

 

Purchase of own shares

                  

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                                           (64      

 

Non-controlling interests – acquisitions (note 24(c))

                                                 4  

 

Other movements

                                           60       (57
31 December 2016      (382     4       39       179        573        413       (5,053     8,384  

 

 

   
154   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity continued

 

 

                                                 

 

Retained earnings

 
      Translation
reserve
£m
       Hedging
reserve
£m
   

 

Available-
for-sale
reserve
£m

   

Revaluation
reserve

£m

           Other
£m
     Total other
reserves
£m
   

    Treasury

shares

£m

   

      Other

£m

 
1 January 2015      (1,369     75       44       179        573        (498     (5,073     6,651  

 

Comprehensive income and expense

                  

 

Profit for the year

                                                 4,290  

 

Differences on exchange

                  

 

– subsidiaries

     (953                               (953            

 

– associates

     336                                 336              

 

Cash flow hedges

                  

 

– net fair value losses

           (98                         (98            

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

           14                           14              

 

– reclassified and reported in net assets

           (45                         (45            

 

Available-for-sale investments

                  

 

– net fair value gains in respect of subsidiaries

                 14                     14              

 

– reclassified and reported in profit for the year

                 (10                   (10            

 

– net fair values gains in respect of associates net of tax

                 1                     1              

 

Net investment hedges

                  

 

– net fair value losses

     (118                               (118            

 

– differences on exchange on borrowings

     42                                 42              

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

           21                           21              

 

Retirement benefit schemes

                  

 

– net actuarial losses in respect of subsidiaries (note 12)

                                                 283  

 

– actuarial losses in respect of associates net of tax (note 5)

                                                 3  

 

Tax on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss

                                                 (23

 

Other changes in equity

                  

 

Employee share options

                  

 

– value of employee services

                                                 50  

 

Dividends and other appropriations

                  

 

– ordinary shares (note 8)

                                                 (2,770

 

Purchase of own shares

                  

 

– held in employee share ownership trusts

                                           (46      

 

Non-controlling interests – acquisitions (note 24(c))

                                                 (1,642

 

Other movements

                                           70       (39
31 December 2015      (2,062     (33     49       179        573        (1,294     (5,049     6,803  

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   155


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

19 Capital and reserves – reconciliation of movement in total equity continued

 

The translation reserve is explained in the accounting policy on foreign currencies in note 1. The hedging reserve and the available-for-sale reserve are explained in the accounting policy on financial instruments in note 1. The revaluation reserve relates to the acquisition of the cigarette and snus business of ST in 2008.

Of the amounts released from the hedging reserve during the year, a gain of £52 million (2016: £142 million loss; 2015: £50 million loss) and a loss of £27 million (2016: £2 million loss; 2015: £22 million gain) were reported within revenue and raw materials and consumables respectively, together with a gain of £4 million (2016: £6 million loss; 2015: £8 million loss) reported in other operating expenses, £nil million (2016: £9 million gain; 2015: £nil million) reported in other operating income and a gain of £80 million (2016: £93 million gain; 2015: £18 million gain) reported within net finance costs.

In 2017, included within the £923 million of differences on exchange in respect of associates is debit of £545 million in respect of foreign exchange recycled from reserves as a result of the divestment of the RAI associate. This has been reported in the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures.

Other reserves comprise:

(a) £483 million which arose in 1998 from merger accounting in a Scheme of Arrangement and Reconstruction whereby British American Tobacco p.l.c. acquired the entire share capital of B.A.T Industries p.l.c. and the share capital of that company’s principal financial services subsidiaries was distributed, so effectively demerging them; and

(b) In the Rothmans transaction, convertible redeemable preference shares were issued as part of the consideration. The discount on these shares was amortised by crediting other reserves and charging retained earnings. The £90 million balance in other reserves comprises the accumulated balance in respect of the preference shares converted during 2004.

The tax attributable to components of other comprehensive income is as follows:

 

     

 

    2017
£m

   

 

    2016
£m

   

 

    2015
£m

 
Translation reserve       
Net investment hedges       
– net fair value gains/(losses)            (2      
             (2      
Hedging reserve       
Cash flow hedges       
– net fair value losses/(gains)      34       (11     38  
– reclassified and reported in profit for the year            (6     (17
       34       (17     21  
Retained earnings       
– actuarial (gains)/losses in respect of subsidiaries      (171     36       (23
     (171     36       (23
Owners of the parent      (137     17       (2
Non-controlling interests                   
Total tax recognised in other comprehensive income for the year (note 6(f))      (137     17       (2

 

   
156   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

20 Borrowings

 

      Currency          Maturity dates    Interest rates     

 

2017

£m

    

2016

£m

 
Eurobonds   

Euro

 

      2019 to 2045      0.4% to 4.9%        8,585        7,704  
  

Euro

 

      2018 to 2021      3m EURIBOR +50bps        1,326        341  
  

UK sterling

 

      2019 to 2055      1.8% to 7.3%        4,680        4,241  
  

US dollar

 

      2019      1.6%        482        527  
  

Swiss franc

 

      2021 to 2026      0.6% to 1.4%        498        526  

Bonds issued pursuant to Rules under the US

Securities Act (as amended)

   US dollar       2018 to 2047      1.9% to 8.1%        25,545        4,472  
              USD 3m LIBOR +        
    

US dollar

 

        2018 to 2022      51bps to 88bps        1,665        405  

Bonds and notes

 

                       42,781              18,216  
Commercial paper                  1,200        254  

 

Other loans

                 4,466        110  

 

Bank loans

                 512        336  

 

Bank overdrafts

                 469        553  

 

Finance leases

                             22        26  
                               49,450        19,495  

The interest on the commercial paper referred to in the table above is based on USD LIBOR plus a margin ranging between 19 and 38 basis points and EURIBOR plus a margin ranging between 10 and 24 basis points (2016: USD LIBOR plus a margin ranging between 22 and 77 basis points and EURIBOR plus a margin ranging between 20 and 29 basis points).

Current borrowings per the balance sheet include interest payable of £445 million at 31 December 2017 (2016: £229 million). Included within borrowings are £6,690 million (2016: £7,157 million) of borrowings subject to fair value hedges where their amortised cost has been increased by £208 million (2016: £295 million) in the table above.

The fair value of borrowings is estimated to be £50,449 million (2016: £20,592 million). £43,780 million (2016: £19,126 million) has been calculated using quoted market prices and is within level 1 of the fair value hierarchy. £6,669 million (2016: £1,466 million) has been calculated based on discounted cash flow analysis and is within level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

The amounts secured on Group assets as at 31 December 2017 is £159 million (2016: £26 million), including finance leases of £20 million (2016: £26 million) and amounts secured on certain inventory of the Group (see note 17).

Borrowings are repayable as follows:

 

     

 

Per balance sheet

     Contractual gross maturities  
     

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

    

 

2017

£m

 

    

 

2016

£m

 

 
Within one year      5,423        3,007        6,381        3,587  

 

Between one and two years

     2,344        1,391        3,609        1,870  

 

Between two and three years

     7,011        1,756        8,141        2,220  

 

Between three and four years

     2,913        1,577        4,034        1,961  

 

Between four and five years

     6,857        1,925        7,836        2,292  

 

Beyond five years

     24,902        9,839        34,842        12,560  
             49,450              19,495              64,843              24,490  

The contractual gross maturities in each year include the borrowings maturing in that year together with forecast interest payments on all borrowings which are outstanding for all or part of that year.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   157


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

20 Borrowings continued

Borrowings are denominated in the functional currency of the subsidiary undertaking or other currencies as shown below:

 

     

 

  Functional
currency
£m

 

   

US

dollar

£m

 

   

UK
sterling
£m

 

   

Euro

£m

 

   

Canadian
dollar

£m

 

   

Other
currencies
£m

 

   

Total

£m

 

 
31 December 2017               

 

Total borrowings

     32,580       4,789       450       10,837             794       49,450  

 

Effect of derivative financial instruments

              

 

– cross-currency swaps

     3,903       16       (450     (3,613           (243     (387

 

– forward foreign currency contracts

     (1,142     922             (388     215       388       (5
       35,341       5,727             6,836       215       939       49,058  
31 December 2016               

 

Total borrowings

     5,088       5,524             8,066             817       19,495  

 

Effect of derivative financial instruments

              

 

– cross-currency swaps

     1,866       18             (1,895           (255     (266

 

– forward foreign currency contracts

     (770     524             (547     220       497       (76
       6,184       6,066             5,624       220       1,059       19,153  

 

The exposure to interest rate changes when borrowings are re-priced is as follows:

 

 

     

 

Within

1 year

£m

 

   

 

Between
1-2 years
£m

 

   

Between
2-3 years
£m

 

   

Between
3-4 years
£m

 

   

Between
4-5 years
£m

 

   

Beyond

5 years
£m

 

   

Total

£m

 

 
31 December 2017               

 

Total borrowings

     12,516       2,325       4,321       1,941       4,332       24,015       49,450  

 

Effect of derivative financial instruments

              

 

– interest rate swaps

     2,995             (554     (533     (222     (1,686      

 

– cross-currency swaps

     1,287       (17           (775           (882     (387
       16,798       2,308       3,767       633       4,110       21,447       49,063  
31 December 2016               

 

Total borrowings

     3,753       624       1,756       1,576       1,925       9,861       19,495  

 

Effect of derivative financial instruments

              

 

– interest rate swaps

     2,241       (202     (250     (1,119     (755     85        

 

– cross-currency swaps

     1,884                   (17           (2,133     (266
       7,878       422       1,506       440       1,170       7,813       19,229  

Finance lease liabilities per the balance sheet and on a contractual gross maturity basis are payable as follows:

Finance lease liabilities per the balance sheet and on a contractual gross maturity basis with £10 million (2016: £10 million) repayable within one year and £12 million (2016: £16 million) repayable between one and five years. There is no material difference between the repayable principal and the total gross cash flows shown above.

The Group’s undrawn committed borrowing facilities (see note 23) total £5,400 million (2016: £3,212 million) with £2,400 million (2016: £nil) maturing within one year and with £3,000 million expiring between three and four years (2016: £3,000 million expiring between four and five years).

 

   
158   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

20 Borrowings continued

 

The Group defines net debt as follows:

 

     

 

2017

£m

 

   

 

2016

£m

 

 
Borrowings*      49,450       19,495  

 

Derivatives in respect of net debt:

    

 

– assets (note 16)

     (640     (809

 

– liabilities (note 16)

     117       300  

 

Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)

     (3,291     (2,204

 

Current available-for-sale investments (note 15)

     (65     (15
           45,571           16,767  

 

* Borrowings as at 31 December 2017 include £947 million in respect of the purchase price adjustments relating to the acquisition of Reynolds.

The movements in net debt are presented below:

 

                                 

 

2017

£m

 
     

        Opening
balance

 

   

Subsidiaries
acquired

 

   

Cash flow

 

   

Foreign
exchange,
accrued
interest and
other

 

   

Closing
balance

 

 
Borrowings      19,495       11,203       20,024       (1,272     49,450  

 

Derivatives in respect of net debt:

          

 

– assets (note 16)

     (809           106       63       (640

 

– liabilities (note 16)

     300             (380     197       117  

 

Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)

     (2,204     (1,288     57       144       (3,291

 

Current available-for-sale investments (note 15)

     (15           (44     (6     (65
       16,767       9,915       19,763       (874         45,571  

 

                          

 

2016

£m

 
    

Opening
balance

 

   

Cash flow

 

   

 

Foreign
exchange,
accrued
interest and
other

 

   

Closing
balance

 

 
Borrowings      17,001       (252     2,746       19,495  

 

Derivatives in respect of net debt:

        

 

– assets (note 16)

     (373     258       (694     (809

 

– liabilities (note 16)

     164       (22     158       300  

 

Cash and cash equivalents (note 18)

     (1,963     157       (398     (2,204

 

Current available-for-sale investments (note 15)

     (35     22       (2     (15
       14,794       163       1,810           16,767  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   159


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

21 Provisions for liabilities

 

     

 

Restructuring

of existing
businesses

£m

 

   

Employee
related
benefits

£m

 

   

Fox River
£m

 

   

Other
provisions

£m

 

   

Total
£m

 

 
1 January 2017      190       40       163       400       793  

 

Differences on exchange

     4       (3           (22     (21

 

Subsidiaries acquired

                       42       42  

 

Provided in respect of the year

     172       15             95       282  

 

Utilised during the year

     (208     (12     (25     (98     (343
31 December 2017      158       40       138       417       753  
          
Analysed on the balance sheet as           

 

– current

     87       24       22       266       399  

 

non-current

     71       16       116       151       354  
       158       40       138       417       753  
          
     

 

Restructuring
of existing
businesses
£m

 

   

Employee
related
benefits
£m

 

   

Fox River
£m

 

   

Other
provisions
£m

 

   

Total
£m

 

 
1 January 2016      89       38       160       282       569  
Differences on exchange      15       8             46       69  

 

Provided in respect of the year

     120       14       20       150       304  

 

Utilised during the year

     (34     (20     (17     (78     (149
31 December 2016      190       40       163       400       793  
Analysed on the balance sheet as           

 

– current

     86       27       19       275       407  

 

non-current

     104       13       144       125       386  
       190       40       163       400       793  

The restructuring provisions relate to the restructuring and integration costs incurred and reported as adjusting items in the income statement. The principal restructuring activities in 2017 and 2016 are as described in note 3(e). While some elements of the non-current provisions of £71 million will unwind over several years, as termination payments are made over extended periods in some countries, it is estimated that approximately 35% will unwind within five years.

Employee related benefits mainly relate to employee benefits other than post-employment benefits. The principal components of these provisions are gratuity and termination awards, and ‘jubilee’ payments due after a certain service period. It is estimated that approximately 22% of the non-current provisions of £16 million will unwind within five years.

A provision of £274 million was made in 2011 for a potential claim under a 1998 settlement agreement entered into by a Group subsidiary in respect of the clean-up of sediment in the Fox River. On 30 September 2014, the Group, NCR, Appvion and Windward Prospects entered into a funding agreement; the details of this agreement are explained in note 28. This agreement led to payments of £18 million in 2017 (2016: £6 million). In addition, the Group incurred legal costs of £7 million (2016: £11 million), which were also charged against the provision. In light of the conclusion of the funding agreement, the sums that the Group agreed to pay thereunder, as well as the available information in relation to the extent of the clean-up related costs, the Group reviewed the Fox River provision and increased the provision by £20 million in 2016 owing to the significant devaluation of the GBP against the USD. It is expected that the non-current provision will unwind within five years.

On 10 February 2017, a decision was delivered on the further hearing related to a payment of dividends by Windward to Sequana in May 2009. Further details are provided in note 28.

Other provisions comprise balances set up in the ordinary course of general business that cannot be classified within the other categories, such as sales returns and onerous contracts, together with amounts in respect of supplier, excise and other disputes. The nature of the amounts provided in respect of disputes is such that the extent and timing of cash flows are difficult to estimate and the ultimate liability may vary from the amounts provided.

Amounts provided above are shown net of reversals of unused provisions which include reversals of £7 million (2016: £41 million) for restructuring of existing businesses, £5 million (2016: £2 million) for employee benefits and £49 million (2016: £61 million) for other provisions.

 

   
160   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

22 Trade and other payables

 

     

 

        2017
£m

 

    

 

        2016
£m

 

 
Trade payables      2,298        1,281  

 

Duty, excise and other taxes

     3,577        4,573  

 

Accrued charges and deferred income

     1,746        1,140  

 

FII GLO deferred income (note 6(b))

     963        963  

 

Social security and other taxation

     50        21  

 

Sundry payables

     1,271        397  
       9,905        8,375  
Current      8,847        7,335  

 

Non-current

     1,058        1,040  
       9,905        8,375  

Accrued charges and deferred income include £8 million of deferred income (2016: £19 million) and £16 million (2016: £8 million) in respect of interest payable. FII GLO deferred income of £963 million relates to receipts in 2015, in respect of the Franked Investment Income Government Litigation Order (see note 6(b)). Amounts payable to related parties including associated undertakings are shown in note 27.

There is no material difference between the above amounts for trade and other payables and their fair value due to the short-term duration of the majority of trade and other payables, as determined using discounted cash flow analysis.

Trade and other payables are predominantly denominated in the functional currencies of subsidiary undertakings with less than 5% in other currencies (2016: less than 5%).

23 Financial instruments and risk management

Management of financial risks

One of the principal responsibilities of Treasury is to manage the financial risks arising from the Group’s underlying operations. Specifically Treasury manages, within an overall policy framework set by the Group’s Main Board and Corporate Finance Committee (CFC), the Group’s exposure to funding and liquidity, interest rate, foreign exchange and counterparty risks. The Group’s treasury position is monitored by the CFC which meets regularly throughout the year and is chaired by the Group Finance Director. The approach is one of risk reduction within an overall framework of delivering total shareholder return.

The Group defines capital as net debt (see note 20) and equity (see note 19). The only externally imposed capital requirement for the Group is interest cover as described under interest rate risk below. The Group assesses its financial capacity by reference to cash flow, net debt and interest cover. Group policies include a set of financing principles and key performance indicators including the monitoring of credit ratings, interest cover and liquidity. These provide a framework within which the Group’s capital base is managed and, in particular, the policies on dividends (as a percentage of long-term sustainable earnings) and share buy-back are decided. The key objective of the financing principles is to appropriately balance the interests of equity and debt holders in driving an efficient financing mix for the Group. The Group’s average cost of debt in 2017 is 3.3% (2016: 3.1%).

The Group manages its financial risks in line with the classification of its financial assets and liabilities in the Group’s balance sheet and related notes. The Group’s management of specific risks is dealt with as follows:

Liquidity risk

The Treasury function is responsible for raising finance for the Group, managing the Group’s cash resources and financial risks arising from underlying operations. All of these activities are carried out under defined policies, procedures and limits. The Group targets an average centrally managed debt maturity of at least five years with no more than 20% of centrally managed debt maturing in a rolling 12-month period. As at 31 December 2017, the average centrally managed debt maturity was 9.2 years (2016: 8.2 years) and the peak maturity of centrally managed debt maturing in a rolling 12-month period was 13.2% (2016: 18.1%).

In March and April 2017, the Group arranged short term bilateral facilities with core relationship banks for a total amount of approximately £1.6 billion. These facilities provided an alternative source of cost-effective short-term funding for the Group and all matured prior to year-end 2017. In June 2017, the Group repaid US$600 million and 1.25 billion bonds at maturity and in August 2017, the Group paid on maturity a US$500 million bond.

In July 2017, following the shareholder approvals of acquisition of RAI, the Group utilised its US$25 billion acquisition facility provided by a syndicate of relationship banks, comprising US$15 billion and US$5 billion bridge facilities with one and two year maturities respectively. In addition, the acquisition facility included two US$2.5 billion term loans with maturity in 2020 and 2022 respectively. In August 2017, the bridge facilities were refinanced in the US and European capital markets.

Eight USD denominated bonds were issued pursuant to Rule 144A with registration rights totalling US$17.25 billion. The issue comprised of two bonds totalling US$3.25 billion maturing in August 2020, two bonds totalling US$3 billion maturing in August 2022, one US$2.5 billion maturing in August 2024, one US$3.5 billion bond maturing in August 2027, one US$2.5 billion bond maturing in August 2037 and one US$2.5 billion bond maturing in August 2047.

Four series of bonds were issued pursuant to the EMTN programme and comprised of a £450 million bond maturing in August 2025 and three euro denominated bonds totalling 3.1 billion, comprising of a 1.1 billion bond maturing in August 2021, a 750 million bond maturing in November 2023 and a 1.25 billion bond maturing in January 2030.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   161


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

 

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued

Liquidity risk continued

Additionally, the Group replaced its existing £3 billion revolving credit facility maturing in 2021 with a new two-tranche £6 billion revolving credit facility. This consists of a 364-day revolving credit facility of £3 billion (with a one-year extension and a one-year term out option), and a £3 billion revolving credit facility maturing in 2021. At 31 December 2017, £600 million was drawn down (2016: £nil million).

The Group has also increased the EMTN programme from £15 billion to £25 billion and increased its US and European commercial paper programmes from US$3 billion to US$4 billion and from £1 billion to £3 billion, respectively, to accommodate the liquidity needs of the enlarged Group.

It is Group policy that sources of short-term funds (including issuance under the Group’s commercial paper programmes) are backed by undrawn committed lines of credit and cash. Commercial paper is issued by B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. and B.A.T Capital Corporation and guaranteed by British American Tobacco p.l.c. At 31 December 2017, £1,200 million commercial paper was outstanding (2016: £254 million).

The Group utilises cash pooling and zero balancing bank account structures in addition to intercompany loans and borrowings to mobilise cash efficiently within the Group. The key objectives of Treasury in respect of cash and cash equivalents are to protect their principal value, to concentrate cash at the centre to minimise the required long-term debt issuance and to optimise the yield earned. The amount of debt issued by the Group is determined by forecasting the net debt requirement after the mobilisation of cash.

The Group continues to target a solid investment-grade credit rating. In October 2016, following the proposed offer to acquire the remaining 57.8% of Reynolds American Inc. not already own by the Group, Moody’s placed the rating (A3) under review for downgrade. S&P also placed the credit rating (A-) on Credit Watch with negative implications. Following announcement of an agreement in January 2017, Moody’s and S&P revised the Group’s rating to Baa2 and BBB+ with stable outlook respectively. The Group intends to follow disciplined deleveraging post completion of the transaction and is seeking to recover to Baa1/BBB+ in the medium term. The Group is confident of its continued ability to successfully access the debt capital markets.

As part of its short-term cash management, the Group invests in a range of cash and cash equivalents, including money market funds, which are regarded as highly liquid and are not exposed to significant changes in fair value. These are kept under continuous review as described in the credit risk section below. At 31 December 2017, cash and cash equivalents include £668 million invested in money market funds (2016: £193 million).

Subsidiary companies are funded by share capital and retained earnings, loans from the central finance companies on commercial terms, or through local borrowings by the subsidiaries in appropriate currencies. All contractual borrowing covenants have been met and none of them is expected to inhibit the Group’s operations or funding plans.

Currency risk

The Group is subject to exposure on the translation of the net assets of foreign currency subsidiaries and associates into its reporting currency, sterling. The Group’s primary balance sheet translation exposures are to the US dollar, Canadian dollar, euro, Danish krone, Swiss franc, South African rand, Russian rouble, Brazilian real, Australian dollar, Malaysian ringgit, Singaporean dollar and Indian Rupees. These exposures are kept under continuous review. The Group’s policy on borrowings is to broadly match the currency of these borrowings with the currency of cash flows arising from the Group’s underlying operations. Within this overall policy, the Group aims to minimise all balance sheet translation exposure where it is practicable and cost-effective to do so through matching currency assets with currency borrowings. The main objective of these policies is to protect shareholder value by increasing certainty and minimising volatility in earnings per share. At 31 December 2017, the currency profile of the Group’s gross debt, after taking into account derivative contracts, was 62% US dollar (2016: 31%), 14% euro (2016: 29%), 0% Canadian dollar (2016: 1%), 20% sterling (2016: 28%), and 4% other currencies (2016: 11%).

The Group faces currency exposures arising from the translation of profits earned in foreign currency subsidiaries and associates and joint arrangements; these exposures are not normally hedged. Exposures also arise from:

(i) foreign currency denominated trading transactions undertaken by subsidiaries. These exposures comprise committed and highly probable forecast sales and purchases, which are offset wherever possible. The remaining exposures are hedged within the Treasury policies and procedures with forward foreign exchange contracts and options, which are designated as hedges of the foreign exchange risk of the identified future transactions; and

(ii) forecast dividend flows from subsidiaries to the centre. To ensure cash flow certainty, the Group enters into forward foreign exchange contracts which are designated as net investment hedges of the foreign exchange risk arising from the investments in these subsidiaries.

IFRS 7 requires a sensitivity analysis that shows the impact on the income statement and on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income of hypothetical changes of exchange rates in respect of non-functional currency financial assets and liabilities held across the Group. All other variables are held constant although, in practice, market rates rarely change in isolation. Financial assets and liabilities held in the functional currency of the Group’s subsidiaries, as well as non-financial assets and liabilities and translation risk, are not included in the analysis. The Group considers a 10% strengthening or weakening of the functional currency against the non-functional currency of its subsidiaries as a reasonably possible change. The impact is calculated with reference to the financial asset or liability held as at the year-end, unless this is unrepresentative of the position during the year.

A 10% strengthening of functional currencies against non-functional currencies would result in pre-tax profit being £14 million lower (2016: £2 million higher; 2015: £3 million lower) and items recognised directly in other comprehensive income being £148 million higher (2016: £413 million higher; 2015: £326 million higher). A 10% weakening of functional currencies against non-functional currencies would result in pre-tax profit being £4 million higher (2016: £4 million lower; 2015: £2 million higher) and items recognised directly in other comprehensive income being £148 million lower (2016: £505 million lower; 2015: £398 million lower).

The exchange sensitivities on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income relate to hedging of certain net asset currency positions in the Group, as well as on cash flow hedges in respect of future transactions, but does not include sensitivities in respect of exchange on non-financial assets or liabilities.

 

 

   
162   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

 

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued

Interest rate risk

The objectives of the Group’s interest rate risk management policy are to lessen the impact of adverse interest rate movements on the earnings, cash flow and economic value of the Group and to safeguard against any possible breach of its financial covenants. Additional objectives are to minimise the cost of hedging and the associated counterparty risk.

The Group targets an interest cover ratio, as calculated under its key central banking facilities, of greater than 5 and for 2017 it is 7.8 times (2016: 12.2 times; 2015: 11.6 times). The only externally imposed capital requirement the Group has is in respect of its centrally managed banking facilities, which require a gross interest cover of at least 4.5 times.

In order to manage its interest rate risk, the Group maintains both floating rate and fixed rate debt. The Group sets targets (within overall guidelines) for the desired ratio of floating to fixed rate debt on a net basis (at least 50% fixed on a net basis in the short to medium term); market conditions and the strategy are reviewed by the Corporate Finance Committee on a regular basis. At 31 December 2017, the relevant ratios of floating to fixed rate borrowings were 25:75 (2016: 26:74) on a gross basis and 19:81 (2016: 15:85) on a net basis. Underlying borrowings are arranged on both a fixed rate and a floating rate basis and, where appropriate, the Group uses derivatives, primarily interest rate swaps, to vary the fixed and floating mix. The interest rate profile of liquid assets is taken into account in determining the net interest rate exposure.

IFRS 7 requires a sensitivity analysis that shows the impact on the income statement and on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income of hypothetical changes of interest rates in respect of financial assets and liabilities of the Group. All other variables are held constant although, in practice, market rates rarely change in isolation. For the purposes of this sensitivity analysis, financial assets and liabilities with fixed interest rates are not included. The Group considers a 100 basis point change in interest rates a reasonably possible change except where rates are less than 100 basis points. In these instances it is assumed that the interest rates increase by 100 basis points and decrease to zero for the purpose of performing the sensitivity analysis. The impact is calculated with reference to the financial asset or liability held as at the year-end, unless this is unrepresentative of the position during the year.

A 100 basis point increase in interest rates would result in pre-tax profit being £108 million lower (2016: £37 million lower; 2015: £65 million lower). A 100 basis point decrease in interest rates, or less, where applicable, would result in pre-tax profit being £77 million higher (2016: £16 million higher; 2015: £40 million higher). The effect of these interest rate changes on items recognised directly in other comprehensive income is not material in either year.

Credit risk

The Group has no significant concentrations of customer credit risk. Subsidiaries have policies in place requiring appropriate credit checks on potential customers before sales commence. The process for monitoring and managing credit risk once sales to customers have been made varies depending on local practice in the countries concerned.

Certain territories have bank guarantees, other guarantees or credit insurance provided in the Group’s favour in respect of Group trade receivables, the issuance and terms of which are dependent on local practices in the countries concerned. All derivatives are subject to ISDA agreements or equivalent documentation.

Cash deposits and other financial instruments give rise to credit risk on the amounts due from the related counterparties. Generally the Group aims to transact with counterparties with strong investment grade credit ratings. However, the Group recognises that due to the need to operate over a large geographic footprint, this will not always be possible. Counterparty credit risk is managed on a global basis by limiting the aggregate amount and duration of exposure to any one counterparty, taking into account its credit rating. The credit ratings of all counterparties are reviewed regularly.

The Group ensures that it has sufficient counterparty credit capacity of requisite quality to undertake all anticipated transactions throughout its geographic footprint, while at the same time ensuring that there is no geographic concentration in the location of counterparties.

With the following exceptions, the maximum exposure to the credit risk of financial assets at the balance sheet date is reflected by the carrying values included in the Group’s balance sheet. In 2014, the Group entered into a guarantee arrangement in respect of the borrowings of the non-controlling interest in relation to the capital injection made to the Group’s Algerian business. The maximum exposure under the arrangement would be £3 million (2016: £4 million). In addition, the Group has entered into short term risk participation agreements in relation to certain leaf supply arrangements and the maximum exposure under these would be £96 million (2016: £105 million). In 2017, the Group entered into a guarantee arrangement to support a short term credit facility with a distributor. The maximum exposure under the arrangement would be £116 million.

Price risk

The Group is exposed to equity price risk on equity investments held by the Group, which are included in available-for-sale investments on the consolidated balance sheet, but the quantum of such is not material.

Hedge accounting

In order to qualify for hedge accounting, the Group is required to document prospectively the relationship between the item being hedged and the hedging instrument. The Group is also required to demonstrate an assessment of the relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument, which shows that the hedge will be highly effective on an ongoing basis. This effectiveness testing is repeated periodically to ensure that the hedge has remained, and is expected to remain highly effective.

Fair value estimation

The fair values of financial assets and liabilities with maturities of less than one year, other than derivatives, are assumed to approximate their book values. For other financial instruments which are measured at fair value in the balance sheet, the basis for fair values is described below.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   163


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

23 Financial instruments and risk management continued

Fair value hierarchy

The following table presents the Group’s financial assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value in accordance with IFRS 13 classification hierarchy:

 

                             

 

2017

                             2016  
     

 

    Level 1
£m

 

    

    Level 2
£m

 

    

    Level 3
£m

 

    

    Total
£m

 

    

    Level 1
£m

 

    

    Level 2
£m

 

    

    Level 3
£m

 

    

    Total
£m

 

 

 

Assets at fair value

                       

 

Available-for-sale investments (note 15)

     91               16        107        15               43        58  

 

Derivatives relating to

                       

 

– interest rate swaps (note 16)

            166               166               252               252  

 

– cross-currency swaps (note 16)

            450               450               540               540  

 

– forward foreign currency contracts (note 16)

            202               202               179               179  

 

Assets at fair value

     91        818        16        925        15        971        43        1,029  
Liabilities at fair value                        

 

Derivatives relating to

                       

 

– interest rate swaps (note 16)

            91               91               104               104  

 

– cross-currency swaps (note 16)

                                        174               174  

 

– forward foreign currency contracts (note 16)

            143               143               390               390  

 

Liabilities at fair value

            234               234               668               668  

Level 2 financial instruments are not traded in an active market, but the fair values are based on quoted market prices, broker/dealer quotations, or alternative pricing sources with reasonable levels of price transparency. The Group’s level 2 financial instruments include OTC derivatives.

Netting arrangements of derivative financial instruments

The gross fair value of derivative financial instruments as presented in the Group balance sheet, together with the Group’s rights of offset associated with recognised financial assets and recognised financial liabilities subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and similar agreements, is summarised as follows:

 

                  

 

2017

                  2016  
    

Amount
presented in
the Group
balance
sheet*

£m

 

   

 

Related

amounts not
offset in the
Group
balance
sheet

£m

 

   

Net
    amount
£m

 

   

Amount
presented in
the Group
balance
sheet*

£m

 

   

Related
amounts not
offset in the
Group
balance sheet
£m

 

   

Net
amount
£m

 

 

 

Financial Assets

           

 

– Derivative Financial Instruments (note 16)

    818       (211     607       971       (502     469  

 

Financial Liabilities

           

 

– Derivative Financial Instruments (note 16)

    (234     211       (23     (668     502       (166
      584             584       303             303  

 

* No financial instruments have been offset in the Group balance sheet.

The Group is subject to master netting arrangements in force with financial counterparties with whom the Group trades derivatives.

The master netting arrangements determine the proceedings should either party default on their obligations. In case of any event of default: the non-defaulting party will calculate the sum of the replacement cost of outstanding transactions and amounts owed to it by the defaulting party. If that sum exceeds the amounts owed to the defaulting party, the defaulting party will pay the balance to the non-defaulting party. If the sum is less than the amounts owed to the defaulting party, the non-defaulting party will pay the balance to the defaulting party.

 

   
164   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

24 Business combinations, disposals and other changes in the Group

(a) Reynolds American Inc. (“RAI”)

On 25 July 2017, the Group announced the completion of the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of Reynolds American Inc. not already owned by the Group for a consideration of £41.8 billion. RAI ceased to be reported as an associate and has been consolidated as a wholly owned subsidiary from the acquisition date. RAI shareholders received, for each share of RAI common stock, US$29.44 in cash, without interest, and 0.5260 BAT ordinary shares represented by BAT ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange.

Management anticipate that the acquisition of RAI and subsequent integration into the enlarged Group creates a stronger, truly global tobacco and Next Generation Products (“NGP”) entity benefiting from utilising the best talent from both organisations to deliver sustained long-term profit growth and returns. The enlarged Group will have a balanced presence in high growth emerging markets and high profitability developed markets, combined with direct access to the attractive US market, and a portfolio of strong, growing global brands, bringing together ownership of Newport, Kent and Pall Mall.

In accordance with IFRS 3, the step-acquisition of RAI has been accounted for as if the Group has contributed its previously held equity interest in RAI at fair value as part of the consideration for acquiring 100% of the net assets of RAI. The difference between the fair value and the carrying value of the previously held equity interest has been recognised as a gain in the income statement.

The goodwill of £34,280 million on the acquisition of RAI, stated at the exchange rates ruling at the date of the transaction, arises as follows:

 

     

 

Fair value
£m

 

 

 

Intangible assets

     75,482  

 

Property, plant and equipment

     1,039  

 

Deferred tax assets

     293  

 

Trade and other receivables

     145  

 

Inventories

     1,751  

 

Income tax asset

     200  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     1,285  

 

Borrowings

     (11,197

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

     (1,339

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     (27,358

 

Other provisions for liabilities and charges

     (42

 

Trade and other payables

     (2,516

 

Income tax liability

     (108

 

Net identifiable assets acquired

     37,635  

 

Goodwill

     34,280  

 

Total

     71,915  

 

Consideration paid to Reynolds shareholders (57.8%)

     41,770  

 

Value attributable to BAT shareholding (42.2%)

     30,145  

 

Total

     71,915  

The goodwill of £34,280 million on the acquisition of the business represents a strategic premium to enter the United States market as well as synergies and cost savings that are anticipated to be realised post-acquisition. Included in the fair value of consideration paid to RAI shareholders is £22,828 million of non-cash consideration of which £22,773 million arises from the issue of BAT ordinary shares (note 19).

Acquisition related costs of £130 million (2016: £11 million) have been expensed as part of other operating expenses within restructuring and integration costs (note 3(e)). In addition, the Group incurred £153 million of financing costs related to the acquisition (note 4(b)), and the Group’s share of costs net of tax incurred by Reynolds American as an associate was £33 million (note 5(a)).

In the period from 25 July 2017 to 31 December 2017, the acquired business contributed revenue of £4,211 million and a profit from operations of £1,448 million. If the acquisition had occurred on 1 January 2017, before accounting for anticipated synergies and restructuring benefits, it is currently estimated that Group revenue would have been £25,749 million and Group profit from operations would have been £8,576 million for the 12 months to 31 December 2017. These amounts have been estimated based on RAI’s US GAAP results for the period prior to acquisition, adjusted to reflect changes arising from differences in accounting policies and accounting bases, following the procedures outlined in note 2, and are after charging £243 million for amortisation of acquired intangibles, £465 million in respect of the release of fair value uplifts on inventory and £125 million in respect of restructuring and integration costs.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   165


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

24 Business combinations, disposals and other changes in the Group continued

(b) Other acquisitions and changes in the Group

During 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Group acquired certain businesses and other tobacco assets as noted below. The financial impact of these transactions to the Group were immaterial individually and in aggregate. Except as noted, there were no material differences between the fair value and book values of net assets acquired in business combinations.

On 4 January 2017, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of Winnington Holding AB, a Swedish manufacturer of “white” snus, for a purchase price of £31 million, of which £8 million is contingent on post-acquisition targets being met. Goodwill of £8 million and brands and similar intangibles of £28 million were recognised.

On 5 April 2017, the Group acquired the business and certain assets of Must Have Limited (trading as ViP Electronic Cigarette (“ViP”)), a company in administration. ViP is one the largest e-cigarette retailers in the UK with a large point of sale network. The assets acquired, including goodwill of £1 million, intellectual property and other intangibles of £9 million, and other assets, were purchased for a total consideration of £12 million.

On 5 May 2017, the Group acquired certain tobacco assets, including a distribution company, Express Logistic and Distribution EOOD, from Bulgartabac Holding AD in Bulgaria. The assets acquired, including provisional goodwill of £22 million, brands and other intangibles of £95 million, and other assets, were purchased for a total consideration of £110 million, of which £28 million is contingent upon future performance in the market.

On 1 August 2017, the Group acquired certain tobacco assets, including a distribution company, Tobacco Press d.o.o. Mostar, from Fabrika Duhana Sarajevo d.d. in Bosnia-Herzegovina. The assets acquired, including goodwill of £2 million, brands and other intangibles of £39 million, and other assets, were purchased for a total consideration of £39 million.

On 20 April 2016, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of Ten Motives Limited and 10 Motives Limited, a UK based e-cigarette business. The fair value of consideration payable was £56 million, of which £6 million is contingent on post-acquisition targets being met. The fair values and book values of net assets acquired were not materially different except for the recognition of trademarks and similar intangibles of £33 million. Goodwill of £21 million arising on this transaction represents a strategic premium to increase the Group’s share of the UK non-tobacco market.

On 30 May 2015, the Group signed an agreement to acquire TDR and other tobacco and retail assets from Adris Grupa d.d. for a total enterprise value of 550 million. The transaction was completed on 30 September 2015. Part of the consideration is contingent upon certain targets being met post-acquisition, and £5 million of this was paid in January 2017. At the end of 2015, part of the transaction was still subject to final agreement of adjustments for certain liabilities. This was concluded during 2016 with an adjustment of £12 million to net assets acquired and a corresponding reduction to goodwill.

On 22 September 2015, the Group announced the agreement to acquire 100% of the CHIC Group from private shareholders and the transaction concluded on 30 December 2015. The fair value of the consideration payable was £82 million, of which £30 million is contingent on achievement of certain post-acquisition targets. £6 million of this was paid during 2016 and £13 million during 2017. The fair value and book values of net assets acquired were not materially different except for the recognition of trademarks and similar intangibles of £45 million and the recognition of a deferred tax liability of £8 million. Goodwill of £40 million arising on this transaction represents a strategic premium to enter the non-tobacco market.

In addition, on 17 November 2015, the Group acquired 100% of Blue Nile Cigarette Company Limited from a private shareholder. The fair value of the consideration payable was £45 million of which £8 million is contingent on achievement of certain post-acquisition targets. Subsequent payments in respect of this was £1 million in 2016 and £5 million in 2017. The fair value and book values of net assets acquired were not materially different except for the recognition of trademarks and similar intangibles of £34 million. Goodwill of £7 million arising on this transaction represents a strategic premium to enter this market and acquire a manufacturing base in Sudan.

(c) Non-controlling interests

IPRESS d.o.o.

During 2017, the Group acquired the remaining 49% interest in IPRESS d.o.o. (see note 27).

Souza Cruz S.A.

On 16 October 2015, the Group announced that it had concluded the auction related to its public tender offer in Brazil to acquire up to all of the 24.7% of Souza Cruz shares not currently owned by the Group and to delist the company. As at 31 December 2015 the Group owned 99.1% of Souza Cruz. The cost of acquiring these shares up to end of December 2015 was £1,660 million. The compulsory acquisition of the remaining minority shares was approved on 5 February 2016, with Souza Cruz becoming a wholly-owned subsidiary as at that date. The cost of acquiring the remaining shares was £70 million.

BAT Chile Operaciones S.A.

During 2015, the Group acquired a further 0.2% interest in BAT Chile Operaciones S.A. at a cost of £1 million. This increased the Group’s shareholding to 99%. A further 0.01% interest was acquired during 2017.

BAT Central America S.A.

During 2015, the Group acquired a further 9% interest in BAT Central America S.A. at a cost of £16 million. This increased the Group’s shareholding to approximately 88%. This transaction is shown as a £14 million reduction to reserves attributable to the owners of the parent and a £2 million reduction in reserves attributable to non-controlling interests in note 19.

(d) Associates and joint ventures

Reynolds American Inc. (“RAI”)

On 12 June 2015 the Group invested US$4.7 billion (£3.0 billion) of cash into RAI to maintain its 42% equity position in the enlarged business, as part of RAI’s acquisition of Lorillard, Inc.

(e) Other acquisitions

Twisp Proprietary Limited

On 21 December 2017, the Group signed an agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of Twisp Propriety Limited, a South African e-cigarette / nicotine vapour company. Completion of the proposed acquisition is conditional upon South African anti-trust approval and other conditions, and is expected to complete by mid-2018.

 

 

   
166   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

25 Share-based payments

The Group operates a number of share-based payment arrangements of which the two principal ones are:

Long-Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

Nil-cost options exercisable after three years from date of grant with a contractual life of ten years. Payout is subject to performance conditions based on earnings per share (40% of grant (2016: 40%; 2015: 50%)), operating cash flow (20% of grant (2016: 20%; 2015: 0%)), total shareholder return (20% of grant (2016: 20%; 2015: 25%)) and net turnover (20% of grant (2016: 20%; 2015: 25%)). Total shareholder return combines the share price and dividend performance of the Company by reference to one comparator group. Participants are not entitled to dividends prior to the exercise of the options. A cash equivalent dividend accrues through the vesting period and is paid on vesting. Both equity and cash-settled LTIPs were granted in March of 2017 (2016: May; 2015: March).

Following the acquisition of RAI on 25 July 2017, underlying RAI shares for LTIPs were replaced with B.A.T American Depositary Shares “ADS”. LTIP for ADSs are measured against the performance conditions of RAI at the maximum of 150% at the vesting date. Equity settled LTIPs were granted by RAI on 1 January 2017 with options exercisable after 3 years from the date of grant with the payment made no later than 90 days from date of vesting. Participants are not entitled to dividends prior to exercise of the options.

Deferred Share Bonus Scheme (DSBS)

Free ordinary shares released three years from date of grant and may be subject to forfeit if a participant leaves employment before the end of the three year holding period. Participants receive a separate payment equivalent to a proportion of the dividend payment during the holding period. Both equity and cash-settled deferred shares are granted in March each year.

The Group also has a number of other arrangements which are not material for the Group and these are as follows:

Sharesave Scheme (SAYE)

Options granted in March each year from 2011 onwards (previously November until 2009 and no options were granted during 2010) by invitation at a 20% discount to the market price. Options to this equity-settled scheme are exercisable at the end of a three year or five year savings contract. Participants are not entitled to dividends prior to the exercise of the options. The maximum amount that can be saved by a participant in this way is £6,000 in any tax year.

Share Reward Scheme (SRS) and International Share Reward Scheme (ISRS)

Free shares granted in April each year (maximum £3,600 in 2017 (2016: £3,600; 2015: £3,000)) under the equity-settled scheme are subject to a three year holding period. Participants receive dividends during the holding period which are reinvested to buy further shares.

Partnership Share Scheme

Open to all eligible employees, where employees can allocate part of their pre-tax salary to purchase shares in British American Tobacco p.l.c. The maximum amount that can be allocated in this way to any individual is £1,800 in any tax year. The shares purchased are held in a UK-based trust and are normally capable of transfer to participants tax free after a five year holding period.

Share-based payment expense

The amounts recognised in the income statement in respect of share-based payments were as follows:

 

           

 

2017

 

               

2016

 

               

2015

 

 
    

 

Equity-settled
£m

 

   

Cash-settled
£m

 

        

Equity-settled
£m

 

   

Cash-settled
£m

 

        

Equity-settled
£m

 

   

Cash-settled
£m

 

 
LTIP (note (a))     56       3         25       6         1       3  

 

DSBS (note (b))

    42       9         40       7         44       7  

 

Other schemes

    7                 6                 5        
Total recognised in the income statement (note 3(a))     105       12           71       13           50       10  

Share-based payment liability

The Group issues to certain employees cash-settled share-based payments that require the Group to pay the intrinsic value of these share-based payments to the employee at the date of exercise. The Group has recorded liabilities in respect of vested and unvested grants at the end of 2017 and 2016:

 

             

 

2017

 

                 

2016

 

 
     

 

    Vested
£m

 

    

 

    Unvested
£m

 

         

 

    Vested
£m

 

    

 

    Unvested
£m

 

 
LTIP      0.3        9.1          1.1        8.9  

 

DSBS

     0.3        11.6            0.3        11.3  
Total liability      0.6        20.7            1.4        20.2  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   167


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

25 Share-based payments continued

(a) Long-Term Incentive Plan

Details of the movements for the equity and cash-settled LTIP scheme during the years ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016, were as follows:

 

           

 

2017

 

               

2016

 

 
    

 

Equity-
settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

   

Cash-settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

        

Equity-
settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

   

Cash-settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

 
Outstanding at start of year     5,337       407         5,225       414  

 

Granted during the period

    1,690       152         1,772       139  

 

Acquired from RAI

    904                      

 

Exercised during the period

    (746     (65       (262     (77

 

Forfeited during the period

    (1,155     (116         (1,398     (69
Outstanding at end of year     6,030       378           5,337       407  
Exercisable at end of year     653       7           148       23  

6,030,000 outstanding shares for the year ended 31 December 2017 includes 891,677 shares which are related to RAI LTIP from which 327,463 are exercisable at the end of the year.

The weighted average British American Tobacco p.l.c. share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period was £51.95 (2016: £45.80; 2015: £35.39) for equity-settled and £52.08 (2016: £47.00; 2015: £35.52) for cash-settled options.

The weighted average British American Tobacco p.l.c. share price for ADS on New York Stock Exchange at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the period relating to equity-settled RAI LTIP was £46.32.

The outstanding shares for the year ended 31 December 2017 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 8.1 years (2016: 8.2 years; 2015: 8.2 years) for the equity-settled scheme, 2.17 years for RAI equity-settled scheme, and 8.3 years (2016: 7.9 years; 2015: 7.9 years) for the cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.

(b) Deferred Share Bonus Scheme

Details of the movements for the equity and cash-settled DSBS scheme during the years ended 31 December 2017 and 31 December 2016, were as follows:

 

            

 

2017

 

                

2016

 

 
     

 

Equity-
settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

   

Cash-settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

         

Equity-
settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

   

Cash-settled
Number
of options
in thousands

 

 
Outstanding at start of year      3,225       423          3,395       451  

 

Granted during the period

     1,079       136          1,316       148  

 

Exercised during the period

     (1,267     (165        (1,395     (161

 

Forfeited during the period

     (75     (12          (91     (15
Outstanding at end of year      2,962       382            3,225       423  
Exercisable at end of year      61       5            35       4  

The weighted average British American Tobacco p.l.c. share price at the date of exercise for share options exercised during the financial year was £52.52 (2016: £42.26; 2015: £35.05) for equity-settled and £52.50 (2016: £41.97; 2015: £34.42) for cash-settled options.

The outstanding shares for the year ended 31 December 2017 had a weighted average remaining contractual life of 1.3 years (2016: 1.3 years; 2015: 1.2 years) for the equity-settled scheme and 1.2 years (2016: 1.2 years; 2015: 1.3 years) for the cash-settled scheme.

 

   
168   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

25 Share-based payments continued

Valuation assumptions

Assumptions used in the Black-Scholes models to determine the fair value of share options at grant date were as follows:

 

             

 

2017

                  2016  
     

 

LTIP

     DSBS           LTIP      DSBS  
Expected volatility (%)      18        18          18        17  
Average expected term to exercise (years)      3.5        3.0          3.5        3.0  
Risk-free rate (%)      0.3        0.3          0.6        0.6  
Expected dividend yield (%)      3.2        3.2          3.6        3.7  
Share price at date of grant (£)      52.11        52.11          42.34        40.08  
Fair value at grant date (£)            41.04              47.27                26.53            35.82  

Market condition features were incorporated into the Monte-Carlo models for the total shareholder return elements of the LTIP, in determining fair value at grant date. Assumptions used in these models were as follows:

 

     

 

2017

          2016  
     

 

LTIP

          LTIP  
Average share price volatility FMCG comparator group (%)      19          19  
Average correlation FMCG comparator group (%)                  31                    36  

Fair values determined from the Black-Scholes and Monte-Carlo models use assumptions revised at the end of each reporting period for cash-settled share-based payment arrangements.

The expected British American Tobacco p.l.c. share price volatility was determined taking account of the return index (the share price index plus the dividend reinvested) over a five year period. The FMCG share price volatility and correlation was also determined over the same periods. The average expected term to exercise used in the models has been adjusted, based on management’s best estimate, for the effects of non-transferability, exercise restrictions and behavioural conditions, forfeiture and historical experience.

The risk-free rate has been determined from market yield curves for government gilts with outstanding terms equal to the average expected term to exercise for each relevant grant. The expected dividend yield was determined by calculating the yield from the last two declared dividends divided by the grant share price.

In addition to these valuation assumptions, LTIP awards contain earnings per share performance conditions. As these are non-market performance conditions they are not included in the determination of fair value of share options at the grant date, however they are used to estimate the number of awards expected to vest. This pay-out calculation is based on expectations published in analysts’ forecasts.

26 Group employees

The average number of persons employed by the Group and its associates during the year, including Directors, was 91,402 (2016: 85,335).

 

     

 

2017
Number

     2016
Number
 
United States      2,168         
Asia-Pacific      13,293        13,002  
Americas      15,929        14,691  
Western Europe      16,644        13,444  
EEMEA      12,559        11,569  
Subsidiary undertakings      60,593        52,706  
Associates      30,809        32,629  
           91,402            85,335  

Included within the employee numbers for Western Europe are certain employees in the UK in respect of central functions. Some of the costs of these employees are allocated or charged to the various regions and markets in the Group. The average number of employees in respect of RAI have been included in the associate employees up to the date of acquisition (see note 24), after which, they have been included in the United States region.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   169


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

27 Related party disclosures

The Group has a number of transactions and relationships with related parties, as defined in IAS 24 Related Party Disclosures, all of which are undertaken in the normal course of business. Transactions with CTBAT International Limited are not included in these disclosures as it is a joint operation and the results are immaterial to the Group.

As explained in note 24, during the year the Group completed the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of RAI not already owned. This transaction has not been included in the table below.

Transactions and balances with associates relate mainly to the sale and purchase of cigarettes and tobacco leaf. Amounts receivable from associates in respect of dividends included in the table below were £nil million (2016: £221 million; 2015: £145 million). The Group’s share of dividends from associates, included in other net income in the table below, was £688 million (2016: £1,024 million; 2015: £640 million).

 

     

 

2017

£m

   

2016

£m

   

2015

£m

 

 

Transactions

      
– revenue      366       370       38  
– purchases      (218     (298     (270
– other net income              699           1,023               639  
Amounts receivable at 31 December      40       270       190  
Amounts payable at 31 December      (1     (2     (20

On 17 December 2012, a wholly owned subsidiary of the Group, BATUS Japan Inc. (BATUSJ), entered into an Amendment and Extension Agreement (referred to as the Amendment) with a wholly owned subsidiary of RAI, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company (referred to as RJRTC). The Amendment modifies the American-blend Cigarette Manufacturing Agreement (referred to as the 2010 Agreement), effective as of 1 January 2010.

Prior to the Amendment, the term of the 2010 Agreement was scheduled to expire on 31 December 2014, subject to early termination and extension provisions. Pursuant to the Amendment, the Manufacturing Agreement would remain in effect beyond 31 December 2014, provided that either RJRTC or BATUSJ may terminate the Manufacturing Agreement by furnishing three years’ notice to the other party, such notice was given in January 2016. As a result of early termination of this agreement the Group agreed to a compensation payment of US$90 million of which US$7 million were paid to RJRTC on 22 September 2016, with the Group recognising the full expense of US$90 million as required by IFRS in 2016. The balance was paid in March 2017.

During 2017, the Group acquired the remaining 49% interest in IPRESS d.o.o. and a further 0.01% interest in BAT Chile Operaciones S.A. The combined costs are less than £1 million.

During 2016, the Group received proceeds of £23 million in respect of its participation in the share buy-back programme conducted by RAI. This programme ceased in the fourth quarter of 2016.

During 2016, the Group acquired the remaining 1% interest in Souza Cruz at a cost of £70 million. This transaction is shown as a £4 million increase in reserves attributable to the owners of the parent and a £4 million reduction in reserves attributable to non-controlling interests in note 19.

As explained in note 12, contributions to the British American Tobacco UK Pension Fund are secured by a charge over the Group’s Head Office (Globe House) up to a maximum of £150 million.

The key management personnel of British American Tobacco consist of the members of the Board of Directors of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and the members of the Management Board. No such person had any material interest during the year in a contract of significance (other than a service contract) with the Company or any subsidiary company. The term key management personnel in this context includes their close family members.

 

     

 

2017
£m

     2016
£m
     2015
£m
 

 

The total compensation for key management personnel, including Directors, was:

 

        

– salaries and other short-term employee benefits

 

    

 

24

 

 

 

    

 

18

 

 

 

    

 

20

 

 

 

– post-employment benefits

 

    

 

5

 

 

 

    

 

3

 

 

 

    

 

4

 

 

 

– share-based payments

 

    

 

16

 

 

 

    

 

12

 

 

 

    

 

11

 

 

 

               45                33                35  

 

   
170   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

27 Related party disclosures continued

The following table shows the aggregate emoluments of the Directors of the Company.

 

             

 

Executive Directors

 

                     Chairman              Non-Executive Directors                      Total  
     

 

2017
£’000

 

    

 

2016
£’000

 

    

 

2015
£’000

 

    

 

2017
£’000

 

    

 

2016
£’000

 

    

 

2015
£’000

 

    

 

2017
£’000

 

    

 

2016
£’000

 

    

 

2015
£’000

 

    

 

2017
£’000

 

    

 

2016
£’000

 

    

 

2015
£’000

 

 
Salary; fees; benefits; incentives                                    

 

– salary

  

 

 

 

2,122

 

 

  

 

 

 

2,057

 

 

  

 

 

 

2,042

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

2,122

 

 

  

 

 

 

2,057

 

 

  

 

 

 

2,042

 

 

– fees

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

660

 

 

 

    

 

645

 

 

 

    

 

642

 

 

 

    

 

1,042

 

 

 

    

 

1,051

 

 

 

    

 

1,138

 

 

 

    

 

1,702

 

 

 

    

 

1,696

 

 

 

    

 

1,780

 

 

 

– taxable benefits

 

    

 

385

 

 

 

    

 

335

 

 

 

    

 

259

 

 

 

    

 

129

 

 

 

    

 

106

 

 

 

    

 

85

 

 

 

    

 

195

 

 

 

    

 

122

 

 

 

    

 

153

 

 

 

    

 

709

 

 

 

    

 

563

 

 

 

    

 

497

 

 

 

– short-term incentives

 

    

 

4,689

 

 

 

    

 

4,622

 

 

 

    

 

3,940

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

4,689

 

 

 

    

 

4,622

 

 

 

    

 

3,940

 

 

 

– long-term incentives      10,192        4,483        647                                                  10,192        4,483        647  
Sub-total      17,388        11,497        6,888        789        751        727        1,237        1,173        1,291        19,414        13,421        8,906  

Pension; other emoluments

 

                                   

– pension

 

    

 

612

 

 

 

    

 

634

 

 

 

    

 

936

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

    

 

612

 

 

 

    

 

634

 

 

 

    

 

936

 

 

 

– other emoluments      50        44        51                                                  50        44        51  
Sub-total      662        678        987                                                  662        678        987  
Total emoluments      18,050        12,175        7,875            789        751        727        1,237        1,173        1,291        20,076        14,099        9,893  

Aggregate gains on LTIP shares exercised in the year

 

       Award date      Exercised
LTIP shares
      Exercise date     

 

Price per
share
(£)

 

    

Aggregate
gain

(£)

 

 

Nicandro Durante

  

 

 

 

28 Mar 2014

 

 

  

 

 

 

62,123

 

 

  

 

 

 

28 Mar 2017

 

 

  

 

 

 

52.11

 

 

  

 

 

 

3,237,230

 

 

 

Ben Stevens

  

 

 

 

28 Mar 2014

 

 

  

 

 

 

34,605

 

 

  

 

 

 

03 Apr 2017

 

 

  

 

 

 

52.92

 

 

  

 

 

 

1,831,297

 

 

LTIP – Value of awards 2014

 

      Shares     

 

Price per

share
(£) 1

 

    

Face

value

(£)

 

Nicandro Durante

 

    

 

135,052

 

 

 

    

 

32.58

 

 

 

    

 

4,399,994

 

 

 

Ben Stevens      75,230        32.58        2,450,993  

 

1 For information only as awards are made as nil cost options.

Sharesave – Aggregate gains 2017

 

 

       Award date      Shares       Exercise date     

Price per

share
(£)

    

 

Aggregate
gain

(£)

 

 

 

Nicandro Durante

 

  

 

 

 

28 Mar 2012

 

 

  

 

 

 

591

 

 

  

 

 

 

16 Oct 2017

 

 

  

 

 

 

48.49

 

 

  

 

 

 

13,667

 

 

Sharesave – Value of award 2012

 

      Shares     

 

Price per

share
(£)

 

    

Face

value
(£)

 

 

Nicandro Durante

 

  

 

 

 

591

 

 

  

 

 

 

25.36

 

 

  

 

 

 

14,988

 

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   171


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments

 

1. The Group is subject to contingencies pursuant to requirements that it complies with relevant laws, regulations and standards.

 

2. Failure to comply could result in restrictions in operations, damages, fines, increased tax, increased cost of compliance, interest charges, reputational damage or other sanctions. These matters are inherently difficult to quantify. In cases where the Group has an obligation as a result of a past event existing at the balance sheet date, if it is probable that an outflow of economic resources will be required to settle the obligation and if the amount of the obligation can be reliably estimated, a provision will be recognised based on best estimates and management judgement.

 

3. There are, however, contingent liabilities in respect of litigation, taxes in some countries and guarantees for which no provisions have been made.

General Litigation Overview

 

4. There are a number of legal and regulatory actions, proceedings and claims against Group companies related to tobacco products that are pending in a number of jurisdictions. These proceedings include claims for personal injury (both individual claims and class actions) and claims for economic loss arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases (such as medical recoupment claims brought by local governments).

 

5. The plaintiffs in these cases seek recovery on a variety of legal theories, including negligence, strict liability in tort, design defect, failure to warn, fraud, misrepresentation, violations of unfair and deceptive trade practices statutes, conspiracy, medical monitoring and violations of competition and antitrust laws. The plaintiffs seek various forms of relief, including compensatory and, where available, punitive damages, treble or multiple damages and statutory damages and penalties, creation of medical monitoring and smoking cessation funds, disgorgement of profits, attorneys’ fees, and injunctive and other equitable relief.

 

6. Although alleged damages often are not determinable from a complaint, and the law governing the pleading and calculation of damages varies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction, compensatory and punitive damages have been specifically pleaded in a number of cases, sometimes in amounts ranging into the hundreds of millions and even billions of pounds.

 

7. With the exception of the Engle progeny cases described below, the Group continues to win the majority of tobacco-related litigation claims that reach trial, and a very high percentage of the tobacco-related litigation claims brought against them, including Engle progeny cases, continue to be dismissed at or before trial. Based on their experience in tobacco-related litigation and the strength of the defences available to them in such litigation, the Group’s companies believe that their successful defence of tobacco-related litigation in the past will continue in the future.

 

8. Group companies generally do not settle claims. However, Group companies may enter into settlement discussions in some cases, if they believe it is in their best interests to do so. Exceptions to this general approach include, but are not limited to, actions taken pursuant to “offer of judgment” statutes and Filter Cases, as defined below. An “offer of judgment”, if rejected by the plaintiff, preserves the Group’s right to recover attorneys’ fees under certain statutes in the event of a verdict favourable to the Group. Such offers are sometimes made through court-ordered mediations. Other settlements by Group companies include the State Settlement Agreements (described below), the funding by various tobacco companies of a US$5.2 billion trust fund contemplated by the Master Settlement Agreement to benefit tobacco growers, the original Broin flight attendant case, and
  most of the Engle progeny cases pending in US federal court, after the initial docket of over 4,000 such cases was reduced to approximately 400 cases. The Group believes that the circumstances surrounding these claims are readily distinguishable from the current categories of tobacco-related litigation claims involving Group companies.

 

9. Although the Group believes that the Group’s companies have valid bases for appeals of adverse verdicts in their pending cases and valid defences to all actions and intends to defend them vigorously, litigation is subject to many uncertainties, and generally, it is not possible to predict the outcome of any particular litigation pending against Group companies, or to reasonably estimate the amount or range of any possible loss. Furthermore, a number of political, legislative, regulatory and other developments relating to the tobacco industry and cigarette smoking have received wide media attention. These developments may negatively affect the outcomes of tobacco-related legal actions and encourage the commencement of additional similar litigation.

US Litigation

 

10. Group companies, notably R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company (“RJRT”) (individually and as successor by merger to Lorillard Tobacco Company (“Lorillard Tobacco”)) and Brown & Williamson Holdings, Inc. (formerly Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation) (“B&W”) as well as other leading cigarette manufacturers, are defendants in a number of product liability cases. In a number of these cases, the amounts of compensatory and punitive damages sought are significant.

 

11. On 30 July 2004, B&W completed the combination of the assets, liabilities and operations of its US tobacco business with RJRT, a wholly owned subsidiary of R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc. (the “Business Combination”). As part of the Business Combination, B&W contributed to RJRT all of the assets and liabilities, including its tobacco-related litigation liabilities, of its US cigarette and tobacco business, subject to specified exceptions, in exchange for an approximately 42.2% equity ownership interest in Reynolds American Inc. (“RAI”), which was formed as a new holding company for these combined businesses.

 

12. As a result of the Business Combination, RJRT assumed all liabilities of B&W (except liabilities to the extent relating to businesses and assets not contributed by B&W to RJRT and other limited categories of liabilities) and contributed subsidiaries or otherwise to the extent related to B&W’s tobacco business as conducted in the United States on or prior to 30 July 2004. In addition, RJRT agreed to indemnify B&W and each of its affiliates (other than RAI and its subsidiaries) against, among other matters, certain losses (including those arising from Environmental Tobacco Smoke (“ETS”) claims), liabilities, damages, expenses, judgments and attorneys’ fees, to the extent relating to or arising from such assumed liabilities or the assets contributed by B&W to RJRT (the “RJRT Indemnification”).

 

13. The scope of the RJRT Indemnification included certain expenses and contingent liabilities in connection with litigation to the extent relating to or arising from B&W’s US tobacco business as conducted on or prior to 30 July 2004, including smoking and health tobacco litigation, whether the litigation is commenced before or after 30 July 2004.

 

14. Effective 25 July 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of the approximately 57.8% of RAI that the Company did not already own. As a result of that acquisition, RJRT has become an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of the Company. Given the completion of this acquisition, the RJRT Indemnification is therefore between members of the Group, and as such the Group no longer has the benefit from an indemnification by an external party.
 

 

   
172   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

15. Certain terms and phrases used in this note 28 may require some explanation.

 

  a. “Judgment” or “final judgment” refers to the final decision of the court resolving the dispute and determining the rights and obligations of the parties. At the trial court level, for example, a final judgment generally is entered by the court after a jury verdict and after post-verdict motions have been decided. In most cases, the losing party can appeal a verdict only after a final judgment has been entered by the trial court.

 

  b. “Damages” refers to the amount of money sought by a plaintiff in a complaint, or awarded to a party by a jury or, in some cases, by a judge. “Compensatory damages” are awarded to compensate the prevailing party for actual losses suffered, if liability is proved. In cases in which there is a finding that a defendant has acted wilfully, maliciously or fraudulently, generally based on a higher burden of proof than is required for a finding of liability for compensatory damages, a plaintiff also may be awarded “punitive damages”. Although damages may be awarded at the trial court stage, a losing party may be protected from paying any damages until all appellate avenues have been exhausted by posting a supersedeas bond. The amount of such a bond is governed by the law of the relevant jurisdiction and generally is set at the amount of damages plus some measure of statutory interest, modified at the discretion of the appropriate court or subject to limits set by a court or statute.

 

  c. “Settlement” refers to certain types of cases in which cigarette manufacturers, including RJRT, B&W and Lorillard Tobacco, have agreed to resolve disputes with certain plaintiffs without resolving the cases through trial.

 

16. Prior to the Company’s acquisition of the approximately 57.8% of RAI that the Company did not already own, the US Litigation section included significant cases where B&W and/ or a UK-based Group company is named as a defendant and all cases where RJRT is named as a defendant as a successor to B&W. Given the Company’s completion of its acquisition of RAI, the US Litigation section now also includes discussion of significant cases in which RJRT (individually and as successor by merger to Lorillard Tobacco), its affiliates and B&W are defendants, in addition to those cases in which a UK-based Group company is named as a defendant.

 

17. The total number of US tobacco product liability cases pending at 31 December 2017 involving RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W was approximately 5,688. (Of these, approximately 4,594 pending cases involved B&W, compared to approximately 4,925 in 2016). As at 31 December 2017, British American Tobacco (Investments) Limited (“Investments”) has been served as a co-defendant in one of those cases (2016:one). No other UK-based Group company has been served as a co-defendant in any US tobacco product liability case pending as at 31 December 2017.

 

18. Since many of these pending cases seek unspecified damages, it is not possible to quantify the total amounts being claimed, but the aggregate amounts involved in such litigation are significant, possibly totalling billions of US dollars. The cases fall into four broad categories: medical reimbursement cases; class actions; individual cases and other claims.

 

19. RJRT (individually and as successor by merger to Lorillard Tobacco), American Snuff Co., Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, Inc. (“SFNTC”), R.J. Reynolds Vapor Company (“RJR Vapor”), RAI, Lorillard, other RAI affiliates and indemnitees, including but not limited to B&W (collectively, the “Reynolds Defendants”), believe that they have valid defences to the tobacco-related litigation
  claims against them, as well as valid bases for appeal of adverse verdicts against them. The Reynolds Defendants have, through their counsel, filed pleadings and memoranda in pending tobacco-related litigation that set forth and discuss a number of grounds and defences that they and their counsel believe have a valid basis in law and fact.

 

20. Scheduled trials. Trial schedules are subject to change, and many cases are dismissed before trial. In the US, there are 41 cases, exclusive of Engle progeny cases, scheduled for trial as of 31 December 2017 through 31 December 2018, for the Reynolds Defendants: nine individual smoking and health cases, 29 Filter Cases, and three other non-smoking and health cases. There are also approximately 126 Engle progeny cases against RJRT (individually and as successor to Lorillard Tobacco) and B&W set for trial through 31 December 2018. It is not known how many of these cases will actually be tried.

 

21. Trial results. From 1 January 2015 through 31 December 2017, 111 individual smoking and health, Engle progeny, filter and health-care cost recovery cases in which the Reynolds Defendants were defendants were tried, including six trials for cases where mistrials were declared in the original proceedings. Verdicts in favour of the Reynolds Defendants and, in some cases, other defendants, were returned in 29 cases, tried in Florida (27), California (1) and New Jersey (1). There were also 22 mistrials in Florida. Verdicts in favour of the plaintiffs were returned in 51 cases tried in Florida. Six cases in Florida were dismissed during trial. Two cases were continued during trial. In another case in Florida, the jury entered a partial verdict that did not include compensatory or punitive damages, and post-trial motions are pending.

(a) Medical Reimbursement Cases

22. These civil actions seek to recover amounts spent by government entities and other third party providers on healthcare and welfare costs claimed to result from illnesses associated with smoking.

 

23. At 31 December 2017, one US medical reimbursement suit (Crow Creek Sioux Tribe v American Tobacco Co.) was pending against RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W in a Native American tribal court in South Dakota. The plaintiffs seek to recover actual and punitive damages, restitution, funding of a clinical cessation program, funding of a corrective public education program, and disgorgement of unjust profits from sales to minors. No other medical reimbursement suits are pending against these companies by county or other political subdivisions of the states.

US Department of Justice action

 

24. On 22 September 1999, the US Department of Justice brought an action in the US District Court for the District of Columbia against various industry members, including RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W, B.A.T Industries p.l.c. (“Industries”) and Investments ( United States v Philip Morris USA Inc. ). The US Department of Justice initially sought (1) recovery of federal funds expended in providing health care to smokers who developed alleged smoking-related diseases pursuant to the Medical Care Recovery Act and Medicare Secondary Payer provisions of the Social Security Act and (2) equitable relief under the civil provisions of Racketeer Influenced and Corrupt Organizations Act (“RICO”), including disgorgement of roughly US$280 billion in profits the government contended were earned as a consequence of a purported racketeering “enterprise” along with certain “corrective communications”. In September 2000, the district court dismissed the government’s Medical Care Recovery Act and Medicare Secondary Payer claims. In February 2005, the US Court of Appeals for the DC Circuit (the “DC Circuit”), ruled that disgorgement was not an available remedy.
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   173


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

25. Industries was dismissed for lack of personal jurisdiction on 28 September 2000. In addition, Investments was a defendant at the trial, but intervening changes in controlling law post-trial led to a 28 March 2011 court ruling that the court’s Final Judgment and Remedial Order no longer applied to Investments prospectively, and for this reason, Investments would not have to comply with any of the remaining injunctive remedies being sought by the government. As the government did not appeal the 28 March 2011 ruling, this means that Investments is no longer in the case and is not subject to any injunctive relief that the court is expected to order against the remaining defendants. As the case continued as against RJRT and Lorillard Tobacco with respect to injunctive relief and related matters, the following is noted.

 

26. The non-jury trial of the RICO portion of the claim began on 21 September 2004, and ended on 9 June 2005. On 17 August 2006, the federal district court issued its Final Judgment and Remedial Order, which found certain defendants, including RJRT, B&W, Lorillard Tobacco and Investments, had violated RICO, but did not impose any direct financial penalties. The district court instead enjoined the defendants from committing future racketeering acts, participating in certain trade organisations, making misrepresentations concerning smoking and health and youth marketing, and using certain brand descriptors such as “low tar”, “light”, “ultra light”, “mild” and “natural”. The district court also ordered the defendants to issue “corrective communications” on five subjects, including smoking and health and addiction, and to comply with further undertakings, including maintaining web sites of historical corporate documents and disseminating certain marketing information on a confidential basis to the government. In addition, the district court placed restrictions on the defendants’ ability to dispose of certain assets for use in the United States, unless the transferee agrees to abide by the terms of the district court’s order, and ordered certain defendants to reimburse the US Department of Justice its taxable costs incurred in connection with the case.

 

27. Defendants, including RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W and Investments, appealed, and the US government cross-appealed to the DC Circuit. On 22 May 2009, the DC Circuit affirmed the federal district court’s RICO liability judgment, but vacated the order and remanded for further factual findings and clarification as to whether liability should be imposed against B&W, based on changes in the nature of B&W’s business operations (including the extent of B&W’s control over tobacco operations). The court also remanded on three other discrete issues relating to the injunctive remedies, including for the district court “to reformulate” the injunction on the use of low-tar descriptors “to exempt foreign activities that have no substantial, direct, and foreseeable domestic effects”, and for the district court to evaluate whether corrective communications could be required at point-of-sale displays (which requirement the DC Circuit vacated). On 28 June 2010, the US Supreme Court denied the parties’ petitions for further review.

 

28. On 22 December 2010, the district court dismissed B&W from the litigation. In November 2012, the trial court entered an order setting forth the text of the corrective statements and directed the parties to engage in discussions with the Special Master to implement them. After various proceedings and appeals, the federal district court in October 2017 ordered RJRT and the other US tobacco company defendants to fund the publishing of compelled public statements in various US media outlets, including in newspapers, and on television, the companies’ websites and cigarette packaging. The corrective communications commenced running regularly in major US newspapers and television networks on 26 November 2017, and will appear in newspapers for four months and on television for one year. In light of the corrective
  communications implementation requirements, a US$20 million accrual was made for the estimated costs of the corrective communications (a portion of which has been utilised).

(b) Class Actions

29. At 31 December 2017, RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W were named as a defendant in seven separate actions attempting to assert claims on behalf of classes of persons allegedly injured or financially impacted through smoking, and SFNTC was named in 17 separate cases where plaintiffs alleged that use of the words “natural”, “additive-free”, or “organic” in NATURAL AMERICAN SPIRIT advertising and promotional materials suggests that those cigarettes are less harmful than other cigarettes and, for that reason, violated state consumer protection statutes or amounted to fraud or a negligent or intentional misrepresentation. If the classes are or remain certified, separate trials may be needed to assess individual plaintiffs’ damages.

“Lights” Cases

 

30. Four of the class actions against RJRT, its affiliates and/or B&W allege that the use of the terms “lights” and “ultralights” constituted unfair and deceptive trade practices under state law or violates federal RICO laws. The classes in these cases generally seek to recover compensatory and punitive damages, injunctive and other forms of relief, and attorneys’ fees and costs from RJRT and/ or B&W. In general, the plaintiffs allege that RJRT or B&W made false and misleading claims that “lights” cigarettes were lower in tar and nicotine and/or were less hazardous or less mutagenic than other cigarettes. The cases typically are filed pursuant to state consumer protection and related statutes. Similar class action suits have been filed in a number of states against individual cigarette manufacturers and their parent corporations.

 

  a. Turner v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. is a “lights” class action filed in February 2000 against RJRT in the Circuit Court, Madison County, Illinois. In November 2001, the trial court certified a class of purchasers of RJRT “lights” cigarettes. In November 2003, the case was stayed pending resolution of Price v Philip Morris, Inc., the seminal “lights” putative class action case filed in the same court and involving RJRT’s competitor, Philip Morris. In Price, the trial court in March 2003 entered judgment against Philip Morris in the amount of US$7.1 billion in compensatory damages and US$3 billion in punitive damages. The Illinois Supreme Court reversed that judgment in December 2005, and after further appeals that court reaffirmed its decision in November 2015. The US Supreme Court denied plaintiffs’ petition to review the decision in June 2016, concluding the Price case. The stay in Turner subsequently expired, and the court accordingly scheduled a series of status conferences, all of which were continued by agreement of the parties. The status conference scheduled for 29 March 2017 did not occur and has not been rescheduled.

 

  b. Howard v Brown  & Williamson Tobacco Corp. is a “lights” class action filed in February 2000 against B&W in the Circuit Court, Madison County, Illinois. In December 2001, the trial court certified a class of purchasers of B&W “lights” cigarettes. In June 2003, the trial judge issued an order staying all proceedings pending resolution of the Price case described above. In August 2005, an Illinois appellate court affirmed the trial court’s stay order. There is currently no activity in the case.

 

  c. Black v Brown  & Williamson Tobacco Corp. is a “lights” class action filed in November 2000, which in 2008, the Circuit Court, City of St. Louis, Missouri stayed pending US Supreme Court review in Good v Altria Group, Inc. The case is brought by a putative class of purchasers of B&W “lights” cigarettes. A status conference is scheduled for 4 June 2018.
 

 

   
174   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

  d. Collora v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. is a “lights” class action filed in 2000 against RJRT in the Circuit Court, City of St. Louis, Missouri. The trial court certified a class of purchasers of RJRT “lights” cigarettes in December 2003. A status conference is scheduled for 4 June 2018.

 

31. In the event RJRT, its affiliates or indemnitees lose one or more of the pending “lights” class-action suits, RJRT, depending upon the amount of any damages ordered, could face difficulties in its ability to pay the judgment or obtain any bond required to stay execution of the judgment which could have a material adverse effect on RJRT’s, and consequently RAI’s, results of operations, cash flows or financial position.

No Additive/Natural/Organic Claim Cases

32. A total of 16 putative class actions have been filed in nine US federal district courts against SFNTC, a subsidiary of RAI, which cases generally allege, in various combinations, violations of state deceptive and unfair trade practice statutes, and claim state common law fraud, negligent misrepresentation, and unjust enrichment based on the use of descriptors such as “natural”, “organic” and “100% additive-free” in the marketing, labelling, advertising, and promotion of SFNTC’s Natural American Spirit brand cigarettes. The actions seek various categories of recovery, including economic damages, injunctive relief (including medical monitoring and cessation programs), interest, restitution, disgorgement, treble and punitive damages, and attorneys’ fees and costs. In April 2016, in response to a motion by the various plaintiffs, the US Judicial Panel on Multidistrict Litigation (“JPML”) consolidated these cases for pre-trial purposes before a federal court in New Mexico. That court heard argument on defendants’ motion to dismiss the current consolidated complaint on 9 June 2017. On 21 December 2017, the district court granted the motion in part, dismissing a number of claims with prejudice, and denied it in part. Plaintiffs’ motion for class certification is due 19 July 2018. A hearing on class certification is set for October 2018.

 

33. On 7 November 2016, a public health advocacy organisation filed a putative class action ( Breathe DC v Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Co., Inc. ) in Superior Court for the District of Columbia (Washington DC) against SFNTC, RAI and RJRT based on allegations relating to the labelling, advertising and promotional materials for SFNTC’s Natural American Spirit brand cigarettes, which allegations are similar to the allegations in the actions consolidated for pre-trial purposes in the transferee court described immediately above. The complaint seeks injunctive and other non-monetary relief, but does not seek monetary damages. On 9 June 2017, the defendants moved to dismiss this action. A decision is pending.

Other Putative Class Actions

 

34. Jones v American Tobacco Co., Inc. is a putative class action filed in December 1998 in the Circuit Court, Jackson County, Missouri. The action was brought by a plaintiff on behalf of a putative class of Missouri tobacco product users and purchasers against various defendants, including RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W, alleging that the plaintiffs’ use of the defendants’ tobacco products has caused them to become addicted to nicotine, and seeking an unspecified amount of compensatory and punitive damages. There is currently no activity in this case.

 

35. Parsons v A C  & S, Inc. is a case filed in February 1998 in the Circuit Court, Ohio County, West Virginia against various defendants, including RJRT and B&W, on behalf of a putative class of persons who allegedly have personal injury claims arising from their exposure to respirable asbestos fibres and cigarette smoke. The case is currently stayed pending final resolution of a motion brought by the plaintiffs, and because three defendants filed bankruptcy petitions.
36. Young v American Tobacco Co., Inc. is a case filed in November 1997 in the Circuit Court, Orleans Parish, Louisiana against various US cigarette manufacturers, including RJRT and B&W, and parent companies of such manufacturers. This putative ETS class action was brought on behalf of a putative class of Louisiana residents who, though not themselves cigarette smokers, have been exposed to second-hand smoke from cigarettes manufactured by the defendants, and who allegedly suffered injury as a result of that exposure, seeks an unspecified amount of compensatory and punitive damages. In March 2016, the court entered an order staying the case, including all discovery, pending the completion of the smoking cessation program ordered by the court in Scott v The American Tobacco Co.

Engle Class Action and Engle Progeny Cases (Florida)

 

37. In July 1998, trial began in Engle v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., a then-certified class action filed in Circuit Court, Miami-Dade County, Florida, against US cigarette manufacturers, including RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and B&W. The then-certified class consisted of Florida citizens and residents, and their survivors, who suffered from smoking-related diseases that first manifested between 5 May 1990, and 21 November 1996, and were caused by an addiction to cigarettes. In July 1999, the jury in this Phase I found against RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W and the other defendants on common issues relating to the defendants’ conduct, general causation, the addictiveness of cigarettes, and entitlement to punitive damages.

 

38. In July 2000, the jury in Phase II awarded the class a total of approximately US$145 billion in punitive damages, apportioned US$36.3 billion to RJRT, US$17.6 billion to B&W, and US$16.3 billion to Lorillard Tobacco. The three class representatives in the Engle class action were awarded US$12.7 million in compensatory damages.

 

39. This decision was appealed and ultimately resulted in the Florida Supreme Court in December 2006 decertifying the class and allowing judgments entered for only two of the three Engle class representatives to stand and setting aside the punitive damages award. The court preserved certain of the jury’s Phase I findings, including that cigarettes can cause certain diseases, nicotine is addictive, and defendants placed defective cigarettes on the market, breached duties of care, concealed health-related information and conspired. Putative Engle class members were permitted to file individual lawsuits, deemed “Engle progeny cases” , against the Engle defendants, within one year of the Supreme Court’s decision (subsequently extended to 11 January 2008).

 

40. During 2015, RJRT and Lorillard Tobacco, together with Philip Morris USA Inc. (“PM USA”), settled virtually all of the Engle progeny cases then pending against them in federal district court. The total amount of the settlement was US$100 million divided as follows: RJRT – US$42.5 million; PM USA – US$42.5 million; and Lorillard Tobacco – US$15 million. The settlement covered more than 400 federal Engle progeny cases but did not cover 12 federal progeny cases previously tried to verdict and then pending on post-trial motions or appeal; and two federal progeny cases filed by different lawyers from the ones who negotiated the settlement for the plaintiffs.
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   175


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

41. As at 31 December 2017, there were approximately 2,569 Engle progeny cases pending in which RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W have been named as defendants and served. These cases include claims by or on behalf of 3,276 plaintiffs. (In addition, as of 31 December 2017, RJRT was aware of nine additional Engle progeny cases that have been filed but not served.) The number of pending cases fluctuates for a variety of reasons, including voluntary and involuntary dismissals. Voluntary dismissals include cases in which a plaintiff accepts an “offer of judgment”, from RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and/or RJRT’s affiliates and indemnitees. An offer of judgment, if rejected by the plaintiff, preserves RJRT’s and Lorillard Tobacco’s right to recover attorneys’ fees under Florida law in the event of a verdict favourable to RJRT or Lorillard Tobacco, or affiliates of such entities. Such offers are sometimes made through court-ordered mediations.

 

42. 107 Engle progeny cases have been tried in Florida state and federal courts against RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W since the beginning of 2015 through 31 December 2017, and additional state court trials are scheduled for 2018. Since the beginning of 2015 through 31 December 2017, RJRT or Lorillard Tobacco has paid judgments in 20 Engle progeny cases. Those payments totalled US$173.5 million and included US$116.6 million for compensatory or punitive damages and US$56.9 million for attorneys’ fees and statutory interest.

 

43. In addition, accruals for damages and attorneys’ fees and statutory interest for 13 cases ( Starr-Blundell v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Monroe v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Lourie v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Lewis v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Block v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Turner v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Schoeff v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Ahrens v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Evers v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Ledoux v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Mathis v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co., Marchese v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. and Graham v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. ) and an accrual for attorneys’ fees and interest for one case, Ward v R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co. were recorded in RAI’s consolidated balance sheet as of 31 December 2017. The following chart identifies the number of trials in Engle progeny cases as at 31 December 2017 and additional information about the adverse judgments entered:

Phase three trials/verdicts/judgments/appeals of individual Engle progeny cases 1 January 2015 to 31 December 2017:

 

   
        
Total number of trials    107
Number of trials resulting in plaintiffs’ verdicts    49
Total damages awarded in final judgments against RJRT    US$336,757,755
Amount of overall damages comprising ‘compensatory damages’ (approximately)    US$159,170,680 (of overall US$336,757,755)
Amount of overall damages comprising ‘punitive damages’ (approximately)    US$177,587,075 (of overall US$336,757,755)
Number of adverse judgments appealed by RJRT    39*
Number of adverse judgments (not yet appealed), in which RJRT still has time to file an appeal    7

 

* Of the 39 adverse judgments appealed by RJRT:

 

  a. 21 appeals remain undecided in the District Courts of Appeal, one additional case has a decision but has a rehearing motion pending so the opinion is not final, one case has a rehearing time pending so opinion is not final, there are seven cases with petitions for review pending in the Florida Supreme Court and nil cases with petitions for review pending in the US Supreme Court; and

 

  b. nine were decided and/or closed. Of these nine appeals, five were affirmed in favour of plaintiff (further appeal time remains pending in one), one had the liability findings affirmed but was reversed for reinstatement of full compensatory damages amount (further appeal time remains pending), and two were reversed and the matter remanded to the trial court for a new trial on all issues (one has further appeal time running) and one was an appeal of the partial judgment which was subsequently dismissed. RJRT has paid damages to plaintiffs in three cases that were not appealed that are now closed. The total damages awarded may vary depending on the outcome of pending appeals.

 

44. By statute, Florida applies a US$200 million bond cap to all Engle progeny cases in the aggregate. Individual bond caps for any given Engle progeny case vary depending on the number of judgments in effect at a given time. Judicial attempts by several plaintiffs in the Engle progeny cases to challenge the bond cap as violating the Florida Constitution have failed, though legislation was introduced in the Florida legislature in August 2017 and September 2017 that if enacted would eliminate the Engle progeny bond cap.

(c) Individual Cases

45. As of 31 December 2017, 99 individual cases were pending in the United States against RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and/or B&W. This category of cases includes smoking and health cases alleging personal injuries caused by tobacco use or exposure brought by or on behalf of individual plaintiffs based on theories of negligence, strict liability, breach of express or implied warranty and violations of state deceptive trade practices or consumer protection statutes. The plaintiffs seek to recover compensatory damages, attorneys’ fees and costs and punitive damages. The category does not include the West Virginia personal injury cases (“ West Virginia IPIC”) cases, Engle progeny cases, Broin II cases, and Filter Cases discussed below. One of the individual cases is brought by or on behalf of an individual or his/her survivors alleging personal injury as a result of exposure to ETS.

 

   
176   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

46. The following chart identifies the number of individual cases pending as of 31 December 2017 as against the number pending as of 31 December 2016, along with the number of West Virginia IPIC cases, Engle progeny cases, Broin II cases and Filter Cases, which are discussed below:

 

Case Type

 

  

 

US Case Numbers

                31 December  2017

 

    

 

US Case Numbers

                31 December  2016

 

    

 

Change in Number

                Increase /  (Decrease)

 

 
Individual smoking and health cases      99        132        (33)  
West Virginia IPIC (number of plaintiffs)*      1        1        No Change  
Engle progeny cases (number of plaintiffs)**      2,569 (3,276)        2,822 (3,645)        (253) (369)  
Broin II cases ***      2,321        2,406        (85)  
Filter cases****      71        78        (7

 

* The West Virginia IPIC cases are a series of roughly 1,200 cases, filed in West Virginia beginning in 1999, asserting claims against PM USA, Lorillard Tobacco, RJRT, B&W and The American Tobacco Company. These cases were brought in consolidated proceedings in West Virginia alleging personal injuries, where the first phase of the trial began on 15 April 2013 and on 15 May 2013 the jury returned a verdict for defendants on all but one of plaintiffs’ claims (the verdict was affirmed on appeal). The one claim upon which plaintiffs prevailed was a limited failure to instruct claim covering a narrow window of time. Only 30 plaintiffs qualified to pursue that narrow claim. In 2017, those 30 plaintiffs agreed to resolve their claims for US $7,000 per case. That resolution is in the process of being documented. In addition to the foregoing claims, various plaintiffs in 1999 and 2000 asserted claims against retailers and distributors (which have not been pursued in light of the result in the Phase I trial in defendants’ favour), as well as smokeless claims against various defendants including RJRT, Lorillard, American Snuff and B&W. 41 plaintiffs sought to pursue their smokeless claims in 2017. In autumn 2017, the 41 smokeless plaintiffs agreed to dismiss their claims without prejudice with a right to refile within two years. The court is opposed to a voluntary dismissal without prejudice and seeks to either have a dismissal with prejudice or to go forward with the claims for any of the smokeless plaintiffs who want to go forward. A hearing date has been set for 23 March 2018 to determine whether the plaintiffs are willing to dismiss with prejudice or whether they seek to proceed.

 

** The number of Engle progeny cases will fluctuate as cases are dismissed or if any of the dismissed cases are appealed. Please see earlier table in paragraph 43.

 

*** Broin v Philip Morris, Inc. was a class action filed in Circuit Court in Miami-Dade County, Florida in 1991 and brought on behalf of flight attendants alleged to have suffered from diseases or ailments caused by exposure to ETS in airplane cabins. In October 1997, RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco, B&W and other cigarette manufacturer defendants settled Broin, agreeing to pay a total of US$300 million in three annual US$100 million installments, allocated among the companies by market share, to fund research on the early detection and cure of diseases associated with tobacco smoke. It also required those companies to pay a total of US$49 million for the plaintiffs’ counsel’s fees and expenses. RJRT’s portion of these payments was approximately US$86 million; Lorillard Tobacco’s was approximately US$57 million; and B&W’s was approximately US$31 million. The settlement agreement, among other things, limits the types of claims class members may bring and eliminates claims for punitive damages. The settlement agreement also provides that, in individual cases by class members that are referred to as Broin II lawsuits, the defendants will bear the burden of proof with respect to whether ETS can cause certain specifically enumerated diseases, referred to as “general causation”. With respect to all other liability issues, including whether an individual plaintiff’s disease was caused by his or her exposure to ETS in airplane cabins, referred to as “specific causation” individual plaintiffs will bear the burden of proof. On 7 September 1999, the Florida Supreme Court approved the settlement. There have been no Broin II trials since 2007.

 

**** Includes claims brought against Lorillard Tobacco and Lorillard by individuals who seek damages resulting from their alleged exposure to asbestos fibres that were incorporated into filter material used in one brand of cigarettes manufactured by a predecessor to Lorillard Tobacco for a limited period of time ending more than 50 years ago. Pursuant to the terms of a 1952 agreement between P. Lorillard Company and H&V Specialties Co., Inc. (the manufacturer of the filter material), Lorillard Tobacco is required to indemnify Hollingsworth & Vose for legal fees, expenses, judgments and resolutions in cases and claims alleging injury from finished products sold by P. Lorillard Company that contained the filter material. As of 31 December 2017, Lorillard Tobacco and/or Lorillard was a defendant in 71 Filter Cases. Since 1 January 2015, Lorillard Tobacco and RJRT have paid, or have reached agreement to pay, a total of approximately US$32.8 million in settlements to resolve 135 Filter Cases.

(d) State Settlement Agreements

 

47. In November 1998, the major US cigarette manufacturers, including RJRT, B&W and Lorillard Tobacco, entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (“MSA”) with attorneys general representing 46 US states, the District of Columbia and certain US territories and possessions. These cigarette manufacturers previously settled four other cases, brought on behalf of Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Minnesota, by separate agreements with each state (collectively and with the MSA, the “State Settlement Agreements”).

 

48. These State Settlement Agreements settled all health-care cost recovery actions brought by, or on behalf of, the settling jurisdictions; released the defending major US cigarette manufacturers from various additional present and potential future claims; imposed future payment obligations in perpetuity on RJRT, B&W, Lorillard Tobacco and other major US cigarette manufacturers; and placed significant restrictions on their ability to market and sell cigarettes and smokeless tobacco products. In accordance with the MSA, various tobacco companies agreed to fund a US$5.2 billion trust fund to be used to address the possible adverse economic impact of the MSA on tobacco growers.

 

49. RJRT and SFNTC are subject to the substantial payment obligations under the State Settlement Agreements. Payments under the State Settlement Agreements are subject to various adjustments for, among other things, the volume of cigarettes sold, relative market share, operating profit and inflation. RAI’s operating subsidiaries’ expenses and payments under the State Settlement Agreements for 2015, 2016, 2017 and the projected expenses and payments for 2018 onwards are set forth below (in millions of US dollars)*:

 

       

 

2015

 

      

 

2016

 

      

 

2017

 

      

 

2018

 

      

 

2019 and thereafter

 

 
Settlement expenses        $2,403          $2,727          $2,856                    
Settlement cash payments        $2,166          $3,042          $4,612                    
Projected settlement expenses                                   $>3,000          $>3,000  
Projected settlement cash payments                                   $>1,000          $>3,000  

 

* Subject to adjustments for changes in sales volume, inflation, operating profit and other factors. Payments are allocated among the companies on the basis of relative market share or other methods.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   177


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

50. The State Settlement Agreements have materially adversely affected RJRT’s shipment volumes. RAI believes that these settlement obligations may materially adversely affect the results of operations, cash flows or financial position of RAI and RJRT in future periods. The degree of the adverse impact will depend, among other things, on the rate of decline in US cigarette sales in the premium and value categories, RJRT’s share of the domestic premium and value cigarette categories, and the effect of any resulting cost advantage of manufacturers not subject to the State Settlement Agreements.

 

51. In addition, the MSA includes an adjustment that potentially reduces the annual payment obligations of RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco and the other signatories to the MSA, known as “Participating Manufacturers” (“PMs”). Certain requirements, collectively referred to as the “Adjustment Requirements”, must be satisfied before the Non-Participating Manufacturers (“NPM”) Adjustment for a given year is available: (i) an Independent Auditor must determine that the PMs have experienced a market share loss, beyond a triggering threshold, to those manufacturers that do not participate in the MSA (such non-participating manufacturers being referred to as “NPMs”); and (ii) in a binding arbitration proceeding, a firm of independent economic consultants must find that the disadvantages of the MSA were a significant factor contributing to the loss of market share. This finding is known as a significant factor determination.

 

52. When the Adjustment Requirements are satisfied, the MSA provides that the NPM Adjustment applies to reduce the annual payment obligation of the PMs. However, an individual settling state may avoid its share of the NPM Adjustment if it had in place and diligently enforced during the entirety of the relevant year a “Qualifying Statute” that imposes escrow obligations on NPMs that are comparable to what the NPMs would have owed if they had joined the MSA. In such event, the state’s share of the NPM Adjustment is reallocated to other settling states, if any, that did not have in place and diligently enforce a Qualifying Statute.

 

53. RJRT and Lorillard Tobacco are or were involved in NPM Adjustment proceedings concerning the years 2003 to 2016. In 2012, RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco, and SFNTC entered into a term sheet with certain settling states that resolved accrued and potential NPM adjustments for the years 2003 through 2012 and, as a result, RJRT and SFNTC collectively received, or are to receive, more than US$1.1 billion in credits that, in substantial part, were applied to MSA payments in 2014 through 2017. After an arbitration panel ruled in September 2013 that six states had not diligently enforced their Qualifying Statutes in the year 2003, additional states joined the term sheet. NPM proceedings are ongoing and could result in the reduction of the companies’ MSA-related payments.
54. On 18 January 2017, the State of Florida filed a motion to enjoin ITG as a defendant and to enforce the Florida State Settlement Agreement, which motion seeks payment under the Florida State Settlement Agreement of approximately US$45 million with respect to the four brands (Winston, Salem, Kool and Maverick) that were sold to ITG in the Divestiture, referred to as the Acquired Brands. The motion also claims future annual losses of approximately US$30 million absent the court’s enforcement of the Florida State Settlement Agreement. The State’s motion sought, among other things, an order declaring that RJR Tobacco and ITG are in breach of the Florida Settlement Agreement and are required, jointly and severally, to make annual payments to the State under the Florida State Settlement Agreement with respect to the Acquired Brands. In addition, on 18 January 2017, PM USA filed a motion to enforce the Florida State Settlement Agreement, asserting among other things that RJR Tobacco and ITG breached that agreement by failing to make settlement payments as to the Acquired Brands, which PM USA asserts has improperly shifted settlement payment obligations to PM USA. On 27 January 2017, RJR Tobacco sought leave to file a supplemental pleading for breach by ITG of its obligations regarding joinder into the Florida State Settlement Agreement. The Florida court, on 30 March 2017, ruled that ITG should be joined into the enforcement action.

 

55. After a three-day bench trial, the court entered an order holding that RJR Tobacco (not ITG) is liable for annual settlement payments for the Acquired Brands, finding that ITG did not assume liability for annual settlement payments under the terms of the asset purchase agreement relating to the Divestiture and RJR Tobacco remained liable for payments under the Florida State Settlement Agreement as to the Acquired Brands. On 23 January 2018, RJR Tobacco filed a notice of appeal, and on 25 January 2018, RJR Tobacco filed an amended notice of appeal, and PM USA filed a notice of appeal as to the court’s ruling as to ITG. These appeals remain pending. On 26 January 2018, the State moved for recovery of its attorneys’ fees and costs from RJR Tobacco. The State and PM USA filed a joint motion for the entry of final judgment on 1 February 2018. That motion is set for hearing on 8 March 2018. In January 2018, the auditor of the Florida State Settlement Agreement adjusted the final 2017 invoice for the annual payment and amended the 2015 and 2016 invoices for the respective annual payment and the net operating profit penalty for each of those years under the Florida Settlement Agreement, based on the auditor’s interpretation of the court’s order. The adjusted invoices reflected amounts due to both the State of Florida and PM USA. In total, the estimated additional amounts due were US$99.4 million (with US$83.5 million to the State of Florida and US$15.9 million to PM USA). RJR Tobacco has advised the auditor that it disputes these amounts, and therefore no further amounts were due or would be paid for those years pending the final resolution of RJR Tobacco’s appeal of the court’s order.
 

 

   
178   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued
56. On 17 February 2017, ITG filed an action in the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware seeking declaratory relief and a motion for a temporary restraining order against RAI and RJR Tobacco. In its complaint, ITG asked the court to declare various matters related to its rights and obligations under the asset purchase agreement (and related documents) relating to the Divestiture. ITG sought an injunction barring RAI and/or RJR Tobacco from alleging in the Florida enforcement litigation that ITG had breached the asset purchase agreement and requiring these companies to litigate issues under the asset purchase agreement in Delaware. Following a hearing on ITG’s complaint and motion on 1 March 2017, the Delaware court entered a temporary restraining order that enjoined RAI and RJR Tobacco from “taking offensive action to assert claims against ITG Brands” in the Florida enforcement action, but the order does not prevent RJR Tobacco from making arguments in response to claims asserted by the State of Florida, PM USA or ITG in the Florida enforcement litigation. On 24 March 2017, RAI and RJR Tobacco answered the ITG complaint and filed a motion to stay proceedings in Delaware pending the outcome of the Florida enforcement litigation, which motion was denied 18 May 2017. Cross motions for partial judgment on the pleadings were filed focusing on whether ITG’s obligation to use “reasonable best efforts” to join the Florida State Settlement Agreement continued after the 12 June 2015 closing. On 30 November 2017, following argument, the Delaware court ruled in favour of RJR Tobacco, holding that ITG’s obligation to use its reasonable best efforts to join the Florida Settlement Agreement did not terminate due to the closing of the asset purchase agreement relating to the Divestiture. RJR Tobacco is considering its next steps.

(e) UK – Based Group Companies

57. As at 31 December 2017, Investments has been served in one dormant individual action in the US (Perry) in which there has been no activity since 1998 following the plaintiff’s death in 1997.

Product Liability Outside the United States

 

58. As at 31 December 2017:

 

  a. active product liability claims against the Group’s companies existed in 15 markets outside the US. The only markets with more than five claims were Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Chile and Italy.

 

  b. medical reimbursement actions are being brought in Angola, Argentina, Brazil, Canada, Nigeria and South Korea.

 

  c. class actions are being brought in Brazil, Canada, Italy and Venezuela.

(a) Medical reimbursement cases

Angola

59. In or about November 2016, BAT Angola affiliate Sociedade Unificada de Tabacos de Angola (“SUT”) was served with a collective action filed in the Provincial Court of Luanda, 2nd Civil Section, by the consumer association Associação Angolana dos Direitos do Consumidor (“AADIC”). The lawsuit seeks damages allegedly incurred by the Angolan Instituto Nacional do Controlo do Cancro (“INCC”) for the cost of treating tobacco-related disease, non-material damages allegedly suffered by certain individual smokers on the rolls of INCC, and the mandating of certain cigarette package warnings. SUT filed its answer to the claim on or about 5 December 2016. The case remains pending.

Argentina

60. In 2007, the non-governmental organisation the Argentina Tort Law Association (“ATLA”) and Emma Mendoza Voguet brought a reimbursement action against Nobleza Piccardo S.A.I.C.y.F. (“Nobleza”) and Massalín Particulares. The case is being heard in the Contentious Administrative Court and is currently at the evidentiary stage.

Brazil

61. In August 2007, the São Paulo Public Prosecutor’s Office filed a medical reimbursement claim against Souza Cruz S.A. (“Souza Cruz”). A similar claim was lodged against Philip Morris Brasil Indústria e Comércio Ltda. On 4 October 2011, the Court dismissed the action against Souza Cruz, with a judgment on the merits. The plaintiffs’ appeal to the Court of Appeal failed by unanimous vote (three to nil). The Public Prosecutor’s Office has since filed a Special Appeal to the Superior Court of Justice.
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   179


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

Canada

62. Following the implementation of legislation enabling provincial governments to recover healthcare costs directly from tobacco manufacturers, 10 actions for recovery of healthcare costs arising from the treatment of smoking and health-related diseases have been brought. These proceedings name various Group companies as defendants, including the Company, Investments, Industries, Carreras Rothmans Limited (collectively the “UK Companies”) and Imperial Tobacco Canada Limited (“Imperial”), the Group’s operating company in Canada, as well as RJRT and its affiliate R.J. Reynolds Tobacco International Inc. (“RJRTI”) (collectively, the “RJR Companies”). Pursuant to the terms of the 1999 sale of RJRT’s international tobacco business, RJRT has tendered the defence of these actions to Japan Tobacco Incorporated (“JTI”). Subject to a reservation of rights, JTI has assumed the defence of the RJR Companies in these actions.

 

63. The ten cases are proceeding in British Columbia, New Brunswick, Newfoundland and Labrador, Ontario, Quebec, Manitoba, Alberta, Saskatchewan, Nova Scotia and Prince Edward Island (“PEI”). The enabling legislation is in force in all 10 provinces. In addition, legislation has received Royal Assent in two of the three territories in Canada, but has yet to be proclaimed into force. In Quebec, three Canadian manufacturers, including Imperial, challenged the enabling legislation. This challenge was dismissed.

 

Canadian province    Act pursuant to which
Claim was brought
   Companies named as Defendants    Current stage
British Columbia    Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2000   

Imperial

Investments

Industries

RJR Companies

Other former Rothmans Group companies

All have been served.

   The defences of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed, and document production and discoveries are ongoing. On 13 February 2017, the province delivered an expert report dated October 2016, quantifying its damages in the amount of CAD$118 billion. No trial date has been set. The federal government is seeking CAD$5 million jointly from all the defendants in respect of costs.
New Brunswick    Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2006    Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    The defences of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed and document production and discoveries are substantially complete. Damages have been calculated by the province in the range of CAD$25-$60 billion from 1954 to 2060. Following a motion to set a trial date, the court has ordered that trial commence on 4 November 2019.
Ontario    Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2009    Imperial the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    This case is at an early case management stage. Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have filed defences. The parties completed significant document production in summer of 2017 and discoveries are expected to commence in 2018. The province has stated its claim to be worth CAD$50 billion. No trial date has been set.
Newfoundland and Labrador    Tobacco Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2006    Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    The case is under case management and Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have filed defences. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.
Saskatchewan    Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2012    Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    This case is at an early case management stage. Defences were filed by Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies and the matter will remain in abeyance for the time being. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.
Manitoba    Tobacco Damages Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2006    Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    This case is at an early case management stage. Defences were filed by Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies and document production is underway. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.
Alberta    Crown’s Right of Recovery Act 2009    Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    This case is at an early case management stage and Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have filed defences. The province has stated its claim to be worth CAD$10 billion. No trial date has been set.
Quebec    Tobacco Related Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2005    Imperial, Investments, Industries, the RJR Companies and Carreras Rothmans Limited have been named as defendants and served.    The case is at an early case management stage. Defences of Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have been filed. Motions over admissibility of documents and damages discovery have been filed but not heard. The province is seeking CAD$60 billion. No trial date has been set.
Prince Edward Island    Tobacco Damages and Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2009    Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    This case is at an early case management stage. Defences were filed by Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies and the next step will be document production, which the parties have deferred for the time being. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.
Nova Scotia    Tobacco Health Care Costs Recovery Act 2005    Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies have all been named as defendants and served.    This case is at an early case management stage. Defences were filed by Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies and the next step will be document production which the parties have deferred for the time being. Damages have not been quantified by the province. No trial date has been set.

 

   
180   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

Nigeria

64. British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited (“BAT Nigeria”), the Company and Investments have been named as defendants in a medical reimbursement action by the federal government of Nigeria, filed on 6 November 2007 in the Federal High Court, and in similar actions filed by the Nigerian states of Kano (9 May 2007), Oyo (30 May 2007), Lagos (13 March 2008), Ogun (26 February 2008), and Gombe (17 October 2008) commenced in their respective High Courts. In the five cases that remain active, the plaintiffs seek a total of approximately 10.6 trillion Nigerian naira (roughly £21.8 billion as at 31 December 2017) in damages, including special, anticipatory and punitive damages, restitution and disgorgement of profits, as well as declaratory and injunctive relief.

 

65. The suits claim that the state and federal government plaintiffs incurred costs related to the treatment of smoking-related illnesses resulting from allegedly tortious conduct by the defendants in the manufacture, marketing, and sale of tobacco products in Nigeria, and assert that the plaintiffs are entitled to reimbursement for such costs. The plaintiffs assert causes of action for negligence, negligent design, fraud and deceit, fraudulent concealment, breach of express and implied warranty, public nuisance, conspiracy, strict liability, indemnity, restitution, unjust enrichment, voluntary assumption of a special undertaking and performance of another’s duty to the public.

 

66. The Company and Investments have made a number of challenges to the jurisdiction of the Nigerian courts. Such challenges are still pending (on appeal) against the federal government and the states of Lagos, Kano, Gombe and Ogun. The underlying cases are stayed or adjourned pending the final outcome of these jurisdictional challenges. In the state of Oyo, on 13 November 2015, and 24 February 2017 respectively, the Company’s and Investments’ jurisdictional challenges were successful in the Court of Appeal and the issuance of the writ of summons was set aside.

South Korea

67. In April 2014, Korea’s National Health Insurance Service (“NHIS”) filed a healthcare recoupment action against KT&G (a Korean tobacco company), PM Korea and BAT Korea (including BAT Korea Manufacturing). The NHIS is seeking damages of roughly 54 billion Korean won (roughly £37.5 million as at 31 December 2017) in respect of health care costs allegedly incurred by the NHIS treating patients with lung (small cell and squamous cell) and laryngeal (squamous cell) cancer between 2003 and 2012. Court hearings in the case, which constitute the trial, commenced in September 2014 and remain ongoing.

(b) Class actions

Brazil

68. There are currently two class actions being brought in Brazil. One is also a medical reimbursement claim (São Paulo Public Prosecutor’s Office), and is therefore discussed above.

 

69. In 1995, the Associação de Defesa da Saúde do Fumante (“ADESF”) class action was filed against Souza Cruz and Philip Morris in the São Paulo Lower Civil Court alleging that the defendants are liable to a class of smokers and former smokers for failing to warn of cigarette addiction. The case was stayed in 2004 pending the defendants’ appeal from a decision issued by the Lower Civil Court that held that the defendants had not met their burden of proving that cigarette smoking was not addictive or harmful to health.

 

70. On 12 November 2008, the São Paulo Court of Appeals overturned the lower court’s unfavourable decision of 2004, returning the case to the lower court for production of evidence and a new judgment. Following production of evidence, on 16 May 2011, the lower court granted Souza Cruz’s motion to dismiss the action in its entirety on the merits. The plaintiffs’ appeal to the Sao Paolo Court of Appeals was unsuccessful. The plaintiffs then filed a Special Appeal to the Superior Court of Justice, which was rejected under procedural grounds on 20 February 2017. The plaintiffs filed an appeal of the rejection in the Superior Court of Justice on 15 March 2017.

Canada

71. There are 11 class actions being brought in Canada against Group companies.

 

72. Knight Class  Action: The Supreme Court of British Columbia certified a class of all consumers who purchased Imperial cigarettes in British Columbia bearing “light” or “mild” descriptors since 1974. The plaintiff is seeking compensation for amounts spent on “light and mild” products and a disgorgement of profits from Imperial on the basis that the marketing of “light and mild” cigarettes was deceptive because it conveyed a false and misleading message that those cigarettes are less harmful than regular cigarettes.

 

73. On appeal, the appellate court confirmed the certification of the class, but limited any financial liability, if proven, to 1997 onward. Imperial’s third party claim against the federal government was dismissed by the Supreme Court of Canada. The federal government is seeking a parallel cost order of CAD$5 million from Imperial. After being dormant for several years, the plaintiff delivered a Notice of Intention to Proceed, and Imperial delivered an application to dismiss the action for delay. The application was heard on 23 June 2017 and was dismissed on 23 August 2017. Notice to class members of certification was provided on 14 February 2018. The next anticipated steps include discovery related ones.

 

74. Growers’ Class  Action: In December 2009, Imperial was served with a proposed class action filed by Ontario tobacco farmers and the Ontario Flue-Cured Tobacco Growers’ Marketing Board. The plaintiffs allege that Imperial and the Canadian subsidiaries of Phillip Morris International and JTI failed to pay the agreed domestic contract price to the growers used in products manufactured for the export market and which were ultimately smuggled back into Canada. JTI has sought indemnification pursuant to the JTI Indemnities (discussed below at paragraphs 118 to 119). The plaintiffs seek damages in the amount of CAD$50 million. Various preliminary challenges have been heard, the last being a motion for summary judgment on a limitation period. The motion was dismissed and ultimately, leave to appeal to the Ontario Court of Appeal was dismissed in November 2016. In December 2017, the plaintiffs proposed that the action proceed by way of individual actions as opposed to a class action. The parties are currently in discussions as to next steps.
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   181


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued
75. Quebec Class  Actions: There are currently two class actions in Quebec. On 21 February 2005, the Quebec Superior Court granted certification in two class actions against Imperial and two other domestic manufacturers. The Court certified two classes, with the class definitions being revised in the judgment rendered 27 May 2015. One class consists of residents of Quebec who (a) smoked before 20 November 1998 at least 12 packs a year of cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants; and (b) were diagnosed before 12 March 2012 with: lung cancer, or cancer (squamous cell carcinoma) of the throat, or emphysema. The group also includes the heirs of persons deceased after 20 November 1998 who meet the criteria described above. The second consists of residents of Quebec who, as of 30 September 1998, were addicted to nicotine contained in cigarettes and who in addition meet the following three criteria: (a) they started smoking before 30 September 1994 by smoking cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants; (b) between 1 September and 30 September 1998 they smoked on average at least 15 cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants on a daily basis; and (c) they still smoked an average of at least 15 cigarettes manufactured by the Defendants as of 21 February 2005, or until their death if it occurred before that date. The group also includes the heirs of members who meet the criteria described above. Pursuant to the judgment, the plaintiffs were awarded damages and interest against Imperial and the Canadian subsidiaries of Philip Morris International and JTI in the amount of CAD$15.6 billion, of which Imperial’s share is CAD$10.4 billion. An appeal of the judgment was filed on 26 June 2015. The Court also awarded provisional execution pending appeal of CAD$1,131 billion, of which Imperial’s share was approximately CAD$742 million. This order was subsequently overturned by the Court of Appeal. Following the cancellation of the order for provisional execution, the plaintiffs filed a motion against Imperial and one other manufacturer seeking security in the amount of CAD$5 billion to guarantee, in whole or in part, the payment of costs of the appeal and the judgment. On 27 October 2015, the Court of Appeal ordered the parties to post security in the amount of CAD$984 million, of which Imperial’s share is CAD$758 million, was paid in seven equal quarterly instalments (of just over CAD$108 million) between 31 December 2015 and 30 June 2017 – see note 14. Imperial filed its Factum on Appeal on 11 December 2015 and the appeal was heard in November 2016. A decision is under reserve.

 

76. Other Canadian Smoking and Health Class  Actions: Seven putative class actions, described below, have been filed against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including the UK Companies, Imperial and the RJR Companies, in various Canadian Provinces. In these cases, the plaintiffs allege claims based on fraud, fraudulent concealment, breach of warranty, breach of warranty of merchantability, and of fitness for a particular purpose, failure to warn, design defects, negligence, breach of a “special duty” to children and adolescents, conspiracy, concert of action, unjust enrichment, market share liability, and violations of various trade practices and competition statutes. Pursuant to the terms of the 1999 sale of RJRT’s international tobacco business, RJRT has tendered to JTI the defence of these seven actions (Semple, Kunka, Adams, Dorion, Bourassa, McDermid and Jacklin, discussed below). Subject to a reservation of rights, JTI has assumed the defence of the RJR Companies in these actions.
77. In June 2009, four smoking and health class actions were filed in Nova Scotia (Semple), Manitoba (Kunka), Saskatchewan (Adams) and Alberta (Dorion) against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including the UK Companies, Imperial and the RJR Companies. In Saskatchewan, the Company and Carreras Rothmans Limited have been released from the action, and the RJR Companies have brought a motion challenging the jurisdiction of the court. No date has been set in these cases with respect to the certification motion hearing. There are service issues in relation to Imperial and the UK Companies in Alberta and in relation to the UK Companies in Manitoba.

 

78. In June 2010, two further smoking and health class actions were filed in British Columbia against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including Imperial, the UK Companies and the RJR Companies. The Bourassa claim is allegedly on behalf of all individuals who have suffered chronic respiratory disease and the McDermid claim proposes a class based on heart disease. Both claims state that they have been brought on behalf of those who have “smoked a minimum of 25,000 cigarettes”. The UK Companies, Imperial, the RJR Companies and other defendants objected to jurisdiction. Subsequently, the Company and Carreras Rothmans Limited were released from Bourassa and McDermid. Imperial, Industries, Investments and the RJR Companies remain as defendants in both actions. No certification motion hearing date has been set. The Plaintiffs were due to deliver certification motion materials by 31 January 2015, but have not yet done so.

 

79. In June 2012, a new smoking and health class action was filed in Ontario (Jacklin) against various Canadian and non-Canadian tobacco-related entities, including UK Companies, Imperial and the RJR Companies. The claim is presently in abeyance.

Italy

80. In or about June 2010, BAT Italia was served with a class action filed in the Civil Court of Rome by the consumer association, Codacons, and three class representatives. The plaintiffs primarily asserted addiction-related claims. The class action lawsuit was rejected at the first instance (Civil Court of Rome) and appellate (Rome Court of Appeal) court levels. In July 2012, Codacons filed an appeal before the Italian Supreme Court. At a hearing on 21 January 2015, the Public Prosecutor’s Office agreed that the appeal should be rejected, and the Supreme Court reserved its decision. On 1 February 2017, the Supreme Court rejected Codacons’ appeal. Codacons’ deadline to file a motion for rehearing before the Supreme Court falls on or about 5 March 2018.

Venezuela

81. In April 2008, the Venezuelan Federation of Associations of Users and Consumers (“FEVACU”) and Wolfang Cardozo Espinel and Giorgio Di Muro Di Nunno, acting as individuals, filed a class action against the Venezuelan government. The class action seeks regulatory controls on tobacco and recovery of medical expenses for future expenses of treating smoking-related illnesses in Venezuela. Both C.A Cigarrera Bigott Sucs. (“Cigarrera Bigott”) and ASUELECTRIC, represented by its president Giorgio Di Muro Di Nunno (who had previously filed as an individual), have been admitted as third parties by the Constitutional Chamber of the Supreme Court of Justice. A hearing date for the action is yet to be scheduled. On 25 April 2017, Cigarrera Bigott requested the Court to declare the lapsing of the class action due to no proceedings taking place in the case in over a year. A ruling on the matter is yet to be issued.

(c) Individual personal injury claims

82. As at 31 December 2017, the jurisdictions with the most active individual cases against Group companies were, in descending order: Brazil (69), Italy (24), Chile (7), Canada (7), Argentina (6) and Ireland (2). There were a further five jurisdictions with one active case only.
 

 

   
182   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

Non-Tobacco Related Litigation

Reynolds American Inc. / Lorillard, Inc. Shareholder Litigation

83. On 15 July 2014, RAI announced that it had entered into a definitive merger agreement with Lorillard, Inc. (“Lorillard”), whereby RAI would acquire Lorillard in exchange for a combination of cash and RAI stock (the “Lorillard Transaction”). As part of this transaction, the Company executed a Share Purchase Agreement to acquire a sufficient number of RAI’s shares to maintain its approximately 42.2% equity stake in RAI after the merger.

 

84. On 8 August 2014, the Company was named as a defendant in an action in state court in North Carolina ( Corwin v British American Tobacco PLC) stemming from the announcement of the Lorillard Transaction. The action was brought on behalf of a putative class of RAI’s shareholders alleging that the Company is a controlling shareholder of RAI and breached its fiduciary duty to the other RAI’s shareholders in connection with the Lorillard Transaction. RAI and the members of the RAI Board of Directors were also named as defendants.

 

85. RAI believed that the Corwin action was without merit. However, to eliminate certain burdens, expenses and uncertainties, on 17 January 2015, RAI and the director defendants in Corwin entered into the North Carolina Memorandum of Understanding regarding the settlement of the disclosure claims asserted in that lawsuit. The North Carolina Memorandum of Understanding outlines the terms of the parties’ agreement in principle to settle and release the disclosure claims which were or could have been asserted in Corwin. In consideration of the partial settlement and release, RAI agreed to make certain supplemental disclosures to the Joint Proxy Statement/Prospectus, which it did on 20 January 2015. On 17 February 2016, the trial court approved the partial settlement, including the plaintiff’s unopposed request for US$415,000 in attorneys’ fees and costs. The partial settlement did not affect the consideration paid to Lorillard shareholders in connection with the Lorillard Merger.

 

86. On 4 August 2015, the trial court granted the defendants’ motions to dismiss all of the remaining non-disclosure claims. On 28 August 2015, the court dismissed all claims against the Company. Among other things, the court found that the plaintiff had not properly alleged that the Company was a controlling shareholder of RAI and therefore that the Company did not owe a fiduciary duty to RAI’s other shareholders. The plaintiff appealed. On 20 December 2016, the North Carolina Court of Appeals affirmed the trial court’s dismissal of the claims against RAI and RAI’s Board of Directors on the grounds that the plaintiff could not state a direct claim against RAI’s Board of Directors for breach of fiduciary duties. That court reversed the trial court’s judgment with respect to the claims against the Company, finding the allegations that the Company was a controlling shareholder and breached its fiduciary duty to be sufficient to warrant further proceedings for the plaintiff to attempt to prove those allegations with evidence. On 4 January 2017, the Company moved to have the North Carolina Court of Appeals rehear the case en banc, and that motion was denied on 2 February 2017. On 17 February 2017, the Company filed a petition for discretionary review with the North Carolina Supreme Court, which the plaintiff opposed on 27 February 2017. On 9 June 2017, the North Carolina Supreme Court allowed the Company’s petition for discretionary review. Briefing in the North Carolina Supreme Court concluded on 23 August 2017, and oral argument was held on 9 January 2018.

BAT / Reynolds American Inc. Shareholder Litigation

87. Following the Company’s acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of RAI in July 2017, pursuant to North Carolina law, under which RAI was incorporated, a number of RAI stockholders dissented and asserted their rights to a judicial appraisal of the value of their RAI stock. On 29 November 2017, RAI filed a Complaint for Judicial Appraisal in state court in North Carolina against 20 dissenting stockholders, comprised of three groups of affiliated entities. The complaint asks the court to determine the fair value of the dissenting stockholders’ shares in RAI and any accrued interest. An initial case management conference is set for 9 March 2018.

Fontem Patent Litigation

88. On 4 April 2016, a case was filed in federal court in California, Fontem Ventures B.V. and Fontem Holdings 1 B.V. v R.J. Reynolds Vapor Company, which alleges that VUSE products infringe four patents owned by Fontem purportedly directed to e-cigarettes. On 3 May 2016, Fontem filed a second complaint asserting that the VUSE products infringe two additional Fontem patents purportedly directed to e-cigarettes. On 22 June 2016, Fontem filed a third complaint asserting that the VUSE products infringe one additional Fontem patent purportedly directed to e-cigarettes. RJR Vapor filed an answer in the first case on 27 June 2016, and an amended answer on 25 July 2016. RJR Vapor also filed answers in the second and third cases on 25 July 2016. On 29 June 2016, RJR Vapor filed a motion to transfer the three cases to the Middle District of North Carolina, which was granted on 8 August 2016. On 14 December 2016, the transferred cases were consolidated with lead case Fontem Ventures B.V. and Fontem Holdings 1 B.V. v R.J. Reynolds Vapor Company, 16-cv-1255 (M.D.N.C.). On 1 March 2017, Fontem filed a fourth complaint in the Middle District of North Carolina asserting that the VUSE products infringe eight additional Fontem patents. RJR Vapor filed an answer to the fourth complaint on 24 April 2017. On 14 April 2017, Fontem filed a motion to amend the consolidated three prior actions to add certain Reynolds Companies as additional defendants, which was denied as moot on 30 May 2017, due to an agreed stipulation where the additional Reynolds entities agreed to be bound by any judgment and to provide discovery as if they were named parties. On 9 May 2017, the fourth action was also consolidated with the lead case. In the district court litigation, the parties are currently engaged in claim construction proceedings and fact discovery. Also, to date, RJR Vapor has filed 17 petitions for inter partes review against seven of the 15 asserted patents. Four of the petitions have been granted and 13 have been denied. The US Patent Office has issued final written decisions (“FWD”) in two of the granted IPRs. In one FWD, the Patent Office held all challenged claims unpatentable. In the other, the Patent Office held that RJR Vapor failed to show that the challenged claims are unpatentable. RJR Vapor filed a notice of appeal on 19 February 2018.
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   183


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

Fox River

Background to environmental liabilities arising out of contamination of the Fox River

89. In Wisconsin, the authorities have identified potentially responsible parties (“PRPs”) to fund the clean-up of river sediments in the lower Fox River. The pollution was caused by discharges of Polychlorinated Biphenyls (“PCBs”) from paper mills and other facilities operating close to the river. Among the PRPs is NCR Corporation (“NCR”).

 

90. In NCR’s Form 10-K Annual Report for the year ended 31 December 2014, which is the most recent public source available, the total clean-up costs for the Fox River are estimated at US$825 million. This estimate is subject to uncertainties and does not include natural resource damages (“NRDs”). Total NRDs may range from US$nil to US$246 million.

 

91. Industries’ involvement with the environmental liabilities arises out of indemnity arrangements which it became party to due to a series of transactions that took place from the late-1970s onwards and subsequent litigation brought by NCR against Industries and Appvion Inc. (“Appvion”) (a former Group subsidiary) in relation to those arrangements which was ultimately settled. US authorities have never identified Industries as a PRP.

 

92. There has been a substantial amount of litigation in the United States involving NCR and Appvion regarding the responsibility for the costs of the clean-up operations. The US Government also brought enforcement proceedings against NCR and Appvion to ensure compliance with regulatory orders made in relation to the Fox River clean-up. This litigation has been settled through agreements with other PRPs and a form of settlement known as a Consent Decree with the US Government.

 

93. The principal terms of the Consent Decree, in summary, are as follows:

 

  a. NCR will perform and fund all of the remaining Fox River remediation work by itself.

 

  b. The US Government enforcement proceedings will be settled, with NCR having no liability to meet the US Government’s claim for costs it has incurred in relation to the clean-up to date and only a secondary responsibility to meet certain future costs. NCR will have no liability to the US Government for NRDs.

 

  c. NCR will cease to pursue its contribution claims against the other PRPs and in return will receive contribution protection which means that the other PRPs will not be able to pursue their contribution claims against NCR. NCR will, however, have the right to reinstate its contribution claims if the other PRPs decide to continue to pursue certain contractual claims against NCR.

 

  d. Appvion will also cease to pursue its claims against the other PRPs to recover monies that it has spent on the clean-up and in return will receive contribution protection. Appvion will, however, have the right to reinstate its claims if the other PRPs decide to continue to pursue certain claims against Appvion.

 

94. The Consent Decree was approved by the District Court in Wisconsin on 23 August 2017. The US Government enforcement action against NCR was terminated as a result of that order. The PRPs’ claims for contribution against NCR were dismissed by order of the District Court in Wisconsin given on 11 October 2017.
95. On 20 October 2017 P.H. Glatfelter filed an appeal against the approval of the Consent Decree in the US Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit. The US Court of Appeals for the Seventh Circuit has ordered that written appeal briefs be filed by the parties by 19 March 2018. Any oral argument will follow later in 2018. The date of any ruling on the appeal is currently unknown.

Industries’ involvement with environmental liabilities arising out of the contamination of the Fox River

96. NCR has taken the position that, under the terms of a 1998 Settlement Agreement between it, Appvion and Industries and a 2005 arbitration award, Industries and Appvion generally had a joint and several obligation to bear 60% of the Fox River environmental remediation costs imposed on NCR and of any amounts NCR has to pay in respect of other PRPs’ contribution claims.

 

97. Until May 2012, Appvion and Windward (another former Group subsidiary) paid the 60% share of the clean-up costs and Industries was never required to contribute. Around that time Appvion refused to continue to pay clean-up costs, leading to NCR demanding that Industries pay a 60% share.

 

98. Industries commenced proceedings against Windward and Appvion in December 2011 seeking indemnification in respect of any liability it might have to NCR (the “English Indemnity Proceedings”) pursuant to a 1990 de-merger agreement between those parties.

Funding Agreement of 30 September 2014

99. On 30 September 2014, Industries entered into the Funding Agreement with Windward, Appvion, NCR and BTI 2014 LLC (“BTI”) (a wholly owned subsidiary of Industries). Pursuant to the Funding Agreement, the English Indemnity Proceedings and a counterclaim Appvion had brought in those proceedings, as well as a NCR-Appvion arbitration concerning Appvion’s indemnity to NCR, were discontinued as part of an overall agreement between the parties providing a framework through which they would together fund the ongoing costs of the Fox River clean-up. Under the agreement, NCR has agreed to accept funding by Industries at the lower level of 50% of the ongoing clean-up related costs of the Fox River rather than the 60% referenced above; this remains subject to an ability to litigate at a later stage the extent of Industries’ liability in relation to Fox River clean-up related costs (including in respect of the 50% of costs that Industries has paid under the Funding Agreement to date). In addition Windward has contributed US$10 million of funding and Appvion has contributed US$25 million for Fox River and agreed to contribute US$25 million for the Kalamazoo River (see further below). Appvion entered Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection on 1 October 2017.

 

100. The parties also agreed to cooperate in order to maximise recoveries from certain claims made against third parties, including (i) a claim commenced by Windward in the High Court of England & Wales (the “High Court”) against Sequana and the former Windward directors (the “Windward Dividend Claim”). That claim was assigned to BTI under the Funding Agreement, and relates to dividend payments made by Windward to Sequana of around 443 million in 2008 and 135 million in 2009 (the “Dividend Payments”) and (ii) a claim commenced by Industries directly against Sequana to recover the value of the Dividend Payments alleging that the dividends were paid for the purpose of putting assets beyond the reach of Windward’s creditors (including Industries) (the “BAT section 423 Claim”).
 

 

   
184   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

101. A trial of the Windward Dividend Claim and the BAT section 423 Claim took place before the English High Court between February and April 2016. Judgment was handed down by the High Court on 11 July 2016. The Court held that the 2009 Dividend Payment of 135 million was a transaction at an undervalue made with the intention of putting assets beyond the reach of Industries or of otherwise prejudicing Industries’ interests. It therefore contravened Section 423 of the Insolvency Act. The Court dismissed the Windward Dividend Claim. BTI sought permission to appeal in respect of the Judge’s findings in relation to the Windward Dividend Claim. Sequana sought permission to appeal the Judge’s findings in relation to the BAT section 423 Claim.

 

102. On 13 and 16 January 2017 and 3 February 2017 further hearings took place to determine the precise form of relief to be awarded to Industries and to hear the parties’ applications for permission to appeal. Judgment was handed down on 10 February 2017. In respect of relief, the Court ordered that Sequana must pay BTI an amount up to the full value of the 2009 Dividend plus interest (which equates to around US$185 million). This figure is subject to increase as interest is continuing to accrue. Sequana must make an initial payment of around US$138.4 million and further payments going forward as and when Industries makes payments in respect of clean-up costs. In respect of appeals, the Court granted BTI and Sequana permission to appeal. The appeal hearing is expected to take place during June 2018. The Court also granted Sequana a stay in respect of the above payments. The stay was lifted in May 2017.

 

103. In February 2017 Sequana entered into a process in France seeking court protection (the “Sauvegarde”). Sequana exited the Sauvegarde in June 2017. To date, Industries has not received any payments from Sequana.

 

104. BTI has brought claims against certain of Windward’s former advisers, including Windward’s auditors at the time of the dividend payments, PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (which claims were also assigned to BTI under the Funding Agreement). Those claims were subject to a consensual stay which BAT has terminated. PwC has indicated that it will be seeking a further stay.

 

105. The sums Industries has agreed to pay under the Funding Agreement are subject to ongoing adjustment, as clean-up costs can only be estimated in advance of the work being carried out and as certain sums payable are the subject of ongoing US litigation. In 2016, Industries paid £6 million in respect of clean-up costs and is potentially liable for a further £159 million in future clean-up costs. Industries has a provision of £163 million which represents the current best estimate of its exposure – see note 21.

Kalamazoo

106. Industries is aware that NCR is also being pursued by Georgia-Pacific, as the owner of a facility on the Kalamazoo River in Michigan which released PCBs into that river. Georgia-Pacific has been designated as a PRP in respect of the river.

 

107. Georgia-Pacific contends that NCR is responsible for, or should contribute to, the clean-up costs, because:

 

  a. a predecessor to NCR’s Appleton Papers Division sold “broke” containing PCBs to Georgia-Pacific or others for recycling;

 

  b. NCR itself sold paper containing PCBs to Georgia-Pacific or others for recycling; and/or

 

  c. NCR is liable for sales to Georgia-Pacific or others of PCB-containing broke by Mead Corporation, which, like the predecessor to NCR’s Appleton Papers Division, coated paper with the PCB containing emulsion manufactured by NCR.
108. A full trial on liability took place in February 2013. On 26 September 2013, the Michigan Court held that NCR was liable as a PRP on the basis that broke sales constituted an arrangement for the disposal of hazardous material for the purposes of CERCLA. The decision was based on NCR’s knowledge of the hazards of PCBs from at least 1969. NCR will have the ability to appeal the ruling once a final judgment has been entered or it has been otherwise certified for appeal.

 

109. The second phase of the Kalamazoo trial to determine the apportionment of liability amongst NCR, Georgia-Pacific and the other PRPs (International Paper Company and Weyerhaeuser Company) took place between September and December 2015. The parties are currently waiting for the Court to hand down its judgment. The court may or may not also rule on the allocation of future costs. Industries anticipates that NCR may seek to recover from Appvion (subject to a cap of US$25 million for “Future Sites” under the Funding Agreement. As described above Appvion entered Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection on 1 October 2017. The effect of the Chapter 11 proceedings on Appvion’s liability for Future Sites payments under the Funding Agreement is currently uncertain) and/or Industries 60% of any Kalamazoo clean-up costs for which it is found liable on the basis, it would be asserted, that the river constitutes a “Future Site” for the purposes of the Settlement Agreement. Industries has defences to any such claim by NCR. The Funding Agreement described above does not resolve any such claims, but does provide an agreed mechanism pursuant to which any surplus from the valuable recoveries of any third party claims that remains after all Fox River related clean-up costs have been paid and Industries and NCR have been made whole may be applied towards Kalamazoo clean-up costs, in the event that NCR were to be successful in any claim for a portion of them from Industries or Appvion (subject to Appvion’s cap). The quantum of the clean-up costs for the Kalamazoo River is presently unclear (as is the extent of NCR’s liability in respect of such costs), but could run into the hundreds of millions of dollars. A witness on behalf of Georgia-Pacific testified in the trial concerning apportionment of liability that the cost of performing future remediation in Operable Unit 5 of the Kalamazoo River was in the order of US$670 million. Operable Unit 5 is the Kalamazoo River itself, as distinct from the other Operable Units which are landfills or other facilities adjoining the Kalamazoo River. Remediation of these other Operable Units has largely been completed except for monitoring.

 

110. As detailed above, Industries is taking active steps to protect its interests, including seeking to procure the repayment of the Windward dividends, pursuing the other valuable claims that are now within its control, and working with the other parties to the Funding Agreement to maximise recoveries from third parties with a view to ensuring that amounts funded towards clean up related costs are later recouped under the agreed repayment mechanisms under the Funding Agreement.
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   185


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

Other environmental matters

 

111. RAI and its subsidiaries are subject to federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations concerning the discharge, storage, handling and disposal of hazardous or toxic substances. Such laws and regulations provide for significant fines, penalties and liabilities, sometimes without regard to whether the owner or operator of the property or facility knew of, or was responsible for, the release or presence of hazardous or toxic substances. In addition, third parties may make claims against owners or operators of properties for personal injuries and property damage associated with releases of hazardous or toxic substances. In the past, RJRT has been named a potentially responsible party with third parties under the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act with respect to several superfund sites. RAI and its subsidiaries are not aware of any current environmental matters that are expected to have a material adverse effect on the business, results of operations or financial position of RAI or its subsidiaries.

Criminal investigations

 

112. As previously reported by the Company, it has been investigating, through external legal advisors, allegations of misconduct and has been liaising with the UK’s Serious Fraud Office (SFO) and other relevant authorities. It was announced in August 2017 that the SFO had opened an investigation in relation to the Company, its subsidiaries and associated persons. The company is cooperating with the SFO’s investigation.

 

113. The outcomes of these matters will be decided by the relevant authorities or, if necessary, the courts. It is too early to predict the outcomes, but these could include the prosecution of individuals and/or of a Group company or companies. Accordingly, the potential for fines, penalties or other consequences cannot currently be assessed. As the investigation is ongoing, it is not yet possible to identify the timescale in which these matters might be resolved.

Closed litigation matters

 

114. The following matters on which the Company reported in the contingent liabilities and financial commitments note 28 to the Company’s 2016 financial statements have been dismissed, concluded or resolved as noted below:

 

Matter   Jurisdiction   Companies
named as
Defendants
  Description   Disposition
Ratcliff   US (Seattle, Washington)   Company  

Product liability

asbestos matter

  Dismissed as to the Company effective 30 May 2017

Khosravi

 

England

  Company, B.A.T (U.K and Export), B.A.T. Pars Company   Alleged wrongdoing by former distributor   Claim dismissed at first instance and permission to appeal refused.
Georgian Competition Claim   Georgia   British American Tobacco Georgia   Alleged breach of local tobacco control and competition laws   Court of Appeal overturned the negative judgment and permission to appeal to the Supreme Court was refused.

General Litigation Conclusion

 

115. While it is impossible to be certain of the outcome of any particular case or of the amount of any possible adverse verdict, the Group believes that the defences of the Group’s companies to all these various claims are meritorious on both the law and the facts, and a vigorous defence is being made everywhere.

 

116. An adverse judgment was entered against one Group company, Imperial, in the Quebec class actions and an appeal has been made. If further adverse judgments are entered against any of the Group’s companies in any case, all avenues of appeal will be pursued. Such appeals could require the appellants to post appeal bonds or substitute security (as has been necessary in Quebec) in amounts which could in some cases equal or exceed the amount of the judgment. At least in the aggregate, and despite the quality of defences available to the Group, it is not impossible that the Group’s results of operations or cash flows in particular quarterly or annual periods could be materially adversely affected by the impact of a significant increase in litigation, difficulties in obtaining the bonding required to stay execution of judgments on appeal, or any final outcome of any particular litigation.

 

117. Having regard to all these matters, with the exception of Fox River and certain Engle progeny cases identified above, and the US Department of Justice litigation, the Group does not consider it appropriate to make any provision in respect of any pending litigation because the likelihood of any resulting material loss, on an individual case basis, is not considered probable and/or the amount of any such loss cannot be reasonably estimated. The Group does not believe that the ultimate outcome of this litigation will significantly impair the Group’s financial condition. If the facts and circumstances change, then there could be material impact on the financial statements of the Group.

Other contingencies

 

118. JTI Indemnities. By a purchase agreement dated 9 March 1999, amended and restated as of 11 May 1999, referred to as the 1999 Purchase Agreement, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc. (“RJR”) and RJRT sold their international tobacco business to JTI. Under the 1999 Purchase Agreement, RJR and RJRT retained certain liabilities relating to the international tobacco business sold to JTI, and agreed to indemnify JTI against: (i) any liabilities, costs and expenses arising out of the imposition or assessment of any tax with respect to the international tobacco business arising prior to the sale, other than as reflected on the closing balance sheet; (ii) any liabilities, costs and expenses that JTI or any of its affiliates, including the acquired entities, may incur after the sale with respect to any of RJR’s or RJRT’s employee benefit and welfare plans; and (iii) any liabilities, costs and expenses incurred by JTI or any of its affiliates arising out of certain activities of Northern Brands.

 

119. As described above, RJRT has received claims for indemnification from JTI, and several of these have been resolved. Although RJR and RJRT recognise that, under certain circumstances, they may have other unresolved indemnification obligations to JTI under the 1999 Purchase Agreement, RJR and RJRT disagree what circumstances described in such claims give rise to any indemnification obligations by RJR and RJRT and the nature and extent of any such obligation. RJR and RJRT have conveyed their position to JTI, and the parties have agreed to resolve their differences at a later date.
 

 

   
186   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

 

120. ITG Indemnity. In the purchase agreement relating to the divestiture of certain assets, on 12 June 2015, by subsidiaries or affiliates of RAI and Lorillard, together with the transfer of certain employees and certain liabilities, to a wholly owned subsidiary of Imperial Brands plc (the “Divestiture”), RAI agreed to defend and indemnify, subject to certain conditions and limitations, ITG in connection with claims relating to the purchase or use of one or more of the Winston, Kool, Salem or Maverick cigarette brands on or before 12 June 2015, as well as in actions filed before 13 June 2023, relating to the purchase or use of one or more of the Winston, Kool, Salem or Maverick cigarette brands. In the purchase agreement relating to the Divestiture, ITG agreed to defend and indemnify, subject to certain conditions and limitations, RAI and its affiliates in connection with claims relating to the purchase or use of “blu” brand e-cigarettes. ITG also agreed to defend and indemnify, subject to certain conditions and limitations, RAI and its affiliates in actions filed after 12 June 2023, relating to the purchase or use of one or more of the Winston, Kool, Salem or Maverick cigarette brands after 12 June 2015.

 

121. Loews Indemnity. In 2008, Loews Corporation (“Loews”), entered into an agreement with Lorillard, Lorillard Tobacco, and certain of their affiliates, which agreement is referred to as the “Separation Agreement”. In the Separation Agreement, Lorillard agreed to indemnify Loews and its officers, directors, employees and agents against all costs and expenses arising out of third party claims (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees, interest, penalties and costs of investigation or preparation of defence), judgments, fines, losses, claims, damages, liabilities, taxes, demands, assessments, and amounts paid in settlement based on, arising out of or resulting from, among other things, Loews’ ownership of or the operation of Lorillard and its assets and properties, and its operation or conduct of its businesses at any time prior to or following the separation of Lorillard and Loews (including with respect to any product liability claims). Loews is a defendant in three pending product liability actions, each of which is a putative class action. Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, Lorillard is required to indemnify Loews for the amount of any losses and any legal or other fees with respect to such cases. Following the closing of the Lorillard merger, RJRT assumed Lorillard’s obligations under the Separation Agreement as was required under the Separation Agreement.

 

122. SFRTI Indemnity. In connection with the 13 January 2016 sale by RAI of the international rights to the Natural American Spirit brand name and associated trademarks, along with SFR Tobacco International GmbH (“SFRTI”) and other international companies that distributed and marketed the brand outside the United States, to JT International Holding BV (“JTI Holding”), each of SFNTC, R.J. Reynolds Global Products, Inc., and R.J. Reynolds Tobacco B.V. agreed to indemnify JTI Holding against, among other things, any liabilities, costs, and expenses relating to actions (i) commenced on or before (a) 13 January 2019, to the extent relating to alleged personal injuries, and (b) in all other cases, 13 January 2021; (ii) brought by (a) a governmental authority to enforce legislation implementing European Union Directive 2001/37/EC or European Directive 2014/40/EU or (b) consumers or a consumer association; and (iii) arising out of any statement or claim (a) made on or before 13 January 2016, (b) by any company sold to JTI Holding in the transaction, (c) concerning Natural American Spirit brand products consumed or intended to be consumed outside of the United States and (d) that the Natural American Spirit brand product is natural, organic, or additive free.
123. Indemnification of Distributors and Retailers. RJRT, Lorillard Tobacco, Santa Fe, American Snuff Co. and RJR Vapor have entered into agreements to indemnify certain distributors and retailers from liability and related defence costs arising out of the sale or distribution of their products. Additionally, Santa Fe has entered into an agreement to indemnify a supplier from liability and related defence costs arising out of the sale or use of Santa Fe’s products. The cost has been, and is expected to be, insignificant. RJRT, Santa Fe, American Snuff Co. and RJR Vapor believe that the indemnified claims are substantially similar in nature and extent to the claims that they are already exposed to by virtue of their having manufactured those products.

 

124. Except as otherwise noted above, RAI is not able to estimate the maximum potential of future payments, if any, related to these indemnification obligations.

 

125. Investments Indemnity. Investments has agreed to indemnify its supplier of crushable capsules in respect of liabilities (including damages and legal costs) that it may incur as a result of pending legal proceedings brought against its supplier regarding alleged patent infringement. Damages are currently being sought in the region of £40 million. The extent of Investments’ liability under the indemnity will depend upon the final outcome of those proceedings.

Tax Disputes

The Group has exposures in respect of the payment or recovery of a number of taxes. The Group is and has been subject to a number of tax audits covering, amongst others, excise tax, value added taxes, sales taxes, corporate taxes, withholding taxes and payroll taxes.

The estimated costs of known tax obligations have been provided in these accounts in accordance with Group’s accounting policies. In some countries, tax law requires that full or part payment of disputed tax assessments be made pending resolution of the dispute. To the extent that such payments exceed the estimated obligation, they would not be recognised as an expense.

The following matters may proceed to litigation:

Brazil

The Brazilian Federal Tax Authority has filed claims against Souza Cruz seeking to reassess the profits of overseas subsidiaries to corporate income tax and social contribution tax. The reassessments are for the years 2004 until and including 2012 for a total amount of R$1,436 million (£320 million) to cover tax, interest and penalties.

Souza Cruz appealed all reassessments. Regarding the first assessments (2004-2006) Souza Cruz appeal was rejected in 2013 although the written judgement of that tribunal was received in 2016. Souza Cruz have appealed the decision. The appeal against the second assessments (2007 and 2008) was upheld at the second tier tribunal and was closed. In 2015 a further reassessment for the same period (2007 and 2008) was raised after the 5 year statute of limitation. This has been appealed to the administrative level special chamber.

Souza Cruz received further reassessments in 2014 for the 2009 calendar year and in 2015 an assessment for the 2010 calendar year. Souza Cruz appealed both the reassessments in full. In December 2016, assessments were received for the calendar years 2011 and 2012 which have also been appealed.

 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   187


Table of Contents

 

  Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

28 Contingent liabilities and financial commitments continued

South Africa

In 2011 the South African Revenue Service (SARS) challenged the debt financing of British American Tobacco South Africa (BATSA) and reassessed the years 2006 to 2008. BATSA has objected to and appealed this reassessment. In 2014, SARS also reassessed the years 2009 and 2010. In 2015, BATSA filed formal Notices of Appeal and detailed objection letters against the 2009 and 2010 assessments and has reserved its right to challenge the constitutionality of the assessments at a later date. In 2016, SARS filed a Statement of Grounds of Assessment and BATSA filed its Statement of Grounds of Appeal in early 2017. BATSA is currently waiting to receive SARS’ response to the Statement of Grounds of Appeal and its notice of discovery. Across the period from 2006 to 2010 the reassessments are for R2.01 billion (£120 million) covering both tax and interest.

Netherlands

The Dutch tax authority has issued assessments for the years 2004 and 2005, and 2008 through to 2013 in the sum of 199 million (£177 million) to cover tax, interest and penalties. The assessments relate to a number of intra-group transactions. On the same issues, for periods through to 2016 an additional aggregate sum of 64 million (£57 million) covering tax, interest and penalties is expected to be assessed. Further challenges relating to other intra-group transactions arising in the 2016 year could potentially also be assessed by the Dutch Tax authority.

The Group believes that its companies have meritorious defences in law and fact in each of the above matters and intends to pursue each dispute through the judicial system as necessary. The Group does not consider it appropriate to make provision for these amounts assessed nor for any potential further amounts which may be assessed in relation to these matters in subsequent years.

While the amounts that may be payable or receivable in relation to tax disputes could be material to the results or cash flows of the Group in the period in which they are recognised, the Board does not expect these amounts to have a material effect on the Group’s financial condition.

VAT and duty disputes

Bangladesh

The operating company is in receipt of a retrospective notice of imposition and realisation of VAT and supplementary duty on low price category brands from the National Board of Revenue (NBR) for approximately £160 million. The company is alleged to have evaded tax by selling the products in the low price segments rather than the mid-tier price segments. Management believe that the claims are unfounded. On 13 November 2017, the appeal was admitted and the appeal hearing is scheduled for 13 February 2018.

Operating leases

Total future minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases comprise leases where payments fall due:

 

     

 

2017

£m

    

2016

£m

 
Property      

 

Within one year

     75        45  

 

Between one and five years

     183        104  

 

Beyond five years

     117        50  
                   375                    199  
Plant and equipment      

 

Within one year

     32        18  

 

Between one and five years

     38        23  
       70        41  

Performance guarantees

As shown in note 24, as part of the acquisition of TDR in 2015, the Group has committed to keeping the manufacturing facility in Kanfanar, Croatia, operational for at least five years following completion of the acquisition. A similar commitment was given in respect of the packaging plant in Rovinj, Croatia. The maximum exposure under these guarantees is £46 million (2016: £42 million).

 

   
188   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

29 Interests in subsidiaries

Subsidiaries with material non-controlling interests

Non-controlling interests principally arise from the Group’s listed investment in Malaysia (British American Tobacco (Malaysia) Berhad), where the Group held 50% of the listed holding company in both 2016 and 2015. The Group has assessed that it exercises de facto control over Malaysia as it has the practical ability to direct the business through effective control of the company’s board as a result of the Group controlling the largest shareholding block in comparison to other shareholdings which are widely dispersed. Summarised financial information for Malaysia is shown below as required by IFRS 12. As part of the Group’s reporting processes, Malaysia reports consolidated financial information for the Malaysia group which has been adjusted to comply with Group accounting policies which may differ to local accounting practice. Goodwill in respect of Malaysia, which arose as a result of the acquisition of the Rothmans group referred to in note 9, has not been included as part of the net assets below. In addition, no adjustments have been made to the information below for the elimination of intercompany transactions and balances with the rest of the Group.

 

Summarised financial information

 

  

 

2017

£m

 

   

2016

£m

 

   

2015

£m

 

 
Revenue                      253                       334                       422  

 

Profit for the year

     89       129       152  

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     44       64       76  
Total comprehensive income      87       146       136  

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     43       73       68  
Dividends paid to non-controlling interests      (64     (59     (75
Summary net assets:       

 

Non-current assets

     18       31       43  

 

Current assets

     101       103       74  

 

Non-current liabilities

     (5     (4     (8

 

Current liabilities

     (120     (94     (99

 

Total equity at the end of the year

     (6     36       10  

 

Attributable to non-controlling interests

     (3     18       5  
Net cash generated from operating activities      67       108       164  

 

Net cash generated in investing activities

     14       45       1  

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     (86     (151     (161

 

Differences on exchange

     (1     1          
Increase/(decrease) in net cash and cash equivalents      (6     3       4  

 

Net cash and cash equivalents at 1 January

     8       5       1  
Net cash and cash equivalents at 31 December      2       8       5  

Other shareholdings

The Group holds 92% (2016: 92%; 2015: 85%) of the equity shares of PT Bentoel Internasional Investama Tbk (“Bentoel”). In 2011, the Group sold 984 million shares, representing approximately 14% of Bentoel’s share capital, for the purposes of fulfilling certain obligations pursuant to Bapepam LK (Indonesia) takeover regulations. The Group simultaneously entered into a total return swap on 971 million of the shares. In June 2016, the Group and other investors participated in a rights issue by Bentoel, increasing its stake in Bentoel to 92%. Simultaneously, the Group amended the total return swap to take account of an additional 1,684 million shares. The shares subject to the total return swap now represent 7% of Bentoel’s issued capital. While the Group does not have legal ownership of these shares, it retains the risks and rewards associated with them which results in the Group continuing to recognise an effective interest in 99% of Bentoel’s net assets and results.

For information on the Group’s 42% investment in Tisak d.d. see note 11.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   189


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information

The following condensed consolidating financial information relates to the guarantees of: US$12.2 billion RAI unsecured notes (referred to as “RB” below) and US$231 million of Lorillard unsecured notes (referred to as “LB” below). The subsidiaries disclosed below are wholly owned and the guarantees provided are full and unconditional, and joint and several.

The following condensed consolidating financial information includes the accounts and activities of:

 

  a. British American Tobacco p.l.c. (parent guarantor of RB and LB), referred to as “BAT p.l.c.” in financials below;

 

  b. Reynolds American Inc. (issuer of RB, subsidiary guarantor of LB), referred to as “RAI” in financials below;

 

  c. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company (issuer of LB), referred to as “RJRT” in financials below;

 

  d. R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings Inc. (subsidiary guarantor of RB and LB), referred to as “RJRTH” in financials below;

 

  e. other direct and indirect subsidiaries of the BAT Group that are not guarantors;

 

  f. elimination entries necessary to consolidate the parent with the issuer, the subsidiary guarantors and non-guarantor subsidiaries; and

 

  g. the BAT Group on a consolidated basis.

The condensed consolidating financial information has been prepared as a requirement of the Regulation S-X 3-10. All financial statements and financial information provided by or with respect to the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group) are prepared on the basis of US GAAP and constitute the primary financial statements or financial information of the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group). Solely for the purpose of consolidation within the results of BAT p.l.c. and the BAT Group, this financial information is then converted to International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB and adopted by the European Union (IFRS). To the extent any such financial information provided in these financial statements relates to the US business or RAI (and/or the RAI Group) it is provided as an explanation of the US business’ or RAI’s (and/or the RAI Group’s) primary US GAAP based financial statements and information.

 

     

 

Condensed consolidated income statement

 
                                              

2017

£m

 
     BAT p.l.c.     RJRT    

RAI

 

   

RJRTH

 

   

All other

companies

          BAT Group  
     

Parent

guarantor

    Issuer (LB)    

Issuer (RB)

Subsidiary

guarantor (LB)

   

Subsidiary

guarantor (LB &

RB)

   

Non-guarantor

subsidiaries

    Eliminations     Consolidated  

Revenue

 

           3,517                   16,886       (111     20,292  
Raw materials and consumables used            (346                 (4,286     112       (4,520

 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

           (7                 (507     1       (513

 

Employee benefit costs

     (8     (117     (35     (2     (2,525     8       (2,679

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs

           (28                 (874           (902

 

Other operating income

           7       34             1,859       (1,756     144  

 

Other operating expenses

     (101     (2,889     (6           (4,207     1,857       (5,346
(Loss)/profit from operations      (109     137       (7     (2     6,346       111       6,476  
Net finance income/(costs)      3       11       (190     9       (916     (11     (1,094

 

Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures

                             24,209             24,209  
                                                          
Profit before taxation      (106     148       (197     7       29,639       100       29,591  

 

Taxation on ordinary activities

           (255     61       (3     8,310             8,113  

 

Equity income from subsidiaries

     37,704       3,870       4,259       3,893             (49,726      
Profit for the year      37,598       3,763       4,123       3,897       37,949       (49,626     37,704  
Attributable to:               

 

Owners of the parent

     37,598       3,763       4,123       3,897       37,778       (49,626     37,533  

 

Non-controlling interests

                             171             171  
       37,598       3,763       4,123       3,897       37,949       (49,626     37,704  

 

   
190   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

    

 

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

 
                                             

2016

£m

 
    BAT p.l.c.     RJRT     RAI     RJRTH     All other
companies
           BAT Group  
     Parent guarantor     Issuer (LB)     Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary
guarantor (LB)
    Subsidiary
guarantor (LB &
RB)
    Non-guarantor
subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
Revenue                             14,751             14,751  
Raw materials and consumables used                             (3,777           (3,777

 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

                            44             44  

 

Employee benefit costs

    (7                       (2,274     7       (2,274

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs

                            (607           (607

 

Other operating income

                            176             176  

 

Other operating expenses

    (75                       (3,658     75       (3,658
(Loss)/profit from operations     (82                       4,655       82       4,655  
Net finance (costs)/income     (54                       (637     54       (637
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures                             2,227             2,227  
                                                         
Profit before taxation     (136                       6,245       136       6,245  
Taxation on ordinary activities                             (1,406           (1,406

 

Equity income from subsidiaries

    4,839                               (4,839      
Profit for the year     4,703                         4,839       (4,703     4,839  
Attributable to:              

 

Owners of the parent

    4,703                         4,648       (4,703     4,648  

 

Non-controlling interests

                            191             191  
      4,703                         4,839       (4,703     4,839  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   191


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

    

 

Condensed Consolidated Income Statement

 
                                                

 

2015

£m

 
    BAT p.l.c.     RJRT      RAI      RJRTH     

 

All other
companies

           BAT Group  
     Parent guarantor             Issuer (LB)     

 

Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary

    guarantor (LB)

    

Subsidiary
guarantor (LB &

RB)

    

Non-guarantor

subsidiaries

        Eliminations         Consolidated  
Revenue                                13,104             13,104  

 

Raw materials and consumables used

                               (3,217           (3,217

 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

                               184             184  

 

Employee benefit costs

    (2                          (2,039     2       (2,039

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs

                               (428           (428

 

Other operating income

                               225             225  

 

Other operating expenses

    (66                          (3,272     66       (3,272
(Loss)/profit from operations     (68                          4,557       68       4,557  
Net finance (costs)/income     (36                          62       36       62  
Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures                                1,236             1,236  
                                                            
Profit before taxation     (104                          5,855       104       5,855  
Taxation on ordinary activities                                (1,333           (1,333

 

Equity income from subsidiaries

    4,522                                  (4,522      
Profit for the year     4,418                            4,522       (4,418     4,522  
Attributable to:                 

 

Owners of the parent

    4,418                            4,290       (4,418     4,290  

 

Non-controlling interests

                               232             232  
      4,418                            4,522       (4,418     4,522  

 

   
192   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

    

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 
                                                

 

2017

£m

 
    BAT p.l.c.     RJRT      RAI      RJRTH     

 

All other
companies

           BAT Group  
     Parent guarantor         Issuer (LB)     

 

Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary

guarantor (LB)

    

Subsidiary
guarantor (LB &

RB)

    

Non-guarantor

subsidiaries

        Eliminations         Consolidated  
Profit for the year     37,598       3,763        4,123        3,897        37,949       (49,626     37,704  
Other comprehensive expense Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:                                (3,812           (3,812
Differences on exchange                                (4,010           (4,010

 

Cash flow hedges

                               (171           (171

 

Available-for-sale investments

                               (22           (22

 

Net investment hedges

                               357             357  

 

Tax on items that may

be reclassified

                               34             34  

Items that will not be reclassified subsequently

to profit or loss:

                               681             681  
Retirement benefit schemes                                852             852  

 

Tax on items that will not

be reclassified

                               (171           (171
                                                            
Total other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax                                (3,131           (3,131

 

Share of subsidiaries OCI

(other reserves)

    681                                  (681      

 

Share of subsidiaries OCI (retained earnings)

    (3,812                                3,812        
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax     34,467       3,763        4,123        3,897        34,818       (46,495     34,573  
Attributable to:                 

 

Owners of the parent

    34,467       3,763        4,123        3,897        34,651       (46,495     34,406  

 

Non-controlling interests

                               167             167  
      34,467       3,763        4,123        3,897        34,818       (46,495     34,573  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   193


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

    

 

Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income

 
                                              

2016

£m

 
    BAT p.l.c.     RJRT     RAI     RJRTH      All other
companies
           BAT Group  
     Parent guarantor     Issuer (LB)     Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary
guarantor (LB)
    Subsidiary
guarantor (LB &
RB)
     Non-guarantor
subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
Profit for the year     4,703                          4,839       (4,703     4,839  
Other comprehensive income Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:                              1,760             1,760  
Differences on exchange                              2,695             2,695  

 

Cash flow hedges

                             55             55  

 

Available-for-sale investments

                             (10           (10

 

Net investment hedges

                             (961           (961

 

Tax on items that may be reclassified

                             (19           (19
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:                              (173           (173
Retirement benefit schemes                              (209           (209

 

Tax on items that will not be reclassified

                             36             36  
                                                          
Total other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax                              1,587             1,587  
Share of subsidiaries OCI (other reserves)     (173                              173        

 

Share of subsidiaries OCI (retained earnings)

    1,760                                (1,760      
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax     6,290                          6,426       (6,290     6,426  
Attributable to:               

 

Owners of the parent

    6,290                          6,180       (6,290     6,180  

 

Non-controlling interests

                             246             246  
      6,290                          6,426       (6,290     6,426  

 

   
194   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

     Condensed Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income  
                                              

2015

£m

 
    BAT p.l.c.     RJRT     RAI     RJRTH      All other
companies
           BAT Group  
     Parent guarantor     Issuer (LB)     Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary
guarantor (LB)
    Subsidiary
guarantor (LB &
RB)
    

Non-guarantor

subsidiaries

    Eliminations     Consolidated  
Profit for the year     4,418                          4,522       (4,418     4,522  
Other comprehensive expense Items that may be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:                              (849           (849
Differences on exchange                              (670           (670

 

Cash flow hedges

                             (129           (129

 

Available-for-sale investments

                             5             5  

 

Net investment hedges

                             (76           (76

 

Tax on items that may be reclassified

                             21             21  
Items that will not be reclassified subsequently to profit or loss:                              263             263  
Retirement benefit schemes                              286             286  

 

Tax on items that will not be reclassified

                             (23           (23
                                                          
Total other comprehensive expense for the year, net of tax                              (586           (586
Share of subsidiaries OCI (other reserves)     263                                (263      

 

Share of subsidiaries OCI (retained earnings)

    (849                              849        
Total comprehensive income for the year, net of tax     3,832                          3,936       (3,832     3,936  
Attributable to:               

 

Owners of the parent

    3,832                          3,757       (3,832     3,757  

 

Non-controlling interests

                             179             179  
      3,832                          3,936       (3,832     3,936  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   195


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

     

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 
    

2017

£m

 
     BAT p.l.c.      RJRT     RAI     RJRTH    

All other

companies

           BAT Group  
     

Parent

guarantor

     Issuer (LB)    

Issuer (RB)

Subsidiary

guarantor

(LB)

   

Subsidiary

guarantor

(LB & RB)

   

Non-

guarantor

subsidiaries

    Eliminations     Consolidated  
Assets                

 

Intangible assets

            2,780             7,284       107,722       (1     117,785  

 

Property, plant and equipment

            677       2             4,204       (1     4,882  

 

Investments in subsidiaries

     58,300        17,217       29,165       18,972             (123,654      

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

                              1,577             1,577  

 

Retirement benefit assets

                              1,123             1,123  

 

Deferred tax assets

            306       16       4       (9           317  

 

Trade and other receivables

            23       860       42       826       (995     756  

 

Available-for-sale investments

                              42             42  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                              590             590  
Total non-current assets      58,300        21,003       30,043       26,302       116,075       (124,651     127,072  

 

Inventories

            721                   5,144       (1     5,864  

 

Income tax receivable

                  339             121             460  

 

Trade and other receivables

     7,365              571       9       5,725       (9,617     4,053  

 

Available-for-sale investments

                              65             65  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                              228             228  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     5        2       2             3,287       (5     3,291  
     7,370        723       912       9       14,570       (9,623     13,961  

 

Assets classified as held-for-sale

                              5             5  
Total current assets      7,370        723       912       9       14,575       (9,623     13,966  
Total assets      65,670        21,726       30,955       26,311       130,650       (134,274     141,038  
Equity – Capital and reserves                

 

Share capital

     614        14,070       13,509       21,260       1,297       (50,136     614  

 

Share premium, capital redemption and merger reserves

     22,939                          26,602       (22,939     26,602  

 

Other reserves

     805        (25     (24     (24     (3,395     (732     (3,395

 

Retained earnings

     36,556        5,170       6,276       5,055       37,409       (53,483     36,983  
Owners of the parent      60,914        19,215       19,761       26,291       61,913       (127,290     60,804  
Non-controlling interests                               222             222  
Total equity      60,914        19,215       19,761       26,291       62,135       (127,290     61,026  
Liabilities                

 

Borrowings

     1,571        186       8,212             35,629       (1,571     44,027  

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

            926       42       20       833             1,821  

 

Deferred tax liabilities

                              17,129             17,129  

 

Other provisions for liabilities

            1                   353             354  

 

Trade and other payables

     8        18       102             1,933       (1,003     1,058  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                              79             79  
Total non-current liabilities      1,579        1,131       8,356       20       55,956       (2,574     64,468  

 

Borrowings

     2,058        40       1,009             4,374       (2,058     5,423  

 

Income tax payable

            23                   698       (1     720  

 

Other provisions for liabilities

            4                   395             399  

 

Trade and other payables

     1,119        1,313       1,829             6,937       (2,351     8,847  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                              155             155  
Total current liabilities      3,177        1,380       2,838             12,559       (4,410     15,544  
Total equity and liabilities      65,670        21,726       30,955       26,311       130,650       (134,274     141,038  

 

   
196   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

     

 

Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheet

 
                                                  

2016

£m

 
     BAT p.l.c.     RJRT      RAI      RJRTH     

All other

companies

            BAT Group  
     

Parent

guarantor

    Issuer (LB)     

Issuer (RB)

Subsidiary

guarantor

(LB)

    

Subsidiary

guarantor
(LB & RB)

    

Non-

guarantor

subsidiaries

     Eliminations     Consolidated  
Assets                   

 

Intangible assets

                                12,117              12,117  

 

Property, plant and equipment

                                3,661              3,661  

 

Investments in subsidiaries

     7,667                                   (7,667      

 

Investments in associates and joint ventures

                                9,507              9,507  

 

Retirement benefit assets

                                455              455  

 

Deferred tax assets

                                436              436  

 

Trade and other receivables

                                599              599  

 

Available-for-sale investments

                                43              43  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                                596              596  
Total non-current assets      7,667                            27,414        (7,667     27,414  

 

Inventories

                                5,793              5,793  

 

Income tax receivable

                                69              69  

 

Trade and other receivables

     7,289                            3,884        (7,289     3,884  

 

Available-for-sale investments

                                15              15  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                                375              375  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     5                            2,204        (5     2,204  
     7,294                            12,340        (7,294     12,340  
Assets classified as held-for-sale                                 19              19  
Total current assets      7,294                            12,359        (7,294     12,359  
Total assets      14,961                            39,773        (14,961     39,773  
Equity – Capital and reserves                   

 

Share capital

     507                            507        (507     507  

 

Share premium, capital redemption and merger reserves

     268                            3,931        (268     3,931  

 

Other reserves

     (362                          413        362       413  

 

Retained earnings

     10,829                            3,351        (10,849     3,331  
Owners of the parent      11,242                            8,202        (11,262     8,182  
Non-controlling interests                                 224              224  
Total equity      11,242                            8,426        (11,262     8,406  
Liabilities                   

 

Borrowings

                                16,488              16,488  

 

Retirement benefit liabilities

                                826              826  

 

Deferred tax liabilities

                                652              652  

 

Other provisions for liabilities

                                386              386  

 

Trade and other payables

     8                            1,040        (8     1,040  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                                119              119  
Total non-current liabilities      8                            19,511        (8     19,511  

 

Borrowings

     3,621                            3,007        (3,621     3,007  

 

Income tax payable

                                558              558  

 

Other provisions for liabilities

                                407              407  

 

Trade and other payables

     90                            7,315        (70     7,335  

 

Derivative financial instruments

                                549              549  
Total current liabilities      3,711                            11,836        (3,691     11,856  
Total equity and liabilities      14,961                            39,773        (14,961     39,773  

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   197


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Notes on the Accounts continued

 

30 Condensed consolidating financial information continued

 

     

 

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

 
                                              

2017

£m

 
     BAT p.l.c.     RJRT     RAI     RJRTH     All other
companies
           BAT Group  
      Parent
guarantor
    Issuer (LB)     Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary
guarantor
(LB)
    Subsidiary
guarantor
(LB & RB)
    Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities      (12     (1,860     (270     (11     7,488       12       5,347  
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities      2       (88     1,116       1       (19,512     (63     (18,544
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities      10       1,950       (844     10       21,030       (7,397     14,759  
Net cash flows (used in)/generated from operating, investing and financing activities            2       2             9,006       (7,448     1,562  
Differences on exchange                              (391           (391
(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents in the year            2       2             8,615       (7,448     1,171  
Net cash and cash equivalents at 1 January*      5                         1,646             1,651  
Net cash and cash equivalents at 31 December      5       2       2             10,261       (7,448     2,822  
                                            
     

 

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

 
                                              

2016

£m

 
     BAT p.l.c.     RJRT     RAI     RJRTH     All other
companies
           BAT Group  
      Parent
guarantor
    Issuer (LB)     Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary
guarantor
(LB)
    Subsidiary
guarantor
(LB & RB)
    Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities      (23                       4,610       23       4,610  
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities      24                         (571     (93     (640
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities                              1,746       (5,975     (4,229
Net cash flows (used in)/generated from operating, investing and financing activities      1                         5,785       (6,045     (259
Differences on exchange      1                         179             180  
(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents in the year      2                         5,964       (6,045     (79
Net cash and cash equivalents at 1 January*      3                         1,727             1,730  
Net cash and cash equivalents at 31 December      5                         7,691       (6,045     1,651  
                                            
     

 

Condensed Consolidated Cash Flow Statement

 
                                              

2015

£m

 
     BAT p.l.c.     RJRT     RAI     RJRTH     All other
companies
           BAT Group  
      Parent
guarantor
    Issuer (LB)     Issuer (RB)
Subsidiary
guarantor
(LB)
    Subsidiary
guarantor
(LB & RB)
    Non-
guarantor
subsidiaries
    Eliminations     Consolidated  
Net cash (used in)/generated from operating activities      61                         4,712       (53     4,720  
Net cash (used in)/generated from investing activities      34                         (3,920     (105     (3,991
Net cash (used in)/generated from financing activities      (95                       982       (1,106     (219
Net cash flows (used in)/generated from operating, investing and financing activities                              1,774       (1,264     510  
Differences on exchange      (1                       (271           (272
(Decrease)/increase in net cash and cash equivalents in the year      (1                       1,503       (1,264     238  
Net cash and cash equivalents at 1 January*      4                         1,488             1,492  
Net cash and cash equivalents at 31 December      3                         2,991       (1,264     1,730  

 

* The opening balance of net cash and cash equivalents represents external cash held by the parent guarantor, issuers, subsidiary guarantors and non-guarantor subsidiaries. »

 

   
198   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Group companies and undertakings

This disclosure is made in accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006 and The Large and Medium-sized Companies and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2008, as amended by The Companies, Partnerships and Groups (Accounts and Reports) Regulations 2015. A full list of subsidiary undertakings, associates and joint ventures and joint operations as defined by IFRS (showing the country of incorporation, effective percentage of equity shares held and full registered office addresses) as at 31 December 2017 is disclosed below.

The subsidiary undertakings that are held directly by British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the ultimate parent company) are indicated thus*; all others are held by sub-holding companies.

Unless otherwise stated, the equity shares held are in the form of ordinary shares or common stock, except for those indicated thus#, which include preference shares. The effective percentage of equity shares held in subsidiary undertakings is 100% unless otherwise stated. Further, where the effective percentage of equity shares held by the sub-holding company is different from that held by British American Tobacco p.l.c., the percentage of equity shares held by British American Tobacco p.l.c. is indicated thus^ and is shown after the percentage interest held by the sub-holding company.

The results of a number of these subsidiary undertakings principally affect the financial statements of the Group. These principal subsidiary undertakings are highlighted in grey and are considered to be the main corporate entities in those countries which, in aggregate, contributed over 76% of the Group revenue and profit from operations.

Subsidiary Undertakings

 

Albania
Rruga e Kavajes, Ish Kombinati Ushqimor, Tirana, Albania
British American Tobacco - Albania SH.P.K.
Algeria
Industrial Zone, Cheraga, El Omrane, Ouled Fayet Road, Lot 04 Ilot 789, Algiers, Algeria
British American Tobacco (Algérie) S.P.A. (51%)
Angola
Viana Park, Polo Industrial, Viana, Luanda, Angola
Agrangol Limitada (77%)
British American Tobacco - B.A.T. Angola, Limitada (i)
Fabrica de Tabacos de Cacuso (51%)
SETA, Sarl (98%)
Sociedade Geral de Distribuição e Comércio, Limitada
Sociedade Industrial Tabacos Angola LDA (76.60%)
Sociedade Unificada Tabacos Angola LDA (76.30%)
Argentina
San Martín 140, Floor 14, City of Buenos Aires, Argentina
British American Tobacco Argentina S.A.I.C.y F. (99.98%)
Australia
166 William Street, Woolloomooloo, NSW 2011, Australia
American Cigarette Company (Overseas) Pty. Limited
British American Tobacco (Australasia Holdings) Pty Limited
British American Tobacco Australasia Limited
British American Tobacco Australia Limited
British American Tobacco Australia Overseas Pty Limited
British American Tobacco Australia Services Limited
British American Tobacco Manufacturing Australia Pty Ltd.
Martins of Piccadilly Pty Ltd
Rothmans Asia Pacific Limited #
The Benson & Hedges Company Pty. Limited
The Nelson Tobacco Manufacturing Corporation Pty. Ltd
W.D. & H.O. Wills Holdings Limited
Wills (Pagewood) Pty Limited
Austria
Dr. Karl Lueger Platz 5, 1010, Wien, Austria
British American Tobacco (Austria) GmbH
Bahrain
Unit 1, Building 2126, Road 1734, Block 117, Hidd Town, Bahrain
British American Tobacco Middle East S.P.C.
Bangladesh
New DOHS Road, Mohakhali, Dhaka 1206, Bangladesh
British American Tobacco Bangladesh Company Limited (72.91%)
Barbados
Braemar Court, Deighton Road, St. Michael, Barbados
B.C.O., Inc
Chancery Chambers, Chancery House, High Street, Bridgetown, Barbados
Southward Insurance Ltd.
Belarus
7th Floor, 3 Kuprevicha Str., Minsk, 220141, Belarus
British-American Tobacco Trading Company Foreign Trading Unitary Enterprise
Belgium
Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London, WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom
British American Tobacco Holdings Belgium N.V.
Nieuwe Gentsesteenweg 21, 1702 Groot-Bijgaarden, Belgium
British American Tobacco Belgium S.A.
Tabacofina-Vander Elst N.V.
Rue de Koninck 38, 1080 Sint-Jans-Molenbeek, Belgium
British American Tobacco Co-ordination Centre/L.P. Co-ordination Centre VOF
Benin
Cotonou, Lot Numbero H19, Quartiers Les Cocotiers, 01 BP 2520, Benin
British American Tobacco Benin SA
Bolivia
La Paz, Calle 3 No. 260, La Paz, Bolivia
BAT Bolivia S.R.L.
Bosnia and Herzegovina
Blajburških žrtava br. 62, Mostar, Bosnia and Herzegovina
TOBACCO PRESS d.o.o. Mostar
Carice Milice, 11 78000, Banja Luka, Bosnia and Herzegovina
British American Tobacco d.o.o. Banja Luka
Fra Dominka Mandica 24 A, 88220 Široki Brijeg, Bosnia and Herzegovina
IPRESS d.o.o.
Ulica Carice Milice br. 11, 78000 Banja Luka, Bosnia and Herzegovina
British American Tobacco - BAT - BL d.o.o.
ul. Azize Šaćirbegović 1, 71000 Sarajevo-Novo Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina
TDR d.o.o. Sarajevo
ul. Kolodvorska 12, 71000 Sarajevo-Novo Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina
iNovine BH d.o.o.
Opresa d.d.
ul. Kralja Petra I Karadordevica br. 82, 78000 Banja Luka, Bosnia and Herzegovina
FDBL-B d.o.o. Banja Luka
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   199


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Group companies and undertakings continued

 

Botswana
Plot 64518, Fairgrounds, Office Park, Gaborone, Botswana
British American Tobacco Botswana (Pty) Limited
Business Venture Investments Botswana 6773 (Pty) Ltd.
Brazil
Rua Candelaria 66, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Yolanda Participacoes S.A.
Rua Candelaria 66, Salas 101 a 1201, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil
Souza Cruz LTDA
Brunei Darussalam
6th Floor, Bang Hj Ahmad Laksamana Othman, 38-39, Jalan Sultan, Bandar Seri Begawan BS8811, Brunei Darussalam
Commercial Marketers and Distributors Sdn. Bhd. (100%) (50%) ^
Bulgaria
115 M, Tsarigradsko Shose Blvd., Building D, Floor 5, Sofia, Mladost Municipality, 1784, Bulgaria
British American Tobacco Trading EOOD
425, Tsarigradsko Shose Blvd., Warehouse Base 2, Warehouse (205 - 208) - (219 - 222), Pancharevo Municipality, 1000, Sofia, Bulgaria
Express Logistics and Distribution EOOD
Burkina Faso
Ouagadougou, Avenue Yennega, BP: 882, Ouagadougou, Burkina Faso
Tobacco Marketing Consultant Burkina Faso SARL
Burundi
Avenue de L’Uprona a Bujumbura, BP 345, Burundi
Tabarundi SARL
Cambodia
1121 National Road 2, Prek Tanou Village, Sangkat Chak Ang Re Leu, Khan Mean Chey, Phnom Penh, Kingdom of Cambodia
British American Tobacco (Cambodia) Limited (71%)
British American Tobacco (Cambodge) International Limited
Cameroon
Rue Njo Njo, Bonapriso - B.P. 259, Douala, Cameroon
British American Tobacco Cameroun S.A. (99.75%)
Canada
30 Pedigree Court, Brampton, Ontario, L6T 5T8, Canada
Imperial Tobacco Canada Limited
3711 St-Antoine West, Montreal, Quebec, H4C 3P6, Canada
Allan Ramsay and Company Limited
Cameo Inc.
Genstar Corporation (ii)
Imperial Brands Limited
Imperial Tobacco Company Limited
Imperial Tobacco Products Limited
Imperial Tobacco Services Inc.
John Player & Sons Limited
Liggett & Myers Tobacco Company of Canada Limited (iii)
Marlboro Canada Limited
Medaillon Inc.
45 O’Connor Street, Suite 1500, Ottawa, Ontario, K1P 1A4, Canada
2004969 Ontario Inc.
Cayman Islands
Chile Trident Trust Company (Cayman) Ltd., One Capital Place, PO Box 847, Grand Cayman KY1-1103, Cayman Islands
R.J. Reynolds Tobacco (CI) Co.
Chile
Isidora Goyenechea 3000, piso 19, Las Codes, Chile
BAT Chile S.A. (100%) (99.51%) ^
British American Tobacco Chile Operaciones S.A. (99.51%)
Inversiones Casablanca S.A.
China
Room 436, No. 1000, Zenchen Road, Baoshan District, Shanghai
British American (Shanghai) Enterprise Development Co. Ltd
Room 436, No. 1000, Zenchen Road, Baoshan District, Shanghai
British American Nico Business Consulting (Shanghai) Co. Ltd
Unit 1001 in 901, 9/F, Building 3, No.8 Guanghuadongli, Chaoyang District Beijing, People’s Republic of China
British American Consulting (Beijing) Ltd
Colombia
Av. Cra. 72 # 80-94 Piso 10. Bogotá, Colombia
British American Tobacco Colombia S.A.S.
Vype Colombia S.A.S.
Congo (Democratic Republic of)
149, A&B Boulevard du 30 Juin, Gombe, Kinshasa, Democratic Republic of Congo
BAT Services Congo SARL
1er étage, Immeuble du Centenaire, Gombe, Kinshasa, Democratic Republic of Congo
BAT Distribution SARL
British American Tobacco Congo SARL
British American Tobacco Import SARL
Costa Rica
325 Metros este del Puente de la Firestone, Llorente, Flores, Heredia, Costa Rica
BASS Americas S.A.
BATCCA Park Inversiones Immobiliarias, S.A.
BATCCA Servicios S.A.
Croatia
Draškovićeva 27, 10000 Zagreb, Croatia
Inovine d.d. (88.80%)
Ivana Lučića 2/a, 10000 Zagreb, Croatia
BAT HRVATSKA d.o.o.
Obala V. Nazora 1, 52210 Rovinj, Croatia
Adista d.o.o.
Istagratika d.d. Cardboard Packaging Production
TDR d.o.o.
Osječka 2, 33000 Virovitica, Croatia
Hrvatski Duhani d.d. Tobacco Leaf Processing (89.55%)
Cuba
Calle San Jose y Princesa, Municipio 10 de Octubre, Ciudad de La Habana, Cuba
Brascuba Cigarrillos S.A. (50%)
Cyprus
Photiades Business Centre, 5th Floor, 8 Stasinou Avenue, Nicosia, CY-1060, Cyprus
B.A.T (Cyprus) Limited
Carreras of Cyprus (Export) Limited
Rothmans (Middle East) Limited
Rothmans Distribution Services Limited
Rothmans of Pall Mall (Cyprus) Limited
Czech Republic
Karolinská 654/2, Prague 8 – Karlín, 186 00, Czech Republic
British American Tobacco (Czech Republic), s.r.o.
 

 

   
200   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Denmark
Vester Farimagsgade 16, 1606 Copenhagen, Denmark
British American Tobacco Denmark A/S (House of Prince A/S)
Precis (1789) Denmark A/S
X-International Aps
Djibouti
B.P. 2392, Djibouti
Tobacco Exporters International (Mer Rouge) SARL
Rue de Magadiscio, Lot No. 133, Djibouti City, Djibouti
British American Tobacco Djibouti SARL
Egypt
10 Omar Ibn El Khattab St. City Stars Complex, Star Capital Towers 4A, 8th floor, Heliopolis, Cairo, Egypt
BETCO for General Services and Marketing LLC
BETCO for Trade and Distribution LLC
British American Tobacco North Africa LLC
City Stars Complex, Star Capital 4A, 10th Floor, Omar Ibn El Khattab St., Heliopolis, Cairo, Egypt
British American Tobacco Egypt LLC
Eritrea
P.O. Box 749, 62 Ras Alula Street, Asmara, Eritrea
British American Tobacco (Eritrea) Share Company #
Estonia
Mustamäe Tee 46, 10621 Tallinn, Estonia
British American Tobacco Estonia AS
Ethiopia
Bole Road, TK Building 3rd Floor, Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Tobacco Marketing Consultants
Fiji
Lady Maria Road, Nabua, Suva, Fiji
British American Tobacco (Fiji) Limited
Central Manufacturing Company Limited
Rothmans of Pall Mall (Fiji) Limited
Finland
Itamerentori 2, 00180, Helsinki, Finland
British American Tobacco Finland Oy
France
8 Rue La Boétie, 75008 Paris, France
Carreras France SAS
Cœur Défense Tour A 100-110 Esplanade de Gaulle 92932 Paris La Défense Cedex, France
British American Tobacco France SAS
France 23, rue du Roule, 75001 Paris, France
Nicoventures France S.A.S.
Germany
Alsterufer 4, 20354 Hamburg, Germany
BATIG Gesellschaft fur Beteiligungen m.b.H.
British American Tobacco (Germany) GmbH
British American Tobacco (Hamburg International) GmbH
British American Tobacco (Industrie) GmbH
TDR Germany GmbH Hamburg
Schillerstr. 10, 28195 Bremen, Germany
Chic Deutschland GmbH
Weiherstraße 26, 95448 Bayreuth, Germany
Batberg Cigarettenfabrik GmbH
Ghana
F190/5 Josiah Tongogari Street, Opposite Tante Marie Restaurant, Labone-Accra, Ghana
British American Tobacco Ghana Limited (97.09%)
Greece
27, Ag. Thoma Street, Maroussi, 151 24, Greece
British American Tobacco Hellas S.A.
Guernsey
St Martin’s House, Le Bordage, St. Peter’s Port, GY1 4AU, Guernsey
Belaire Insurance Company Limited
Guyana
90 Carmichael Street, South Cummingsburg, Georgetown, Guyana
Demerara Tobacco Company Limited (70.25%)
Honduras
Boulevard del Sur, Zona El Cacao, San Pedro Sula, Depart. de Cortés, Honduras
Tabacalera Hondureña S.A. (83.64%)
Hong Kong
11/F, One Pacific Place, 88 Queensway, Hong Kong
British American Tobacco China Investments Limited
16/F, Two International Finance Centre, 8 Finance Street, Central, Hong Kong
British American Tobacco Asia-Pacific Region Limited
British-American Tobacco Company (Hong Kong) Limited
LEHMAN, LEE & XU CORPORATE SERVICES, Suite 3313, Tower One, Times Square, 1 Matheson Street, Causeway Bay, Hong Kong
Reynolds Asia-Pacific Limited
Units 2501 and 2506 to 2510, 25/F Island Place Tower, Island Place 510, King’s Road, Hong Kong
American Cigarette Company Limited
British Cigarette Company (1964) Limited
Hungary
H-1124, Budapest, Csörsz utca 49-51. 3. em., Hungary
BAT Pécsi Dohánygyár Kft.
Indonesia
Capital Place Office Tower 6th Floor, Jl. Gatot Subroto Kav. 18, Jakarta 12710 Indonesia
PT Bentoel Internasional Investama, Tbk (92.48%) ^
Jl. Pulau Galang No. 2B, Ciptomulyo, Sukun, Kotamadya Malang, Jawa Timur 65148 Indonesia
PT Perusahaan Dagang Suburaman (100%) (92.48%) ^
Jl. Raya Karanglo, Desa Banjararum, Kecamatan Singosari, Jawa Timur 65153 Indonesia
PT Perusahaan Dagang dan Industri Tresno (100%) (92.48%) ^
Jl. Raya Karanglo, 1st Floor, Desa Banjararum, Kecamatan Singosari, Jawa Timur 65153 Indonesia
PT Bentoel Prima (iv) (100%) (92.48%) ^
Jl. Susanto No. 2B, Ciptomulyo, Sukun, Malang, Jawa Timur 65148 Indonesia
PT Bentoel Distribusi Utama (100%) (92.48%) ^
Iran, Islamic Republic of
No. 2 Saba Boulevard with Africa Boulevard, Tehran, 19667, Islamic Republic of Iran
B.A.T. Pars Company (Private Joint Stock) (99.99%)
Unit 09, Level 9, 114, Kaj Abadi Street Valiasr, Tehran, 1966916545, Islamic Republic of Iran
TDR Parisian Co
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   201


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Group companies and undertakings continued

 

Iraq
Enkawa, Erbil, Kurdistan Region of Iraq
B.A.T. Iraqia Company for Tobacco Trading Limited
Ireland
The Greenhouse, 6th Floor, Block E, Mountainview, Leopardstown, Dublin, 18, Ireland
Carroll Group Distributors Limited
P.J. Carroll & Company Limited (iv)
Rothmans of Pall Mall (Ireland) Limited (v)
Isle of Man
2nd Floor, St Mary’s Court, 20 Hill Street, Douglas, IM1 1EU, Isle of Man
Abbey Investment Company Limited
The Raleigh Investment Company Limited
Tobacco Manufacturers (India) Limited
Israel
Yad Harutzim St. Siim Park Building 9E, P.O.Box 8811 Netanya South 42504, Israel
Overseas Tobacco Limited
Italy
Via Amsterdam 147, 00144 Rome, Italy
British American Tobacco Italia S.p.A.
Ivory Coast
Cocody Deux-Plateaux Immeuble Woodin, 28 BP 1551 Abidjan 28, Ivory Coast
British American Tobacco Republique de Côte d’Ivoire
Marcory, Immeuble Plein Ciel Boulevard VGE - 6 BP 1377, Ivory Coast
British American Tobacco RCI SARL
Tobacco Marketing Consultant CDI SARL
Jamaica
13A Ripon Road, Kingston 5, Jamaica
Carreras Limited (50.44%) (x)
Cigarette Company of Jamaica Limited (100%) (50.40%) ^
Twickenham Park, Spanish Town, St. Catherine, Jamaica
Sans Souci Development Limited (100%) (50.40%) ^
Sans Souci Limited (100%) (50.40%) ^
Japan
Atago Mori Tower 21F, 2-5-1 Arago, Minato-Ku, Tokyo, 105-622, Japan
British American Tobacco Japan, Ltd.
Jersey
3rd Floor, 24 Hill Street, St Helier, JE2 4UA, Jersey
BAT (CI) Finance Limited
British American Tobacco (CI) Limited
Pathway 5 (Jersey) Limited
Jordan
Salman Quadah Street, Behind Abdoun Mall Opp. Khaled Khreisat Complex, Villa No. (1), Abdoun, Amman, Jordan
British American Tobacco – Jordan Private Shareholding Company Limited (xii)
Kazakhstan
Kazybek bi 20 A, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan
British American Tobacco Kazakhstan Trading LLP
Kenya
8 Likoni Road, Industrial Area, P.O. Box 30000-00100, Nairobi, Kenya
African Cigarette Company (Overseas) Limited (100%) (60%) ^
BAT Kenya Tobacco Company Limited (100%) (60%) ^
9 Likoni Road, Industrial Area, P.O. Box 30000-00100, Nairobi, Kenya
British American Tobacco Area Limited
10 Likoni Road, Industrial Area, P.O. Box 30000-00100, Nairobi, Kenya
British American Tobacco Kenya plc (60%)
11 Likoni Road, Industrial Area P.O. Box 30000-00100, Nairobi, Kenya
East African Tobacco Company (Kenya) Limited (100%) (60%) ^
Korea, Republic of
Gangnam Finance Center, 152 Teheran-ro, Gangnam-gu, Seoul, Republic of Korea
British American Tobacco Korea Limited
141, Gongdan1-ro, Sanam-Myun, Sacheon City, Kyungsangnamdo, Republic of Korea
British American Tobacco Korea Manufacturing Limited
Kosovo, Republic of
Llapllaselle, Gracanicë, Republika e Kosoves
British American Tobacco Kosovo SH.P.K.
TDR shp.p.k. Pristina
Latvia
Mukusalas iela 101, Riga LV-1004, Latvia
British American Tobacco Latvia SIA
Lithuania
Verkiu str. 29, LT 09108 Vilnius, Lithuania
UAB British American Tobacco Lietuva
Luxembourg
2, Avenue Charles de Gaulle, 1653 Luxembourg, Grand Duchy of Luxembourg
British American Tobacco Brands (Switzerland) Limited
Macedonia, Republic of
Bul. 8-mi Septemvri No. 18 Skopje, Republic of Macedonia
TDR Skopje d.o.o.e.i. Skopje
Malawi
Northgate Arcade, Highway Chipembere, Blantyre, Malawi
British American Tobacco (Malawi) Limited
Malaysia
Level 8, Symphony House, Block D13, Pusat Dagangan Dana 1, Jalan PJU 1A/46, 47301, Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
British American Tobacco GSD (Kuala Lumpur) Sdn Bhd
Level 11, Sunway Geo Tower, Jalan Lagoon Selatan, Sunway South Quay, Bandar Sunway, 47500 Subang Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan, Malaysia
BAT Aspac Service Centre Sdn Bhd
Level 19, Wisma Guocoland, Damansara City, No. 6 Jalan Damanlela, Bukit Damansara, 50490 Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia
British American Tobacco Malaysia Foundation (viii)
British American Tobacco (Malaysia) Berhad (50%)
Commercial Marketers and Distributors Sdn. Bhd. (100%) (50%) ^
Rothmans Brands Sdn. Bhd. (100%) (50%) ^
Tobacco Importers and Manufacturers Sdn. Bhd. (100%) (50%) ^
Mali
Hippodrome, Rue Djelibougou à Bamako - BP 2065, Mali
British American Tobacco (Mali) Sarl
 

 

   
202   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Malta
PM Building, Level 2, Mriehel Industrial Zone, Bone Street, Mriehel, BKR3000, Malta
British American Tobacco (Malta) Limited
Central Cigarette Company Limited
Rothmans of Pall Mall (Malta) Limited
Mexico
Francisco I Madero 2750 Poniente, Colonia Centro, Monterrey, Nuevo León, C.P. 64000, Mexico
British American Tobacco Mexico Comercial, S.A. de C.V.
British American Tobacco Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (iv)
British American Tobacco Servicios S.A. de C.V.
Cigarrera La Moderna, S.A. de C.V.
Predio Los Sauces Sin número, Colonia Los Sauces, C.P. 63195, Tepic, Nayarit, Mexico
Procesadora de Tabacos de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (93%)
Moldova, Republic of
65, Stephan cel Mare Str., off. 414-417, Chisinau, MD2001, Republic of Moldova
British American Tobacco – Moldova S.R.L.
Montenegro
Rimski Trg 50, Podgorica, Republic of Montenegro
TDR d.o.o. Podgorica
Mozambique
2289 Avenida de Angola, Maputo, Mozambique
British American Tobacco Mozambique Limitada (95%)
Sociedade Agricola de Tabacos Limitada (95%)
Myanmar
55/56, Schwe Thanlwin, Industrial Zone, Hlaing Thar Yar Township, Yangon, Myanmar
British American Tobacco Myanmar Limited (51%) (x)
British American Tobacco Myanmar Services Limited (x)
Namibia
Shop 48, Second Floor Old Power Station Complex, Armstrong Street, Windhoek, Namibia
British American Tobacco Namibia (Pty) Limited
Netherlands
Handelsweg 53 A, 1181 ZA, Amstelveen, Netherlands
Aruba Properties B.V.
Aruba Properties II B.V.
B.A.T Finance B.V.
B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V.
British American Tobacco European Operations Centre B.V.
British American Tobacco Exports B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (Australia) B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (Caricom) B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (Malaysia) B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (South Africa) B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (Sri Lanka) B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (Venezuela) B.V.
British American Tobacco Holdings (Vietnam) B.V.
British American Tobacco International (Holdings) B.V.
British American Tobacco International Europe (Nederland) B.V.
British American Tobacco International Investments B.V.
British American Tobacco Manufacturing B.V.
British American Tobacco Nederland B.V.
British American Tobacco Western Europe Region B.V.
Chic Nederland B.V.
Koninklijke Theodorus Niemeyer B.V.
Molensteegh Invest B.V.
Precis (1789) B.V.
Precis (1790) B.V.
Rothmans Far East B.V.
Rothmans International Holdings B.V.
Rothmans International Holdings II B.V.
Rothmans Tobacco Investments B.V.
Rothmans UK Holdings B.V.
Turmac Tobacco Company B.V.
Parktoren, 6th Floor, VanHeuven Goedhartlaan 11a, 1181 LE Amstelveen, Netherlands
R.J. Reynolds Tobacco B.V.
R.J. Reynolds Tobacco C.V.
Reynolds International Holdings B.V.
New Zealand
2 Watt Street, Parnell, Auckland, 1052, New Zealand
British American Tobacco (New Zealand) Limited
British American Tobacco Holdings (New Zealand) Limited
25 Princess Street, Palmerston North, New Zealand
New Zealand (UK Finance) Limited #
Niger
C/O Niger Briques SARL, Grand, Marché Niamey BP2401, Niamey-Niger
British American Tobacco Niger
Nigeria
1, Tobacco Road, Oluyole Toll Gate, Ibadan, Nigeria
British American Tobacco (Nigeria) Limited
Rising Sun Building, 2 Olumegbon Road, Ikoyi, Lagos, Nigeria
British American Tobacco Marketing Nigeria Limited
Norway
Klaus Torgårdsvej 3, 0372 Oslo, Norway
British American Tobacco Norway AS
Pakistan
Serena Business Complex. Khayaban-e-Suhrwardy, Islamabad, Pakistan
British American Tobacco SAA Services (Private) Ltd
Pakistan Tobacco Company Limited (94.65%)
Phoenix (Private) Limited (100%) (94.65%) ^
Panama
Torre Banco Panama, Boulevard Costa Del Este y Aveida La Rotonda, Piso 14, Oficina 1400, Costa del Este Ciudad de Panama, Panama
BAT Caribbean, S.A.
British American Tobacco Central America S.A. (87.76%)
British American Tobacco Panama S.A.
Tabacalera Istmeña S.A.
Papau New Guinea
Level 10, The Tower, Douglas Street, P O Box 632, Port Moresby, NCD, Papau New Guinea
Rothmans of Pall Mall (P.N.G.) Limited (iv)
British American Tobacco (PNG) Limited
Papua New Guinea Tobacco Company Limited
Paradise Tobacco Company Pty. Limited (iv)
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   203


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Group companies and undertakings continued

 

Paraguay
Avenida Aviadores del Chaco, 2050, Edificio World Trade Center, T2, P17, Paraguay
British American Tobacco Productora de Cigarrillos S.A.
Peru
Pasaje Santa Rosa 256, Ate, Lima, Perú.
British American Tobacco del Peru Holdings S.A. (98.98%) (vi)
British American Tobacco del Peru, S.A.C.
Philippines
6th Floor Tuscan Building, Herrera Street, Legaspi Village, City of Makati, Philippines
Alhambra Industries Inc. #
Poland
Aleja Wojska Polskiego 23c, 63-500, Ostrzeszow, Poland
CHIC SP. ZO.O.
CHIC sp.zo.osp.k.
Nicoventures Polska sp. z.o.o.
eSMOKING Liquids sp.zo.o
eSMOKING Liquids sp.zo.o.sp.k.
Chic Investments sp.zo.o.
Krakowiakow 48, 02-255, Warszawa, Poland
British American Tobacco Polska Trading sp. zo.o.
PLAC ANDERSA 7, 61-894, Poznan, Poland
Chic Holding sp.zo.o
Rubiez 46, 61-612, Poznan, Poland
eSMOKING INSITUTE sp.zo
Ul. Ilzecka 26E, 02-135, Warsaw, Poland
Nicoventures Poland Sp. Z.o.o.
Ul. Tytoniowa 16, 16-300, Augustow, Poland
British-American Tobacco Polska S.A.
Portugal
Avenida Engenheiro Duarte Pacheco 26, 7 Piso 1070, Lisboa, Portugal
COTAPO Empreendimentos Commerciais e Industriais S.A.
Réunion
5 Immeuble Cap 2000, Avenue Théodore Drouhet, ZAC Horizon 2000 - 97420 Le Port, La Réunion
B.A.T. La Reunion SAS
Romania
319 Splaiul Independentei, Sema Parc “City Buiding”, 1st Floor, 6th Sector, Bucharest, Romania
British American Shared Services (Europe) S.R.L.
Ploiesti, 17-19 Laboratorului Street, Prahova County, Romania
British-American Tobacco (Romania) Investment S.R.L.
Bucharest Business Park - Building B2, 1A Bucuresti - Ploiesti (DN1) Road, Sector 1, Bucharest 013681, Romania
British American Tobacco (Romania) Trading SRL
Russia
197229 Russia, Saint Petersburg, 3rd Konnaya lakhta, 38
JSC ‘British American Tobacco-SPb’ #
121614 Russia, Moscow, Krylatskaya st., 17, bld. 2
JSC ‘International Tobacco Marketing Services’
Rwanda
Soras Building, 2nd Flr, Boulevard de la Revolution P.O Box 650 Kigali, Rwanda
British American Tobacco Rwanda Limited
Saint Lucia
c/o ADCO Incorporated, 10 Manoel Street, Castries, Saint Lucia
Carisma Marketing Services Ltd
St Lucia Pointe Seraphine, Castries, Saint Lucia
Rothmans Holdings (Caricom) Limited
Samoa
Vaitele, Apia, Samoa. P.O.Box 1304.
British American Tobacco Company (Samoa) Limited
Senegal
Almadies, Route Hôtel Méridien en Face Club Med, Dakar, Senegal
Tobacco Marketing Consultant TMC S.A.R.L
Serbia
Bulevar Milutina Milankovic 1ž, Belgrade, 11070, Serbia
British American Tobacco South – East Europe d.o.o.
TDR d.o.o. Beograd
Kralja Stefana Provencanog 209, Vranje, 17500, Serbia
British American Tobacco Vranje a.d. (vii) (88%)
Singapore
15 Senoko Loop , Singapore, 758168
British American Tobacco Asia Pacific Treasury Private Limited
British American Tobacco International Services Pte Ltd
British-American Tobacco (Singapore) Private Limited
British-American Tobacco Marketing (Singapore) Private Limited
18 Ah Hood Road #12-51, Hiap Hoe Bldg at Zhongshan Park, Singapore, 329983
British American Tobacco Sales & Marketing Singapore Pte. Ltd.
RHL Investments Pte Limited #
Slovenia
Bravničarjeva ulica 13, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia
British American Tobacco d.o.o.
TDR Rovita d.o.o. Liubliana
Solomon Islands
Kukum Highway, Ranadi, Honiara, Honiara, Solomon Islands
Solomon Islands Tobacco Company Limited
South Africa
Waterway House South, 3 Dock Road, V&A Waterfront, Cape Town 8000, South Africa
Agrega EEMEA (Pty) Limited
Amalgamated Tobacco Corporation (South Africa) (Pty) Limited
American Cigarette Company (Overseas) Ltd.
Benson & Hedges (Pty) Limited
British American Shared Services Africa Middle East (Pty) Limited
British American Tobacco GSD (South Africa) (Pty) Limited
British American Tobacco Holdings South Africa (Pty) Limited #
British American Tobacco Manufacturers South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
British American Tobacco Properties South Africa (Pty) Ltd.
British American Tobacco Services South Africa (Pty) Limited
British American Tobacco South Africa (Pty) Limited
British American Tobacco Southern Africa Markets (Pty) Limited
Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation (Pty) Limited
Business Venture Investments No 216 (Pty) Limited
Carlton Cigarette Company (Pty) Limited
Gauloises (Pty) Limited
Intercontinental Tobacco Company (Pty) Ltd.
John Chapman (Pty) Limited
John Player & Sons (Pty) Limited
 

 

   
204   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Kentucky Tobacco Corporation (Pty) Limited
Martins of London (Pty) Limited
Rembrandt Tobacco Corporation (Overseas) Ltd
Riggio Tobacco Corporation of New York Ltd
Rothmans of Pall Mall London Limited
St. Regis Tobacco Corporation Ltd
Stellenbosch Development Company (Pty) Limited
Thomas Bear’s Son & Co (Pty) Limited
Tobacco Research and Development Institute (Pty) Limited
W.D. & H.O. Wills (Pty) Limited
Westminster Tobacco Company (Cape Town & London) (Pty) Limited
Winfield Tobacco Corporation (Pty) Limited
Winston Tobacco Company Limited
Spain
Torreo Espacio, Paseo de la Castellana, 259D, 28046 Madrid, Spain
British American Tobacco España, S.A.
Sri Lanka
178 Srimath Ramanathan Mawatha, Colombo, 15, Sri Lanka
Ceylon Tobacco Company Plc (84.13%)
Sudan
Plot 1, Block 3B East, Gomhoreya Street, Khartoum, Sudan, PO Box 1381
Blue Nile Cigarette Company Limited
Swaziland
Rhus Office Park, Kal Grant Street, P.O. Box 569, Mbabane, Swaziland
British American Tobacco Swaziland (Pty) Limited
Sweden
Stre Järnvägsgatan 13, 4 fl. SE-252 24 Helsingborg, Sweden
Niconovum AB
Västra Trädgårdsgatan 15, 111 53 Stockholm, Sweden
British American Tobacco Sweden AB
British American Tobacco Sweden Holding AB
Sweden Stationsvägen 11, 523 74 Hökerum, Sweden
Winds Global AB
Winnington AB
Winnington Holding AB
Stenåldersgatan 23, 213 76 Malmö, Sweden
Fiedler & Lundgren AB
Switzerland
Zählerweg 4, 6300 Zug, Switzerland
AD Tabacs International S.A.
American-Cigarette Company (Overseas) Limited
British American Tobacco International Limited
Rothmans of Pall Mall Limited
Route de France 17, 2926 Boncourt, Switzerland
British American Tobacco Switzerland S.A.
British American Tobacco Switzerland Vending SA
Route de la Glâne 107, c/o NBA Fiduciaire S.A. 1752 Villars-sur-Glâne, Switzerland
Intertab S.A. (50%)
Tanzania
Acacia Estate Building, Kinondoni Rd, P.O. Box 72484, Dar es Salaam, Tanzania
BAT Distribution Tanzania Limited
British American Tobacco (Tanzania) Limited
International Cigarette Distributors Limited (99%)
Zanzibar Distribution Company Limited (99%)
Thailand
No. 179/74-80 Bangkok City Tower, 15th Floor, South Sathorn Rd., Thungmahamek, Sathorn, Bangkok, 10120, Thailand
British American Tobacco (Thailand) Limited
Trinidad and Tobago
Corner Eastern Main Road and Mt. D’or Road, Champs Fleurs, Trinidad and Tobago
The West Indian Tobacco Company Limited (50.13%)
Turkey
Orjin Maslak is Merkezi, Eski Büyükdere Caddesi, No: 27, Kat: 9-10, Maslak, Sanyer, istanbul, Türkiye - PK: 34485
British American Tobacco Tütün Mamulleri Sanayi ve Ticaret Anonim Sirketi
Uganda
7th Floor TWED Towers, Plot 10, Kafu Road, Nakasero, P.O. Box 7100, Kampala, Uganda
British American Tobacco Uganda Limited (90%)
Ukraine
13-15 Bolsunovska Str, Kyiv, 01014 Ukraine
LLC “British American Tobacco Sales and Marketing Ukraine”
21 Nezalezhnosti Str, Pryluky, Chernihiv Region, 17502 Ukriane
PJSC “A/T B.A.T. – Prilucky Tobacco Company” (99.99%)
United Arab Emirates
Jumeriah Business Centre 3, 37th Floor, Jumeirah Lake Towers, Dubai, P.O. Box 337222, United Arab Emirates
British American Tobacco GCC DMCC
British American Tobacco ME DMCC
United Kingdom
212-218 Upper Newtownards Road, Belfast, BT4 3ET, Northern Ireland
Murray, Sons & Company, Limited
7 More London, Riverside, London, SE1 2RT, United Kingdom
Ryesekks P.L.C. (50%)
Globe House, 1 Water Street, London, WC2R 3LA, United Kingdom
Advanced Technologies (Cambridge) Limited
Agrega Limited
Allen & Ginter (UK) Limited
B.A.T (U.K. and Export) Limited
B.A.T Cambodia (Investments) Limited
B.A.T Far East Development Limited
B.A.T Far East Holding Limited
B.A.T Far East Leaf Limited
B.A.T Guangdong Limited
B.A.T Guizhou Limited
B.A.T Portugal Limited
B.A.T Services Limited
B.A.T Uzbekistan (Investments) Limited
B.A.T Vietnam Limited
B.A.T. (Westminster House) Limited
B.A.T. China Limited
BAT Finance COP Limited
BATIF Dollar Limited
BATUS Limited
Big Ben Tobacco Company Limited
British American Shared Services (GSD) Limited
British American Shared Services Limited
British American Tobacco (AIT) Limited
British American Tobacco (GLP) Limited
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   205


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Group companies and undertakings continued

 

British American Tobacco (Investments) Limited
British American Tobacco (Philippines) Limited
British American Tobacco (Serbia) Limited
British American Tobacco (South America) Limited
British American Tobacco China Holdings Limited
British American Tobacco Georgia Limited
British American Tobacco Global Travel Retail Limited
British American Tobacco International Holdings (UK) Limited
British American Tobacco Investments (Central & Eastern Europe) Limited
British American Tobacco Italy Investments Limited
British American Tobacco Italy Limited
British American Tobacco Korea (Investments) Limited
British American Tobacco Malaysia (Investments) Limited
British American Tobacco Peru Holdings Limited
British American Tobacco UK Pension Fund Trustee Limited (x)
British American Tobacco Western Europe Commercial Trading Limited
British-American Tobacco (Mauritius) p.l.c.
Carreras Rothmans Limited #
Chelwood Trading & Investment Company Limited
East African Tobacco Company (U.K.) Limited
Lord Extra Limited
Myddleton Investment Company Limited
Nicovations Limited
Nicoventures Holdings Limited
Nicoventures Retail (UK) Limited
Nicoventures Trading Limited
Powhattan Limited
Precis (2396) Limited
Ridirectors Limited
Rothmans Exports Limited
Rothmans International Limited
Rothmans International Tobacco (UK) Limited
Rothmans International Services Limited
Rothmans of Pall Mall (Overseas) Limited
Rothmans Trading Limited
Ryservs (1995) Limited
Ryservs (No.3) Limited
Ten Motives Limited
Tobacco Exporters International Limited
Tobacco Marketing Consultants Limited
Venezuela Property Company Limited
Westanley Trading & Investment Company Limited
Westminster Tobacco Company Limited
10 Motives Limited
Globe House, 2 Milford Lane, London, WC2R 3LN, United Kingdom
World Investment Company Limited
Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London, WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom
Amalgamated Tobacco Company Limited
American Cigarette Company (Overseas) Limited
Ardath Tobacco Company Limited
B.A.T Additional Retirement Benefit Scheme Trustee Limited
B.A.T Industries p.l.c.
B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. *
BATLaw Limited
BATMark Limited *
Benson & Hedges (Overseas) Limited
British American Global Shared Services Limited
British American Tobacco (1998) Limited *
British American Tobacco (2009) Limited
British American Tobacco (2009 PCA) Limited
British American Tobacco (2012) Limited
British American Tobacco (Brands) Limited
British American Tobacco (Corby) Limited
British American Tobacco (NGP) Limited
British American Tobacco Taiwan Logistics Limited
British American Ventures Limited
British-American Tobacco (Holdings) Limited
Brown & Williamson Tobacco Corporation (Export) Limited
Carreras Limited
CG Ventures Limited
Courtleigh of London Limited
Dunhill Tobacco of London Limited
John Sinclair Limited
Louisville Securities Limited
Moorgate Tobacco Co. Limited
Peter Jackson (Overseas) Limited
Precis (1789) Limited
Precis (1790) Limited
Precis (1814) Limited
Rothmans International Enterprises Limited
Rothmans of Pall Mall Limited
Senior Service (Overseas) Limited
South Western Nominees Limited
The London Tobacco Company Limited
Tobacco Insurance Company Limited
Weston (2009) Limited
Weston Investment Company Limited
One, Eton Street, Richmond Upon Thames, London, TW9 1EF, United Kingdom
British American Tobacco UK Limited
United States
2711 Centerville Road, Suite 400, Wilmington DE 19808, United States
BTI 2014 LLC
401 N. Main Street, Winston-Salem, NC 27101, United States
CF Vapor Company, LLC
Conwood Holdings, Inc.
EXP Homes, LLC
Kentucky BioProcessing, Inc.
LOEC, Inc.
Lorillard Holdings Company, Inc.
Lorillard Licensing Company LLC
Lorillard Q-Tech, Inc.
Lorillard Technologies, Inc.
Lorillard, LLC
Niconovum USA, Inc
Northern Brands International, Inc.
One Park Media Services, Inc.
R.J. Reynolds Global Products, Inc.
R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company
R.J. Reynolds Tobacco International, Inc
R.J. Reynolds Vapor Company
R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Co.
R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.
 

 

   
206   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

RAI Innovations Company
RAI International, Inc.
RAI Services Company
RAI Strategic Holdings, Inc.
RAI Trade Marketing Services Company
Reynolds American Inc.
Reynolds Brands Inc.
Reynolds Technologies, Inc.
RJR Realty Relocation Services, Inc.
RJR Vapor Co., LLC
Rosswil LLC
S.F. Imports, Inc.
Spot You More, Inc.
251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, DE 19808, United States
B.A.T Capital Corporation
BATUS Holdings Inc.
BATUS Japan, INC.
BATUS Retail Services, Inc.
British American Tobacco (Brands) Inc.
Brown & Williamson Holdings, Inc.
Imasco Holdings Group, Inc.
Imasco Holdings, Inc.
ITL (USA) Limited
Louisville Corporate Services, Inc.
Nicoventures U.S. Limited
2710 Gateway Oaks Drive, Suite 150N, Sacramento CA 95833, United States
Genstar Pacific Corporation
Farmers Bank Building, Suite 1402, 301 N. Market Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, United States
Reynolds Finance Company
5106, Tradeport Dr., Memphis, Tennessee 38141, United States
American Snuff Company, LLC
One Plaza La Prensa, Santa Fe, NM 87507, United States
Santa Fe Natural Tobacco Company, Inc
Uruguay
Juncal 1392, Montevideo, Uruguay
Kellian S.A.
Uzbekistan
77 Minor Passage, Tashkent, 100084, Uzbekistan
UZBAT A.O. (97.38%)
Venezuela
Registro Mecantil Primero de la Circunscripción, Judical des Distrito, Capital y Estado, Miranda, Venezuela
Agrega de Venezuela, Agreven, C.A. (50%)
Agrobigott, C.A.
Avenida Francisco de Miranda, Edificio Bigott, Los Ruices, Caracas – Estado Miranda, 1010, Venezuela
Compania Anonima Cigarrera Bigott Sucesores
Distribuidora Bigott, C.A.
Avenida Francisco de Miranda, Torre Chacao 19.02, Municipio Chacao, Estado, Miranda, Caracas, Venezuela
Proyectos de Inversion BAT 1902 C.A.
Vietnam
20/F Kumho Mplaza Saigon, 39 Le Duan Street, Ben Nghe Ward, District 1, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
East Asia Area Services Company Limited
Area 8, Long Binh Ward, Bien Hoa City, Dong Nai Province, Vietnam
British American Tobacco - Vintaba (JV) Limited (70%)
Lot 45C/I, Road #7, Vinh Loc Industrial Park, Binh Chanh District, Ho Chi Minh City, Vietnam
VINA-BAT Joint Venture Company (49%)
Zambia
20992 Kafue Road, P O Box 30622, Lusaka, Zambia
British American Tobacco (Zambia) plc (78.08%)
Zimbabwe
Manchester Road 1, Southerton, Harare, Zimbabwe
American-Cigarette Company (Overseas) (Private) Ltd
British American Tobacco Zimbabwe (Holdings) Limited (43.13%)
Rothmans Limited
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   207


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

Group companies and undertakings continued

 

Associated undertakings and joint ventures
Croatia
Slavonska avenija 11a, 10000 Zagreb, Croatia
Tisak d.d. (41.86%)
Hungary
H-6800 Hódmezóvásárhely, Erzsébeti út 5/b, Hungary
Országos Dohányboltellátó Korlátolt Felelosségu Társaság (49%)
India
Virginia House, 37, J.L. Nehru Road, Kolkata, 700 071, India
ITC Limited (29.69%) (x)
Azamabad, Andhra Pradesh, Hyderabad, 500 020, India
VST Industries Limited (32.16%) (x)
Nepal
Shree Bal Sadan, Gha 2-513, Kantipath, Kathmandu, Nepal
Surya Nepal Pvt. Limited (61%) (19.65%) ^ (xi)
Serbia
Temerinska 102, Novi Sad, 21000, Serbia
Veletabak d.o.o. (25%)
Uganda
7th Floor TWED Towers, Plot 10, Kafu Road, Nakasero, P.O. Box 7100, Kampala, Uganda
Uganda Tobacco Processors Limited (50%)
Yemen
P.O. Box 14, Sanna, Yemen
Kamaran Industry and Investment Company (31%)
P.O. Box 5302, Hoban, Taiz, Yemen
United Industries Company Limited (32%)
Joint operations
Hong Kong
29/F, Oxford House, 979 King’s Road, Taikoo Place, Quarry Bay, Hong Kong
CTBAT International Co. Limited (50%)

Notes:

 

(i) Ownership held in the class of USD 100 (100%) (76.30%)^ and USD 49,900 (100%).

 

(ii) Ownership held in the class of Series F and 2nd Preferred shares.

 

(iii) Ownership held in the class of A shares (50%) and class of B shares (100%).

 

(iv) Ownership held in class of A shares and B shares.

 

(v) Ownership held solely in class of preference shares.

 

(vi) Ownership held in class of Investment stock (98.98%) and Ordinary shares (98.35%).

 

(vii) Ownership held in class of A (92.38%), B (83.98%), C (99.89%) and D (99.97%) Ordinary shares.

 

(viii) Company limited by guarantee.

 

(ix) 28 February year-end.

 

(x) 31 March year-end.

 

(xi) 15 July year-end.

 

(xii) 30 November year-end.
 

 

   
208   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   209


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
210   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   211


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
212   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   213


Table of Contents

 

 Financial Statements 

 

                                  

 

 

[This page intentionally left blank]

 

   
214   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
     

Strategic Report

 

     

Governance

 

     

Financial Statements

 

     

 Other Information  

 

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                               

 

 

Other Information

 

Additional disclosures     
Information on the Group    216
Selected financial information    217
Non-GAAP measures    218
Additional disclosures on liquidity and capital resources    223
Employees    225
Additional risks for the Group    226
Regulation of the Group’s business    228
Disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (ITRA)    232
Material contracts    233
Property, plant and equipment    235
US corporate governance practices    236
Controls and procedures    237
Statements regarding competitive position    237
Directors’ Report information    238
Cautionary statement    239
Shareholder information     
Share prices and listings    240
Dividends    241
Shareholder taxation information    243
Share capital and security ownership    247
Articles of Association    257
Purchases of shares    259
Group Employee Trust    260
American Depositary Shares    261
Shareholding administration and services    262
Exhibits    263
Other information     
Glossary    265
Cross-reference to Form 20-F    266

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   215


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Information on the Group

 

Overview

BAT is the parent holding company of the Group, a leading, multi-category consumer goods company that provides tobacco and nicotine products to millions of consumers around the world. According to the Group’s internal estimates, the BAT Group is a market leader in more than 55 countries by volume, producing the cigarette chosen by one in eight of the world’s one billion smokers. The Group in 2017, excluding the Group’s associated undertakings, was organised into five regions: Asia-Pacific, Americas, Eastern Europe Middle East and Africa (EEMEA) and Western Europe, and the US – Reynolds American Inc. The Group has a devolved structure, with each local company having responsibility for its operations.

Effective 1 January 2018, the Group is organised into four regions, being the United States, Asia-Pacific and Middle East (APME), Europe and North Africa (ENA) and Americas and Sub-Saharan Africa (AmSSA).

The Group’s range of combustible products covers all segments, from value-for-money to premium with a portfolio of international, regional and local tobacco brands to meet a broad array of adult tobacco consumer preferences wherever the Group operates. The Group is investing in building a portfolio of potentially less harmful tobacco and nicotine products alongside its traditional tobacco business – including vapour and tobacco heating products (THPs) in the Next Generation Products (NGP) category, and, in the oral tobacco and nicotine products category, products such as snus, tobacco-free nicotine pouches and moist snuff. Collectively, the Group refers to these products as its potentially reduced-risk products.

The Group manages a globally integrated supply chain and its products are distributed to retail outlets worldwide.

History and development of BAT

The Group has had a significant global presence in the tobacco industry for over 100 years. BAT Ltd. was incorporated in 1902, when the Imperial Tobacco Company and the American Tobacco Company agreed to form a joint venture company. BAT Ltd. inherited companies and quickly expanded into major markets, including India and Ceylon, Egypt, Malaya, Northern Europe and East Africa. In 1927, BAT Ltd. expanded into the US market through its acquisition of B&W.

During the 1960s, 1970s and 1980s, the Group diversified its business under the umbrella of B.A.T Industries p.l.c., with acquisitions in the paper, cosmetics, retail and financial services industries, among others. Various business reorganisations followed as the business was eventually refocused on the Group’s core cigarette, cigars and tobacco products businesses with BAT becoming a separately listed entity on the LSE in 1998.

In 1999, the Group announced a global merger with Rothmans International, at that time the fourth largest tobacco company in the world. The Group acquired Imperial Tobacco Canada in 2000, and in 2003 the Group acquired Ente Tabacchi Italiani S.p.A., Italy’s state-owned tobacco company. Investments were made in Peru and Serbia in 2003, through the acquisitions of Tabacalera Nacional and Duvanska Industrija Vranje. In July 2004, the US assets, liabilities and operations, other than certain specified assets and liabilities, of BAT’s wholly owned subsidiary, B&W, were combined with RJR Tobacco Company. RAI was formed as a new holding company for these combined businesses. As a result of the B&W business combination, B&W acquired beneficial ownership of approximately 42% of the RAI shares. In 2008, the BAT Group acquired Tekel, the Turkish state-owned tobacco company, as well as 100% of the cigarette and snus business of Skandinavisk Tobakskompagni A/S. Following the acquisition of its business during 2009, the Group recognised an effective 99% interest in Bentoel in Indonesia. In 2011, the Group completed the acquisition of 100% of Protabaco in Colombia. In 2012, the Group acquired CN Creative Limited, a UK based start-up company specialising in the development of e-cigarette technologies. During 2013, the Group entered into joint operations in China and Myanmar. In 2015, the Group acquired: the shares it did not already own in Souza Cruz; the Blue Nile Cigarette

Company Limited, a tobacco manufacturing and distribution company in the Republic of Sudan; and the CHIC Group, a vapour product business in Poland; and TDR d.o.o., a cigarette manufacturer in Central Europe. Also in 2015, in connection with the Lorillard Merger, the Group invested US$4.7 billion to maintain its approximate 42% equity position in the enlarged RAI, following RAI’s purchase of Lorillard.

In 2016, the Group acquired Ten Motives, a UK based e-cigarette business with particular strength in traditional grocery and convenience channels.

In 2017, the Group completed the acquisition of the remaining 57.8% of RAI the Group did not already own. Following completion of the acquisition, RAI became an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BAT and is no longer a publicly held corporation.

During 2017, the Group acquired certain tobacco assets from Bulgartabac Holding AD in Bulgaria and FDS in Bosnia. The Group also acquired Winnington Holdings AB in Sweden and certain assets from Must Have Limited in the UK, including the electronic cigarette brand ViP. The financial impact of these transactions to the Group were immaterial individually and in aggregate.

On 21 December 2017, the Group signed an agreement to acquire 100% of the share capital of Twisp Propriety Limited, a South African e-cigarette / nicotine vapour company, for ZAR 635 million (£37.9 million). Completion of the proposed acquisition is conditional upon South African anti-trust clearance, which is expected to be given in the second quarter of 2018.

BAT was incorporated in July 1997 under the laws of England and Wales as a public limited company and is domiciled in the United Kingdom.

Seasonality

The Group’s business segments are not significantly affected by seasonality although in certain markets cigarette consumption trends rise during summer months due to longer daylight time and tourism.

Patents and trademarks

Our trademarks, which include the brand names under which our products are sold, are key assets which we consider, in the aggregate, to be important to the business as a whole. As well as protecting our brand names by way of trademark registration, we also protect our innovations by means of patents and designs in key global jurisdictions.

 

 

   
216   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Selected financial information

This information set out below has been derived from, in part, the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group commencing on page 106. This selected financial information should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and the Strategic Report.

 

     

 

As of and for the Year Ended 31 December (1)

 

 

 

All items shown in £m except per share information

 

  

2017

 

   

2016

 

   

2015

 

   

2014

 

   

2013

 

 
Income statement data           

 

Revenue (2)

     20,292       14,751       13,104           13,971           15,260  

 

Raw materials and consumables used

     (4,520     (3,777     (3,217     (3,088     (3,348

 

Changes in inventories of finished goods and work in progress

     (513     44       184       58       105  

 

Employee benefit costs

     (2,679     (2,274     (2,039     (2,194     (2,384

 

Depreciation, amortisation and impairment costs

     (902     (607     (428     (523     (477

 

Other operating income

     144       176       225       178       302  

 

Other operating expenses

     (5,346     (3,658     (3,272     (3,856     (3,932

 

Profit from operations

     6,476       4,655       4,557       4,546       5,526  

 

Net finance (costs)/income

     (1,094     (637     62       (417     (466

 

Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures

         24,209       2,227       1,236       719       739  

 

Profit before taxation

     29,591       6,245       5,855       4,848       5,799  

 

Taxation on ordinary activities

     8,113       (1,406     (1,333     (1,455     (1,600

 

Profit for the year

     37,704       4,839       4,522       3,393       4,199  
Per share data           

 

Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares, in millions

     2,044       1,858       1,858       1,864       1,901  

 

Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares, in millions

     2,051       1,865       1,863       1,870       1,908  

 

Earnings per share-basic (pence)

     1,836.3p       250.2p       230.9p       167.1p       205.4p  

 

Earnings per share-diluted (pence)

     1,830.0p       249.2p       230.3p       166.6p       204.6p  

 

Dividends per share (pence) (3)

     195.2p       169.4p       154.0p       148.1p       142.4p  

 

Dividends per share (US dollars) (3)

     $2.52       $2.30       $2.35       $2.44       $2.23  

 

Balance sheet data

          

 

Asset:

          
Non-current assets      127,072           27,414           21,701       17,035       17,363  

 

Current assets

     13,966       12,359       9,814       9,132       9,518  

 

Total assets

     141,038       39,773       31,515       26,167       26,881  

 

Liabilities

          

 

Non-current liabilities

     64,468       19,511       17,477       11,584       11,510  

 

Current liabilities

     15,544       11,856       9,006       8,769       8,436  

 

Total borrowings

     49,450       19,495       17,001       12,258       11,696  

 

Equity

          

 

Share capital

     614       507       507       507       507  

 

Total equity

     61,026       8,406       5,032       5,814       6,935  

 

Cash flow data

          

 

Net cash generated from operating activities

     5,347       4,610       4,720       3,716       4,436  

 

Net cash used in investing activities

     (18,544     (640     (3,991     (470     (335

 

Net cash used in financing activities

     14,759       (4,229     (219     (3,467     (3,967

Notes:

(1) All of the information above is in respect of continuing operations. The historical financial data for 2014 and 2013 is unaudited.

 

(2) Revenue is net of duty, excise and other taxes of £37,780 million, £32,136 million, £27,896 million, £28,535 million and £30,925 million for the years ended 31 December 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

(3) Dividends per share includes the interim dividend, which is paid during the year, and the final dividend in respect of the year, which is declared and paid subsequent to year end. In February 2018, the BAT directors declared an interim dividend of 195.2p per ordinary share of 25p, payable in four equal quarterly instalments of 48.8p per ordinary share. This will be paid in May 2018, August 2018, November 2018 and February 2019. The BAT Directors recommended, and the BAT shareholders approved at the 2017 Annual General Meeting, a final dividend of 118.1 pence per share for the year ended 31 December 2016. The dividend was paid to BAT shareholders on 4 May 2017. The total dividend paid was £2,194 million, which took the total dividends paid in respect of 2016 to £3,155 million representing 169.4 pence per share. On 5 December 2017, the Directors also declared, as part of the transition to quarterly dividends, a second interim dividend of 43.6p (equivalent to 25% of the cash dividend paid in 2017) which was paid on 8 February 2018.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   217


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Non-GAAP measures

To supplement the presentation of the Group’s results of operations and financial condition in accordance with IFRS, we also present several non-GAAP measures used by management to monitor the Group’s performance. The Group’s management regularly reviews the measures used to assess and present the financial performance of the Group and, as relevant, its geographic segments.

Changes to non-GAAP measures in 2017

Due to the significant impact of the acquisition of Reynolds American, several of the non-GAAP measures are now presented on an organic basis; see ‘Results on an organic basis’ below for further details. Furthermore, in 2017, the Group has added an additional measure of Adjusted revenue, as items in revenue have met the Group’s definition of an adjusting item following the acquisitions of certain tobacco assets of Bulgartabac and FDS, completed in 2017. See ‘Adjusted revenue’ below for further details.

The Group has ceased to report on free cash flow in 2017, presenting instead adjusted cash generated from operations and the operating cash flow conversion ratio, which are                                                                                                                            metrics used for certain remuneration schemes.

Results on an organic basis

Definition – the performance of the business before inclusion of acquired entities.

The acquisition of Reynolds American, Bulgartabac, Winnington and Fabrika Duhana Sarajevo have impacted the Group’s results in 2017. BAT management reviews certain of its results, including volume, revenue, profit from operations, and non-GAAP measures including adjusted revenue and adjusted profit from operations, prior to the impact of acquisitions. Although the Group does not believe that these measures are a substitute for IFRS measures, the Group does believe that such results excluding the impact of acquisitions provide additional useful information to investors regarding the underlying performance of the business on a comparable basis. Accordingly, the organic financial measures appearing in this document should be read in conjunction with the Group’s results as reported under IFRS.

We also present the growth in organic adjusted operating margin in 2017 compared to adjusted operating margin in 2016; 2017 organic adjusted operating margin represents the ratio of profit from operations before adjusting items and the impact of 2017 acquisitions to revenue before adjusting items and the impact of 2017 acquisitions. Please see the following reconciliations of revenue to adjusted revenue and profit from operations to adjusted profit from operations.

Adjusted revenue

Definition – revenue before the impact of adjusting items.

To supplement BAT’s revenue presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group management board, as the chief operating decision maker, reviews adjusted revenue to evaluate the underlying business performance of the Group and its geographic segments. The Group management board defines adjusted revenue as revenue before the impact of adjusting items, specifically the excise on bought-in goods that the Group will acquire and sell, for a limited period, will be recorded in accordance with IFRS as a cost of sale and within revenue, with a dilutive effect on operating margin. Once the short-term arrangements cease, the goods will be manufactured by the Group, and the excise, in accordance with Group policy, will not be included in cost of sales or revenue – leading to a reduction in revenue and improvement in operating margin that does not represent the underlying performance of the Group. As such, the excise on bought-in goods meets the Group’s definition of an adjusting item, as defined in note 1 in the Notes on the Accounts.

The Group management board also believes that adjusted revenue provides information that enables investors to better compare the Group’s business performance across periods. Adjusted revenue has limitations as an analytical tool. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted revenue is revenue. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to revenue as determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted revenue is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, BAT’s results as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The table below reconciles the Group’s revenue to adjusted revenue for the periods presented, and to adjusted revenue at constant rates based on a retranslation of adjusted revenue for each year at the previous year’s exchange rates. Refer to note 2 in the Notes on the Accounts for further discussion of the segmental results and for the reconciliation of adjusted revenue at current and constant rates of exchange to segmental revenue and to Group revenue for the year for the years ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

     

 

For the year ended 31 December (£m)

 

 
     

 

2017

 

   

2016

 

   

2015

 

    

2014

 

    

2013

 

 
Revenue        20,292         14,751         13,104          13,971          15,260  

 

Less: Excise on goods bought-in on short-term arrangements

     (258                          
Adjusted revenue      20,034       14,751       13,104        13,971        15,260  
Impact of translational foreign exchange      (750     (743     1,616        1,711        662  
2017 adjusted revenue retranslated at 2016 exchange rates      19,284            

 

2016 adjusted revenue retranslated at 2015 exchange rates

       14,008          

 

2015 adjusted revenue retranslated at 2014 exchange rates

         14,720        

 

2014 adjusted revenue retranslated at 2013 exchange rates

            15,682     

 

2013 adjusted revenue retranslated at 2012 exchange rates

                                       15,882  
Change in adjusted revenue at prior year’s exchange rates (constant rates)      +30.7%       +6.9%       +5.4%        +2.8%        +4.6%  

 

   
218   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 


 

Adjusted profit from operations and adjusted operating margin

Definition – profit from operations before the impact of adjusting items, and adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of adjusted revenue.

To supplement BAT’s results from operations presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group management board, as the chief operating decision maker, reviews adjusted profit from operations to evaluate the underlying business performance of the Group and its geographic segments, to allocate resources to the overall business and to communicate financial performance to investors. The Group also presents adjusted operating margin, which is defined as adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of adjusted revenue, as defined above. Adjusted profit from operations and adjusted operating margin are not measures defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted profit from operations is profit from operations.

Adjusting items, as identified in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies, represent certain items of income and expense which the Group considers distinctive based on their size, nature or incidence. In identifying and quantifying adjusting items, the Group consistently applies a policy that defines criteria that are required to be met for an item to be classified as adjusting and provides details of items that are specifically excluded from being classified as adjusting items. Adjusting items in profit from operations include restructuring and integration costs, amortisation of trademarks and similar intangibles, the fair value movement in stock on acquisition, a gain on deemed partial disposal of a trademark, and certain litigation. The definition of adjusting items is explained within note 1in the Notes on the Accounts.

The Group management board believes that these additional measures are useful to investors, and are used by the Group management board as described above, because they exclude the impact of adjusting items in profit from operations, which have less bearing on the routine operating activities of the Group, thereby enhancing users’ understanding of underlying business performance. The Group management board also believes that adjusted profit from operations provides information that enables investors to better compare the Group’s business performance across periods. Additionally, the Group management board believes that similar measures are frequently used by securities analysts, investors, and other interested parties in their evaluation of companies comparable to the Group, many of which present an adjusted operating profit-related performance measure when reporting their results. Adjusted profit from operations and adjusted operating margin have limitations as analytical tools. They are not presentations made in accordance with IFRS, are not measures of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as alternatives to profit for the year, profit from operations or operating margin as determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted profit from operations and adjusted operating margin are not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider these performance measures in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, BAT’s results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The table below reconciles the Group’s profit from operations to adjusted profit from operations, and to adjusted profit from operations at constant rates based on a retranslation of adjusted profit from operations for each year, at the previous year’s exchange rates, and presents adjusted operating margin for the periods presented. Refer to note 2 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the segmental results and for the reconciliation of adjusted profit from operations at current and constant rates of exchange to segmental profit from operations and to Group profit for the year for the years ended 31 December 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

     

 

For the year ended 31 December (£m)

 

 
     

 

2017

 

   

 

2016

 

   

 

2015

 

    

 

2014

 

   

 

2013

 

 
Profit from operations          6,476           4,655           4,557            4,546           5,526  

 

Add:

           

 

Restructuring and integration costs

     600       603       367        452       246  

 

Amortisation of trademarks and similar intangibles

     383       149       65        58       74  

 

Fair value movement in stock on acquisition

     465                           

 

Gain on deemed partial disposal of a trademark

                              (26

 

Fox River

           20              (27      

 

Flintkote

                 3        374        

 

Other

     69       53                     
Adjusted profit from operations      7,993       5,480       4,992        5,403       5,820  
Adjusted operating margin*      39.9%       37.2%       38.1%        38.7%       38.1%  

 

Operating margin

     31.9%       31.6%       34.7%        32.5%       36.2%  
Impact of translational foreign exchange      (328     (283     628        672       221  
2017 adjusted profit from operations retranslated at 2016 exchange rates      7,665           

 

2016 adjusted profit from operations retranslated at 2015 exchange rates

       5,197         

 

2015 adjusted profit from operations retranslated at 2014 exchange rates

         5,620       

 

2014 adjusted profit from operations retranslated at 2013 exchange rates

            6,075    

 

2013 adjusted profit from operations retranslated at 2012 exchange rates

                                      6,041  
Change in adjusted profit from operations at prior year’s exchange rates (constant rates)      +39.9%       +4.1%       +4.0%        +4.4%       +7.1%  

 

* Adjusted profit from operations as a percentage of adjusted revenue.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   219


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

Non-GAAP measures continued

 

 

Adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures

Definition – share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures before the impact of adjusting items.

To supplement BAT’s performance presented in accordance with IFRS, the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures is also presented before adjusting items as defined in note 1 to the Group’s financial statements. The Group management board believes that adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures provides information that enables investors to better compare the Group’s business performance across periods. The Group management board uses adjusted share of post-tax results from associates and joint ventures as part of the total assessment of the underlying performance of all the Group’s business interests. Adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS, is not a measure of financial condition or liquidity and should not be considered as an alternative to the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures as determined in accordance with IFRS. Adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this performance measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, BAT’s results of operations as determined in accordance with IFRS.

The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures is share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures. A reconciliation is provided on page 125 within note 5 in the Notes on the Accounts.

Underlying tax rate

Definition – Tax rate incurred before the impact of adjusting items and to adjust for the inclusion of the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures within the Group’s pre-tax results.

BAT management monitors the Group’s underlying tax rate to assess the tax rate applicable to the Group’s underlying operations, excluding the Group’s share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures in BAT’s pre-tax results and adjusting items as defined in note 1 in the Notes on the Accounts. Underlying tax rate is not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to underlying tax rate is the effective tax rate based upon profit before tax. The Group management board believes that this additional measure is useful to investors, and is used by BAT management as described above, because it excludes the contribution from the Group’s associates, recognised after tax but within the Group’s pre-tax profits, and adjusting items, thereby enhancing users’ understanding of underlying business performance.

Underlying tax rate has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to the effective tax rate as determined in accordance with IFRS. Underlying tax rate is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, the Group’s effective tax rate as determined in accordance with IFRS. The table below reconciles the Group’s effective tax rate as determined in accordance with IFRS with underlying tax rate for the periods presented.

 

     

 

For the year ended 31 December (%)

 

 
     

 

2017

   

 

2016

   

 

2015

   

 

2014

   

 

2013

 
Profit before taxation      29,591       6,245       5,855       4,848       5,799  

 

Less: Share of post-tax results of associates and joint ventures

     (24,209     (2,227     (1,236     (719     (739

 

Adjusting items within profit from operations

     1,517       825       435       857       294  

 

Adjusting items within finance costs

     205       108       (489            
Adjusted profit before taxation, excluding associates and joint ventures      7,104       4,951       4,565       4,986       5,354  
Taxation on ordinary activities      8,113       (1,406     (1,333     (1,455     (1,600

 

Deferred tax credit

     (9,620                        

 

Deferred tax on unremitted earnings

     (180                        

 

Deferred tax on associates sale of trademarks

           61       22              

 

Deemed tax on repatriation of foreign earnings

     34                          

 

Taxation on adjusting items

     (454     (128     (80     (69     (46
Adjusted taxation      (2,107     (1,473     (1,391     (1,524     (1,646

 

Underlying tax rate

       29.7%         29.8%         30.5%         30.6%         30.7%  

Adjusted diluted earnings per share

Definition – diluted earnings per share before the impact of adjusting items.

BAT management monitors adjusted diluted earnings per share, a measure which removes the impact of adjusting items, as defined in note 1 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements, from diluted earnings per share. Adjusted diluted earnings per share is used by management within the Group’s incentive schemes, as reported within the remuneration report beginning on page 75 and reported in note 7 to the Group’s consolidated financial statements. The Group management board believes that this additional measure is useful to investors, and is used by BAT management as described above, as an indicator of diluted earnings per share before adjusting items. Adjusted diluted earnings per share has limitations as an analytical tool and should not be used in isolation from, or as a substitute for, diluted earnings per share as determined in accordance with IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to adjusted diluted earnings per share is diluted earnings per share and a reconciliation is provided in note 7 in the Notes on the Accounts. The definition of adjusting items is provided in note 1 in the Notes on the Accounts.

 

 

   
220   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Results on a Constant Translational Currency Basis

Movements in foreign exchange rates have impacted the Group’s financial results. The Group management board reviews certain of its results, including adjusted revenue, adjusted profit from operations and adjusted diluted earnings per share, at constant rates of exchange. The Group calculates these financial measures at constant rates of exchange based on a retranslation, at prior year exchange rates, of the current year results of the Group and, where applicable, its geographic segments. The Group does not adjust for the normal transactional gains and losses in operations that are generated by exchange movements. Although the Group does not believe that these measures are a substitute for IFRS measures, the Group management board does believe that such results excluding the impact of currency fluctuations year-on-year provide additional useful information to investors regarding the Group’s operating performance on a local currency basis. Accordingly, the constant rates of exchange financial measures appearing in the discussion of the Group results of operations (beginning on page 33) should be read in conjunction with the information provided in note 2 in the Notes on the Accounts.

In 2017, 2016 and 2015, results were affected by translational exchange rate movements. In 2017, at the prevailing exchange rates, adjusted revenue increased by 35.8% and adjusted profit from operations increased by 45.9% versus 2016. At constant rates of exchange, adjusted revenue would have increased by 30.7% and adjusted profit from operations would have increased by 39.9%. This higher growth rate at prevailing exchange rates reflects the translational benefit as a results on the relative weakness of the pound sterling. In 2016, at the prevailing exchange rates, adjusted revenue increased by 12.6% and adjusted profit from operations increased by 9.8% versus 2015. At constant rates of exchange, adjusted revenue would have increased by 6.9% and adjusted profit from operations would have increased by 4.1%. This higher growth rate at prevailing exchange rates reflects the translational benefit as a result of the relative weakness of the pound sterling.

In 2017, 2016 and 2015, adjusted diluted earnings per share was affected by translational exchange rate movements. In 2017, the adjusted diluted earnings per share of 284.4p, an increase of 14.9%, would, when translated at 2016 exchange rates, have been 272.1p, an increase of 9.9%. In 2016, the adjusted diluted earnings per share of 247.5p, an increase of 18.8%, would, when translated at 2015 exchange rates, have been 230.0p, an increase of 10.4%. This higher growth rate, in 2017 and 2016, at prevailing exchange rates, reflects the translational benefit as a result of the relative weakness of the pound sterling. In 2015, adjusted diluted earnings per share of 208.4p, an increase of 0.1%, would, when translated at 2014 exchange rates, have been 229.1p, an increase of 10.1%. This lower growth rate, in 2015, at prevailing exchange rates reflects the negative translational effect as a result of the relative strength of the pound sterling.

Operating cash flow conversion ratio

Definition – net cash generated from operating activities before the impact of adjusting items, trading loan to a third party, pension shortfall funding, taxes paid, and after net capital expenditure and dividends from associates, as a proportion of adjusted profit from operations.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   221


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Non-GAAP measures continued

Adjusted cash generated from operations (Adjusted CGFO)

Definition – net cash generated from operating activities before the impact of adjusting items and trading loans provided to a third party, excluding dividends received from associates, and after dividends paid to non-controlling interests, net interest paid and net capital expenditure.

 

Net debt

 

Definition – total borrowings, including related derivatives, less cash and cash equivalents and current available-for-sale investments.

 

The Group uses net debt to assess its financial capacity. Net debt is not a measure defined by IFRS. The most directly comparable IFRS measure to net debt is total borrowings. The Group management board believes that this additional measure, which is used internally to assess the Group’s financial capacity, is useful to the users of the financial statements in helping them to see how business financing has changed over the year. Net debt has limitations as an analytical tool. It is not a presentation made in accordance with IFRS and should not be considered as an alternative to total borrowings or total liabilities determined in accordance with IFRS. Net debt is not necessarily comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. As a result, you should not consider this measure in isolation from, or as a substitute analysis for, the Group’s measures of financial position or liquidity as determined in accordance with IFRS. The table below reconciles net debt to total borrowings for the periods presented.

 

 

 

 

     

 

As of the year ended 31 December (£m)

 

 
     

 

2017

 

    

 

2016

 

    

 

2015

 

    

 

2014

 

    

 

2013

 

 
Total borrowings      49,450        19,495        17,001        12,258        11,696  

 

Derivatives in respect of net debt:

              

 

– assets

     (640      (809      (373      (362      (146

 

– liabilities

     117        300        164        137        125  

 

Cash and cash equivalents

     (3,291      (2,204      (1,963      (1,818      (2,106

 

Current available-for-sale investments

     (65      (15      (35      (50      (54
Net debt      45,571        16,767        14,794        10,165        9,515  

 

   
222   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Additional disclosures on

liquidity and capital resources

The Group’s cash inflows derive principally from its operating activities. They are supplemented when required by cash flows from financing activities, typically to support acquisitions. The principal sources of liquidity for the Group are cash flows generated from the operating business and proceeds from issuances of debt securities described below under “Capital Resources.”

The Board reviews and agrees the overall treasury policies and procedures, delegating appropriate oversight to the Finance Director and the treasury function. The treasury policies include a set of financing principles and key performance indicators. The Group’s treasury position is monitored by a Corporate Finance Committee chaired by the Finance Director. Treasury operations are subject to periodic independent reviews and audits, both internal and external.

In 2017, 2016 and 2015, all contractual borrowing covenants were met and none are expected to inhibit the Group’s operations or funding plans.

Capital expenditure

Gross capital expenditures include purchases of property, plant and equipment and purchases of intangibles. The Group’s gross capital expenditures for 2017, 2016 and 2015 were £862 million, £652 million and £591 million, respectively, representing investment in the Group’s global operational infrastructure (including, but not limited to, the manufacturing network, trade marketing and IT systems). The Group expects gross capital expenditures in 2018 of approximately £1,075 million, representing the ongoing investment in the Group’s operational infrastructure, with the increase due to the full year’s acquisition of RAI and expansion of NGP. This is expected to be funded by the Group’s cash flows and existing facilities.

Hedging instruments

As discussed in note 23 in the Notes on the Accounts, the Group hedges its exposure to interest rate movements and currency movements. BAT’s cash flow hedges are principally in respect of sales or purchases of inventory and certain debt instruments. A certain number of forward foreign currency contracts were used to manage the currency profile of external borrowings. Interest rate swaps have been used to manage the interest rate profile of external borrowings, while cross currency swaps have been used to manage the currency profile of external borrowings.

Capital resources

Policy

The Group utilises cash pooling and zero balancing bank account structures in addition to intercompany loans and borrowings to ensure that there is the maximum mobilisation of cash within the Group. The key objectives of treasury in respect of cash and cash equivalents, are to protect the principal value of the Group’s cash and cash equivalents, to concentrate cash at the centre to minimise the required long-term debt issuance and to optimise the yield earned. The amount of debt the Group issues is determined by forecasting the net debt requirement after the mobilisation of cash.

Subsidiary companies are funded by share capital and retained earnings, loans from the central finance companies on commercial terms, or through local borrowings by the subsidiaries in appropriate currencies. All contractual borrowing covenants have been met and none are expected to inhibit the Group’s operations or funding plans.

Borrowings

The following table sets out the Group’s long- and short-term borrowings as of the dates indicated:

 

                    

 

As of 31 December (£m) (1)

 
    

 

Currency

 

 

Maturity dates

 

 

Interest rates at 31 December 2017

 

  

2017

 

    

2016

 

    

2015

 

 
Eurobonds (4)   Euro   2019 to 2045   0.4% to 4.9%      8,585        7,704        6,603  
 

 

Euro

  2018 to 2021   3m EURIBOR +50bps      1,326        341        294  
 

 

UK pound sterling

  2019 to 2055   1.8% to 7.3%      4,680        4,241        3,413  
 

 

US dollar

  2019   1.6%      482        527        203  
 

 

Swiss franc (2)

  2016                      238  
 

 

Swiss franc

  2021 to 2026   0.6% to 1.4%      498        526        446  
US dollar bonds (4)  

 

US dollar

  2018 to 2047   1.9% to 8.1%      25,545        4,472        4,208  
  US dollar   2018 to 2022  

 

3m USD LIBOR +51bps to 88 bps

     1,665        405        339  

 

Commercial Paper (3)(4)

           1,200        254        505  

 

Other loans

           4,466        110        236  

 

Bank loans

           512        336        258  

 

Bank Overdrafts

           469        553        232  

 

Finance leases

           22        26        26  
Total                      49,450            19,495            17,001  

Notes:

 

(1) The financial data above has been extracted from the Group’s consolidated financial statements.

 

(2) The Swiss franc bonds with a maturity date of 2016 referred to above had an interest rate of 3m CHF LIBOR +16 basis points prior to their repayment in 2016.

 

(3) The interest on the commercial paper referred to in the table above is based on US $LIBOR plus a margin ranging between 19 and 38 basis points (2016: between 22 and 77 basis points, 2015: between 25 and 43 basis points).

 

(4) The issuers of these debt securities are B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T Capital Corporation, Reynolds American Inc., or R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, as applicable. British American Tobacco p.l.c. is the ultimate guarantor in each case.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   223


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Additional disclosures on

liquidity and capital resources continued

Off-balance sheet arrangements and contractual obligations

Except for operating leases, the Group has no significant off-balance sheet arrangements. The Group has contractual obligations to make future payments on debt agreements. In the normal course of business, the Group enters into contractual arrangements where the Group commits to future purchases of services from unaffiliated and related parties.

The Group’s undiscounted contractual obligations as of 31 December 2017 were as follows:

 

     

 

Payments Due by Period (£m)

 
      Total     

 

Less than
1 Year

     1–3 Years      3–5 Years      Thereafter  
Long-term notes and other borrowings, exclusive of interest (1)      49,005        4,978        9,355        9,770        24,902  

 

Interest payments related to long-term notes (1)

     445        445        –          –          –    

 

Finance lease obligations

     22        10        11        1        –    

 

Operating lease obligations (2)

     445        108        135        85        117  

 

Purchase obligations (3)

     2,051        1,481        569        1        –    
Total cash obligations      51,968        7,022        10,070        9,857        25,019  

Notes:

 

(1) For more information about the Group’s long-term debt, see note 20 in the Notes on the Accounts.

 

(2) Operating lease obligations represent estimated lease payments primarily related to vehicles, office space, warehouse space and equipment. See note 28 in the Notes on the Accounts.

 

(3) Purchase obligations primarily include commitments to acquire tobacco leaf. Purchase orders for the purchase of other raw materials and other goods and services are not included in the table, as the Group’s operating subsidiaries are not able to determine the aggregate amount of such purchase orders that represent contractual obligations, as purchase orders typically represent authorisations to purchase rather than binding agreements.

The table above does not include any amounts that the Group may pay to fund its retirement benefit plans as the timing and amount of any such future fundings are unknown and dependent on, among other things, the future performance of defined benefit pension plan assets, interest rate assumptions and other factors. The net retirement benefit scheme liabilities totalled £698 million as of 31 December 2017, which is net of pension assets of £12,350 million. The Group expects to be required to contribute £241 million to its defined benefit plans during 2018. See note 12 in the Notes on the Accounts for further information.

US$ exchange rate

The following table sets forth the high and low noon buying rates of each month of the last six months, as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, for the pound sterling expressed in US dollars per pound sterling.

 

     

 

High

     Low  
August 2017      1.3236        1.2787  

 

September 2017

     1.3578        1.2972  

 

October 2017

     1.3304        1.3063  

 

November 2017

     1.3506        1.3067  

 

December 2017

     1.3529        1.3316  

 

January 2018

     1.4264        1.3513  

The following table sets forth for each year the average of the noon buying rates on the last business day of each month of that year, as certified for customs purposes by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York, for the pound sterling expressed in US dollars per pound sterling for each of the five most recent fiscal years.

 

     

 

Average

 
Year ended 31 December 2013      1.5668  

 

Year ended 31 December 2014

     1.6461  

 

Year ended 31 December 2015

     1.5250  

 

Year ended 31 December 2016

     1.3444  

 

Year ended 31 December 2017

     1.3016  

On 19 February 2018 the latest practicable date prior to this filing, the noon buying rate was £1.00 = US$1.4026.

The rates presented above may differ from the actual rates used in preparation of financial information appearing in this Annual Report and Form 20-F. The presentation of such rates is not meant to suggest that the US dollar amounts actually represent the pound sterling amounts or that such amounts could have been converted to US dollars at any particular rate.

 

   
224   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Employees

As of 31 December 2017, the number of persons permanently employed by the Group was 62,270 worldwide. The Group believes that its labour relations are good.

Certain temporary employees are included in the below figures. The number of such temporary employees is approximately 2,800 and largely relates to seasonal workers within operations.

The following table sets forth the number of Group permanent employees by region in 2017, 2016 and 2015.

 

     

 

As of 31 December

 
Region (number of employees worldwide)   

 

2017

     2016      2015  
United States (1)      5,201        

 

Asia-Pacific

     13,501        16,059        17,385  

 

Americas

     13,735        14,743        15,118  

 

Western Europe (2)

     19,080        14,668        14,808  

 

EEMEA

     10,753        11,592        12,413  
Total Employees          62,270            57,062            59,724  

Notes:

 

(1) Total number of employees increased to 62,270 as of 31 December 2017 from 57,062 as of 31 December 2016 partly due to the addition of 5,201 employees following the acquisition of RAI.

 

(2) Included within the employee numbers for Western Europe are certain employees in different locations in respect of central functions. Some of the costs of these employees are allocated or charged to the various regions and markets in the Group.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   225


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Additional risks for the Group

A summary of other risks for the Group which are not considered principal risks, but are monitored by the Board through the Group’s risk register, and potential their impact, is set out below. The principal risks facing the Group are set out at pages 48 to 54.

Inability to launch innovative products that offer consumers meaningful value-added differentiation

The Group may be unsuccessful in launching innovative products that offer consumers meaningful value-added differentiation, leading to a failure to capture growth opportunities, compete in strategic consumer segments and capture synergistic benefits from having strong brands across our markets, and the risk of under or over-supply, loss of competitive advantage, unrecoverable costs and/or erosion of our consumer base.

Risk of disruption to the Group’s data and information technology systems, including compromise by cyber-attack

The Group’s increasing reliance on digital and information technology means that a significant disruption, malicious manipulation or cyber-attack of the Group’s systems, including those managed by third-party service providers, or unintended or malicious behaviour by employees, contractors or service providers, may affect the Group’s communications and operations. Data (including confidential, personal or other sensitive information) stored or communicated by IT systems may be corrupted, lost or disclosed, which may cause reputational, competitive or operational damage, fraudulent abuse, malicious manipulation or legal liability and may result in significant remediation costs, prosecution by enforcement bodies, fines and/or penalties and other costs to the Group.

Exposure to availability of and price volatility in tobacco leaf and other raw materials

Raw materials and other inputs used in the Group’s businesses are subject to price volatility. The Group’s results of operations are exposed to fluctuations in the availability and price of tobacco leaf and other commodities required in cigarette manufacture. The Group’s access to raw materials may be adversely affected by a significant event occurring in one or more major leaf growing areas, including climate instability or diseases causing crop failure, which may have a negative impact on the Group’s business, such as decreased quantity and/or quality of leaf, increased prices, reallocation of growing areas and factories or supply-chain disruptions.

Commodity price, quality and quantity changes beyond the Group’s control may affect its profitability and business. The Group may not be able to increase prices to offset increased costs without suffering reduced sales volume and income, or meet increased demand for certain types of tobacco.

Risk of loss of production capacity or key suppliers, distribution interruption, commodity risk, problems with labour relations, or significant disaster

Severe disruption to any aspect of the Group’s supply chain or suppliers’ operations or deterioration in the financial condition of a trading partner may have an adverse impact on the Group’s ability to produce and deliver products meeting customer demands and could ultimately have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial conditions of the Group, through increased costs, loss of market share and profit. Continuing industry consolidation among distributors and suppliers may lead to reduced efficiency, higher costs and concentrated risk of supply chain interruptions, contract disputes and systems and logistics failures.

In some markets, distribution of the Group’s products is through third party monopoly channels, often licensed by governments. The Group may be unable to renew these third-party supplier and distribution agreements on satisfactory terms for numerous reasons, including government regulations, and loss of distribution may adversely affect the Group’s sales volume, market share and profits. Any deterioration in labour or union relations, or any disputes or work stoppages or other labour related developments may increase costs and disrupt the Group’s business.

Disasters such as a major fire, violent weather conditions or other disasters that affect manufacturing or other facilities of the Group may have a material adverse effect on the operations of the Group, through increased costs and the loss of market share and profit in the event of loss of or insufficient production capacity to supply its products or meet increased demand.

Failure to successfully design, implement and sustain an integrated operating model

Failure by the Group to successfully design, implement and sustain an integrated operating model and organisational structure, or to deliver associated cost savings, may lead to the failure to realise anticipated benefits, increased costs, disruption to operations, decreased trading performance and reduced market share, which in turn may reduce profitability and funds available for investment in long-term growth opportunities.

Inability to achieve growth through successful mergers, acquisitions and joint ventures

The Group may be unable to acquire attractive businesses on favourable terms and may inappropriately value or otherwise fail to capitalise on growth opportunities. The Group may not be able to deliver strategic objectives and revenue improvements from business combinations, successfully integrate businesses it acquires or establishes, or obtain appropriate regulatory approvals for business combinations. These risks may result in increased costs, decreased revenues, a loss of opportunities, and a diversion of focus and resources from other strategic goals. The Group may become liable for claims arising in respect of conduct prior to the merger or acquisition of businesses if deemed to be a successor to the liabilities of the acquired company, and any resulting adverse judgment against the Group may adversely affect its business.

Risk of non-compliance with markets’ tobacco and nicotine-related legislation

Increasing scope and severity of compliance regimes introduced by new regulation for the advertising, sale and consumption of tobacco and nicotine products may lead to higher costs and greater complexity, and potential reputational damage, product recall, regulatory sanctions or fines in connection with inadvertent breach. Please refer to pages 228 to 231 for details of tobacco and nicotine regulation regimes under which the Group’s businesses operate.

Failure to uphold high standards of corporate behaviour could subject the Group to potential liability under anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, and other applicable laws and regulations

Failure by the Group or its counterparties to comply with anti-bribery and anti-corruption laws, and other applicable laws and regulations, may result in legal liability, significant fines and/or penalties, criminal sanctions against the Group, its officers and employees, increased costs, prohibitions on conduct of the Group’s business, and damage to the Group’s reputation. Even when proven untrue, there are often financial costs and reputational impacts in defending against such claims. Please refer to page 55 of the Directors’ Report for a description of certain investigations to which we are subject.

 

   
226   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Failure to establish and maintain adequate controls and procedures over financial reporting

The acquisition of RAI resulted in the Group becoming subject to US securities, corporate governance and compliance laws and regulations, different from regulations that applied to the Group prior to the acquisition. Current and future US regulations may have an adverse effect on the results of operations, cash flows and financial position of the Group, and the increased scope and severity of new regulations may lead to higher costs and greater complexity, legal liability, significant fines and/or penalties, criminal sanctions against the Group, its officers and employees, and damage to the Group’s reputation in connection with inadvertent breach of applicable laws and regulations.

Risk of potential liability under competition (or antitrust) laws

Failure by the Group to comply with competition (or antitrust) laws may result in legal liability, significant fines, penalties and/or damages actions, criminal sanctions against the Group, its officers and employees, increased costs, prohibitions on conduct of the Group’s business, director disqualifications, commercial agreements being held void, and damage to the Group’s reputation. The Group is currently subject to a number of ongoing competition law investigations.

Risk of potential liability under sanctions laws and regulations

National and international sanction regimes affect certain jurisdictions where the Group operates and/or the Group’s counterparties operate, which may lead to supply chain or payment chain disruption and forced market exits. Failure by the Group to comply with sanctions laws and regulations may result in legal liability, significant fines and/or penalties, criminal sanctions against the Group, its officers and employees, increased costs, prohibitions on conduct of the Group’s business, and damage to the Group’s reputation.

Changes in corporate tax rates

The Group’s earnings may be impacted by changing corporate tax rates around the world.

Risks associated with failing to successfully integrate RAI Companies into the Group’s business

The Group may fail to successfully integrate RAI Companies into the Group’s business. This may result in disruption and loss of focus on the business due to diversion of the attention of management and resources, the failure to deliver expected cost synergies, and an inability to retain key personnel, which may adversely impact the Group’s business operations, or the combined businesses may not otherwise perform as expected.

The Group’s business may be negatively affected by the economic conditions in the EU

The default, or a significant decline in the credit rating, of one or more sovereigns or financial institutions, as well as the breakup of or exit from the EU and/or eurozone by the UK or any other member state may cause severe stress in the financial system generally and on the euro and other European currencies, may disrupt the banking system, and adversely affect markets in which the Group operates and the economic condition of the Group’s counterparties, customers, suppliers and creditors in ways which are difficult to predict. These risks, alone or in combination with regulatory changes, including devaluation of local currencies or increased inflation, or actions of market participants, may increase the Group’s exposure to foreign exchange rate risks and may cause a loss of competitiveness from increased production cost and lower revenue, increased customer down-trading, significant write-downs of stock and growth in illicit trade.

Risk of contamination of the Group’s products

The Group’s market position may be affected through the contamination of its products, either by accident or deliberate malicious intent during supply chain or manufacturing processes, or may otherwise fail to comply with the Group’s quality standards. This may lead to disruption to production, product recall, increased costs, loss of market share, legal liability, significant fines and/or penalties, and damage to the Group’s reputation, and may adversely impact sales volume, market share and profitability.

Exposure to intellectual property rights infringements and risk to Group licenses to use certain brands and trademarks

The Group risks being exposed to intellectual property rights infringements by third parties due to limitations in judicial protection and/or inadequate enforceability in some markets in which the Group operates. Any resulting substantial erosion in the value of the Group’s brands, or failure to obtain or maintain adequate protection of intellectual property rights for any reasons, may have a material adverse effect on the Group’s business and results of operations. In addition, as third-party rights are not always identifiable, the Group may also be subject to claims for infringement of third party intellectual property rights, which may result in legal liability, damages, negative impact on reputation and disruption to the business.

Some brands and trademarks under which the Group’s products are sold are licensed for a fixed period of time in certain markets. If any of these licences are terminated or not renewed after the end of the applicable term, the Group would no longer have the right to use, and to sell products under, those brand(s) and trademark(s) in the relevant markets which may have an adverse effect on the Group’s business, results of operations and financial condition.

The Group has net liabilities under retirement benefit schemes of the Group which may increase in the future due to a number of factors

The Group currently maintains and contributes to defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans that cover various categories of employees and retirees worldwide, and obligations to make contributions to fund benefit obligations under these arrangements is based on actuarial valuations on certain assumptions, including long-term return on plan assets and discount rate. Changes in asset returns, salary increases, inflation, long-term interest rates, life expectancies, population trends and other actuarial assumptions may have an adverse impact on the Group’s financial condition and operations, which may adversely affect its credit rating and ability to raise funds. Please refer to note 12 in the Notes on the Accounts for details of the Group’s retirement benefit schemes.

Exposure to counterparty risks

Cash deposits and other financial instruments give rise to credit risk on the amounts due from counterparties. Failure of any counterparty to meet the Group’s payment obligations or performance undertakings to it or deterioration in the financial condition of one or more of its counterparties may have an adverse effect on the Group’s financial condition or operations.

Risk of loss of key personnel or inability to attract and retain the best global talent

Unanticipated losses of key employees or the inability to identify, attract, develop and retain qualified personnel in the future may adversely impact on the Group’s business operations.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   227


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Regulation of the Group’s business

Overview

The Group’s businesses operate under increasingly stringent regulatory regimes worldwide. The tobacco industry is one of the most highly regulated in the world, with manufacturers required to comply with a variety of different regulatory regimes across the globe. The Group continues to respond to these regimes and engages with governments and other regulatory bodies to find solutions to changing regulatory landscapes. Restrictions on the manufacture, sale, marketing and packaging of tobacco products are in place in nearly all countries and markets.

Regulation can typically be categorised as follows:

Place: including regulations restricting smoking in private, public and work places (e.g., public place smoking bans);

Product: including regulations on the use of ingredients, product design and attributes (e.g., ceilings regarding tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields, as well as restrictions on flavours); product safety regulations (e.g., General Product Safety Directive (2001/95/EC), electrical safety regulations and reduced cigarette ignition propensity standards) and regulatory product disclosure requirements (e.g., in relation to ingredients and emissions);

Packaging and labelling: including regulations on health warnings and other government-mandated messages (e.g., in respect of content, positioning, size and rotation); restrictions on the use of certain descriptors and brand names; requirements on pack shape, size, weight and colour and mandatory plain packaging;

Sponsorship, promotion and advertising: including partial or total bans on tobacco advertising, marketing, promotions and sponsorship and restrictions on brand sharing and stretching (the latter refers to the creation of an association between a tobacco product and a non-tobacco product by the use of tobacco branding on the non-tobacco product);

Purchase: including regulations on the manner in which tobacco products are sold, such as type of outlet (e.g., supermarkets and vending machines) and how they are sold (e.g., above the counter versus beneath the counter); and

Price: including regulations which have implications for the prices which manufacturers can charge for their tobacco products (e.g., excise taxes and minimum prices).

In addition, the Group operates a number of global policies, and in some cases its businesses have also entered into voluntary agreements, which may impose more onerous obligations or standards than those imposed by local legislation.

World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control

Much of the recent development in regulation at a global level has been driven by the World Health Organization Framework Convention on Tobacco Control (FCTC). The FCTC came into force in 2005 and contains provisions aimed at, among other things, reducing tobacco consumption and toxicity. The original treaty is supplemented by protocols and guidelines. Whilst these guidelines are not legally binding, they provide a framework of recommendations for parties to the guidelines.

To date, the FCTC has been ratified by 181 countries, not including the United States. The FCTC has led to increased efforts by tobacco-control advocates and public health organisations to reduce the supply of and demand for tobacco products, and to encourage governments to further regulate the tobacco industry. As national regulations increasingly reflect global influences, the scope of areas regulated will likely further expand. The guidelines on advertising, promotion and sponsorship, for example, seek to broaden the definition of tobacco advertising to include product display, the use of vending machines as well as the design of the pack itself. Where adopted by contracting parties, a number of the measures referred to in the guidelines may result in either additional costs for the tobacco industry or restrictions on a manufacturer’s ability to differentiate its products and communicate those differences to adult smokers. For example, a change in the number and size of on-pack health warnings requires new printing cylinders to be commissioned, while the implementation of new plant protection product standards, product testing and the submission of ingredients information to national governments require extensive resources, time and material.

EU Tobacco and Related Products Directive (2014/40/EU)

Other developments in regulation have been driven by tobacco control activities undertaken outside the FCTC process. For example, the EU Tobacco Products Directive (2001/37/EC), referred to as TPD1, was adopted by the EU in May 2001 for transposition into EU member states’ laws by September 2002. TPD1 included provisions that set maximum tar, nicotine and carbon monoxide yields, introduced larger health warnings and banned descriptors such as ‘light’ and ‘mild’.

A revised TPD1, the EU Tobacco and Related Products Directive (2014/40/EU), referred to as the TPD2, was adopted in April 2014 for transposition into EU member states’ law by May 2016. Provisions of the TPD2 include: larger combined pictorial and textual health warnings covering 65% of the two main pack surfaces (front and back) for cigarettes; restrictions on pack shape and size, including minimum pack sizes of 20 sticks for cigarettes and 30g for roll-your-own and make-your-own tobacco; increased ingredients reporting; ‘tracking and tracing’ requirements; and for e-cigarettes: nicotine limits, pre-market notification, ingredients reporting and advertising bans. Among other things, the TPD2 bans the sale of cigarettes and roll-your-own tobacco with a characterising flavour. Menthol flavoured cigarettes are exempt from the ban until May 2020. (See ‘United States’ for information pertaining to the regulation of menthol in that market).

The TPD2 also purports to leave open to EU member states the possibility of further standardising the packaging of tobacco products and to apply its provisions in different ways. For example, it provides, among other things, that the labelling, packaging and the tobacco product itself shall not include any element or feature that suggests that a particular tobacco product has vitalising, energetic, healing, rejuvenating, natural, or organic properties or has other health or lifestyle benefits. On 1 February 2017, the French Government applied its laws transposing these provisions into French national law to prohibit the sale of all variants of Vogue cigarettes from February 2018, as well as the use of certain other tobacco brand and brand variant names. The law was subsequently annulled, but France may seek to reintroduce it.

 

   
228   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Restrictions on smoking in private, public and work places

The Group operates in a number of markets which have in place restrictions on smoking in certain private, public and work places, including restaurants, bars and nightclubs. While these restrictions vary in scope and severity, extensive public and work place smoking bans have been enacted in markets including the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, Spain, New Zealand and Australia. Restrictions on smoking in private have also been adopted or proposed, and typically take the form of prohibitions on smoking in cars or residential homes when children are present, or smoking within a certain distance from specified public places (such as primary schools).

Regulation of ingredients, including flavoured tobacco products

A number of countries have restricted and others are seeking to restrict or ban the use of certain flavours or ingredients in cigarettes and other tobacco products, on the basis that such products are alleged to: appeal disproportionally to minors, act as a catalyst for young people taking up smoking and/or increase the addictiveness or toxicity of the relevant product.

In Canada, the manufacture and sale of cigarettes, little cigars and blunt wraps with characterising flavours are banned. While the Canadian ingredient ban currently exempts menthol at the federal level, most Canadian provinces have adopted or are in the process of adopting menthol bans. The Canadian federal government has also recently published draft regulations that would prohibit menthol in cigarettes. In Australia, the majority of the states have banned flavours in cigarettes that give an ‘overtly’ fruit-flavoured taste and the government is currently considering further regulatory options. The TPD2 similarly bans the manufacture and sale of cigarettes and roll-your-own tobacco with a characterising flavour other than tobacco, subject to an exemption until May 2020 for menthol cigarettes.

An ingredients ban in Brazil, which would ban the use of certain ingredients with flavouring or aromatic properties, including menthol, is not currently in force due to ongoing legal challenges. In Turkey, a ban on the use of menthol in cigarettes will apply from 20 May 2020. A number of the above regulations are subject to ongoing legal challenges. (See ‘United States’ for information pertaining to the regulation of menthol in that market).

Further legislation on ingredients is to be expected. In particular, the EU Commission is required to prepare a report by no later than 20 May 2021 in respect of, among other things, the benefits of establishing a single list of permitted ingredients at the EU level by reference to available scientific evidence on the toxic and addictive effects of different ingredients. Similarly, the Conference of Parties to the FCTC has tasked a working group to further elaborate the partial guidelines on the regulation of the contents of tobacco products and tobacco product disclosures.

Plain and standardised packaging

Plain (or ‘standardised’) packaging generally refers to a ban on the use of trademarks, logos and colours on packaging other than the use of a single colour and the presentation of brand name and variant in a specified font and location(s). The presentation of individual cigarettes may be similarly restricted.

Plain packaging is particularly high on the agenda of tobacco control groups, and the FCTC guidelines recommend that contracting parties consider introducing plain packaging. To date, nine countries have adopted plain packaging legislation.

The world’s first plain packaging law was passed in Australia in November 2011, where plain packaging has been fully implemented since December 2012 (i.e., it has been unlawful to sell non-plain packaged products since this date in all Australian states and territories). In France, plain packaging has been fully implemented since January 2017. In the United Kingdom, plain packaging has been fully implemented since 20 May 2017.

In Hungary, compliance is required immediately for new product launches, and by no later than May 2019 for existing products. In Slovenia, detailed specifications are still to be adopted, which may alter or amend the implementation timetable, but the existing legislation currently requires compliance from 1 January 2020. In Ireland, the legislation provides for a manufacturing deadline of 30 September 2017, with a 12-month sell through period for non-compliant product manufactured before this date. In New Zealand, the legislation provides for a manufacturing deadline of 14 March 2018, with a six-week distribution period plus an additional six-week sell through period for non-compliant product manufactured before this date. In Norway, all cigarettes, roll-your-own tobacco and snus products will need to be manufactured and sold in plain packaging from 1 July 2018. Plain packaging will be implemented in Georgia from January 2023. Countries, territories and states that are currently considering adopting plain packaging legislation, include, but are not limited to, Brazil, Canada, Chile, Singapore and Sweden. Others, such as Hong Kong, are considering implementing large graphic health warnings.

Product display bans at point of sale and licensing regimes

Product display bans at point of sale and licensing regimes have been in place in a number of countries for several years and have been implemented both at national and state levels. Ireland was the first EU member state to introduce a point-of-sale display ban, which became effective in July 2009, with Norway, Iceland, Finland, New Zealand, Thailand, Canada, Australia, the United Kingdom and a number of other countries implementing or passing similar legislation banning tobacco displays. A number of countries, such as Hungary, have also sought to restrict the supply of tobacco products, including through the adoption of licensing regimes limiting the number of retail outlets from which it is possible to purchase tobacco products and/or by prohibiting the sale of tobacco products within a certain distance of specified public places.

Illicit trade

The illegal market for tobacco products is an increasingly important issue for governments and the industry across the world.

Euromonitor International estimates that approximately 456 billion cigarettes per year are smuggled, manufactured illegally or counterfeited. A number of governments, regulators and organisations have or are considering adopting regulation to support anti-illicit trade activities. Among other forms, such regulation may comprise mandatory ‘tracking and tracing’ requirements, enabling regulators to identify the point at which any seized product left the legal supply chain, security features to combat counterfeiting and inspection and authentication obligations in respect of seized product. The TPD2, for example, requires that all unit packets of tobacco are marked with a unique and irremovable identifier, which when scanned provides various information about that product’s route to market.

In November 2012, the FCTC adopted the Protocol to Eliminate Illicit Trade in Tobacco Products which includes a raft of supply chain control measures, including the implementation of ‘tracking and tracing’ technologies. To date, 35 parties have ratified the Protocol, which will come into force once the 40th party has ratified it.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   229


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Regulation of the Group’s business continued

Next Generation Products

More recently, significant debate has been generated regarding the appropriate regulation of Next Generation Products, including regulation of the nicotine liquids used in vapour products. Whilst this nascent category has grown in size and complexity in a relatively short period of time, a consensus framework for regulation and taxation has yet to emerge. The TPD2, for example, establishes frameworks for the regulation of novel tobacco products and e-cigarettes, introducing nicotine limits, health warnings requirements, advertising bans and pre-market notification and post-market disclosure obligations. Conversely, some governments have intentionally banned or are seeking to ban novel tobacco products and products containing nicotine, while others would need to amend their existing legislation in order to permit their sale. For example, in Australia nicotine is classified as poison, meaning that the importation of vaping products or nicotine refill liquids is illegal in every state and territory, as is the possession and use of these products. In Canada, vaping products containing nicotine are not approved for general sale. However, at a federal level there is no regulation on non-nicotine vaping products, meaning that a number of provinces and municipalities have begun to develop their own frameworks for the sale and marketing of these products. Even in countries where the sale of Next Generation Products is permitted, some governments have adopted, or are seeking to adopt, bans on vaping in public places.

United States

Through the RAI subsidiaries, the Group is subject to US federal, state and local laws and regulations. In 2009, President Obama signed into law the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act (FSPTCA), which grants the US Food & Drug Administration (FDA) broad authority over the manufacture, sale, marketing and packaging of tobacco products. Key elements of the FSPTCA include: filing of facility registrations, product listing, constituent testing and ingredient information; obtaining FDA clearance for all new products or product modifications; banning all characterising flavours other than tobacco or menthol in cigarettes; establishing ‘user fees’ to fund the FDA’s regulation of tobacco products; increasing the health warning size on cigarette packs with the option to introduce pictorial health warnings; implementing good manufacturing practices; revising the labelling and advertising requirements for smokeless tobacco products; and requiring the study of menthol. The US Congress did limit the FDA’s authority in two areas, prohibiting it from:

– banning all tobacco products; and

– requiring the reduction of nicotine yields of a tobacco product to zero.

On 10 May 2016, the FDA issued a final regulation, referred to as the Final Rule, deeming all products that meet the FSPTCA’s definition of ‘tobacco product’ to be subject to the FDA’s regulatory authority under the FSPTCA. The Final Rule became effective as of 8 August 2016, though each requirement of the Final Rule has its own compliance date. Such newly ‘deemed’ tobacco products subject to the FSPTCA include, among others, electronic nicotine delivery systems (including e-cigarettes, e-hookah, e-cigars, vape pens, advanced refillable personal vapourisers, electronic pipes and e-liquids mixed in vape shops), certain dissolvable tobacco products, cigars, and pipe tobacco.

The ‘grandfather’ date under the Final Rule for newly deemed products remains the same as the ‘grandfather’ date for those tobacco products already subject to the FSPTCA – 15 February 2007. Any tobacco product that was not legally marketed as of 15 February 2007 will be considered a new tobacco product subject to premarket review by the FDA. The FDA has recognised that few, if any, e-cigarettes were on the market as of the 15 February 2007, but thousands of such products (including R.J. Reynolds Vapor’s Vuse Digital Vapor Cigarette) subsequently have entered into commerce. To address this issue, the FDA established a compliance policy regarding the premarket review requirements for all newly deemed tobacco products that are not grandfathered products, but were on the market as of 8 August 2016. The FDA will allow such products to remain on the market so long as the manufacturer has filed the appropriate Premarket Tobacco Product Application (PMTA) by a specific deadline.

The Final Rule established staggered initial compliance periods based on the expected complexity of the applications to be submitted. On 28 July 2017, as part of FDA’s announcement of a comprehensive regulatory plan for nicotine and tobacco, the FDA extended the deadline for submission of PMTAs for newly deemed products by several years. PMTAs for non-combustible products, such as e-cigarettes, must be submitted by 8 August 2022. R.J. Reynolds Vapor intends to file a PMTA with respect to Vuse and certain other of its e-cigarette products. Based on the FDA’s draft guidance setting forth the type of evidence that must be included within a premarket review application, R.J. Reynolds Vapor expects the costs of preparing a PMTA to be significant.

On 28 July 2017, the FDA announced its intent to develop a comprehensive plan for tobacco and nicotine regulation that recognises the continuum of risk for nicotine delivery. The FDA plans to publish an ANPRM to seek public input regarding the potential health benefits and possible adverse effects of lowering the level of nicotine in combustible cigarettes. The ANPRM will request comments from interested stakeholders regarding the potential impact of a nicotine product standard on, among other things:

– the likelihood that existing users of tobacco products will stop using cigarettes;

– the likelihood that those who do not use tobacco products will start using such products; and

– the illicit trade of cigarettes containing nicotine at levels higher than a non-addictive nicotine threshold.

In addition, the Center for Tobacco Products (CTP), which was established within the FDA in 2009, will coordinate with the FDA Center for Drug Evaluation and Research regarding medicinal nicotine and other therapeutic products as part of an agency-wide nicotine framework. As part of the comprehensive plan, the FDA also announced its intent to issue ANPRMs requesting public stakeholder input on the impact of flavours (including menthol) in increased initiation among youth and young adults as well as assisting adult smokers to switch to potentially less harmful forms of nicotine delivery; and the patterns of use and public health impact of premium cigars. This follows on from the FDA’s decision to issue its own preliminary scientific evaluation regarding menthol cigarettes in 2013, which concluded that menthol cigarettes adversely affect initiation, addiction and cessation compared to non-menthol cigarettes.

The FDA may seek to adopt regulations banning or severely restricting the use of menthol in tobacco products, the sale of menthol cigarettes, or limiting nicotine yields in the United States. In addition to the potential regulation of menthol in cigarettes by the FDA, certain municipalities either have adopted, or are considering the adoption of, a ban on the sale of menthol cigarettes.

The FDA has also noted its plans to develop product standards to protect against known public health risks, such as issues with electronic nicotine delivery systems batteries and concerns about children’s exposure to liquid nicotine.

 

   
230   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

In January 2017, the FDA issued its first proposed product standard just prior to President Trump’s inauguration whereby the agency would require the reduction, over a three-year period, of the levels of N-nitrosonornicotine (‘NNN’) contained in smokeless tobacco products. Since issuing this proposal, the agency has simply stated that it is evaluating submitted comments. It is not known whether or when this proposed rule will be adopted, and, if adopted, whether the final rule will be the same as or similar to the proposed rule.

Under the FSPTCA, for a manufacturer to launch a new tobacco product or modify an existing tobacco product after 22 March 2011, the manufacturer must obtain an order from the CTP, allowing the new or modified product to be marketed. Similarly, a manufacturer that introduced a product between 15 February 2007 and 22 March 2011, was required to file a substantial equivalence report with the CTP demonstrating either (1) that the new or modified product had the same characteristics as a product commercially available as at 15 February 2007, referred to as a predicate product, or (2) if the new or modified product had different characteristics than the predicate product, that it did not raise different questions of public health. A product subject to such report is referred to as a provisional product. A manufacturer may continue to market a provisional product unless and until the CTP issues an order that the provisional product is not substantially equivalent (NSE), in which case the FDA could then require the manufacturer to remove the provisional product from the market. Substantially all RAI subsidiaries’ products currently on the market are provisional products. At present, there is substantial uncertainty over the approaches that the FDA and CTP will take to determining RAI subsidiaries’ MRTP applications, PMTAs, and substantial equivalence reports.

The FDA plans to develop foundational regulations to provide clarity and predictability to the tobacco product submission process, to include regulations outlining the information that the FDA expects to be provided in PMTAs for Electronic Nicotine Delivery Systems (ENDs), Modified Risk Tobacco Product (MRTP) applications, and substantial equivalence reports, as well as finalised guidance on PMTA reviews. Further, the FDA will evaluate whether its current plan to review the substantial equivalence reports for all provisional products is an effective use of its resources, or if the FDA could take a different approach that would free up resources and provide greater market clarity for manufacturers. The FDA did not provide a timeline for publication for the ANPRM documents or the commencement of regulatory activities related to the comprehensive nicotine policy.

On 18 December 2017, the CTP accepted for review MRTP applications for six Camel Snus smokeless tobacco products. Beginning in 2018, the CTP will undertake a review of these applications which will include facility inspections, a meeting before the Tobacco Product Scientific Advisory Committee and ultimately a decision from the agency as to whether it will clear the proposed claims submitted by R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company.

Cigarettes and other tobacco products are subject to substantial taxes in the United States. All states and the District of Columbia currently impose cigarette excise taxes. Certain city and county governments, such as New York, Philadelphia and Chicago, also impose substantial excise taxes on cigarettes sold in those jurisdictions. Also, all states and the District of Columbia currently subject smokeless tobacco products to excise taxes. Various states and the District of Columbia impose a tax on vapour products, such as e-cigarettes, and many other states have proposed taxes on vapour products. Currently, there is no federal tax on vapour products, such as e-cigarettes.

The Group believes that, as a responsible business, it can contribute through information, ideas and practical steps, to help regulators address the key issues regarding its products, including under-age access, illicit trade, product information, product design, involuntary exposure to smoke and the development of potentially less harmful products, while maintaining a competitive market that accommodates the significant percentage of adults who choose to be tobacco consumers. The Group is committed to working with national governments and multilateral organisations and welcomes opportunities to participate in good faith to achieve sensible and balanced regulation of traditional tobacco and Next Generation Products.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   231


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Disclosure pursuant to Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 (ITRA)

Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 added Section 13(r) to the Exchange Act. Section 13(r) requires an issuer to disclose in its annual or quarterly reports, as applicable, whether it or any of its affiliates knowingly engaged in certain activities, transactions or dealings relating to Iran or with designated natural persons or entities sanctioned under programmes relating to terrorism or the proliferation of weapons of mass destruction. Disclosure is required even where the activities, transactions or dealings are conducted outside the US by non-US affiliates in compliance with applicable law, and whether or not the activities are sanctionable under US law.

As of the date of this report, BAT is not aware of any activity, transaction or dealing by the Group or any of its affiliates during the financial year ended 31 December 2017 that is disclosable under Section 219 of the Iran Threat Reduction and Syria Human Rights Act of 2012 and Section 13(r) of the Exchange Act, except as set forth below. This information is to the best of BAT’s knowledge.

BAT has a local operation in Iran, established on 18 October 2003, through its wholly owned non-US subsidiary, B.A.T. Pars Company (Private Joint Stock) (BAT Pars). BAT Pars produces most of the products it sells in Iran, which include Kent, Pall Mall and Montana brands, in its own factory in Eshtehard, which is in the Alborz province of Iran. A minor volume of Dunhill product was imported from Russia in 2017 as it was not possible to produce this locally. BAT Pars distributes its product via 108 sub-agents with national and provincial distribution licenses, who sell products to wholesalers and retailers with the support of BAT Pars’ sales representatives. BAT Pars has 283 direct employees and an additional 1,100 contract workers supplied by a private company.

Concerning the business of BAT Pars, various elements such as income tax, payroll, social security, other taxes, excise, monopoly fees, duties and other fees, including for utilities, licenses and judicial fees to commence litigation, are payable to the Government of Iran and affiliated entities regarding BAT Pars’ operation. In 2017, BAT Pars paid some debts to the Iranian Tobacco Company (which is majority owned by the Government of Iran or affiliated entities) relating to contract manufacturing services provided to BAT Pars in the period 2014 to 2016. BAT Pars maintains bank accounts in Iran with various banks to facilitate its operations in the country and to make any required payments, as described above, to the Government of Iran and affiliated entities regarding its operations.

During the year ended 31 December 2017, BAT did not have any gross revenues or net profits derived from transactions with the Government of Iran or affiliated entities.

BAT believes, and maintains policies and procedures designed to ensure that, its activities in Iran and elsewhere comply in all material aspects with the applicable and relevant trade sanctions laws and regulations, including US and other international trade sanctions and/or embargoes. BAT’s sanctions policies and procedures have been designed to be as robust as possible. However, there can be no absolute assurance that these policies and procedures will be effective. While we believe the imposition of penalties or sanctions against BAT for its activities in Iran by the relevant authorities would be an unlikely event, the impact of such penalties or sanctions, if imposed, could be material. To the extent permitted under applicable law, BAT Pars’ activities in Iran are expected to continue.

 

   
232   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Material contracts

Merger with RAI

On 16 January 2017, BAT entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger with RAI, BATUS Holdings Inc., an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BAT, and Flight Acquisition Corporation (Merger Sub), an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BAT, as it and the plan of merger contained therein were amended as of 8 June 2017, pursuant to which, upon the terms and subject to the conditions thereof, on 25 July 2017, Merger Sub was merged with and into RAI, with RAI surviving as an indirect, wholly owned subsidiary of BAT. Pursuant to the terms of the merger agreement and at the effective time of the merger, each share of RAI common stock (other than shares of RAI common stock owned by BAT and its subsidiaries or owned by holders who were excluded because such holders properly asserted their rights of appraisal), was automatically converted into the right to receive (i) a number of BAT ADSs, representing 0.5260 of an ordinary share, nominal value 25 pence, of BAT, plus (ii) US$29.44 in cash, without interest. Based on the per share closing price of a BAT ADS of US$69.25, as quoted on the NYSE on 24 July 2017 at the time of the NYSE market close, the implied per share value of the merger consideration was approximately US$65.87.

The Master Settlement Agreement & State Settlement Agreements

In 1998, the major US cigarette manufacturers (including R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, Lorillard and Brown & Williamson, businesses which are now part of Reynolds American) entered into the Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) with attorneys general representing most US states and territories. The MSA imposes a perpetual stream of future payment obligations on the major US cigarette manufacturers. The amounts of money that the participating manufacturers are required to annually contribute are based upon, amongst other things, the volume of cigarettes sold and market share (based on cigarette shipments in that year).

During 2013, R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, various other tobacco manufacturers, 20 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico reached a final agreement related to Reynolds American’s 2003 Master Settlement Agreement (MSA) activities. Under this agreement R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive credits, currently estimated to be more than US$1 billion, in respect of its Non-Participating Manufacturer (NPM) Adjustment claims related to the period from 2003 to 2012. These credits have been and will be applied against the company’s MSA payments over a period of five years from 2013, subject to, and dependent upon, meeting the various ongoing performance obligations. During 2014, two additional states agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2003 to 2012. It is estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive US$170 million in credits, which will be applied over a five-year period from 2014. During 2015, another state agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2004 to 2014. It is estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive US$285 million in credits, which will be applied over a four-year period from 2015. During 2016, no additional states agreed to settle NPM disputes. During 2017, two more states agreed to settle NPM disputes related to claims for the period 2004 to 2014. It is estimated that R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Company will receive US$61 million in credits, which will be applied over a five year period from 2017. Credits in respect of future years’ payments and the NPM Adjustment claims would be accounted for in the applicable year and will not be treated as adjusting items. Only credits in respect of prior year payments are included as adjusting items.

The BAT Group is subject to substantial payment obligations under the MSA and the state settlement agreements with the states of Mississippi, Florida, Texas and Minnesota (such settlement agreements, collectively State Settlement Agreements). RAI’s operating subsidiaries’ expenses and payments under the MSA and the State Settlement Agreements for 2017 amounted to US$2,856 million in respect of settlement expenses and US$4,612 million in respect of settlement cash payments.

Change of control provisions as at 31 December 2017

Significant Agreements

 

 

Nature of Agreement

 

  

 

Key provisions

 

 

The revolving credit facilities agreement effective 25 July 2017 and entered into between the Company, B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. and B.A.T Capital Corporation (as borrowers and, in the case of the Company, as a guarantor) and HSBC Bank plc (as agent) and certain financial institutions (as lenders), pursuant to which the lenders agreed to make available to the borrowers £6 billion for general corporate purposes (the ‘Facility’).

 

  

 

–  should a borrower (other than the Company) cease to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, such borrower shall immediately repay any outstanding advances made to it;

 

–  where there is a change of control in respect of the Company, the lenders can require all amounts outstanding under the Facility to be repaid.

 

Term loan facilities agreement dated 16 January 2017: B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. and B.A.T Capital Corporation (as borrowers ), the Company, (as guarantor) and HSBC Bank plc (as agent) and certain financial institutions (as lenders) pursuant to which the lenders agreed to make available to the borrowers US$25 billion for the acquisition of RAI. Facilities A and B have been repaid and facilities C and D, totalling the sterling equivalent of US$5 billion, are still outstanding.

 

  

 

–  should a borrower cease to be a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company, such borrower shall immediately repay any outstanding advances made to it;

 

–  where there is a change of control in respect of the Company, the lenders can require all amounts outstanding under the term loan facilities to be repaid.

 

Packaging Materials Agreement dated 8 April 2015, between Souza Cruz S.A. and Amcor Group GmBH for the production and supply of packaging for a value of R$1,500,000,000.

 

  

 

–  that either party may terminate the agreement in the event of any direct or indirect acquisition of at least 25% of the voting shares of the supplier and/or its affiliates by directly or indirectly a competitor of Souza Cruz S.A., importer or distributor.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   233


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

Material contracts continued

 

 

 

Nature of Agreement

 

 

 

Key provisions

 

On 25 July 2017, the Company acceded as a guarantor under the indenture of its indirect, wholly owned subsidiary RAI. The securities issued under the indenture include approximately $12.7 billion aggregate principal amount of unsecured RAI debt securities.

 

–  with respect to each series of debt securities issued under the indenture, upon a change of control event, combined with a credit ratings downgrade of the series to below investment grade level (such downgrade occurring on any date from the date of the public notice of an arrangement that could result in a change of control event until the end of the 60-day period following public notice of the occurrence of a change of control event), RAI is obligated to make an offer to repurchase all debt securities from each holder of debt securities. As a guarantor under the indenture, the Company guarantees such payments.

 

Long-Term Incentive Plans

 

   

 

The rules of the long-term incentive plans 2007 and 2016 (the LTIPs).

 

 

–  in the event of a change of control of the Company as a result of a takeover, reconstruction or winding-up of the Company (not being an internal reorganisation), LTIP awards will become exercisable for a limited period based on the period of time that has elapsed since the date of the award and the achievement of the performance conditions at that date, unless the Remuneration Committee determines this not to be appropriate in the circumstances;

 

–  the rules of the LTIPs allow (as an alternative to early release) that participants may, if permitted, exchange their LTIP awards for new awards of shares in the acquiring company on a comparable basis.

 

 

   
234   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

The Group uses a mixture of in-house and contract manufacturers to manufacture its next generation products.

BAT-owned manufacturing facilities (1)

 

     

 

United States

 

   

Western Europe

 

   

Asia-Pacific

 

   

Americas

 

    

EEMEA

 

    

Total

 

 

 

Fully Integrated cigarettes manufacturing

     2       7       14       7        15        45  

 

Sites processing tobacco only

     1       2       6       7        3        19  

 

Site manufacturing other tobacco products only

     3       3       0       0        0        6  

 

Research and Development facilities

     1       2       1       2        1        7  
Total      7       14       21       16        19        77  

Note:

(1)  As of 31 December 2017.

The plants and properties owned or leased and operated by the Group’s subsidiaries are maintained in good condition and are believed to be suitable and adequate for the Group’s present needs. As a result of the acquisition of the Blue Nile Cigarette Company Limited, the Group is currently investing in bringing an acquired factory to a condition deemed appropriate by the Group. The Group is progressing with the plans to close its factory in Bayreuth, Germany and to transfer its production to existing factories in Poland, Romania, Hungary and Croatia.

The technology employed in cigarette factories is sophisticated, especially in the area of cigarette making and packing where throughputs can reach between 500 and 1000 packs per minute. The Group can produce many different pack formats (e.g., the number of cigarettes per packet) and configurations (e.g., bevel edge, round corner, international) to suit marketing and consumer requirements. New technology machines are sourced from the leading machinery suppliers to the industry. Close cooperation with these organisations helps the Group support its marketing strategy by driving its product innovations, which are brought to the market on a regular basis.

The Group utilises quality standards, processes and procedures covering the entire end-to-end value chain to help to ensure quality products are provided to its customers and adult tobacco consumers according to the Group’s requirements and end market regulatory requirements.

The Group has several improvement initiatives which it is currently managing. For example, the Group is continuing to realise the benefits of its Integrated Work System Program launched in 2014, which is centrally led with an aim to improve the performance of the Group’s factories globally by focusing on manufacturing standards, continuous improvement, assessment and benchmarking and organisational development. The Group also utilises a survey process in the factories with an aim to improve factory productivity and reduce costs in the manufacturing environment. This process, known as “Bulls Eye,” has been in existence for a number of years and highlights productivity opportunities by benchmarking.

In 2017, the Group manufactured cigarettes in 45 cigarette factories in 42 countries. These plants and properties are owned or leased and operated by the Group’s subsidiaries. The Group’s factory outputs and establishments vary significantly in size and production capacity.

For more information on property, plant and equipment, see note 10 in the Notes on the Accounts.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   235


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

US corporate governance practices

In the US, ADSs of the Company are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE). The significant differences between the Company’s corporate governance practices as a UK company and those required by NYSE listing standards for US companies are listed as follows:

The Company has applied a robust set of board governance principles, which reflect the UK Corporate Governance Code and its principles-based approach to corporate governance. NYSE rules require US companies to adopt and disclose on their websites corporate governance guidelines. The Company complies with UK requirements, including a statement in this report of how the Company has applied the principles of the Code and that the Company has complied with the best practice provisions of the Code.

Independence

The Company’s board governance principles require that all non-executive directors be determined by the board to be independent in character and judgement and be free from any business or other relationships that could interfere materially with, or appear to affect, their judgement. The Board also has formal procedures for managing conflicts of interest. The Board has determined that, in its judgement, all of the non-executive directors are independent. In doing so, the Board has taken into consideration the independence requirements outlined in the NYSE’s listing standards and considers these to be met by the Chairman and all of its Non-Executive Directors.

Committees

The Company has a number of Board committees that are broadly comparable in purpose and composition to those required by NYSE rules for domestic US companies. For instance, the Company has a Nominations (rather than nominating/corporate governance) Committee and a Remuneration (rather than compensation) Committee. The Company also has an Audit Committee, which NYSE rules require for both US companies and foreign private issuers.

These committees are composed solely of Non-Executive Directors and, in the case of the Nominations Committee, the Chairman whom the Board has determined to be independent, in the manner described above.

Each Board Committee has its own terms of reference, which prescribe the composition, main tasks and requirements of each of the committees (see the Board Committee reports on pages 65, 71 and 73).

Under US securities law and the listing standards of the NYSE, BAT is required to have an audit committee that satisfies the requirements of Rule 10A-3 under the Exchange Act and Section 303A.06 of the NYSE Listed Company Manual. BAT’s audit committee complies with these requirements. The BAT audit committee does not have direct responsibility for the appointment, reappointment or removal of the independent auditors. Instead, it follows the UK Companies Act 2006 by making recommendations to the Board on these matters for it to put forward for shareholder approval at the AGM.

One of the NYSE’s additional requirements for the audit committee states that at least one member of the audit committee is to have ‘accounting or related financial management expertise’. The Board determined that Lionel Nowell, III possesses such expertise and also possesses the financial and audit committee experiences set forth in both the UK Corporate Governance Code and SEC rules (see Audit Committee report on page 65). Lionel Nowell, III is also the Audit Committee financial expert as defined in Item 16.A. of Form 20-F.

Shareholder approval of equity compensation plans

The NYSE rules for US companies require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity-compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. The Company complies with UK requirements that are similar to the NYSE rules. The Board, however, does not explicitly take into consideration the NYSE’s detailed definition of what are considered ‘material revisions’.

Codes of Business Conduct and Ethics

The NYSE rules require US companies to adopt and disclose a code of business conduct and ethics for all directors, officers and employees and promptly disclose any waivers of the code for directors or executive officers. The Group Standards of Business Conduct (SoBC) described on page 69 apply to all staff in the Group, including senior management and the Board, and satisfy the NYSE requirements. All Group companies have adopted the SoBC (or localised versions). The SoBC also set out the Group’s whistleblowing policy, enabling staff, in confidence and anonymously, to raise concerns without fear of reprisal, including concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters. The SoBC is available at www.bat.com/sobc.

For staff of RAI Companies, the RAI Code of Conduct, which is substantially in alignment with the SoBC and satisfies the NYSE requirements, applied in lieu of the SoBC for the full year 2017. RAI Companies adopted their localised version of the SoBC with effect from 1 January 2018.

The Company has also adopted a code of ethics for its Chief Executive, Finance Director, Group Financial Controller and Group Chief Accountant as required by the provisions of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules issued by the SEC. There have been no waivers from the code of ethics relating to any officers. The Company considers that these codes and policies address the matters specified in the NYSE rules for US companies.

 

   
236   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Controls and procedures

Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company maintains ‘disclosure controls and procedures’, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(e), that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports the Company files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including the Company’s Chief Executive and Finance Director, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, our management, including the Company’s Chief Executive and Finance Director, recognise that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Group have been detected. The Group’s disclosure controls and procedures have been designed to meet, and management believes that they meet, reasonable assurance standards.

The Company’s management, with the participation of the Company’s Chief Executive and Finance Director, has evaluated the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15(b) as of the end of the period covered by this annual report. Based on that evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive and Finance Director have concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective at a reasonable assurance level.

Management’s annual report on internal control over financial reporting and attestation report of the registered public accounting firm

This annual report does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of the Company’s registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules of the SEC for newly public companies.

Changes in internal control over financial reporting

In July 2017, BAT completed its acquisition of RAI. As part of the post-closing integration, the Group is engaged in refining and harmonising the internal controls and processes of the acquired business with those of BAT.

Statements regarding competitive position

Statements referring to the competitive position of BAT and its subsidiaries are based on the Group’s belief and best estimates. In certain cases, such statements and figures rely on a range of sources, including investment analyst reports, independent market surveys, and the Group’s own internal assessments of market share.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   237


Table of Contents

 

 Additional disclosures 

 

                                  

 

Directors’ Report information

This Other Information section of the British American Tobacco Annual Report and Form 20-F, which includes Additional disclosures and Shareholder information, forms part of, and includes certain disclosures which are required by law to be included in, the Directors’ Report.

Strategic Report disclosures

 

Section 414C(11) of the Companies Act 2006 allows the Board to include in the Strategic Report information that it considers to be of strategic importance that would otherwise need to be disclosed in the Directors’ Report. The Board has chosen to take advantage of this provision and accordingly, the information set out below, which would otherwise be required to be contained in the Directors’ Report, has been included in the Strategic Report.

Information required in the Directors’ Report

   Section in the Strategic Report

Information on dividends

   Financial review

Certain risk information about the use of financial instruments

   Financial review

An indication of likely future developments in the business of the Group

   Delivering our strategy

An indication of the activities of the Group in the field of research and development

   Our business model

A statement describing the Group’s policy regarding the hiring, continuing employment and training, career development and promotion of disabled persons

   Delivering our strategy: Winning organisation

Details of employee engagement: information, consultation, share scheme participation and the achievement of a common awareness of the financial and economic factors affecting the performance of the Group

   Delivering our strategy: Winning organisation

Details of charitable donations

   Stakeholder engagement

Disclosures concerning greenhouse gas emissions

   Delivering our strategy: Sustainability

Shareholder information disclosures

 

  

Information required in the Directors’ Report

   Section in Other Information

Change of control provisions

   Material contracts

Information on dividends

   Dividends

Share capital – structure and voting rights; restrictions on transfers of shares

   Articles of Association

Major shareholders

   Share capital and security ownership

Directors – appointment and retirement

   Articles of Association

Amendment of articles of association

   Articles of Association

Directors – share buyback powers

   Purchases of shares

Listing Rules (LRs) disclosures

 

    

For the purpose of LR 9.8.4C R the applicable information

required to be disclosed by LR 9.8.4 R

   Section in Other Information

Section (12) – shareholder waivers of dividends

 

  

Group Employee Trust

 

Section (13) – shareholder waivers of future dividends

 

  

Group Employee Trust

 

Directors: interests and indemnities

 

Contracts and letters of appointment

 

–  details of Directors’ contracts and letters of appointment, remuneration and emoluments, and their interests in the Company’s shares (including share options and deferred shares) as at 31 December 2017 are given in the Remuneration report; and

 

–  no Director had any material interest in a contract of significance (other than a service contract) with the Company or any subsidiary company during the year.

Insurance

 

–  appropriate cover provided in the event of legal action against the Company’s Directors.

Indemnities

 

–  provision of indemnities to Directors in accordance with the Company’s Articles of Association and to the maximum extent permitted by law; and

 

–  as at the date of this report, such indemnities are in force covering any costs, charges, expenses or liabilities that they may incur in or about the execution of their duties to the Company or to any entity which is an associated company (as defined in Section 256 of the Companies Act 2006), or as a result of duties performed by them on behalf of the Company or any such associated company.

 

 

Directors’ Report approval and signature

 

The Directors’ Report comprises the information on pages 55 to 72 and pages 215 to 262. The Directors’ Report was approved by the Board of Directors on 21 February 2018 and signed on its behalf by Paul McCrory, Company Secretary.

 

   
238   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Cautionary statement

This document contains certain forward-looking statements, including “forward-looking” statements made within the meaning of Section 21E of the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934. These statements are often, but not always, made through the use of words or phrases such as “believe,” “anticipate,” “could,” “may,” “would,” “should,” “intend,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “will,” “expect,” “estimate,” “project,” “positioned,” “strategy,” “outlook”, “target” and similar expressions. These include statements regarding our intentions, beliefs or current expectations concerning, amongst other things, our results of operations, financial condition, liquidity, prospects, growth, strategies and the economic and business circumstances occurring from time to time in the countries and markets in which the Group operates. In particular, among other statements; (i) certain statements in the Overview section (pages 1 to 7), including the Chairman’s introduction; (ii) certain statements in the Strategic management section (pages 12 to 32), including the Chief Executive’s review, Finance Director’s overview and Global market overview; and (iii) certain statements in the Other Information section (pages 215 to 262), including the Additional disclosures and Shareholder information sections.

All such forward-looking statements involve estimates and assumptions that are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors that could cause actual future financial condition, performance and results to differ materially from the plans, goals, expectations and results expressed in the forward-looking statements and other financial and/or statistical data within this document. Among the key factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements are uncertainties related to the following: the impact of competition from illicit trade; the impact of adverse domestic or international legislation and regulation; changes in domestic or international tax laws and rates; adverse litigation and dispute outcomes and the effect of such outcomes on the Group’s financial condition; changes or differences in domestic or international economic or political conditions; the inability to obtain price increases and the impact of price increases on consumer affordability thresholds; adverse decisions by domestic or international regulatory bodies; the impact of market size reduction and consumer down-trading; translational and transactional foreign exchange rate exposure; the impact of serious injury, illness or death in the workplace; the ability to maintain credit ratings and to fund the business under the current capital structure; the ability to develop and commercialise new alternative products and to do so profitably; and changes in the market position, businesses, financial condition, results of operations or prospects of the Group. Further details on the principal risk factors that may affect the Group can be found in the ‘Principal Group risk factors’ section of the Strategic Report on pages 48 to 54 of this document. A summary of other risks for the Group which are not considered principal risks is set out under the heading ‘Additional risks for the Group’ on pages 226 and 227 of this Additional disclosures section.

It is believed that the expectations reflected in this document are reasonable but they may be affected by a wide range of variables that could cause actual results to differ materially from those currently anticipated. Past performance is no guide to future performance and persons needing advice should consult an independent financial adviser. The forward-looking statements reflect knowledge and information available at the date of preparation of this document and the Group undertakes no obligation to update or revise these forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on such forward-looking statements.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   239


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

 

Share prices and listings

Premium listing – London Stock Exchange (LSE)

The primary market for BAT’s ordinary shares is the LSE (Share Code: BATS; ISIN: GB0002875804). BAT’s ordinary shares have been listed on the LSE main market since 8 September 1998 and are a constituent element of the Financial Times Stock Exchange 100 Index.

Secondary listing – Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE Limited), South Africa

BAT’s ordinary shares have a secondary listing and are traded in South African rand on the Main Board of the JSE in South Africa (Abbreviated name: BATS; Trading code: BTI). BAT’s ordinary shares have been listed on the JSE since 28 October 2008 and are a constituent element of the JSE Top 40 Index.

American Depositary Shares (ADSs) – New York Stock Exchange (NYSE)

BAT ordinary shares trade in the form of BAT ADSs in the United States under the symbol BTI (CUSIP Number: 110448107). The BAT ADSs have been listed on the NYSE since 25 July 2017 as a Sponsored Level III ADS programme for which Citibank, N.A. is the depositary (the Depositary) and transfer agent. Each ADS represents one ordinary share. ADSs are evidenced by American depositary receipts (ADRs).

Disclosure of share prices

The following table sets out, for the periods indicated, the highest and lowest market prices for BAT’s ordinary shares and ADSs for the periods shown. These are derived from the highest and lowest intra-day sales prices as reported on the LSE and NYSE, respectively.

 

                   

 

£

 

                 

 

US$

 

 
         

Ordinary shares

(LSE)

 

        

 

American depositary shares
(ADSs) (1)

 

 
     

 

High

     Low           High      Low  
Year ended 31 December 2013              38.075                30.890                  47.973                40.988  

 

2014

        38.065        28.710          53.674        39.987  

 

2015

        39.315        32.315          54.891        45.896  

 

2016

        51.350        35.360          61.951        46.916  

 

2017

          56.430        45.085            71.769        53.785  
Year ended 31 December              

 

2016:

  

 

First quarter (January–March)

     41.490        35.360          55.325        46.916  
  

 

Second quarter (April–June)

     48.430        40.160          61.237        54.848  
  

 

Third quarter (July–September)

     51.350        46.360          61.951        58.875  
  

 

Fourth quarter (October–December)

     51.080        42.370          61.116        50.627  

 

2017:

   First quarter (January–March)      53.280        45.515          64.953        53.785  
  

 

Second quarter (April–June)

     56.430        51.650          71.769        64.630  
  

 

Third quarter (July–September)

     55.290        45.085          70.075        60.268  
  

 

Fourth quarter (October–December)

     51.000        46.455          67.246        60.843  

 

2018:

  

 

First quarter (to 19 February)

     51.080        43.790            71.360        61.150  
Month of              

 

August 2017

     51.000        46.640          67.512        60.268  

 

September 2017

     49.395        45.085          63.946        61.160  

 

October 2017

     50.340        46.455          65.006        60.843  

 

November 2017

     51.000        46.890          66.820        63.073  

 

December 2017

     50.710        46.735          67.246        64.174  

 

January 2018

     51.080        48.005          71.360        66.310  

 

February 2018 (to 19 February)

     48.645        43.790            68.490        61.150  

Note:

(1) ADSs: the Company effected a ratio change from one ADS representing two ordinary shares to one ADS representing one ordinary share on 14 February 2017. The historic prices shown for the ADSs have been adjusted to take account of the ratio change.

 

   
240   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Dividends

Policy

The Group’s policy is to pay dividends of 65% of long-term sustainable earnings, calculated with reference to adjusted diluted earnings per share, as defined on page 220, and reconciled from earnings per share in note 7 in the Notes on the Accounts. Please see page 37 of this Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017 for further discussion on the Group’s dividend.

Currencies and exchange rates

Details of foreign exchange rates are set out in the Financial Review section of the Strategic Report on page 41 of this Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017. There are currently no UK foreign exchange controls or restrictions on remittance of dividends on the ordinary shares or on the conduct of the Company’s operations, other than restrictions applicable to certain countries and persons subject to EU economic sanctions or those sanctions adopted by the UK Government which implement resolutions of the Security Council of the United Nations.

American Depositary Shares – Dividends

The following table shows the dividends paid by British American Tobacco p.l.c. in respect of the years ended 31 December 2013 to

31 December 2017, inclusive.

Announcement
Year
   Payment    Dividend period    Dividend per BAT ordinary share
GBP
  

Dividend per BAT ADS (1)

ADS ratio 2:1   

USD (2)

2013    May    Final 2012    0.927    2.8796320  
    

September

 

  

Interim 2013

 

  

0.450

 

  

1.4562900  

 

         

Total

 

  

1.377

 

  

4.3359220  

 

2014    May    Final 2013    0.974    3.2997170  
    

September/October

 

  

Interim 2014

 

  

0.475

 

  

1.5403300  

 

         

Total

 

  

1.449

 

  

4.8400470  

 

2015    May    Final 2014    1.006    3.0616600  
    

September/October

 

  

Interim 2015

 

  

0.494

 

  

1.4928680  

 

         

Total

 

  

1.500

 

  

4.5545280  

 

2016    May    Final 2015    1.046    3.0292160  
    

September/October

 

  

Interim 2016

 

  

0.513

 

  

1.3324660  

 

      Total    1.559    4.3516820  
         
                     
Year    Payment    Dividend Period    Dividend Per BAT Ordinary Share
GBP
  

Dividend Per BAT ADS (1)

ADS ratio 1:1   

USD (2)

2017    May    Final 2016    1.181    1.5239380  
   September/October    Interim 2017    0.565    0.7585690  
     February 2018    Second Interim 2017    0.436    0.6068680  
          Total    2.182    2.8893750  

Notes:

(1) ADS ratio change: prior to 14 February 2017, each BAT ADS represented two BAT ordinary shares; from 14 February 2017, each BAT ADS represents one BAT ordinary share.

 

(2) Holders of BAT ADSs: dividends are receivable in US dollars based on the sterling/US dollar exchange rate on the applicable ADS payment date, being three business days after the payment date for the BAT ordinary shares.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   241


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Dividends continued

 

 

Quarterly Dividends for the year ended 31 December 2017

On 26 April 2017, the Group announced its move to quarterly dividends with effect from 1 January 2018.

Further to that announcement, the Board has declared an interim dividend of 195.2p per ordinary share of 25p which is payable in four equal quarterly instalments of 48.8p per ordinary share in May 2018, August 2018, November 2018 and February 2019. This represents an increase of 15.2% on 2016 (2016: 169.4p per share), and a payout ratio, on 2017 adjusted diluted earnings per share, of 69%.

As part of the transition to quarterly dividend payments, the Group committed that shareholders would receive the equivalent amount of total cash payment in 2018 as they would have under the previous payment policy.

Based upon a dividend of 65% of 2017 earnings, under the previous calculation methodology, shareholders would have expected to receive a final dividend of 128.4p in May 2018 and an interim dividend of 61.6p in September 2018, being equivalent to one third of the dividend in respect of 2017, with a total dividend expected to be received in 2018 of 190.0p.

A second interim dividend of 43.6p (equivalent to 25% of the cash dividend paid in 2017) was announced on 5 December 2017 and was paid on 8 February 2018. This second interim dividend and the three quarterly dividend amounts payable in the calendar year 2018 (May, August and November), ensure that shareholders receive the equivalent cash amount during the year as they would have under the previous payment policy.

The quarterly dividends will be paid to shareholders registered on either the UK main register or the South Africa branch register and to ADS holders, each on the applicable record dates set out under the heading ‘Key dates’ below.

Holders of American Depositary Shares (ADSs)

For holders of ADSs listed on the New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), the record dates and payment dates are set out below. The equivalent quarterly dividends receivable by holders of ADSs in US dollars will be calculated based on the exchange rate on the applicable payment date.

South Africa branch register

In accordance with the JSE Limited (JSE) Listing Requirements, the finalisation information relating to shareholders registered on the South Africa branch register (comprising the amount of the dividend in South African rand, the exchange rate and the associated conversion date) will be published on the dates stated below, together with South Africa dividends tax information.

The quarterly dividends are regarded as ‘foreign dividends’ for the purposes of the South Africa Dividends Tax. For the purposes of South Africa Dividends Tax reporting, the source of income for the payment of the quarterly dividends is the United Kingdom.

 

Key dates

In compliance with the requirements of the London Stock Exchange (LSE), the NYSE and Strate, the electronic settlement and custody system used by the JSE, the following are the salient dates for the quarterly dividend payments. All dates are 2018, unless otherwise stated.

 

Event

     Payment No. 1      Payment No. 2      Payment No. 3      Payment No. 4

Preliminary announcement (includes declaration data required for JSE purposes)

     22 February 2018

Publication of finalisation information (JSE)

     12 March      19 June      25 September      13 December

No removal requests (in either direction) permitted between the UK main register and the South Africa branch register

     12 March–
23 March
     19 June–
29 June
     25 September–
5 October
     13 December–
28 December

Last day to trade (LDT) cum-dividend (JSE)

     19 March      26 June      2 October      21 December

Shares commence trading ex-dividend (JSE)

     20 March      27 June      3 October      24 December

No transfers permitted between the UK main register and the South Africa branch register

     20 March–
23 March
     27 June–
29 June
     3 October–
5 October
     24 December–
28 December

No shares to be dematerialised or rematerialised on the South Africa branch register

     20 March–
23 March
     27 June–
29 June
     3 October–
5 October
     24 December–
28 December

Shares commence trading ex-dividend (LSE and NYSE)

     22 March      28 June      4 October      27 December

Record date (LSE, JSE and NYSE)

     23 March      29 June      5 October      28 December

Last date for receipt of Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) elections (LSE)

     17 April      18 July      25 October      17 January 2019

Payment date (LSE and JSE)

     9 May      8 August      15 November      7 February 2019

ADS payment date (NYSE)

     14 May      13 August      20 November      12 February 2019        

Note:

Further details of the total amounts of dividends paid in 2017 (with 2016 comparatives) are given in note 8 in the Notes on the Accounts.

 

   
242   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Shareholder taxation information

The following discussion summarises material US federal income tax consequences and UK taxation consequences to US holders of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs. This discussion does not address any tax consequences arising under the laws of any state, local or foreign jurisdiction or under any US federal laws other than those pertaining to income tax. This discussion is based upon the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the US Tax Code), the Treasury regulations promulgated under the US Tax Code and court and administrative rulings and decisions, all as in effect on the date hereof. These laws may change, possibly retroactively, and any change could affect the accuracy of the statements and conclusions set forth in this discussion.

This discussion addresses only those US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs who hold such equity interests as capital assets within the meaning of Section 1221 of the US Tax Code. Further, this discussion does not address all aspects of US federal income taxation that may be relevant to US holders in light of their particular circumstances or that may be applicable to them if they are subject to special treatment under the US federal income tax laws, including, without limitation:

 

a bank or other financial institution;

 

a tax-exempt organisation;

 

an S corporation or other pass-through entity and an investor therein;

 

an insurance company;

 

a mutual fund;

 

a regulated investment company or real estate investment trust;

 

a dealer or broker in stocks and securities, or currencies;

 

a trader in securities that elects mark-to-market treatment;

 

a US holder subject to the alternative minimum tax provisions of the US Tax Code;
a US holder that received ordinary shares or ADSs through the exercise of an employee stock option, pursuant to a tax qualified retirement plan or otherwise as compensation;

 

a US holder that is a tax-qualified retirement plan or a participant or a beneficiary under such a plan;

 

a person that is not a US holder (as defined below);

 

a person that has a functional currency other than the US dollar;

 

a person required to recognise any item of gross income as a result of such income being recognised on an applicable financial statement;

 

a US holder of ordinary shares or ADSs that holds such equity interest as part of a hedge, straddle, constructive sale, conversion or other integrated transaction; or

 

a US expatriate
 

The determination of the actual tax consequences to a US holder will depend on the US holder’s specific situation. US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs, in each case, including the applicability and effect of the alternative minimum tax and any state, local, foreign or other tax laws and of changes in those laws.

For purposes of this discussion, the term US holder means a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs (as the case may be) that:

 

is for US federal income tax purposes (i) an individual citizen or resident of the United States, (ii) a corporation, including any entity treated as a corporation for US federal income tax purposes, created or organised in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia, (iii) a trust if a US court is able to exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust or it has a valid election in effect under applicable Treasury regulations to be treated as a US person, or (iv) an estate that is subject to US federal income tax on its income regardless of its source; and

 

is not resident in the UK for UK tax purposes.

The US federal income tax consequences to a partner in an entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for US federal income tax purposes that holds ordinary shares or ADSs generally will depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. Partners in a partnership holding any such equity interest should consult their own tax advisors.

Material US federal income tax consequences relating to the ownership and disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs

The following is a discussion of the material US federal income tax consequences of the ownership and disposition by US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs. This discussion assumes that BAT is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company for US federal income tax purposes, as described below.

ADSs

A US holder of ADSs, for US federal income tax purposes, generally will be treated as the owner of the underlying ordinary shares that are represented by such ADSs. Accordingly, deposits or withdrawals of ordinary shares for or from ADSs will not be subject to US federal income tax.

Taxation of Dividends

The gross amount of distributions on the ordinary shares or ADSs will be taxable as dividends to the extent paid out of BAT’s current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under US federal income tax principles. Such income will be includable in a US holder’s gross income as ordinary income on the day actually or constructively received by the US holder. Such dividends will be treated as foreign source income and will not be eligible for the dividends received deduction allowed to corporations under the US Tax Code.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   243


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Shareholder taxation information continued

 

 

With respect to non-corporate US investors, certain dividends received from a qualified foreign corporation may be subject to reduced rates of taxation. A qualified foreign corporation includes a foreign corporation that is eligible for the benefits of a comprehensive income tax treaty with the United States that the Treasury determines to be satisfactory for these purposes and that includes an exchange of information provision. The Treasury has determined that the treaty between the United States and the United Kingdom meets these requirements, and BAT believes that it is eligible for the benefits of the treaty. However, non-corporate holders that do not meet a minimum holding period requirement during which they are not protected from the risk of loss or that elect to treat the dividend income as ‘investment income’ pursuant to Section 163(d)(4) of the US Tax Code will not be eligible for the reduced rates of taxation. In addition, the rate reduction will not apply to dividends if the recipient of a dividend is obligated to make related payments with respect to positions in substantially similar or related property. This disallowance applies even if the minimum holding period has been met. US holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to their particular circumstances.

The amount of any dividend paid by BAT in pounds sterling (including any such amount in respect of ADSs that is converted into US dollars by the depositary bank) will equal the US dollar value of the pounds sterling actually or constructively received, calculated by reference to the exchange rate in effect on the date the dividend is so received by the US holder, regardless of whether the pounds sterling are converted into US dollars. If the pounds sterling received as a dividend are converted into US dollars on the date received, the US holder generally will not be required to recognise foreign currency exchange gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. If the pounds sterling received as a dividend are not converted into US dollars on the date of receipt, the US holder will have a basis in pounds sterling equal to their US dollar value on the date of receipt. Any gain or loss realised on a subsequent conversion or other disposition of pounds sterling will be treated as US source ordinary income or loss. US holders of ADSs should consult their own tax advisors regarding the application of these rules to the amount of any dividend paid by BAT in pounds sterling that is converted into US dollars by the depositary bank.

To the extent that the amount of any distribution exceeds BAT’s current and accumulated earnings and profits for a taxable year, as determined under US federal income tax principles, the distribution will first be treated as a tax-free return of capital, causing a reduction in the US holder’s adjusted basis of the ordinary shares or ADSs, and to the extent the amount of the distribution exceeds the US holder’s tax basis, the excess will be taxed as capital gain recognised on a sale or exchange, as described below. BAT does not expect to determine earnings and profits in accordance with US federal income tax principles. Therefore, notwithstanding the foregoing, US holders should expect that distributions generally will be reported as dividend income for US information reporting purposes.

Distributions by BAT of additional ordinary shares (which may be distributed by the depositary bank to a holder of ADSs in the form of ADSs) to a US holder that is made as part of a pro rata distribution to all holders of ordinary shares and ADSs in respect of their ordinary shares or ADSs, and for which there is no option to receive other property (not including ADSs), generally will not be subject to US federal income tax. The basis of any new ordinary shares (or ADSs representing new ordinary shares) so received will be determined by allocating the US holder’s basis in the previously held ordinary shares or ADSs between the previously held ordinary shares or ADSs and the new ordinary shares or ADSs, based on their relative fair market values on the date of distribution.

Passive foreign investment company

A passive foreign investment company, referred to as a PFIC, is any foreign corporation if, after the application of certain ‘look-through’ rules, (1) at least 75% of its gross income is ‘passive income’ as that term is defined in the relevant provisions of the US Tax Code, or (2) at least 50% of the average value of its assets produce ‘passive income’ or are held for the production of ‘passive income.’ The determination as to PFIC status is made annually.

BAT does not believe that it is, for US federal income tax purposes, a PFIC, and BAT expects to operate in such a manner so as not to become a PFIC. If, however, BAT is or becomes a PFIC, US holders could be subject to additional US federal income taxes on gain recognised with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs and on certain distributions, plus an interest charge on certain taxes treated as having been deferred under the PFIC rules. Non-corporate US holders will not be eligible for reduced rates of taxation on any dividends received from BAT if it is a PFIC in the taxable year in which such dividends are paid or in the preceding taxable year. BAT’s US counsel expresses no opinion with respect to BAT’s PFIC status.

Taxation of capital gains

Upon a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs, a US holder will generally recognise capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes in an amount equal to the difference between the US dollar value of the amount realised on the disposition and the US holder’s adjusted tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs as determined in US dollars. Such gain or loss generally will be US source gain or loss, and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the US holder has held the ordinary shares or ADSs for more than one year. Certain non-corporate US holders may be eligible for preferential rates of US federal income tax in respect of net long-term capital gains. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

The amount realised on a sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares for an amount in foreign currency will be the US dollar value of that amount on the date of sale or disposition. On the settlement date, the US holder will recognise US source foreign currency exchange gain or loss (taxable as ordinary income or loss) equal to the difference (if any) between the US dollar value of the amount received based on the exchange rates in effect on the date of sale, exchange or other disposition and the settlement date. However, in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market that are sold by a cash-basis US holder (or an accrual-basis US holder that so elects), the amount realised will be based on the exchange rate in effect on the settlement date for the sale, and no foreign currency exchange gain or loss will be recognised at that time.

A US holder’s tax basis in ordinary shares or ADSs will generally equal the US dollar cost of the ordinary shares or ADSs. The US dollar cost of ordinary shares purchased with foreign currency will generally be the US dollar value of the purchase price on the date of purchase, or the settlement date for the purchase in the case of ordinary shares traded on an established securities market that are purchased by a cash-basis US holder (or an accrual-basis US holder that so elects).

 

   
244   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Information with respect to foreign financial assets

Individuals and certain entities that own ‘specified foreign financial assets’ with an aggregate value in excess of US$50,000 are generally required to file information reports with respect to such assets with their US federal income tax returns. Depending on the individual’s circumstances, higher threshold amounts may apply. Specified foreign financial assets include any financial accounts maintained by foreign financial institutions, as well as any of the following, but only if they are not held in accounts maintained by financial institutions: (1) stocks and securities issued by non-US persons, (2) financial instruments and contracts held for investment that have non-US issuers or counterparties and (3) interests in non-US entities. If a US holder is subject to this information reporting regime, the failure to file information reports may subject the US holder to penalties. US holders are urged to consult their own tax advisors regarding their obligations to file information reports with respect to ordinary shares or ADSs.

Medicare net investment tax

Certain persons who are individuals (other than nonresident aliens), estates or trusts are required to pay an additional 3.8% tax on the lesser of (1) their ‘net investment income’ (in the case of individuals) or ‘undistributed net investment income’ (in the case of estates and trusts) (which includes dividend income in respect of, and gain recognised on the disposition of, ordinary shares or ADSs) for the relevant taxable year and (2) the excess of their modified adjusted gross income (in the case of individuals) or adjusted gross income (in the case of estates and trusts) for the taxable year over specified dollar amounts. US holders are urged to consult their tax advisors regarding the applicability of this provision to their ownership of ordinary shares or ADSs.

Credits or deductions for UK taxes

As indicated under ‘Material UK Tax Consequences’ below, dividends in respect of, and gains on the disposition of, ordinary shares or ADSs, may be subject to UK taxation in certain circumstances. A US holder may be eligible to claim a credit or deduction in respect of UK taxes attributable to such income or gain for purposes of computing the US holder’s US federal income tax liability, subject to certain limitations. The US foreign tax credit rules are complex, and US holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the availability of US foreign tax credits and the application of the US foreign tax credit rules to their particular situation.

Information reporting and backup withholding

Information reporting and backup withholding may apply to dividend payments and proceeds from the sale, exchange or other taxable disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs. Backup withholding will not apply, however, to a US holder that (1) furnishes a correct taxpayer identification number, referred to as a TIN, certifies that such holder is not subject to backup withholding on Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 (or appropriate successor form) and otherwise complies with all applicable requirements of the backup withholding rules or (2) provides proof that such holder is otherwise exempt from backup withholding. Backup withholding is not an additional tax, and any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be refunded or credited against a holder’s US federal income tax liability, if any, provided that such holder furnishes the required information to the Internal Revenue Service in a timely manner. The Internal Revenue Service may impose a penalty upon any taxpayer that fails to provide the correct TIN.

This summary of material US federal income tax consequences is not tax advice. The determination of the actual tax consequences for a US holder will depend on the US holder’s specific situation. US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs, in each case, should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs, including the applicability and effect of the alternative minimum tax and any state, local, foreign or other tax laws and of changes in those laws.

Material UK tax consequences

The following paragraphs set out below summarise material aspects of the UK tax treatment of US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs and do not purport to be either a complete analysis of all tax considerations relating to holding ordinary shares or ADSs or an analysis of the tax position of BAT. They are based on current UK legislation and what is understood to be current HM Revenue & Customs practice, both of which are subject to change, possibly with retrospective effect.

The comments are intended as a general guide and (otherwise than where expressly stated to the contrary) apply only to US holders of ordinary shares or ADSs (other than under a personal equity plan or individual savings account) and who are the absolute beneficial owners of such shares. These comments do not deal with certain types of shareholders such as charities, dealers in securities, persons holding or acquiring shares in the course of a trade, persons who have or could be treated for tax purposes as having acquired their ordinary shares or ADSs by reason of their employment, collective investment schemes, persons subject to UK tax on the remittance basis and insurance companies. You are encouraged to consult an appropriate independent professional tax advisor with respect to your tax position.

Tax on chargeable gains as a result of disposals of ordinary shares or ADSs

Subject to the below, US holders will not generally be subject to UK tax on chargeable gains on a disposal of ordinary shares or ADSs provided that they do not carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in connection with which the ordinary shares or ADSs are held.

A US holder who is an individual, who has ceased to be resident for tax purposes in the United Kingdom for a period of less than five years and who disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs during that period may be liable for UK tax on capital gains (in the absence of any available exemptions or reliefs). If applicable, the tax charge will arise in the tax year that the individual returns to the United Kingdom.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   245


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Shareholder taxation information continued

 

 

Tax on dividends

BAT is not required to withhold UK tax at source from dividends paid on ordinary shares or ADSs.

US holders will not generally be subject to UK tax on dividends received from BAT provided that they do not carry on a trade, profession or vocation in the United Kingdom through a branch, agency or permanent establishment in connection with which the ordinary shares or ADSs are held.

Stamp duty and stamp duty reserve tax, referred to as SDRT

Based on current published HM Revenue & Customs practice and recent case law, transfers of ADSs should not be subject to SDRT or stamp duty provided that any instrument of transfer is executed and remains outside the UK and the transfer of an underlying ordinary share to the ADS holder in exchange for the cancellation of an ADS should also not give rise to a stamp duty or SDRT charge.

Transfers of ordinary shares outside of the depositary bank, including the repurchase of ordinary shares by BAT, will generally be subject to stamp duty or SDRT at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration given, except as described above in connection with the cancellation of an ADS. If ordinary shares are redeposited into a clearance service or depositary system, the redeposit will attract stamp duty or SDRT at the higher rate of 1.5%.

The purchaser or the transferee of the ordinary shares or ADSs will generally be responsible for paying any stamp duty or SDRT payable. Where stamp duty or SDRT is payable, it is payable regardless of the residence position of the purchaser.

Inheritance tax

A gift or settlement of ordinary shares or ADSs by, or on the death of, an individual shareholder may give rise to a liability to UK inheritance tax even if the shareholder is not a resident of or domiciled in the United Kingdom.

A charge to inheritance tax may arise in certain circumstances where ordinary shares or ADSs are held by close companies and trustees of settlements.

However, pursuant to the Estate and Gift Tax Treaty 1980, referred to as the Treaty, entered into between the United Kingdom and the United States, a gift or settlement of ordinary shares or ADSs by shareholders who are domiciled in the United States for the purposes of the Treaty may be exempt from any liability to UK inheritance tax.

 

   
246   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Share capital and security ownership

 

Share capital   

 

Share capital

Ordinary shares of 25p each

   31 December 2017  
Issued ordinary shares   
(excluding treasury shares)      2,293,632,824  
Treasury shares      162,645,590  
Total allotted and fully paid ordinary shares 1      2,456,278,414  
Aggregate nominal value £m      614.1  

Note:

 

1. Includes treasury shares and shares owned by employee share trusts.

Analyses of shareholders

Ordinary Shares

At 31 December 2017 there was a total of 2,456,278,414 ordinary shares in issue held by 115,842 shareholders. These shareholdings are analysed as follows:

 

(a) by listing as at 31 December 2017:

 

 

Register   

 

Total number

of shares

     % of issued
share capital
     Number of
holders
 
UK      2,212,935,055        90.09        40,036  
South Africa      243,343,359        9.91        75,806  
Total      2,456,278,414        100.00        115,842  

 

(b) by size of shareholding as at 31 December 2017:

 

 

UK Register

        
              Number of
holders
    

 

% of UK
ordinary
share capital

 
1–1,999         33,591        0.68  
2,000–9,999         4,585        0.79  
10,000–199,999         1,336        3.09  
200,000–499,999         221        3.09  
500,000 and over         302        85.00  
Treasury shares (UK)               1        7.35  
Total               40,036        100.00  

 

South Africa Register

 

 

              Number of
holders
    

 

% of SA
ordinary
share capital

 
1–1,999         69,775        7.75  
2,000–9,999         4,233        6.97  
10,000–199,999         1,646        26.18  
200,000–499,999         83        9.70  
500,000 and over               69        49.40  
Total               75,806        100.00  

Combined registers

 

 

              Number of
holders
    

 

% of issued
ordinary

share capital

 
1–1,999         103,366        1.38  
2,000–9,999         8,818        1.41  
10,000–199,999         2,982        5.37  
200,000–499,999         304        3.75  
500,000 and over         371        81.47  
Treasury shares (UK)               1        6.62  
Total               115,842        100.00  

 

American Depositary Shares (ADSs)

 

 

At 31 December 2017 there was a total of 257,074,522 ADSs
outstanding held by 10,917 registered holders. The ADS register is
analysed by size of shareholding as at 31 December 2017 as
follows:

 

 
             

 

Number of
holders

    

%

of total ADSs

 
1–1,999         10,629        0.87  
2,000–9,999         257        0.34  
10,000–199,999         29        0.30  
200,000–499,999             
500,000 and over 1               2        98.49  
Total               10,917        100.00  

Note:

 

1. One registered holder of ADSs represents 456,770 underlying shareholders.

Security ownership of ordinary shares

As at 19 February 2018, there were 39,897 record holders of ordinary shares listed on the LSE (including Citibank as the depositary bank for the ADSs) and 2,213,317,102 of such ordinary shares outstanding. As at that date, to BAT’s knowledge, 298 record holders, representing 0.02% of the ordinary shares listed on the LSE, had a registered address in the United States. As at 19 February 2018, there were 881 record holders of ordinary shares listed on the JSE (including PLC Nominees (Proprietary) Limited as the nominee for the dematerialised ordinary shares listed on the JSE) and 242,969,267 of such ordinary shares outstanding. As at such date, to BAT’s knowledge, no record holders of the ordinary shares listed on the JSE had a registered address in the United States. As at 19 February 2018, based on information received from Citibank, there were 10,830 record holders of ADSs and 254,466,849 ADSs outstanding. As at that date, based on information received from Citibank, 10,753 record holders, representing 99.94% of ADSs representing ordinary shares, had a registered address in the United States.

 

Security ownership – major shareholders

 

 

 

At 31 December 2017, the following substantial interests (3% or more) in the Company’s ordinary share capital (voting securities) had been notified to the Company in accordance with Section 5.1.2 of the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTRs). As at 19 February 2018, the Company had not received notification in accordance with the DTRs either of any change in the interests below or that any other person holds 3% or more of its ordinary shares.

 

Name   

 

Number of
ordinary shares

     % of issued
share capital 1
 
BlackRock, Inc.      132,891,526        5.79  
The Capital Group Companies, Inc.      94,321,111        4.11  

Note:

 

1. The latest percentage of issued share capital excludes treasury shares.
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   247


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Share capital and security ownership continued

 

 

All shares held by the significant shareholders represent the Company’s ordinary shares. These significant shareholders have no special voting rights compared to other holders of the Company’s ordinary shares.

Additional significant shareholding disclosure

Capital World Investors, a division of Capital Research and Management Company, filed with the SEC a statement on Schedule 13G under the Exchange Act on 14 February 2018 disclosing that as of 29 December 2017 it beneficially owned 137,487,651 ordinary shares, including 10,177,358 ordinary shares represented by ADSs. This represents approximately 5.99% of the Company’s ordinary shares outstanding as of 31 December 2017. The notifications regarding the holdings by The Capital Group Companies, Inc., listed below, indicate that Capital Research and Management Company is part of a chain of controlled undertakings with The Capital Group Companies, Inc.

In accordance with the DTRs, share transfers by major shareholders of greater than 1% must be reported to the Company. The notifications received by the Company during the past three years to the best of the Company’s knowledge are set out below.

The Capital Group Companies, Inc. notified the Company on 25 August 2015 that its interest had increased above 4% to 75,240,878 ordinary shares on 24 August 2015.

The Capital Group Companies, Inc. notified the Company on 3 March 2016 that its interest had increased above 5% to 94,321,111 ordinary shares on 2 March 2016.

Reinet Investments S.C.A. notified the Company on 6 October 2017 that its interest had decreased below the notifiable threshold of 3% to 68,053,670 ordinary shares on 25 July 2017.

To the extent known by BAT, BAT is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another corporation, any foreign government or by any other natural or legal person, severally or jointly. BAT is not aware of any arrangements, the operation of which may at a subsequent date result in a change of control of the Group.

Security ownership of the Board of Directors and the Management Board

The following table presents information regarding the total amount of ordinary shares beneficially owned (outright, by their family or by connected persons) by each current Director of BAT, each member of the Management Board and all Directors and the Management Board as a group, as of 19 February 2018. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each Director and member of the Management Board listed is: c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c., Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG, United Kingdom. The address for Ricardo Oberlander is 401 North Main Street, Winston-Salem, NC 27101, United States of America.

 

     

 

Number of Ordinary Shares

 

     Percentage of Class (11)  
Directors      

 

Richard Burrows

     15,000        0.0007  

 

Nicandro Durante (1)(2)(3)

     400,309        0.0175  

 

Ben Stevens (1)(2)(3)

     164,031        0.0072    

 

Sue Farr

             

 

Ann Godbehere (4)

     3,100        0.0001  

 

Marion Helmes

     4,500        0.0002  

 

Luc Jobin (4)

     45,236        0.0020  

 

Holly Keller Koeppel (4)(5)

     8,416        0.0004  

 

Savio Kwan

     6,352        0.0003  

 

Pedro Malan

             

 

Lionel Nowell, III (4)(6)

     17,436        0.0008  

 

Dimitri Panayotopoulos

     3,300        0.0001  

 

Kieran Poynter

     5,000        0.0002  
Management Board      

 

Jerome Abelman (7)(8)(9)

     60,480        0.0026  

 

Jack Bowles (7)(8)(9)

     156,055        0.0068  

 

Alan Davy (7)(8)(9)

     73,965        0.0032  

 

Giovanni Giordano (7)(8)(9)(10)

     70,548        0.0031  

 

Andrew Gray (7)(8)(9)

     82,278        0.0036  

 

Tadeu Marroco (7)(8)(9)

     37,114        0.0016  

 

David O’Reilly (7)(8)(9)

     48,834        0.0021  

 

Ricardo Oberlander (7)(8)(9)

     77,084        0.0034  

 

Naresh Sethi (7)(8)(9)

     77,013        0.0034  

 

Johan Vandermeulen (7)(8)(9)

     39,816        0.0017  

 

Kingsley Wheaton (7)(8)(9)

     40,882        0.0018  
All Directors and Management Board as a group (24 persons)      1,436,749        0.0626  

 

   
248   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

Notes:

 

(1) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the Executive Directors include ordinary shares awarded and required to be held for a period of at least three years in a UK-based trust under the SIP. Ordinary shares cannot be sold or transferred out of the trust until the end of the three-year holding period. The amounts above include the following ordinary shares held in the trust under the SIP: (a) 2,114 ordinary shares for Mr Durante, of which 425 have been held for less than three years; and (b) 558 ordinary shares for Mr Stevens, of which 272 have been held for less than three years. In all cases, the beneficial owner of ordinary shares under the SIP may direct the trust to exercise its voting rights in accordance with his instructions. See footnote (5) to the table below under the heading ‘Outstanding Share-based Awards and Options-based Awards of the Board of Directors and the Management Board’’ for additional details regarding the SIP and the ordinary shares held thereunder.

 

(2) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the Executive Directors include the following number of options granted under the LTIP that are scheduled to vest and may be exercised within 60 days of 19 February 2018: (a) 122,477 options under the LTIP for Mr Durante; and (b) 66,925 options under the LTIP for Mr Stevens. Each option is convertible into one ordinary share upon exercise. See footnote (1) to the table below under the heading ‘Outstanding Share-based Awards and Options-based Awards of the Board of Directors and the Management Board’ for additional details regarding the LTIP.

 

(3) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the Executive Directors include the following number of awards of restricted ordinary shares granted under the DSBS that are scheduled to vest within 60 days of 19 February 2018: (a) 19,419 ordinary shares for Mr Durante; and (b) 12,732 ordinary shares for Mr Stevens. Until awards of ordinary shares under the DSBS vest, they are held in trust and the recipient of such award does not have the ability to transfer, sell or direct the voting of the applicable ordinary shares. See footnote (4) to the table below under the heading ‘Outstanding Share-based Awards and Options-based Awards of the Board of Directors and the Management Board’ for additional details regarding the DSBS.

 

(4) The ordinary shares beneficially owned by Ms Godbehere, Mr Jobin, Ms Koeppel and Mr Nowell are represented by ADSs, each of which represents one ordinary share.

 

(5) Ms Koeppel holds 20,568.87 deferred stock units (DSUs) which were granted prior to becoming a Director of BAT. Each DSU entitles the holder to receive a cash payment following ceasing to be a Director equal to the value of one BAT ADS. The number of DSUs will increase on each dividend payment date by reference to the value of dividends declared on the ADSs underlying the DSUs.

 

(6) Mr Nowell holds 37,330.63 deferred stock units (DSUs) which were granted prior to becoming a Director of BAT. Each DSU entitles the holder to receive a cash payment following ceasing to be a Director equal to the value of one BAT ADS. The number of DSUs will increase on each dividend payment date by reference to the value of dividends declared on the ADSs underlying the DSUs.

 

(7) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the members of the Management Board include ordinary shares awarded and required to be held for a period of at least three years in a UK-based trust under the SIP. Ordinary shares cannot be sold or transferred out of the trust until the end of the three-year holding period. The amounts above include the following ordinary shares held in the trust under the SIP: (a) 340 ordinary shares for Mr Abelman, of which 224 have been held for less than three years; (b) 481 ordinary shares for Mr Bowles, of which 238 have been held for less than three years; (c) 499 ordinary shares for Mr Davy, of which 250 have been held for less than three years; (d) 743 ordinary shares for Mr Giordano, of which 271 have been held for less than three years; (e) 774 ordinary shares for Mr Gray, of which 281 have been held for less than three years; (f) 472 ordinary shares for Mr Marroco, of which 239 have been held for less than three years; (g) 1,587 ordinary shares for Dr O’Reilly, of which 373 have been held for less than three years; (h) 385 ordinary shares for Mr Oberlander, of which 237 have been held for less than three years; (i) 1,266 ordinary shares for Mr Sethi, of which 331 have been held for less than three years; (j) 340 ordinary shares for Mr Vandermeulen, of which 187 have been held for less than three years; and (k) 631 ordinary shares for Mr Wheaton, of which 265 have been held for less than three years. In all cases, the beneficial owner of ordinary shares under the SIP may direct the trust to exercise its voting rights in accordance with his instructions. See footnote (5) to the table below under the heading ‘Outstanding Share-based Awards and Options-based Awards of the Board of Directors and the Management Board’ for additional details regarding the SIP and the ordinary shares held thereunder.

 

(8) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the members of the Management Board include the following number of options granted under the LTIP that are scheduled to vest and may be exercised within 60 days of 19 February 2018: (a) 22,533 options under the LTIP for Mr Abelman; (b) 34,131 options under the LTIP for Mr Bowles; (c) 24,853 options under the LTIP for Mr Davy; (d) 32,805 options under the LTIP for Mr Giordano; (e) 35,788 options under the LTIP for Mr Gray; (f) 23,195 options under the LTIP for Mr Marroco; (g) 23,195 options under the LTIP for Dr O’Reilly; (h) 28,332 options under the LTIP for Mr Oberlander; (i) 28,332 options under the LTIP for Mr Sethi; (j) 27,503 options under the LTIP for Mr Vandermeulen; and (k) 28,332 options under the LTIP for Mr Wheaton. Each option is convertible into one ordinary share upon exercise. See footnote (1) to the table below under the heading ‘Outstanding Share-based Awards and Options-based Awards of the Board of Directors and the Management Board’ for additional details regarding the LTIP.

 

(9) The number of ordinary shares beneficially owned by the members of the Management Board include the following number of awards of restricted ordinary shares granted under the DSBS that are scheduled to vest within 60 days of 19 February 2018: (a) 1,706 ordinary shares for Mr Abelman; (b) 7,359 ordinary shares for Mr Bowles; (c) 5,358 ordinary shares for Mr Davy; (d) 7,073 ordinary shares for Mr Giordano; (e) 7,716 ordinary shares for Mr Gray; (f) 3,825 ordinary shares for Mr Marroco; (g) 5,001 ordinary shares for Dr O’Reilly; (h) 6,108 ordinary shares for Mr Oberlander; (i) 6,108 ordinary shares for Mr Sethi; (j) 5,892 ordinary shares for Mr Vandermeulen; and (k) 5,158 ordinary shares for Mr Wheaton. Until awards of ordinary shares under the DSBS vest, they are held in trust and the recipient of such award does not have the ability to transfer, sell or direct the voting of the applicable ordinary shares. See footnote (4) to the table below under the heading ‘Outstanding Share-based Awards and Options-based Awards of the Board of Directors and the Management Board’ for additional details regarding the DSBS.

 

(10) 8,000 ordinary shares held by Mr Giordano are represented by ADSs, each of which represents one ordinary share.

 

(11) The information in this column is based on 2,293,640,779 ordinary shares outstanding (excluding treasury shares) as of 19 February 2018. Any securities not outstanding subject to options, warrants, rights or conversion privileges that give the beneficial owner the right to acquire the securities within 60 days are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of outstanding securities of the class owned by such person but are not deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage of the class by any other person.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   249


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Share capital and security ownership continued

 

 

Outstanding Share-based Awards and Options-based Awards of the Board of Directors and the Management Board

The following table presents information regarding the options and the restricted share awards held by the Directors and the Management Board as of 19 February 2018. The following Directors (being the Chairman and the Non-Executive Directors) have not been granted share-based Awards or Options-based Awards over ordinary shares: Mr Burrows, Ms Farr, Ms Godbehere, Dr Helmes, Mr Jobin, Ms Koeppel, Mr Kwan, Dr Malan, Mr Nowell, Mr Panayotopoulos and Mr Poynter.

 

     

Number of
Options Held

 

    

Date of
    Grant/Award

 

    

Options
    Exercise Price
£

 

    

 

Market Price

  at Date of Grant
of Option

£

 

    

Number of

  Shares Awarded

 

    

    Exercisable (LTIP/Sharesave)
Vesting (DSBS/SIP)

 

 

 

Directors

                 

 

Nicandro Durante

                                                     
LTIP (1)      127,448     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     140,529     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2021–11 May 2026  
     114,181     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2022–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      543     

 

 

 

26 Aug 2014

 

 

     27.87        34.83               1 Oct 2019–31 Mar 2020  
       369     

 

 

 

24 Mar 2017

 

 

     40.56        50.70               1 May 2022–31 Oct 2022  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

383,070

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   19,419        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   29,690        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   28,545        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   44        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   23        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   43        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   20        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   43        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   25        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   20        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         78,079           
Ben Stevens                                                      
LTIP (1)      69,641     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     71,669     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2021–11 May 2026  
     58,232     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2022–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      543     

 

 

 

26 Aug 2014

 

 

     27.87        34.83               1 Oct 2019–31 Mar 2020  
       495     

 

 

 

23 Mar 2015

 

 

     30.26        37.82               1 May 2020–31 Oct 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

200,580

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   12,732        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   19,468        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   15,805        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   15        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   7        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   13        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   6        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   12        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   7        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   5        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         48,277           

 

   
250   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

     

Number of
Options Held

 

    

Date of
    Grant/Award

 

    

Options
    Exercise Price
£

 

    

 

Market Price

  at Date of Grant
of Option

£

 

    

Number of

  Shares Awarded

 

    

    Exercisable (LTIP/Sharesave)
Vesting (DSBS/SIP)

 

 

 

Management Board

                 

 

Jerome Abelman

                                                     
LTIP (1)      23,448     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     22,732     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     19,583     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      991     

 

 

 

23 Mar 2015

 

 

     30.26        37.82               1 May 2020–31 Oct 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

66,754

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   1,706        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   8,164        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   6,658        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   3        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   2        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   5        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   4        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   3        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         16,752           
Jack Bowles                                                      
LTIP (1)      35,517     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     31,943     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
       26,463     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

93,923

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   7,359        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   11,473        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   8,997        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   7        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   3        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   6        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   3        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   6        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   3        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   3        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         28,067           

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   251


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Share capital and security ownership continued

 

 

     

Number of
Options Held

 

    

Date of
    Grant/Award

 

    

Options
    Exercise Price
£

 

    

 

Market Price

  at Date of Grant
of Option

£

 

    

Number of

  Shares Awarded

 

    

    Exercisable (LTIP/Sharesave)
Vesting (DSBS/SIP)

 

 
Alan Davy                                                      
LTIP (1)      25,862     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     23,027     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     19,099     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      543     

 

 

 

26 Aug 2014

 

 

     27.87        34.83               1 Oct 2019–31 Mar 2020  
       221     

 

 

 

24 Mar 2017

 

 

     40.56        50.70               1 May 2020–31 Oct 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

68,752

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   5,358        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   8,270        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   6,493        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   7        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   5        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   7        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   4        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   10        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   6        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   4        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         20,371           
Giovanni Giordano                                                      
LTIP (1)      34,137     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     30,113     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     24,966     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      475     

 

 

 

23 Mar 2015

 

 

     30.26        37.82               1 May 2018–31 Oct 2018  
       88     

 

 

 

24 Mar 2017

 

 

     40.56        50.70               1 May 2020–31 Oct 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

89,779

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   7,073        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   10,815        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   8,488        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   10        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   6        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   12        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   6        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   14        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   9        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   7        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         26,647           

 

   
252   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

     

Number of
Options Held

 

    

Date of
    Grant/Award

 

    

Options
    Exercise Price
£

 

    

 

Market Price

  at Date of Grant
of Option

£

 

    

Number of

  Shares Awarded

 

    

    Exercisable (LTIP/Sharesave)
Vesting (DSBS/SIP)

 

 
Andrew Gray                                                      
LTIP (1)      37,241     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     32,829     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     27,197     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      576     

 

 

 

28 Mar 2014

 

 

     26.00        32.50               1 May 2019–31 Oct 2019  
       543     

 

 

 

26 Aug 2014

 

 

     27.87        34.83               1 Oct 2019–31 Mar 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

98,386

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   7,716        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   11,791        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   9,247        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   13        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   8        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   14        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   7        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   15        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   9        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   8        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         29,035           
Tadeu Marroco                                                      
LTIP (1)      24,137     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     21,315     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     21,109     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      534     

 

 

 

26 Mar 2013

 

 

     28.07        35.08               1 May 2018–31 Oct 2018  
       495     

 

 

 

23 Mar 2015

 

 

     30.26        37.82               1 May 2020–31 Oct 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

67,590

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   3,825        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   7,655        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   7,177        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   3        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   3        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   5        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   3        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   8        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   6        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   4        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         18,896           

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   253


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Share capital and security ownership continued

 

 

     

Number of
Options Held

 

    

Date of
    Grant/Award

 

    

Options
    Exercise Price
£

 

    

 

Market Price

  at Date of Grant
of Option

£

 

    

Number of

  Shares Awarded

 

    

    Exercisable (LTIP/Sharesave)
Vesting (DSBS/SIP)

 

 
David O’Reilly                                                      
LTIP (1)      24,137     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025
     21,315     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
       17,674     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

63,126

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   5,001        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   7,655        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   6,009        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   34        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   18        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   33        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   15        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   32        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   19        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   15        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         19,038           
Ricardo Oberlander                                                      
LTIP (1)      29,482     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     26,511     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     21,996     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      534     

 

 

 

26 Mar 2013

 

 

     28.07        35.08               1 May 2018–31 Oct 2018  
       495     

 

 

 

23 Mar 2015

 

 

     30.26        37.82               1 May 2020–31 Oct 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

79,018

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   6,108        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

 

                   9,522        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   7,478        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   5        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   2        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   5        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   3        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   7        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   5        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   3        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         23,345           

 

   
254   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

     

Number of
Options Held

 

    

Date of
    Grant/Award

 

    

Options
    Exercise Price
£

 

    

 

Market Price

  at Date of Grant
of Option

£

 

    

Number of

  Shares Awarded

 

    

    Exercisable (LTIP/Sharesave)
Vesting (DSBS/SIP)

 

 
Naresh Sethi                                                      
LTIP (1)      29,482     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     26,009     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     21,545     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      369     

 

 

 

24 Mar 2017

 

 

     40.56        50.70               1 May 2022–31 Oct 2022  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

77,405

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   6,108        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   9,341        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   7,325        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   24        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   13        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   24        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   11        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   25        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   15        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   12        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         23,105           
Johan Vandermeulen                                                      
LTIP (1)      28,620     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     25,094     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
     21,195     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Sharesave (2)      991     

 

 

 

23 Mar 2015

 

 

     30.26        37.82               1 May 2020–31 Oct 2020  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

75,900

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   5,892        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   9,013        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   7,206        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   17        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   2        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   2        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   4        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   4        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   3        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         22,298           

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   255


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Share capital and security ownership continued

 

 

     

Number of
Options Held

 

    

Date of
    Grant/Award

 

    

Options
    Exercise Price
£

 

    

 

Market Price

  at Date of Grant
of Option

£

 

    

Number of

  Shares Awarded

 

    

    Exercisable (LTIP/Sharesave)
Vesting (DSBS/SIP)

 

 
Kingsley Wheaton                                                      
LTIP (1)      29,482     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

     0.00        36.25               27 Mar 2018–26 Mar 2025  
     25,242     

 

 

 

12 May 2016

 

 

     0.00        42.34               12 May 2019–11 May 2026  
       21,382     

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

     0.00        52.11               27 Mar 2020–26 Mar 2027  
Total Options (3)   

 

 

 

76,106

 

 

                                            
DSBS (4)          

 

 

 

27 Mar 2015

 

 

                   5,158        27 Mar 2018  
         

 

 

 

29 Mar 2016

 

 

                   9,066        29 Mar 2019  
         

 

 

 

27 Mar 2017

 

 

                   7,270        27 Mar 2020  
SIP (5)          

 

 

 

1 Apr 2015

 

 

                   52        1 Apr 2018  
         

 

 

 

8 May 2015

 

 

                   10        8 May 2018  
         

 

 

 

30 Sep 2015

 

 

                   6        30 Sep 2018  
         

 

 

 

1 Apr 2016

 

 

                   88        1 Apr 2019  
         

 

 

 

9 May 2016

 

 

                   11        9 May 2019  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2016

 

 

                   5        28 Sep 2019  
         

 

 

 

3 Apr 2017

 

 

                   67        3 Apr 2020  
         

 

 

 

4 May 2017

 

 

                   12        4 May 2020  
         

 

 

 

28 Sep 2017

 

 

                   8        28 Sep 2020  
           

 

 

 

8 Feb 2018

 

 

                   6        8 Feb 2021  

 

Total Restricted Share Awards (6)

                                         21,759           

Notes:

Options

(1) LTIP: Grants or awards of ordinary shares under the LTIP are for nil consideration. The number of options shown is the maximum that may be exercised subject to the completion of the applicable performance period and conditions under the rules of the LTIP. The number of options which may vest and become exercisable may be less than the numbers of ordinary shares shown in the table.

 

(2) Sharesave Scheme: Grants of options under the Sharesave Scheme are: (a) normally granted at a discount of 20% to the market price of ordinary shares at the time of invitation, as permitted by the rules of the Sharesave Scheme; and (b) are exercisable at the end of a three-year or five-year savings contract up to a monthly limit of £500.

 

(3) Each of the LTIP and Sharesave Scheme contains provisions which permit the Board of Directors or a duly authorised committee of the Board of Directors to establish further plans for the benefit of overseas employees based on the relevant share plan but modified as necessary or desirable to take account of overseas tax, exchange control or securities laws. Any new ordinary shares issued under such plans would not count towards any applicable plan limits under the LTIP or the Sharesave Scheme.

Restricted Share Awards

(4) DSBS: Awards of deferred shares are made through the DSBS and comprise free ordinary shares normally held in trust for three years and no further performance conditions apply in that period. The ordinary shares carry no rights to vote in that period.

 

(5) SIP: The SIP is an all-employee plan which includes the SRS under which eligible employees receive an award of ordinary shares, referred to as Free Shares, in April of each year in which the plan operates in respect of performance in the previous financial year. The Free Shares are held in a UK-based trust from the date of the award for a minimum period of three years. During that time the SIP participant is entitled to receive dividends on those ordinary shares which are re-invested by such trust to buy further ordinary shares, referred to as Dividend Shares, on behalf of the SIP participant. The Dividend Shares are also held in the trust from the date of acquisition for a minimum period of three years. During the three-year holding periods, the SIP participant may not remove the Free Shares or the Dividend Shares from the trust, but may direct the trust to exercise its voting rights in accordance with his or her instructions. In addition to the Free Shares and Dividend Shares, participants in the SIP are also eligible to purchase additional ordinary shares from their pre-tax salary up to an annual statutory limit, referred to as Partnership Shares. The SIP also provides that BAT has the right to offer additional ordinary shares to a participant at no cost for each Partnership Share the participant purchases, at a ratio of two such ordinary shares for each Partnership Share purchased, referred to as Matching Shares. BAT does not currently provide any Matching Shares.

 

(6) BAT has established similar plans to the SIP for non-UK employees and specific plans for employees in Germany, Belgium and The Netherlands. Each of these plans has been modified to take account of overseas tax, exchange control and securities laws.

 

   
256   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Articles of Association

 

 

 

The Company is incorporated under the name of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and is registered in England and Wales under registered number 3407696. Under the Companies Act 2006 (the ‘Companies Act’), the Company’s objects are unrestricted. The following descriptions summarise certain provisions of the Company’s current Articles of Association (the ‘Articles’) (as adopted by special resolution at the AGM on 28 April 2010), applicable English law and the Companies Act. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Act and the Articles, available on www.bat.com. The Articles may be altered or added to or completely new articles may be adopted by a special resolution of the shareholders of the Company, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act.

Additional reference should be made to the sections entitled ‘ Description of BAT Ordinary Shares – BAT Articles of Association ’ and ‘ Comparison of Shareholder Rights – BAT ’ in BAT’s Amendment No. 3 to the Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed with the SEC on 9 June 2017, which sections are incorporated by reference.

 

 

            

 

Share capital – structure

 

Ordinary shares

–  all of the Company’s ordinary shares are fully paid

–  no further contribution of capital may be required by the Company from the holders of such shares

Alteration of share capital – the Company by ordinary resolution may:

–  consolidate and divide all or any of its shares into shares of a larger amount than its existing shares

–  divide or sub-divide any of its shares into shares of smaller amount than its existing shares

–  determine that, as between the shares resulting from such a sub-division, any of them may have any preference or advantage as compared with the others

Alteration of share capital – the Company, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, may:

–  reduce its share capital, its capital redemption reserve and any share premium account in any way

–  purchase its own shares, including redeemable shares, and may hold such shares as treasury shares or cancel them

Dividend rights

–  shareholders may, by ordinary resolution, declare dividends but not in excess of the amount recommended by the Directors

–  the Directors may pay interim dividends out of distributable profits

–  no dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of the profits available for distribution as specified under the provisions of the Companies Act

–  the Directors may, with the authority of an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, pay scrip dividends or satisfy the payment of a dividend by the distribution of specific assets

–  unclaimed dividends for a period of 12 years may be forfeited and cease to be owed by the Company

–  specific provisions enable the Directors to elect to pay dividends by bank or electronic transfer only

     

 

Share capital – voting rights

 

Voting at general meetings

–  by a show of hands, unless a poll is demanded; and on a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person at a general meeting has one vote regardless of the number of shares held by the shareholder

–  every proxy appointed by a shareholder and present at a general meeting has one vote except that if the proxy has been duly appointed by more than one shareholder entitled to vote on the resolution and is instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote for the resolution and by one or more others to vote against it, or is instructed by one or more of those shareholders to vote in one way and is given discretion as to how to vote by one or more others (and wishes to use that discretion to vote in the other way) he has one vote for and one vote against the resolution

–  on a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by the shareholder

–  a shareholder (or his duly appointed proxy) entitled to more than one vote need not use all his votes or cast all the votes he uses in the same way

–  a poll may be demanded by any of the following:

(1)  the Chairman of the meeting; (2) the Directors; (3) not less than five shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting;

(4)  a shareholder or shareholders representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders having the right to vote at the meeting (excluding any voting rights attached to treasury shares); or

(5)  a shareholder or shareholders holding shares which confer a right to vote on the resolution at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all shares conferring that right (excluding any voting rights attached to treasury shares)

Matters transacted at general meetings

–  ordinary resolutions: can include resolutions for the appointment, reappointment and removal of Directors, the receiving of the Annual Report, the declaration of final dividends, the appointment and reappointment of the external auditor, the authority for the Company to purchase its own shares and the grant of authority to allot shares

–  an ordinary resolution is passed when a simple majority of the votes cast at a meeting at which there is a quorum vote in favour of the resolution

–  special resolutions can include resolutions amending the Company’s Articles and resolutions relating to certain matters concerning a winding-up of the Company

–  a special resolution is passed when not less than three-quarters of the votes cast at a meeting at which there is a quorum vote in favour of the resolution

–  quorum for a meeting of the Company: this is a minimum of two shareholders present in person or by proxy or by a duly authorised representative(s) of a corporation which is a shareholder and entitled to vote

–  convening a meeting: the Company may specify a time not more than 48 hours before the time of the meeting (excluding any part of a day that is not a working day) by which a person must be entered on the register of members in order to have the right to attend or vote at the meeting

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   257


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Articles of Association continued

 

 

 

Share capital – pre-emptive rights and new issues of shares

 

–  holders of ordinary shares have no pre-emptive rights under the Articles – the ability of the Directors to cause the Company to issue shares, securities convertible into shares or rights to shares, otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme, is restricted

–  under the Companies Act, the Directors of a company are, with certain exceptions, unable to allot any equity securities without express authorisation, which may be contained in a company’s articles of association or given by its shareholders in a general meeting, but which in either event cannot last for more than five years

–  under the Companies Act, a company may also not allot shares for cash (otherwise than pursuant to an employee share scheme) without first making an offer to existing shareholders to allot such shares to them on the same or more favourable terms in proportion to their respective shareholdings, unless this requirement is waived by a special resolution of the shareholders

    

 

Restrictions on transfers of shares

 

–  Directors can, in their absolute discretion, refuse to register the transfer of a share in certificated form which is not fully paid, provided that such a refusal would not prevent dealings in shares in certificated form which are not fully paid from taking place on a proper basis

–  The Directors may also refuse to register a transfer of a share in certificated form (whether fully paid or not) unless the instrument of transfer:

(1)  is lodged, duly stamped, and is deposited at the registered office of the Company or such other place as the Directors may appoint and is accompanied by a certificate for the shares to which it relates and such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer; (2) is in respect of only one class of share; and (3) is in favour of not more than four transferees

–  for uncertificated shares, transfers shall be registered only in accordance with the terms of the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 so that Directors may refuse to register a transfer which would require shares to be held jointly by more than four persons

–  if the Directors refuse to register a share transfer, they must give the transferee notice of this refusal as soon as practicable and in any event within two months of the instrument of transfer being lodged with the Company

    

 

Repurchase of shares

 

–  subject to authorisation by shareholder resolution, the Company may purchase its own shares in accordance with the Companies Act

–  any shares which have been bought back may be held as treasury shares or, if not so held, must be cancelled immediately upon completion of the purchase, thereby reducing the amount of the Company’s issued share capital

 

 

Directors

 

Appointment and retirement

–  a Board of Directors of not fewer than five Directors and not subject to any maximum (unless otherwise determined by ordinary resolution of shareholders)

–  Directors and the Company (by ordinary resolution) may appoint a person who is willing to act as a Director

–  the Articles govern the minimum number of Directors who must be subject to retirement at each AGM and who may seek re-election

–  notwithstanding the Articles, all of the Directors of the Company will be subject to re-election at the forthcoming AGM to be held on 25 April 2018 in accordance with the UK Corporate Governance Code

–  fees for Non-Executive Directors and the Chairman are determined by the Directors but cannot currently exceed in aggregate an annual sum of £2,500,000, unless determined otherwise by ordinary resolution of the shareholders

–  the remuneration of the Executive Directors is determined by the Remuneration Committee, which comprises independent Non-Executive Directors

Disclosure of interests

–  specific provisions apply to the regulation and management of the disclosure of Directors’ interests in transactions and any conflicts of interest that may occur in such situations including those which may arise as a result of the Director’s office or employment or persons connected with him or her

Meetings and voting

–  the quorum for a meeting of Directors is two Directors

–  the Directors may delegate any of their powers to a person or a committee

–  the Articles place a general prohibition on a Director voting at a Board meeting on any matter in which he has an interest other than by virtue of his interest in shares in the Company

–  specific provisions apply to a Director’s ability to vote in relation to: the giving of guarantees; the provision of indemnities; insurance proposals; retirement benefits; and transactions or arrangements with a company in which the Director may have an interest

Borrowing powers

–  the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property, assets (present and future) and uncalled capital

–  the Directors may also issue debentures, debenture stock and other securities

 

   
258   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Purchases of shares

Renewal of authority for Company to purchase own shares

 

Current authority

to purchase shares

 

–  this authority (granted at the 2017 AGM) will expire at the 2018 AGM; the share buy-back programme was suspended with effect from 30 July 2014;

 

–  fresh authority to purchase the Company’s ordinary shares in order that the appropriate mechanisms are in place to enable the share buy-back programme to be reinstated at any time; and authority would be exercised when, in the opinion of the Directors, the exercise of the authority would result in an increase in the Company’s earnings per share and would be in the interest of its shareholders generally.

Proposed authority

to purchase shares

 

–  the minimum price that may be paid for such shares is 25p; and the maximum price is an amount equal to 105% of the average of the middle market prices shown in the quotation for an ordinary share as derived from the London Stock Exchange Daily Official List for the five business days immediately preceding the day on which the ordinary share is contracted to be purchased;

 

–  in the absence of the necessary practical arrangements, the proposed authority has not been extended to enable BAT to purchase its own ordinary shares on the Johannesburg Stock Exchange (JSE Limited) in South Africa or the New York Stock Exchange in the form of American Depositary Shares (ADSs); and

 

–  further details are set out in the Notice of Annual General Meeting 2018 which is made available to all shareholders and is published on www.bat.com.

Treasury shares

 

–  in accordance with the Company’s policy, any repurchased shares are expected to be held as treasury shares; at 31 December 2017 the number of treasury shares was 162,645,590 (2016: 162,645,590); and no dividends are paid on treasury shares; treasury shares have no voting rights; treasury shares may be resold at a later date.

 

Purchases of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers

At the Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017, authorisation was given to the Company to repurchase up to 186.4 million ordinary shares for the period until the next Annual General Meeting in 2018. This authorisation is renewed annually at the Annual General Meeting. No ordinary shares were repurchased by the Company during 2017. The following table provides details of ordinary share purchases made by the trustees of employee share ownership plans (ESOPs) and other purchases of ordinary shares and ADSs made to satisfy the commitments to deliver shares under certain employee share-based payment plans.  

 

             
    

Total number of
ordinary shares
purchased

by ESOPs or certain
employee share-based

plans

 

   

Average price
paid per
ordinary share
£

 

   

Total number of
ADSs purchased
by ESOPs or  certain
employee share-based
plans

 

   

Average price

paid per

ADS

USD

 

   

Total number of  

ordinary shares  

purchased as  

part of a publicly  

announced plan (1)

 

   

Maximum number of  

shares that may  

yet be purchased as  

part of a publicly  

announced plan (1)

m  

 

 
2017            
4 January     1,784       46.00362                   –         –    
1 February     1,681       48.97000                   –         –    
1 March     1,605       51.33000                   –         –    
30 March- 3 April     3,180,000       52.73133                                  
3 April     120,023       53.01528                   –         –    
3 April     15,084       52.87500                   –         –    
3 April     2,098     52.90000                   –         –    
5 April     1,623       52.78000                   –         –    
21 April     71,186       51.95892                   –         –    
3 May     1,729       52.61273                   –         –    
7 June     1,555       55.87000                   –         –    
5 July     1,775       52.03850                   –         –    
2 August     2,058       48.15500                   –         –    
6 September     1,879       48.05000                   –         –    
21 September                 20,000       61.7243       –         –    
4 October     1,941       47.20000                   –         –    
1 November     1,873       48.86500                   –         –    
6 December     1,936       49.07000                   –         –    
8 December                 25,000       66.2691       –         –    
      3,409,830       50.84855       45,000       63.9967       –         –    

Notes:

(1) There was no publicly announced plan for BAT to purchase its own ordinary shares or ADSs during the year ended 31 December 2017.

 

(2) All the purchases of ordinary shares and/or ADS were made on open market transactions except for the purchase marked * which was made by way of an arm’s length private treaty arrangement between BAT and the relevant trustee.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   259


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

 

Group Employee Trust

 

 

 

The British American Tobacco Group Employee Trust (BATGET)

 

Function   

–  used to satisfy the vesting and exercise of awards of ordinary shares under the BAT Deferred Share Bonus Scheme and Long-Term Incentive Plans; and

 

–  a committee of senior management reporting to the Board’s Share Schemes Committee monitors the number of ordinary shares held in BATGET to satisfy outstanding awards.

Funding   

–  funded by interest-free loan facilities from the Company totalling £1 billion;

 

–  this enables BATGET to facilitate the purchase of ordinary shares to satisfy the future vesting or exercise of options and awards;

 

–  loan to BATGET: £562.4 million at 31 December 2017 (2016: £369.5 million);

 

–  the loan is either repaid from the proceeds of the exercise of options or, in the case of ordinary shares acquired by BATGET to satisfy the vesting and exercise of awards, the Company will subsequently waive the loan provided over the life of the awards; and

 

–  if any options lapse, ordinary shares may be sold by BATGET to cover the loan repayment.

Ordinary shares held

in BATGET

         1 Jan 2017              31 Dec 2017 
  

Number of ordinary shares

 

Market value of ordinary shares

 

% of issued share capital of Company

     5,137,602     6,750,597 
        £237.4m     £338.7m 
          0.25     0.27 
Dividends paid in 2017   

–  BATGET currently waives dividends on the ordinary shares held by it;

 

–  final dividend 2016: £5.9 million in May 2017; and

 

–  interim dividend 2017: £3.9 million in September 2017.

            
Voting rights   

–  the trustee does not exercise any voting rights while ordinary shares are held in BATGET; and

 

–  share scheme participants may exercise the voting rights attaching to those ordinary shares once the ordinary shares have been transferred out of BATGET.

 

Notes:

1.    Company share – based payment arrangements: details of the material equity share-based and cash-settled share-based arrangements are set out in note 25 on the accounts.

 

2.   The values of ordinary shares shown are based on the closing-mid market share price on 29 December 2017 (being the last trading day of 2017): 5,018p (30 December 2016 (being the last trading day of 2016): 4,621.5p).

 

3.   In addition to the ordinary shares held in the BATGET, the trust held the following American Depositary Shares (ADSs) which relate to the vesting and exercise of certain employee stock awards formerly granted by RAI over RAI common stock and which were assumed by BAT to be satisfied by the delivery of ADSs following the merger with RAI on 25 July 2017.

 

           

 

                1 Jan 2017

 

   

 

            31 Dec 2017 

 

Number of ADSs

 

        

19,908 

 

Market value of ADSs (a)

 

        

$1.3m 

 

% of issued share capital          0.001 

 

Note:

(a)  The value of the ADSs shown is based on the closing price of ADSs on 29 December 2017 (being the last trading day of 2017) of $66.99.

 

   
260   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

American Depositary Shares

Fees and charges payable by ADS holders

Citibank, N.A. (‘Citibank’) was appointed as the depositary bank (the ‘Depositary’) for BAT’s ADS programme pursuant to the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement dated 1 December 2008 and amended as of 14 February 2017 and 14 June 2017 between BAT, the Depositary and the owners and holders of ADSs (the ‘Deposit Agreement’).

The Deposit Agreement provides that ADS holders may be required to pay various fees to the Depositary, and the Depositary may refuse to provide any service for which a fee is assessed until the applicable fee has been paid.

 

 

Service

 

  

 

Fees

 

Issuance of ADSs upon deposit of ordinary shares (excluding issuances as a result of distributions of shares described below)

 

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS issued (1)

Cancellation of ADSs

 

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS surrendered (1)

Distribution of cash dividends or other cash distributions (i.e., sale of rights and other entitlements)

 

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held (2)

Distribution of ADSs pursuant to (1) stock dividends or other free stock distributions, or (2) exercise of rights to purchase additional BAT ADSs

 

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Distribution of securities other than ADSs or rights to purchase additional ADSs (i.e., spinoff shares)

 

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Depositary bank services

 

   Up to US$0.05 per ADS held

Notes:

(1) Under the terms of a separate agreement between BAT and the Depositary, the Depositary has agreed to waive the fees that would otherwise be payable in connection with the issuance of ADSs upon deposit of ordinary shares and the cancellation of ADSs and corresponding withdrawal of ordinary shares, in each case by BAT or any of its affiliates, officers, directors or employees. The terms of this separate agreement may be amended at any time by BAT and the Depositary.

 

(2) While under the Deposit Agreement cash dividends paid in respect of ADSs are subject to a fee of up to $0.05 per ADS payable to the Depositary, under the terms of the separate agreement between BAT and the Depositary referred to above, such dividends are instead subject to a fee of up to $0.02 per ADS per year (a fee of $0.01 per dividend based on the distribution of an interim and a final cash dividend per year or a fee of $0.005 per dividend based on the distribution of four quarterly cash dividends per year). Under the separate agreement, this dividend fee may not be varied by the Depositary without the consent of BAT.

Contact details for Citibank Shareholder Services are on page 262.

In addition, ADS holders may be required under the Deposit Agreement to pay the Depositary: (a) taxes (including applicable interest and penalties) and other governmental charges; (b) registration fees; (c) certain cable, telex and facsimile transmission and delivery expenses; (d) the expenses and charges incurred by the Depositary in the conversion of foreign currency; (e) such fees and expenses as are incurred by the Depositary in connection with compliance with exchange control regulations and other regulatory requirements; and (f) the fees and expenses incurred by the Depositary, the custodian or any nominee in connection with the servicing or delivery of deposited securities. The Depositary may: (a) withhold dividends or other distributions or sell any or all of the shares underlying the ADSs in order to satisfy any tax or governmental charge; and (b) deduct from any cash distribution the applicable fees and charges of, and expenses incurred by, the Depositary and any taxes, duties or other governmental charges on account.

Fees and payments made by the Depositary to BAT

Under the terms of the contractual arrangements set out in the separate agreement between BAT and the Depositary referred to above, BAT received a total of approximately US$2.8 million from the Depositary, comprising US$2.2 million arising out of fees charged in respect of dividends and a net amount of US$0.6 million from a fixed contribution to BAT’s ADS programme administration costs for the year ended 31 December 2017.

In 2017, these programme administration costs principally included those associated with annual general meeting proxy mailings; exchange listing and regulatory fees; foreign private issuer analysis; legal fees; share registration fees; and other expenses incurred by BAT in relation to the ADS programme.

Under these contractual arrangements, the Depositary has also agreed to waive certain standard fees associated with the administration of the ADS programme.

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   261


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

 

Shareholding administration and services

 

United Kingdom Registrar

Computershare Investor Services PLC

The Pavilions, Bridgwater Road, Bristol BS99 6ZZ

tel: 0800 408 0094; +44 370 889 3159

web-based enquiries: www.investorcentre.co.uk/contactus

www.computershare.com/uk/investor/bri

Access the web-based enquiry service of Computershare Investor Services PLC for holders of shares on the UK share register; view details of your BAT shareholding and recent dividend payments and register for shareholder electronic communications to receive notification of BAT shareholder mailings by email.

www.computershare.com/dealing/uk

Go online or telephone 0370 703 0084 (UK) to buy or sell British American Tobacco shares traded on the London Stock Exchange. The internet share dealing service is only available to shareholders resident in countries in the European Economic Area.

South Africa Registrar

Computershare Investor Services Proprietary Limited

PO Box 61051, Marshalltown 2107, South Africa

tel: 0861 100 634; +27 11 870 8216

email enquiries: web.queries@computershare.co.za

American Depositary Shares

Enquiries regarding ADS holder accounts and payment of dividends should be directed to:

Citibank Shareholder Services

PO Box 43077, Providence, Rhode Island 02940-3077, USA

tel: 1-888 985-2055 (toll-free) or +1 781 575 4555

email enquiries: citibank@shareholders-online.com

website: www.citi.com/dr

Documents on Display and Publications

This Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017 is available online at bat.com/annualreport. Copies of current and past Annual Reports are available on request. Copies of the Group corporate brochure, We are BAT, are also available. Highlights from these publications can be produced in alternative formats such as Braille, audio tape and large print.

Contact:

British American Tobacco Publications

Unit 80, London Industrial Park, Roding Road, London E6 6LS

tel: +44 20 7511 7797; facsimile: +44 20 7540 4326

email: bat@team365.co.uk

Holders of shares held on the South Africa register can contact the Company’s Representative office in South Africa using the contact details shown at the end of this Annual Report and Form 20-F.

ADS holders can contact Citibank Shareholder Services in the United States using the contact details shown above.

The Company is subject to the information requirements of the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934 applicable to foreign private issuers. In accordance with these requirements, the company files its Annual Report on Form 20-F and other documents with the SEC. It is possible to read and copy documents that have been filed with the SEC at its headquarters located at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549, US. You also may call the SEC at +1 800- SEC-0330. In addition, BAT’s SEC filings are available to the public at the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov.

Our website – www.bat.com

Access comprehensive information about British American Tobacco and download shareholder publications at the corporate website; visit the Investors section for valuation and charting tools, dividend and share price data and subscribe to the email alert services for key

financial events in the British American Tobacco financial calendar; download the British American Tobacco Investor Relations app to access all the latest financial information on your iPad, iPhone or Android device.

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

Available to the majority of shareholders on the UK register, this is a straightforward and economic way of utilising your dividends to build up your shareholding in British American Tobacco. Contact Computershare Investor Services PLC in the UK for details.

Individual Savings Accounts (ISAs)

A British American Tobacco sponsored ISA – contact:

The Share Centre

PO Box 2000, Aylesbury, Bucks HP21 8ZB

tel: 0800 800 008; +44 1296 414 141

email enquiries: service@share.co.uk

website: www.share.com

(The tax advantages of ISAs depend on your individual circumstances and the benefits of ISAs could change in the future. You should note that investments, their value and the income they provide can go down as well as up and you might not get back what you originally invested.)

Capital gains tax

Fact sheet for British American Tobacco historical UK capital gains tax information; contact the British American Tobacco Company Secretarial Department, tel: +44 20 7845 1000 or access online at www.bat.com/cgt

Payment of Dividends – Mandatory Direct Credit

BAT has simplified the way in which it pays dividends to shareholders by only paying cash dividends directly into a shareholder’s nominated bank account. This is known as mandatory direct credit. BAT no longer issues dividend cheques. Shareholders recorded on the main register as receiving dividend payments by cheque have been advised by Computershare. Those shareholders will need to take the required action by selecting the appropriate option as set out in the Computershare notification.

Shareholders on the UK main register who already had their dividends paid: (1) by direct credit into their UK bank or building society account; or (2) through the Euroclear service using the CREST messaging system; or (3) through Computershare’s Global Payments Service (GPS) are not affected by this change. Similarly, shareholders who participate in the British American Tobacco Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP) are not required to take any action unless they choose to withdraw from the DRIP.

For the South Africa branch register, Computershare South Africa has notified affected shareholders of the equivalent applicable arrangements for the payment of dividends, as appropriate.

Calendar 2018

 

Wed

25 April

at

11:30am

 

 

Annual General Meeting

 

Milton Court Concert Hall, Silk Street, London EC2Y 9BH Details of the business to be proposed at the meeting are in the Notice of AGM, which is made available to all shareholders and is published on www.bat.com. BAT provides for the vote on each resolution to be by poll rather than by a show of hands. This provides for greater transparency and allows the votes of all shareholders to be counted, including those cast by proxy. The voting results will be released on the same day in accordance with regulatory requirements and made available on bat.com.

 

Thu 26 July Half-Year Report
 

 

   
262   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

Exhibits

The following documents are filed in the SEC EDGAR system, as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F, and can be viewed on the SEC’s website, www.sec.gov:

 

 

Exhibit Number

  Description
1   Articles of Association of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (1)
2.1   Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated as of December 1, 2008, by and among British American Tobacco p.l.c., Citibank, N.A., as depositary bank, and all holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder (2)
2.2   Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated as of February 14, 2017, by and among British American Tobacco p.l.c., Citibank, N.A., as depositary bank, and all holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder (3)
2.3   Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement, dated as of June 14, 2017, by and among British American Tobacco p.l.c., Citibank, N.A., as depositary bank, and all holders and beneficial owners of American Depositary Shares issued thereunder (4)
2.4   Indenture, dated August 15, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c. and certain of its subsidiaries as guarantors, and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as Trustee
2.5   Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2017, by and among B.A.T. Capital Corporation, B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., Reynolds American Inc., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., as guarantors, and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. as representatives of the initial purchasers
2.6   Twenty-Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed, dated as of 31 May 2017, by and among B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T Capital Corporation, British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., British American Tobacco p.l.c. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c. further modifying and restating the Trust Deed dated 6 July 1998 (as previously modified and restated) relating to the US$3,000,000,000 (now £25,000,000,000) Euro Medium Term Note Programme (5)
2.7   Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed, dated 12 February 2018, by and among B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T Capital Corporation, British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., British American Tobacco p.l.c. and the Law Debenture Trust Corporation p.l.c., further modifying the Trust Deed dated 6 July 1998 (as previously modified and restated) relating to the US$3,000,000,000 (now £25,000,000,000) Euro Medium Term Note Programme
4.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of January 16, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c., BATUS Holdings Inc., Flight Acquisition Corporation and Reynolds American Inc. and Amendment to Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 8, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c., BATUS Holdings Inc., Flight Acquisition Corporation and Reynolds American Inc. (6)
4.2   Term loan facilities agreement, dated as of January 16, 2017, among B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c. and B.A.T Capital Corporation, as original borrowers, British American Tobacco p.l.c., as guarantor, HSBC Bank plc, as agent, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as US agent and the lenders and financial institutions party thereto (7)
4.3   Revolving credit facilities agreement, dated January 20, 2017, among British American Tobacco p.l.c., B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and B.A.T Capital Corporation, as borrowers, British American Tobacco p.l.c., as guarantor, HSBC Bank plc, as agent and euro swingline agent, HSBC Bank USA, National Association, as US agent and US$ swingline agent, and the banks and financial institutions party thereto (8)
4.4   Rules of the British American Tobacco 2007 Long-Term Incentive Plan (9)
4.5   Rules of the British American Tobacco 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (10)
4.6   British American Tobacco p.l.c. Deferred Annual Share Bonus Scheme (11)
4.7   Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of Reynolds American Inc. (Amended and Restated Effective November 30, 2017) (12)
4.8   Service Contract between British American Tobacco p.l.c. and Nicandro Durante, dated as of 10 December 2010 (13)
4.9   Service Contract between British American Tobacco p.l.c. and John Benedict Stevens, dated as of 26 March 2008 (14)
4.10   Letter Agreement between British American Tobacco p.l.c. and John Benedict Stevens, dated as of 23 July 2010 (15)
4.11   Form of Letter of Appointment of Richard Burrows as Director and Chairman of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (16)
4.12   Form of Letter of Appointment of Kieran Poynter as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.13   Form of Letter of Appointment of Susan Farr as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.14   Form of Letter of Appointment of Ann Godbehere as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.15   Form of Letter of Appointment of Dr Marion Helmes as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.16   Form of Letter of Appointment of Savio Kwan as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.17   Form of Letter of Appointment of Dr Pedro Malan as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.18   Form of Letter of Appointment of Dimitri Panayotopoulos as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.19   Form of Letter of Appointment of Luc Jobin as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.20   Form of Letter of Appointment of Holly Keller Koeppel as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.21   Form of Letter of Appointment of Lionel Nowell, III as Non-Executive Director of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
4.22   Master Settlement Agreement, referred to as the MSA, dated 23 November 1998, between the Settling States named in the MSA and the Participating Manufacturers also named therein (17)
4.23   Settlement Agreement dated August 25,1997, between the State of Florida and settling defendants in The State of Florida v. American Tobacco Co. (18)

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   263


Table of Contents

 

 Shareholder information 

 

                                  

Exhibits continued

 

 

 

Exhibit Number

  Description
4.24   Comprehensive Settlement Agreement and Release dated January 16, 1998, between the State of Texas and settling defendants in The State of Texas v. American Tobacco Co. (19)
4.25   Settlement Agreement and Release in re: The State of Minnesota v. Philip Morris, Inc., by and among the State of Minnesota, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota and the various tobacco company defendants named therein, dated as of May 8, 1998 (20)
4.26   Settlement Agreement and Stipulation for Entry of Consent Judgment in re: The State of Minnesota v. Philip Morris, Inc., by and among the State of Minnesota, Blue Cross and Blue Shield of Minnesota and the various tobacco company defendants named therein, dated as of May 8, 1998 (21)
4.27   Form of Consent Judgment by Judge Kenneth J. Fitzpatrick, Judge of District Court in re: The State of Minnesota v. Philip Morris, Inc. (22)
4.28   Stipulation of Amendment to Settlement Agreement and for Entry of Agreed Order dated July 2, 1998, by and among the Mississippi Defendants, Mississippi and the Mississippi Counsel in connection with the Mississippi Action (23)
4.29   Stipulation of Amendment to Settlement Agreement and for Entry of Consent Decree dated July 24,1998, by and among the Texas Defendants, Texas and the Texas Counsel in connection with the Texas Action (24)
4.30   Stipulation of Amendment to Settlement Agreement and for Entry of Consent Decree dated September 11,1998, by and among the State of Florida and the tobacco companies named therein (25)
4.31   Term Sheet agreed to by R. J. Reynolds Tobacco Company, an indirect subsidiary of Reynolds American Inc., certain other Participating Manufacturers, 17 states, the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico (26)
8   List of Subsidiaries (included on page 199 in this report)
11   Code of Ethics
12   Certification pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
13   Certification under Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (27)
15   Consent of KPMG LLP (United Kingdom), independent registered public accounting firm of British American Tobacco p.l.c.
101   Interactive Data Files (formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) and furnished electronically)

Notes:

 

1. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

2. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(ii) to BAT’s Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form F-6 (Reg. No. 333-155563) filed on 13 January 2017.

 

3. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.4 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

4. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit (a)(i) to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-6 (Reg. No. 333-221983) filed on 11 December 2017.

 

5. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.7 to BAT’s Amendment No. 2 to Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 1 June 2017.

 

6. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

7. Incorporated by reference to BAT’s Amendment No. 4 to Schedule 13D filed on 17 January 2017.

 

8. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.5 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

9. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

10. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

11. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

12. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.43 to Reynolds American Inc.’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended 31 December 2007 filed on 27 February 2008.

 

13. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

14. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

15. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

16. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to BAT’s Registration Statement on Form F-4 (Reg. No. 333-217939) filed on 12 May 2017.

 

17. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings Inc.’s Form 8-K dated 24 November 1998.

 

18. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated 5 September 1997.

 

19. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Form 8-K dated 27 January 1998.

 

20. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30 March 1998 filed on 15 May 1998.

 

21. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30 March 1998 filed on 15 May 1998.

 

22. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.3 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30 March 1998 filed on 15 May 1998.

 

23. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.2 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30 June 1998 filed on 14 August 1998.

 

24. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.4 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30 June 1998 filed on 14 August 1998.

 

25. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to R.J. Reynolds Tobacco Holdings, Inc.’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended 30 September 1998 filed on 12 November 1998.

 

26. Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Reynolds American Inc.’s Form 8-K dated 12 March 2013 and filed on 18 March 2013.

 

27. These certifications are furnished only and are not filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F.

Certain instruments which define the rights of holders of long-term debt issued by BAT and its subsidiaries are not being filed because the total amount of securities authorised under each such instrument does not exceed 10% of the total consolidated assets of BAT and its subsidiaries. BAT agrees to furnish copies of any or all such instruments to the SEC on request.

 

   
264   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
                       
  Other Information         

Strategic Report

 

       

Governance

 

       

Financial Statements    

 

       

Other Information

 

 

Glossary

 

 

ADR

  American depositary receipt
ADS   American depositary share – 1 ADS is equivalent to 1 BAT ordinary share
AGM   Annual General Meeting
APFO   Adjusted profit from operations
BATGET   British American Tobacco Group Employee Trust
bps   Basis points
CC   Constant currency
CGFO   Cash generated from operations
CO 2 e   Carbon dioxide equivalent
Code   UK Corporate Governance Code
CSR   Corporate Social Responsibility
DSBS   Deferred share bonus scheme
EEMEA   Eastern Europe Middle East and Africa
EMTN   European Medium Term Notes
EPS   Earnings per share
EU   European Union
FII GLO   Franked Investment Income Group Litigation order
FCTC   Framework Convention on Tobacco Control
FMCG   Fast Moving Consumer Goods
GAAP   Generally accepted accounting practice
GDB   Global Drive Brands, being Kent, Dunhill, Pall Mall, Lucky Strike and Rothmans
GDSB   Global Drive and Key Strategic Brands, being the GDBs, plus Shuang Xi and State Express 555
GJ   Gigajoules (of energy use)
IASB   International Accounting Standards Board
IEIS   International executive incentive scheme
IFRS   International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB and as adopted by the EU
ISA   International Standards on Auditing
JSE   Johannesburg Stock Exchange
KPI   Key performance indicator
LIBOR   London Interbank Offered Rate
LSE   London Stock Exchange
LR   Listing rules
LTIP   Long-term incentive plan
MCE   Million cigarettes equivalent
MSA   Master Settlement Agreement
NGP   Next Generation Product
NTO   Net turnover or revenue
NYSE   New York Stock Exchange
OCF   Operating cash flow
OECD   Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
OTP   Other tobacco products, including but not limited to roll you own, make your own and cigars
PCAOB   Public Company Accounting Oversight Board
PRRP   Potentially Reduced-Risk Products
RAI   Reynolds American Inc.
RAI Companies   Reynolds American Inc. group of companies
ROCE   Return on Capital Employed
SAFL   Sustainable Agriculture and Farmer Livelihoods
SEC   United States Securities and Exchange Commission
SIP   Share incentive plan
SoBC   Group Standards of Business Conduct
SOx   United States Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
SRS   Share reward scheme
TaO   Programme to implement the new operating model, including one instance of SAP
TDR   TDR d.o.o
THP   Tobacco Heating Products
TPD   European Tobacco Products Directive (directive 2001/37/EC)
TSR   Total shareholder return
UKLA   United Kingdom Listing Authority
UURBS   Unfunded unapproved retirement benefit scheme
WHO   World Health Organisation
 

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   265


Table of Contents

 

 Other Information 

 

                                  

 

Cross-reference to Form 20-F

 

 

Item

       Form 20-F caption   Location in this document
1       Identity of Directors, senior management and advisers   N/A
2       Offer statistics and expected timetable   N/A
3       Key Information    
    A   Selected financial data   217, 224
    B   Capitalisation and indebtedness   N/A
    C   Reasons for the offer and use of proceeds   N/A
    D   Risk factors   48–54, 226–227
4       Information on the Company    
    A   History and development of the company   7, 14, 19, 20–29, 42–43, 113, 125–126, 136–137, 165–166, 216, 223, 248–249, inside back cover
    B   Business overview   1–37, 42–47, 216, 228–231, 233, 237
    C   Organisational structure   199–208, 216
    D   Property, plants and equipment   38, 135–136, 223, 235
4a       Unresolved staff comments   N/A
5       Operating and Financial Review and Prospects    
    A   Operating results   10–17, 20–27, 33–47, 146–147, 161–164, 218–221, 223, 232, 228–231
    B   Liquidity and capital resources   38–41, 53, 112, 146–148, 157–159, 161–164, 223–224
    C   Research and development, patent and licences   18–19, 27–28, 34, 38, 113, 121, 235
    D   Trend information   1–9, 15–17, 48–52, 54, 226–231
    E   Off-balance sheet arrangements   41, 161–164, 188, 224
    F   Tabular disclosure of contractual commitments   224
    G   Safe harbour   239
6       Directors, Senior Management and Employees    
    A   Directors and senior management   56–64, 72, subsequent events page »
    B   Compensation   13, 22, 73–92, 138–143, 170–171, 248–256
    C   Board practices   55–74, 91–92, 97–98, 225, 236, 258
    D   Employees   121, 169, 225
    E   Share ownership   26, 86–87, 90, 97, 167–169, 248–256
7       Major Shareholders and Related Party Transactions    
    A   Major shareholders   247–248
    B   Related party transactions   170–171
    C   Interests of experts and counsel   N/A
8       Financial Information    
    A   Consolidated statements and other financial information   7, 37, 105–198, 241–242
    B   Significant changes   N/A
9       The Offer and Listing    
    A   Offer and listing details   240
    B   Plan of distribution   N/A
    C   Markets   240
    D   Selling shareholders   N/A
    E   Dilution   N/A
    F   Expenses of the issue   N/A
10       Additional Information    
    A   Share capital   N/A
    B   Memorandum and articles of association   257–258
    C   Material contracts   172,177–179, 233–234
    D   Exchange controls   241
    E   Taxation   243–246
    F   Dividends and paying agents   N/A
    G   Statements by experts   N/A
    H   Documents on display   262
    I   Subsidiary information   N/A
11       Quantitative and qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk   161–164

 

   
266   BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017


Table of Contents
    

 

Strategic Report

 

       

 

Governance

 

       

 

Financial Statements

 

       

 

Other Information

 

 

 

 

Item

       Form 20-F caption   Location in this document
12       Description of Securities Other Than Equity Securities    
    A   Debt Securities   N/A
    B   Warrants and Rights   N/A
    C   Other Securities   N/A
    D   American Depositary Shares   261
13       Defaults, Dividend Arrearages and Delinquencies   N/A
14     Material Modifications to the Rights of Security Holders   N/A
        and Use of Proceeds    
15       Controls and Procedures   237
16A       Audit Committee Financial Expert   65, 236
16B       Code of Ethics   69, 236
16C       Principal Accountant Fees and Services   67, 121
16D       Exemptions from the Listing Standards for Audit Committees   N/A
16E       Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers   259
16F       Change in Registrant’s Certifying Accountant   N/A
16G       Corporate Governance   236
16H       Mine Safety Disclosure   N/A
17       Financial Statements   N/A
18       Financial Statements   105–198
19       Exhibits   263–264

 

   
BAT Annual Report and Form 20-F 2017   267


Table of Contents

Registered office

Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG

tel: +44 20 7845 1000, facsimile: +44 20 7240 0555

Incorporated in England and Wales No. 3407696

Representative Office in South Africa

Waterway House South, No 3 Dock Road, V&A Waterfront,

Cape Town 8000, South Africa

PO Box 631, Cape Town 8000, South Africa

tel: +27 21 003 6576

Secretary

Paul McCrory

General Counsel

Jerome Abelman

Investor relations

Enquiries should be directed to Mike Nightingale, Rachael Brierley

or Stephanie Brassinne

tel: +44 20 7845 1180

Press office

Enquiries should be directed to Anna Vickerstaff

tel: +44 20 7845 2888

email: press_office@bat.com

Auditors

KPMG LLP

15 Canada Square, Canary Wharf, London E14 5GL

 

 

 

References in this publication to ‘British American Tobacco’, ‘BAT’, ‘we’, ‘us’, and ‘our’ when denoting opinion refer to British American Tobacco p.l.c. (the Company) (No. 3407696) and when denoting tobacco business activity refer to British American Tobacco Group operating companies, collectively or individually as the case may be.

Design and production: Radley Yeldar (London) www.ry.com

Photography by David Hares and Henry Thomas.

Printed in the UK by Pureprint Group on Revive 100% recycled papers, made entirely from post-consumer waste. All pulps used are Elemental Chlorine Free. The manufacturing mills hold the ISO14001 and EU Ecloabel (EMAS) certificates for environmental management.

 

LOGO

 

 

 


Table of Contents

 

 

                     
   

 

LOGO

       
   

 

Explore the story of our year

 

Featuring downloadable versions of this Report,

along with our Sustainability Summary Report

and other content – all accessible on desktop,

tablet and mobile.

       
   

 

LOGO

 

 

www.bat.com/reporting

 

       
   

 

LOGO

 

 

www.bat.com

       
   

 

LOGO

 

 

@BATPress

       
   

 

LOGO

 

 

flickr.com/welcometobat

       
   

 

LOGO

 

 

youtube.com/welcometobat

       
               
   

 

 

    

                 


Table of Contents

Subsequent Events »

Subsequent to the approval of the Annual Report and Accounts for the year ended 31 December 2017 by the Board of the Company on 21 February 2018, the events set out below have been notified to the Company.

Board of Directors

Dr Marion Helmes

Non-Executive Director

Dr Helmes was appointed as a Supervisory Board member of Siemens Healthineers AG on 1 March 2018.

Luc Jobin

Non-Executive Director

Mr Jobin stepped down as President and Chief Executive Officer of Canadian National Railway Company on 5 March 2018.


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this annual report on its behalf.

Date: 15 March 2018

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

(Registrant)

 

By:  

/s/ Paul McCrory

 

Paul McCrory

  Company Secretary

Exhibit 2.4

Execution Version

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

2.297% NOTES DUE 2020

2.764% NOTES DUE 2022

3.222% NOTES DUE 2024

3.557% NOTES DUE 2027

4.390% NOTES DUE 2037

4.540% NOTES DUE 2047

FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2020

FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2022

INDENTURE

Dated as of August 15, 2017

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO P.L.C.

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE P.L.C.

REYNOLDS AMERICAN INC.

as Guarantors

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH

as Authentication Agent, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and Calculation Agent


B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

Reconciliation and tie between Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended by the Trust Indenture Reform Act of 1990, and Indenture.

 

Trust Indenture Act Section

  

Indenture Section

§310    (a)(1)    6.09
   (a)(2)    6.09
   (a)(3)    Not Applicable
   (a)(4)    Not Applicable
   (b)    6.03, 6.07, 6.09
§311    (a)    6.11
   (b)    6.09, 6.11
§312    (a)    2.06
   (b)    10.04
   (c)    10.04
§313    (a)    6.10
   (b)    6.10
   (c)    6.10
   (d)    6.10
§314    (a)    4.03(a)
   (a)(4)    4.12
   (b)    Not Applicable
   (c)(1)    10.02(1)
   (c)(2)    10.02(2)
   (c)(3)    Not Applicable
   (d)    Not Applicable
   (e)    10.03
§315    (a)    6.01(b)
   (b)    6.05
   (c)    6.01(a)
   (d)    6.01(c)
   (d)(1)    6.01(c)(1)
   (d)(2)    6.01(c)(2)
   (d)(3)    6.01(c)(3)
   (e)    5.11
§316    (a)(1)(A)    5.02, 5.05
   (a)(1)(B)    5.04
   (a)(2)    Not Applicable
   (a)(last sentence)    2.10
   (b)    5.07
   (c)    7.03
§317    (a)(1)    5.08
   (a)(2)    5.09
   (b)    2.04, 4.05
§318    (a)    1.04

NOTE: This reconciliation and tie shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be a part of the Indenture.

 

i


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  Page
ARTICLE I    
DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE   1

Section 1.01. Definitions

  1

Section 1.02. Other Definitions

  7

Section 1.03. Rules of Construction

  10

Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

  10
ARTICLE II    
THE NOTES   11

Section 2.01. Amount of Notes

  11

Section 2.02. Form and Dating

  11

Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication

  12

Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent

  13

Section 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money

  13

Section 2.06. Holder Lists

  13

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange

  13

Section 2.08. Replacement Notes

  14

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes

  14

Section 2.10. Treasury Notes

  14

Section 2.11. Temporary Notes

  15

Section 2.12. Cancellation

  15

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest

  15

Section 2.14. CUSIP Number

  15

Section 2.15. Deposit of Moneys

  15

Section 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

  15

Section 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions

  17

Section 2.18. Computation of Interest

  19
ARTICLE III    
REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT   20

Section 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee

  20

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed

  20

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption

  20

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption

  20

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price

  21

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part

  21

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption

  21

 

ii


Section 3.08. Tax Redemption

  23
ARTICLE IV    
COVENANTS   24

Section 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest

  24

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency

  24

Section 4.03. Reports by the Company

  25

Section 4.04. Corporate Existence

  25

Section 4.05. Money for Notes Payments

  25

Section 4.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

  26

Section 4.07. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws

  26

Section 4.08. Payment of Additional Amounts

  26

Section 4.09. Negative Pledge

  28

Section 4.10. Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations and Combinations

  28

Section 4.11. Statement by Officers as to Event of Default

  29

Section 4.12. Statements as to Compliance

  29

Section 4.13. Mutual Undertaking Regarding Information Reporting and Collection Obligations

  29

Section 4.14. Agent Right to Withhold

  29

Section 4.15. Company Right to Redirect

  30
ARTICLE V    
DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES   30

Section 5.01. Events of Default

  30

Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission

  31

Section 5.03. Other Remedies

  31

Section 5.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default

  32

Section 5.05. Control by Majority

  32

Section 5.06. Limitation on Suits

  32

Section 5.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment

  33

Section 5.08. Collection Suit by Trustee

  33

Section 5.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

  33

Section 5.10. Priorities

  33

Section 5.11. Undertaking for Costs

  34

Section 5.12. Delay or Omission Not Waiver

  34
ARTICLE VI    
TRUSTEE   34

Section 6.01. Duties of Trustee

  34

Section 6.02. Rights of Trustee

  35

Section 6.03. Individual Rights of Trustee

  36

 

iii


Section 6.04. Trustee’s and Agent’s Disclaimers

  36

Section 6.05. Notice of Defaults

  36

Section 6.06. Compensation and Indemnity

  37

Section 6.07. Replacement of Trustee

  38

Section 6.08. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.

  38

Section 6.09. Eligibility; Disqualification

  39

Section 6.10. Reports by Trustee to Holders

  39

Section 6.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company

  39
ARTICLE VII    
AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER   39

Section 7.01. Without Consent of Holders

  39

Section 7.02. With Consent of Holders

  40

Section 7.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents

  41

Section 7.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes

  42

Section 7.05. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

  42
ARTICLE VIII    
SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE   42

Section 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance

  42

Section 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance

  43

Section 8.03. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions

  44

Section 8.04. Reinstatement

  44

Section 8.05. Moneys Held by Paying Agent

  44

Section 8.06. Moneys Held by Trustee

  45
ARTICLE IX    
GUARANTEES   45

Section 9.01. Guarantee

  45

Section 9.02. Severability

  46

Section 9.03. Limitation of Liability

  46

Section 9.04. Contribution

  46

Section 9.05. Subrogation

  46

Section 9.06. Reinstatement

  46

Section 9.07. Release of a Guarantor

  47

Section 9.08. Benefits Acknowledged

  47
ARTICLE X    
MISCELLANEOUS   47

Section 10.01. Notices

  47

Section 10.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

  49

 

iv


Section 10.03. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion

  49

Section 10.04. Communications by Holders with Other Holders

  49

Section 10.05. Rules by Trustee and Agents

  49

Section 10.06. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

  49

Section 10.07. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction

  50

Section 10.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements

  50

Section 10.09. Successors

  50

Section 10.10. Separability

  50

Section 10.11. Counterpart Originals

  50

Section 10.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

  51

Section 10.13. Benefits of Indenture

  51

Section 10.14. Appointment of Agent for Service

  51

 

v


EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A-1

   FORM OF 2.297% NOTES DUE 2020

Exhibit A-2

   FORM OF 2.764% NOTES DUE 2022

Exhibit A-3

   FORM OF 3.222% NOTES DUE 2024

Exhibit A-4

   FORM OF 3.557% NOTES DUE 2027

Exhibit A-5

   FORM OF 4.390% NOTES DUE 2037

Exhibit A-6

   FORM OF 4.540% NOTES DUE 2047

Exhibit A-7

   FORM OF FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2020

Exhibit A-8

   FORM OF FLOATING RATE NOTES DUE 2022

Exhibit B

   FORMS OF LEGEND AND ASSIGNMENT FOR RULE 144A NOTES AND OTHER NOTES THAT ARE RESTRICTED NOTES

Exhibit C

   FORM OF LEGEND AND ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE

Exhibit D

   FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE

Exhibit E

   FORM OF CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED IN CONNECTION WITH TRANSFERS PURSUANT TO REGULATION S

Exhibit F

   FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

 

vi


INDENTURE, dated as of August 15, 2017, among B.A.T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, as issuer, British American Tobacco p.l.c., a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales, British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales, and, until its guarantee is released in accordance with this Indenture (if ever), Reynolds American Inc., a North Carolina corporation, as guarantors, Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee, and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as authentication agent, paying agent, transfer agent, registrar and calculation agent.

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

ARTICLE I

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

Section 1.01. Definitions.

2020 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2020 Fixed Rate Notes and the Additional 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

2022 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2022 Fixed Rate Notes and the Additional 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

2024 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2024 Fixed Rate Notes and the Additional 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

2027 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2027 Fixed Rate Notes and the Additional 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

2037 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2037 Fixed Rate Notes and the Additional 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

2047 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2047 Fixed Rate Notes and the Additional 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

2020 Floating Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2020 Floating Rate Notes and the Additional 2020 Floating Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

2022 Floating Rate Notes ” means the Initial 2022 Floating Rate Notes, the Exchange Notes issued in exchange for the Initial 2022 Floating Rate Notes and the Additional 2022 Floating Rate Notes, if any, issued by the Company pursuant to this Indenture.

Additional Interest ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Affiliate” means, with respect to any specified Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling or controlled by or under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.

Agent ” means any Authentication Agent, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar or Calculation Agent (each, an “ Agent ” and collectively, the “ Agents ”).


amend ” means amend, modify, supplement, restate or amend and restate, including successively; and “ amending ” and “ amended ” have correlative meanings.

Applicable Law ” means any applicable law or regulation.

Applicable Procedures ” means, with respect to any transfer or transaction involving a Global Note or beneficial interest therein, the rules and procedures of the Depositary for such Global Note, Euroclear or Clearstream, in each case to the extent applicable to such transaction and as in effect from time to time.

Authority ” means any competent regulatory, prosecuting, Tax or governmental authority in any jurisdiction.

Authorized Signatory ” means any individual authorized by the Board of Directors to sign documents or otherwise act on behalf of the Company.

Bankruptcy Law ” means Title 11, United States Code, or any similar U.S. Federal or state law, the UK Insolvency Act 1986, as amended and as supplemented by the Insolvency (England and Wales) Rules 2016, or law of any other jurisdiction relating to bankruptcy, insolvency, winding-up, liquidation, reorganization or relief of debtors.

BAT Group ” means the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries, collectively.

BATHTN ” means British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder and any and all successors thereto hereunder.

BATIF ” means B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder and any and all successors thereto hereunder.

BATNF ” means B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V., a private company with limited liability ( besloten vennootschap met beperkte aansprakelijkheid ) incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder and any and all successors thereto hereunder.

Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Company or any duly authorized committee thereof.

Board Resolution ” means (1) a copy of a resolution of the Company duly adopted by the Board of Directors and in full force and effect on the date of such certification, or (2) a certificate signed by the director or directors or officer or officers to whom the Board of Directors shall have duly delegated its authority, and delivered to the Trustee for the Notes of any series.

Broker-Dealer ” has the meaning set forth in the Registration Rights Agreement.

Business Day ” means any day which is not, in London or New York City, or any other place of payment, a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or a day on which banking institutions are authorized or obligated by law or regulation to close.

Calculation Agent ” means Citibank, N.A., London Branch as calculation agent.

Clearstream ” means Clearstream Banking, Société Anonyme, or any successor securities clearing agency.

Code ” means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

Commission ” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

Company ” means B.A.T Capital Corporation, a Delaware corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder and any and all successors thereto hereunder.

 

2


Company Order ” means a written request or order signed in the name of the Company by any Officer, and delivered to the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable.

Comparable Treasury Issue ” means the United States Treasury security selected by the Independent Investment Banker that would be utilized, at the time of selection and in accordance with customary financial practice, in pricing new issues of corporate debt securities of comparable maturity to, the remaining term of the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, or 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, or, as the case may be, to the relevant Par Call Date.

Comparable Treasury Price ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date (1) the average of the Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations for that Redemption Date, after excluding the highest and lowest of such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations or (2) if the Independent Investment Banker for the Fixed Rate Notes obtains fewer than four such Reference Treasury Dealer Quotations, the average of all such Quotations.

Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee ” means the office of the Trustee at which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered, which office as of the date of this Indenture is located at Wilmington Trust, National Association, Global Capital Markets, 50 S. 6th Street, Suite 1290, Minneapolis, MN 55402, Attention: Corporate Trust, or such other address as the Trustee may designate from time to time by notice to the Holders and the Company.

corporation ” includes corporations, associations, companies (including any limited liability company), business trusts and limited partnerships.

Default ” means any event which is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default.

Depositary ” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as Depositary by the Company, which Person must be a clearing agency registered under the Exchange Act.

Distribution Compliance Period ” with respect to any Note, means the period of 40 consecutive days beginning on and including the later of (a) the day on which such Note is first offered to persons other than distributors (as defined in Regulation S) in reliance on Regulation S, notice of which day shall be promptly given by the Company to the Trustee, Transfer Agent and Registrar, and (b) the date of issuance with respect to such Note or any predecessor of such Note.

Dutch Guarantors ” means BATHTN and BATNF.

EMTN Programme ” means the Euro Medium Term Note Programme to which BATIF, the Company, BATHTN and BATNF are parties as the issuers under the programme and notes issued thereunder are guaranteed by the Parent Guarantor, each of the issuers thereunder (except when it is the relevant issuer) and RAI, as amended from time to time.

Euroclear ” means Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V., as operator of Euroclear Systems Clearance System or any successor securities clearing agency.

Event of Default ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.01.

Exchange Act ” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

Exchange Notes ” means, with respect to the Initial Notes, notes issued in exchange for the Initial Notes pursuant to the terms of the Registration Rights Agreement or, with respect to any Additional Notes, notes issued in exchange for such Additional Notes pursuant to the terms of the relevant Registration Rights Agreement.

Exchange Offer ” has the meaning set forth in the relevant Registration Rights Agreement.

Fixed Rate Notes ” means the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes and the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes.

 

3


Governmental Authority ” means the government of the United States of America, any other nation or any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority, instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive, legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to government.

Guarantee ” means the guarantee of any Guarantor given under Section 9.01 of this Indenture.

Guarantors ” means the Parent Guarantor, the Dutch Guarantors, BATIF and, until released in accordance with this Indenture (if ever), RAI.

Holder ” means the Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Note register.

IFRS means international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board.

Indenture ” means this Indenture, as amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms.

Independent Investment Banker ” means one of the Reference Treasury Dealers appointed by the Company to act as the “Independent Investment Banker”.

Initial 2020 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2.297% Notes due 2020 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2022 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the $2,250,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 2.764% Notes due 2022 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2024 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 3.222% Notes due 2024 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2027 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the $3,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 3.557% Notes due 2027 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2037 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 4.390% Notes due 2037 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2047 Fixed Rate Notes ” means the $2,500,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the 4.540% Notes due 2047 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2020 Floating Rate Notes ” means the $1,000,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes due 2020 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial 2022 Floating Rate Notes ” means the $750,000,000 aggregate principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes due 2022 of the Company issued under this Indenture on the Issue Date.

Initial Fixed Rate Notes ” means, collectively, the Initial 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, the Initial 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the Initial 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the Initial 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the Initial 2037 Fixed Rate Notes and the Initial 2047 Fixed Rate Notes.

Initial Floating Rate Notes ” means, collectively, the Initial 2020 Floating Rate Notes and the Initial 2022 Floating Rate Notes.

Initial Notes ” means, collectively, the Initial Fixed Rate Notes and the Initial Floating Rate Notes.

interest ” means, with respect to the Notes, interest and Additional Interest.

Interest Payment Date ” means (a) with respect to the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, February 14 and August 14 of each year, commencing on February 14, 2018, (b) with respect to the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes and the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, February 15 and August 15 of each year, as applicable, commencing on February 15, 2018, (c) with respect to the 2020 Floating Rate Notes, February 14, May 14, August 14 and November 14 of each year, commencing on November 14, 2017, and (d) with respect to the 2022 Floating Rate Notes, February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2017.

 

4


Issue Date ” means the date on which the Initial Notes are initially issued.

Maturity Date ,” when used with respect to any Note, means the date on which the principal amount of such Note becomes due and payable as therein or herein provided.

Non-U.S. Person ” means a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

Notes ” means, collectively, the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2020 Floating Rate Notes and the 2022 Floating Rate Notes.

Officer ” means any director, the chief executive officer, the chief financial officer, the president or a vice president, the treasurer, an assistant treasurer, the controller, the secretary or an assistant secretary of the specified Person, or in the case of the Company, an Authorized Signatory.

Officer’s Certificate ” means a certificate signed by an Officer of the Company, and delivered to the Trustee.

Opinion of Counsel ” means a written opinion from legal counsel, who is acceptable to the Trustee, delivered to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of, or counsel to, the Company.

Par Call Date ” means (i) July 15, 2022 with respect to any 2022 Fixed Rate Notes (one month prior to the Maturity Date of the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes), (ii) June 15, 2024 with respect to any 2024 Fixed Rate Notes (two months prior to the Maturity Date of the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes), (iii) May 15, 2027 with respect to any 2027 Fixed Rate Notes (three months prior to the Maturity Date of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes), (iv) February 15, 2037 with respect to any 2037 Fixed Rate Notes (six months prior to the Maturity Date of the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes), (v) February 15, 2047 with respect to any 2047 Fixed Rate Notes (six months prior to the Maturity Date of the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes) and (vi) July 15, 2022 with respect to any 2022 Floating Rate Notes (one month prior to the Maturity Date of the 2022 Floating Rate Notes).

Parent Guarantor ” means British American Tobacco p.l.c., a public limited company incorporated in England and Wales, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder and any and all successors thereto hereunder.

Person ” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, limited liability company, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization or government or any agency or political subdivision thereof.

Physical Notes ” means certificated 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, 2020 Floating Rate Notes and 2022 Floating Rate Notes (other than Global Notes) in registered form in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 , Exhibit A-2 , Exhibit A-3 , Exhibit A-4 , Exhibit A-5 , Exhibit A-6 , Exhibit A-7 and Exhibit A-8 respectively.

Place of Payment, ” when used with respect to the Notes, means the place or places where the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes are payable as specified as contemplated by Section 4.02. For so long as the Notes are admitted to listing on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange, London, England shall be a Place of Payment.

Private Placement Legend ” means the legend initially set forth on the Rule 144A Notes and other Notes that are Restricted Notes in the form set forth in Exhibit B .

Qualified Institutional Buyer ” or “ QIB ” shall have the meaning specified in Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

Quoted Borrowing ” means any indebtedness which: (a) is represented by notes, debentures or other securities issued otherwise than to constitute or represent advances made by banks and/or other lending institutions; (b) is denominated, or confers any right to payment of principal and/or interest, in or by reference to any currency

 

5


other than the currency of the country in which the issuer of the indebtedness has its principal place of business or is denominated, or confers any right to payment of principal and/or interest, in or by reference to the currency of such country but is placed or offered for subscription or sale by or on behalf of, or by agreement with, the issuer of such indebtedness as to over 20% outside such country; and (c) at its date of issue is, or is intended by the issuer of such indebtedness to become, quoted, listed, traded or dealt in on any stock exchange or other organized and regulated securities market in any part of the world.

RAI ” means Reynolds American Inc., a North Carolina corporation, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder and any and all successors thereto hereunder.

Redemption Date ,” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed pursuant to Article III of this Indenture, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to the terms of such Article III.

Redemption Price, ” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price at which it is to be redeemed pursuant to this Indenture.

Reference Treasury Dealer ” means each of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. and their respective successors and two other nationally recognized investment banking firms that are Primary Treasury Dealers specified from time to time by the Company; provided, however, that if any of the foregoing shall cease to be a primary U.S. Government securities dealer in New York City (a “ Primary Treasury Dealer ”), the Company shall substitute therefor another nationally recognized investment banking firm that is a Primary Treasury Dealer.

Reference Treasury Dealer Quotation ” means, with respect to each Reference Treasury Dealer and any Redemption Date, the average, as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, of the bid and asked prices for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed in each case as a percentage of its principal amount) quoted in writing to the Independent Investment Banker by such Reference Treasury Dealer at 3:30 p.m., New York City time, on the third Business Day immediately preceding that Redemption Date.

Registration Rights Agreement ” means the Registration Rights Agreement related to the Initial Notes, dated as of the Issue Date, among the Company, the Guarantors and the initial purchasers named therein and, with respect to any Additional Notes, one or more registration rights agreements between the Company and the other parties thereto, relating to rights given by the Company to the purchasers of Additional Notes to register such Additional Notes under the Securities Act.

Regulation S ” means Regulation S promulgated under the Securities Act.

Remaining Scheduled Payments ” means, with respect to each Fixed Rate Note to be redeemed, the remaining scheduled payments of the principal thereof and interest thereon that would be due from and including the related Redemption Date, but for such redemption, to but excluding the relevant Par Call Date; provided, however, that if that Redemption Date is not an Interest Payment Date with respect to such Fixed Rate Notes, the amount of the next succeeding scheduled interest payment thereon will be reduced by the amount of interest accrued thereon to that Redemption Date.

Responsible Officer ” means, when used with respect to the Trustee, any officer of the Trustee within the Corporate Trust Group (or any successor unit) of the Trustee located at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee who has direct responsibility for the administration of this Indenture and shall also mean any other officer of the Trustee to whom any corporate trust matter is referred because of such officer’s knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

Restricted Note ” has the same meaning as “Restricted Security” set forth in Rule 144(a)(3) promulgated under the Securities Act; provided that the Trustee or Registrar shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely upon an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any Note is a Restricted Note.

Rule 144 ” means Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act.

Rule 144A ” means Rule 144A promulgated under the Securities Act.

 

6


Securities Act ” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or any successor statute, and the rules and regulations promulgated by the Commission thereunder.

series ” refers to the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2020 Floating Rate Notes or the 2022 Floating Rate Notes, each as a separate series of Notes under this Indenture.

Stated Maturity ” means, when used with respect to any indebtedness or any installment of interest thereon, the dates specified in such indebtedness as the fixed date on which the principal of such indebtedness or such installment of interest, as the case may be, is due and payable.

Supplemental Indenture ” means a supplemental indenture substantially in the form attached as Exhibit F hereto.

TIA ” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as amended (15 U.S. Code §§ 77aaa-77bbbb).

Treasury Rate ” means, with respect to any Redemption Date, the rate per annum equal to the semi-annual equivalent yield to maturity (computed as of the third Business Day immediately preceding that Redemption Date) of the Comparable Treasury Issue, assuming a price for the Comparable Treasury Issue (expressed as a percentage of its principal amount) equal to the Comparable Treasury Price for that Redemption Date.

Trustee ” means Wilmington Trust, National Association, until a successor replaces it in accordance with the applicable provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means the successor serving hereunder.

U.S. Government Obligations ” means securities that are (i) direct obligations of the United States or (ii) obligations of an entity controlled or supervised by and acting as an agency or an instrumentality of the United States, the payment of which is unconditionally guaranteed as a full faith and credit obligation by the United States, which, in either case, are not callable or redeemable at the action of the issuer thereof, and which also include a depositary receipt issued by a bank or trust company as custodian with respect to any such U.S. Government Obligation or a specific payment of interest on or principal of any such U.S. Government Obligation held by such custodian for the account of the holder of a depositary receipt; provided that (except as required by law) such custodian is not authorized to make any deduction from the amount payable to the holder of such depositary receipt from any amount received by the custodian in respect of the U.S. Government Obligation or the specific payment of interest on or principal of the U.S. Government Obligation evidenced by such depositary receipt.

U.S. Person ” means a U.S. Person as defined in Rule 902(k) promulgated under the Securities Act.

Section 1.02. Other Definitions.

 

Term

   Defined
in
Section
“2020 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2022 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2024 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2027 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2037 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2047 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2020 Floating Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2022 Floating Rate Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“2020 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02
“2022 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02
“2024 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02
“2027 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02
“2037 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02

 

7


Term

   Defined
in
Section
“2047 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02
“2020 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02
“2022 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes”    2.02
“2020 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2022 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2024 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2027 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2037 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2047 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2020 Floating Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2022 Floating Rate Rule 144A Global Notes”    2.16
“2020 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“2022 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“2024 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“2027 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“2037 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“2047 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“2020 Floating Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“2022 Floating Rate Rule 144A Notes”    2.02
“Additional Amounts”    4.08
“Additional Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2020 Fixed Rate Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2022 Fixed Rate Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2024 Fixed Rate Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2027 Fixed Rate Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2037 Fixed Rate Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2047 Fixed Rate Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2020 Floating Rate Notes”    2.01
“Additional 2022 Floating Rate Notes”    2.01
“Authentication Agent”    2.03
“Agent Members”    2.16
“Change in Tax Law”    3.08
“Covenant Defeasance”    8.01
“CUSIP”    2.14
“FATCA Withholding”    4.08
“Global Notes”    2.16
“Legal Defeasance”    8.01
“Paying Agent”    2.04
“Registrar”    2.04
“Regulation S Global Notes”    2.16
“Regulation S Legend”    2.17
“Regulation S Notes”    2.02

 

8


Term

   Defined
in
Section
 

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”

     4.08  

“Rule 144A Global Notes”

     2.16  

“Rule 144A Notes”

     2.02  

“Subsidiary Guarantor”

     9.07  

“Taxes”

     4.08  

“Transfer Agent”

     2.04  

 

9


Section 1.03. Rules of Construction.

Unless the context otherwise requires:

(1) a term has the meaning assigned to it herein, whether defined expressly or by reference;

(2) unless otherwise specified herein, all accounting terms used herein shall be interpreted, all accounting determinations hereunder shall be made, and all financial statements required to be delivered hereunder shall be prepared in accordance with IFRS;

(3) “or” is not exclusive;

(4) words in the singular include the plural, and in the plural include the singular;

(5) “will” shall be interpreted to express a command;

(6) words used herein implying any gender shall apply to both genders;

(7) “herein,” “hereof,” “hereunder” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subsection;

(8) “$,” “U.S. Dollars” and “United States Dollars” each refer to United States dollars, or such other money of the United States that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(9) “£”, “GBP” and “pounds sterling” each refer to British pounds sterling, or such other money of the United Kingdom that at the time of payment is legal tender for payment of public and private debts;

(10) whenever in this Indenture there is mentioned, in any context, principal, interest or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Interest to the extent that, in such context, Additional Interest is, was or would be payable in respect thereof;

(11) references to sections of or rules under the Securities Act will be deemed to include substitute, replacement of successor sections or rules adopted by the Commission from time to time; and

(12) references to Sections, Articles or Exhibits are references to Sections, Articles or Exhibits of or to this Indenture unless context otherwise requires.

Section 1.04. Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the portion of such provision required to be incorporated herein in order for this Indenture to be qualified under the TIA is incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

“indenture securities” means the Notes.

“indenture securityholder” means a Holder.

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture.

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee.

“obligor on this indenture securities” means the Company or any other obligor on the Notes.

All other terms used in this Indenture (other than those defined herein) that are defined by the TIA, defined in the TIA by reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule have the meanings therein assigned to them.

If any provision hereof limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by any of Sections 310 through 317, inclusive, of the TIA through the operation of Section 318(c) thereof, such imposed duties shall control.

 

10


ARTICLE II

THE NOTES

Section 2.01. Amount of Notes.

The Authentication Agent shall initially authenticate the Initial Notes for original issue on the Issue Date upon a written order of the Company in the form of a Company Order. The Authentication Agent shall authenticate additional 2020 Fixed Rate Notes (“ Additional 2020 Fixed Rate Notes ”), additional 2022 Fixed Rate Notes (“ Additional 2022 Fixed Rate Notes ”), additional 2024 Fixed Rate Notes (“ Additional 2024 Fixed Rate Notes ”), additional 2027 Fixed Rate Notes (“ Additional 2027 Fixed Rate Notes ”), additional 2037 Fixed Rate Notes (“ Additional 2037 Fixed Rate Notes ”), additional 2047 Fixed Rate Notes (“ Additional 2047 Fixed Rate Notes ”), additional 2020 Floating Rate Notes (“ Additional 2020 Floating Rate Notes ”) and additional 2022 Floating Rate Notes (“ Additional 2022 Floating Rate Notes ” and, together with the Additional 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, Additional 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, Additional 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the Additional 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the Additional 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, the Additional 2047 Fixed Rate Notes and the Additional 2020 Floating Rate Notes, the “ Additional Notes ”) thereafter in unlimited aggregate principal amount (so long as permitted by the terms of this Indenture) for original issue upon a written order of the Company in the form of a Company Order in aggregate principal amount as specified in such order (other than as provided in Section 2.08). Each such written order shall specify the amount of Additional Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the Additional Notes are to be authenticated.

Notwithstanding anything else in this Indenture to the contrary, at the Company’s option, Additional Notes may be issued with the same CUSIP number as the Initial Notes and without the Private Placement Legend, provided that the Company has furnished an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee confirming that all conditions precedent to the issuance and authentication of the Notes have been complied with and that such issuance would not conflict with federal and state securities laws and the rules and regulations of the Commission. The Additional Notes of any series will have identical terms and conditions as the Initial Notes of such series in all respects, except for the issue date, issue price, the payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such Additional Notes and/or the first payment of interest following the issue date of such Additional Notes, and will be treated as a single class for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase; provided that any Additional Notes that have the same CUSIP, ISIN or other identifying number as the outstanding notes of a series must be fungible with the outstanding notes of that series for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

Section 2.02. Form and Dating.

The 2020 Fixed Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-1 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2022 Fixed Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-2 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2024 Fixed Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-3 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2027 Fixed Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-4 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2037 Fixed Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-5 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2047 Fixed Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-6 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2020 Floating Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-7 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The 2022 Floating Rate Notes and the certificate of authentication with respect thereto shall be substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A-8 , which is incorporated in and forms a part of this Indenture. The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, rule or usage to which the Company is subject. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2020 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes ”), the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2022 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes ”), the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2024 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes ”), the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2027 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes ”), the 2037 Fixed Rate

 

11


Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2037 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes ”), the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2047 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes ”), the 2020 Floating Rate Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2020 Floating Rate Rule 144A Notes ”) and the 2022 Floating Rate Notes offered and sold to Qualified Institutional Buyers in reliance on Rule 144A (“ 2022 Floating Rate Rule 144A Notes ” and, together with the 2020 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes and the 2020 Floating Rate Rule 144A Notes, the “ Rule 144A Notes ”) shall bear the Private Placement Legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit B and the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ 2020 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes ”), the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ 2022 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes ”), the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ 2024 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes ”), the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“2027 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes ”), the 2037 Floating Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“2037 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes ”), the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ 2047 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes ”), the 2020 Floating Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ 2020 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes ”) and the 2022 Floating Rate Notes offered and sold in offshore transactions in reliance on Regulation S (“ 2022 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes ”, and together with the 2020 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes, 2024 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes and the 2020 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes, the “ Regulation S Notes ”) shall bear the legend and include the form of assignment set forth in Exhibit C . Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication.

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes shall constitute, and are expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and each Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and agree to be bound thereby. However, to the extent any provision of any Note conflicts with the express provisions of this Indenture, the provisions of this Indenture shall control and be binding.

The Notes may be presented for registration of transfer and exchange at the offices of the Registrar.

Section 2.03. Execution and Authentication.

The Notes shall be executed on behalf of the Company by any Officer. The signature of any of these officers on the Notes may be manual or facsimile.

If an Officer whose signature is on a Note was an Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office at the time the Authentication Agent authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.

No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be valid or obligatory for any purpose unless there appears on such Note a certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein executed by the Authentication Agent by manual signature, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence, and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered hereunder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any Note shall have been authenticated and delivered hereunder but never issued and sold by the Company, and the Company shall deliver such Note to the Paying Agent for cancellation as provided in Section 2.12, for all purposes of this Indenture such Note shall be deemed never to have been authenticated and delivered hereunder and shall never be entitled to the benefits of this Indenture.

The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof.

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (the “ Authentication Agent ”) acceptable to the Company to authenticate Notes. Any such appointment shall be evidenced by an instrument signed by a Responsible Officer, a copy of which shall be furnished to the Company. The Trustee hereby appoints with due care Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the Authentication Agent and Citibank, N.A., London Branch hereby accepts such appointment. The Company hereby confirms this appointment as acceptable to it. The Trustee shall have no responsibility to compensate, reimburse or indemnify the Authenticating Agent.

 

12


Section 2.04. Registrar and Paying Agent.

The Company shall maintain an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (the “ Registrar ”), an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment (the “ Paying Agent ”) and an office or agency where notices and demands to or upon the Company, if any, in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange. The Company may have one or more additional Paying Agents. The term “Paying Agent” includes any additional Paying Agent. The Company shall also appoint a transfer agent (the “ Transfer Agent ”).

The Company shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA, with any agent that is not a party to this Indenture. The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture that relate to such agent. The Company shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent. If the Company fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 6.06.

The Company initially appoints the Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Registrar, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent, Calculation Agent and agent for service of notices and demands in connection with the Notes and this Indenture, and the registered office of Citibank, N.A., London Branch as the office or agency of the Company for such purposes, and the Company may change the Paying Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent or Calculation Agent without prior notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar or Calculation Agent.

Section 2.05. Paying Agent To Hold Money.

Each Paying Agent shall hold for the benefit of the Holders or the Trustee all money held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on the Notes (whether such money has been paid to it by the Company or any other obligor on the Notes), and the Company and the Paying Agent shall notify the Trustee of any default by the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) in making any such payment. Money held by the Paying Agent is held as banker, not subject to the UK FCA Client Money Rules, and need not be segregated except as required by law. In no event shall the Paying Agent be liable for any interest on any money received by it hereunder; provided that if the Company or an Affiliate thereof acts as Paying Agent, it shall segregate the money held by it as Paying Agent and hold such money in a separate trust fund. The Company at any time may require the Paying Agent to pay all money held by it to the Trustee and account for any funds disbursed, and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of the Event of Default specified in Section 5.01(i), upon written request to the Paying Agent, require the Paying Agent to pay forthwith all money so held by it to the Trustee and to account for any funds disbursed. Upon making such payment, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for the money delivered to the Trustee.

Section 2.06. Holder Lists.

The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of the Holders of each series of Notes. If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Company shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee at least five Business Days before February 14 and August 14 of each year, commencing on February 14, 2018, and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, a list in such form and as of such date as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of the Holders; provided that, as long as the Trustee is the Registrar, no such list need be furnished.

Section 2.07. Transfer and Exchange.

Subject to Sections 2.16 and 2.17, when Notes are presented to the Transfer Agent with a request from the Holder of such Notes to register a transfer or to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Notes of other authorized denominations of the same series, the Transfer Agent shall register the transfer as requested. Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange shall be duly endorsed or be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Company and the Transfer Agent, duly executed by the Holder thereof or its attorney duly authorized in writing. To permit registrations of transfers and exchanges, the Company shall issue and execute, and the Authentication Agent shall authenticate, new Notes evidencing such transfer or exchange at the Transfer Agent’s request. No service charge shall be made to the Holder for any registration of transfer or exchange. The Company may require from the Holder payment of a sum sufficient to

 

13


cover any transfer taxes or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation to a transfer or exchange, but this provision shall not apply to any exchange pursuant to Section 2.11, 3.06 or 7.04 (in which events the Company shall be responsible for the payment of such taxes). The Transfer Agent shall not be required to exchange or register a transfer of (i) any Notes for a period of 15 days ending the due date for any payment of principal in respect of the Notes or (ii) any Notes selected, called or being called for redemption.

Any Holder of a Global Note shall, by acceptance of such Global Note, agree that transfers of the beneficial interests in such Global Note may be effected only through a book entry system maintained by the Holder of such Global Note (or its agent), and that ownership of a beneficial interest in the Global Note shall be required to be reflected in a book entry system.

Section 2.08. Replacement Notes.

If a mutilated Note of any series is surrendered to the Registrar or the Trustee, if surrendered to the Trustee to be forwarded to the Registrar, or if the Holder of a Note of any series claims that the Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Company shall issue and the Authentication Agent shall authenticate a replacement Note of such series if the Holder of such Note furnishes to the Company and the Authentication Agent, with a copy to the Trustee, evidence reasonably acceptable to them of the ownership and the destruction, loss or theft of such Note and if the requirements of Section 8-405 of the New York Uniform Commercial Code as in effect on the date of this Indenture are met. If required by the Authentication Agent or the Company, an indemnity bond shall be posted, sufficient in the judgment of all to protect the Company, the Trustee or any Agent from any loss that any of them may suffer if such Note is replaced. The Company may charge such Holder for the Company’s reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in replacing such Note and the Authentication Agent may charge the Company for the Authentication Agent’s reasonable expenses (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements) in replacing such Note. Every replacement Note shall constitute a contractual obligation of the Company.

Section 2.09. Outstanding Notes.

The Notes outstanding at any time are all Notes that have been authenticated by the Authentication Agent except for (a) those canceled by it, (b) those delivered to it for cancellation, (c) to the extent set forth in Sections 8.01 and 8.02, on or after the date on which the conditions set forth in Section 8.01 or 8.02 have been satisfied, those Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered by the Authentication Agent hereunder and (d) those described in this Section 2.09 as not outstanding. Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Company or one of its Affiliates holds the Note.

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.08, it ceases to be outstanding unless the Authentication Agent, with a copy to the Trustee, receives proof satisfactory to it that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser in whose hands such Note is a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company.

If the Paying Agent holds, in its capacity as such, on any Maturity Date, money sufficient to pay all accrued interest and principal with respect to the Notes payable on that date and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders thereof pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest on them ceases to accrue.

Section 2.10. Treasury Notes.

In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes of a series have concurred in any declaration of acceleration or notice of default or direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, Notes owned by the Company or any other Affiliate of the Company shall be disregarded as though they were not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent or any amendment, modification or other change to this Indenture, only Notes as to which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has actually received an Officer’s Certificate stating that such Notes are so owned shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned which have been pledged in good faith shall not be disregarded if the pledgee established to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee’s right so to act with respect to the Notes and that the pledgee is not the Company, any other obligor on the Notes or any of their respective Affiliates.

 

14


Section 2.11. Temporary Notes.

Until definitive Notes are prepared and ready for delivery, the Company may prepare and the Authentication Agent shall authenticate temporary Notes. Temporary Notes shall be substantially in the form of definitive Notes but may have variations that the Company considers appropriate for temporary Notes. Without unreasonable delay, the Company shall prepare and the Authentication Agent shall authenticate definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Notes. Until such exchange, temporary Notes shall be entitled to the same rights, benefits and privileges as definitive Notes.

Section 2.12. Cancellation.

The Company at any time may deliver Notes to the Paying Agent for cancellation. The Registrar shall forward to the Paying Agent any Notes surrendered to them for registration of transfer, exchange or payment. The Paying Agent shall cancel all Notes surrendered for registration of transfer, exchange, payment, replacement or cancellation and shall deliver evidence of such canceled Notes to the Company upon the Company’s request. The Company may not reissue or resell, or issue new Notes to replace Notes that the Company has redeemed or paid, or that have been delivered to the Paying Agent for cancellation (other than in accordance with this Indenture).

Section 2.13. Defaulted Interest.

If the Company defaults on a payment of interest on the Notes, and the applicable grace period shall have expired, it may at its option pay the defaulted interest, in accordance with the terms hereof, to the Persons who are Holders on a subsequent Record Date (which shall not be less than five Business Days prior to the date of payment of such defaulted interest), and the Company will notify such Holders of such Record Date. The Company may make payment of any defaulted interest in any other lawful manner not inconsistent with the requirements (if applicable) of any securities exchange on which the Notes may be listed and, upon such notice as may be required by such exchange, if, after written notice given by the Company to the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the proposed payment pursuant to this sentence, such manner of payment shall be deemed practicable by the Trustee.

Section 2.14. CUSIP Number.

The Company in issuing the Notes may use a “CUSIP,” “ISIN” or other similar number, and if so, such CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number shall be included in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number printed in the notice or on the Notes, and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes. The Company shall promptly notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of any such CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number used by the Company in connection with the issuance of the Notes and of any change in the CUSIP, ISIN or other similar number.

Section 2.15. Deposit of Moneys.

Prior to 11:00 a.m., London time, on each Interest Payment Date (or, if such Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, the day on which such interest payment is made) and Maturity Date, the Company shall have deposited with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such Interest Payment Date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such Interest Payment Date (or, if such Interest Payment Date is not a Business Day, the day on which such interest payment is made) or Maturity Date, as the case may be. The principal and interest on a Global Note shall be payable to the Depositary of such Global Note or its nominee, as the case may be, as the sole registered owner and the sole Holder of the Notes represented thereby. The principal and interest on Physical Notes shall be payable, either in person or by mail, at the office of the Paying Agent.

Section 2.16. Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes.

(a) The 2020 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2020 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes ”). The 2022 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2022 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes ”). The 2024 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2024 Fixed Rate Rule 144A

 

15


Global Notes ”). The 2027 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2027 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes ”). The 2037 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2037 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes ”). The 2047 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2047 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes ”). The 2020 Floating Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2020 Floating Rate Rule 144A Global Notes ”). The 2022 Floating Rate Rule 144A Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2022 Floating Rate Rule 144A Global Notes ” and, together with the 2020 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Rule 144A Global Notes and the 2020 Floating Rate Rule 144A Global Notes, the “ Rule 144A Global Notes ”). The 2020 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2020 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes ”). The 2022 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2022 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes ”). The 2024 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2024 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes ”). The 2027 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2027 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes ”). The 2037 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2037 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes ”). The 2047 Fixed Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2047 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes ”). The 2020 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2020 Floating Rate Regulation S Global Notes ”). The 2022 Floating Rate Regulation S Notes initially shall be represented by one or more Notes of the same series in registered, global form without interest coupons (collectively, the “ 2022 Floating Rate Regulation S Global Notes ” and, together with the 2020 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Regulation S Global Notes and the 2020 Floating Rate Regulation S Global Notes, the “ Regulation S Global Notes ”). The Rule 144A Global Notes and the Regulation S Global Notes and any other global notes representing the Notes (collectively, the “ Global Notes ”) shall bear legends as set forth in Exhibit D . The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the Depositary or the nominee of such Depositary, in each case for credit to an account of an Agent Member, (ii) be delivered to Citibank, N.A. as custodian for such Depositary and (iii) bear legends as set forth in Exhibit B with respect to a Rule 144A Global Note and Exhibit C with respect to a Regulation S Global Note.

Members of, or direct or indirect participants in, the Depositary (“ Agent Members ”) shall have no rights under this Indenture with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Depositary, or Citibank, N.A. as its custodian, or under the Global Notes, and the Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, the Trustee or any agent of the Company, any Agent or the Trustee from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization (which may be in electronic form) furnished by the Depositary or impair, as between the Depositary and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

None of the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar, any Paying Agent or any agent of any of them shall have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in the Notes, for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial owner interests, or for any acts or omissions of a Depositary or for any transactions between a Depositary and any beneficial owner or between or among beneficial owners. No owner of a beneficial interest in the Notes shall have any rights under this Indenture, and the Depositary or its nominee, if any, shall be deemed and treated by the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar, any Paying Agent or any agent of any of them as the

 

16


absolute owner and Holder of such Notes for all purposes whatsoever. Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Company, any Guarantor, the Trustee, the Registrar, any Paying Agent or any agent of any of them from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by a Depositary, or any of its members and any other Person on whose behalf such member may act, the operation of customary practices of such Persons governing the exercise of the rights of a beneficial owner of any Notes.

(b) Transfers and exchanges pursuant to this Section 2.16 and Section 2.17 may only be made between Notes of the same series. Transfers of Global Notes shall be limited to transfers in whole, but not in part, to the Depositary, its successors or their respective nominees. Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Physical Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the Depositary and the provisions of Section 2.17. In addition, a Global Note shall be exchangeable for Physical Notes if (i) the Depositary (x) notifies the Company that it is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary for such Global Note or (y) has ceased to be registered as a clearing agency under the Exchange Act, and, with respect to (x) or (y), the Company thereupon fails to appoint a successor depositary within 90 days of such notice or cessation, (ii) the Company, at its option, notifies the Trustee and the Authentication Agent in writing that it elects to effect the issuance of Physical Notes or (iii) upon the request of the Depositary at any time that there shall have occurred and be continuing an Event of Default with respect to the Notes. In all cases, Physical Notes delivered in exchange for any Global Note or beneficial interests therein shall be registered in the names, and issued in any approved denominations, requested by or on behalf of the Depositary (in accordance with its customary procedures).

(c) In connection with any transfer or exchange of a portion of the beneficial interest in any Global Note to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.16, the Registrar shall (if one or more Physical Notes are to be issued) reflect on its books and records the date and a decrease in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred, and the Company shall execute, and the Authentication Agent shall upon receipt of a written order from the Company authenticate and make available for delivery, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount.

(d) In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to paragraph (b) of this Section 2.16, the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Paying Agent for cancellation, and the Company shall execute, and the Authentication Agent shall authenticate and deliver, to each beneficial owner identified by the Depositary in writing in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Physical Notes of authorized denominations.

(e) Any Physical Note constituting a Restricted Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.17(b), or clause (c) or (d) of this Section 2.16 shall, except as otherwise provided by Sections 2.17(a) and Section 2.17(c), bear the Private Placement Legend for Restricted Notes or, in the case of the Regulation S Global Note, the legend set forth in Exhibit C , in each case, unless the Company determines otherwise in compliance with applicable law.

(f) Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note shall, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in such other Global Note and, accordingly, shall thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

(g) The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

Section 2.17. Special Transfer Provisions.

(a) Transfers to QIBs . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration or any proposed registration of transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to a QIB (excluding transfers to Non-U.S. Persons):

(1) the Transfer Agent shall register the transfer if such transfer is being made by a proposed transferor who has checked the box provided for on such Holder’s Note stating, or to a transferee who has advised the Company and the Registrar in writing, that it is purchasing the Note for its own account or an

 

17


account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a QIB within the meaning of Rule 144A, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as it has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon its foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A; and

(2) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Registrar’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of the Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Paying Agent shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.

(b) Transfers to Non-U.S. Persons . The following provisions shall apply with respect to the registration of any proposed transfer of a Note constituting a Restricted Note to any Non-U.S. Person:

(1) the Registrar shall register the transfer of any Note constituting a Restricted Note whether or not such Note bears the Private Placement Legend, if the proposed transferor has delivered to the Registrar a certificate substantially in the form of Exhibit E hereto; and

(2) if the proposed transferor is an Agent Member holding a beneficial interest in the Global Note, upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of (x) the certificate, if any, required by clause (b)(1) of this Section 2.17 and (y) written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Transfer Agent’s procedures; whereupon (a) the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and (if the transfer does not involve a transfer of outstanding Physical Notes) a decrease in the principal amount of such Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interest in the Global Note to be transferred and (b) the Company shall execute and the Authentication Agent shall authenticate and deliver, one or more Physical Notes of like tenor and amount; and

(3) if the proposed transferee is an Agent Member, and the Notes to be transferred consist of Physical Notes, which after transfer are to be evidenced by an interest in a Regulation S Global Note, upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of written instructions given in accordance with the Depositary’s and the Transfer Agent’s procedures, the Registrar shall reflect on its books and records the date and an increase in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the principal amount of Physical Notes to be transferred, and the Authentication Agent shall cancel the Physical Notes so transferred.

(c) Private Placement Legend . Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Transfer Agent shall deliver Notes that do not bear the Private Placement Legend. Upon the registration of transfer, exchange or replacement of Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend, the Transfer Agent shall deliver only Notes that bear the Private Placement Legend unless (i) such Note has been issued pursuant to Section 2.17(f), (ii) there is delivered to the Transfer Agent an Opinion of Counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Company and the Transfer Agent to the effect that neither such legend nor the related restrictions on transfer are required in order to maintain compliance with the provisions of the Securities Act, (iii) such Note has been sold pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act and the Transfer Agent has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect or (iv) the requested transfer is after the later of (a) the first anniversary of the Issue Date or (b) such later date, if any, as may be required by the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act for non-Affiliates of an issuer ( provided , however , that neither the Company nor an Affiliate of the Company has held any beneficial interest in such Note or portion thereof at any time since the Issue Date) and the Transfer Agent has received an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect.

(d) Restrictions on Transfer during the Distribution Compliance Period. During the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in any Regulation S Global Note may only be sold, pledged or transferred through Euroclear or Clearstream in accordance with the Applicable Procedures, the legend on such Regulation S Global Note included as Exhibit C (the “ Regulation S Legend ”) and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States of America. Prior to the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, transfers by

 

18


an owner of a beneficial interest in a Regulation S Global Note shall be made only in accordance with the Applicable Procedures and the Regulation S Legend and upon receipt by the Transfer Agent of a written certification from the transferor of the beneficial interest in the form provided on the reverse side of the form of Note in Exhibit C for exchange or registration of transfers and, in the case of a transfer to a transferee who takes delivery of such interest through a Rule 144A Global Note, the transferee must furnish a certification or a signed letter in the form provided on the reverse side of the form of Note in Exhibit B to the Transfer Agent. Such written certifications or letter shall no longer be required after the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period. Upon the expiration of the Distribution Compliance Period, beneficial ownership interests in the Regulation S Global Note shall be transferable in accordance with applicable law and the other terms of the Indenture.

(e) General . By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

(f) Certain Transfers in Connection with and After the Exchange Offer under the Registration Rights Agreement . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture:

(1) no Exchange Notes issued may be exchanged by the Holder thereof for an Initial Note;

(2) accrued and unpaid interest on the Initial Notes being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall be due and payable on the next Interest Payment Date for the Exchange Notes following the Exchange Offer and shall be paid to the Holder on the relevant record date of the Exchange Notes issued in respect of the Initial Notes being exchanged; and

(3) interest on the Initial Notes being exchanged in the Exchange Offer shall cease to accrue on (and including) the date of completion of the Exchange Offer and interest on the Exchange Notes to be issued in the Exchange Offer shall accrue from (but excluding) the date of the completion of the Exchange Offer.

(g) Exchange Offer . Upon the occurrence of the Exchange Offer with respect to the Notes of a series, the Company will issue and, upon a written order of the Company the Authentication Agent will authenticate:

(1) one or more Global Notes of such series not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the beneficial interests in the Global Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that (A) are not Broker-Dealers, (B) are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) are not Affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect; or

(2) one or more Physical Notes of such series not bearing the Private Placement Legend in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Physical Notes of such series bearing the Private Placement Legend that are accepted for exchange in the Exchange Offer by Persons that (A) are not Broker-Dealers, (B) are not participating in a distribution of the Exchange Notes and (C) are not Affiliates (as defined in Rule 144) of the Company, as evidenced by an Officer’s Certificate from the Company to such effect.

Concurrently with the issuance of such Notes, the Transfer Agent will cause the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Global Notes bearing the Private Placement Legend to be reduced accordingly, and the Company will execute and the Authentication Agent will authenticate and deliver to the Persons designated by the Holders of Physical Notes so accepted Physical Notes not bearing the Private Placement Legend in the appropriate principal amount.

Section 2.18. Computation of Interest.

Interest on the Notes shall be computed in accordance with the terms of the Notes.

 

19


ARTICLE III

REDEMPTION AND PREPAYMENT

Section 3.01. Election To Redeem; Notices to Trustee.

If the Company elects to redeem any Notes pursuant to this Article III, at least 10 days prior to the Redemption Date but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date, the Company shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the series of Notes to be redeemed, the Redemption Date and the principal amount of such Notes to be redeemed and the Redemption Price, and deliver to the Trustee and the Paying Agent, no later than two Business Days prior to the Redemption Date, an Officer’s Certificate stating that such redemption will comply with the conditions contained this Article III.

Section 3.02. Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed.

If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes of any series at any time, in the case of Notes issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

Section 3.03. Notice of Redemption.

Notice of any optional redemption shall be given in accordance with Section 10.01 hereto at least 10 days but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each holder of the Notes to be redeemed. The Company may provide in the notice that payment of the Redemption Price and performance of the Company’s obligations with respect to the redemption or purchase may be performed by another Person.

The notice shall identify the Notes to be redeemed (including the series and the CUSIP numbers thereof) and shall state:

(1) the Redemption Date;

(2) the Redemption Price;

(3) if fewer than all outstanding Notes of a series are to be redeemed, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date and upon surrender of such Note, a new Note or Notes in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion will be issued;

(4) the name and address of the Paying Agent;

(5) that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price;

(6) that unless the Company defaults in making the redemption payment, interest on Notes called for redemption ceases to accrue on and after the Redemption Date;

(7) the aggregate principal amount of Notes of such series that are being redeemed;

(8) the paragraph of the Notes and/or Section of this Indenture pursuant to which the Notes called for redemption are being redeemed; and

(9) that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP number, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

At the Company’s written request made at least five Business Days prior to the date on which notice is to be given (unless a shorter period is acceptable to the Paying Agent), the Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption to the Holders in the Company’s name and at the Company’s sole expense.

Section 3.04. Effect of Notice of Redemption.

Once the notice of redemption described in Section 3.03 is sent (or delivered as required by the Depositary), Notes called for redemption become irrevocably due and payable on the Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

 

20


Upon surrender to the Paying Agent, such Notes shall be paid at the Redemption Price, including any premium, plus interest accrued and unpaid to, but excluding, the Redemption Date; provided that (a) if the Redemption Date is after a record date and on or prior to the Interest Payment Date, the accrued and unpaid interest shall be payable to the Holder of the redeemed Notes registered on the relevant record date; and (b) if a Redemption Date is not a Business Day, payment shall be made on the next succeeding Business Day and no interest shall accrue for the period from such Redemption Date to such succeeding Business Day. Such notice, if sent (or delivered as required by the Depositary) in the manner provided in Section 3.03, shall be conclusively presumed to have been given whether or not the Holder receives such notice.

Section 3.05. Deposit of Redemption Price.

On or prior to 11:00 A.M., London time, on each Redemption Date, the Company shall deposit with the Paying Agent in immediately available funds money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portions thereof called for redemption on that date which have been delivered by the Company to the Paying Agent for cancellation.

On and after any Redemption Date, if money sufficient to pay the Redemption Price of, including premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on Notes called for redemption shall have been made available in accordance with the immediately preceding paragraph, the Notes called for redemption will cease to accrue interest and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price of and, subject to Section 3.04, accrued and unpaid interest on such Notes to, but excluding, the Redemption Date. If any Note surrendered for redemption shall not be so paid, interest will be paid, from the Redemption Date until such redemption payment is made, on the unpaid principal of the Note and any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate and in the manner provided in the Notes.

Section 3.06. Notes Redeemed in Part.

If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed. The Company will issue a new Note of the applicable series in a principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the original Note in the name of the Holder upon cancellation of the original Note. Notes called for redemption become due on the date fixed for redemption. On and after such date, unless the Company defaults in payment of the Redemption Price on such date, interest ceases to accrue on the Notes or portions thereof called for such redemption.

Section 3.07. Optional Redemption.

(a) 2020 Fixed Rate Notes . At any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date of the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, the Company may redeem the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2020 Fixed Rate Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 15 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 2020 Fixed Rate Note to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

(b) 2022 Fixed Rate Notes . At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the Company may redeem the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2022 Fixed Rate Notes being redeemed, and

 

21


(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 15 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

(c) 2024 Fixed Rate Notes . At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the Company may redeem the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2024 Fixed Rate Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 20 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

(d) 2027 Fixed Rate Notes . At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the Company may redeem the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2027 Fixed Rate Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 20 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

(e) 2037 Fixed Rate Notes . At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, the Company may redeem the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2037 Fixed Rate Notes being redeemed, and

 

22


(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 25 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

(f) 2047 Fixed Rate Notes . At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, the Company may redeem the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any 2047 Fixed Rate Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 30 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

(g) 2022 Floating Rate Notes . On or after the Par Call Date of the 2022 Floating Rate Notes, the 2022 Floating Rate Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2022 Floating Rate Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

(h) Any redemption pursuant to this Section 3.07 shall be made pursuant to the provisions of Sections 3.01 through 3.06.

Section 3.08. Tax Redemption.

Each series of Notes is also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law (as defined below): (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the applicable Notes or applicable Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such other Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it. In such case, the Company may redeem the applicable Notes upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice as provided in Section 3.03 hereof, at 100% of the principal amount of such Notes plus accrued and unpaid interest to the Redemption Date (including Additional Amounts); provided, that, (a) no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, would be obligated to pay any such Additional Amounts in respect of the applicable Notes or applicable Guarantee, as applicable, then due and (b) at the time such

 

23


notice is given, such obligation to pay such Additional Amounts remains in effect. The Company’s right to redeem the applicable Notes shall continue as long as the Company or a Guarantor is obligated to pay such Additional Amounts, notwithstanding that the Company or such Guarantor, as the case may be, shall have made payments of Additional Amounts. Prior to the giving of any such notice of redemption, the Company must deliver to the Trustee: (i) an Officer’s Certificate stating that the Company is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Company so to redeem have occurred; and (ii) an opinion of independent counsel or an independent accountant of recognized standing, selected by the Company or any Guarantor, as applicable, with respect to tax matters of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction to the effect that the Company or such Guarantor has, or would, become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of such Change in Tax Law.

For the purposes hereof, “Change in Tax Law” shall mean: (i) any changes in, or amendment to, any law of a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder and including, for this purpose, any treaty entered into by the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction) or any amendment to or change in the application or official interpretation (including judicial or administrative interpretation) of such law, which change or amendment becomes effective or, in the case of an official interpretation, is announced, on or after August 15, 2017; or (ii) if the Company or a Guarantor consolidates, merges, amalgamates or combines with, or transfers or leases its assets substantially as an entirety to, any person that is incorporated or tax resident under the laws of any jurisdiction other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction (a “ successor ”) and as a consequence thereof such person becomes the successor obligor to the Company or such Guarantor in respect of Additional Amounts that may become payable (in which case, for purposes of this redemption provision, all references to the Company or such Guarantor shall be deemed to be and include references to such person), any change in, or amendment to, any law of the jurisdiction of organization or tax residence of such successor, or the jurisdiction through which payments will be made by the successor, or any political subdivision or taxing authority thereof or thereon for purposes of taxation (including any regulations or rulings promulgated thereunder and including, for this purpose, any treaty entered into by such jurisdiction) or any amendment to or change in the application or official interpretation (including judicial or administrative interpretation) of such law, which change or amendment becomes effective or, in the case of an official interpretation, is announced, on or after the date of such consolidation, merger, amalgamation, combination or other transaction.

ARTICLE IV

COVENANTS

Section 4.01. Payment of Principal, Premium and Interest.

The Company covenants and agrees that it will duly and punctually pay the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes in accordance with the terms of the Notes and this Indenture.

Section 4.02. Maintenance of Office or Agency.

The Company will maintain in each Place of Payment for Notes an office or agency where Notes may be presented or surrendered for payment, where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Company in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency. If at any time the Company shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Paying Agent with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands (except for service of process in relation to any proceeding arising out of or relating to the performance of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the Notes), and the Company hereby appoints the Paying Agent as its agent to receive all such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands.

The Company may also from time to time designate one or more other offices or agencies where the Notes may be presented or surrendered for any or all such purposes and may from time to time rescind such designations; provided , however , that no such designation or rescission shall in any manner relieve the Company of its obligation to maintain an office or agency in each Place of Payment for Notes for such purposes. The Company will give prompt written notice to the Trustee of any such designation or rescission and of any change in the location of any such other office or agency.

 

24


Section 4.03. Reports by the Company.

(a) If the Company or a Guarantor is subject to TIA § 314(a), the requirement to deliver to the Trustee and the Holders the annual reports and information, documents, and other reports which the Company or a Guarantor is required to file with the Commission pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act will be satisfied if the Company or a Guarantor files such reports, information and documents electronically using the Commission’s EDGAR electronic filing system or any successor system, and such reports, information and documents are publicly available on the Commission’s web site.

(b) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, in the event that the Company fails to comply with its obligation to file or provide such information, documents and reports as required hereunder, the Company will be deemed to have cured such Default for purposes of Section 5.01(ii) upon the filing or provision of all such information, documents and reports required hereunder prior to the expiration of 120 days after written notice to the Company of such failure from the Trustee or from the Holders of at least 25% of the principal amount of the applicable series of Notes (with a copy to the Trustee).

(c) For so long as any Restricted Notes are outstanding, the Company agrees that, in order to render such Restricted Notes eligible for resale pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, during any period in which neither it nor any Guarantor is subject to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, it will make available, upon request, to any Holder of Restricted Notes or prospective purchasers of Restricted Notes the information specified in Rule 144A(d)(4).

(d) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, the information, documents and reports required pursuant to this Indenture may, at the option of the Company, instead be those of any direct or indirect parent entity of the Company so long as such parent entity has fully and unconditional guaranteed by execution of this Indenture in the case of the Parent Guarantor, or fully and unconditionally guarantees, by execution of a supplemental indenture, the obligations of the Company in respect of the Notes and such parent entity and the Company comply with the requirements of Rule 3-10 of Regulation S-X promulgated by the Commission (or any successor provision).

(e) Delivery of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Company’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officer’s Certificates).

Section 4.04. Corporate Existence.

Subject to Section 4.10, the Company will do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect its existence as a corporation.

Section 4.05. Money for Notes Payments.

If the Company shall at any time act as its own Paying Agent with respect to the Notes, it will, on or before each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on any of the Notes, segregate and hold in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided and will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

Whenever the Company shall have a Paying Agent for the Notes, it will, prior to 11:00 a.m., London time, on each due date of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes, deposit with the Paying Agent a sum sufficient to pay the principal (and premium, if any) or interest so becoming due, such sum to be held for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such principal, premium or interest, and (unless such Paying Agent is the Trustee) the Company will promptly notify the Trustee of its action or failure so to act.

If the Paying Agent is not a party to this Indenture, the Company will cause the Paying Agent, other than the Trustee, to execute and deliver to the Trustee an instrument in which the Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee, subject to the provisions of this Section, that the Paying Agent will:

 

25


(a) hold all sums held by it for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or otherwise disposed of as herein provided;

(b) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes) in the making of any payment of principal (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes; and

(c) at any time during the continuance of any such default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to the Trustee all sums so held by the Paying Agent.

The Company may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, pay, or by Company Order direct the Paying Agent to pay, to the Trustee all sums held by the Paying Agent or held in trust by the Company, such sums to be held in trust by the Trustee; and, upon such payment by the Paying Agent to the Trustee, the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such money.

Any money deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent, or then held by the Company, for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Order, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or the Paying Agent with respect to such money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or the Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York, New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

Section 4.06. Payment of Taxes and Other Claims.

The Company will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (1) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or upon the income, profits or property of the Company, and (2) all material lawful claims against the Company for labor, materials and supplies, which in the case of either clause (1) or (2) of this Section 4.06, if unpaid, might by law become a lien upon a property; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings.

Section 4.07. Stay, Extension and Usury Laws.

The Company and each of the Guarantors covenants (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, plead, or in any manner whatsoever claim or take the benefit or advantage of, any stay, extension or usury law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and the Company and each of the Guarantors (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not, by resort to any such law, hinder, delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law has been enacted.

Section 4.08. Payment of Additional Amounts.

The Company or, if applicable, each Guarantor will make payments of, or in respect of, principal, premium (if any) and interest on the Notes, or any payment pursuant to the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be, without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, levy, impost or other similar governmental charge whatsoever imposed, assessed, levied or collected (“ Taxes ”) by or for the account of the United States, the United Kingdom (in the case of a payment by the Parent Guarantor or BATIF), The Netherlands (in the case of a payment by a Dutch Guarantor) or any other jurisdiction through which payment is made by or on behalf of the Company or, if applicable, such Guarantor (or any political subdivision thereof or any authority thereof having the power to tax) (a “ Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction ”), unless such withholding or deduction is required by law.

 

26


If the Company or, if applicable, any Guarantor, is required by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction to so withhold or deduct such Taxes, the Company or, if applicable, such Guarantor, will pay to the Holder such additional amounts (“ Additional Amounts ”) as may be necessary so that the net amount received by such Holder will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided, however , that amounts with respect to any United States Tax shall be payable only to Holders that are not United States persons (within the meaning of the Code) and provided further , that neither the Company nor such Guarantor shall be required to pay any Additional Amounts for or on account of:

 

  (i) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the fact that the Holder or beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee (or a fiduciary, settlor, beneficiary, member or shareholder of, or possessor of a power over, such Holder, if such Holder is an estate, trust, partnership or corporation) is or has been a domiciliary, national or resident of, or engaging or having been engaged in a trade or business or maintaining or having maintained a permanent establishment or being or having been physically present in, a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or otherwise having or having had some connection with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction other than the holding or ownership of, or the collection of principal of, and premium (if any) or interest on, a Note or the enforcement of the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be;

 

  (ii) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the fact that, where presentation is required in order to receive payment, the applicable Note or Guarantee was presented more than 30 days after the date on which such payment became due and payable or was provided for, whichever is later, except to the extent that the Holder or beneficial owner thereof would have been entitled to Additional Amounts had the applicable Note or Guarantee been presented for payment on any day during such 30 day period;

 

  (iii) any estate, inheritance, gift, sales, transfer, personal property or similar Taxes;

 

  (iv) any Taxes that are payable otherwise than by withholding or deduction from payments on or in respect of the applicable Note or Guarantee;

 

  (v) any Taxes that would not have been so imposed, assessed, levied or collected but for the failure by the Holder or the beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee to (A) provide any certification, identification, information, documents or other evidence concerning the nationality, residence or identity of the Holder or the beneficial owner or its connection with the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction or (B) make any valid or timely declaration or claim or satisfy any other reporting, information or procedural requirements relating to such matters if, in either case, compliance is required by statute, regulation, relevant income tax treaty or administrative practice of the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction as a condition to relief or exemption from such Taxes;

 

  (vi) any Taxes imposed by reason of the Holder or the beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee being or having been considered a bank receiving payments on an extension of credit made pursuant to a loan agreement entered into in the ordinary course of its trade or business, as described in Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

  (vii) any Taxes imposed on interest received by a 10-percent shareholder of the Company within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) or Section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

  (viii) any backup withholding imposed pursuant to Section 3406 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

  (ix) any Taxes imposed pursuant to Section 871(h)(6) or Section 881(c)(6) of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions);

 

  (x) any Taxes imposed by reason of the Holder or the beneficial owner of the applicable Note or Guarantee being or having been a personal holding company, passive foreign investment company or controlled foreign corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes or a corporation that has accumulated earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax;

 

  (xi) any Taxes imposed or withheld pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (or any amended or successor provisions), any Treasury regulations promulgated thereunder, any official interpretations thereof or any agreements entered into in connection with the implementation thereof (“ FATCA Withholding ”); or

 

27


  (xii) any combination of the Taxes described in (i) through (xi) above.

In addition, Additional Amounts will not be paid with respect to any payment of the principal of, or any premium or interest on, any of the applicable Notes or Guarantees to any Holder that is a fiduciary, a partnership, a limited liability company or any person other than the sole beneficial owner of such payment to the extent a beneficiary or settlor with respect to such fiduciary, a member of such partnership, an interest holder in such limited liability company or a beneficial owner that would not have been entitled to such amounts had such beneficiary, settlor, member, interest holder or beneficial owner been the Holder of the applicable Notes or Guarantees.

Unless otherwise stated, references in any context to the payment of principal of, and any premium or interest on, any Note, or any payment pursuant to the Guarantees, will be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

Section 4.09. Negative Pledge.

So long as any of the applicable Notes remains outstanding, neither the Company nor any Guarantor will secure or allow to be secured any Quoted Borrowing or any payment under any guarantee by any of them of any Quoted Borrowing by any mortgage, charge, pledge or lien (other than arising by operation of law) upon any of its undertaking or assets, whether present or future, unless at the same time the same mortgage, charge, pledge or lien is extended, or security which is not materially less beneficial to the Holders of the applicable Notes than the security given as aforesaid or which shall be approved by consent of the Holders of not less than 75% in aggregate principal amount of the applicable Notes at the time outstanding is extended or created (as the case may be), to secure equally and ratably the principal of, and interest on, and all other payments (if any) in respect of the applicable Notes.

Section 4.10. Limitation on Mergers, Consolidations, Amalgamations and Combinations

So long as any of the applicable Notes remain outstanding, neither the Company nor any Guarantor may consolidate with or merge into any other person or sell, convey, transfer or lease its properties and assets as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to any person (other than any sale or conveyance by way of a lease in the ordinary course of business), unless: (i) in the case of the Company, any successor person assumes the Company’s obligations on the applicable Notes and under this Indenture and, in the case of any Guarantor, any successor person assumes such Guarantor’s obligations on the Guarantee and under this Indenture; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) such successor person is organized under the laws of the United States, the United Kingdom, The Netherlands or any other country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development as of the date of such succession; (iv) such successor person agrees to pay any Additional Amounts imposed by the jurisdiction in which such successor person is incorporated or otherwise a resident for tax purposes or through which payments are made and resulting therefrom or otherwise; and (v) if as a result of such consolidation or merger or such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Company or any Guarantor would become subject to a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or similar encumbrance to secure payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or a Guarantor which would not be permitted by the applicable Notes or under this Indenture, the Company or any Guarantor or such successor person, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary to effectively secure the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) all indebtedness for borrowed money secured thereby.

Upon any consolidation of the Company or a Guarantor with, or merger of the Company or a Guarantor into, any other Person or any sale, conveyance, transfer or lease of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or a Guarantor in accordance with this Section 4.10, the successor Person formed by such consolidation or into which the Company or a Guarantor is merged or to which such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease is made shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Company or a Guarantor under this Indenture and the Notes with the same effect as if such Person had been named as the Company or a Guarantor herein, as the case may be, and thereafter, except in the case of a lease, the predecessor Person shall be relieved of all obligations and covenants under this Indenture, the Notes and the applicable Guarantee, as the case may be. The terms “Company” and “Guarantor”, as used in the Notes and the Indenture, also refer to any such successors or assigns so substituted.

 

28


The limitation on mergers, consolidations, amalgamations and combinations contained in this Section 4.10 shall not apply to any consolidation, merger, amalgamation or combination in which the Company or any Guarantor is the surviving corporation except that, in such case, the provisions of (ii) and (v) above shall apply such that: (x) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no Event of Default, and no event which, after notice or lapse of time or both, would become an Event of Default, shall have occurred and be continuing; and (y) if as a result of such consolidation or merger or such sale, conveyance, transfer or lease, properties or assets of the Company or any Guarantor would become subject to a mortgage, pledge, security interest, lien or similar encumbrance to secure payment of any indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or a Guarantor which would not be permitted by the applicable Notes or under this Indenture, the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall take such steps as shall be necessary to effectively secure the Notes equally and ratably with (or prior to) all indebtedness for borrowed money secured thereby.

Section 4.11. Statement by Officers as to Event of Default.

The Company shall, so long as any of the Notes are outstanding, deliver to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, forthwith (and in any event within ten Business Days) upon any Officer of the Company becoming aware of any Event of Default, an Officer’s Certificate specifying such Event of Default, its status and what action the Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Section 4.12. Statements as to Compliance.

The Company will deliver to the Trustee, within 180 days after the end of each fiscal year of the Parent Guarantor, a written statement signed by the principal executive officer, principal financial officer or principal accounting officer of the Company (complying with Section 314(a)(4) of the TIA), stating that:

(1) a review of the activities of the Company and the Guarantors during such year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under his or her supervision; and

(2) to the best of his or her knowledge, based on such review, the Company and the Guarantors are in compliance with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture.

For purposes of this Section, such compliance shall be determined without regard to any period of grace or requirement of notice provided under this Indenture.

Section 4.13. Mutual Undertaking Regarding Information Reporting and Collection Obligations.

Each party (other than the Trustee) shall, within ten Business Days of a written request by another party, supply to that other party such forms, documentation and other information relating to such party, its operations or the Notes as that other party reasonably requests for the purposes of that other party’s compliance with Applicable Law and shall notify the relevant other party reasonably promptly in the event that such party becomes aware that any of the forms, documentation or other information provided by such party is (or becomes) inaccurate in any material respect; provided, however, that no party shall be required to provide any forms, documentation or other information pursuant to this Section 4.13 to the extent that: (i) any such form, documentation or other information (or the information required to be provided on such form or documentation) is not reasonably available to such party and cannot be obtained by such party using reasonable efforts; or (ii) doing so would or might in the reasonable opinion of such party constitute a breach of any: (a) Applicable Law; (b) fiduciary duty; or (c) duty of confidentiality. For purposes of this Section 4.13, “ Applicable Law ” shall be deemed to include (i) any relevant rule or practice of any Authority by which any party is bound or with which it is accustomed to comply; (ii) any relevant agreement between any Authorities; and (iii) any relevant agreement between any Authority and any party that is customarily entered into by institutions of a similar nature.

Section 4.14. Agent Right to Withhold.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, each Agent shall be entitled to make a deduction or withholding from any payment which it makes under the Notes for or on account of any Taxes, if and only to the extent so required by Applicable Law, in which event each such Agent shall make such payment after such deduction or withholding has been made and shall account to the relevant Authority within the time allowed for the amount so deducted or withheld or, at its option in the case of any Tax other than a U.S. federal withholding Tax, shall reasonably promptly after making such payment return to the Company the amount so deducted or withheld, in which case, the Company shall so account to the relevant Authority for such amount. For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA Withholding is a deduction or withholding which is deemed to be required by Applicable Law for the purposes of this Section 4.14.

 

29


Section 4.15. Company Right to Redirect.

In the event that the Company determines in its sole discretion that any deduction or withholding for or on account of any Tax will be required by Applicable Law in connection with any payment due to any of the Agents on any Notes, then the Company will be entitled to redirect or reorganize any such payment in any way that it sees fit in order that the payment may be made without such deduction or withholding, provided that any such redirected or reorganized payment is made through a recognized institution of international standing and otherwise made in accordance with this Indenture. The Company will promptly notify the Agents and the Trustee in writing of any such redirection or reorganization. For the avoidance of doubt, FATCA Withholding is a deduction or withholding which is deemed to be required by Applicable Law for the purposes of this Section 4.15.

ARTICLE V

DEFAULTS AND REMEDIES

Section 5.01. Events of Default.

Each of the following events shall be an “ Event of Default ” with respect to each series of Notes:

(i) default is made in the payment of: (a) any installment of interest (excluding Additional Amounts) upon any Note of the relevant series as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 14 days or more; (b) applicable Additional Amounts as and when the same shall become due and payable, and continuance of such default for a period of 14 days; or (c) all or any part of the principal or premium, if any, of any Note of the relevant series as and when the same shall become due and payable either at maturity, upon any redemption, by declaration or otherwise, and continuance of such default for 3 days;

(ii) the Company or any Guarantor does not perform or comply with any one or more of its other obligations under the Notes of the relevant series or this Indenture (other than those described in paragraph (i) above) which is not remedied within 30 days after written notice of such default shall have been given to the Company by the Trustee or to the Company and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes;

(iii) (a) any other present or future indebtedness for borrowed money of the Company or any Guarantor, other than the Notes issued by the Company, becomes due and payable prior to its Stated Maturity by reason of any default or event of default in respect thereof by the Company or any Guarantor and remains unpaid; or (b) any such indebtedness for borrowed money is not paid when due or, as the case may be, within any applicable grace period; or (c) the Company or any Guarantor fails to pay when due and called upon (after the expiry of any applicable grace period) any amount payable by it under any present or future guarantee for, or indemnity in respect of, any indebtedness for borrowed money and which remains unpaid; provided that (x) payment of the indebtedness for borrowed money is not being contested in good faith and in accordance with legal advice or (y) the aggregate amount of the indebtedness for borrowed money, guarantees and indemnities in respect of which one or more of the events mentioned above in (a), (b) and (c) has or have occurred and is or are continuing, equals or exceeds £750 million or its equivalent in any other currency of the indebtedness for borrowed money or, if greater, 1.25% of the Total Equity of the Parent Guarantor, as set out in the “Total Equity” line item in the most recent consolidated group balance sheet of the Parent Guarantor and its subsidiaries in the Parent Guarantor’s most recent Annual Report;

(iv) any Guarantee ceases to be in full force and effect (except as contemplated by the terms of this Indenture) or any Guarantor denies or disaffirms in writing its obligations under this Indenture or Guarantee;

(v) a distress or execution or other legal process is levied or enforced against or an encumbrancer takes possession of or a receiver, administrative receiver or other similar officer is appointed of the whole or a part of the assets of the Company or any Guarantor which is substantial in relation to the BAT Group taken as a whole and is not discharged, stayed, removed or paid out within 45 days after such execution or appointment;

 

30


(vi) any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other encumbrance, present or future, created or assumed by the Company or any Guarantor becomes enforceable and any step is taken to enforce it (including the taking of possession or the appointment of a receiver, administrative receiver, manager or other similar person) against all or substantially all of the assets of the Company or any Guarantor and is not discharged within 45 days;

(vii) the Company or any Guarantor is insolvent or bankrupt or unable to pay its debts (in respect of companies incorporated in England and Wales, within the meaning of Sections 123(1)(b) or (e) or Section 123(2) of the UK Insolvency Act 1986), stops, suspends or threatens to stop or suspend payment of all or a material part of its debts, proposes or makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition (otherwise than for the purposes of reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganization, merger or consolidation or other similar arrangement) with or for the benefit of its creditors in respect of any of such debts or a moratorium is agreed or declared in respect of or affecting all or a material part of the debts of the Company;

(viii) an order is made or an effective resolution passed for the winding-up or dissolution or administration of the Company or any Guarantor, or the Company or any Guarantor shall apply or petition for a winding-up or administration order in respect of itself or ceases or threatens to cease to carry on all or substantially all of its business or operations, in each case except for the purpose of and followed by a reconstruction, amalgamation, reorganization, merger or consolidation or other similar arrangement; or

(ix) any event occurs that under the laws of any relevant jurisdiction has an analogous effect to any of the events referred to in any of the foregoing paragraphs (vii) and (viii).

An Event of Default with respect to any series of Notes would not necessarily constitute an event of default with respect to the other series of Notes.

Section 5.02. Acceleration of Maturity; Rescission.

If an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series occurs and is continuing, then and in each and every such case (other than Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) hereof with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder.

If the Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) hereof occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder.

The registered Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series may rescind and annul such acceleration and its consequences (i) if the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree and (ii) if all existing Events of Default have been cured or waived except nonpayment of principal, that has become due solely because of the acceleration, by written notice to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee. However, no such rescission and annulment shall extend to or shall affect any subsequent Default or shall impart any right consequent thereon.

Subject to Section 6.01, in case an Event of Default shall occur and be continuing, the Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders of Notes of any series, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to it. Subject to Section 6.06, the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of any series of Notes then outstanding will have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power the Trustee holds with respect to the Notes of such series.

Section 5.03. Other Remedies.

If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of, or premium, if any, and interest on the Notes of each applicable series or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes of each applicable series or this Indenture and may take any necessary action requested of it as Trustee to settle, compromise, adjust or otherwise conclude any proceedings to which it is a party.

 

31


The Trustee may maintain a proceeding even if it does not possess any of the Notes or does not produce any of them in the proceeding. Any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee may be brought in its own name and as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the compensation and reasonable expenses, disbursements of the Trustee and its counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes in respect of which such judgment has been recovered. A delay or omission by the Trustee or any Holder in exercising any right or remedy accruing upon an Event of Default shall not impair the right or remedy or constitute a waiver of or acquiescence in the Event of Default. No remedy is exclusive of any other remedy. All available remedies are cumulative, to the extent permitted by law. Any reasonable costs associated with actions taken by the Trustee in good faith and without negligence under this Section 5.03 shall be reimbursed to the Trustee by the Company.

Section 5.04. Waiver of Past Defaults and Events of Default.

Provided the Notes of a series are not then due and payable by reason of a declaration of acceleration, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes of such series may on behalf of the Holders of all the affected Notes of such series waive any past Default with respect to such series of Notes and its consequences by providing written notice thereof to the Company and the Trustee, except a Default (1) in the payment of interest on or the principal of any Note or (2) in respect of a covenant or provision hereof which under this Indenture cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the Holder of each outstanding Note affected. In the case of any such waiver, the Company, the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes of the applicable series will be restored to their former positions and rights under this Indenture, respectively; provided that no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

Section 5.05. Control by Majority.

The Holders of at least a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of a series may direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on the Trustee with respect to the Notes of such series. However, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with law or this Indenture, that may involve the Trustee in personal liability, or that the Trustee determines in good faith may be unduly prejudicial to the rights of Holders of the affected Notes not joining in the giving of such direction and may take any other action it deems proper that is not inconsistent with any such direction received from Holders of the Notes.

Section 5.06. Limitation on Suits.

No Holder of the Notes of a series will have any right to institute any action or proceeding at law or in equity or in bankruptcy or otherwise upon or under or with respect to this Indenture, or for the appointment of a trustee, receiver, liquidator, custodian or other similar official or for any other remedy under this Indenture (except suits for the enforcement of payment of overdue principal or interest) unless (1) the Holder has previously given the Trustee written notice of a continuing Event of Default, (2) the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have made a written request to the Trustee to institute such proceeding as Trustee, (3) the Holder or Holders of Notes have offered, and if requested, have provided to the Trustee indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense, (4) the Trustee has not complied with the request within 60 days after receipt of the request and the offer of indemnity and (5) during such 60-day period the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of such series have not given the Trustee a direction inconsistent with the request.

A Holder may not use this Indenture to prejudice the rights of another Holder or to obtain a preference or priority over another Holder (it being understood that the Trustee does not have an affirmative duty to ascertain whether or not such actions or forbearances are unduly prejudicial to such Holders).

However, the Holder of any Note will have an absolute and unconditional right to receive payment of the principal of, and premium, if any, or interest on, such Note on or after the date or dates they are to be paid as expressed in such Note and to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment.

 

32


Section 5.07. Rights of Holders To Receive Payment.

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture, the right of any Holder of a Note to receive payment of the principal of or premium, if any, or interest, if any, on such Note or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment, on or after the due date expressed in the Notes shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

Section 5.08. Collection Suit by Trustee.

If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium or interest specified in Section 5.01(i) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company (or any other obligor on the Notes) for the whole amount of unpaid principal and accrued interest remaining unpaid.

Section 5.09. Trustee May File Proofs of Claim.

The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the compensation and reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.06) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relative to the Company (or any other obligor upon the Notes), its creditors or its property and, unless prohibited by law, shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same after deduction of its charges and expenses to the extent that any such charges and expenses are not paid out of the estate in any such proceedings and any custodian in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee, and in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the compensation and reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 6.06.

Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to authorize or consent to or accept or adopt on behalf of any Holder any plan or reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof, or to authorize the Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Holder in any such proceedings. All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes thereof in any proceeding relating thereto, and any such proceeding instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment shall, after provision for the payment of the compensation and reasonable expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, be for the ratable benefit of the Holders in respect of which such judgment has been recovered.

Section 5.10. Priorities.

Any money or property collected by the Trustee pursuant to this Article V, and any money or other property distributable in respect of the Company’s obligations under this Indenture after an Event of Default shall be applied in the following order:

FIRST: to the Trustee (including any predecessor Trustee) for amounts due under Section 6.06;

SECOND: to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the affected Notes for principal, premium, if any, and interest (including Additional Interest, if any) as to each, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the affected Notes; and

THIRD: to the Company or as otherwise determined by a court of competent jurisdiction.

The Trustee may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 5.10.

 

33


Section 5.11. Undertaking for Costs.

In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant. This Section 5.11 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 5.07 or a suit by Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the Notes of a series then outstanding.

Section 5.12. Delay or Omission Not Waiver.

No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder of any Notes to exercise any right or remedy occurring upon an Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders, as the case may be.

ARTICLE VI

TRUSTEE

Section 6.01. Duties of Trustee.

(a) If an Event of Default actually known to a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee will exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it under this Indenture, and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise, as a prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of such person’s own affairs.

(b) Except during the continuance of an Event of Default:

(1) the Trustee undertakes to perform such duties and only such duties as are specifically set forth in this Indenture, and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee; and

(2) in the absence of bad faith on its part, the Trustee may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture but, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are specifically required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall be under a duty to examine the same to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture (but need not confirm or investigate the accuracy of mathematical calculations or other facts, statements, opinions or conclusions stated therein).

(c) No provision of this Indenture shall be construed to relieve the Trustee from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, its own bad faith or its own willful misconduct, except that:

(1) this paragraph does not limit the effect of clause (b) or (d) of this Section 6.01;

(2) the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Trustee, unless it is proved that the Trustee was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts; and

(3) the Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction of the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes of any series, determined as provided herein, relating to the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee, or exercising any trust or power conferred upon the Trustee, under this Indenture with respect to the Notes of such series.

(d) No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder, or in the exercise of any of its rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity satisfactory to it against such risk or liability is not reasonably assured to it.

 

34


(e) Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 6.01.

(f) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest or earnings on any money received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Company. Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by the law.

(g) The Trustee shall not be responsible for the application of any money by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee.

Section 6.02. Rights of Trustee.

Subject to Section 6.01:

(a) The Trustee may conclusively rely and shall be fully protected in acting or refraining from acting upon any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document (whether in its original or facsimile form) believed in good faith by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the document.

(b) Any request or direction of the Company mentioned herein shall be sufficiently evidenced by a Company Order and any resolution of the Board of Directors may be sufficiently evidenced by a Board Resolution.

(c) Whenever in the administration of this Indenture the Trustee shall deem it desirable that a matter be proved or established prior to taking, suffering or omitting any action hereunder, the Trustee (unless other evidence be herein specifically prescribed) may, in the absence of bad faith on its part, conclusively rely upon an Officer’s Certificate.

(d) The Trustee may execute any of the trusts or power hereunder or perform any duties hereunder either directly or by or through attorneys or agents and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any misconduct or negligence on the part of any agent appointed with due care by it hereunder.

(e) The Trustee shall not be liable for any action taken, suffered, or omitted to be taken in good faith and believed by it to be authorized or within the discretion or rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture.

(f) The Trustee may consult with counsel of its selection, and the advice of such counsel or any Opinion of Counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder in good faith and in reliance thereon.

(g) The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders pursuant to this Indenture, unless such Holders shall have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against the costs, expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it in compliance with such request or direction.

(h) The rights, privileges, protections, immunities and benefits given to the Trustee, including, without limitation, its right to be indemnified, are extended to, and shall be enforceable by, the Trustee in each of its capacities hereunder, and each agent, custodian and other Person employed to act hereunder.

(i) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, direction, consent, order, bond, debenture, note, other evidence of indebtedness or other paper or document, but the Trustee, in its discretion, may make such further reasonable inquiry or reasonable investigation into such facts or matters as it may see fit.

(j) The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or be charged with knowledge of any Default or Event of Default unless written notice of such Default or Event of Default from the Company or any Holder is received by a Responsible Officer of the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, and such notice references the Notes and this Indenture.

 

35


(k) The Trustee may request that the Company deliver an Officer’s Certificate setting forth the names of individuals and/or titles of officers authorized at such time to take specified actions pursuant to this Indenture, which Officer’s Certificate may be signed by any person authorized to sign an Officer’s Certificate, including any person specified as so authorized in any such certificate previously delivered and not superseded.

(l) Anything in this Indenture notwithstanding, in no event shall the Trustee be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including, but not limited to, loss of profit), even if the Trustee has been advised as to the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of the form of action.

(m) The Trustee shall not be responsible or liable for any failure or delay in the performance of its obligations under this Indenture arising out of or caused, directly or indirectly, by circumstances beyond its control, including, without limitation, any provision of any law or regulation or any act of any Governmental Authority, acts of God; earthquakes; fire; flood; terrorism; wars and other military disturbances; sabotage; epidemics; riots; interruptions; loss or malfunctions of utilities, computer (hardware or software) or communication services; accidents; labor disputes; acts of civil or military authority and governmental action and may do anything which is, in its reasonable opinion, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation.

(n) The permissive right of the Trustee to take or refrain from taking action hereunder shall not be construed as a duty.

Section 6.03. Individual Rights of Trustee.

The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee. However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest within the meaning of Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA, it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days or resign; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA §310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest of participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA §310(b)(1) are met, other than the fact that such indentures are not described herein.

Any Agent may do the same with like rights. The Trustee is subject to Section 6.09.

Section 6.04. Trustee’s and Agent’s Disclaimers.

The recitals contained herein and in the Notes, except the Authentication Agent’s certificates of authentication, shall be taken as the statements of the Company, and neither the Trustee nor the Authentication Agent assumes responsibility for their correctness. Neither the Trustee nor the Authentication Agent makes representations as to the validity, sufficiency or adequacy of this Indenture or of the Notes. Neither the Trustee nor the Authentication Agent shall be accountable for the use or application by the Company of Notes or the proceeds thereof. The Trustee shall not be responsible to make any calculation with respect to any matter under this Indenture. The Trustee represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture and perform its obligations hereunder, as applicable. Each Agent represents that it is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Indenture, authenticate the Notes and perform its obligations hereunder. Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall have a duty to monitor or investigate the Company’s compliance with or the breach of, or cause to be performed or observed, any representation, warranty or covenant made in this Indenture.

Section 6.05. Notice of Defaults.

Within 90 days after the occurrence thereof, and if known to the Trustee, the Trustee shall give to the Holders of the Notes of a series notice of each Default or Event of Default with respect to the Notes of such series known to the Trustee, by transmitting such notice to Holders at their addresses as the same shall then appear on the register of the Notes kept by the Registrar, unless such Default shall have been cured or waived before the giving of such notice. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any of the Notes of a series when and as the same shall become payable, or to make any sinking fund

 

36


payment as to Notes of a series (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of this Indenture), the Trustee shall be protected in withholding such notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

Section 6.06. Compensation and Indemnity.

(a) The Company shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such compensation for their services hereunder (which compensation shall not be limited by any provision of law in regard to the compensation of a trustee of an express trust) as shall be agreed upon in writing. The Company shall reimburse the Trustee and Agents upon written request for all reasonable disbursements, expenses and advances incurred or made by them in connection with the Trustee’s duties under this Indenture, including the compensation and reasonable disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s agents and external counsel, except any such expense, disbursement or advance as may be attributable to its willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence.

(b) The Company shall fully indemnify each of the Trustee and its officers, agents and employees and any predecessor Trustee for, and hold each of them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, liability or expense, including, without limitation, reasonable and documented attorneys’ fees and expenses incurred by each of them in connection with the acceptance or performance of its duties under this Indenture including the reasonable and documented costs and expenses of enforcing this Indenture against the Company or any of the Guarantors (including this Section 6.06) and defending itself against any claim (whether asserted by the Company, or any Holder or any other Person) or liability in connection with the exercise or performance of any of its powers or duties hereunder (including, without limitation, settlement costs). The Trustee shall notify the Company in writing promptly of any claim of which a Responsible Officer of the Trustee has received written notice at its Corporate Trust Office asserted against the Trustee for which it may seek indemnity; provided that the failure by the Trustee to so notify the Company shall not relieve the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company need not pay for any settlement made without its consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. In the event that a conflict of interest exists or potential harm to the Trustee’s business exists, the Trustee may have separate counsel, which counsel must be reasonably acceptable to the Company and the Company shall pay the reasonable and documented fees and expenses of such counsel.

(c) Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company need not reimburse the Trustee for any expense or indemnify it against any loss or liability to have been incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct, bad faith or negligence.

(d) To secure the payment obligations of the Company in this Section 6.06, the Trustee shall have a lien prior to the Notes on all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and such money or property held in trust to pay principal of and interest on particular Notes.

(e) The obligations of the Company under this Section 6.06 to compensate and indemnify the Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee and to pay or reimburse the Trustee, Agents and each predecessor Trustee for expenses, disbursements and advances shall be the liability of the Company and the lien provided for under this Section 6.06 and shall survive the resignation or removal of the Trustee and the satisfaction, discharge or other termination of this Indenture for any reason, including any termination or rejection hereof under any Bankruptcy Law.

(f) In addition to, but without prejudice to its other rights under this Indenture, when the Trustee incurs expenses or renders services after an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) occurs, the expenses (including the reasonable charges and expenses of its counsel) and the compensation for the services are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.

(g) For purposes of this Section 6.06, the term “Trustee” shall include any predecessor Trustee; provided , however , that the negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith of any Trustee hereunder shall not affect the rights or any other Trustee hereunder.

 

37


Section 6.07. Replacement of Trustee.

(a) A resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor Trustee will become effective only upon the successor Trustee’s acceptance of appointment as provided in this Section 6.07.

(b) The Trustee may resign at any time by so notifying the Company in writing no later than 30 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed resignation. The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by notifying the Company and the removed Trustee in writing no later than 30 calendar days prior to the date of the proposed removal and may appoint a successor Trustee with the Company’s written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld. The Company may remove the Trustee at its election if:

(1) the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.09;

(2) the Trustee is adjudged bankrupt or insolvent or an order for relief entered with respect to the Trustee under Bankruptcy Law;

(3) a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

(4) the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of acting.

(c) If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Company shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.

(d) If a successor Trustee does not take office within 30 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Company or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may petition at the expense of the Company any court of competent jurisdiction, in the case of the Trustee, for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(e) If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.09, any Holder may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and the appointment of a successor Trustee.

(f) A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee and to the Company. Immediately following such delivery, the retiring Trustee shall, subject to the lien and its rights under Section 6.06, transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the successor Trustee, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee shall become effective, and the successor Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this Indenture. A successor Trustee shall transmit notice of its succession to each Holder. Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 6.07, the lien and Company’s obligations under Section 6.06 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

Section 6.08. Successor Trustee by Consolidation, Merger, etc.

Any Person into which the Trustee or any successor to it in the trusts created by this Indenture shall be merged or converted, or any Person with which it or any successor to it shall be consolidated, or any Person resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee or any such successor to it shall be a party, or any Person to which the Trustee or any successor to it shall sell or otherwise transfer all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor Trustee under this Indenture without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto; provided that such Person shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Article VI. In case at the time such successor to the Trustee (if acting as the Authentication Agent) shall succeed to the trusts created by this Indenture with respect to one or more series of Notes, any of such Notes shall have been authenticated but not delivered by the Trustee (if acting as the Authentication Agent) then in office, any successor to such Trustee (if acting as the Authentication Agent) may adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee, and deliver such Notes so authenticated; and in case at that time any of the Notes shall not have been authenticated, any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor Trustee; provided , however , that the right to adopt the certificate of authentication of any predecessor Trustee (if acting as the Authentication Agent) or authenticate Notes in the name of any predecessor Trustee shall apply only to its successor or successors by merger, conversion or consolidation.

 

38


Section 6.09. Eligibility; Disqualification.

There will at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a Person organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power, that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities. The Trustee (together with its corporate parent) shall have a combined capital and surplus of at least $100.0 million as set forth in the most recent applicable published annual report of condition.

The Trustee shall not be deemed to have a conflict of interest under or in respect of its duties under this Indenture except and to the extent provided for in Section 310(b)(1) of the TIA, applied as if this Indenture were qualified under such Act; provided , however , that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA §310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities or certificates of interest or participation in other securities of the Company are outstanding if the requirements for such exclusion set forth in TIA §310(b)(1) are met, other than the fact that such indentures are not described herein.

Section 6.10. Reports by Trustee to Holders.

If required by TIA § 313(a), within 60 days after August 15 of any year, commencing 2018, the Trustee shall transmit to each Holder a brief report dated as of such date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b)(2). The Trustee shall also transmit all reports as required by TIA § 313(c) and comply with TIA § 313(d).

Section 6.11. Preferential Collection of Claims Against Company.

The Trustee shall comply with TIA § 311(a). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

ARTICLE VII

AMENDMENT, SUPPLEMENT AND WAIVER

Section 7.01. Without Consent of Holders.

The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may, without the consent of any Holder of a Note of any series, from time to time and at any time, enter into a supplemental indenture amending or supplementing such Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees in order to:

 

  (i) convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge to the Holders of the Notes of any series or any person acting on their behalf as security for the Notes of such series any property or assets;

 

  (ii) evidence the succession of another person to the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or successive successions, and the assumption by the successor person(s) of the covenants, agreements and obligations of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, pursuant to this Indenture;

 

  (iii) evidence and provide for the acceptance of appointment of a successor or successors to the Trustee and/or the Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar, as applicable;

 

  (iv) add to the covenants of, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the Holders of the Notes of any series issued pursuant to this Indenture, including to eliminate one or both prongs of the release provision under Section 9.07 hereof, and to make the occurrence, or the occurrence and continuance, of a default in any such additional covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions an Event of Default under this Indenture permitting the enforcement of all or any of the several remedies provided in this Indenture; provided that, in respect of any such additional covenant, restriction, condition or provision, such supplemental indenture may provide for a particular period of grace after default (which may be shorter or longer than that allowed in the case of other defaults) or may limit the remedies available to the Trustee upon such an Event of Default;

 

39


  (v) if required by the requirements of the Commission, comply with any requirements of the Commission in connection with the qualification of this Indenture under the TIA;

 

  (vi) modify the restrictions on, and procedures for, resale and other transfers of the Notes of such series pursuant to law, regulation or practice relating to the resale or transfer of restricted securities generally;

 

  (vii) cure any ambiguity or to correct or supplement any provision contained in this Indenture, the Notes, or the Guarantees which may be defective or inconsistent with any other provision contained therein or to make such other provision in regard to matters or questions arising under this Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees as the Company, any Guarantor or the Trustee may deem necessary or desirable and which will not, in the opinion of the Company or any Guarantor, adversely affect the interests of the Holders of the Notes of such series in any material respect;

 

  (viii) issue an unlimited aggregate principal amount of Notes under this Indenture or to “reopen” the applicable series of Notes and create and issue additional notes having identical terms and conditions as the Notes of such series (or in all respects except for the issue date, issue price, payment of interest accruing prior to the issue date of such additional notes and/or the first payment of interest following the issue date of such additional notes) so that the additional notes are consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding Notes of such series; and

 

  (ix) evidence the addition of any new Guarantor of the Notes and this Indenture, or the release of any Guarantor from its obligations with respect to the Notes and this Indenture, in either case pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a board resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.05, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Section 7.02. With Consent of Holders.

(a) The Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, with the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of all series of the Notes affected by such supplemental indenture (voting as one class) at the time outstanding under this Indenture (including consents obtained in connection with a tender offer or exchange offer for the applicable Notes), from time to time and at any time, may enter into a supplemental indenture for the purpose of amending, waiving or otherwise modifying the provisions of this Indenture, the Notes and the Guarantees, or adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of the applicable Notes or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of the applicable Notes; provided , that no such supplemental indenture may, without the consent of the Holder of each of the Notes so affected:

 

  (i) change the Stated Maturity of the applicable Note of, or the date for payment of any principal of, or installment of interest on, any applicable Note;

 

  (ii) reduce the principal amount of or the rate or amount of interest on any applicable Note or Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto or reduce the amount payable thereon in the event of redemption or default or change the method for determining the interest rate thereon;

 

  (iii) change the currency of payment of principal of or interest on any applicable Note or Additional Amounts payable with respect thereto; or change the obligation of the Company or any Guarantor, as the case may be, to pay Additional Amounts (except as otherwise permitted by such applicable Note);

 

  (iv) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or with respect to any applicable Note;

 

  (v) reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of the applicable Notes outstanding the consent of whose Holders is required for any such supplemental indenture; or

 

40


  (vi) reduce the aggregate principal amount of any applicable Note outstanding necessary to modify or amend this Indenture or any such Note or to waive any future compliance or past default or reduce the quorum requirements or the percentage of aggregate principal amount of any applicable Notes outstanding required for the adoption of any action at any meeting of Holders of such Notes or to reduce the percentage of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes outstanding necessary to rescind or annul any declaration of the principal of all accrued and unpaid interest on any Note to be due and payable,

provided, that no consent of any Holder of any applicable Note shall be necessary to permit the Trustee, the Company and each of the Guarantors to execute supplemental indentures as described under Section 7.01 above.

(b) In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of a series of Notes have concurred in any direction, notice, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Company or any subsidiary of the Company, or by any Affiliate of the Company will be considered as though not outstanding, except that for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee will be protected in conclusively relying on any such direction, notice, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Responsible Officer of the Trustee actually knows are so owned will be so disregarded.

(c) It is not necessary for the consent of the Holders under this Section 7.02 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment, supplement or waiver, but it is sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

After an amendment that requires the consent of the Holders of the affected Notes becomes effective, the Company shall transmit to each registered Holder of the affected Notes pursuant to Section 10.01 hereof a notice briefly describing such amendment. However, the failure to give such notice to all Holders of such Notes, or any defect therein, shall not impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Upon the written request of the Company accompanied by a board resolution of the Board of Directors authorizing the execution of any such supplemental indenture, and upon the receipt by the Trustee of evidence of the consent of the Holders as aforesaid and upon receipt by the Trustee of the documents described in Section 7.05, the Trustee shall join with the Company in the execution of such supplemental indenture unless such supplemental indenture affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture, in which case the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into such supplemental indenture.

Section 7.03. Revocation and Effect of Consents.

After an amendment, supplement, waiver or other action becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent conclusive and binding upon such Holder and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any such Note. However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective. An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder, whether or not they have consented to such action or were present at the meeting at which such action was taken and every subsequent Holder of the same Note or portion thereof, and of any Note issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange therefor or in place thereof, even if notation of the consent is not made on any such Note.

The Company may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for the purpose of determining the Holders entitled to consent to any amendment, supplement, or waiver. If a record date is fixed, then, notwithstanding the preceding paragraph, those Persons who were Holders at such record date (or their duly designated proxies), and only such Persons, shall be entitled to consent to such amendment, supplement, or waiver or to revoke any consent previously given, whether or not such Persons continue to be Holders after such record date. No such consent shall be valid or effective for more than 90 days after such record date unless the consent of the requisite number of Holders has been obtained.

 

41


Section 7.04. Notation on or Exchange of Notes.

If an amendment, supplement, or waiver changes the terms of a Note, the Paying Agent (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Company) shall request the Holder of the Note (in accordance with the specific written direction of the Company) to deliver it to the Paying Agent. In such case, the Paying Agent shall place an appropriate notation (in accordance with a specific written direction from the Company) on the Note about the changed terms and return it to the Holder. Alternatively, if the Company so determines, the Company in exchange for the Note shall issue and the Authentication Agent shall authenticate a new Note that reflects the changed terms. Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

Section 7.05. Trustee To Sign Amendments, etc.

The Trustee shall sign any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article VII if the amendment, supplement or waiver does not affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee. If it does affect the rights, duties, liabilities or immunities of the Trustee, the Trustee may, but need not, sign such amendment, supplement or waiver. In signing or refusing to sign such amendment, supplement or waiver the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and, subject to Section 6.01, shall be fully protected in relying upon an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating, in addition to the matters required by Section 10.02, that such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture, and that such amendment or supplemental indenture is valid and binding on the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms.

ARTICLE VIII

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE; DEFEASANCE

Section 8.01. Satisfaction and Discharge of Liability on Notes; Defeasance.

(a) This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect with respect to any series of Notes (except as to rights of registration of transfer or exchange of Notes and rights to receive principal of and premium, if any, and interest on such Notes) as to all outstanding Notes of such series issued hereunder when:

(1) either:

(A) all the Notes of such series that have been authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has been deposited in trust or segregated and held in trust by the Company and thereafter repaid to the Company or discharged from this trust) have been delivered to the Paying Agent for cancellation, or

(B) all Notes of such series not delivered to the Paying Agent for cancellation otherwise (i) have become due and payable, (ii) will become due and payable, or are to be called for redemption, within one year or (iii) have been called for redemption within one year pursuant to the provisions described under Section 3.07 and, in any case, the Company or any Guarantor has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of such Notes, U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness (including all principal and accrued interest) on the Notes of such series not theretofore delivered to the Paying Agent for cancellation,

(2) the Company or any Guarantor has paid all sums payable by it under this Indenture, and

(3) the Company has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee to apply the deposited money toward the payment of the Notes of such series at maturity or on the Redemption Date, as the case may be.

In addition, the Company must deliver to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been complied with.

(b) Subject to clause (c) of this Section 8.01 and Section 8.02, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors discharged with respect to the outstanding Notes of a series (“ Legal Defeasance ”). Legal Defeasance means that the Company and the Guarantors shall be deemed to have paid and discharged the entire indebtedness represented by the Notes of such series and the related Guarantees, and this Indenture shall cease to be of further effect as to all outstanding Notes of such series and the related Guarantees, on the 91st day after the applicable conditions described in Section 8.02 have been satisfied, except as to:

 

42


(1) the rights of Holders of such series of Notes issued under this Indenture to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on such Notes when such payments are due solely out of the trust created pursuant to this Indenture;

(2) the Company’s obligations with respect to such series Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes under Section 2.11, registration of Notes under Section 2.04, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes under Section 2.08, and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment under Section 2.04 and money for security payments held in trust under Section 2.05;

(3) the rights, powers, trust, duties, and immunities of the Trustee, and the Company’s obligation in connection therewith; and

(4) the applicable provisions of this Article VIII.

In addition, the Company may, at its option and at any time, elect to have its obligations and the obligations of the Guarantors released with respect to (A) their respective obligations under Sections 4.03, 4.09 and 4.10 with respect to the outstanding Notes of a series and (B) the operation of Section 5.01 (“ Covenant Defeasance ”) on and after the conditions in Section 8.02 with respect to Covenant Defeasance are satisfied, and thereafter any omission to comply with such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect to such Notes. The Company may exercise its Legal Defeasance option regardless of whether it previously exercised Covenant Defeasance.

(c) If the Company exercises its Legal Defeasance option, payment of the Notes of such series may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default with respect thereto.

(d) Upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein and upon request of the Company, the Trustee shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of those obligations that the Company terminates.

(e) Notwithstanding clauses (a) and (b) of this Section 8.01, the Company’s obligations in Sections 2.04, 2.06, 2.07, 2.08, 6.06, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive with respect to such series of Notes until such time as the Notes of such series have been paid in full. Thereafter, the Company’s obligations in Sections 6.06, 8.05 and 8.06 shall survive.

Section 8.02. Conditions to Defeasance.

In order to exercise either Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance with respect to the Notes of any series:

(a) the Company must irrevocably deposit with the Trustee, as trust funds, in trust solely for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes of such series U.S. legal tender, U.S. Government Obligations or a combination thereof, in such amounts as will be sufficient (without consideration of any reinvestment of interest) in the opinion of a certified public accounting firm of national reputation selected by the Company, to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes of such series on the stated date for payment or on the Redemption Date of the principal or installment of principal of, or interest on such series of Notes;

(b) in the case of Legal Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of the Legal Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such Legal Defeasance had not occurred, which opinion must be based either on a change in the applicable U.S. federal income tax laws or regulations occurring after August 15, 2017 or the Company having received a ruling from, or published by, the Internal Revenue Service to that effect;

(c) in the case of Covenant Defeasance, the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the beneficial owners of Notes of such series will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes solely as a result of such Covenant Defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amounts, in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if the Covenant Defeasance had not occurred;

 

43


(d) no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit;

(e) the Company shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officer’s Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the Legal Defeasance or the Covenant Defeasance, as the case may be, have been complied with.

If the funds deposited with the Trustee to effect Covenant Defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of and interest on the Notes of the applicable series when due, then the Company’s obligations and the obligations of Guarantors under this Indenture will be revived with respect to such series and no such defeasance will be deemed to have occurred.

Section 8.03. Deposited Money and U.S. Government Obligations To Be Held in Trust; Other Miscellaneous Provisions.

All money and U.S. Government Obligations (including the proceeds thereof) deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.02(a) in respect of the outstanding Notes of a series shall be held in trust and applied by the Trustee, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment to the Holders of such Notes, of all sums due and to become due thereon in respect of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

The Company shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the U.S. Government Obligations deposited pursuant to Section 8.02(a) or the principal, premium, if any, and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of the outstanding Notes.

Anything in this Article VIII to the contrary notwithstanding, the Trustee shall deliver or pay to the Company from time to time upon a request of the Company any money or U.S. Government Obligations held by it as provided in Section 8.02(a) which, in the opinion of a certified public accounting firm of national reputation selected by the Company expressed in a written certification thereof delivered to the Trustee, are in excess of the amount thereof which would then be required to be deposited to effect an equivalent Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance.

Section 8.04. Reinstatement.

If the Trustee is unable to apply any money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or Governmental Authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Company’s obligations under this Indenture and the applicable Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to this Article VIII until such time as the Trustee is permitted to apply all such money or U.S. Government Obligations in accordance with Section 8.01; provided that if the Company has made any payment of principal of, premium, if any, or accrued interest on any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Company shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money or U.S. Government Obligations held by the Trustee.

Section 8.05. Moneys Held by Paying Agent.

In connection with the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture, all moneys then held by any Paying Agent under the provisions of this Indenture shall, upon written demand of the Company, be paid to the Trustee, or if sufficient moneys have been deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.02(a), any excess funds to the Company upon a request of the Company, and thereupon the Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with respect to such moneys.

 

44


Section 8.06. Moneys Held by Trustee.

Subject to any applicable abandoned property laws, any money deposited with the Trustee, or then held by the Company, in trust for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) or interest on the Notes and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal (and premium, if any) or interest has become due and payable shall be paid to the Company on Company Order, or (if then held by the Company) shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Company for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee with respect to such trust money, and all liability of the Company as trustee thereof, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Company cause to be published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily published on each Business Day and of general circulation in New York, New York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Company.

ARTICLE IX

GUARANTEES

Section 9.01. Guarantee.

(a) Each Guarantor, hereby jointly and severally, fully, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the Notes and obligations of the Company hereunder and thereunder, and guarantees to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Authentication Agent, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, that (i) the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest on the Notes will be paid in full when due, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise (including, without limitation, the amount that would become due but for the operation of any automatic stay provision of any Bankruptcy Law), together with interest on the overdue principal, if any, and all other obligations of the Company to the Holders or the Trustee hereunder or thereunder will be paid in full or performed, all in accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; and (ii) in case of any extension of time of payment or renewal of any Notes or of any such other obligations, the same will be paid in full when due or performed in accordance with the terms of the extension or renewal, whether at Stated Maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, subject, however, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii) above, to the limitations set forth in Section 9.03.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of the Notes or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any waiver or consent by any Holder of Notes with respect to any provisions hereof or thereof, any release of any other Guarantor, the recovery of any judgment against the Company, any action to enforce the same or any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a Guarantor.

(b) Each Guarantor hereby waives (to the extent permitted by law) the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Company, any right to require a proceeding first against the Company or any other Person, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever and covenants that, subject to Section 9.07, the Guarantee of such Guarantor shall not be discharged as to the 2020 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2022 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2024 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2027 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2037 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2047 Fixed Rate Notes, the 2020 Floating Rate Notes or the 2022 Floating Rate Notes as the case may be, except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Notes, this Indenture and such Guarantee. Each Guarantor acknowledges that the Guarantee is a guarantee of payment and not of collection. Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce such Guarantor’s Guarantee without first proceeding against the Company or any other Guarantor. Each Guarantor agrees that if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders are prevented by applicable law from exercising their respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, such Guarantor will pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

45


(c) If any Holder or the Trustee is required by any court or otherwise to return to the Company or any Guarantor, or any custodian, trustee, liquidator or other similar official acting in relation to either the Company or any Guarantor, any amount paid by any of them to the Trustee or such Holder, the Guarantee of each of the Guarantors, to the extent theretofore discharged, shall be reinstated in full force and effect. Each Guarantor further agrees that, as between each Guarantor, on the one hand, and the Holders and the Trustee, on the other hand, (x) subject to this Article IX, the maturity of the obligations guaranteed hereby may be accelerated as provided in Article V for the purposes of the Guarantee of such Guarantor, notwithstanding any stay, injunction or other prohibition preventing such acceleration in respect of the obligations guaranteed hereby, and (y) in the event of any acceleration of such obligations as provided in Article V, such obligations (whether or not due and payable) shall forthwith become due and payable by each Guarantor for the purpose of the Guarantee of such Guarantor.

(d) Each Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Company for liquidation or reorganization, should the Company become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Company’s assets, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes are, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a “voidable preference”, “fraudulent transfer” or otherwise, all as though such payment or performance had not been made. In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

Section 9.02. Severability.

In case any provision of any Guarantee shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality, and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 9.03. Limitation of Liability.

Each Guarantor and by its acceptance hereof each Holder confirms that it is the intention of all such parties that the guarantee by each such Guarantor pursuant to its Guarantee not constitute a fraudulent transfer or conveyance for purposes of the Bankruptcy Law, the Uniform Fraudulent Conveyance Act, the Uniform Fraudulent Transfer Act or any similar federal or state law or the provisions of its local law relating to fraudulent transfer or conveyance. To effectuate the foregoing intention, the Holders and each such Guarantor hereby irrevocably agree that the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee shall be limited to the maximum amount that will not, after giving effect to all other contingent and fixed liabilities of such Guarantor and after giving effect to any collections from or payments made by or on behalf of any other Guarantor in respect of the obligations of such other Guarantor under its Guarantee or pursuant to this Article IX, result in the obligations of such Guarantor under its Guarantee constituting such fraudulent transfer or conveyance.

Section 9.04. Contribution.

In order to provide for just and equitable contribution among the Guarantors, the Guarantors agree, inter se , that in the event any payment or distribution is made by any Guarantor under a Guarantee, such Guarantor will be entitled to a contribution from any other Guarantor in a pro rata amount based on the net assets of each Guarantor determined in accordance with IFRS.

Section 9.05. Subrogation.

Each Guarantor shall be subrogated to all rights of Holders against the Company in respect of any amounts paid by any Guarantor pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.01; provided , however , that if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, no Guarantor shall be entitled to enforce or receive any payments arising out of, or based upon, such right of subrogation until all amounts then due and payable by the Company under this Indenture or the Notes shall have been paid in full.

Section 9.06. Reinstatement.

Each Guarantor hereby agrees (and each Person who becomes a Guarantor shall agree) that the Guarantee provided for in Section 9.01 shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time, payment, or any part thereof, of any obligations or interest thereon is rescinded or must otherwise be restored by a Holder to the Company upon the bankruptcy or insolvency of the Company or any Guarantor.

 

46


Section 9.07. Release of a Guarantor.

Without the consent of the Trustee or the Holders, a Guarantor that is a subsidiary of the Parent Guarantor (a “ Subsidiary Guarantor ”), other than BATIF and the Dutch Guarantors, will automatically and unconditionally be released from all obligations under its Guarantee, and such Guarantee shall thereupon terminate and be discharged and of no further force or effect, in the event that (1) its guarantee of all then outstanding notes issued under the EMTN Programme is released or (2) at substantially the same time its Guarantee of the Notes is terminated, the Subsidiary Guarantor is released from all obligations in respect of indebtedness for borrowed money for which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower). For purposes of this Section 9.07, the amount of a Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money shall not include (A) the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture, (B) any other debt the terms of which permit the termination of such Subsidiary Guarantor’s guarantee of such debt under similar circumstances, as long as such Subsidiary Guarantor’s obligations in respect of such other debt are terminated at substantially the same time as its guarantee of the Notes, (C) any debt that is being refinanced at substantially the same time that the guarantee of the Notes is being released, provided that any obligations of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor in respect of the debt that is incurred in the refinancing shall be included in the calculation of the relevant Subsidiary Guarantor’s indebtedness for borrowed money and (D) for the avoidance of doubt, any debt in respect of which such Subsidiary Guarantor is an obligor (as a guarantor or borrower) (i) between or among the Parent Guarantor and any subsidiary or subsidiaries thereof or (ii) between or among any subsidiaries of the Parent Guarantor.

Section 9.08. Benefits Acknowledged.

Each Guarantor acknowledges that it will receive direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Indenture and that its respective Guarantee is knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

ARTICLE X

MISCELLANEOUS

Section 10.01. Notices.

Except for notice or communications to Holders, any notice or communication shall be given in writing and is duly given when received if delivered in person, when receipt is acknowledged if sent by facsimile, on the next Business Day if timely delivered by a nationally recognized courier service that guarantees overnight delivery or two Business Days after deposit if mailed by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

If to the Company and/or any Guarantor:

British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

47


If to the Trustee:

Mailing Address:

Wilmington Trust, National Association

Global Capital Markets

50 S. 6th Street, Suite 1290

Minneapolis, MN 55402

United States of America

Attention: B.A.T Capital Corporation / British American Tobacco Administrator

Facsimile: +1 612 217 5651

If to the Authentication Agent, Registrar, Transfer Agent, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent:

Mailing Address:

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

Such notices or communications shall be effective when actually received and shall be sufficiently given if so given within the time prescribed in this Indenture.

The Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee or the Agents by written notice to the others may designate additional or different addresses for subsequent notices or communications.

The Trustee and each Agent shall have the right, but shall not be required, to rely upon and comply with instructions and directions sent by email, facsimile and other similar unsecured electronic methods by persons believed by the Trustee and each Agent, as applicable, to be authorized to give instructions and directions on behalf of the Company. The Trustee and each Agent, as applicable, shall have no duty or obligation to verify or confirm that the person who sent such instructions or directions is, in fact, a person authorized to give instructions on behalf of the Company; and the Trustee and each Agent, as applicable, shall have no liability for any losses, liabilities, costs or expenses incurred or sustained by the Company as a result of such reliance upon or compliance with such instructions or directions, provided that such reliance was in good faith. The Company agrees to assume all risks arising out of the use of such electronic methods to submit instructions and directions to the Trustee or any Agent, as applicable, including without limitation the risk of the Trustee or such Agent acting on unauthorized instructions, and all the risk of interception and misuse by third parties.

So long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the UK Listing Authority and admitted to trading on the Professional Securities Market of the London Stock Exchange and the rules of the London Stock Exchange so require, notices to Holders shall be given by the Company by publication in a leading newspaper having general circulation in London, England (which is expected initially to be the Financial Times ). Notices to Holders shall also be given by first-class mail postage prepaid to the last addresses of such holders as they appear in the Notes register; provided , no such mailing shall be required if Notes are held through the Depositary, as such notice shall be given in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary. Such notices will be deemed to have been given on the date of such publication or mailing.

So long as any Global Notes representing the Notes are held in their entirety on behalf of a clearing system, or any of its participants, there may be substituted for the publication and mailing of notice to Holders described above the delivery of the relevant notices to the clearing system, and (if applicable) its participants, for communication by them to the entitled accountholders. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day on which the said notice was given to the clearing system, and (if applicable) its participants.

 

48


Failure to transmit a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders. If a notice or communication to a Holder is transmitted in the manner provided above, it shall be deemed duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

If the Company transmits a notice or communication to Holders, it will transmit a copy to the Trustee and each Agent at the same time.

In case by reason of the suspension of regular mail service, or by reason of any other cause, it shall be impossible to mail any notice as required by this Indenture, then such method of notification as shall be made with the consultation of the Trustee shall constitute a sufficient mailing of such notice.

Section 10.02. Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent.

Upon any request or application by the Company to the Trustee to take any action under this Indenture, if so requested by the Trustee, the Company shall furnish to the Trustee:

(1) an Officer’s Certificate (which must include the statements set forth in Section 10.03) stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been complied with; and

(2) an Opinion of Counsel (which must include the statements set forth in Section 10.03) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent have been complied with.

Section 10.03. Statements Required in Certificate and Opinion.

Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture must include (other than a certificate provided pursuant to Section 4.12 hereof):

(1) a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

(2) a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

(3) a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, he or she has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable him or her to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

(4) a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

Section 10.04. Communications by Holders with Other Holders.

Holders may communicate pursuant to TIA § 312(b) with other Holders with respect to their rights under this Indenture or the Notes. The Company, the Trustee, the Registrar and anyone else shall have the protection of TIA § 312(c).

Section 10.05. Rules by Trustee and Agents.

The Trustee may make reasonable rules for action by or at a meeting of Holders. The Registrar or Paying Agent may make reasonable rules and set reasonable requirements for its functions.

Section 10.06. No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders.

No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or this Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

49


Section 10.07. Governing Law; Waiver of Jury Trial; Jurisdiction.

THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS INDENTURE, THE NOTES AND THE GUARANTEES WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

EACH PARTY HEREBY, AND EACH HOLDER OF A NOTE BY ITS ACCEPTANCE THEREOF, WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY LITIGATION DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF, OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE.

ANY LEGAL ACTION OR PROCEEDING WITH RESPECT TO THIS INDENTURE AND ANY ACTION FOR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY JUDGMENT IN RESPECT THEREOF MAY BE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS OF THE STATE IN ANY STATE OR FEDERAL COURT IN THE BOROUGH OF MANHATTAN, THE CITY OF NEW YORK, AND, BY EXECUTION AND DELIVERY OF THIS INDENTURE, EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY ACCEPTS FOR ITSELF AND IN RESPECT OF ITS PROPERTY, GENERALLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY, THE NON-EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE AFORESAID COURTS AND APPELLATE COURTS FROM ANY THEREOF. THE COMPANY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO THE SERVICE OF PROCESS OUT OF ANY OF THE AFOREMENTIONED COURTS IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BY THE MAILING OF COPIES THEREOF BY REGISTERED OR CERTIFIED MAIL, POSTAGE PREPAID, TO THE COMPANY AT ITS ADDRESS REFERRED TO IN SECTION 10.01. EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY OF THE AFORESAID ACTIONS OR PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS INDENTURE BROUGHT IN THE COURTS REFERRED TO ABOVE AND TO THE FULLEST EXTENT IT MAY DO SO UNDER APPLICABLE LAW HEREBY FURTHER IRREVOCABLY WAIVES AND AGREES NOT TO PLEAD OR CLAIM IN ANY SUCH COURT THAT ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT HAS BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM. NOTHING HEREIN SHALL AFFECT THE RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY LAW OR TO COMMENCE LEGAL PROCEEDINGS OR OTHERWISE PROCEED IN ANY OTHER JURISDICTION.

Section 10.08. No Adverse Interpretation of Other Agreements.

This Indenture may not be used to interpret any other indenture, loan or debt agreement of the Company or its subsidiaries or of any other Person. Any such indenture, loan or debt agreement may not be used to interpret this Indenture.

Section 10.09. Successors.

All agreements of the Company in this Indenture and the Notes will bind its successors. All agreements of the Trustee and each Agent in this Indenture will bind its successors. All agreements of each Guarantor in this Indenture will bind its successors, except as otherwise provided in Section 9.07.

Section 10.10. Separability.

In case any provision in this Indenture or in the Notes is invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions will not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

Section 10.11. Counterpart Originals.

The parties may sign any number of copies of this Indenture. Each signed copy will be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement. The exchange of copies of this Indenture and of signature pages by facsimile or electronic format ( i.e ., “pdf” or “tif”) transmission shall constitute effective execution and delivery of this Indenture as to the parties hereto and may be used in lieu of the original Indenture for all purposes. Signatures of the parties hereto transmitted by facsimile or electronic format ( i.e ., “pdf” or “tif”) shall be deemed to be their original signatures for all purposes.

 

50


Section 10.12. Table of Contents, Headings, etc.

The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and Headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and will in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

Section 10.13. Benefits of Indenture.

Nothing in this Indenture expressed and nothing that may be implied from any of the provisions hereof is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon, or to give to, any Person other than the parties hereto and their successors and the Holders of the Notes any benefit or any right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Indenture or any covenant, condition, stipulation, promise or agreement hereof, and all covenants, conditions, stipulations, promises and agreements in this Indenture contained shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the parties hereto and their successors and of the Holders of the Notes.

Section 10.14. Appointment of Agent for Service.

Each of the non-U.S. Guarantors hereby irrevocably designates the Company, as its agent for service of process in any related proceeding arising out of or relating to the performance of its obligations under this Indenture and the Notes brought in any state or federal court in the Borough of Manhattan, the City of New York, and agrees that service of process in any such related proceeding may be made upon it at the office of such agent, and the Company hereby accepts such designation. Each of the Company and the Guarantors waives, to the fullest extent permitted by law, any other requirements of or objections to personal jurisdiction with respect thereto. Each of the Company and the Guarantors agrees to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents and instruments, that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect.

[Signatures on following page]

 

51


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have caused this Indenture to be duly executed as of the date first written above.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:   /s/ L. Brent Cotton
 

Name: L. Brent Cotton

 

Title:   Director and President

 

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE P.L.C.

By:   /s/ Neil Wadey
 

Name: Neil Wadey

 

Title:   Director

 

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO P.L.C.

By:  

/s/ Benedict Stevens

 

Name: Benedict Stevens

 

Title:   Director

 

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

By:   /s/ J E P Bollen
 

Name: J E P Bollen

 

Title:   Director

By:   /s/ R M J Lina
 

Name: R M J Lina

 

Title:   Director

 

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS), B.V.

By:  

/s/ J E P Bollen

 

Name: Jed Bollen

 

Title:   Director

By:  

/s/ R M J Lina

 

Name: R M J Lina

 

Title:   Director

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


REYNOLDS AMERICAN INC.

By:  

/s/ McDara P. Folan, III

 

Name: McDara P. Folan, III

 

Title:   SVP, Deputy General Counsel and

            Secretary

 

WILMINGTON TRUST, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

as Trustee

By:  

/s/ Jane Schweiger

 

Name: Jane Schweiger

 

Title:   Vice President

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

as Authentication Agent, Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Registrar and Calculation Agent

By:  

/s/ Beth Kuhn

 

Name: Beth Kuhn

 

Title:   Vice President

[Signature Page to the Indenture]


EXHIBIT A-1

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

No. $

2.297% NOTE DUE 2020

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $ , on August 14, 2020.

Interest Payment Dates: February 14 and August 14, commencing on February 14, 2018.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

By:    
 

Name:

 

Title:

 

A-1-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 2.297% Notes due 2020 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Authentication Agent

By:    
 

Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-1-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

2.297% NOTE DUE 2020

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 2.297% per annum. Interest on the 2.297% Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including August 15, 2017, to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 14 and August 14, commencing on February 14, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the 15 th calendar day that precedes each Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If the date on which any interest payment or principal payment is to be made is not a Business Day, such payment will be made on the next day which is a Business Day, without any further interest or other amounts being paid or payable in connection therewith.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the Maturity Date of the Notes, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 15 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

The Notes are also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

 

A-1-3


(6) Redemption Procedures. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes at any time, in the case the Notes are issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(7) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

(8) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(9) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(10) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(11) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

A-1-4


(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

(16) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(17) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(18) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(19) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-1-5


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                             Your Signature:                                                                                             
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:                                                     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-1-6


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

    

 

     Your Signature   
Signature Guarantee:  

 

  
  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a   

 

A-1-7


recognized signature guaranty medallion program or

other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                               
      Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                               
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-1-8


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such
decrease or
increase

  

Signature of
authorized
signatory of
Trustee or Notes
Custodian

 

A-1-9


EXHIBIT A-2

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

No.   $

2.764% NOTE DUE 2022

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $ , on August 15, 2022.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-2-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 2.764% Notes due 2022 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

as Authentication Agent

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-2-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

2.764% NOTE DUE 2022

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 2.764% per annum. Interest on the 2.764% Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including August 15, 2017, to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes each Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If the date on which any interest payment or principal payment is to be made is not a Business Day, such payment will be made on the next day which is a Business Day, without any further interest or other amounts being paid or payable in connection therewith.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 15 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

The Notes are also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a

 

A-2-3


Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

(6) Redemption Procedures. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes at any time, in the case the Notes are issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(7) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

(8) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(9) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(10) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(11) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

A-2-4


(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

(16) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(17) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(18) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(19) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-2-5


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                          Your Signature:                                                                                             
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:                                                 

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-2-6


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

A-2-7


     

 

      Your Signature
Signature Guarantee:   

 

  
  

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty medallion program

or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

  

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                                  
      Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                               
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-2-8


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount
of this Global Note
following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes
Custodian

 

A-2-9


EXHIBIT A-3

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

No.    $

3.222% NOTE DUE 2024

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $        , on August 15, 2024.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

                 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-3-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 3.222% Notes due 2024 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH, as Authentication Agent
By:  

             

  Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-3-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

3.222% NOTE DUE 2024

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 3.222% per annum. Interest on the 3.222% Notes due 2024 (the “ Notes ”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including August 15, 2017, to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes each Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If the date on which any interest payment or principal payment is to be made is not a Business Day, such payment will be made on the next day which is a Business Day, without any further interest or other amounts being paid or payable in connection therewith.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 20 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

The Notes are also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a

 

A-3-3


Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

(6) Redemption Procedures. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes at any time, in the case the Notes are issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(7) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

(8) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(9) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(10) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(11) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

A-3-4


(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

(16) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(17) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(18) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(19) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-3-5


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                              Your Signature:                                                                                             
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:                                                     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-3-6


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $              principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

     

 

      Your Signature
Signature Guarantee:   

 

  
  

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty medallion program or

other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

  

 

A-3-7


Date:                                                                                                                                                       
      Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                       
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-3-8


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-3-9


EXHIBIT A-4

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

No.    $

3.557% NOTE DUE 2027

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $        , on August 15, 2027.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-4-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 3.557% Notes due 2027 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,
as Authentication Agent
By:  

             

  Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-4-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

3.557% NOTE DUE 2027

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 3.557% per annum. Interest on the 3.557% Notes due 2027 (the “ Notes ”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including August 15, 2017, to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes each Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If the date on which any interest payment or principal payment is to be made is not a Business Day, such payment will be made on the next day which is a Business Day, without any further interest or other amounts being paid or payable in connection therewith.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 20 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

The Notes are also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a

 

A-4-3


Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

(6) Redemption Procedures. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes at any time, in the case the Notes are issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(7) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

(8) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(9) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(10) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(11) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

A-4-4


(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

(16) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(17) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(18) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(19) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-4-5


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                              Your Signature:                                                                                             
      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
     
Signature Guarantee:                                                     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-4-6


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $             principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

    

 

     Your Signature
       
Signature
Guarantee:
  

 

  
  

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or

other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

  

 

A-4-7


Date:                                                                                                                                                                   
      Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                           
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-4-8


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-4-9


EXHIBIT A-5

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

No.    $

4.390% NOTE DUE 2037

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $        , on August 15, 2037.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

             

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-5-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 4.390% Notes due 2037 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

as Authentication Agent

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-5-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

4.390% NOTE DUE 2037

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 4.390% per annum. Interest on the 4.390% Notes due 2037 (the “ Notes ”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including August 15, 2017, to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes each Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If the date on which any interest payment or principal payment is to be made is not a Business Day, such payment will be made on the next day which is a Business Day, without any further interest or other amounts being paid or payable in connection therewith.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 25 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

The Notes are also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a

 

A-5-3


Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

(6) Redemption Procedures. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes at any time, in the case the Notes are issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(7) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

(8) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(9) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(10) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(11) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

A-5-4


(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

(16) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(17) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(18) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(19) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-5-5


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                                 

   

Your Signature:

 
     

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                                      

     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-5-6


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $              principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933)
that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in
compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

    

 

     Your Signature   
Signature Guarantee:  

 

  
 

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty medallion program or

other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

  

 

A-5-7


Date:                                                                                                                                                                               
      Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                               
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-5-8


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-5-9


EXHIBIT A-6

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

No.   $

4.540% NOTE DUE 2047

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $        , on August 15, 2047.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-6-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the 4.540% Notes due 2047 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

as Authentication Agent

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-6-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

4.540% NOTE DUE 2047

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount set forth on the face hereof at a rate of 4.540% per annum. Interest on the 4.540% Notes due 2047 (the “ Notes ”) will accrue from and including the most recent date to which interest has been paid or, if no interest has been paid, from and including August 15, 2017, to but excluding the date on which interest is paid. Interest shall be payable in arrears on each February 15 and August 15, commencing on February 15, 2018. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed. The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the 15th calendar day that precedes each Interest Payment Date, whether or not such day is a Business Day. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If the date on which any interest payment or principal payment is to be made is not a Business Day, such payment will be made on the next day which is a Business Day, without any further interest or other amounts being paid or payable in connection therewith.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. At any time and from time to time prior to the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Company may redeem the Notes, in whole or in part, upon not less than 10 nor more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to the greater of:

(1) 100% of the aggregate principal amount of any Notes being redeemed, and

(2) as determined by the Independent Investment Banker, the sum of the present values of the Remaining Scheduled Payments discounted to the Redemption Date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months or, in the case of an incomplete month, the number of days elapsed) at the Treasury Rate, plus 30 basis points,

together with, in each case, accrued and unpaid interest on the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

On or after the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

The Notes are also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a

 

A-6-3


Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

(6) Redemption Procedures. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes at any time, in the case the Notes are issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(7) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

(8) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(9) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(10) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(11) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

 

A-6-4


(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

(16) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(17) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(18) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(19) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-6-5


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                                  Your Signature:   

 

      (Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)
Signature Guarantee:                                                          

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-6-6


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $                 principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933)
that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such
transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the
Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in
compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

    

 

     Your Signature   
Signature Guarantee:  

 

  
 

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty medallion program or

other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

  

 

A-6-7


Date:                                                                                                                                                                               
      Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                                                                                                                               
      NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-6-8


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-6-9


EXHIBIT A-7

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

No.   $

FLOATING RATE NOTE DUE 2020

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $        , on August 14, 2020.

Interest Payment Dates: February 14, May 14, August 14 and November 14, commencing on November 14, 2017.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the second Business Day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-7-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the Floating Rate Notes due 2020 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

as Authentication Agent

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-7-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

FLOATING RATE NOTE DUE 2020

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes due 2020 (the “ Notes ”) set forth on the face hereof at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR (as defined below) plus 0.59%, which rate will be reset as described below.

The initial rate of interest on the Notes will be determined by the Calculation Agent on August 11, 2017. The rate of interest on the Notes will be reset quarterly on February 14, May 14, August 14 and November 14 of each year, commencing on November 14, 2017 (collectively, the “ Interest Reset Dates ” and each, an “ Interest Reset Date ”). If any Interest Reset Date would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day, except that if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, the Interest Reset Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day.

The Calculation Agent for the Notes will be the Paying Agent, or its successor appointed by the Company. The Calculation Agent will determine the initial interest rate for the Notes by reference to LIBOR on the second London banking day (as defined below) preceding the Issue Date and the interest rate for each Interest Reset Date by reference to LIBOR on the second London banking day preceding the applicable Interest Reset Date, each of which is referred to herein as an “Interest Determination Date”. Promptly upon such determination, the Calculation Agent will notify the Company and the Trustee of the new interest rate. Upon the request of the Holder of any Note, the Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate that will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date.

“London banking day” means any day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

“LIBOR” will be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

 

    With respect to any Interest Determination Date, LIBOR will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months commencing on the related Interest Reset Date that appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on that Interest Determination Date. If no such rate appears, then LIBOR, in respect of that Interest Determination Date will be determined in accordance with the following provisions.

 

    With respect to an Interest Determination Date on which no rate appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London offices of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market (which may include affiliates of the initial purchasers), as selected by the Company, to provide its offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for the period of three months, commencing on the related Interest Reset Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on that Interest Determination Date and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, then LIBOR on that Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of those quotations.

 

    If fewer than two quotations are provided, then LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City (which may include affiliates of the initial purchasers of the Notes) selected by the Company for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a period of three months, commencing on the related Interest Reset Date, and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of such rates.

 

    If fewer than two such rates are so provided, LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Determination Date. “Reuters Page LIBOR01” means the display that appears on Reuters (or any successor service) on page LIBOR01 (or any page as may replace such page on such service) for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks for U.S. dollars.

 

A-7-3


Interest on the Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

All percentages resulting from any calculation of any interest rate for the Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 5.876545% (or .05876545) would be rounded to 5.87655% (or .0587655)), and all dollar amounts would be rounded to the nearest cent with one-half cent being rounded upward. The interest rate on Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law and in no event be less than 0.00%.

All calculations made by the Calculation Agent for the purposes of calculating interest on the Notes will be conclusive and binding on the holders and the Company, absent manifest error.

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the second Business Day that precedes each Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If any Interest Payment Date (other than a redemption date or other maturity date) for the Notes would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding business day, except that if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, the Interest Payment Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with interest accruing to but excluding the date of payment. If a redemption date or other maturity date for the Notes would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of interest and principal will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest will accrue or be payable unless the Company fails to make payment on such next succeeding Business Day.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. The Notes are redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

(6) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

 

A-7-4


(7) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(8) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(9) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(10) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(11) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

(12) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

(13) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(14) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

 

A-7-5


(15) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(16) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(17) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(18) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-7-6


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                                 

   

Your Signature:

 
     

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                                      

     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-7-7


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

Your Signature

 

A-7-8


Signature Guarantee:  

 

  Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a recognized signature guaranty medallion program or other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

 

Date:                                                                            

 

      Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                            
     

 

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-7-9


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-7-10


EXHIBIT A-8

CUSIP No.

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

 

No.

   $

FLOATING RATE NOTE DUE 2022

B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), for value received, promises to pay to CEDE & CO. or registered assigns the principal sum of $        , on August 15, 2022.

Interest Payment Dates: February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15, commencing on November 15, 2017.

Record Dates: at the close of business on the second Business Day that precedes the related Interest Payment Date.

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Company has caused this Note to be signed manually or by facsimile by one of its duly authorized officers.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

 

A-8-1


Certificate of Authentication

This is one of the Floating Rate Notes due 2022 referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

CITIBANK, N.A., LONDON BRANCH,

as Authentication Agent

By:    
 

Authorized Signatory

Dated:

 

A-8-2


[FORM OF REVERSE OF NOTE]

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

FLOATING RATE NOTE DUE 2022

(1) Interest. B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware, as issuer (the “ Company ”), promises to pay, until the principal hereof is paid or made available for payment, interest on the principal amount of the Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (the “ Notes ”) set forth on the face hereof at a rate per annum equal to LIBOR (as defined below) plus 0.88%, which rate will be reset as described below.

The initial rate of interest on the Notes will be determined by the Calculation Agent on August 11, 2017. The rate of interest on the Notes will be reset quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15 of each year, commencing on November 15, 2017 (collectively, the “ Interest Reset Dates ” and each, an “ Interest Reset Date ”). If any Interest Reset Date would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the Interest Reset Date will be postponed to the next succeeding Business Day, except that if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, the Interest Reset Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day.

The Calculation Agent for the Notes will be the Paying Agent, or its successor appointed by the Company. The Calculation Agent will determine the initial interest rate for the Notes by reference to LIBOR on the second London banking day (as defined below) preceding the Issue Date and the interest rate for each Interest Reset Date by reference to LIBOR on the second London banking day preceding the applicable Interest Reset Date, each of which is referred to herein as an “Interest Determination Date”. Promptly upon such determination, the Calculation Agent will notify the Company and the Trustee of the new interest rate. Upon the request of the Holder of any Note, the Calculation Agent will provide the interest rate then in effect and, if determined, the interest rate that will become effective on the next Interest Reset Date.

“London banking day” means any day on which dealings in U.S. dollars are transacted in the London interbank market.

“LIBOR” will be determined by the Calculation Agent in accordance with the following provisions:

 

    With respect to any Interest Determination Date, LIBOR will be the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months commencing on the related Interest Reset Date that appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01 as of 11:00 a.m. (London time) on that Interest Determination Date. If no such rate appears, then LIBOR, in respect of that Interest Determination Date will be determined in accordance with the following provisions.

 

    With respect to an Interest Determination Date on which no rate appears on Reuters Page LIBOR01, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London offices of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market (which may include affiliates of the initial purchasers), as selected by the Company, to provide its offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in U.S. dollars for the period of three months, commencing on the related Interest Reset Date, to prime banks in the London interbank market at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) on that Interest Determination Date and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If at least two quotations are provided, then LIBOR on that Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of those quotations.

 

    If fewer than two quotations are provided, then LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of the rates quoted at approximately 11:00 a.m. (New York City time) on the Interest Determination Date by three major banks in New York City (which may include affiliates of the initial purchasers of the Notes) selected by the Company for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks, for a period of three months, commencing on the related Interest Reset Date, and in a principal amount that is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in that market at that time. If at least two such rates are so provided, LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be the arithmetic mean of such rates.

 

    If fewer than two such rates are so provided, LIBOR on the Interest Determination Date will be LIBOR in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Determination Date. “Reuters Page LIBOR01” means the display that appears on Reuters (or any successor service) on page LIBOR01 (or any page as may replace such page on such service) for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates of major banks for U.S. dollars.

 

A-8-3


Interest on the Notes will be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed.

All percentages resulting from any calculation of any interest rate for the Floating Rate Notes will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded upward (e.g., 5.876545% (or .05876545) would be rounded to 5.87655% (or .0587655)), and all dollar amounts would be rounded to the nearest cent with one-half cent being rounded upward. The interest rate on Notes will in no event be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law and in no event be less than 0.00%.

All calculations made by the Calculation Agent for the purposes of calculating interest on the Notes will be conclusive and binding on the holders and the Company, absent manifest error.

The Company shall pay interest on overdue principal (to the full extent permitted by law) at the rate borne by the Notes.

(2) Method of Payment. The Company will pay interest to those persons who were Holders of record at the close of business on the second Business Day that precedes each Interest Payment Date. Interest on the Notes will accrue from the date of original issuance or, if interest has already been paid, from the date it was most recently paid. If any Interest Payment Date (other than a redemption date or other maturity date) for the Notes would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the Interest Payment Date will be postponed to the next succeeding business day, except that if that Business Day falls in the next succeeding calendar month, the Interest Payment Date will be the immediately preceding Business Day, in each case with interest accruing to but excluding the date of payment. If a redemption date or other maturity date for the Notes would fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the payment of interest and principal will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and no interest will accrue or be payable unless the Company fails to make payment on such next succeeding Business Day.

(3) Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar. Initially, Citibank, N.A., London Branch (the “ Agent ”) will act as a Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent and Registrar. The Company may change any Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar without notice to the Holders. The Company or any of its subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent, Transfer Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar.

(4) Indenture. The Company issued the Notes under an Indenture dated as of August 15, 2017 (the “ Indenture ”) among the Company, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Agent. This is one of an issue of Notes of the Company issued, or to be issued, under the Indenture. The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture. The Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them. Capitalized and certain other terms used and not otherwise defined herein have the meanings set forth in the Indenture.

(5) Optional Redemption. On or after the Par Call Date of the Notes, the Notes will be redeemable in whole at any time or in part, from time to time, at the option of the Company, upon at least 10 days’ but no more than 30 days’ prior notice, at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes to be redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to, but excluding, the Redemption Date.

The Notes are also redeemable by the Company, in whole but not in part, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes plus any accrued and unpaid interest to the applicable Redemption Date (including any Additional Amounts) at the Company’s option at any time prior to their maturity if, due to a Change in Tax Law: (i) the Company or a Guarantor, in accordance with the terms of the Notes or Guarantee, has, or would, become obligated to pay any Additional Amounts to the Holders or beneficial owners of the Notes of that series; (ii) in the case of a Guarantor, (A) the Parent Guarantor would be unable, for reasons outside its control, to procure payment by the Company or any other Guarantor or (B) the procuring of such payment by the Company and each such Guarantor would be subject to withholding taxes imposed by a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; and (iii) such obligation cannot otherwise be avoided by such Guarantor, the Parent Guarantor or the Company, taking reasonable measures available to it.

 

A-8-4


(6) Redemption Procedures. If the Company elects to redeem less than all of the Notes at any time, in the case the Notes are issued in definitive form, the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected in accordance with applicable procedures of the Depositary.

(7) Notice of Redemption. Notices of redemption shall be transmitted at least 10 but not more than 30 days before the Redemption Date to each Holder of Notes to be redeemed in accordance with Section 10.01 of the Indenture. If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption that relates to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof that is to be redeemed.

(8) Denominations, Transfer, Exchange. The Notes shall be issuable only in fully registered form without coupons in denominations of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof. A Holder may transfer or exchange Notes in accordance with the Indenture.

(9) Persons Deemed Owners. The Depositary may be treated by the Company, the Trustee and any agent of the Company or the Trustee as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.

(10) Unclaimed Money. If money for the payment of principal or interest remains unclaimed for two years, the Trustee or Paying Agent will pay the money back to the Company at its request or, if such money is then held by the Company in trust, such money shall be released from such trust. After that, Holders entitled to the money must look only to the Company for payment as general creditors unless applicable abandoned property law designates another Person.

(11) Amendment, Supplement, Waiver, Etc. The Company, the Guarantors and the Trustee may modify or amend the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees without the consent of any Holder to, among other things, cure any ambiguity, or to correct or supplement any provision contained in the Indenture, the Notes or the Guarantees and add to the covenants, or the restrictions, conditions or provisions applicable to, the Company and Guarantors, as the case may be, such further covenants, restrictions, conditions or provisions as the Company and any Guarantor, as the case may be, shall consider to be for the protection of the holders of the applicable Notes issued pursuant to the Indenture. Other amendments and modifications of the Indenture or the Notes may be made by the Company and the Trustee with the consent of the Holders of a majority of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, subject to certain exceptions requiring the consent of each of the Holders of the Notes to be affected.

(12) Defaults and Remedies. Events of Default are set forth in the Indenture. Subject to certain limitations in the Indenture, if an Event of Default with respect to the Notes of a series (other than an Event of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture with respect to the Company or any Guarantor), shall have occurred and be continuing, unless the principal of all the Notes of such series shall have already become due and payable, the Holders of not less than 25% in aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such series then outstanding, by notice in writing to the Company, each Guarantor and the Trustee, may declare the entire principal amount of all Notes of such series and interest accrued and unpaid thereon, if any, to be due and payable immediately, and upon any such declaration the same shall become immediately due and payable, without any further declaration or other act on the part of any Holder. If certain Events of Default specified in Section 5.01 (vii), (viii) or (ix) of the Indenture occur with respect to the Company and are continuing, the principal amount of and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes issued pursuant to this Indenture shall become immediately due and payable, without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holder. The Trustee shall be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under the Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders, unless such Holders have offered to the Trustee security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee. Except in the case of a Default or Event of Default in payment of the principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to a redemption or repurchase of the Notes pursuant to the provisions of the Indenture), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that withholding the notice is in the interests of Holders.

(13) Trustee Dealings with Company. The Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may make loans to, accept deposits from, perform services for or otherwise deal with the Company or any Affiliate thereof with the same rights it would have if it were not Trustee.

 

A-8-5


(14) No Recourse Against Others. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors, past, present or future, will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes or the Indenture or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

(15) Discharge. The Company’s obligations pursuant to the Indenture will be discharged, except for obligations pursuant to certain sections thereof, subject to the terms of the Indenture, upon the payment or cancellation of all the Notes or upon the irrevocable deposit with the Trustee of United States dollars or U.S. Government Obligations sufficient to pay when due principal of and interest on the Notes at maturity or redemption, as the case may be.

(16) Guarantees. The Company’s obligations under the Notes are jointly and severally, fully and unconditionally guaranteed, to the extent set forth in the Indenture, by each of the Guarantors.

(17) Authentication. This Note shall not be valid until the Authentication Agent manually signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

(18) Governing Law. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS NOTE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

(19) Abbreviations. Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder or an assignee, such as: TEN COM (= tenants in common), TENANT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).

The Company will furnish to any Holder upon written request and without charge a copy of the Indenture. Requests may be made to:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

With a copy (which shall not constitute notice) to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

 

A-8-6


ASSIGNMENT

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                                                                                 

   

Your Signature:

 
     

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                                      

     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

A-8-7


B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

CERTIFICATE TO BE DELIVERED UPON EXCHANGE OR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER RESTRICTED SECURITIES

This certificate relates to $         principal amount of Notes held in definitive form by the undersigned.

The undersigned has requested the Transfer Agent by written order to exchange or register the transfer of a Note or Notes.

In connection with any transfer of any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate occurring prior to the expiration of the period referred to in Rule 144 under the Securities Act, the undersigned confirms that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with its terms:

CHECK ONE BOX BELOW

 

   (1)    to the Company; or
   (2)    to the Registrar for registration in the name of the Holder, without transfer; or
   (3)    pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (4)    inside the United States to a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933) that purchases for its own account or for the account of a qualified institutional buyer to whom notice is given that such transfer is being made in reliance on Rule 144A, in each case pursuant to and in compliance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (5)    outside the United States in an offshore transaction within the meaning of Regulation S under the Securities Act in compliance with Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933; or
   (6)    pursuant to another available exemption from registration provided by Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933.

Unless one of the boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent will refuse to register any of the Notes evidenced by this certificate in the name of any Person other than the registered holder thereof; provided , however , that if box (4), (5) or (6) is checked, the Transfer Agent may require, prior to registering any such transfer of the Notes, such legal opinions, certifications and other information as the Company has reasonably requested to confirm that such transfer is being made pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not subject to, the registration requirements of the Securities Act of 1933.

 

 

Your Signature

 

A-8-8


Signature Guarantee:  

 

 

Signature must be guaranteed by a participant in a

recognized signature guaranty medallion program or

other signature guarantor acceptable to the Transfer Agent

 

Date:                                                                
     

 

Signature of Signature Guarantee

TO BE COMPLETED BY PURCHASER IF (4) ABOVE IS CHECKED.

The undersigned represents and warrants that it is purchasing this Note for its own account or an account with respect to which it exercises sole investment discretion and that it and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and is aware that the sale to it is being made in reliance on Rule 144A and acknowledges that it has received such information regarding the Company as the undersigned has requested pursuant to Rule 144A or has determined not to request such information and that it is aware that the transferor is relying upon the undersigned’s foregoing representations in order to claim the exemption from registration provided by Rule 144A.

 

Date:                                                            
     

 

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

A-8-9


[TO BE ATTACHED TO GLOBAL NOTES]

SCHEDULE OF INCREASES OR DECREASES IN GLOBAL NOTE

The following increases or decreases in this Global Note have been made:

 

Date of Exchange

  

Amount of

decrease in

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

  

Amount of increase

in Principal

Amount of this

Global Note

  

Principal Amount

of this Global Note

following such

decrease or

increase

  

Signature of

authorized

signatory of

Trustee or Notes

Custodian

 

A-8-10


EXHIBIT B

FORM OF LEGEND FOR RULE 144A NOTES AND OTHER NOTES THAT ARE

RESTRICTED NOTES

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”); (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO ONE YEAR (OR SUCH SHORTER PERIOD OF TIME AS PERMITTED BY RULE 144 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OR ANY SUCCESSOR PROVISION THEREUNDER) AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) AND THE LAST DAY ON WHICH THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY WAS THE OWNER OF THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) AND (B) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (i) TO THE COMPANY OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES, (ii) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (iii) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (iv) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (v) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH OF SUCH CASES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW IN ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES; (3) AGREES THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN OFFERED TO IT BY MEANS OF ANY DIRECTED SELLING EFFORTS AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S; AND (4) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN ONE YEAR AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE LAST DATE ON WHICH THIS SECURITY WAS HELD BY THE COMPANY OR ANY AFFILIATE OF THE COMPANY, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS SECURITY TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS PROVISIONS REQUIRING THE TRANSFER AGENT TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

B-1


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR 144A SECURITIES AND OTHER SECURITIES THAT ARE

RESTRICTED SECURITIES]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

☐ (a) This Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended provided by Rule 144A thereunder.

or

☐ (b) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with clause (a) above and documents are being furnished to the Registrar which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Date:                                                                                 

   

Your Signature:

 
     

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                                      

     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED

The transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act of 1933, and, accordingly, the transferor hereby further certifies that the beneficial interest or certificated Note is being transferred to a Person that the transferor reasonably believed and believes is purchasing the beneficial interest or certificated Note for its own account, or for one or more accounts with respect to which such Person

 

B-2


exercises sole investment discretion, and such Person and each such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and such transfer is in compliance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States. Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the Rule 144A Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

Date:                                                    
     

 

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

B-3


EXHIBIT C

FORM OF LEGEND FOR REGULATION S NOTE

“THIS SECURITY HAS NOT BEEN REGISTERED UNDER THE U.S. SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), OR OTHER SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OR OTHER JURISDICTION. NEITHER THIS SECURITY NOR ANY INTEREST OR PARTICIPATION HEREIN MAY BE OFFERED, SOLD, ASSIGNED, TRANSFERRED, PLEDGED, ENCUMBERED OR OTHERWISE DISPOSED OF IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION UNLESS THE TRANSACTION IS EXEMPT FROM, OR NOT SUBJECT TO, THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT.

ACCORDINGLY, THE SECURITIES MAY NOT BE OFFERED OR SOLD WITHIN THE UNITED STATES OR TO, OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OR BENEFIT OF, ANY PERSONS, EXCEPT AS SET FORTH IN THE FOLLOWING SENTENCE. THE HOLDER OF THIS SECURITY BY ITS ACCEPTANCE HEREOF (1) REPRESENTS THAT (A) IT IS A “QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER” (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“RULE 144A”)) OR (B) IT IS NOT A U.S. PERSON AND IS ACQUIRING THIS SECURITY IN AN “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION” PURSUANT TO RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT (“REGULATION S”); (2) AGREES ON ITS OWN BEHALF AND ON BEHALF OF ANY INVESTOR ACCOUNT FOR WHICH IT HAS PURCHASED SECURITIES THAT IT WILL NOT PRIOR TO THE DATE WHICH IS 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUE DATE HEREOF (OR OF ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) AND THE DAY ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S AND (B) SUCH LATER DATE, IF ANY, AS MAY BE REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (THE “RESALE RESTRICTION TERMINATION DATE”), OFFER, SELL OR OTHERWISE TRANSFER THIS SECURITY EXCEPT (i) TO THE COMPANY OR THE GUARANTORS OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUBSIDIARIES, (ii) FOR SO LONG AS THE SECURITIES ARE ELIGIBLE FOR RESALE PURSUANT TO RULE 144A, IN THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHOM THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (iii) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES IN COMPLIANCE WITH RULE 904 UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (iv) PURSUANT TO ANOTHER AVAILABLE EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, OR (v) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, AND IN EACH OF SUCH CASES IN COMPLIANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAW IN ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES; (3) AGREES THE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN OFFERED TO IT BY MEANS OF ANY DIRECTED SELLING EFFORTS AS DEFINED IN REGULATION S; AND (4) AGREES THAT IT WILL DELIVER TO EACH PERSON TO WHOM THIS SECURITY IS TRANSFERRED A NOTICE SUBSTANTIALLY TO THE EFFECT OF THIS LEGEND. IN CONNECTION WITH ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY WITHIN 40 DAYS AFTER THE LATER OF THE ORIGINAL ISSUANCE OF THIS SECURITY AND THE DAY ON WHICH THIS SECURITY (OR ANY PREDECESSOR OF THIS SECURITY) WAS FIRST OFFERED TO PERSONS OTHER THAN DISTRIBUTORS (AS DEFINED IN RULE 902 OF REGULATION S) IN RELIANCE ON REGULATION S, THE HOLDER MUST CHECK THE APPROPRIATE BOX SET FORTH ON THE REVERSE HEREOF RELATING TO THE MANNER OF SUCH TRANSFER AND SUBMIT THIS SECURITY TO THE TRANSFER AGENT. THE INDENTURE CONTAINS PROVISIONS REQUIRING THE TRANSFER AGENT TO REFUSE TO REGISTER ANY TRANSFER OF THIS SECURITY IN VIOLATION OF THE FOREGOING RESTRICTIONS. AS USED HEREIN, THE TERMS “OFFSHORE TRANSACTION”, “UNITED STATES” AND “U.S. PERSON” HAVE THE MEANINGS GIVEN TO THEM BY REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT.”

 

C-1


[FORM OF ASSIGNMENT FOR REGULATION S NOTE]

I or we assign and transfer this Note to:

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. number)

 

 

(Print or type name, address and zip code of assignee)

and irrevocably appoint:

as Transfer Agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Company. The Transfer Agent may substitute another to act for him.

[Check One]

☐ (a) This Note is being transferred in compliance with the exemption from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, provided by Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

or

☐ (b) This Note is being transferred other than in accordance with clause (a) above and documents are being furnished to the Registrar which comply with the conditions of transfer set forth in this Note and the Indenture.

If none of the foregoing boxes is checked, the Transfer Agent or Registrar shall not be obligated to register this Note in the name of any person other than the Holder hereof unless and until the conditions to any such transfer of registration set forth herein and in Sections 2.16 and 2.17 of the Indenture shall have been satisfied.

 

Date:                                                                                 

   

Your Signature:

 
     

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the face of this Note)

Signature Guarantee:                                                      

     

SIGNATURE GUARANTEE

Signatures must be guaranteed by an “eligible guarantor institution” meeting the requirements of the Registrar, which requirements include membership or participation in the Security Transfer Agent Medallion Program (“STAMP”) or such other “signature guarantee program” as may be determined by the Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

TO BE COMPLETED BY TRANSFEROR IF (a) ABOVE IS CHECKED

The transfer is being effected pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended and, accordingly, the transferor hereby further certifies that (i) the transfer is not being made to a person in the United States and (x) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or such transferor and any Person acting on its behalf reasonably believed and believes that the transferee was outside the United States or (y) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither such transferor nor any Person acting on its behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States, (ii) no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or Rule 904(b) of Regulation S under the Securities Act, (iii) the

 

C-2


transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act and (iv) if the proposed transfer is being made prior to the expiration of the restricted period under Regulation S, the transfer is not being made to a U.S. Person or for the account or benefit of a U.S. Person (other than an initial purchaser). Upon consummation of the proposed transfer in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the transferred beneficial interest or certificated Note will be subject to the restrictions on transfer enumerated on the Regulation S Notes and/or the certificated Note and in the Indenture and the Securities Act.

 

Date:                                                    
     

 

NOTICE: To be executed by an executive officer

 

C-3


EXHIBIT D

[FORM OF LEGEND FOR GLOBAL NOTE]

Any Global Note authenticated and delivered hereunder shall bear a legend (which would be in addition to any other legends required in the case of a Restricted Note) in substantially the following form:

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A DEPOSITARY OR A NOMINEE OF A DEPOSITARY. THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR NOTES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITARY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE BY THE DEPOSITARY TO A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY OR BY A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY TO THE DEPOSITARY OR ANOTHER NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITARY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY (A NEW YORK CORPORATION) (“DTC”) TO THE COMPANY OR ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE, OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO CEDE & CO. OR SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

 

D-1


EXHIBIT E

Form of Certificate To Be Delivered

in Connection with Transfers

Pursuant to Regulation S

Citibank, N.A., London Branch

Citigroup Centre

Canada Square

Canary Wharf

London E14 5LB

United Kingdom

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

Re: B.A.T Capital Corporation, as issuer (the “ Company ”) and Citibank, N.A., London Branch as Transfer Agent , [2.297% Notes due 2020 / 2.764% Notes due 2022 / 3.222% Notes due 2024 / 3.557% Notes due 2027 / 4.390% Notes due 2037 / 4.540% Notes due 2047 / Floating Rate Notes due 2020 / Floating Rate Notes due 2022] (the “ Notes ”)

Dear Sirs:

In connection with our proposed sale of $[•] aggregate principal amount of the Notes, we confirm that such sale has been effected pursuant to and in accordance with Regulation S under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and, accordingly, we represent that:

(1) the offer of the Notes was not made to a U.S. person or to a person in the United States;

(2) either (a) at the time the buy offer was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States, or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither we nor any person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction has been prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

(3) no directed selling efforts have been made in the United States in contravention of the requirements of Rule 904(a) of Regulation S;

(4) the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act; and

(5) we have advised the transferee of the transfer restrictions applicable to the Notes.

You are entitled to rely upon this letter and are irrevocably authorized to produce this letter or a copy hereof to any interested party in any administrative or legal proceedings or official inquiry with respect to the matters covered hereby. Terms used in this certificate have the meanings set forth in Regulation S.

 

Very truly yours,
[Name of Transferee]

 

E-1


By:    

 

E-2


EXHIBIT F

[FORM OF SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE

TO BE DELIVERED BY SUBSEQUENT GUARANTORS]

SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE (this “ Supplemental Indenture ”), dated as of [•], among [•] (the “ Guaranteeing Subsidiary ”), a subsidiary of British American Tobacco p.l.c. (or its permitted successor), B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “ Company ”), the other Guarantors (as defined in the Indenture referred to herein) and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee under the Indenture referred to below (the “ Trustee ”).

W I T N E S S E T H

WHEREAS, the Company has heretofore executed and delivered to the Trustee an indenture (the “ Indenture ”), dated as of August 15, 2017 providing for the issuance of 2.297% Notes due 2020, 2.764% Notes due 2022, 3.222% Notes due 2024, 3.557% Notes due 2027, 4.390% Notes due 2037, 4.540% Notes due 2047, Floating Rate Notes due 2020 and Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (collectively, the “ Notes ”);

WHEREAS, the Guaranteeing Subsidiary desires to become a Guarantor under the Indenture pursuant to which the Guaranteeing Subsidiary shall unconditionally guarantee all of the Company’s Obligations under the Notes and the Indenture on the terms and conditions set forth herein (the “ Note Guarantee ”); and

WHEREAS, pursuant to Section 7.01 of the Indenture, the parties hereto are authorized to execute and deliver this Supplemental Indenture.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the foregoing and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto mutually covenant and agree for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes as follows:

1. CAPITALIZED TERMS. Capitalized terms used herein without definition shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture.

2. AGREEMENT TO GUARANTEE. The Guaranteeing Subsidiary hereby agrees to provide an unconditional Guarantee on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in the Guarantee and in the Indenture including but not limited to Article IX thereof.

3. NO RECOURSE AGAINST OTHERS. No director, officer, employee or stockholder of the Company or any of the Guarantors will have any liability for any of the Company’s or such Guarantor’s obligations under the Notes, the Indenture, the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder of Notes by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability. The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.

4. NEW YORK LAW TO GOVERN. THE INTERNAL LAW OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW OR ANY SUCCESSOR TO SUCH STATUTE) WILL GOVERN AND BE USED TO CONSTRUE THIS SUPPLEMENTAL INDENTURE WITHOUT GIVING EFFECT TO APPLICABLE PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW TO THE EXTENT THAT THE APPLICATION OF THE LAWS OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION WOULD BE REQUIRED THEREBY.

5. COUNTERPARTS. The parties may sign any number of copies of this Supplemental Indenture. Each signed copy shall be an original, but all of them together represent the same agreement.

6. EFFECT OF HEADINGS. The Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

7. THE TRUSTEE. The Trustee shall not be responsible in any manner whatsoever for or in respect of the validity or sufficiency of this Supplemental Indenture or for or in respect of the recitals contained herein, all of which recitals are made solely by the Guaranteeing Subsidiary and the Company.

 

F-1


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Supplemental Indenture to be duly executed and attested, all as of the date first above written.

Dated: ,

 

[GUARANTEEING SUBSIDIARY]
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:
[EXISTING GUARANTORS] 1
By:  

 

  Name:
  Title:

[TRUSTEE],

as Trustee

By:  

 

  Authorized Signatory

 

1   Second signature block to be included for Dutch guarantors

 

F-2

Exhibit 2.5

Execution Version

REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

by and among

B.A.T Capital Corporation,

each of the Guarantors named herein

and

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated,

Barclays Capital Inc.,

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.,

Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.,

HSBC Securities (USA) Inc.

as Representatives of the Initial Purchasers

Dated as of August 15, 2017


REGISTRATION RIGHTS AGREEMENT

This Registration Rights Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made and entered into as of August 15, 2017, by and among B.A.T Capital Corporation, a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the “Company”), British American Tobacco p.l.c., (the “Parent Guarantor”), B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., Reynolds American Inc., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. (collectively, the “Guarantors”), and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Barclays Capital Inc., Citigroup Global Markets Inc., Deutsche Bank Securities Inc. and HSBC Securities (USA) Inc. as representatives (collectively, the “Representatives”) of the initial purchasers (collectively, the “Initial Purchasers”) named in Schedule 1 to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below) as purchasers of the Company’s 2.297% Notes due 2020, 2.764% Notes due 2022, 3.222% Notes due 2024, 3.557% Notes due 2027, 4.390% Notes due 2037, 4.540% Notes due 2047, Floating Rate Notes due 2020 and Floating Rate Notes due 2022 (collectively, the “Initial Notes”), fully and unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors (the “Guarantees”) pursuant to the Purchase Agreement (as defined below). The Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto are herein collectively referred to as the “Initial Securities.”

This Agreement is made pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated August 8, 2017 (the “Purchase Agreement”), among, inter alios , the Company, the Guarantors and the Representatives, on their own behalf and on behalf of the Initial Purchasers (i) for the benefit of the Initial Purchasers and (ii) for the benefit of the holders from time to time of the Initial Securities, including the Initial Purchasers. In order to induce the Initial Purchasers to purchase the Initial Securities, the Company and the Guarantors have agreed to provide the registration rights set forth in this Agreement. The execution and delivery of this Agreement is a condition to the obligations of the Initial Purchasers set forth in Section 6(k) of the Purchase Agreement.

The parties hereby agree as follows:

SECTION 1. Definitions . As used in this Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the following meanings:

Additional Interest : As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Advice : As defined in Section 6 hereof.

Broker-Dealer: Any broker or dealer registered under the Exchange Act.

Business Day: Any day other than a day on which banks are permitted or required to be closed in New York City or London.

Closing Date: The date of this Agreement.

Commission: The United States Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

-2-


Consummate: A registered Exchange Offer shall be deemed “Consummated” for purposes of this Agreement upon the occurrence of (i) the filing and effectiveness under the Securities Act of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement relating to the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer, (ii) the maintenance of such Registration Statement continuously effective and the keeping of the Exchange Offer open for a period not less than the minimum period required pursuant to Section 3(b) hereof, and (iii) the delivery by the Company to the Registrar under the Indenture of Exchange Securities in the same aggregate principal amount as the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities that were tendered by Holders thereof pursuant to the Exchange Offer.

Exchange Act: The United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Exchange Dates : As defined in Section 3(b) hereof.

Exchange Offer: The exchange offer by the Company of Exchange Securities for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Section 3 hereof.

Exchange Offer Registration Statement: As defined in Section 3 hereof.

Exchange Securities: The 2.297% Notes due 2020, 2.764% Notes due 2022, 3.222% Notes due 2024, 3.557% Notes due 2027, 4.390% Notes due 2037, 4.540% Notes due 2047, Floating Rate Notes due 2020 and Floating Rate Notes due 2022, of the same series under the Indenture as the Initial Notes and the Guarantees attached thereto, to be issued to Holders in exchange for Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

FINRA: The Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc.

Holders: As defined in Section 2(b) hereof.

Indemnified Holder: As defined in Section 8(a) hereof.

Indenture: The Indenture, dated as of August 15, 2017, by and among the Company, the Guarantors and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and Citibank, N.A., London Branch, in its capacity as paying agent, transfer agent, registrar and calculation agent under the Indenture, pursuant to which the Initial Securities were issued, as such Indenture may be amended or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms thereof.

Initial Purchaser: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Notes: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Initial Placement: The issuance and sale by the Company and the Guarantors of the Initial Securities to the Initial Purchasers pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

Initial Securities: As defined in the preamble hereto.

 

-3-


Notice and Questionnaire : Notice of registration statement and selling security holder questionnaire distributed to a Holder by the Company upon receipt of a Shelf Request from such Holder.

Person: An individual, partnership, corporation, trust or unincorporated organization, or a government or agency or political subdivision thereof.

Prospectus: The prospectus included in a Registration Statement, as amended or supplemented by any prospectus supplement and by all other amendments thereto, including post-effective amendments, and all material incorporated by reference into such Prospectus.

Registrar: As defined in the Indenture.

Registration Default: As defined in Section 5 hereof.

Registration Expenses: As defined in Section 7(a) hereof.

Registration Statement: An Exchange Offer Registration Statement or a Shelf Registration Statement, as the context implies.

Representatives: As defined in the preamble hereto.

Securities: The Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities, collectively.

Securities Act: The United States Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Shelf Effectiveness Period: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Registration Statement: As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Shelf Request : As defined in Section 4(a) hereof.

Target Registration Date: March 31, 2019.

Transfer Restricted Securities: Each Initial Security, until the earliest to occur of (a) the date on which such Initial Security is exchanged in the Exchange Offer for an Exchange Security entitled to be resold to the public by the Holder thereof without complying with the prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act, (b) the date on which such Initial Security has been effectively registered under the Securities Act and disposed of in accordance with a Shelf Registration Statement and (c) the date on which such Initial Security is distributed to the public by a Broker-Dealer pursuant to the “Plan of Distribution” contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (including delivery of the Prospectus contained therein).

Trust Indenture Act: The Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

Underwriter: As defined in Section 11 hereof.

 

-4-


Underwritten Registration or Underwritten Offering: A transaction registered under the Securities Act in which securities of the Company are sold to an underwriter for reoffering to the public.

SECTION 2. Securities Subject to this Agreement .

(a) Transfer Restricted Securities. The securities entitled to the benefits of this Agreement are the Transfer Restricted Securities.

(b) Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities. A Person is deemed to be a holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (each, a “Holder”) whenever such Person owns Transfer Restricted Securities.

SECTION 3. Registered Exchange Offer .

(a) Unless the Exchange Offer shall not be permissible under applicable law or Commission policy, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed with the Commission a Registration Statement under the Securities Act relating to the Exchange Securities and the Exchange Offer (the “Exchange Offer Registration Statement”). The Company and the Guarantors shall commence the Exchange Offer promptly after the Exchange Offer Registration Statement is declared effective by the Commission and use their commercially reasonable efforts to complete the Exchange Offer not later than the Target Registration Date.

(b) The Exchange Offer shall be on the appropriate form permitting registration of the Exchange Securities to be offered in exchange for the Transfer Restricted Securities and to permit resales of Initial Securities held by Broker-Dealers as contemplated by Section 3(c) hereof. The Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Exchange Offer Registration Statement to be effective continuously and shall keep the Exchange Offer open for a period of not less than the minimum period required under applicable federal and state securities laws to Consummate the Exchange Offer; provided, however , that in no event shall such period be less than 20 Business Days after the date notice of the Exchange Offer is given to the Holders (the “Exchange Dates”). The Company shall cause the Exchange Offer to comply with all applicable federal and state securities laws.

(c) The Company shall indicate in a “Plan of Distribution” section contained in the Prospectus forming a part of the Exchange Offer Registration Statement that any Broker-Dealer who holds Initial Securities that are Transfer Restricted Securities and that were acquired for its own account as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities (other than Transfer Restricted Securities acquired directly from the Company), may exchange such Initial Securities pursuant to the Exchange Offer; however, such Broker-Dealer may be deemed to be an “underwriter” within the meaning of the Securities Act and must, therefore, deliver a prospectus meeting the requirements of the Securities Act in connection with any resales of the Exchange Securities received by such Broker-Dealer in the Exchange Offer, which prospectus delivery requirement may be satisfied by the delivery by such Broker-Dealer of the Prospectus contained in

 

-5-


the Exchange Offer Registration Statement. Such “Plan of Distribution” section shall also contain all other information with respect to such resales by Broker-Dealers that the Commission may require in order to permit such resales pursuant thereto, but such “Plan of Distribution” shall not name any such Broker-Dealer or disclose the amount of Initial Securities held by any such Broker-Dealer except to the extent required by the Commission as a result of a change in policy after the date of this Agreement.

Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep the Exchange Offer Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities acquired by Broker-Dealers for their own accounts as a result of market-making activities or other trading activities, and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, for a period ending on the earlier of (i) 90 days after the last Exchange Date and (ii) the date on which a Broker-Dealer is no longer required to deliver a prospectus in connection with market-making or other trading activities.

The Company shall provide sufficient copies of the latest version of such Prospectus to Broker-Dealers promptly upon request at any time during such 90-day (or shorter as provided in the foregoing sentence) period in order to facilitate such resales.

SECTION 4. Shelf Registration .

(a) Shelf Registration. If (i) the Company is not required to file an Exchange Offer Registration Statement or to consummate the Exchange Offer because the Company determines, after consultation with its outside counsel, that the Exchange Offer is not permitted by applicable law or Commission policy or (ii) with respect to any Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities (A) such Holder (other than a Broker-Dealer) is prohibited by applicable law or Commission policy from participating in the Exchange Offer, (B) such Holder (other than a Broker-Dealer) does not receive freely tradable Exchange Securities on the date of the exchange, or (C) such Holder is an Initial Purchaser and holds Initial Securities acquired directly from the Company or one of its affiliates that are not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Securities in the Exchange Offer following Consummation of the Exchange Offer, then, upon such Holder’s request (a “Shelf Request”, which must be made in writing within 20 Business Days of the Consummation of the Exchange Offer), the Company and the Guarantors shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to cause to be filed, and to become effective, a shelf registration statement pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act, which may be an amendment to the Exchange Offer Registration Statement (in either event, the “Shelf Registration Statement”) as soon as reasonably practicable after such determination or Shelf Request, as the case may be; provided that no Holder will be entitled to have any Transfer Restricted Securities included in any Shelf Registration Statement, or entitled to use the prospectus forming a part of such Shelf Registration Statement, until such Holder shall have delivered a completed and signed Notice and Questionnaire and provided such other information regarding such Holder to the Company as is contemplated by Section 4(b) hereof.

 

-6-


The Shelf Registration Statement shall be on the appropriate form which shall be available for the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof. Each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Shelf Registration Statement continuously effective, supplemented and amended as required by the provisions of Sections 6(b) and (c) hereof to the extent necessary to ensure that it is available for resales of Initial Securities by the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities entitled to the benefit of this Section 4(a), and to ensure that it conforms with the requirements of this Agreement, the Securities Act and the policies, rules and regulations of the Commission as announced from time to time, until the earlier of (x) one year from effective date of such Shelf Registration Statement and (y) when all the Initial Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement have been sold pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement (the “Shelf Effectiveness Period”).

(b) Provision by Holders of Certain Information in Connection with the Shelf Registration Statement. In the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, the Company may require, as a condition to including a Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities in the Shelf Registration Statement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities to furnish to the Company a Notice and Questionnaire and such other information regarding such Holder and the proposed disposition by such Holder of such Transfer Restricted Securities as the Company and the Guarantors may from time to time reasonably request in writing. No Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities may include any of its Transfer Restricted Securities in any Shelf Registration Statement pursuant to this Agreement unless and until such Holder furnishes to the Company in writing, within 20 days after receipt of a request therefor, such information as the Company may reasonably request for use in connection with any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or preliminary Prospectus included therein. Each Holder as to which any Shelf Registration Statement is being effected agrees to furnish promptly to the Company all information required to be disclosed in order to make the information previously furnished to the Company by such Holder not materially misleading.

SECTION 5. Additional Interest. If (i) the Exchange Offer has not been Consummated on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (ii) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required pursuant to Section 4(a)(i) hereof, has not become effective on or prior to the Target Registration Date, (iii) if the Company receives a Shelf Request pursuant to Section 4(a)(ii), the Shelf Registration Statement required to be filed thereby has not become effective by the later of (a) the Target Registration Date and (b) 90 days after delivery of such Shelf Request or (iv) the Shelf Registration Statement, if required by this Agreement, is filed and declared effective but shall thereafter cease to be effective or fail to be usable for its intended purpose and such failure to remain effective or usable exists for more than 120 days (whether or not consecutive) in any 12-month period (each such event referred to in clauses (i) through (iv), a “Registration Default”), the Company hereby agrees that the interest rate borne by the Transfer Restricted Securities shall be increased by 0.25% per annum during the 90-day period immediately following the occurrence of any Registration Default and shall increase by 0.25% per annum at the end of each subsequent 90-day period, but in no event shall such increase exceed 0.50% per annum (any such additional interest payable pursuant to this Section 5 is hereinafter referred to as “Additional Interest”). Following the cure of all Registration Defaults relating to any particular Transfer

 

-7-


Restricted Securities, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities will be reduced to the original interest rate borne by such Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however, that, if after any such reduction in interest rate, a different Registration Default occurs, the interest rate borne by the relevant Transfer Restricted Securities shall again be increased pursuant to the foregoing provisions. If at any time more than one Registration Default has occurred and is continuing, then, until the next date that there is no Registration Default, the increase in interest rate provided for by this paragraph shall apply as if there occurred a single Registration Default that begins on the date that the earliest such Registration Default occurred and ends on such next date that there is no Registration Default. In no event shall Additional Interest accrue after the Shelf Effectiveness Period. Additional Interest pursuant to this Section 5 shall be the sole remedy available to Holders in connection with a Registration Default.

All obligations of the Company and the Guarantors set forth in the preceding paragraph that are outstanding with respect to any Transfer Restricted Security at the time such security ceases to be a Transfer Restricted Security shall survive until such time as all such obligations with respect to such security shall have been satisfied in full.

SECTION 6. Registration Procedures .

(a) Exchange Offer Registration Statement. (i) In connection with the Exchange Offer, the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all of the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof, shall use their commercially reasonable efforts to effect such exchange to permit the sale of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

(ii) As a condition to its participation in the Exchange Offer pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities shall furnish, prior to the Consummation thereof, a written representation to the Company (which may be contained in the letter of transmittal contemplated by the Exchange Offer Registration Statement) to the effect that (A) it is not an affiliate of the Company or any Guarantor (within the meaning of Rule 405 under the Securities Act), (B) it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, and has no arrangement or understanding with any Person to participate in, a distribution (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and (C) it is acquiring the Exchange Securities in its ordinary course of business. In addition, all such Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities shall otherwise cooperate in the Company’s preparations for the Exchange Offer. Each Holder hereby acknowledges and agrees that any Broker-Dealer and any such Holder using the Exchange Offer to participate in a distribution of the securities to be acquired in the Exchange Offer (1) could not under Commission policy as in effect on the date of this Agreement rely on the position of the Commission enunciated in Morgan Stanley and Co., Inc. (available June 5, 1991) and Exxon Capital Holdings Corporation (available May 13, 1988), as interpreted in the Commission’s letter to Shearman & Sterling dated July 2, 1993, and similar no-action letters, and (2) must comply with the registration and prospectus delivery requirements of the Securities Act in connection with a secondary resale transaction and that such a secondary resale transaction should be

 

-8-


covered by an effective registration statement containing the selling security holder information required by Item 507 or 508, as applicable, of Regulation S-K if the resales are of Exchange Securities obtained by such Holder in exchange for Initial Securities acquired by such Holder directly from the Company.

(b) Shelf Registration Statement. In connection with the Shelf Registration Statement, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall comply with all the provisions of Section 6(c) hereof and shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to effect such registration to permit the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities being sold in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution thereof.

(c) General Provisions. In connection with their obligations pursuant to Sections 3 and 4 hereof, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall:

(i) use its commercially reasonable efforts to keep such Registration Statement continuously effective and provide all requisite financial statements during the time periods as described in Section 3 and Section 4 hereof; upon the occurrence of any event that would cause any such Registration Statement or the Prospectus contained therein (A) to contain a material misstatement or omission or (B) not to be effective and usable for resale of Transfer Restricted Securities during the period required by this Agreement, the Company shall file promptly an appropriate amendment to such Registration Statement, in the case of clause (A), correcting any such misstatement or omission, and, in the case of either clause (A) or (B), use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause such amendment to be declared effective and such Registration Statement and the related Prospectus to become usable for their intended purpose(s) as soon as practicable thereafter; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to provide any financial statements or other information, make any filings with the Commission or take any other actions that are not required under the Exchange Act with respect to the Parent Guarantor’s periodic reporting requirements;

(ii) prepare and file with the Commission such amendments and post-effective amendments to the applicable Registration Statement as may be necessary to keep the Registration Statement effective for the applicable period set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable; cause the Prospectus to be supplemented by any required Prospectus supplement, and as so supplemented to be filed pursuant to Rule 424 under the Securities Act, and to comply fully with the applicable provisions of Rules 424 and 430A under the Securities Act in a timely manner; and comply with the provisions of the Securities Act with respect to the disposition of all securities covered by such Registration Statement during the applicable period in accordance with the intended method or methods of distribution by the sellers thereof set forth in such Registration Statement or supplement to the Prospectus;

 

-9-


(iii) advise the underwriter(s), if any, and selling Holders promptly and, if requested by such Persons, to confirm such advice in writing, (A) when the Prospectus or any Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment has been filed, and, with respect to any Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto, when the same has become effective, (B) of any request by the Commission for amendments to the Shelf Registration Statement or amendments or supplements to the Prospectus or for additional information relating thereto, (C) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement under the Securities Act or of the suspension by any state securities commission of the qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or the initiation of any proceeding for any of the preceding purposes, (D) of the existence of any fact or the happening of any event that makes any statement of a material fact made in the Shelf Registration Statement, the Prospectus, any amendment or supplement thereto, or any document incorporated by reference therein untrue, or that requires the making of any additions to or changes in the Shelf Registration Statement or the Prospectus in order to make the statements therein not misleading. If at any time the Commission shall issue any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Shelf Registration Statement, or any state securities commission or other regulatory authority shall issue an order suspending the qualification or exemption from qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under state securities or blue sky laws, each of the Company and the Guarantors shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain the withdrawal or lifting of such order at the earliest possible time;

(iv) furnish without charge to each of the Initial Purchasers, each selling Holder named in any Shelf Registration Statement, and each of the underwriter(s), if any, before filing with the Commission, copies of any Shelf Registration Statement or any Prospectus included therein or any amendments or supplements to any such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus (excluding all documents incorporated by reference after the initial filing of such Shelf Registration Statement), which documents will be subject to the reasonable review and comment of such Holders and underwriter(s) in connection with such sale, if any, for a period of at least five Business Days, and the Company will not file any such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus or any amendment or supplement to any such Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus (excluding all such documents incorporated by reference) to which an Initial Purchaser of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by such Shelf Registration Statement or the underwriter(s), if any, shall reasonably object in writing within five Business Days after the receipt thereof (such objection to be deemed timely made upon confirmation of facsimile transmission within such period). The objection of an Initial Purchaser or underwriter, if any, shall be deemed to be reasonable if such Shelf Registration Statement, amendment, Prospectus or supplement, as applicable, as proposed to be filed, contains a material misstatement or omission;

(v) make available at reasonable times for inspection by the Initial Purchasers, the managing underwriter(s), if any, participating in any disposition pursuant to such Shelf Registration Statement and any attorney or accountant retained by such Initial Purchasers or any of the underwriter(s), all financial and other records, pertinent corporate documents and properties of each of the Company and the Guarantors and cause the Company’s and the Guarantors’ officers, directors and employees to supply all

 

-10-


information reasonably requested by any such Holder, underwriter, attorney or accountant in connection with such Shelf Registration Statement or any post-effective amendment thereto subsequent to the filing thereof and prior to its effectiveness and to participate in a reasonable number of meetings with investors to the extent requested by the managing underwriter(s) in consultation with the Company, if any; provided , however , that the scope of materials, documents or records made available pursuant to this clause (vi) shall not exceed the scope of materials, documents or records provided to the Initial Purchasers in the offering of the Initial Securities;

(vi) if requested by any selling Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, promptly incorporate in any Shelf Registration Statement or Prospectus, pursuant to a supplement or post-effective amendment if necessary, such information as such selling Holders and underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request to have included therein, including, without limitation, information relating to the “Plan of Distribution” of the Transfer Restricted Securities, information with respect to the principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being sold to such underwriter(s), the purchase price being paid therefor and any other terms of the offering of the Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold in such offering; and make all required filings of such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment as soon as practicable after the Company is notified of the matters to be incorporated in such Prospectus supplement or post-effective amendment;

(vii) cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be rated with the appropriate rating agencies, if so requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Securities covered thereby or the underwriter(s), if any;

(viii) furnish to each Initial Purchaser, each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, at least one copy of the Shelf Registration Statement, as first filed with the Commission, and of each amendment thereto, including financial statements and schedules, all documents incorporated by reference therein and all exhibits (including exhibits incorporated therein by reference);

(ix) with respect to a Shelf Registration Statement, deliver to each selling Holder and each of the underwriter(s), if any, without charge, as many copies of the Prospectus (including each preliminary prospectus) and any amendment or supplement thereto as such Persons reasonably may request; each of the Company and the Guarantors hereby consents to the use of the Prospectus and any amendment or supplement thereto by each of the selling Holders and each of the underwriter(s), if any, in connection with the offering and the sale of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto;

(x) in any Underwritten Offering, the Company and the Guarantors shall use commercially reasonable efforts to comply in all material respects with any reasonable and customary request of the selling Holders or Underwriters made in connection with such Underwritten Offering, including the provision of opinions of counsel to the

 

-11-


Company and the Guarantors with respect to matters customarily covered in securities’ offerings, accountants’ comfort letters, officers’ certificates and any other documents and certificates that may be reasonably requested by the selling Holders or Underwriters, and enter into any agreements (including underwriting agreements), make such representations and warranties and take any other actions to expedite and facilitate the disposition of the Transfer Restricted Securities, in each case to the extent such request does not create an undue burden or expense for the Parent Guarantor or its subsidiaries; provided , however , that the scope of such opinions, comfort letters, officers’ certificates, other documents and certificates, agreements, representations and warranties and other actions requested pursuant to this clause (x) shall not exceed the scope of such items provided to the Initial Purchasers in the offering of the Initial Securities. All expenses of the Underwritten Offering (other than Registration Expenses and expenses of the Company and the Guarantors) shall be borne by the selling Holders and the Underwriters, as agreed amongst them.

(xi) (A) in the case of an Exchange Offer Registration Statement, use their commercially reasonable efforts to register and qualify the Transfer Restricted Securities under the applicable state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as are necessary to permit Consummation of the Exchange Offer; and (B) in the case of a Shelf Registration Statement, prior to any public offering of Transfer Restricted Securities, cooperate with the selling Holders, the underwriter(s), if any, and their respective counsel in connection with the registration and qualification of the Transfer Restricted Securities under the state securities or blue sky laws of such jurisdictions as the selling Holders or underwriter(s), if any, may reasonably request in writing and do any and all other acts or things necessary or advisable to enable the disposition in such jurisdictions of the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement; provided , however, that in each case (A) or (B), none of the Company or the Guarantors shall be required to register or qualify as a foreign corporation or other entity or as a dealer in securities, investment firm or other entity under financial supervision where it is not then so qualified or to take any action that would subject it to the service of process in suits or to taxation in any jurisdiction where it is not then so subject or make any changes to incorporating or organizational documents (including its deed of incorporation, articles of association, board rules or any charter);

(xii) shall issue, upon the request of any Holder of Initial Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement, Exchange Securities having an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities surrendered to the Company by such Holder in exchange therefor or being sold by such Holder; such Exchange Securities to be registered in the name of such Holder or in the name of the purchaser(s) of such Exchange Securities, as the case may be; in return, the Initial Securities held by such Holder shall be surrendered to the Company for cancellation;

(xiii) cooperate with the selling Holders and the underwriter(s), if any, to facilitate the timely preparation and delivery of certificates representing Transfer Restricted Securities to be sold and not bearing any restrictive legends; and enable such Transfer Restricted Securities to be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Holders or the underwriter(s), if any, may request at least two Business Days prior to any sale of Transfer Restricted Securities made by such Holders or underwriter(s);

 

-12-


(xiv) use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Registration Statement to be registered with or approved by such other governmental agencies or authorities as may be necessary to enable the seller or sellers thereof or the underwriter(s), if any, to consummate the disposition of such Transfer Restricted Securities, subject to the proviso contained in Section 6(c)(xii) hereof;

(xv) if any fact or event contemplated by Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof shall exist or have occurred, prepare a supplement or post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement or related Prospectus or any document incorporated therein by reference or file any other required document so that, as thereafter delivered to the purchasers of Transfer Restricted Securities, the Prospectus will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading;

(xvi) provide a CUSIP number for all Exchange Securities not later than the effective date of the Registration Statement covering such Exchange Securities and provide the Trustee under the Indenture with printed certificates for such Exchange Securities that are in a form eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company and take all other action necessary to ensure that all such Exchange Securities are eligible for deposit with the Depository Trust Company;

(xvii) cooperate and assist in any filings required to be made with FINRA and in the performance of any due diligence investigation by any underwriter (including any “qualified independent underwriter”) that is required to be retained in accordance with the rules and regulations of FINRA;

(xviii) otherwise use its commercially reasonable efforts to comply with all applicable rules and regulations of the Commission;

(xix) cause the Indenture to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act not later than the effective date of the first Registration Statement required by this Agreement, and, in connection therewith, cooperate with the Trustee and the Holders of Initial Securities to effect such changes to the Indenture as may be required for such Indenture to be so qualified in accordance with the terms of the Trust Indenture Act; and to execute and use its commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Trustee to execute, all documents that may be required to effect such changes and all other forms and documents required to be filed with the Commission to enable such Indenture to be so qualified in a timely manner; and

(xx) cause all Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement to be listed on each securities exchange or automated quotation system on which similar securities issued by the Company are then listed if requested by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of Initial Securities or the managing underwriter(s), if any.

 

-13-


Each Holder agrees by acquisition of a Transfer Restricted Security that, upon receipt of any notice from the Company of the existence of any fact of the kind described in Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof, such Holder will forthwith discontinue disposition of Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to the applicable Registration Statement until such Holder’s receipt of the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof, or until it is advised in writing (the “Advice”) by the Company that the use of the Prospectus may be resumed, and has received copies of any additional or supplemental filings that are incorporated by reference in the Prospectus. If so directed by the Company, each Holder will deliver to the Company (at the Company’s expense) all copies, other than permanent file copies then in such Holder’s possession, of the Prospectus covering such Transfer Restricted Securities that was current at the time of receipt of such notice. In the event the Company shall give any such notice, the time period regarding the effectiveness of such Registration Statement set forth in Section 3 or 4 hereof, as applicable, shall be extended by the number of days during the period from and including the date of the giving of such notice pursuant to Section 6(c)(iii)(D) hereof to and including the date when each selling Holder covered by such Registration Statement shall have received the copies of the supplemented or amended Prospectus contemplated by Section 6(c)(xvi) hereof or shall have received the Advice; provided, however, that no such extension shall be taken into account in determining whether Additional Interest is due pursuant to Section 5 hereof or the amount of such Additional Interest, it being agreed that the Company’s option to suspend use of a Registration Statement pursuant to this paragraph shall be treated as a Registration Default for purposes of Section 5 hereof.

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement to the contrary, the Company may postpone effecting an Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration Statement (or the maintenance of its effectiveness and usability) (i) during the regular reporting period during which directors and executive officers of the Parent Guarantor are not permitted to trade under the insider trading policy of the Parent Guarantor then in effect until the expiration of such reporting period (but in no event later than two Business Days after the date of the Parent Guarantor’s reporting period earnings announcement) and (ii) for a period of up to 90 days if the Company determines reasonably and in good faith that such Exchange Offer or a Shelf Registration Statement, as the case may be, would (A) reasonably be expected to materially impede, delay, interfere with or otherwise have a material adverse effect on any material acquisition of assets (other than in the ordinary course of business), merger, consolidation, tender offer, financing or any other material business transaction by the Parent Guarantor or any of its subsidiaries or (B) require disclosure of material non-public information, the disclosure of which would be detrimental to the Parent Guarantor. Any such suspensions shall not exceed 120 days in the aggregate during any 365-day period.

 

-14-


SECTION 7. Registration Expenses .

(a) All expenses incident to the Company’s and the Guarantors’ performance of or compliance with this Agreement will be borne by the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, regardless of whether a Registration Statement becomes effective, including, without limitation (collectively, the “Registration Expenses”): (i) all registration and filing fees and expenses (including filings made by any Initial Purchaser or Holder with FINRA; (ii) all fees and expenses of compliance with federal securities and state securities or blue sky laws to the extent required hereunder; (iii) all expenses of printing (including printing certificates for the Exchange Securities to be issued in the Exchange Offer and printing of Prospectuses), messenger and delivery services and telephone; (iv) all fees and disbursements of counsel for the Company, the Guarantors, but excluding fees and expenses of counsel to the Underwriters, the Initial Purchasers or any Holders (except as set forth in Section 7(b) hereof) and excluding all expenses of an Underwritten Offering (other than Registration Expenses and expenses of the Company and the Guarantors); (v) all application and filing fees in connection with listing the Exchange Securities on a securities exchange or automated quotation system pursuant to the requirements thereof; and (vi) all fees and disbursements of independent certified public accountants of the Company and the Guarantors (including the expenses of any special audit and comfort letters required by or incident to such performance).

Each of the Company and the Guarantors will, in any event, bear its internal expenses (including, without limitation, all salaries and expenses of its officers and employees performing legal or accounting duties), the expenses of any annual audit and the fees and expenses of any Person, including special experts, retained by the Company or the Guarantors.

(b) In connection with any Shelf Registration Statement required by this Agreement, the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, will reimburse the Initial Purchasers and the Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities registered pursuant to the Shelf Registration Statement, for the reasonable fees and disbursements of not more than one counsel chosen by the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities for whose benefit such Shelf Registration Statement is being prepared, provided that such fees do not exceed £35,000.

SECTION 8. Indemnification .

(a) The Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless (i) each Holder and (ii) each Person, if any, who controls (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) any such Holder (any of the Persons referred to in this clause (ii) being hereinafter referred to as a “controlling person”) and (iii) the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of any Holder (any Person referred to in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) may hereinafter be referred to as an “Indemnified Holder”), from and against any and all losses, claims, damages and liabilities (including, without limitation, legal fees and other expenses reasonably incurred in connection with any suit, action or proceeding or any claim asserted, as such fees and expenses are incurred), joint or several, that arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or any omission or alleged omission to state therein a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading, in each case except insofar as such losses, claims, damages or liabilities arise out of, or are based upon, any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with any information relating to any Holder furnished to the Company in writing by such Holder expressly for use therein.

 

-15-


If any suit, action, proceeding (including any governmental or regulatory investigation), claim or demand shall be brought or asserted against any of the Indemnified Holders with respect of which indemnification may be sought against the Company or the Guarantors pursuant to the above paragraph, such Indemnified Holder (or the Indemnified Holder controlled by such controlling person) shall promptly notify the Company and the Guarantors in writing; provided, however, that the failure to give such notice shall not relieve any of the Company or the Guarantors from any liability that it may have under this Section 8, except to the extent that it has been materially prejudiced (through the forfeiture of substantive rights or defenses) by such failure; and provided , further , that the failure to notify the Company and the Guarantors shall not relieve it from any liability that it may have to an Indemnified Holder otherwise than under this Section 8. If any such proceeding shall be brought or asserted against an Indemnified Holder and it shall have notified the Company thereof, the Company shall retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Holder (who shall not, without the consent of the Indemnified Holder, be counsel to the Company and/or the Guarantors) to represent the Indemnified Holder and any others entitled to indemnification pursuant to this Section 8 that the Indemnifying Holder may designate in such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such proceeding and shall pay the fees and expenses of such counsel related to such proceeding, as incurred. In any such proceeding, any Indemnified Holder shall have the right to retain its own counsel, but the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be at the expense of such Indemnified Holder unless (i) the Company and the Indemnified Holder shall have mutually agreed to the contrary; (ii) the Company has failed within a reasonable time to retain counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Indemnified Holder; (iii) the Indemnified Holder shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses available to it that are different from or in addition to those available to the Company; or (iv) the named parties in any such proceeding (including any impleaded parties) include both the Company and the Indemnified Holder and representation of both parties by the same counsel would be inappropriate due to actual or potential differing interests between them. It is understood and agreed that the Company and the Guarantors shall not, in connection with any proceeding or related proceeding in the same jurisdiction, be liable for the fees and expenses of more than one separate firm (in addition to one local counsel per jurisdiction) for all Indemnified Holders, and that all such fees and expenses shall be reimbursed as they are incurred. Any such separate firm for any Holder, its directors and officers and any control persons of such Indemnified Holder shall be designated in writing by such Indemnified Holder and any such separate firm for the Company, the Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and any control persons of the Company and any Guarantor shall be designated in writing by the Company. The Company and the Guarantors shall not be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent, but if settled with such consent or if there be a final judgment for the plaintiff, the Company and the Guarantors agree to indemnify each Indemnified Holder from and against any loss or liability by reason of such settlement or judgment. Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, if at any time an Indemnified Holder shall have requested that the Company and the

 

-16-


Guarantors reimburse the Indemnified Holder for fees and expenses of counsel as contemplated by this paragraph, the Indemnifying Holder shall be liable for any settlement of any proceeding effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 30 days after receipt by the Company and the Guarantors of such request and (ii) the Company and the Guarantors shall not have reimbursed the Indemnified Holder in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement. The Company and the Guarantors shall not, without the written consent of the Indemnified Holder, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened claim in respect of which any Indemnified Holder is or could have been a party and indemnification could have been sought hereunder by such Indemnified Holder, unless such settlement (x) includes an unconditional release of such Indemnified Holder, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Holder, from all liability on claims that are the subject matter of such proceeding and (y) does not include any statement as to or any admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any Indemnified Holder.

(b) Each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify and hold harmless the Company, each Guarantor and each of the respective directors and officers of the Company and the Guarantors, and any Person controlling (within the meaning of Section 15 of the Securities Act or Section 20 of the Exchange Act) the Company or any of the Guarantors, and the respective officers, directors, partners, employees, representatives and agents of each such Person, to the same extent as the foregoing indemnity from the Company and the Guarantors to each of the Indemnified Holders, but only with respect to any losses, claims, damages or liabilities that arise out of, or are based upon information relating to such Holder furnished in writing by such Holder expressly for use in any Registration Statement or Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto). In case any action or proceeding shall be brought against the Company, the Guarantors or their respective directors or officers or any such controlling person in respect of which indemnity may be sought against a Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities, such Holder shall have the rights and duties given the Company and the Guarantors, and the Company, Guarantors, their respective directors and officers and such controlling person shall have the rights and duties given to each Holder by the preceding paragraph.

(c) If the indemnification provided for in this Section 8 is unavailable to an indemnified party under Section 8(a) or (b) hereof in respect of any losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to therein, then each applicable indemnifying party, in lieu of indemnifying such indemnified party, shall contribute to the amount paid or payable by such indemnified party as a result of such losses, claims, damages or liabilities (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Company and the Guarantors from the offering or the Initial Securities and the Exchange Securities, on the one hand, and the Holders from receiving the Initial Securities or Exchange Securities registered under the Securities Act, on the other hand, or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Holders on the other in connection with the statements or omissions that resulted in such losses, claims, damages or liabilities, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The relative fault of the Company and the Guarantors on the one hand and the Indemnified Holder on the other shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material

 

-17-


fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Company or any of the Guarantors, on the one hand, or the Indemnified Holders, on the other hand, and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

The Company, the Guarantors and each Holder of Transfer Restricted Securities agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 8(c) were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Holders were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation that does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the losses, claims, damages and liabilities referred to in the immediately preceding paragraph shall be deemed to include, subject to the limitations set forth above, any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with any such action or claim. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 8, in no event shall a Holder (or its related Indemnified Holders) be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total discount, commissions and other compensation or net proceeds, as applicable, received by such Holder with respect to the Initial Securities exceeds the amount of any damages which such Holder has otherwise been required to pay by reason of such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission. No Person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the Securities Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any Person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation. The Holders’ obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 8(c) are several in proportion to the respective principal amount of Initial Securities held by each of the Holders hereunder and not joint.

The remedies provided for in this Section 8 are not exclusive and shall not limit any rights or remedies that may otherwise be available to any person indemnified under this Agreement at law or in equity.

SECTION 9. Rule 144A. The Parent Guarantor shall use commercially reasonable efforts to file the reports required to be filed by it under the Exchange Act in a timely manner, and, if at any time the Parent Guarantor is not required to file such reports, it will, upon request of any Holder or beneficial owner of Transfer Restricted Securities, make publicly available the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act in order to permit resales of such Transfer Restricted Securities pursuant to Rule 144A under the Securities Act, for so long as any Transfer Restricted Securities remain outstanding.

SECTION 10. Participation in Underwritten Registrations. No Holder may participate in any Underwritten Registration hereunder unless such Holder (a) agrees to sell such Holder’s Transfer Restricted Securities on the basis provided in any underwriting arrangements approved by the Persons entitled hereunder to approve such arrangements and (b) completes and executes all reasonable questionnaires, powers of attorney, indemnities, underwriting agreements, lock-up letters and other documents required under the terms of such underwriting arrangements.

 

-18-


SECTION 11. Selection of Underwriters. The Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities covered by the Shelf Registration Statement who desire to do so may sell such Transfer Restricted Securities in an Underwritten Offering. In any such Underwritten Offering, the investment banker(s) and managing underwriter(s) (each, an “Underwriter”) that will administer such offering will be selected by the Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Transfer Restricted Securities included in such offering; provided, however , that each such Underwriter must be reasonably satisfactory to the Company.

SECTION 12. Miscellaneous.

(a) No Inconsistent Agreements. Each of the Company and the Guarantors will not on or after the date of this Agreement enter into any agreement with respect to its securities that is inconsistent with the rights granted to the Holders in this Agreement or otherwise conflicts with the provisions hereof.

(b) Amendments and Waivers. The provisions of this Agreement may not be amended, modified or supplemented, and waivers or consents to or departures from the provisions hereof may not be given unless the Company has obtained the written consent of Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities (excluding any Transfer Restricted Securities held by the Company or its affiliates). Notwithstanding the foregoing, a waiver or consent to departure from the provisions hereof that relates exclusively to the rights of Holders whose securities are being tendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer and that does not affect directly or indirectly the rights of other Holders whose securities are not being tendered pursuant to such Exchange Offer may be given by the Holders of a majority of the outstanding principal amount of Transfer Restricted Securities being tendered or registered; provided, however, that, with respect to any matter that directly or indirectly affects the rights of any Initial Purchaser hereunder, the Company shall obtain the written consent of each such Initial Purchaser with respect to which such amendment, qualification, supplement, waiver, consent or departure is to be effective.

(c) Notices. All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted and confirmed by any standard form of telecommunication:

(i) if to a Holder, at the address set forth on the records of the Registrar under the Indenture, with a copy to the Registrar under the Indenture; and

(ii) if to the Company:

B.A.T Capital Corporation

c/o British American Tobacco p.l.c.

Globe House

4 Temple Place

London WC2R 2PG

Facsimile: +44 (0)20 7845 0555

Attention: Company Secretary

 

-19-


With a copy to:

Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP

CityPoint, 1 Ropemaker St.

London EC2Y 9HR

United Kingdom

Facsimile: +44 20 7860 1150

Attention: Alyssa K. Caples

Copies of all such notices, demands or other communications shall be concurrently delivered by the Person giving the same to the Trustee at the address specified in the Indenture.

(d) Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the successors and assigns of each of the parties, including, without limitation, and without the need for an express assignment, subsequent Holders of Transfer Restricted Securities; provided, however , that this Agreement shall not inure to the benefit of or be binding upon a successor or assign of a Holder unless and to the extent such successor or assign acquired Transfer Restricted Securities from such Holder.

(e) Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts and by the parties hereto in separate counterparts (which may include counterparts delivered by any standard form of telecommunication), each of which when so executed shall be deemed to be an original and all of which taken together shall constitute one and the same agreement.

(f) Headings. The headings in this Agreement are for convenience of reference only and shall not limit or otherwise affect the meaning hereof.

(g) Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REGARD TO THE CONFLICTS OF LAW RULES THEREOF.

(h) Jurisdiction. The Company and the Guarantors agree that any suit, action or proceeding against any of them brought by any Holder, the directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents of any Holder, or by any person who controls any Holder, arising solely out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby may be instituted in the courts of the State of New York in the City and County of New York and of the United States for the Southern District of New York, and waives to the fullest extent that each may effectively do so any objection of which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue or of any such proceeding, and irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of such courts in any such suit, action or proceeding. British American Tobacco p.l.c., B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. hereby appoint the Company as their authorized agent (the “Authorized Agent”) upon whom process may be served in any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or based upon this Agreement or the transactions contemplated herein that may be instituted in any U.S. Federal or

 

-20-


New York State court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City, County and State of New York, United States of America, by any Holder, the directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents of any Holder, or any person who controls any Holder, and expressly accept the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any such court in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding. British American Tobacco p.l.c., B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. hereby represent and warrant that the Authorized Agent has accepted such appointment and has agreed to act as said agent for service of process, and British American Tobacco p.l.c., B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. agree to take any and all action, including the filing of any and all documents that may be necessary to continue such appointment in full force and effect as aforesaid. Service of process upon the Authorized Agent shall be deemed, in every respect, effective service of process upon the British American Tobacco p.l.c., B.A.T. International Finance p.l.c., B.A.T. Netherlands Finance B.V. and British American Tobacco Holdings (The Netherlands) B.V. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any action arising out of or based upon this Agreement may be instituted by any Holder, the directors, officers, employees, affiliates and agents of any Holder, or by any person who controls any Holder, in any court of competent jurisdiction in England.

(i) Waiver of Jury Trial . Each party hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any and all right to trial by jury in any legal proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby.

(j) Severability. In the event that any one or more of the provisions contained herein, or the application thereof in any circumstance, is held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions contained herein shall not be affected or impaired thereby.

(k) Entire Agreement. This Agreement is intended by the parties as a final expression of their agreement and intended to be a complete and exclusive statement of the agreement and understanding of the parties hereto in respect of the subject matter contained herein. There are no restrictions, promises, warranties or undertakings, other than those set forth or referred to herein with respect to the registration rights granted by the Company with respect to the Transfer Restricted Securities. This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements and understandings (whether written or oral) between the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 

-21-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION
By:   /s/ L. Brent Cotton
  Name: L. Brent Cotton
  Title:   Director and President

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO

P.L.C.

By:   /s/ Benedict Stevens
  Name: Benedict Stevens
  Title:   Director

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE

P.L.C.

By:   /s/ Neil Wadey
  Name: Neil Wadey
  Title:   Director
B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.
By:   /s/ J E P Bollen
  Name: J E P Bollen
  Title:   Director
By:   /s/ R M J Lina
  Name: R M J Lina
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]


BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS), B.V.
By:   /s/ J E P Bollen
  Name: J E P Bollen
  Title:   Director
By:   /s/ R M J Lina
  Name: R M J Lina
  Title:   Director
REYNOLDS AMERICAN INC.
By:   /s/ McDara P. Folan, III
  Name: McDara P. Folan, III
  Title:   SVP, Deputy General Counsel and Secretary

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

As Representatives to the several Initial Purchasers

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED
By:   /s/ Robert J. Little
  Name: Robert J. Little
  Title:   Managing Director
BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.
By:   /s/ Barbara Mariniello
  Name: Barbara Mariniello
  Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

As Representatives to the several Initial Purchasers

 

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.
By:   /s/ Brian D. Bednarski
  Name: Brian D. Bednarski
  Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

As Representatives to the several Initial Purchasers

 

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.
By:   /s/ Jared Birnbaum
  Name: Jared Birnbaum
  Title:   Managing Director
By:   /s/ Timothy Azoia
  Name: Timothy Azoia
  Title:   Director

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]


The foregoing Registration Rights Agreement is hereby confirmed and accepted as of the date first above written:

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

BARCLAYS CAPITAL INC.

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

DEUTSCHE BANK SECURITIES INC.

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.

As Representatives to the several Initial Purchasers

 

HSBC SECURITIES (USA) INC.
By:   /s/ Diane Kenna
  Name: Diane Kenna
  Title:   Managing Director

 

[Signature Page – Registration Rights Agreement]

Exhibit 2.7

Dated 12 February 2018

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

and

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.

and

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

and

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

and

THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c.

TWENTY-NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED

effecting the addition of B.A.T Capital Corporation as a guarantor in respect of

certain series of notes issued pursuant to the £25,000,000,000 Euro Medium Term Note Programme


THIS TWENTY-NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED is made on 12 February 2018 BETWEEN

 

(1) B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c. (a public limited company with company number 1060930) whose registered office is at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG (“ BATIF ”);

 

(2) B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION (a company incorporated with limited liability in the State of Delaware, United States of America) whose registered office is at 103 Foulk Road, Suite 120, Wilmington, Delaware 19803, United States of America (“ BATCAP ”);

 

(3) BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V. (a company incorporated with limited liability under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under No. 33236251) whose registered office is at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands (“ BATHTN ”);

 

(4) B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V. (a company with limited liability incorporated under the laws of The Netherlands and registered with the Trade Register of the Chamber of Commerce under No. 60533536) whose registered office is at Handelsweg 53A, 1181 ZA Amstelveen, The Netherlands (“ BATNF ”);

 

(5) BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c. (a public limited company with company number 3407696) whose registered office is at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG (“ British American Tobacco ” and together with BATHTN and BATNF, the “ Guarantors ”); and

 

(6) THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST CORPORATION p.l.c. (company number 1675231) whose registered office is at Fifth Floor, 100 Wood Street, London EC2V 7EX (the “ Trustee ”, which expression, where the context so admits, includes any successor or other trustee for the time being of this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed) as trustee for the Noteholders, the Receiptholders (where applicable) and the Couponholders.

WHEREAS:

 

(A) This Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed is supplemental to:

 

  (i) the Trust Deed dated 6 July 1998 (hereinafter called the “ Principal Trust Deed ”) made between BATIF, BATCAP, British American Tobacco, B.A.T Finance B.V. (“ BATFIN ”), B.A.T Industries p.l.c. (“ BAT Industries ”), British American Tobacco Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (“ BAT Mexico ”) and the Trustee relating to the U.S.$3,000,000,000 (now £25,000,000,000) Euro Medium Term Note Programme (the “ Programme ”) established by BATIF, BATCAP and originally BATFIN;

 

  (ii) the First Supplemental Trust Deed dated 22 March 1999 (hereinafter called the “ First Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to the Principal Trust Deed and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed;

 

  (iii) the Second Supplemental Trust Deed dated 19 January 2000 (hereinafter called the “ Second Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to the Principal Trust deed and BAT(CI) Finance Limited (“ BATCIF ”) and effecting the substitution of BATCIF in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of certain Notes issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (iv) the Third Supplemental Trust Deed dated 15 August 2000 (hereinafter called the “ Third Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to the Principal Trust Deed and BATCIF and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (v) the Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 3 July 2002 (hereinafter called the “ Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATHTN and BATNF), BATFIN and BATCIF and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

1


  (vi) the Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 16 April 2003 (hereinafter called the “ Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and BATFIN and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (vii) the Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 26 May 2005 (hereinafter called the “ Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and effecting the substitution of BATHTN in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of the Series 25 EUR 1,000,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2006 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (viii) the Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed dated 21 June 2005 (hereinafter called the “ Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF), BATFIN, BAT Industries and BAT Mexico and effecting the substitution of BATHTN in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of the Series 1 DM 1,000,000,000 5.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2006 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (ix) the Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 30 November 2005 (hereinafter called the “ Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (x) the Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 30 November 2007 (hereinafter called the “ Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xi) the Tenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 1 December 2008 (hereinafter called the “ Tenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xii) the Eleventh Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 March 2010 (hereinafter called the “ Eleventh Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and effecting the substitution of BATHTN in place of BATIF as principal debtor in respect of the Series 22 €1,000,000,000 5.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2013 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xiii) the Twelfth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 1 December 2010 (hereinafter called the “ Twelfth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xiv) the Thirteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 25 May 2011 (hereinafter called the “ Thirteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF) and substituting BATHTN in place of BATIF as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 36 €650,000,000 4.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xv) the Fourteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 9 December 2011 (hereinafter called the “ Fourteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF and BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xvi)

the Fifteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 11 December 2012 (hereinafter called the ” Fifteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF and BATCAP) and modifying

 

2


  and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xvii) the Sixteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 12 December 2013 (hereinafter called the “ Sixteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATNF and BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xviii) the Seventeenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 16 May 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Seventeenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated);

 

  (xix) the Eighteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 September 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Eighteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated) in respect of the Series 47 CHF 400,000,000 0.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xx) the Nineteenth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 September 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Nineteenth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated) in respect of the Series 48 CHF 250,000,000 1.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxi) the Twentieth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 4 September 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Twentieth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated) in respect of the Series 46 CHF 350,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2016 issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxii) the Twenty-First Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Twenty-First Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed and substituting BATNF in place of BATHTN as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 30 £325,000,000 5.500 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2016, the Series 36 €650,000,000 4.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 and the Series 37 €600,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2020, each issued by BATHTN pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxiii) the Twenty-Second Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Twenty-Second Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and substituting BATNF in place of BATHTN as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 40 €750,000,000 2.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023 and the Series 44 €600,000,000 3.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2029, each issued by BATHTN pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxiv)

the Twenty-Third Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Twenty-Third Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed and effecting the addition of BATNF as a guarantor in respect of the Series 26 £500,000,000 6.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2019, the Series 32 €1,250,000,000 5.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2017, the Series 33 £500,000,000 7.250 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2024, the Series 34 €1,250,000,000 5.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2015, the Series 35 £250,000,000 6.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2022, the Series 37 £500,000,000 6.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2034, the Series 38 £275,000,000 5.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes

 

3


  due 2040 and the Series 39 €600,000,000 3.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021, each issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxv) the Twenty-Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 8 December 2014 (hereinafter called the “ Twenty-Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and effecting the addition of BATNF as a guarantor in respect of the Series 41 US$300,000,000 1.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2016, the Series 42 €650,000,000 2.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2025, the Series 43 £650,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026, and the Series 45 €400,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2018, each issued by BATIF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxvi) the Twenty-Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 12 April 2016 (hereinafter called the “ Twenty-Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed and substituting BATIF in place of BATNF as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 36 €650,000,000 4.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 and the Series 37 €600,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2020, each issued by BATNF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxvii) the Twenty-Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 12 April 2016 (hereinafter called the “ Twenty-Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and substituting BATIF in place of BATNF as the principal debtor in respect of the Series 40 €750,000,000 2.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023 and the Series 44 €600,000,000 3.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2029, each issued by BATNF pursuant to the Programme;

 

  (xxviii) the Twenty-Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed dated 20 May 2016 (hereinafter called the “ Twenty-Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (other than BATCAP) and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated); and

 

  (xxix) the Twenty-Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed dated 31 May 2017 hereinafter called the “ Twenty-Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed” and together with the Principal Trust Deed, the First Supplemental Trust Deed, the Second Supplemental Trust Deed, the Third Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed, the Eighth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Tenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Eleventh Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twelfth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Thirteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fourteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Fifteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Sixteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Seventeenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Eighteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Nineteenth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twentieth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-First Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Second Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Third Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Fourth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Fifth Supplemental Trust Deed, the Twenty-Sixth Supplemental Trust Deed, and the Twenty-Seventh Supplemental Trust Deed, the “ Subsisting Trust Deeds ”) made between the same parties as are parties to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed and modifying and restating the provisions of the Principal Trust Deed (as previously modified and restated).

 

(B)

BATIF has issued (i) the Series 40 €750,000,000 2.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023 (the “ Series 40 Notes ”), (ii) the Series 42 €650,000,000 2.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2025 (the “ Series 42 Notes ”), (iii) the Series 43 £650,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026 (the “ Series 43 Notes ”), (iv) the Series 44 €600,000,000 3.125 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2029 (the “ Series 44 Notes ”), (v) the Series 45 €400,000,000 Floating Rate Guaranteed Notes due 2018 (the “ Series 45 Notes ”), (vi) the Series 47 CHF400,000,000 0.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 (the “ Series 47 Notes ”), (vii) the Series 48 CHF250,000,000 1.375 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2026 (the “ Series 48 Notes ”), (viii) the Series 49 €800,000,000 0.375 per cent.

 

4


  Guaranteed Notes due 2019 (the “ Series 49 Notes ”), (ix) the Series 50 €800,000,000 0.875 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2023 (the “ Series 50 Notes ”), (x) the Series 51 €800,000,000 1.250 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2027 (the “ Series 51 Notes ”), (xi) the Series 52 €600,000,000 2.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2045 (the “ Series 52 Notes ”), (xii) the Series 53 €600,000,000 1.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2022 (the “ Series 53 Notes ”), (xiii) the Series 54 £350,000,000 4.000 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2055 (the “ Series 54 Notes ”), (xiv) the Series 55 £500,000,000 1.750 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2021 (the “ Series 55 Notes ”), (xv) the Series 56 £650,000,000 2.250 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2052 (the “ Series 56 Notes ”), and (xvi) the Series 57 US$650,000,000 1.625 per cent. Guaranteed Notes due 2019 (the “ Series 57 Notes ” and together with the Series 40 Notes, the Series 42 Notes, the Series 43 Notes, the Series 44 Notes, the Series 45 Notes, the Series 47 Notes, the Series 48 Notes, the Series 49 Notes, the Series 50 Notes, the Series 51 Notes, the Series 52 Notes, the Series 53 Notes, the Series 54 Notes, the Series 55 Notes, the Series 56 Notes, the “ Notes ”).

 

(C) Pursuant and subject to the terms of a deed of guarantee dated 2 August 2017, the Notes also benefit from an additional guarantee provided by Reynolds American Inc. with effect on and from 2 August 2017 up to and including the Termination Date (as defined in the deed of guarantee).

 

(D) BATCAP is a subsidiary of British American Tobacco.

 

(E) The parties have agreed that with effect on and from the Effective Date (as defined below) BATCAP shall accede to the Trust Deed as an additional guarantor in respect of each series of the Notes and the Trust Deed in respect thereof on and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter contained.

NOW THIS TWENTY-NINTH SUPPLEMENTAL TRUST DEED WITNESSETH AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED as follows:

 

1. Subject as hereinafter provided and unless there is something in the subject matter or context inconsistent therewith, all words and expressions defined in the Subsisting Trust Deeds shall have the same meanings in this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed and, in addition, “ Effective Date ” shall mean 13 February 2018.

 

2. With effect on and from the Effective Date, BATCAP (the “ Additional Guarantor ”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees to the Trustee that if BATIF does not pay any sum payable by it in respect of any or all of the Notes or under the Trust Deed in respect of such Notes by the time and on the date specified for such payment (whether on the normal due date, on acceleration or otherwise), it will, on a joint and several basis together with the Guarantors, pay that sum to or to the order of the Trustee in the manner provided in Clause 2.2 of the Trust Deed before close of business on that date in the city to which payment is so to be made and accordingly all the provisions of Clause 5 of the Trust Deed shall mutatis mutandis have effect with regard to this guarantee as though such provisions were set forth herein and as if all references therein to the “Guarantors” or to a relevant “Guarantor” include the Additional Guarantor. The Trustee acknowledges that the foregoing guarantee of the Additional Guarantor is in addition to the guarantees of the Guarantors in effect in relation to the obligations of BATIF under and in respect of each series of the Notes and under and in respect of the Trust Deed in relation to such Notes prior to the Effective Date. The Guarantors hereby acknowledge the foregoing guarantee of the Additional Guarantor and consent to the Additional Guarantor acceding as an additional guarantor in relation to the obligations of BATIF under and in respect of each series of the Notes on a joint and several basis together with the Guarantors.

 

3. BATCAP hereby covenants with the Trustee that, with effect on and from the Effective Date, it will duly observe and perform and be bound by all such of the covenants, conditions and provisions of the Trust Deed with respect to each series of the Notes as are binding on or apply to the Guarantors in respect of each series of the Notes (but not further or otherwise).

 

4. BATIF hereby covenants with the Trustee that not later than 14 days after the Effective Date, it shall give notice of the additional guarantee contemplated by this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed to the holders of each series of the Notes (in a form previously approved by the Trustee).

 

5


5. The Subsisting Trust Deeds and this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed shall henceforth be read and construed together as one trust deed.

 

6. A memorandum of this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed shall be endorsed by the Trustee on the original of the Principal Trust Deed and by BATIF, BATCAP and the Guarantors on their respective duplicates thereof.

 

7. This Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by, and shall be construed in accordance with, English law.

 

8. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably agrees that the courts of England are to have jurisdiction to settle any disputes which may arise out of or in connection with this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed (including a dispute relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it) and that accordingly any suit, action or proceedings arising out of or in connection with these presents (together referred to as “ Proceedings ”) may be brought in the courts of England, including any Proceedings relating to any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed. Each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally waives and agrees not to raise any objection which it may have now or subsequently to the laying of the venue of any Proceedings in the courts of England and any claim that any Proceedings have been brought in an inconvenient forum and further irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that a judgment in any Proceedings brought in the courts of England shall be conclusive and binding upon it and may be enforced in the courts of any other jurisdiction. Nothing in this Clause shall limit any right to take Proceedings against any of the parties hereto in any other court of competent jurisdiction (outside the Contracting States, as defined in Section 1(3) of the Civil Jurisdiction and Judgments Act 1982), nor shall the taking of Proceedings in one or more jurisdictions preclude the taking of Proceedings in any other jurisdiction, whether concurrently or not.

 

9. Each of BATCAP, BATHTN and BATNF irrevocably and unconditionally appoints British American Tobacco at its registered office at Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG and in the event of its ceasing so to act will appoint such other person as the Trustee may approve and as BATCAP, BATHTN or BATNF, as the case may be, may nominate in writing to the Trustee for the purpose to accept service of process on its behalf in England in respect of any Proceedings. Each of BATCAP, BATHTN and BATNF:

 

  (i) agrees to procure that, so long as any of the Notes remain liable to prescription, there shall be in force an appointment of such a person approved by the Trustee with an office in London with authority to accept service as aforesaid;

 

  (ii) agrees that failure by any such person to give notice of such service of process to BATCAP, BATHTN or BATNF, as the case may be, shall not impair the validity of such service or of any judgment based thereon; and

 

  (iii) agrees that nothing in this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed shall affect the right to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.

 

10. This Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed may be executed and delivered in any number of counterparts, all of which, taken together, shall constitute one and the same deed and any party to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed may enter into the same by executing and delivering a counterpart.

 

11. A person who is not a party to this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed has no right under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

IN WITNESS whereof this Twenty-Ninth Supplemental Trust Deed has been executed as a deed by each of the parties hereto and delivered on the date first stated above.

 

6


EXECUTED as a deed by

   )              

B.A.T. INTERNATIONAL FINANCE p.l.c.

   )  

/s/ Neil Wadey

acting by N. Wadey

   )  

and P. McCrory

   )  

/s/ Paul McCrory

EXECUTED as a deed by

   )  

B.A.T CAPITAL CORPORATION

   )  

acting by N. Wadey

   )  

/s/ Neil Wadey

acting under the authority of that

   )  

company in the presence of

   )  

Witness’ Signature:

  /s/ Therese Beimert

Name:

  T. Beimert

Address:

  Globe House, 4 Temple Place, London WC2R 2PG

Occupation:

  Solicitor

EXECUTED as a deed by

   )              

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO

   )  

/s/ Mark Wiechers

HOLDINGS (THE NETHERLANDS) B.V.

   )  

acting by M. Wiechers

   )  

/s/ Hendrik Lina

and H. Lina

   )  

EXECUTED as a deed by

   )  

B.A.T. NETHERLANDS FINANCE B.V.

   )  

/s/ Mark Wiechers

acting by M. Wiechers

   )  

and H. Lina

   )  

/s/ Hendrik Lina

EXECUTED as a deed by

   )  

BRITISH AMERICAN TOBACCO p.l.c.

   )  

/s/ Benedict Stevens

acting by B. Stevens

   )  

and P. McCrory

   )  

/s/ Paul McCrory

THE COMMON SEAL of

   )  

THE LAW DEBENTURE TRUST

   )  

CORPORATION p.l.c.

   )  

was affixed to this deed

   )  

in the presence of:

   )  

 

Director

 

/s/ Darren Levene

Authorised Signatory

 

/s/ Martin France

 

7

Exhibit 4.12

24 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Mr Kieran Poynter

[Address]

Dear Mr Poynter

Letter of Appointment

Pursuant to clause 1.1 of your letter of appointment dated 25 April 2017, I am pleased to confirm the revised terms applicable to your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”), which are conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017).

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment took effect from the close of the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017 and will continue, pursuant to the terms of this letter, until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the “Appointment Period”) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 Your tenure as a Non-Executive Director of the Company commenced on your original date of appointment as a Director which was 1 July 2010.

 

1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s

 

1


consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information

 

2


  affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Senior Independent Director and Committees

 

2.5 You will continue to be the Senior Independent Director, Chairman of the Audit Committee and a member of the Nominations Committee. Should you also be appointed as a member of additional Board Committees, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). You are also entitled to an additional fee of £36,000 per annum as Senior Independent Director and an additional fee of £36,000 per annum as Chair of the Audit Committee. Any changes to these fees will be agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

 

3


A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2

You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company,

 

4


  firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

5


6.2 You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

6


7.5 If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million

 

7


  within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Kieran Poynter

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.13

24 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Ms Sue Farr

[Address]

Dear Ms Farr

Letter of Appointment

Pursuant to clause 1.1 of your letter of appointment dated 25 April 2017, I am pleased to confirm the revised terms applicable to your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”), which are conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017).

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment took effect from the close of the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017 and will continue, pursuant to the terms of this letter, until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the “Appointment Period”) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 Your tenure as a Non-Executive Director of the Company commenced on your original date of appointment as a Director which was 2 February 2015.

 

1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s

 

1


consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information

 

2


  affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 You will continue to be a member of the Nominations Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Should you also be appointed as a member of additional Board Committees, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax

 

3


and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Sue Farr

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.14

24 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Ms Ann Godbehere

[Address]

Dear Ms Godbehere

Letter of Appointment

Pursuant to clause 1.1 of your letter of appointment dated 25 April 2017, I am pleased to confirm the revised terms applicable to your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”), which are conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017).

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment took effect from the close of the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017 and will continue, pursuant to the terms of this letter, until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the “Appointment Period”) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 Your tenure as a Non-Executive Director of the Company commenced on your original date of appointment as a Director which was 3 October 2011.

 

1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s

 

1


consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information

 

2


  affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 You will continue to be a member of the Nominations Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Should you also be appointed as a member of additional Board Committees, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable

 

3


in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

4


5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


  sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Ann Godbehere

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.15

24 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Dr Marion Helmes

[Address]

Dear Dr Helmes

Letter of Appointment

Pursuant to clause 1.1 of your letter of appointment dated 25 April 2017, I am pleased to confirm the revised terms applicable to your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”), which are conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017).

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment took effect from the close of the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017 and will continue, pursuant to the terms of this letter, until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the “Appointment Period”) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 Your tenure as a Non-Executive Director of the Company commenced on your original date of appointment as a Director which was 1 August 2016.

 

1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s

 

1


consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information

 

2


  affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 You will continue to be a member of the Nominations Committee and the Audit Committee. Should you also be appointed as a member of additional Board Committees, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax

 

3


  and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


  sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Marion Helmes

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.16

24 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Mr Savio Kwan

[Address]

Dear Mr Kwan

Letter of Appointment

Pursuant to clause 1.1 of your letter of appointment dated 25 April 2017, I am pleased to confirm the revised terms applicable to your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”), which are conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017).

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment took effect from the close of the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017 and will continue, pursuant to the terms of this letter, until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the “Appointment Period”) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 Your tenure as a Non-Executive Director of the Company commenced on your original date of appointment as a Director which was 6 January 2014.

 

1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at

 

1


meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation

 

2


  to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 You will continue to be a member of the Nominations Committee and the Remuneration Committee. Should you also be appointed as a member of additional Board Committees, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less

 

3


any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Savio Kwan

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.17

24 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Dr Pedro Malan

[Address]

Dear Dr Malan

Letter of Appointment

Pursuant to clause 1.1 of your letter of appointment dated 25 April 2017, I am pleased to confirm the revised terms applicable to your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”), which are conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017).

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment took effect from the close of the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017 and will continue, pursuant to the terms of this letter, until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the “Appointment Period”) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 Your tenure as a Non-Executive Director of the Company commenced on your original date of appointment as a Director which was 2 February 2015.

 

1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s

 

1


consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information

 

2


  affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 You will continue to be a member of the Nominations Committee and the Audit Committee. Should you also be appointed as a member of additional Board Committees, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax

 

3


and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


  sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Pedro Malan

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.18

24 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Mr Dimitri Panayotopoulos

[Address]

Dear Mr Panayotopoulos

Letter of Appointment

Pursuant to clause 1.1 of your letter of appointment dated 25 April 2017, I am pleased to confirm the revised terms applicable to your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”), which are conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017).

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment took effect from the close of the Company’s Annual General Meeting on 26 April 2017 and will continue, pursuant to the terms of this letter, until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the “Appointment Period”) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 Your tenure as a Non-Executive Director of the Company commenced on your original date of appointment as a Director which was 2 February 2015.

 

1.3 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s

 

1


consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information

 

2


  affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 You will continue to be Chairman of the Remuneration Committee and a member of the Nominations Committee. Should you also be appointed as a member of additional Board Committees, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). As Chair of the Remuneration Committee, you are entitled to an additional fee of £36,000 per annum. Any changes to this fee will be agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax

 

3


and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


  sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Dimitri Panayotopoulos

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.19

25 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Mr Luc Jobin

[Address]

Dear Mr Jobin

Letter of Appointment

I am pleased to confirm your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”) on the terms set out below.

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment is conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017) and will continue on the terms of this letter until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the ‘Appointment Period’) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

In addition, we will arrange an induction programme covering all aspects of the business. Induction programmes can be scheduled and tailored to meet the time commitments for individual Directors and are generally expected to take a further three to four days.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at

 

1


meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation

 

2


  to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 Should you also be appointed as a member of a Board Committee, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, should you be appointed as a member of a Board Committee, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax

 

3


and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


  sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Luc Jobin

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.20

25 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Ms Holly Keller Koeppel

[Address]

Dear Ms Keller Koeppel

Letter of Appointment

I am pleased to confirm your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”) on the terms set out below.

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment is conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017) and will continue on the terms of this letter until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the ‘Appointment Period’) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

In addition, we will arrange an induction programme covering all aspects of the business. Induction programmes can be scheduled and tailored to meet the time commitments for individual Directors and are generally expected to take a further three to four days.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at

 

1


meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation

 

2


  to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 Should you also be appointed as a member of a Board Committee, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, should you be appointed as a member of a Board Committee, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax

 

3


and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Holly Keller Koeppel

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 4.21

25 July 2017

STRICTLY PRIVATE & CONFIDENTIAL

ADDRESSEE ONLY

Mr Lionel L. Nowell

[Address]

Dear Mr Nowell

Letter of Appointment

I am pleased to confirm your appointment as a Non-Executive Director of the Company (the “Appointment”) on the terms set out below.

 

1. TERM OF APPOINTMENT

 

1.1 Your Appointment is conditional upon, and will take effect from, the successful completion of the BAT Group’s proposed acquisition of Reynolds American Inc. (expected to occur on 25 July 2017) and will continue on the terms of this letter until the close of the Company’s next Annual General Meeting in 2018 (the “Next AGM”) (the ‘Appointment Period’) unless the Appointment is terminated in accordance with paragraph 10 below.

 

1.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Appointment is one of officeholder and not of employment and neither the Company nor you shall hold you out as an employee of the BAT Group.

 

2. DUTIES

Time Commitment

 

2.1 You will be expected to devote such time as is necessary for the proper performance of your duties. We expect to hold six Board meetings per calendar year. We arrange committee meetings, strategy sessions, Board dinners and AGMs around these meetings and so it is best to anticipate a time commitment of two days per meeting. In addition, you will be expected to devote appropriate preparation time ahead of each meeting and be prepared for at least one site visit per year, which may be at an overseas location. You may also be required to attend meetings as part of the annual Board evaluation process and update meetings and training sessions. You will therefore be expected to make an annual time commitment of between 25 and 30 days, subject to the circumstances and level of activities of the Company. Ad hoc matters may arise from time to time and particularly when the Company is undergoing increased activity. It may be therefore necessary to convene additional Board, Committee or other meetings. If business must be transacted between regular Board meetings, you will be advised. Copies of the current Board programmes are available from the Company Secretary.

In addition, we will arrange an induction programme covering all aspects of the business. Induction programmes can be scheduled and tailored to meet the time commitments for individual Directors and are generally expected to take a further three to four days.

It is expected that you will attend the meetings outlined above unless urgent prior

 

1


commitments, or unavoidable circumstances, prevent you from doing so. Attendance at meetings by way of telephone conference call may be possible, subject to the Chairman’s consent.

By accepting the Appointment, you confirm that you can allocate sufficient time to meet the expectations of your role. The prior agreement of the Chairman should be sought before accepting additional commitments that might affect the time you can devote to your role as a Non-Executive Director of the Company.

Role

 

2.2 As a Non-Executive Director of the Company you will have the same general legal responsibilities to the Company as any other Director, together with such specific duties as may be agreed with the Board and which relate to the business of the Company or any other member of the BAT Group. The Board is collectively responsible for promoting the success of the Company by directing and supervising the Company’s affairs.

The role of the Non-Executive Director has the following key elements:

 

    Strategy : Non-Executive Directors should constructively challenge and contribute to the development of strategy;

 

    Performance : Non-Executive Directors should scrutinize the performance of management in meeting agreed goals and objectives and monitor the reporting of performance;

 

    Risk: Non-Executive Directors should satisfy themselves that financial information is accurate and that financial controls and systems of risk management are robust and defensible; and

 

    People: the Remuneration Committee, populated by Non-Executive Directors, is responsible for determining appropriate levels of remuneration of Executive Directors and the Nominations Committee (also populated by Non-Executive Directors) has a prime role in appointing, and where necessary removing, senior management and in succession planning.

 

2.3 During the continuance of the Appointment you shall:

 

2.3.1 promote the success of the Company for the benefit of its members as a whole and comply with the directors’ duties set out in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006;

 

2.3.2 faithfully, efficiently, competently and diligently perform your duties and exercise such powers as are appropriate to your role as a Non-Executive Director;

 

2.3.3 in so far as reasonably possible, attend all meetings of the Board and of the committees of the Board of which you are a member or to which you may be invited to attend from time to time;

 

2.3.4 promptly declare, so far as you are aware, the nature of any interest, whether direct or indirect, in accordance with paragraph 5.5 below;

 

2.3.5

observe and comply with all relevant regulations impacting the Company as may apply from time to time. These include the City Code on Take Overs and Mergers; the Listing Rules; the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules; the Prospectus Rules and the UK Corporate Governance Code; the EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations; the

 

2


  British American Tobacco p.l.c. Code for Share Dealing from time to time in force in relation to dealing in shares, debentures and other securities of the Company and inside information affecting the shares, debentures or other securities of the Company; applicable US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations; and applicable corporate governance and regulatory requirements in South Africa, including the JSE Listing Requirements;

 

2.3.6 comply personally with the Company’s rules and policies on corporate governance and its Standards of Business Conduct from time to time in force and use all reasonable endeavours to ensure that the BAT Group (as appropriate) so complies;

 

2.3.7 comply with all reasonable requests, instructions and regulations made or given by the Board (or by any duly authorised committee thereof) and give to the Board such explanations, information and assistance as the Board may reasonably require; and

 

2.3.8 use your reasonable endeavours to promote and extend the interests and reputation of the BAT Group, including assisting the Chairman and the Board in relation to public and corporate affairs and bringing to bear, for the benefit of the Chairman and the Board, your specialist knowledge and experience.

In addition, you should devote time to developing and refreshing your knowledge and skills, uphold high standards of integrity and probity, support the Chairman and promote amongst the other Directors an appropriate culture and set of values and behaviours in the boardroom and beyond and take into account the views of shareholders and other stakeholders where appropriate.

 

2.4 If there are matters which arise which cause you concern about your role you should discuss them with the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director. If you have any concerns which cannot be resolved, and you choose to resign for that, or any other reason, you should provide an appropriate written statement to the Chairman or the Senior Independent Director for circulation to the Board.

Committees

 

2.5 Should you also be appointed as a member of a Board Committee, such appointment will be confirmed to you in a supplemental letter to this letter of appointment or in a revised letter of appointment. The ambit and main terms of reference of the Board Committees are described in the British American Tobacco Corporate Governance booklet, a copy of which is available from the Company Secretary.

 

3. FEES AND EXPENSES

 

3.1 Your base fee (Base Fee) is set at the rate of £92,700 per annum less any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. The Base Fee is payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments. The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed annually.

 

3.2 With reference to paragraph 2.5 above, should you be appointed as a member of a Board Committee, you are entitled to an additional fee of £11,000 per annum per Committee (a Committee Membership Fee). Should you be appointed as Chair of a Committee of the Board, you will be entitled to an additional annual fee at the rate agreed with reference to the Board from time to time.

A Committee Membership Fee and any other additional fees or payments will be made less

 

3


  any deductions which the Company may be required to make including in respect of tax and national insurance contributions. These additional fees and payments are also payable in arrears by twelve equal monthly instalments.

 

3.3 Subject to the Articles, the Company shall reimburse to you all travel, hotel and other expenses reasonably incurred by you in the proper performance of your obligations under this letter provided that you supply receipts or other evidence of expenditure.

 

3.4 The Company will meet, as appropriate, any personal income tax liability that arises from any benefits provided or paid for by the Company.

 

4. INDEPENDENT PROFESSIONAL ADVICE

 

4.1 Your expenses may include legal fees if it is necessary, in the furtherance of your duties, for you to seek independent legal advice (provided that allegations of negligence, breach of duty or bad faith have not been made against you). Accordingly, the Board has approved a procedure for taking independent advice in such circumstances. Any such payment by the Company would, of course, be subject to any applicable restriction under company law.

 

4.2 Further to clause 4.1 above, the advice and services of the Company Secretary, and the Director, Legal & External Affairs and General Counsel, are available to each Director for guidance on the Director’s responsibilities and those of the Board and in relation to any specific activity or transaction of the Company.

 

4.3 It is also recognised that there may be occasions when you may need to have independent professional advice in connection with the performance of your duties as a Director of the Company and that this should be paid for by the Company. In such an instance, you should first refer the matter to the Company Secretary. This will avoid you seeking advice from a source where there is a conflict of interest (for example, because that firm is or has been an adviser to a competitor company) or where it would be inappropriate for other reasons (for example, because the firm has acted for the Company or its subsidiaries).

 

5. PROTECTION OF THE BAT GROUP AND CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

 

5.1 You will not, for the Restricted Period in the Restricted Area, directly or indirectly (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, (c) provide services to or (d) be otherwise interested in, any company, firm or other business entity which is engaged in Restricted Business otherwise than with the prior written permission of the Board.

“Restricted Period” means the (a) duration of the Appointment plus (b) a period of three months immediately following the ending of the Appointment.

“Restricted Area” means any country in the world in which any BAT Group Company either (a) is engaged in Restricted Business or (b) proposes to be engaged in Restricted Business within twelve months immediately following the end of the Appointment.

“Restricted Business” means (a) the manufacture, sale or distribution of tobacco products and/or (b) Next Generation Products and/or (c) any other products or services offered by any subsidiary in the BAT Group as at the end of the Restricted Period.

 

5.2 You will not, without the Board’s prior written consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld), (a) hold office in, (b) be employed by, or (c) provide services to any company, firm, or other business entity during the term of your Appointment.

 

4


5.3 You undertake that during the term of your Appointment you will:

 

5.3.1 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any proposed new directorship or appointment together with any subsequent confirmation that the appointment is effective and any changes to such directorship or appointment;

 

5.3.2 promptly disclose to the Board in writing any prior existing interests in a company, business or undertaking which competes with or is a customer of or a supplier to any company within the BAT Group (“competing interest”); and

 

5.3.3 not acquire any new competing interest.

 

5.4 Your attention is drawn to the procedures established for managing compliance with the conflict of interest provisions of the Companies Act 2006. Under these provisions:

 

5.4.1 you may not allow any situation to arise in which you will have, or may have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company (a situational conflict), unless the matter has been authorised in advance by the Board; and

 

5.4.2 you must declare in advance any interest in a proposed transaction or arrangement with the Company (a transactional conflict).

 

5.5 You are required to give advance notice of any situational or transactional conflict to the Company Secretary and any such matter will be considered either at the next Board meeting or, if the conflict or potential conflict is due to arise prior to the next scheduled Board meeting, at a meeting of the Conflicts Committee.

 

5.6 Subject to compliance with the provisions of the Group’s Standards of Business Conduct with regard to real, potential or perceived conflicts of interest, in particular, the provisions relating to financial interests, this paragraph 5 shall not prevent you from holding for investment purposes an interest (as defined in S.820 – 825 of the Companies Act 2006) of up to 5% in nominal value or (in the case of securities not having any nominal value) in number or class of securities, in any class of securities in a company which is quoted on any Investment Exchange, as recognised by the FCA. For this purpose, the references to securities held by you include securities beneficially held by your immediate family.

 

6. CONFIDENTIALITY

 

6.1 You will not either during the period of the Appointment or after its termination (without limitation in time) directly or indirectly (including, without limitation, via social media) disclose to any person or organisation, or use, any trade secrets or Confidential Information belonging, or relating, to the business of the BAT Group. This obligation shall not apply in the following circumstances:

 

6.1.1 where its disclosure or use is necessary for the proper discharge of your duties the Appointment; or

 

6.1.2 where such trade secrets or confidential information have entered the public domain, other than by way of unauthorised disclosure whether by you or a third party; or

 

6.1.3 such disclosure is permitted by the Public Interest Disclosure Act 1998, as amended.

 

6.2

You shall not at any time during the continuance of the Appointment make any notes or memoranda relating to any matter within the scope of the Company’s business, dealings

 

5


  or affairs otherwise than for the benefit of the Company or any BAT Group company. You will return all such materials in any format (including copies) on request by the Company.

 

6.3 The Company may, from time to time, supply to you software applications for the purposes of accessing the BAT Group information technology systems and networks and/or for the purposes of accessing the papers of the Board and its Committees through a personal device such as an iPhone or an iPad. Such use is subject to the various BAT Group Policies, Standards and Guidelines including, but not limited to, the Acceptable Use Policy and the IT Security Policy Statement in place from time to time. The terms and conditions and use of these software applications are hereby incorporated by reference into this letter of appointment.

 

7. INDEMNITY

 

7.1 Subject to clause 7.2 below, the Company shall, both during the term of the Appointment and after its termination, indemnify you, keep you indemnified against and pay to you an amount equal to all costs, charges expenses, losses, damages or liabilities which you may sustain or incur in or about the execution of your duties to the Company or of any associated company of the Company or as a result of any contract, deed, matter or thing done, entered into or executed by you on behalf of any such company or in relation to the business of any such company.

 

7.2 The indemnity referred to in clause 7.1 shall not apply in any of the following circumstances:

 

7.2.1 where and to the extent that any recovery is made by you under any policy of insurance; or

 

7.2.2 where and to the extent that any liability is prohibited or rendered unenforceable by the Companies Acts 2006 (or any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof in force from time to time) or as otherwise prohibited by law; or

 

7.2.3 where the Company considers that you have acted in bad faith with wilful default or gross negligence, intentionally not in compliance with the Company’s Standards of Business Conduct Policy (as from time to time in force) (copy available from the Company Secretary) or otherwise so as to bring the Company or any of its associated companies into disrepute.

 

7.3 The indemnity provided in clause 7.1 shall take effect notwithstanding that the Company (or any of its associated companies) or you may have purchased and maintained insurance cover in respect of any liability, loss or expenditure incurred by any director or officer of the Company and the indemnity provided under clause 7.1 above shall be enforceable against the Company regardless of whether a claim may be made or has been pursued under such insurance.

 

7.4 All sums payable by the Company hereunder shall be paid free and without rights of counterclaim or set-off and without deduction and withholding on any ground whatsoever, save only as may be required by law. If any such deduction or withholding is required by law, the Company shall be obliged to pay you such amount as will ensure that, after any deduction or withholding has been made, you shall have received a sum equal to the amount that you would otherwise have received in the absence of any such deduction or withholding.

 

7.5

If you become aware of any notice, demand or other document issued, any claim made or action taken either before or after the date hereof which appears to you to be relevant for

 

6


  the purposes of the indemnity in clause 7.1 or likely to give rise to any liability of the Company under that indemnity (hereinafter referred to as a “Demand”), you shall give notice thereof as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

7.6 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable with all supporting documentation and information relating to a Demand as the Company may reasonably require.

 

7.7 You shall, at the request and at the expense of the Company, do and concur in doing and permit to be done all such acts and things as the Company may reasonably request to avoid, dispute, resist, appeal or compromise any Demand and you shall further make no settlement or compromise of the subject matter of any Demand, nor agree to any matter in the conduct of any dispute in relation thereto nor take any other action or omit to do any other thing in relation to any Demand without the prior written approval of the Company (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

 

7.8 The Company may, by written notice to you at any time and without prejudice to your rights of indemnification as set out in clause 7.1 above, forthwith assume (where appropriate, in your name) the conduct of any negotiations, settlement or compromise discussions or proceedings in relation to a Demand. The Company shall have full discretion in the conduct or settlement of any claim or proceedings.

 

7.9 You shall provide the Company as soon as reasonably practicable following any request with reasonable details of all costs and liabilities incurred by you in relation to any Demand.

 

7.10 The rights and obligations set out in this clause 7 shall not modify or waive any of the duties which you owe as a director or officer of the Company or any of its associated companies (as the case may be), as a matter of law or under the rules of any relevant stock exchange or regulatory body.

 

7.11 The Company shall, in the event that a payment is made to you under this indemnity in respect of a particular liability, be entitled to recover from you an amount equal to any payment received by you under any policy of insurance or from any other third party to the extent that such payment relates to the liability, and a deduction may similarly be made from any payment made by the Company to the extent any such payment has already been received by you. You shall pay any sum owing in accordance with the foregoing forthwith upon the Company’s request.

 

7.12 To the extent any payment of costs under clause 7.1 of this indemnity is treated under the Companies Act as a loan repayable to the Company, subject to the Companies Act and provided that the requirements for a qualifying third party indemnity provision are met, you shall not be required to repay the loan.

 

7.13 For the purposes of this clause 7, “associated company” and “qualifying third party indemnity provision” has the meaning given in Part 10 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

8. INSURANCE

The Company has Directors’ and Officers’ liability insurance and it is intended to maintain such cover during the Appointment Period and thereafter as a past Director of the Company. The current programme for the Board incorporates a limit of £500 million within which £100m is reserved exclusively for Directors of the Company. A summary

 

7


  sheet for the period of coverage is available from the Company Secretary.

 

9. COMPANY’S DUTIES

The Company shall make available to you all documents and information which you reasonably require to enable you to perform your duties under the Appointment.

 

10. TERMINATION OF APPOINTMENT

 

10.1 Your appointment will terminate:

 

10.1.1 if the Board requests you not to offer yourself for election or re-election at the Next AGM with effect from the conclusion of the relevant AGM; or

 

10.1.2 forthwith, if you are not elected or re-elected at the Next AGM at which you are put forward for election or re-election; or

 

10.1.3 forthwith, if you are required to vacate office for any reason pursuant to any of the provisions of the Articles; or

 

10.1.4 forthwith, if you are removed as a Director or otherwise required to vacate office under any applicable law.

 

10.2 You may terminate this letter of appointment at any time during the Appointment Period in accordance with clause 85(e) of the Articles.

 

10.3 On termination of your appointment you will be entitled to any accrued but unpaid Director’s fees but not to any compensation.

 

10.4 On the termination of your appointment:

 

10.4.1 you will at the request of the Company (where relevant) resign (in writing) from the office of Director and you irrevocably authorise the Company as your attorney in your name and on your behalf by to sign all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to this;

 

10.4.2 you will surrender to an authorised representative of the Company all correspondence, documents (including without limitation Board minutes and Board papers), copies thereof or other property of the BAT Group made or received by you in the course of your directorship (whether before or after the date of this letter); and

 

10.4.3 you hereby agree that you shall not be entitled to and shall not pursue any action or claim for compensation from the Company whether such termination occurs before or after the date of expiry of your Appointment Period.

 

11. DEFINITIONS

In this letter:

 

11.1 “Articles” means the articles of association from time to time of the Company;

 

11.2

“BAT Group” means the Company, any holding company of the Company and any direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company or of any such holding company (with holding company and subsidiary having the meanings ascribed to them by the Companies Act 2006), and any other company or business entity in which the company or any other BAT Group Company owns or has a beneficial interest in 20% or more of the issued share capital or of the

 

8


  capital assets;

 

11.3 “Board” means the board of Directors of the Company;

 

11.4 “Companies Act 2006” means the Companies Act 2006, as in force from time to time;

 

11.5 “Company” means British American Tobacco p.l.c. (Company No. 3407696);

 

11.6 “Confidential Information ” includes confidential information relating or belonging to the Company or other BAT Group companies including but not limited to any such information relating to customers, customer lists or requirements, price lists or pricing structures, sales and marketing information, activities, business plans or dealings, employees or officers, source codes and computer systems, software, financial information and plans, designs, formulae, prototypes, product lines, services, research activities or results, any document marked ‘confidential’ (or with a similar expression), or any information which you have been told is confidential or which you might reasonably expect the Company would regard as confidential, or any information which has been given to the Company or any BAT Group company in confidence by customers, suppliers or other persons.

 

11.7 “Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules” means the Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.8 “EU Market Abuse Regulation and Implementing Regulations”, means the EU Market Abuse Regulation (EU 596/2014) together with such applicable implementation regulations as may be published and in force from time to time;

 

11.9 “FCA” means the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.10 “JSE Listings Requirements” means the Listings Requirements published by the JSE Limited, as may be applicable from time-to-time in respect of the secondary listing of the Company’s ordinary shares on the JSE Limited in South Africa;

 

11.11 “Listing Rules” means the Listing Rules published by the FCA;

 

11.12 “Prospectus Rules” means the Prospectus Rules published by the Financial Conduct Authority;

 

11.13 “UK Corporate Governance Code” means the principles of good governance published by the Financial Reporting Council being the “UK Corporate Governance Code”; and

 

11.14 “US Securities, Listing and Anti-Bribery Laws and Regulations” means the rules and regulations of the United States Securities and Exchange Commission and the Sarbanes Oxley Act of 2002, as amended; the New York Stock Exchange rules and listing standards; and the anti-bribery and corruption provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.

 

12. MISCELLANEOUS

 

12.1 The various provisions and sub-provisions of this letter are severable and if any provision or sub-provision is held to be unenforceable by any court of competent jurisdiction then such unenforceability shall not affect the enforceability of the remaining provisions or sub-provisions in this Agreement.

 

12.2

You represent and warrant that you are not prevented by any agreement, arrangement, contract, understanding, Court Order or otherwise, which in any way directly or indirectly

 

9


  restricts or prohibits you from fully performing the duties under the Appointment, in accordance with the terms and conditions of this letter.

 

12.3 Any notice to be given under the terms of this letter shall, in the case of notice to the Company, be deemed to be given if delivered by hand, sent by first class post to the registered office for the time being of the Company or sent by email to the Company Secretary and, in the case of notice to you, if handed to you personally, sent to your BAT email address or left at or sent by first class post to your last known address. Any such notice shall be deemed to be given at the time of its delivery to the address if delivered by hand or, if sent by first class post or e-mailed, on the next following weekday (not being a public holiday) after it was posted or e-mailed.

 

12.4 The benefit of each of your obligations under paragraphs 5 and 6 of this letter may be assigned to and enforced by all successors and assignees for the time being of the Company and other BAT Group companies and such agreements and obligations shall operate and remain binding notwithstanding the termination of this Appointment.

 

12.5 Any reference in this letter to an Act of Parliament shall be deemed to include any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof.

 

12.6 Otherwise than as set out elsewhere in this letter, a person who is not a party to the agreement contained in this letter shall not have any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Letter.

 

12.7 The terms of this Agreement are governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of England.

 

12.8 Without prejudice to any rights of either party to seek injunctive or declaratory relief in the Courts, and without prejudice to your statutory rights, the Company and you agree that on the occurrence of any dispute concerning interpretation or application of this Agreement, the help of the Centre for Dispute Resolution (“CEDR”) will be sought to resolve the dispute in private by means of alternative dispute resolution (“ADR”). Either party may refer the matter to CEDR in which event both parties will fully co-operate in the process which CEDR may propose. There shall be no obligation on you to continue to participate in the ADR process after 90 days from the date of referral of the dispute to CEDR.

The terms set out in this letter represent the totality of the terms agreed between you and the Company with regard to the Appointment and supersede any previous agreements, arrangements and understandings between you and the Company.

 

10


Kindly confirm your agreement to the terms set out above by signing the endorsement on the enclosed copy of this letter. Please return the copy to me at the above address.

Yours sincerely

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

Paul McCrory

Company Secretary

For and on behalf of

British American Tobacco p.l.c

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Executed as a deed by

 

                                                             

Lionel L. Nowell

Witnessed by

 

                                                             

Date:

 

11

Exhibit 11

Corporate Governance

 

 


 

Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive and Senior Financial Officers

A. Formation and Purpose

British American Tobacco p.l.c. (“BAT”) has an established Standards of Business Conduct (“SoBC”), which is a code of conduct and ethics applicable to all directors and employees of BAT. In addition, BAT has adopted this Code of Ethics (“Code of Ethics”) for its Chief Executive, its Finance Director and other senior financial officers performing similar functions set forth in Annex I hereto (collectively, the “Senior Officers”). The Senior Officers subject to this Code of Ethics will be designated from time to time and informed of such designation by BAT’s Director, Legal and External Affairs. A list of such Senior Officers will be maintained by BAT’s Group Company Secretary.

B. Standards

In addition to the SoBC, the Senior Officers are subject to the following additional specific obligations:

 

1.

Each Senior Officer shall act with honesty and integrity in the performance of his or her duties and shall use reasonable efforts to comply with, and promote BAT’s compliance with, all applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations, the SoBC and this Code of Ethics.

 

2.

The Senior Officers will promote full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in all reports and other documents that BAT files with, or furnishes or submits to, the US Securities and Exchange Commission, the UK Financial Conduct Authority, or any other regulatory agency.

 

3.

The Senior Officers shall promptly bring to the attention of the Group Head of Audit any information they may have concerning any suspected or actual:

 

   

matters that may affect the disclosures made by BAT in its public filings and/or furnishings;

 

   

material weakness and/or significant deficiencies in the design or operation of BAT’s internal controls over financial reporting which could adversely affect BAT’s ability to record, process, summaries and report financial data;

 

   

fraud or inappropriate accounting or auditing matter that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in BAT’s financial reporting, disclosures or internal controls;

 

   

violation of this Code of Ethics or the SoBC by or involving any Senior Officer, including any actual or apparent conflict of interest between personal and professional relationships that might impair (or be perceived to impair) the independence of any judgment he or she may need to make on behalf of BAT and as outlined in the SoBC; or

 

   

material violation of the securities or other laws, rules or regulations applicable to BAT and the operation of its business, by BAT.

C. Exceptions

 

4.

Waivers or exceptions to this Code of Ethics will be granted only in advance and only under exceptional circumstances. Any waiver must be made by the Main Board and will be promptly disclosed to the extent required under applicable law and regulation.

Adopted 25 July 2017


Corporate Governance

 

 


 

Annex I

Designated Senior Officers

Chief Executive

Finance Director

the Group Financial Controller

Group Chief Accountant

EXHIBIT 12

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Nicandro Durante, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of British American Tobacco p.l.c.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)];

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: 15 March 2018

 

 

/s/ Nicandro Durante

 

Nicandro Durante

  Chief Executive


CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, John Benedict Stevens, certify that:

 

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 20-F of British American Tobacco p.l.c.;

 

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

 

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

 

4. The company’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) for the company and have:

 

  (a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

 

  (b) [Paragraph omitted in accordance with Exchange Act Rule 13a-14(a)];

 

  (c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

 

  (d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5. The company’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

  (a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

  (b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: 15 March 2018

 

 

/s/ John Benedict Stevens

 

John Benedict Stevens

  Finance Director

EXHIBIT 13

CERTIFICATION UNDER SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned certifies that this periodic report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that the information contained in this periodic report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the issuer.

Date: 15 March 2018

 

 

/s/ Nicandro Durante

 

Nicandro Durante

  Chief Executive

Date: 15 March 2018

 

 

/s/ John Benedict Stevens

 

John Benedict Stevens

  Finance Director

Exhibit 15

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors

British American Tobacco p.l.c.:

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the registration statement (No. 333-219440) on Form S-8 of British American Tobacco p.l.c. of our report dated February 21, 2018, with respect to the Group Balance Sheet of British American Tobacco p.l.c. and subsidiaries (the “Group”) as of December 31, 2017 and 2016, the related Group Income Statement, Group Statement of Comprehensive Income, Group Statement of Changes in Equity, and Group Cash Flow Statement for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2017, and the related notes (collectively, the Group’s “consolidated financial statements”), which report appears in the annual report on Form 20-F of British American Tobacco p.l.c. for the year ended December 31, 2017.

/s/ KPMG LLP

London, United Kingdom

March 15, 2018